(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Taxonomic literature : a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types"

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJtnilJLSNI^NVINOSHilWS^SS I H VM 8 I 






N.OIinjLliSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IHVU8n LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTE 




to z m 

LIBRARIES SMITHS0NIAN__ INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI_NVIN0SHJLIWS S3IHVU8I 

C 

^ o 
Nblini!iSNl" l NVINOSHllWS S3 I uva a n LI b rar i es^smithsonian^institutiop 

r; , z r- z r~ 





libraries Smithsonian institution NoiiniusNi nvinoshiiws S3iavaai 

; > <g . . Z ♦ CO Z (£ 

- /^^\ - .% ? ^#> - /^sBn - M 




2 CO ''"" Z , CO Z 

NOIJLnilJLSNI_NVINOSHllWS SSIHVHail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTE 

5 Z \ W ^ t? <" — 




'LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI^NVINOSHlUMS ^S3 I MVM 3 I 
^ NOIiniliSNI^NVINOSHllWS^SS I M Vd 8 H~L I B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTlOr 





I B RAR I ES SMITHS0NIAN_INSTITUTI0N NOIinillSN^NVINOSHllWS^SS I HVM 8 II 

5 < 




Mm innic 



c/> 



C 




DC 

< 

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N0lini!lSNrNVIN0SHlMS~S3 I b VH a II 




to ± — t/> 

lnillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3ldVMfln LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N 

Z W Z .... to 2 CO 

» s mill i 3»- t ^% .i ' 

RARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHIIWS^SS I U VH 8 l"l_ L 
to r; co =._.</) 





UJ 






DC 

iniusNrNviN0SHiiws~s3 1 y vy a n li b rar i es^smithsonian^institution^n 

to ■"*■ - t/> ± t/> £: 

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3IHVyan L 
w 2 </> 2 <£ - ^ 

I 

c/> 
i7 o 

lniiisNrNviNOSHiiws^ssia'vyah libraries^smithsonian institution i> 

5 > co — w = co 

Z _i Z _j Z -J 

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IKIS SSiaVMSH L 

c/> = — to x ? — w 

lnniSNi nvinoshiiws S3iwvaan libraries Smithsonian institution 

Z . </> Z ..... co 2; </> 

tO Z to \ z </> * . z , 

J RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3iyVMai"l ' 
to ^ co — ._ . to 






BOLUS, H. M. L. 



extra-tropical South African Orchids. London (William Wesley) 1893- 19 13, 3 vols. 
Oct. {Icon, orchid. austro-qfric.)\+ Abbreviation of short-title for use in taxonomic publications 
-* pagination of parts and their dates of publication 
vol. part plates dates pages 



1 1 '-50 *5 Aug 1893 [i]-vi, [1, note], l.p., [2 p. ind.] 

2 51-100 20 Aug 1896 [i-iii], l.p., [3 p. ind.], app. [ 2 ]p., preface and 

t.p. to vol. 1 [viii]p. 

2 1 1-100 Apr-Jun 191 1 [i-vi], l.p. [3 p. ind.] ; page iv: Apr 191 1, Nat. 

Nov. Nov 191 1, BRinscr. isJun 191 1. 

3 1 1-100 19 13 [i-v], l.p.; page v: 12 Feb 191 3, Nat. Nov. 

♦ Special notes about this book I 9 I 3- ^ Libraries where copies seen by autnors 

The plates are accompanied by one or two pages letterpress. Copies: BR^HH. - 36 plates 
of vol. 3 were first published by H. Bolus in his "Orchids of the Cape Peninsula," Trans 
South Afr. Philosoph. Soc. 5(1) : 75-200. 1888. The 300 (partly) coloured plates are by 
H. Bolus and F. Bolus. F. Bolus edited the third volume; preface by H. M. L. Bolus. - 
_Portrait as frontispiece to vol. 2. 
Re/.: BM 1: 193, 6: 106; Kew 1: 291; NI 197J-* References concerning this book 
Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7. 1968. 

I birth /death da tes | 
Bolus, Harriet Margaret Louisa (nee Kensit) (1877- 1970), South African botanist, 
daughter-in-law of Harry Bolus. {L. Bolus)2* Proposed citation form as author 

herbarium and types: BOL, other material BM, GRA, NBG, PRE, SAM. 
Ref. : IH 2: 82T]-* References to collections 

Tolken, Index herb, austro-afr. 1971. 
-*> References in standard biographical and bibliographical works 
bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 2 1 4 ;" BL 1 : 28, 54 ; BM 6 : 1 06 ; Bossert p 44 • 
Kew 1 : 291 ; Langman p. 391. Articles in books, journals etc.* 

Anon., Flowering plants South Africa 23. 1943 (portr.) 
Herre, Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 12(1): 1-3. 1961 (portr.) 
E.G.H.O., Forum botanicum 8: 68-69. 197° (Died at Cape Town on 5 Apr 1970. Harry 

Bolus was her uncle and father-in-law). 
Levyns andjessop, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 319-330. 1970 (bibl.) 
Herre, Kakt. Sukk. 21 : 139, 170, also in The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 46- 

47- 1 97 1 (portr.) 
Glen, Aloe 13(3): 84, 87. 1975 (portr.) 
»• Generic and journal names based on names of person 

iPONYMY: Bolusanthemum Schwantes (1928). - Note: For other eponyms based on the 
lame Bolus, cf. supra, sub Harry Bolus. 

I" Bo ok number short-title 

S26. ^Notes on Mesembryanthemum and allied genera) Cape Town 1928- 1958. Oct. {Notes 
Mesembryanthemum)\* Abbreviation of short-title 

^artl: 1 Jul 1928 (reprinted from articles appearing in S. A. Garden & Country Life 
August-December, 1927), reprint 1928 (156 pp.) 

'art II: 

■ Data on place of publication, dates of whole or parts, etc. 

ages dates pages dates pages dates 



1-16 9 Nov 1928 147-160 22 Nov 1929 309-336 29 Jan 1932 

117-32 21 Dec 1928 ,6,-176 2 o Feb 1930 337-356 2 4 Jun 1932 

B3-48 24jani 9 2 9 ,77-192 9 Mai 1930 357"376 6 Dec 1932 

9-4 12 Apr 1929 193.208 15 Aug 1930 377-396 19 Mai 1933 

g5-«o 3 Mai 1929 209-224 12 Nov 1930 397-416 ,6 Oct 1933 

i-94 6Jun 1929 225-244 i2Febi 93 i 417-436 26 Jan 1934 

5-uo 4JUI1929 245-268 1 Mai 1931 437-452 23 Mai 1934 

1-129 16 Aug 1929 269-292 3JUI1931 453-472 17 Aug 1934 

1-140 4 Nov 1929 293-308 2 4 Sepi 9 3i 473"5o8 11 Feb 1935 



267 



V. 



1 



TAXONOMIC LITERATURE 

Volume i : A - G 



Regnum vegetabile, a series of publications for the use of plant taxonomists 
published under the auspices of the International Assocation for Plant Taxon- 
omy, editedbyFransA. Stafleu. 

Volume g4 



z: 



Frans A. Stafleu and Richard S. Cowan 

Taxonomic literature 

A selective guide to botanical publications and 
collections with dates, commentaries and types 

Volume i: A-G 







Second edition 






JAN 25 



Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema 
Utrecht 1976 



© 1976, Frans A. Stafleu, Utrecht, The Netherlands 

No part of this book may be reproduced by film, microfilm or any other means without written 

permission from the publisher 

Complete work isbn 90 3 1 3 0224 4; Volume 1 isbn 90 3 1 3 0225 2 



Contents 

Introduction VI1 

Abbreviations XIX 

Taxonomic literature and collections A - G i 

Index to titles I028 

Index to names 10 %7 



Introduction 



In the first paragraph of the 1967 edition of Taxonomic literature the author 
of that volume assumed that introductions are rarely read by those who 
actually use the work. Happily we can now report that most taxonomists 
showed themselves to be thorough readers of preface material, because the 
intentions of the book were generally understood and appreciated. In fact 
this appreciation was manifested by a certain pressure on the senior author 
to publish a second and much enlarged edition. The documentation 
supporting the compilation of a book like this is extensive and a consider- 
able widening of scope and coverage would require more than the one- 
man effort of the first edition. After 1967 the growth of the documentation 
had continued, and it was only in the light of two new developments that 
the decision could be taken in 1973 to go ahead with the present book. 

In the first place Stafleu found Cowan ready to join him in the effort, 
and in the second place a group on 'Taxonomic documentation' had been 
established by the Biology department of the University of Utrecht. With 
this group, and especially thanks to the stimulating and highly efficient 
cooperation of Dr. J. A. Leussink, we were able to assemble relevant 
secondary data much more thoroughly than before. These secondary data 
are brought together by search of the literature for information on the 
existence of titles, on their publication and on their special characteristics 
or significance, especially to taxonomic botanists. 

Another important development has been the whole-hearted coopera- 
tion of the main libraries holding the books to be studied. The compilation 
of the primary data for a bibliography consists of seeing and annotating 
the books. We found full and generous support at our home bases: the 
library of the Institute of Systematic botany at the University of Utrecht 
and the library system of the Smithsonian Institution. Even so, because of 
obvious limitations, we needed the help of several of the richest public and 
private libraries in the field of taxonomic botany to achieve the necessary 
coverage. We list and thank below all those libraries in more detail, but 
wish to state here, that the initial and enthusiastic support of the New York 
Botanical Garden, the Missouri Botanical Garden, the Conservatoire 
botanique de la ville de Geneve, the Jardin botanique national de Belgique, 
and the Rijksherbarium at Leiden was crucial for the success of our effort. 

This new edition deals with many more botanists, their books and 
collections, than the modest volume of 1967. In principle, the rules guiding 
us in the choice of authors and material have remained essentially the 
same ; even so there are differences. We now attempt to give more exten- 
sive information on the authors by going into more detail with respect to 
their collections, the biographical and bibliographical literature about 
them (one aspect of the book now is that it has become a 'bibliography of 
bibliographies'), and possible further information of use for the systematist 
or for the historian of botany. We also provide information on outstanding 
botanical explorers and collectors. Some of the author entries do not in- 
clude a special treatment of their books. The reason for this is simple: we 
included all authors who published (before 1940) at least three generic 



INTRODUCTION 



names, but also all their publications may have been in periodicals. 

The primary books treated (marked by bold face numbering) include 
now not just those on which we have special extra information, as in the 
first edition; we have attempted to present a reasonably representative 
picture of the literature used in taxonomic botany and relevant to the 
history and development of that discipline. Even so we must stress again 
that naturally we have made choices; as the subtitle of the book states, this 
is a selective guide to botanical literature. We do not give a full bibliography 
of everything published on taxonomic botany between 1 753 and 1940; this 
would have been an entirely different and quite unrealistic undertaking. 
We wish to assist taxonomists with their work by bringing together data 
on the main sources of information, and by directing them to other special- 
ist literature. 

The book still deals, as far as publications are concerned, with books, 
pamphlets, series, and other bibliographically independent and limited 
entities, but not with open-ended periodical or serial publications. Infor- 
mation of the type given here about taxonomic books is being compiled 
for taxonomic journals by J. A. Leussink and hopefully may be published 
in the future. As before, however, we do treat journals that are closely 
associated with a single editor or with a special team and for which the 
secondary information is of sufficient importance to be published. 

Questions such as 'why did you overlook this or that paper', mentioned 
in the introduction to the first edition, have been helpful, for we have used 
them as part of our guidelines in determining the scope of this edition. In 
this and several other aspects the book reflects the contributions of many 
colleagues. We shall be glad to receive suggestions for inclusion of other 
authors and titles, either for the two volumes which will bring us to the 
end of the alphabet, or for the unavoidable supplementary volume. 
Nothing solicits information so readily from those who hold it as the ab- 
sence of those data from the printed record. 

The temporal coverage is more or less defined by the years 1753 and 
1940, with a special emphasis on the period (not covered by Pritzel) 
between 1870 and 19 14, the period in which descriptive plant taxonomy 
reached its highest achievements and for which no comprehensive biblio- 
graphy is available. Analytically inclined reviewers will discover certain 
biases ; these must be attributed to the limitations, idiosyncrasies and back- 
ground of the senior author. It is true that certain geographical areas 
could have been covered more extensively and that there is perhaps an 
abundance of European and North American material. In a way though 
this reflects the history of plant taxonomy just as much as the history of the 
compilation of our book. 

The coverage of the various sub-disciplines is much more balanced than 
before. The first edition contained relatively little cryptogamy and practi- 
cally no palaeobotany. The literature on the various groups of cryptogams 
is now duly represented, especially because we enjoyed the privilege of 
working in three important private libraries, namely those of Paul C. Silva 
at Berkeley, California (on algae), of William C. Steere at Bronxville, 
New York (on bryophytes), and of John L. Stevenson, of Beltsville, Mary- 
land (on fungi and lichens). All three scientists are book-collectors, who 



INTRODUCTION 



have collected what they regard as the main literature on their subject and 
because of their erudition and experience these collections were of great 
value to us for the choice of titles as well as for the actual study of the 
books, many of which are quite rare. The library of Joseph A. Ewan at 
New Orleans was of equal importance to us because of its unique holdings 
on botanical history and exploration. The Strandell Linnaean collection 
at the Hunt Institute, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, provided us with un- 
rivalled coverage of Linnaeana and associated works. A similar specialized 
role is played by the Teyler collections at Haarlem, rich in palaeobotany 
and illustrated botanical works. 

In all these ways we have attempted to reach an adequate coverage. 
Quite apart from all these sources, however, we make it a point to go along 
the shelves of botanical libraries, scanning them simply by means of the 
'roving eye', thus discovering titles of significance missed in other ways. 
One obvious block of literature is lacking but the time required to avoid 
such a gap is out of proportion to its value. There are very few citations of 
works in Russian, especially because it is difficult for either of us to read 
Cyrillic and the same is true for works in other languages of the Near and 
Far East. 

A last element in the limitation of works included should be mentioned. 
The number of libraries visited in the United States, as well as in Europe, 
is high, at any rate for a project which must have a limited duration. Even 
so we could not go to all the places that would have been worthwhile 
visiting. We could not revisit some of the important libraries used for the 
compilation of the first edition (see introduction to TL-i, p. ix) but con- 
centrated rather on other centers in order to spread our efforts. We could 
therefore have used more libraries, but we know that we could not have 
done so in the time we allowed ourselves for the completion of this first 
volume. With an average of two and a half years per volume it will take us 
nearly eight years from starting (November 1973) until we reach the end 
of the alphabet and we must count on a further two years for the fourth 
volume with its addenda and indices. 

SOURCES AND METHODS 

We refer to the introduction to the first edition for a review of the original 
sources of our book. Many have been added for this edition and we can 
only give a brief indication of the most important ones. 

A print-out, arranged by author, of all entries in the Index nominum 
genericorum data-base provided us with the names of all authors who have 
published three or more generic names. Most of these are now included. 
This means that cryptogamy and palaeobotany receive their even share 
of attention with phanerogamy. 

A card file in a single alphabetical sequence of the entries in the main 
botanical bibliographies and biographies (Pritzel, Nissen, Quenstedt, 
North American Flora bibliographies, and many more) provided us with 
a coherent picture of much that is available. 

A similarly arranged secondary reference file contains data obtained 
from many sources, special as well as general: biographical and biblio- 



INTRODUCTION 



graphical data on individual authors and collectors, dates of publication, 
critical notes, reviews, and information about special collections. Included 
in this file, for instance, are all entries on biographies and bibliographies 
published by Excerpta botanica, Index to European Taxonomic literature, 
the Kew Record, but also all such material extracted from Flora, Botani- 
sche Zeitung, Naturae Novitates and many similar journals. 

Other sources, such as the Journal of Botany, Bulletin de la Societe 
botanique de France, Botanical Gazette, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical 
Club, Torreya, have been searched for relevant data by means of xerox- 
scanning, a method producing xerox copies of all entries of interest to us, 
which are again filed in a single alphabetical sequence. 

The most important sources are, of course, the books themselves. Xerox 
copies of title-pages and similarly relevant pages are made during our 
library visits and used as work sheets for collating the contents and for 
recording the composition of each book. In this way our documentation is 
easily accessible and provides us with the opportunity to compile biblio- 
graphical data with a minimum of transcription by human hands. 

The Bibliographia Huntiana files at Pittsburgh provided us with many 
additional data extracted from journals which we can not consult ourselves 
in the limited time available. 

In addition to all these 'processed' data, much direct consultation of 
secondary literature by the user is necessary. It is not really practical even 
to try to sum up these sources; they are shown by the text. 

AUTHOR ENTRIES 

Author heading 

The lead paragraph provides the full name of the author, as much as 
possible in agreement with the most critical bibliographic data available 
to us. We could not check entries in birth registers and similar archives 
except in special circumstances. The name is followed by years of birth 
and death, a short 'biographical diagnosis' and, a new feature, a proposed 
standard abbreviation of the author's name. 

We have added these standard abbreviations, with some hesitation, at 
the urgent request of quite a few of our colleagues. Recommendation 46A 
of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature states that 'Authors' names 
put after names of plants may be abbreviated, unless they are very short.' 
Our hesitation stems from the variety of existing abbreviations which is 
not just a matter of inconsistency. Indications such as 'B.S.G.' or 'Fr.' are 
at once recognizable to bryologists and mycologists, respectively, but not 
to the taxonomist less well-acquainted with these fields. Within a more 
restricted field, abbreviations can be more rigid than those adopted for 
more general use. We brought together the abbreviations suggested by 
twenty different publications on the subject, taken from all major sub- 
disciplines of plant taxonomy. A working party at the Smithsonian 
Institution, consisting of R. S. Cowan, Ellen Farr, Dan Nicolson, Polly 
Pritchard and Norman Jaffe, went through these data and made choices, 
as much as possible in agreement with current usage and with the above- 
mentioned Recommendation. Obviously the result was that the usage of 



INTRODUCTION 



subdiscipbnes could not always be followed, if only simply because of 
'homonymy' ; there may be a single important Jones in mycology, but 
there may be quite a few Joneses in the wide field of taxonomy. Even so 
we believe the abbreviations we suggest are generally those used by the 
majority of publishing taxonomists. 

Herbarium and Types 

The contents of the paragraphs on the location of the herbaria and types 
of the authors treated are based in first instance on published information; 
a number of details could be added from the files of the Index herbariorum. 
It should be borne in mind that the original herbarium of an author does 
not necessarily contain all his types. The loan system, which came into 
being early in the nineteenth century, enabled authors to use collections 
other than those in their own herbaria. Types will therefore often be 
found in other herbaria, and as a rule this will be indicated in the literature. 

The destruction of the greater part of the Berlin herbarium in the course 
of the last world war was one of the greatest catastrophes ever suffered by 
plant taxonomy. The Willdenow herbarium and several smaller collec- 
tions were saved, but most of the other collections were burned (see 
Willdenowia i : 3, 16. 1953). It is necessary to keep this situation in mind 
when it is stated that a collection is (or rather 'was') at 'B'. The Leipzig 
herbarium (LZ) was also destroyed and so was a part, fortunately small, 
of the Vienna collections (W) (see Taxon 1: 29. 1951). 

A new feature of this paragraph on collections is the citation of publish- 
ed exsiccatae. Recent publications by Sayre and Stevenson on cryptogamic 
series contain much original and important information, which should be 
consulted; the Index herbariorum files as well as our literature searches 
provided additional information. Sayre {Mem. New York Bot. Garden 19:1. 
1969) provides a critical discussion of the different types of published 
series of plants to which we can refer as the guideline we also followed. 

Bibliography and Biography 

This entry consists of two types of references: common and general sources 
(designated by abbreviations, explained in the list of abbreviations) and 
ordinary bibliographical references to the great majority of biographical 
or bibliographical papers and books dealing with the relevant author. It 
is this paragraph, modest-looking, but information- and labour-intensive, 
which suggests the feature of the book described as a 'bibliography of 
bibliographies'. We attempt to list published bibliographies and portraits, 
as well as more general primary and secondary sources on the life and 
work of the botanist concerned. The lists are not exhaustive; we do not 
always repeat, for instance, all references given by Barnhart in his in- 
valuable "Biographical notes upon botanists.'' Our own sources included, in 
addition to those published, biographical documentation in the files of the 
Botanical Museum at Berlin-Dahlem, the Jardin botanique national de 
Belgique at Meise, the Rijksherbarium at Leiden, the Missouri Botanical 
Garden at St. Louis, the private library of Joseph Ewan at New Orleans, 
the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation at Pittsburgh, the Engler 
reprint Collection at Stanford, and the Biohistorical Institute at Utrecht. 



INTRODUCTION 



Composite works 

The entries on composite works refer briefly to the participation of the 
author in multi-authored publications varying from such classics as the 
i Pflanzenfamilien > or i North American Flora 1 to entries on botany in travel- 
ogues, special group entries in floras, etc. Most of the works referred to, are 
treated by us in more detail under the entry for the main author or editor. 
These entries are not meant to be exhaustive cross-references to other 
places in the book where the author's name is mentioned; for this purpose 
the index to personal names should be used. 

Handwriting 

References are given to published examples of the author's handwriting. 
In this respect the series now in publication in Candollea by Herve M. 
Burdet renders a significant service to plant taxonomists faced with 
problems of identification of collectors or authors of types from labels on 
herbarium specimens. 

Eponymy 

These paragraphs, contributed by J. A. Leussink, bring information on 
eponymous usage of author's names for generic names of plants and titles 
of journals. It was not feasible at this stage to include references to such 
usage in specific epithets, for they are difficult to trace and time was lack- 
ing to verify their correct application. We are reasonably certain, through 
checking the original literature or accepting statements by careful bio- 
graphers, that the generic names listed here do indeed apply to the bota- 
nists in question. It is remarkable to note how many apparently clear, 
traditional assumptions of dedication prove to be wrong when two or more 
homonymous authors are involved. For this reason coverage, even of the 
generic eponyms, is not complete, because doubtful attributions have been 
ommitted. Some errors in attribution may be found in this first volume 
because pressure of time sometimes forced us to accept information from 
secondary references, rather than the primary sources we generally con- 
sulted for these data. The eponymy paragraph has been kept to the essen- 
tials deliberately to avoid enlarging the book unnecessarily. For example, 
the few to several orthographic variants of generic names based on a 
personal one are generally omitted ; but they are included when the variant 
is more like the spelling of the person's name than is the legitimate generic 
name. Likewise, notes on generic names based on the same surname are 
not included when the people who bore those names lived in well-separated 
times. On the other hand, two generic names Andersonia, based on Anderson 
(1776) and Anderson (1782) would be discussed briefly. 

Postage stamps 

The information concerning postage stamps bearing the likenesses of 
botanists has been provided by E. A. Mennega at Utrecht. The references 
in these notes are to the well-known Yvert Catalogue (see list of abbrevia- 
tions under Yv.) 



INTRODUCTION 



BOOK ENTRIES 

Title paragraphs 

The title paragraphs consist of a citation of the complete title, the main 
part in italics (the 'short title'), followed by place of publication, name of 
the publisher, year dates, number of volumes, bibliographical format and 
proposed title abbreviation in italics. All titles have been seen except if 
marked (ji.v.) ; the copies seen are listed in the publication paragraph. 
Publication years differing from those mentioned on the title-pages are 
indicated in square brackets. 

The title-abbreviations were again suggested by the Smithsonian work- 
ing party and the senior author. In this instance accepted usage is much 
less stabilized and lists of title-abbreviations for books are rare or cover 
only small parts of the field. Even so, again with hesitation but at the 
urging of numerous colleagues and correspondents, we venture to re- 
commend these abbreviations for use in specialized taxonomic publica- 
tions. The suggestions are for general guidance only; if ever authors were 
convinced of the truth of 'jeder Konsequenz fiihrt zum Teufel' the present 
authors are. We found it difficult to reach reasonable uniformity in our 
own work and are therefore perhaps less than fully qualified to suggest 
norms to others. 

The bold face number identifying each book entry is used throughout, 
in the indexes and in cross references ; this is its primary purpose. We know 
that the numbers used in the first edition have come in general use in 
book-sellers catalogues, usually either to indicate the general importance 
of the book ('listed by Stafleu') or to indicate special interest of the 
material offered for sale ('not listed by Stafleu'). It may be somewhat 
confusing that, like Pritzel, we have chosen to re-number the books in our 
second edition. However, the number of books to be treated in this edition 
is about five times that of the first edition ; this alone is sufficient excuse 
for the inconvenience caused. We may suggest perhaps that the numbers 
of this edition be referred to without author's name as, for example, 
'TL2/1567', instead of the 'Stafleu 325' for the first edition. 

Publication paragraph 

Precise dates of publication are given where possible, but often we have 
had to settle for a rather wide range of dates. In a surprisingly high number 
of instances, however, dates can be determined, at least with respect to the 
month of publication, thus helping the taxonomist to establish nomen- 
clatural priorities. We must warn, however, that all information should be 
used with care; on the whole most indications are approximations or 
'possible dates.' Reasonable certainty exists only if three independent 
sources support each other. The sources for our dates are usually briefly 
indicated except when this was done already in the first edition. We used 
many new sources for this edition, discussed briefly above under 'sources 
and methods.' Often we have limited ourselves to the citation of some 
specially significant sources, omitting reference to other generally support- 
ing evidence, in order not to make the entries too unwieldy. 

The dates of publication are followed by a 'mini-collation' of the con- 



INTRODUCTION 



tents of the book and its format. We cite first and last pages of sets in so far 
as text appears on them. Inferred page numbers are cited in brackets. 
These pagination formulae do not give precise bibliographical information 
on the technical make-up of a book, as do analytical formulae citing 
signatures. The latter we could not consider doing, because thorough 
analytical bibliography is more a task of specialists, requiring much time 
and effort; as generalists, we prefer the citation of the pagination, which is 
readily understandable to botanists and which also provides reasonable 
identification of the book. Page numbers with asterisks in the collation 
refer to extra sets of pages falling outside the range of regular pagination. 
Copies seen are cited by means of abbreviations such as used in Index 
herbariorum. We stress that the number of copies listed by us as seen has no 
direct significance with respect to the degree of rarity of a book. A relative- 
ly uncomplicated modern book can be treated adequately on the basis of 
three copies, but may quite well have been present in several of the other 
libraries visited by us. We had to spare the feelings of the librarians, whose 
patience was, even so, heavily tried by the length of our lists of requests. 

INDEXES 

Two main indexes are given: one to names and one to titles. These indexes 
should also be used as sources of cross-references. In all cases of multiple 
authorship it is advisable to consult the indexes if the book is not at once 
found under the first author. For instance, it is often difficult to decide 
under which author to treat a travel book which has one general editor or 
author but other authors for the various botanical volumes or parts. It will 
also be of advantage to use the index to titles to find out whether certain 
periodicals are treated. It was impossible to include information on dates 
of publication of the great majority of botanical or biological periodicals. 
If, however, a periodical is strongly associated with one particular author 
such as Schrader's Journal filr die Botanik) or is really of prime importance 
(such as the Botanical Register, the Botanical Magazine, or Linnaea) it is often 
included and treated under the name of its chief editor. 

The index to titles contains not only book-titles and abbreviations of short- 
titles (with its variants) but also titles of series of exsiccatae mentioned in 
the 'Herbarium and Types' paragraphs and eponymous journal names. 

The index to names is more than a simple index and should be consulted 
regularly for a wide variety of purposes explained in its introductory para- 
graphs. It contains items from three categories in a single alphabetical 
sequence: (a) names of persons, (b) names of taxa, and (c) names of ships. 
The personal names are of authors, collaborators, collectors, artists, 
travellers, explorers and the like, but not of printers or publishing houses; 
the names of taxa (in italics) are mainly those mentioned in the eponymy 
paragraphs ; the names of ships are those of exploring vessels and other 
ships involved in expeditions. The information on botanical collectors 
often updates the entries in the first parts of the Collectors Index of the 
Index herbariorum. 



INTRODUCTION 



ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

This book is the result of team efforts and contributions by many indivi- 
duals and institutions. Any listing of acknowledgements is therefore bound 
to be incomplete. So many people helped us that we cannot list them all 
and we hope that those who are not mentioned by name will forgive our 
omission. For this edition we can repeat perhaps with even greater justifi- 
cation what was stated in the introduction to the 1967 edition: 
'Without the help of dozens of colleagues, friends, botanists and librarians 
alike, as well as of the directors and staff of many institutions, this book 
would have been impossible. International co-operation and friendship 
are characteristic of plant taxonomy to-day, and, in many respects this 
book reflects this happy state of affairs. It is a combination of what others 
have done with a much smaller effort of [our] own.' 

Institutions 

We are privileged to have our home bases at the Institute of Systematic 
Botany of the University of Utrecht and at the Smithsonian Institution, 
where we found all facilities that we could desire. We are both closely 
associated with the New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York, and 
the Missouri Botanical Garden at St. Louis, Missouri. These two institu- 
tions are alternative home bases for us : the generous and stimulating help 
from directors, librarians and staff of these marvellously rich and highly 
efficiently organised libraries made it possible to reach the present scope. 

Other libraries which should be mentioned especially because of their 
important contribution to this project: those of the Botanical Museum at 
Berlin-Dahlem, the Conservatoire Botanique de Geneve, the Rijksherba- 
rium, Leiden, the Jardin national de Belgique, Meise and of the Hunt 
Institute of Botanical Documentation, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

At all these institutions we were welcome, notwithstanding our admit- 
tedly rather disruptive requirements, and our warmest thanks are due to 
directors, librarians and staffs. We hope that we do not overstay our 
welcome in the years to come. 

By singling out these main centers of our activity we do not neglect the 
often considerable contribution by many other institutions. We list all 
institutions below, those visited for ed. 1 or ed. 2, or for both, with our 
deep gratitude: 

De bibliotheek van de Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Weten- 
schappen, Amsterdam, Nederland. 

Hugo de Vries-laboratorium, Amsterdam, Nederland. 

The Department of Botany and the University Library of the University 
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A. 

The library of the Department of Agriculture, and the library of the 
National Fungus Collections, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, 
Maryland, U.S.A. 

Herbarium and library of the University of California, Department of 
Botany, University of California,, Berkeley, California, U.S.A. 

xv 



INTRODUCTION 



Das Botanische Museum und Herbarium, Berlin- Dahlem, Bundesrepublik 
Deutschland. 

The University Library, the Botany School and the University Botanic 
Garden, Cambridge, England. 

The libraries of the Gray Herbarium and the Arnold Arboretum of 
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 

The Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Scotland. 

Le Conservatoire botanique, Geneve, Suisse. 

De Koninklijke Bibliotheek, "s-Gravenhage, Nederland. 

De bibliotheek van Teyler's Stichting, Haarlem, Nederland. 

The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey, England. 

The library of the University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 

Het Rijksherbarium, Leiden, Nederland. 

The library of the Komarov Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences 
of the U.S.S.R., Leningrad, U.S.S.R. 

The Department of Botany and the General Library of the British Museum 
(Natural History), the British Museum (Bloomsbury) and the Linnean 
Society of London, London, England. 

Instituto botanico Jose Cavanilles, Madrid, Espana. 

Le Jardin botanique national de Belgique (formerly Jardin botanique de 
l'Etat) and the Bibliotheque royale, Meise, near Bruxelles, Belgique. 

Die Botanische Staatssammlung, Munchen, Bundesrepublik Deutschland. 

Tulane University Herbarium and University Library, New Orleans, 
Louisiana, U.S.A. 

The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York, U.S.A. 

Le Laboratoire de Phanerogamie et la Bibliotheque centrale du Museum 
d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, France. 

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. 

The Hunt Institute of Botanical Documentation, Carnegie Mellon Uni- 
versity, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. 

The Botanical Department of the National Museum and the Institutum 
botanicum Universitatis Carolinae, Praha, CSR. 

Dudley Herbarium, Department of Biological Sciences, Stanford Univer- 
sity, Stanford, California, U.S.A. 

Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet and Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien, Stock- 
holm, Sverige. 

Botaniska Museet, Uppsala, Sverige. 



INTRODUCTION 



De Universiteitsbibliotheek en het Biohistorisch Instituut van de Rijks- 
universiteit, Utrecht, Nederland. 

De Bibliotheek van de Landbouwhogeschool, Wageningen, Nederland. 

Private collections 

In addition to the institutionalized libraries we were privileged to be able 
to consult private libraries. In addition to that of the senior author, we 
consulted the libraries of Joseph Ewan, Paul C. Silva, William G. Steere 
and John Stevenson as discussed above in our introductory paragraphs. 
We are very grateful to our four colleagues for their signal help and for the 
liberality with which they made their treasures available to us in addition 
to their invaluable advice on coverage and scope. 

Individuals 

A great many individuals helped us in a great variety of ways. Our pillar 
of strength at the Utrecht home base was and is Jan A. Leussink, who is in 
charge of the flow of documentation and who in addition contributes 
many other features such as the eponymy paragraphs, the index to 
personal names and data obtained from various journals. The librarians, 
Mr. P. van den Berg and Miss J. van der Kaa were always ready to search 
for books and obtain loans. 

At the Smithsonian home base we had the continuous support from all 
members of the Index nominum genericorum team, for many years headed by 
Mary Francis Southwell, now by Ellen Farr. The close link between TL-2 
and ING is obvious and many suggestions concerning coverage and other 
critical points came from ING and its enthusiastic workers in Washington, 
D.C., as well as in Utrecht. 

Of the many others who helped us apart from the directors and librar- 
ians of the institutions and libraries we list the following : 

R. C. Barneby (New York) ; C. Bickings (Washington, D.C.) ; Frau von 
Bismarck (Berlin) ; B. Boivin (Ottawa) ; C. E. B. Bonner (Geneve) ; J. van 
Borssum Waalkes (Leiden) ; R. K. Brummitt (Kew) ; G. Buchheim (Pitts- 
burgh) ; H. Burdet (Geneve) ; John Collins (Sotheby, London) ; L. Con- 
stance (Berkeley, Calif.); J. Cuatrecasas (Washington, D.C); G. S. 
Daniels (Pittsburgh) ; K. Daniels (Pittsburgh) ; F. Demaret (Meise nr. 
Bruxelles) ; Mme Dumont (Meise nr. Bruxelles) ; A. Dyer (Pretoria); 
Th. Eckardt (Berlin); P. Edwards (London); Hj. Eichler (Canberra); 
J. Ewan (New Orleans, La.) ; K. Faegri (Bergen) ; E. Farr (Washington, 
D.C.) ; An. A. Fedorov (Leningrad) ; A. Fernandes (Coimbra) ; P. A. 
Florschutz (Utrecht); F. R. Fosberg (Washington, D.C); A. Fusonie 
(Beltsville, Md.); L. A. Garay (Cambridge, Mass.); C R. Gunn (Belts- 
ville, Md.) ; J. Heller, Urbana, 111.) ; I. Haesler (Munchen) ; P. K. Holm- 
gren (New York); R. E. Holttum (Kew); A. Q. Howard (Berkeley); A. 
Huber-Morath (Basel) ; D. Isely (Ames, Iowa) ; N. Jaffe (Washington, 
D.C) ; W. Keuken (Utrecht) ; R. Kiger (Pittsburgh) ; M. E. Kirpicznikov 
(Leningrad); K. Kjode (Bergen); S. I. Kozuharov (Sofia); S. J. de 
Kraker (Utrecht) ; I. Kukkonen (Helsinki) ; Carla Lange (St. Louis, Mo.) ; 
Ida Langman (Philadelphia, Pa.) ; A. Lawalree (Meise nr. Bruxelles) ; 



INTRODUCTION 



P. Lehtonen (Helsinki) ; J. A. Linczevsky (Leningrad) ; S. L. Lipschitz 
(Leningrad) ; C. R. Long (New York) ; H. Luther (Helsinki) ; Ian Mac- 
phail (Lisle, 111.); W. F. Mahler (Dallas, Texas); H. Manitz (Jena); 
W. D. Margadant (Utrecht) ; J. Marquart (Washington, D.C.) ; E. Mc- 
Clintock (San Francisco, Calif.) ; E. A. Mennega (Utrecht) ; H. Merx- 
miiller (Miinchen) ; F. G. Meyer (Washington, D.C.) ; J. Miege (Geneve) ; 

D. Mollenhauer (Frankfurt) ; D. H. Nicolson (Washington, D.C.) ; S. J. 
van Ooststroom (Leiden) ; R. H. Petersen (Knoxville, Tenn.) ; D. H. 
Pfister (Cambridge, Mass.) ; A. R. Pinto da Silva (Lisbon) ; R. W. Pohl 
(Ames, Iowa) ; P. Pritchard (Washington, D.C.) ; P. H. Raven (St. Louis) ; 
B. C. Roeleveld (Utrecht) ; R. C. Rollins (Cambridge, Mass.) ; R. Ross 
(London) ; E. Rouleau (Montreal) ; Velva Rudd (Northridge, Calif.) ; 

A. P. M. Sanders (Utrecht) ; R. Santesson (Stockholm) ; G. Sayre 
(Cambridge, Mass.) ; J. M. Schopf (Columbus, Ohio) ; K. Schroeder 
(Saarbriicken) ; Ruth Schallert (Washington, D.C.) ; D. Schwartz (New 
York); P. C. Silva (Berkeley, Calif.); V. Skalicky (Praha); M. Skytte 
Christiansen (Copenhagen) ; H. Sleumer (Leiden) ; N. Snigirevskaya 
(Leningrad) ; M. F. Southwell (San Antonio) ; G. Spevak (Washington, 
Calif.) ; W. T. Stearn (London) ; M. J. van Steenis-Kruseman (Leiden) ; 
W. C. Steere (Bronxville, N.Y.) ; B. T. Styles (Oxford) ; A. L. Takhtajan 
(Leningrad) ; J. Thomas (Stanford, Calif.) ; S. K. Tscherepanov (Lenin- 
grad) ; R. Tomaselli (Pavia) ; C. Vaczy (Cluj) ; I. T. Vasilczenko (Lenin- 
grad) ; R. McVaugh (Ann Arbor, Mich.); I. H. Vegter (Utrecht); B. 
Verdcourt (Kew) ; F. Verdoorn (Utrecht) ; L. Vogelenzang (Leiden) ; 

E. G. Voss (Ann Arbor, Mich.) ; G. Wagenitz (Gottingen) ; W. Weber 
(Boulder) ; L. K. Weresub (Ottawa) ; J. L. Wiggins (Stanford, Calif.) ; 

B. de Winter (Pretoria) ; J. J. Wurdack (Washington, D.C.) ; Gea Zijlstra 
(Utrecht). 



ENVOY 



The first part of the envoy of 1967 still applies: 'Perfection or near-perfec- 
tion is impossible to achieve in this work : the words simply do not apply. 
Notwithstanding the very substantial help and support which I received 
from all those mentioned above, and from many others who remain un- 
mentioned, mistakes and omissions are bound to occur. They are wholly 
mine and I shall gladly hear about them'. 

The last sentences, however, no longer apply: 'Who knows? If this book 
is found useful by plant taxonomists, there may be an opportunity in the 
not too distant future to bring about corrections and to extend the cover- 
age of 'Taxonomic literature'.' This not too distant future has turned out 
to be nine years beyond the first volume. We are determined to reach the 
end, but after the fourth volume of this second edition the adventurous 
odyssey through our history of plant taxonomy, as shown by its authors, 
collections and books, will be over. One can write only a single book of 
this type and size in a life-time. With the help of our friends and colleagues 
we hope to bring this work to a successful conclusion. 

Utrecht, Washington, D.C, May 1976. 



Abbreviations 



This list contains several kinds of abbreviations, general ones as well as 
those denoting herbaria and bibliographic sources that are used frequently 
in the text. 

Sources that are not often cited are referred to by the author's name. 
The abbreviations of herbaria are those in the Index herbariorum. 



t 
a. 
A 

Aa 



AAR 

AAU 

Abbr. 
ABD 

Abh. 
ABI 

Abt. 
Acad. 



AD 
ADB 



Add. 
AG 



Agron. 

Akad. 

AKL 

AK 

AKU 
AL 

alg. 
allg. 



book or serial which remained unfinished. 

ante (before). 

Cambridge: Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, 22 Divinity 

Ave., Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. 
Aa, A.J. Van Der, Biographisch woordenboek der Nederlanden, bevatten- 

de levensbeschrijvingen van zoodanige personen, die zich op 

eenigerlei wijze in ons vaderland hebben vermaard gemaakt. 

Haarlem 1853-1878 (Reprinted Amsterdam 1969), 7 vols. 
Zikhron-Ya'aqov : Herbarium Aaron Aaronsohn, P.O. Box 20, 

Zikhron Ya'aqov, Israel. 
Aarhus : Herbarium Jutlandicum, Botanical Institute, University 

of Aarhus, 68 Nordlandsvej, DK-8240, Risskov, Denmark. 
Abbreviation, abbreviated. 
Aberdeen: Department of Botany, The University, Aberdeen, 

ABg. 24D Scotland, Great Britain. 
Abhandlungen. 
Abidjan: Herbarium Abidjan, Centre Orstom, B.P. 20, Abidjan, 

Cote d'lvoire. 
Abteilung (division). 
Academie des Sciences. Paris - The dates of receipt by the Academie 

of printed publications listed in : 

Proces-verbaux des seances de F Academie tenues depuis la Fonda- 

tion PInstitut [1795] jusqu'au mois d'aout 1835. 10 volumes, 

Hendaye, 1 910- 192 1. 

Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances : volumes 1 - 1 2 1 , 1 835- 1 900. 

L'lnstitut. Journal des academies et societes scientifiques de France 

et de l'Etranger: volumes 1-44, 1833- 1876. 
Adelaide : State Herbarium of South Australia, Botanic Garden, 

North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia 5000. 
Allgemeine deutsche Biographic Leipzig, volumes 1-56, 1875-1912. In 

some references to sources of dates also for Allgemeine deutsche Bi- 

bliothek, Berlin, vols. 1-118, 1765- 1796. 
Addenda; (additional in 'add. inf.'). 
Ascherson and Graebner, Synopsis der mitteleuropdischen Flora, see no. 

200. Contains much original biographical information in foot- 
notes pertaining to eponymous plant names. 
Agronomy, agronomia, agronomie, agronomical. 
Akademie. 
Algemeene Konst- enLetterbode. Haarlem, the Netherlands, 1-1 1, 1788- 

1793, 1801-1862, (1 794-1800 JVieuwe Algemeene Konst- en Letterbode). 
Auckland: Auckland Institute and Museum, private Bag, Auck- 
land, New Zealand. 
Auckland : University of Auckland, Auckland, New Zealand. 
Alger: Herbier du Laboratoire de Botanique de la Faculte des 

Sciences, Universite d' Alger, Alger, Alger, 
algae. 
allgemein(e). 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Alman. Almanach, almanaque, almanak. 

alt. alternative. 

AMD Amsterdam: Hugo de Vries-Laboratorium, Plantage Middenlaan 

2a, Amsterdam-4, Netherlands. 
Amer. American. 

AMES Cambridge : Orchid Herbarium of Oakes Ames, Botanical Museum, 

Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. 
An. Anales. 

Andrews Andrews, Henry N., Jr., Index of generic names of fossil plants 1820- 

1965. Geological Survey Bulletin 1300. Washington D.C., 1970, 

iii> 354 P- 
Ann. Annales, annals, annali; sometimes: annual. 

ANG Angers : Herbier Lloyd, Place des Halles, Angers, France. 

ANGUC Angers: Herbier de la Faculte Libre des Sciences, Place Andre 

Leroy, Angers, France. 
Anon. Anonymous. 

Anz. Anzeiger. 

App. Appendix. 

Apr April. 

Arch. Archief, archive(s), Archiv, archivio. 

ARIZ Tucson: The University of Arizona Herbarium, 113 Agricultural 

Sciences Building. The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 

85721, U.S.A. 
Ark. Arkiv, arkif. 

Arq. Arquivos. 

Art. Article ; in International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, see full reference 

under ICBN. 
Atl. Atlas. 

Aug August. 

Austr., Austral. Australian. 
AUT Autun: Societe d'Histoire Naturelle et des Amis du Museum 

d'Autun, 19 Rue Saint Antoine, 71400 Autun, France. 
AV Avignon: Herbier du Museum Requien d'Histoire naturelle de la 

ville d'Avignon, France. 
AWH Antwerpen: Natuurwetenschappelijk Museum (Dr. H. van 

Heurck), Gerard le Grellelaan 5, B 2020 Antwerpen, Belgium. 
b. born. 

B Berlin: Botanischer Garten und Botanisches Museum Berlin- 

Dahlem, Konigin-Luise Strasse 6-8, D-i 33 (Dahlem), Federal 

Republic of Germany, BRD. Many collections destroyed by fire 

in 1943. 
BA Buenos Aires : Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales 'Bernadino 

Rivadavia' e Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones de las Ciencias 

Naturales, Avda. Angel Gallardo 470, Casilla de Correo 10- 

Sucursal 5, Buenos Aires, Argentina. 
BAF Buenos Aires : Museo de Botanica y Farmacologia 'Juan A. Domin- 

guez', Junin 956, Buenos Aires, Argentina. 
Barnhart Barnhart, John Hendley, Biographical notes upon botanists. Boston, 

volumes 1-3, 1965. 
BAS Basel : Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Universitat Basel, Basel, 

Switzerland. 
BASSA Bassano del Grappa : Herbarium of the Museum, Museo, Biblio- 

teca, Archivio-Bassano del Grappa, (Vicenza), Italy. 
BB Britten, James and George S. Boulger, A biographical index of 

deceased British and Irish botanists. Second edition, revised and 

completed by A. B. Rendle, London 1931. 
BC Barcelona: Instituto Botanico de Barcelona, Av. de Muntanyans, 

Parque de Montjuic, Barcelona 4, Spain. 
Beck Beck, Christian Daniel (1757- 1832), Allgemeines Repertorium der 

neuesten in- und auslandischen Litter atur. Leipzig, Wien, volumes 1-14, 

1819-1833. 
xx 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Beds. 

Beibl. 

Beih. 

Beitr. 

Ber. 

BERN 

BF 



BFM 

B.Fr. 
BG 

BGa 
BH 



BH 

Bibl. 

Bibl. Fr. 

Bih. 

Bijdr. 

Biogr. 

Biol. 

BIRA 

BIRM 

BISH 

BKL 

BL 



Blatt. 
BLAT 

BM 



BM 

BM-Bloomsbury 
BMNH 

BO 

Boktr. 



Bedfordshire. 

Beiblatt, Beiblatter. 

Beihefte. 

Beitrag, Beitrage. 

Bericht, Berichte. 

Bern : Botanisches Institut und Garten der Universitat, Altenberg- 

rain 21, CH-3013 Bern, Switzerland. 
Bibliographie de la France, volumes i-x, 1813-x. [Title varies; first 

volume: Bibliographie de V Empire frangais ou Journal de V Imprimerie 

et de la librairie]. Important source for dating French publications. 

The weekly issues contain lists of new books, pamflets and of 

instalments of serial publications. The date on which BF lists a 

book published in Paris can usually be taken as that of actual 

publication. 
Hamann, U. und G. Wagenitz, Bibliographie zur Flora von Mittel- 

europa, Miinchen 1970, 328 p. 
see BF. 
Bergen: Universitetets Botaniske Museum, Postboks 12, N-5014 

Bergen, Norway. 
Botanical Gazette. Crawfordsville, Indiana, vols, i-x, 1875-x. 
Bibliographia Huntiana, documentation on botanical publications 

1 730-1840 at the Hunt Institute of Botanical Documentation, 

Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. 
(as a herbarium abbreviation) Ithaca: L. H. Bailey Hortorium, 

Mann Library Building, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 

14850, U.S.A. 
Bibliography, bibliographie; sometimes also bibliotheca. 
see BF. 
Bihang. 
Bijdrage(n). 

Biography, biographical. 
Biological, biologique, biologisch. 
Birmingham: City Museum and Art Gallery, Birmingham B3 3DH, 

Great Britain. 
Birmingham : Department of Botany, The University, Edgbaston, 

Birmingham, Great Britain. 
Honolulu: Dept. of Botany, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, P.O. Box 

6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818, U.S.A. 
Brooklyn: Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1000 Washington Avenue, 

Brooklyn, New York 11225, U.S.A. 
Blake, S. F. - Geographical guide to Floras of the world. Part 1 (with 

A. C. Atwood), Washington 1942 (USDA, Misc. publ. no. 401) ; 

Part 2, Washington 1961 (USDA, Misc. publ. no. 797). 
Blatter. 
Bombay: Blatter Herbarium, St. Xavier's College, Bombay 400 001, 

India. 
(when referring to herbaria) London : The Herbarium and Library 

of the Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History) 

London, Great Britain. Also used to designate the presence of a 

book, manuscript or plates in the libraries of the British Museum 

(Natural History), e.g. after 'Copies' '. 
(as a bibliographical reference) Catalogue of the books, manuscripts, 

maps and drawings in the British Museum {Natural History) , 8 volumes, 

London 1903- 1940. Facsimile edition, Weinheim 1964. 
British Museum, Bloomsbury, London. 
British Museum (Natural History) London (as a general reference, 

e.g. to its library). 
Bogor: Herbarium Bogoriense, Lembaga Biologi Nasional, Bogor, 

Indonesia. 
Boktryckare (printer). 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Bol. Boletim, Boletin. 

BOL Cape Town : Bolus Herbarium, University of Gape Town, Ronde- 

bosch 7700, Cape Town, South Africa. 
Boll. Bollettino. 

BOLO Bologna : Istituto Botanico dell' Universita, Via Irnerio 42, Bologna 

Italy. 
BONN Bonn : Botanisches Institut der Universitat Bonn, Abt. fur Morpho- 

logie und Systematik, Meckenheimer Allee 170, D-53 Bonn, 

Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. 
Bonplandia Bonplandia. Zeitschrift fur die gesammte Botanik. Hannover, Ger- 

many, vols. 1-10, 1 853- 1 862. 
BORD Bordeaux: Jardin Botanique de la ville de Bordeaux, Terrasse du 

Jardin public, 33.000 Bordeaux, France. 
Bossert Biographical dictionary of botanists represented in the Hunt Institute portrait 

collection, Boston, Mass. 1972, 451 p. (compiled by Theodore W. 

Bossert) . 
Bot. Botany, botanical, botanique, botanische, etc. 

Bot. Not. Botaniska Notiser. Lund 1 839-x. (with brief interruptions) . 

Bot. Zeit. Botanische £eitung, Berlin (later: Leipzig), vols. 1-50, 1843- 1892. 

Index to vols. 1-50: R. Aderhold, General-Register der ersten 

fiinfzig Jahrganger der Botanischen Zeitung. Leipzig 1895. 
BP Budapest: Museum of Natural History, Department of Botany, 

Vajdahunyadvara, Budapest XIV, Hungary. 
BPI Beltsville: National Fungus Collections, Agricultural Research 

Center-West, Beltsville, Maryland 02705, U.S.A. 
BPU Budapest : Institute of Plant Taxonomy and Ecology of the Eotvos 

L. University, 1088 Muzeum korut 4A, Budapest, Hungary. 
BR Bruxelles: Jardin botanique national de Belgique, Domaine de 

Bouchout, B i860 Meise, Belgium. 
BRA Bratislava: Slovenske narodne muzeum, Vajanskeho 2, Bratislava, 

Czechoslovakia. 
BREM Bremen: Ubersee-Museum, Bahnhofsplatz 13, Bremen, Federal 

Republic of Germany, BRD. 
Bretschneider Bretschneider, E., History of European botanical discoveries, 2 vols., 

St. Petersburg 1898, reprint Leipzig 1962, see no. 748. 
BRI Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, 

Queensland 4068, Australia (formerly: Botanic Museum and 

Herbarium, Botanic Gardens). 
Briquet Briquet, John, Biographies des botanistes a Geneve de 1 500 a 1 93 1 . 

Bulletin de la Societe Botanique Suisse, 50a: 1-494. J an I 94°- 
BRIST Bristol: Department of Botany, The University, Bristol BS8 1 UG, 

Great Britain. 
BRISTM Bristol : The City Museum, Bristol, Great Britain. 

Brit. British. 

BRLU Bruxelles: Laboratoire de Botanique, systematique et d'ecologie, 

28 Avenue Paul Heger, 1050 Bruxelles, Belgium. 
BRNU Brno : Institute of Plant Biology and Herbarium, University of J. E. 

Purkyne, 2 Kotlarska, 611 37 Brno, Czechoslovakia. 
BRSL see WRSL. 

BRU Providence: Brown University Herbarium, Rogers Hall, Brown 

University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912, U.S.A. 
Brum. Brumaire, 22 or 23 Oct-20 or 21 Nov (French revolutionary calen- 

dar). 
BRY Provo: Herbarium, Brigham Young University, Rm. 113 B-49, 

Provo, Utah 84601, U.S.A. 
BSBF Bulletin de la Societe botanique de France. Paris, vol. i-x, 1854-x. 

BSN Boston : Biological Science Center, Boston University, 2 Cumming- 

ton Street, Boston, U.S.A. 
BTC Bulletin of the Torrey botanical Club. Lancaster, Pa., 1 -x, 1 870-x. Index : 

to volumes 1-75 (1870- 1948), by Harold William Rickett. Lancas- 
ter, Pa. 1955. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



BUC 

Bull. 
BUT 

B.W 
BZF 



ca. 
CAI 

CAL 

Cal(if). 
Calend. 

CAN 



Canad. 
Candollea 

CAS 



Cas. 
Cat. 
CBS 

Cent. 
CERN 

cf. 
CGG 

Chapt. 
CHARL 

CHE 

Chron. 
CL 

CN 

CO. 

COI 

Col. 
Collect. 
Coll. 
Colmeiro 

Comra. 
Comp. 
Consp. 
CORD 

cont. 



Bucuresti : Institutatea din Bucuresti, Gradina Botanica, Cotroceni 

32, Bucuresti 15, Roumania. 
Bulletin. 
Indianapolis : Friesner Herbarium, Butler University, Indianapolis, 

Indiana 46208, U.S.A. 
Berlin : Herbarium Willdenow - see B. 
Bogor: Lembaga Pusat Penjelidikan Kehutanan (Forest Research 

Institute), Bogor, Indonesia. 
Copenhagen: Botanical Museum and Herbarium, Gothersgada 

130, DK-1128 Copenhagen K., Denmark, 
circa (about). 
Cairo : Department of Botany, Faculty of Science, Cairo University, 

Giza, Cairo, Egypt. 
Calcutta: Botanical Survey of India, Head Office at Calcutta, 

Central National Herbarium, Sibpore, Howrah, India. 
California (n). 
Calendarium. 
Ottawa : Vascular Plant Section, National Herbarium of Canada, 

National Museum of Natural Sciences, (Botany Division) , Nation- 
al Museums of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada KiA OM8. 
Canadian. 
Candollea, organe du Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques de la ville 

de Geneve. Geneve i-x, ig22-x. 
San Francisco: Departement of Botany, California Academy of 

Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 941 18, 

U.S.A. 
Casopis (acta). 
Catalogue. 
Baarn: Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures, Oosterstraat 1, 

Baarn, Netherlands. (Yeast Division : Julianalaan 67A, Delft) . 
Centuria, century (a set of a hundred) . 
Cernauti : Botanical Institute of the University, Cernauti (Czerno- 

witz), Bessarabia, U.S.S.R. 
confer (compare). 
Cambridge: University Botanic Garden, Cambridge CB 2 1 JF, 

Great Britain. 
Chapter (s). 
Charleston : Herbarium of the Charleston Museum, Charleston, 

South Carolina, U.S.A. 
Cherbourg : Herbier de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles et Ma- 

thematiques, Cherbourg, France. 
Chronica. 
Cluj: Gradina Botanica a Universitatii din Cluj, Str. Republicii 42, 

Cluj, Roumania. 
Caen : Herbier du Laboratoire de Botanique, Faculte des Sciences, 

Caen, France, 
county. 
Coimbra : Herbarium of the Botanical Institute of the University of 

Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal. 
Coloured. 
Collectanea. 

Collection, collector, collected by. 
Colmeiro, M., Enumeration y revision de las plantas de la peninsula 

hispano - lusitana e islas Baleares. vol. 1, Madrid, 1885 (no. 1 182). 
Commentarii, commentationes. 
Compendium. 
Conspectus. 
Cordoba : Museo Botanico, Facultad de Ciencias E. F. y Naturales, 

Avda. V^lez Sarsfield 299, Cordoba, Argentina, 
contents. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Contr. 

copp. 

corr. 

C.R. 

crypt. 

CSP 

CSR 
CU 

CUP 

Cycl. 

d. 

DA 1967 

DAB 

DAO 



DAOM 



Dawson 



deut. 

DBF 

Dec 

dec. 

dedic. 

Delect. 

Delft 

Denkschr. 
dep(t). 
descr. 
DI 



diat. 

Dicot. 

Diet. 

Disp. 

DNB 

DS 

DSB 

DTS 

DU 

DUKE 

Duod. 



Contributions. 

copper. 

Correspondence ; in citations of generic names : corrected by. 

Compte(s) Rendu(s). 

cryptogams, cryptogamic. 

Catalogue of scientific papers 1800- 1900. Royal Society, London, 
volumes 1-19, 1867- 1925. 

Czechoslovakia. 

Ithaca: Wiegand Herbarium, Cornell University, Mann Library 
Building, Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. 

Ithaca: Plant Pathology Herbarium, Cornell University, Ithaca, 
New York 14850, U.S.A. 

Cyclopedia. 

died. 

Dandy, J. E., Index of generic names of vascular plants 1753- 1774. 
Utrecht 1967 (Regnum vegetabile vol. 51). 

Dictionary of American Biography. London, New York, volumes 1-22, 
1 928- 1 940. 

Ottawa : Vascular Plant Herbarium, Biosystematics Research In- 
stitute, Reseaixh Branch, Department of Agriculture, Central 
Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada KiA OC6. 

Ottawa: National Mycological Herbarium, Biosystematics Re- 
search Institute, Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Central 
Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada KiA OC6. 

Dawson, Warren R., The Banks letters. A calendar of the manuscript 
correspondence of Sir Joseph Banks preserved in the British 
Museum, the British Museum (Natural History) and other collec- 
tions in Great Britain. London 1958, 965 p. Supplementary letters 
(1): Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. 3(2), 1962, 
(2): ib. 3(3) 1965. 

deutsch (german) ; in journal and book titles. 

Dictionnaire de Biographie frangaise. Paris, volumes i-x, 1933-x. 

December. 

decade (a set of ten) . 

dedication. 

Delectus. 

Delft, the Netherlands, libraries of the Technische Hogeschool 
(Technical University) . 

Denkschrift (en) . 

departement (administrative unit in France). 

description. 

Dijon : Laboratoire de Botanique, Faculte des Sciences, de la Vie et 
de l'Environnement, Batiment Mirande, 6 Bd Gabriel, F 21.000 
Dijon, France. 

diatoms. 

Dicotyledones. 

Dictionary. 

Dispositio. 

Dictionary of national Biography. Oxford, volumes 1-63, 1885- 1900. 

Stanford : Dudley Herbarium, Department of Biological Sciences, 
Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, U.S.A. 

Dictionary of Scientific biography, ed. C. C. Gillispie, New York, vols. 
i-x, 1970-x. 

Dalla Torre und Sarntheim, Flora der gefiirsteten Grafschaft 
Tirol, Innsbruck 1900-1913, 6 vols., see no. 1299. 

Dunthorne, Gordon, Flower and fruit prints of the 18th and early igth 
centuries. Washington 1938. 

Durham : Duke University Herbarium, Dept. of Botany, Durham, 
North Carolina 27706, U.S.A. 

Duodecimo, book-size in which each leaf is 1 /i2 of a printing-sheet. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Duod. (in sixes) 

dupl. 
DWC 

E 

ed. 



edit. 

e.g. 

E-GL 



Enc. 

enum. 

EP 

engr. 
ER 

Erg. Bl. 
err. 

et al. 
Ewan 
extr. 
F 



facs. 
FAS 
fasc. 
FB 

Feb 
FH 



FI 
FI 



fide 

fig., figs. 

fil. 

fl. 

FI. 

Flora 



Floreal 

Fol. 

Frank 



Duodecimo, gatherings made up of half sheets, 1 2 pages per signa- 
ture. 

duplicate (s). 

West Chester: Darlington Herbarium, West Chester, Pennsylva- 
nia, U.S.A. 

Edinburgh : Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 
Great Britain. 

edition, the total number of copies of a work printed from the same 

typesetting at any time (see MacPhail, Huntia 2: 281. 1965) ; some- 
times: editor. 

editor. 

exempli gratia (for instance). 

Material from Glasgow herbarium (GL) on permanent loan to 
Edinburgh (E). 

Encyclopedia. 

enumeratio(n) . 

Engler, H. G. A. and Prantl, K. A. E., Die naturlichen Pflanzen- 
familien, Berlin 1887-1915, ed. 2, Berlin 1924-x. 

engraving. 

Erlangen : Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Universitat Erlan- 
gen, Erlangen, Germany. 

Erganzungs-Blatter. 

errata, addenda et corrigenda (in collations) ; in general : erroneous- 

dy). 

et alia (and others). 

Ewan, Joseph A. ; copy in the private library of Ewan. 

extrait, extract. 

Chicago : John G. Searle Herbarium, Field Museum of Natural 
History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, Illinois 
60605, U.S.A. 

facsimile. 

Copy in the private library of F. A. Stafleu, Utrecht, the Netherlands. 

fascicle, one part of book published by instalments. 

Freiburg: Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Universitat, Frei- 
burg, Germany. 

February. 

Cambridge : Farlow Library and Herbarium of Cryptogamic Bota- 
ny, Harvard University, 20 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, 
Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. 

(reference to a herbarium) Firenze: Herbarium Universitatis 
Florentinae, Istituto Botanico, Firenze, Italy. 

(as a bibliographical reference under Rafinesque) Fitzpatrick, T. J., 
Rafinesque, a sketch of his life with bibliography. Des Moines, Iowa 
191 1. 

according to ; on the authority of. 

figure(s). 

filius (son). 

floruit (flourished). 

Flora (in titles) ; the journal is cited as 'Flora'. 

Flora oder (allgemeine) botanische Zeitung. Regensburg i-x, 1818-x. 
Indexes: J . K. Hasskarl, Allgemeines Sach- und Namenregister zu 
den ersten XXV Jahrgangen der Flora, Regensburg 185 1 (vols. 1- 
25, 1818-1842); Gesamt-Register fur die Bande 26-100, Jena 1910 
by J. Christian Bay. Flora was also specially extracted for TL-2 by 
J. A. Leussink with respect to biographical and bibliographical 
information as well as notes on collections and herbaria. 

Floreal, 20 or 21 Apr- 19 or 21 Mai (French revolutionary calendar). 

Folio, volume made of sheets of paper folded once. 

Frank, A. B., in Leunis, Synopsis der Pflanzenkiinde , ed. 3, vol. 3, 1886, 
app. p. 1 -1 17 (authors). 



ABBREVIATIONS 



FR 

Frim. 

front., frontisp. 
Fruct. 

G 

GA 

Gard. 
GB 

G-BOIS 
GDA 

G-DC 

G-DEL 
GE 

gel. 
gen. 
GENT 

GEO 

geol. 
Germ. 

Gersdorf 

Gesch. 
Ges. 
GF, GFB 

GFW 



GGA 



GH 
GJO 
GL 
GOET 

GR 
GRM 



Frankfurt: Herbarium, Forschungsinstitut und Naturmuseum 

Senckenberg, Frankfurt, Germany. 
Frimaire, 21 or 22 Nov- 20 or 21 Dec (French revolutionary calen- 
dar), 
frontispiece (illustration facing title-page). 

Fructidor, 18 or 19 Aug- 16 or 17 Sep (French revolutionary calen- 
dar). 
Geneve: Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques, Postal address: Case 

postale, CH-1211 Geneve 21, Switzerland. 
Athens : Dept. of Botany, Herbarium of the University of Georgia, 

Athens, Georgia 30602, U.S.A. 
Garden, Gardener. 
Goteborg : Herbarium, Institute of Systematic Botany, University 

of Goteborg, Goteborg, Sweden. 
Geneve : Herbier Boissier - see G. 
Granada: Catedra de Botanica de la Facultad de Farmacia, 

Granada, Spain. 
Prodromus herbarium (de Candolle) at the Conservatoire botanique 

de Geneve, Switzerland (IDC 800). 
Geneve : Herbier Delessert - see G. 
Genova: Istituto ed Orto Botanico 'Hanbury' dell'Universita, 

Corso Dogali iC, Genova, Italy, 
gelehrte. 
general. 
Gent: Laboratorium voor Plantensystematiek, 35 Ledeganckstraat, 

B 9000 Gent, Belgium. 
Atlanta: Department of Biology, Emory University, Atlanta, 

Georgia 30322, U.S.A. 
geological, geology. 

Germinal, 21 or 22 Mar- 19 or 20 Apr (French revolutionary calen- 
dar). 
Gersdorf, E. G., Leipziger Repertorium der deutschen und auslandischen 

Literatur. Leipzig, volumes 1-18, 1834- 1850. 
Geschichte. 
Gesellschaft. 
Sitwell, S. and W. Blunt, Great flower books iyoo-igoo. London 

1956, bibliography by P. M. Synge. 
Greifswald : Sektion Biologie der Ernst- Moritz-Arndt-Universitat 
Greifswald, Grimmer Strasse 88, DDR-22 Greifswald, German 

Democratic Republic, DDR. 
Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen volumes i-x, 1 739-x. Appeared originally 

every few days in 'Stiicke' which were precisely dated. For a long 

time there were four 'Stiicke' per week, 208-210 per year. Title 

varies : 

Gottingische Zeitungen von gelehrten Sachen, 1739- 1752; 
Gottingische Anzeigen von gelehrten Sachen, 1 753-1 801; 
Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen, 1802-x. 
Cambridge: Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, 22 Divinity 

Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, U.S.A. 
Graz: Botan.-Abt. des Steierm. Landesmuseums Joanneum, 

Raubergasse 10, A-8010 Graz, Austria. 
Glasgow: Department of Botany, University of Glasgow W. 2, 

Scotland, Great Britain. 
Gottingen: Systematisch-Geobotanisches Institut, Universitat 

Gottingen, Unt. Karspule 2, D 34 Gottingen, Federal Republic of 

Germany, BRD. 
Grummann, Vitus, Biographisch-bibliographisches Handbuch der Lichen- 

ologie. 3301 Lehre, Verlag von J. Cramer, 1974. 
Grenoble: Herbier du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Grenoble, 

France. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



GRA 

GRI 

GRO 

GZU 

H 

HA 
HAL 



h.a.m.c. 
h.a.m.s. 

HAMU 

HBG 
HE 



Hedwigia 
HEID 

Henrey 



herb. 
HH 

Hinrichs 



Hist. 

Hist. Coll. BMNH 



Hitchcock 



HL 

h.l.q.c. 
h.l.q.s. 
h.p.m.s. 



Grahamstown: Herbarium of the Albany Museum, Botanical 
Research Unit, P.O. Box 101, Grahamstown, South Africa. 

Grinnell: Grinnell College Herbarium, Biology Department, 
Grinnell, Iowa 501 12, U.S.A. 

Haren: Biological Centre, Department of Systematic Botany, 
Kerklaan 30, P.O. Box 14, Haren (Groningen), Netherlands, 
(formerly at Groningen). 

Graz: Institut fur systematische Botanik, Holteigasse 6, A-8010 
Graz, Austria. 

Helsinki : Botanical Museum, University of Helsinki, Unioninkatu 
44, SF-00170 Helsinki 17, Finland. 

Haller, A. von, Bibliotheca botanica, Zurich 1 771-1772, 2 vols. 

Halle: Martin-Luther-Universitat, Sektion Biowissenschaften, 
Wissenschaftsbereich Geobotanik und Botanischer Garten, Neu- 
werk 21, Halle (Saale), German Democratic Republic, DDR. 

hora ante meridiem consueta. 

hora ante meridiem solita. 

Newcastle upon Tyne: Herbarium of the Hancock Museum, 
Newcastle upon Tyne, Great Britain. 

Hamburg : Institut fur Allgemeine Botanik, Jungiusstrasse 6, Ham- 
burg 36, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. 

Heller, John Lewis, Index auctorum et librorum a Linnaeo (Species 
plantarum, 1753) citatorum, in Linnaeus, Species plantarum, 
Ray Society facsimile edition, appendix to vol. 2, pp. 3-60. 1959. 

Hedwigia. Ein Notizblatt fur kryptogamische Studien. Vols. 1-82, 

1852-1944- 

Heidelberg: Institut fur Systematische Botanik der Universitat, 
Kirschnerstrasse 6, Heidelberg, Federal Republic of Germany, 
BRD. 

Henrey, Blanche, British botanical and horticultural literature 
before 1800. 3 vols., London 1975. The numbers cited refer to the 
bibliographies in vols. 1 and 3. 

herbarium. 

Copy in the combined libraries of the Harvard University Herbaria 
(A and GH). 

Borsenblattfur den deutschen Buchhandel und fur die mit ihm verwandten 
Geschaftszweige. Leipzig vols, i-x, 1834-x. - From 1(5) (31 Jan 
1834) on 5 tne Borsenblatt contained a list of the 'Neuigkeiten, 
vom [. . .] in Leipzig angekommen und mitgetheilt von der J. E. 
Hinrichsen Buchhandlung'. The dates of receipt by Hinrichs are 
taken as dates of publication if they refer to books published in 
Leipzig; for books published in other places there may have been 
a delay in reporting due to the time required for sending the books 
to Leipzig. Many botanical items listed by Hinrichs in the years 
1 834- 1 855 are referred to in this book. 

History, histoire. 

G. Murray, The Department of Botany, in: The history of the collec- 
tions contained in the natural history departments of the British Museum, 
vol. 1, London 1904, pp. 79-193. 

Hitchcock, A. S., Location of type specimens. 2 lists, Washington, D.C., 

1934, 1935- 

Mimeographed lists, without title-pages, circulated by Hitchcock 
as chairman of the Committee on Nomenclature of the Botanical 
Society of America. The lists were admittedly provisional and 
contain a certain number of errors. 

Stevens, The Humboldt library. London 1863, facsimile reprint Leip- 
zig 1967. 

hora locoque consuetis. 

hora locoque solitis. 

hora post meridiem solita. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



HR 



H.S. 

h.t. 

HU 



HU 

I 

IA 

IAPT 

ib., ibid. 
IB 

IBF 

id. 
ICBN 

ICNCP 
IDC 



IF 



IH 



IK 

ill. 
ILL 

incl. 
Ind. 
ind. 
IND 



inf. 
int. 



Hooper - Roberts documentation on Australian botany. See 
Karg, Taxon 23: 613-618. The main set of this documentation is 
at the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation, Pittsburgh, 
Pa. Other sets are at the Australian Academy of Sciences, Can- 
berra, Australia, and at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 

Hortus siccus (designation used in Sloane herbarium). 

half title, 'french title'. 

Catalogue of botanical books in the collection of Rachel McMasters Miller 
Hunt, 2 vols. Pittsburgh 1958, 1961. - volume 1 compiled by 
Jane Quinby, volume 2(2) by Allan Stevenson. 

(when used to indicate location of copies) : The library of the Hunt 
Institute for Botanical Documentation (Hunt Library), Carnegie- 
Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. 

Iasi: Laboratorul si Muzeul Botanic, Facultatea de Biologie-Geo- 
grafie, Universitatea 'Al. I. Cuza' din Iasi, Iasi, Roumania. 

Iowa City: Herbarium, Department of Botany, University of Iowa, 
Iowa City, Iowa 52242, U.S.A. 

International Association for Plant Taxonomy. 

ibidem (in the same book, chapter, passage, etc.) 

Innsbruck : Institut fur Botanische Systematik und Geobotanik der 
Universitat Innsbruck, Sternwartestrasse 15, Innsbruck, Austria. 

Innsbruck: Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum, Botan. Abtei- 
lung, Innsbruck, Austria. 

idem. 

International Code of Botanical Nomenclature adopted by the Eleventh 
International Congress, Seattle, August 1969. Utrecht 1972. 
(Regnum vegetabile vol. 82). 

International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Plants 1961. Utrecht 
1 96 1 (Regnum vegetabile vol. 22). 

Inter Documentation Company, Poststrasse, Zug, Switzerland. The 
IDC numbers given under the references (Ref) in most entries 
are those of the microfiche editions of the respective books. Most 
of these microfiche editions are currently available. 

Christensen, C, Index filicum sive enumeratio omnium generum 
specierumque filicum et hydropteridum ab anno 1753 ad finem 
anni 1905 descriptorum. Kjobenhavn 1906. Supplementum 1, 
ib. 1913, 2, ib. 1917, 3, ib. 1934. Supplementum 4, by R.E.G. 
Pichi-Sermolli, Utrecht 1965. (see no. 1128). 

Lanjouw, J. and F. A. Stafleu, Index Herbariorum. 

1. The herbaria of the world, ed. 6, Utrecht 1974 (Regnum vegeta- 
bile vol. 92). 

2. Collectors' Index, part 1 A-D, Utrecht 1954 (Regnum vegetabile 
vol. 2). 

part 2 E-H, Utrecht 1957 (Regnum vegetabile vol. 9). 
part 3 I-L, Utrecht 1972 (by M. N. Chaudri, I. H. Vegter 
and C. M. de Wal) (Regnum vegetabile vol. 86). 
part 4 M, Utrecht 1976 (by I. H. Vegter). 
Index kewensis plantarum phanerogamarum (B. D. Jackson), London 

1 893- 1 895, 2 vols., 15 supplements 1 901-1974. 
illustrations (in text). 
Urbana : Herbarium of the Department of Botany, University of 

Illinois, Urbana, Illinois 61 801, U.S.A. 
including. 
Indian, 
index. 

Bloomington: Herbarium of Indiana University, Department of 
Plant Sciences, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47401, 
U.S.A. 

information obtained from, 
international. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



K 
K 

Kanitz 

KAZ 

Kew 

Kew List 



KIEL 

k.k. 
Kon. 
kongl. 
KR 



KR 

KRA 

KRAM 

krypt. 
KSG 



introduction. 

International Standard Book Number. 

Ames: Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, Iowa State Uni- 
versity Herbarium, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50010, 
U.S.A. 

Johannesburg: The Moss Herbarium, University of the Witwaters- 
rand, Department of Botany and Microbiology, 1 Jan Smuts Ave., 
Johannesburg 2001, (Transvaal), South Africa. 

Journal (in title abbreviations). 

Jackson, B. D., Guide to the literature of botany, London 1881. 

Jahrbuch. 

Jahresbericht. 

January. 

Journal of Botany, British and foreign, vols. 1-80, 1863- 1942. 

Jena: Herbarium Haussknecht, Sektion Biologie der Friedrich- 
Schiller-Universitat, Jena, German Democratic Republic, DDR. 

Berkeley : Jepson Herbarium and Library, Department of Botany, 
University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, U.S.A. 

Journal general de la litter ature etr anger e . . . Paris, vols. 1-13, 1801-1813; 
1814-1841. 

Journal general de la litter ature de France . . . vols. 1-7, 1798- 1804; 1805- 
1841. 

Journal typographique et bibliographique, 14 volumes, Paris an VI [1 797] 
- 1 8 10 - Continued under the title Journal general de V Imprimerie et 
de laLibrairie (4 Dec 1810-30 Sep 181 1) and subsequently as Biblio- 
graphie de V Empire frangais, later Bibliographie de la France (see BF). 

July. 

June. 

Jansen, P. en W. H. Wachter, Personalia 1-5, Nederlands Kruid- 

kundig Archief (1)49: 437-452- 1939; (2)50: 182-205. 1940; 

(3)51 : 340-379- I94 1 5 (4)52 : 37 I "4 I 5- *942; (5)53 = 232-257. 1943. 
Kew : The Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 
Richmond, Surrey TW 9 3AE, Great Britain. 
Konglig, kunglig. 
Kanitz, August, Versuch einer Geschichte der ungarischen Botanik, 

Linnaea 33: 401-664. 1864/1865. The entries are numbered. 
Kazan: University Herbarium, Kazan, U.S.S.R. 
Author catalogue of the Royal Botanic Gardens Library, Kew, England. 

5 vols., 1974. 
Anon. - A list of the Contributors to the Herbarium of the Royal 

Botanic Gardens, Kew, brought down to 31th December, 1899. 

Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1901 : 1-72. 
Kiel : Botanisches Institut der Universitat, Kiel, Federal Republic 

of Germany, BRD. 
koniglich-kaiserliche (Austrian) . 
Koniglich. 

konglig, kunglig (royal), 
(as a bibliographical reference) Krok, Th. O. B. N., Bibliotheca 

botanica suecana ab antiquissimis temporibus ad finem anni 

mcmxviii. Uppsala [1925]. 
Karlsruhe: Landessammlungen fur Naturkunde, Erbprinzen- 

strasse 13, Postfach 40-45, 75 Karlsruhe 1, Federal Republic of 

Germany, BRD. 
Krakow : Herbarium Universitatis Jagellonicae Cracoviensis, ul- 

Lubicz 46, Krakow, Poland. 
Krakow: Herbarium of the Botanic Institute of the Polish Academy 

of Sciences, Lubicz 46, Krakow, Poland, 
kryptogamen. 
Manhattan: Herbarium, Bushnell Hall, Division of Biology, 

Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas 66506, U.S.A. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



KSO Kelso : Herbarium of the Tweedside Physical & Antiquarian So- 

ciety Museum, Kelso, Great Britain. 
KVA Stockholm: Library Kungl. Vetenskapsakademien, S 104.05. 

Sweden. 
KW Kiew : The Kholodniy Institute of Botany of the Academy of Scien- 

ces of the Ukrainian SSR, Repin Street 2, Kew 252601, U.S.S.R. 
L Leiden: Rijksherbarium, Schelpenkade 6, Leiden, Netherlands. 

LA Los Angeles: Botanical Gardens - Herbarium, Department of 

Botany, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90024, 

U.S.A. 
lab. laboratoire, laboratory. 

Langman Langman, I. K, A selected guide to the literature on the flowering plants of 

Mexico. Philadelphia 1964. 
Lasegue Lasegue, A., Musee botanique de M. Benjamin Delessert, Paris 1845, 

facs. reprint. 3301 Lehre, J. Cramer, 1970 (intr. F. A. Stafleu). 
LASCA Arcadia : Herbarium of the Los Angeles State and County Arbore- 

tum, 301 North Baldwin Avenue, Box 688, Arcadia, California 

91006, U.S.A. 
LAU Lausanne: Herbier du Musee botanique cantonal, Lausanne, 

Switzerland. 
Laubm. Laubmoose (musci). 

LD Lund : Herbarium of the Botanical Museum, Lund, Sweden. 

LE Leningrad : Herbarium of the Department of Higher Plants, V. L. 

Komarov Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the 

U.S.S.R., 197022, Prof. Popov Street 2, Leningrad, P-22, U.S.S.R. 
Leberm. Lebermoose (hepaticae). 

LEI Leicester: Leicester Literary & Philosophical Society, Leicester, 

Great Britain. 
LG Liege: Departement et Jardin Botanique de l'Universite, Sart 

Tilman, B-4000 Liege, Belgium, 
l.h.s. loco horaque solitis. 

lich. lichenes. 

Lief. Lieferung (livraison, fascicle, instalment). 

LILLE Lille: Federation Universitaire et Polytechnique (Association d'E- 

cole Superieures et de Facultes Catholiques), 60 Boulevard 

Vauban, 59046 Lille Cedex, France. 
LINN London : The Linnean Society of London, Burlington House, Picca- 

dilly, W. 1 , London, Great Britain. 
Linnaea Linnaea, Ein Journal fur die Botanik in ihrem ganzen Umfange. vols. 

1-43, 1826-1882. (see under Schlechtendal. D.F.L.). 
Lipschitz Lipschitz, S., Botanicorum rossicorum lexicon biographo-bibliographicum, 

Moskva 1 947- 1 952, 4 vols. 
LISC Lisboa: Centre de Botanica da Junta de Investigacoes Cientificas 

do Ultramar, Rua Jau 54, Lisboa 3, Portugal. 
LISE Oeiras : Estacao Agranomica Nacional, Oeiras, Portugal, (formerly 

at Sacavem). 
LISJC Lisboa- Belem : Jardim e Museu Agricola do Ultramar, Calcada do 

Galvao-Belem, Lisboa, Portugal. 
LISM Lisboa: Missao de Estudos Agronomicos do Ultramar, Lisboa, 

Portugal. 
LISU Lisboa : Museu, Laboratorio ejardim Botanico (Institute of Botany), 

Faculty of Sciences, Lisboa-2, Portugal. 
Lit. Ber. Literaturberichte zur Flora oder allgemeinen botanischen Zeitung. 

Regensburg, vols. 1-12, 1831-1842. 
liths. lithographs. 

LI V Liverpool : Merseyside County Museum (lately City of Liverpool 

Museums), (LIV), William Brown Street, Liverpool L3 8EN, 

Great Britain. 
LIVU Liverpool: The Hartley Botanical Laboratories, Liverpool 3, 

Great Britain. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



livr. 
LL 

LL.D. 
LLO 

LP 



LS 

LS suppl. 



LTN 

LUCCA 

LV 



LY 

LZ 

M 

MA 

MAF 

Mag. 

Magnin 



Mai 

Man. 

MANCH 

Mar 
MASS 

max. 
MD 



M.D. 
ME 



med. 

Medd. 

Meded. 

MEL 

Mem. 

Mem. 



Livraison (fascicle, instalment). 

Renner: Lundell Herbarium, Renner, Texas 75079, U.S.A. - de- 
posited at TEX. 

Litteris doctor. 

Cincinnati: Lloyd Library and Museum, 309 West Court St., 
Cincinnati, Ohio 45221, U.S.A. 

La Plata: Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo, Division 
Plantas Vasculares, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, La Plata, 
Bs. As., Argentina. 

Lindau, G. et P. Sydow, Thesaurus literaturae mycologicae et lichenologi- 
cae, 2 volumes, Leipzig. 1908- 1909. 

Lindau, G. & G. Sydow, Thesaurus literaturae mycologicae et lichenologi- 
cae, R. Ciferri, Sapplementum ign-ig^o. 4 vols. Papia, Cortina 

Luton: Public Museum and Art Gallery, Luton, Great Britain. 

Lucca: Orto Botanico, Via del Giardino Botanico, Lucca, Italy. 

Leuven: Laboratorium voor beschrijvende plantkunde, Carnoy 
Instituut, Rijschoolstraat 9, B-3000 Leuven, Belgium, (formerly 
under Louvain). 

Lyon : Herbiers de l'Universite de Lyon, Departement de Biologie 
Vegetale, 43 Bd du 1 1 Novembre, F-6962 1 Villeurbanne, France. 

Leipzig : Herbarium, Botanisches Institut der Karl-Marx-Universi- 
tat, Leipzig, DDR. 

Munchen: Botanische Staatssammlung, Menzingerstrasse 67, D-8 
Miinchen 19, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. 

Madrid : Instituto 'Antonio Jose Cavanilles', Jardin Botanico, Plaza 
de Murillo 2, Madrid 14, Spain. 

Madrid : Herbario del Laboratorio de Botanica de la Faculdad de 
Farmacia, Ciudad Universitaria, Madrid 3, Spain. 

Magazin(e), also Magyar. 

Magnin, Ant. - Prodrome d'une histoire des botanistes Lyonnais, a series 
of papers in the Bull. Soc. hot. Lyon : 
premiere partie 31 : 1-72. 1906 
deuxieme partie 32: 1-68. 1907 
additions et corrections 32: 103-141. 1907 
additions et corrections 2° serie 35: 13-80. 1910. 

May. 

Manual. 

Manchester: The Manchester Museum, The University, Man- 
chester 13, Great Britain. 

March. 

Amherst : Herbarium of the University of Massachusetts, Depart- 
ment of Botany, Amherst, Massachusetts 01002, U.S.A. 

in 'fol. max.' large folio. 

Margadant, Willem Daniel, Early bryological literature. A descrip- 
tive bibliography of selected publications treating Musci during 
the first decades of the nineteenth century and especially of the 
years 1825, 1826 and 1827. Pittsburgh Pa. /Utrecht 1968. 

Medicinae Doctor. 

Meisel, Max - A bibliography of American Natural History. New York 
and London, 3 vols, 1967 (reprinted from the original edition of 
1924-1929). 

medio (in the middle of the year) ; in journal or book titles: medical, 
medicine. 

Meddelande (n) . 

Mededeling(en) . 

Melbourne: National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic 
Gardens, South Yarra, Melbourne, Victoria 3 141, Australia. 

Memoirs, memorias, memorie. 

M^moires. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Mess. 
MEX 

MG 

MH 

MI 

MICH 

MIN 

Misc. 
Mitt. 
MO 

MOD 

Moebius 

Monocot. 

Monogr. 

MONT 

MONTU 

MPA 

MPU 

MSC 



mss 
MSTR 

MT 



MTJB 
MU 

Mus. 
muse. 
MVDA 

MVM 

Mycologia 

MW 
MW 



Messidor, 19 or 20 Tun- 18 or 19 Jul (French revolutionary calendar) . 

Mexico : Instituto de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de 
Mexico, Ap. Postal 70-268, Mexico 20, D.F., Mexico. 

Belem: Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Caixa Postal 399, Belem, 
Para, Brazil. 

Coimbatore : Southern Circle, Botanical Survey of India, Coimba- 
tore, India - see CAL. 

Milano: Institute of Plant Sciences of the University, Via Giuseppe 
Colombo 60, Milano, Italy. 

Ann Arbor: Herbarium of the University of Michigan, North 
University Building, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, U.S.A. 

Saint Paul : Herbarium of the University of Minnesota, Depart- 
ment of Botany, University of Minnesota, 220 Biological Sciences 
Center, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55101, U.S.A. 

Miscellanea. 

Mitteilung(en). 

Saint Louis : Herbarium of Missouri Botanical Garden, 2315 Tower 
Grove Avenue, Saint Louis, Missouri 631 10, U.S.A. 

Modena: Istituto Botanico dell'Universita, Modena, Italy. 

Moebius, M., Geschichte der Botanik. Von den ersten Anfangen bis zur 
Gegenwart, Stuttgart 1937, ed. 2, unchanged, ib. 1968, viii, 458 p. 

Monocotyledones. 

Monograph. 

Bozeman: Herbarium, Dept. of Biology, Montana State University, 
Bozeman, Montana 59715, U.S.A. 

Missoula : Herbarium, Department of Botany, University of Mon- 
tana, Missoula, Montana 59801, U.S.A. 

Montpellier: Ecole Nationale Superieure Agronomique (Botani- 
que et Pathologie Vegetale), 34 Montpellier (Herault), France. 

Montpellier: Institut de Botanique, Universite de Montpellier, 
5 Rue Auguste Broussonet, Montpellier (Herault), France. 

East Lansing: Michigan State University Herbarium, Depart- 
ment of Botany and Plant Pathology, Michigan State University, 
East Lansing, Michigan 48823, U.S.A. 

manuscripts. 

Munster : Landesmuseum fur Naturkunde, Himmelreich-Allee 50, 
44 Munster, Westfalen, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. 

Montreal : Herbier Marie- Victorin, Institut Botanique, Universite 
de Montreal, 41 01 Est, Rue Sherbrooke, Montreal 36, Canada. 
H1X2B2. 

Montreal: Jardin Botanique de Montreal, 4101 Est, Rue Sher- 
brooke, Montreal HiX 2B2. Canada. 

Oxford: Miami University Herbarium (Willard Sherman Turrell 
Herbarium), Department of Botany, Miami University, Oxford, 
Ohio 45056, U.S.A. 

Museum. 

musci, muscorum. 

Montevideo : Direction de Agronomia, Ministerio de Ganaderia y 
Agricultura, Calle Uruguay, Montevideo, Uruguay. 

Montevideo: Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Casilla de 
Correo 399, Montevideo, Uruguay. 

Mycologia [Official organ of the mycological society of America], 
Lancaster, Pennsylvania i-x, igog-x. - Mycologia index volumes 
1-58, igog-ig66, New York ig68. 

Merrill, Elmer D. and Egbert H. Walker, A bibliography of 
Eastern asiatic botany. Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts, U.S.A. ig38. - 
Supplement 1, by Egbert H. Walker, Washington ig6o. 

(designating a herbarium) Moscow: The Herbarium of the Depart- 
ment of Botany of the Lomonosov State University of Moscow, 
U.S.S.R. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



NA Washington: Herbarium, United States National Arboretum, 

Washington, D.C 20002, U.S.A. 

Nac. Nacional. 

Nachr. Nachrichten. 

Nachtr. Nachtrage. 

NAF North American Flora, see Britton, N.L. no. 781. 

NAP Napoli: Istituto Botanico della Universita di Napoli, Via Foria 223, 

Napoli, Italy. 

Nat. Nature, natural, naturelle. 

NAT Newton Abbot : Seale-Hayne Agricultural College, Newton Abbott, 

Great Britain. 

Natl. National. 

Nat. Nov. Naturae novitates. Bibliographie neuer Erscheinungen aller Lander 

auf dem Gebiete der Naturgeschichte und der exacten Wissen- 
schaften. Herausgegeben von R. Friedlander & Sohn in Berlin, 
volumes i-x, 1879-x. 

Nature Nature, a weekly illustrated journal of science. London. Vol. i-x, 

1869/70-x. 

naturf. naturforschend. 

naturw. naturwissenschaftlich. 

Naturw. Naturwissenschaften. 

NBG Cape Town: Compton Herbarium, National Botanic Gardens of 

South Africa, Kirstenbosch, Newlands 7725, Cape Town, South 
Africa. 

NBV Leiden: Koninklijke Nederlandse Botanische Vereniging (Royal 

Botanical Society of the Netherlands), c/o Rijksherbarium, 
Schelpenkade 6, Leiden, Netherlands. 

NCAB National Cyclopaedia of American Biography, ed. A. R. Spofford et al., 

New York 1898- 1948. 

NCU Chapel Hill : University of North Carolina Herbarium, Dept. of 

Botany, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514, U.S.A. 

NCY Nancy: Herbier de lTnstitut Botanique de la Faculte de Sciences, 

Nancy, France. 

n.d. not dated. 

NDB Neue deutsche Biographic Berlin, volumes i-x, 1953-x. 

NEB Lincoln : Division of Botany, University of Nebraska State Museum, 

W532 Nebraska Hall, Lincoln, Nebrasca 68508, U.S.A. 

NEBC Cambridge : The New England Botanical Club Herbarium (Vascu- 

lar Plants), 22 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02 1 38, 
U.S.A. 

Nederl. Nederland, Nederlands. 

NEU Neuchatel : Universite de Neuchatel, Institut de Botanique, Neu- 

chatel, Switzerland. 

NH Durban: Botanical Research Unit, Natal Herbarium, Botanic 

Gardens Road, Durban, South Africa. 

NHES New Haven: New Haven Agricultural Experiment Station, New 

Haven, Connecticut 06505, U.S.A. 

NI Nissen, Claus, Die botanische Buchillustration, ihre Geschichte and Biblio- 

graphie. Zweite Auflage, durchgesehener und verbesserter Ab- 
druck der zweibandigen Erstauflage erganzt durch ein Supple- 
ment. Stuttgart 1966. 

NICE Nice : Herbier du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Nice, France. 

Nickles Nickles, John M., Geological literature on North America 1785- 

19 1 8. Bull. U.S. geol. Surv. 746, 747. 1926. 

Nijmegen Nijmegen : Library of the Botany Department of the Catholic Uni- 

versity of Nijmegen, the Netherlands. 

Niv. Nivose, 21 or 22 Dec- 19 or 20 Jan (French revolutionary calendar). 

NJ Njala : Njala University College, Department of Biological Sciences, 

University of Sierra Leone, Private Mail Bag, Freetown, Sierra 
Leone, West Africa. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



NNBW 

no(s). 
NO 

NOT 

nouv. 

Nov 
Nov. 
n.s. 

NSW 

NTM 

nuov. 

n.v. 

NY 

NYBG 

NZgS 
O 

oc 

Oct 
Oct. 

Oct. (in fours) 

Oest. 

OBL 

ORE 

OREB 

orig. 
orth. var. 

o.s. 
OS 



OSC 

Oudemans 

OULU 
OXF 

P- 
P 

Pa. 
PAD 

PAS 

PAV 



Nieuw Nederlands biografisch woordenboek, door Molhuysen, Blok en 

Kossmann, 1911-1937. 
numero(s), number (s). 
New Orleans : Tulane University Herbarium, Tulane University, 

New Orleans, Louisiana 701 18, U.S.A. 
Nottingham : Natural History Museum, Wollaton Hall, Wollaton, 

Nottingham NG8 2AE, Great Britain, 
nouveau, nouvelle. 
November. 

Novitates (in Naturae Novitates). 

new style, date in accordance with the Gregorian calendar. 
Sydney: National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic 

Gardens, Sydney, Australia. 
Nantes: Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Nantes, Place de la 

Monnaie, France, 
nuovo, nuova. 
non vidi (not seen) . 
New York : Herbarium of The New York Botanical Garden, New 

York, N.Y., U.S.A. 
New York: The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York, 

N.Y., U.S.A. 
Neue £eitungen von gelehrten Sachen. Leipzig 171 5-1 784. 
Oslo: Botanical Museum, Trondheimsvn. 23 B, Oslo 5, Norway. 
Oberlin: Oberlin College Herbarium, Department of Biology, 

Kettering, Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio 44074, U.S.A. 
October. 
Octavo, volume consisting of sheets of paper folded three times or 

into eight leaves. 
Octavo done in half sheets, four leaves per gathering (signature). 
Oesterreich (isch) . 

Osterreichisches biographisches Lexicon. Wien, volumes i-x, 1957-x. 
Eugene : Herbarium of the Museum of Natural History, University 

of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403, U.S.A. 
Orebro : Karolinska Hogre Allmanna Laroverket, Orebro, Sweden, 
original, 
orthographical variant, a spelling (of a generic name) deviating 

from the orthography as originally published, 
old style, date in accordance with the Julian calendar. 
Columbus : Department of Botany, College of Biological Sciences, 

Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 432 10, 

U.S.A. 
Corvallis: Herbarium, Dept. of Botany and Plant Pathology, 

Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331, U.S.A. 
Oudemans, C. A.J. A., De ontwikkeling onzer kennis aangaande de 

flora van Nederland. Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 214-391. 1877, 

ser. 2. 3: 1-75. 1878, 325-298. 1881. 
Oulu: Botanical Museum, University of Oulu, SF-90100 Oulu, 10 

Finland. 
Oxford: Fielding - Druce Herbarium, Department of Botany, 

Oxford, Great Britain, 
page. 
Paris: Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Laboratoire de Pha- 

nerogamie, 16 Rue Buffbn, 75005 Paris, France. 
Pennsylvania. 
Padova: Herbarium of the Istituto ed Orto Botanico dell'Universi- 

ta, Padova, Italy. 
Pasuruan: Herbarium of the Java Sugar Experiment Station, 

Pasuruan, Java, Indonesia. 
Pa via: Botanical Institute, The University, P.O. Box 99, 27100 

Pavia, Italy. 



xxxiv 



ABBREVIATIONS 



PAW 



PC 

P-CO 
PCS 
P-DU 
PFC 

PH 

P-HA 
PHIL 



phycol. 

philos. 

PI 

P-JU 
pi 

P-LA 
Plesch 

Pluv. 
PNH 

PO 



POM 

portr. 

p.p. 

PR 

PR ed. i 



PR 
PRC 



Prairial 
PRE 



pref. 

prim. 

prob. 

Proc. 

Prodr. 

PRU 

Progr. 

Publ. 

PUR 



Bericht uber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Konig- 

lichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaft zu Berlin. Berlin, 

vols. 1-20, 1836-1855. 
Paris: Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Laboratoire de 

Cryptogamie, 12 Rue de Buffon, 75005 Paris, France. 
Paris : Durand-Cosson coll. - see P. 

Private library of Paul C. Silva, Berkeley, Calif., U.S.A. 
Paris : Herbier Durand - see P. 
Prodrome de laflore corse, by J. Burnat and J. Briquet, vol. 1-2, Geneve 

1910-1913, see no. 767. 
Philadelphia: Dept. of Botany, Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th 

and the Parkway, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, U.S.A. 
Paris : Herbier Haller - see P. 
Philadelphia: Department of Biology, Philadelphia College of 

Pharmacy & Science, 43rd St. and Kingsessing & Woodland 

Aves., Philadelphia - see NA. 
phycological. 
philosophical. 
Pisa: Istituto Botanico dell'Universita, Via Luca Ghini 5, 56100 

Pisa, Italy. 
Paris : Herbier Jussieu - see P. 
plates, planches. 

Paris : Lamarck collection - see P. 
Repertoire bibliographique de la bibliotheque Arpad Plesch. Mille et un 

livres botaniques. Arcade, Bruxelles m.cm.lxxiii. 
Pluviose, 20 or 2 1 Jan- 1 8 or 1 9 Feb (French revolutionary calendar) . 
Manilla: Philippine National Herbarium, National Museum, 

Manilla, Philippines. 
Poggendorf, Johann Christian - Biographisch-Uterarisches Hand- 

worterbuch zur Geschichte der exacten Wissenschaften. Leipzig, 

2 volumes 1863, vol. 3 (1858-1883) 1898, vol. 4 (1883-1903) 1905, 

vol. 5 (1904- 1 922) 1926, vol. 6 (1926- 1 931) 1 936- 1 940. 
Claremont: Herbarium of Pomona College, Dept. of Botany, 

Claremont, California 91711, U.S.A. 
portrait, 
pro parte. 
Pritzel, G. A., Thesaurus literaturae botanicae. ed. 2. Leipzig 1872- 

1877. Facsimile edition Milano 1950. 
Pritzel, G. A., Thesaurus literaturae botanicae omnium gentium inde 

a rerum botanicarum initiis ad nostra usque tempora, quindecim 

millia operum recensens. Leipzig 1851. 
(when referring to a herbarium) Praha : Herbarium of the Botanical 

Department of the National Museum, Praha, Czechoslovakia. 
Praha : Universitatis Carolinae facultatis scientia naturalis cathedra 

(Institutum botanicum Universitatis Carolinae), Benatska 2, 

Praha 2, Czechoslovakia. 
Prairial, 20 or 21 Mai- 18 or igjun (French revolutionary calendar). 
Pretoria: Botanical Research Institute, National Herbarium, 

2 Cussonia Avenue, Botanical Garden, Pretoria, South Africa 

(Mail address: Private Bag X101, Pretoria, 0001). 
preface. 

primo (at first, early), 
probably. 
Proceedings. 
Prodromus, prodrome. 
Pretoria : Department of General Botany, University of Pretoria, 

South Africa. 
Program (m). 
Publication, published. 
Lafayette : Arthur Herbarium, Department of Botany and Plant 



ABBREVIATIONS 



P&W 



Qu. 

Qu. (in twos) 
Quadrim. 
Quart. 
Quenstedt 

q.v. 

r. 

R 

Rapp. 
RAW 

RB 

rd. 
Rec. 

Re/.: 

Regensburg 

Regn. veg. 

REN 

RENO 

Rep. 
Repert. 
repr. 
resp. 

rev. 

Rev. 

RFA 

Rhodora 

RO 

Roon 



Pathology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907, 
U.S.A. 
Peddie, Robert Alexander and Waddington, Quintin, The 
English catalogue of books (including the original 'London' Catalo- 
gue) giving in one alphabet, under author, title and subject, the 
size, price, month and year of publication, and publisher of books 
issued in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland 1801- 
1836. London igi4- 

Note: The dates of publication given by P&W are based on con- 
temporary trade catalogues {Monthly Epitome, Monthly Literary 
Advertiser, The Literary Gazette) as well as on the various editions 
of The London Catalogue. In the absence of evidence to the con- 
trary, the dates of publication given by P&W can be accepted. 
Quarto, volume consisting of sheets of paper folded twice or into 

four leaves. 
A quarto done in half sheets, two leaves per gathering (signature) . 
Quadrimester (period of four months) . 
Quarterly. 
Quenstedt, W. et A., K. Lambrecht, Fossilium catalogus 1 : animalia, 

pars 72: palaeontologi. 's-Gravenhage 1938. 
quid vide (which see), 
reale. 
Rio de Janeiro: Divisao de Botanica do Museu Nacional, Quinta 

da Boa. Vista, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 
Rapport. 
Rawalpindi: Stewart Herbarium, Gordon College, Rawalpindi, 

Pakistan. 
Rio de Janeiro : Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro, Rua Jardim 

Botanico 1008, 20000 Rio de Janeiro, ZC-20-GB, Brazil, 
received. 
Recommendation (in International Code of Botanical Nomenclature), for 

full reference see ICBN. - In journal titles: Recueil, Record. 
References. Paragraphs so headed contain not only references to 
works quoted in preceding paragraphs but also general commen- 
taries and critical reviews of further interest. 
Regensburgische botanische Gesellschaft; books received by the society 

are listed with dates of receipt by Flora. 
Regnum vegetabile, a series of publications for plant taxonomists, 

Utrecht i-x, 1953-x. 
Rennes: Laboratoire de Botanique de la Faculte des Sciences, 

Avenue du General Leclerc, 35 Rennes, France. 
Reno : Herbarium, Department of Biology, University of Nevada, 

Reno, Nevada 89507, U.S.A. 
Report(s). 
Repertorium. 
reprint(ed). 
respondens, the defender of a dissertation of which he is not the 

author, 
review (ed). 

Review, revue, revista. 
Rio de Janeiro : Herbario da Faculdade Nacional de Farmacia da 

Universidade do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 
Rhodora, journal of the New England botanical club. Lancaster, Pa., 
i-x, 1889-x. - Index to volumes 1-50 by E. Rouleau, 1953, cited as 
Rhodora, index. 
Roma: Istituto Botanico della Universita, Citta Universitaria, 

00 1 00 Roma, Italy. 
Roon, A. C. De, International directory of specialists in plant taxonomy 
with a census of their current interests. Utrecht, the Netherlands 
1958. Regnum vegetabile vol. 13. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



ROST Rostock: Sektion Biologie der Universitat, Doberaner Str. 143, 

25 Rostock, German Democratic Republic, DDR. 
roy. royal. 

RS Rickett, Harold W. and Frans A. Stafleu, Nomina generica 

conservanda et rejicienda spermatophytorum. Bibliography. 

Taxon 10: 70-91, 111-121, 132-149, 170-177. 1961. 
RSA Claremont: Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden, 1500 North 

College Ave., Claremont, California 91711, U.S.A. 
RTE Reigate: Holmesdale Natural History Club Museum, Reigate, 

Great Britain. 
RUEB Zurich: Geobotanisches Institut der E.T.H., Stiftung Rube), 

Ziirichbergstrasse 38, CH-68044 Zurich, Switzerland. 
RUTPP New Brunswick: Rutgers University, Plant Pathology Dept., New 

Brunswick, New Jersey 08903, U.S.A. 
S Stockholm: Section for Botany, Swedish Museum of Natural 

History (Naturhistoriska riksmuseet), S-104 05 Stockholm 50, 

Sweden. 
SA 1 Stafleu, Frans A., Adanson and the 'Families des plantes,' in G. H. M. 

Lawrence [editor] , Adanson, the bicentennial of Michel Adanson's 

'Families des plantes'. Part one, Pittsburgh 1963. 
SA 2 Stafleu, Frans A., Adanson's sources, references and abbreviations, in 

G. H. M. Lawrence, [editor], Adanson, the bicentennial of Michel 

Adanson's 'Families des plantes'. Part two, Pittsburgh 1964. 
Saccardo Saccardo, Pier' Andrea, La botdnica in Italia. 2 volumes, Venezia 

1 895- 1 90 1 (Memorie del reale Istituto veneto di Scienze, Lettere 

ed Arti, vol. 25(4), 26(6)) ; Cronologia della flora italiana. Padova 1909. 
Saelan Saelan, Th., Finlands botaniska litteratur till och med ar 1900. 

Acta societatis pro fauna et flora fennica 43: 1-633. I 9 I 6. 
SARA Sarajevo: Bioloski Institut, Postfach 281, Sarajevo, Yugoslavia. 

Sayre Sayre, G., Dates of publications describing musci, 1 801- 182 1. Troy, 

New York, U.S.A. Apr 1959. 
S.B. Sitzungsberichte. 

SBT Stockholm: Bergius Foundation, S-104 °5 Stockholm, Sweden. 

Schr. Schriften. 

Sci. Science, scientific, 

s.d. sine dato (sans date, without date), 

sect. sectio(n). 

sem. semester (period of six months) . 

Sep September, 

ser. series. 

sero sero (late). 

SEV Sevtlla: Departamento de Botanica, Faculdad de Ciencias de la 

Universidad, Sevilla, Spain. 
SGO Santiago: Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Casilla 787, 

Santiago, Chile. 
SI San Isidro: Instituto de Botanica Darwinion, San Isidro, Prov. 

Buenos Aires, Argentina, 
sign. signature, a letter, numeral or typographical sign identifying (the 

leaves of) a gathering. 
Sitzungsber. Sitzungsberichte. 

SK Steenis-Kruseman, M. J. van - Dates of publication, Flora malesiana 

ser. 1, vol. 4(5): clxiii-ccxix. 1954. 
Skr. Skrifter. 

s.l. sine loco (sans lieu, without indication of place-name), 

s.l.n.d. Sans lieu ni date (without either place-name or date). 

SLO Bratislava: Katedra systematickej botaniky Univerzity Komen- 

skeho, Herbar, Renova 53, Bratislava, Czechoslovakia. 
SM Stafleu, Frans A. - F. A. W. Miquel, Netherlands botanist, Wentia 

16: 1-95. 1966. 

The numbers refer to the numbers in the bibliography on p. 49-89. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Smit 
SMU 

SO 



soc. 
Sotheby 



SP 

S-PA 

ST 

STE 

Steere 
Stevenson 

STR 
STU 



stud. 

suppl. 

Sv. 

Sw. 

SY 

syll. 

symb. 

syn. 

syst. 

t. 

tab. 

tabl. 

tav. 

Taxon 

TBC 

TGD 

TENN 

tent, 
teut. 
Teyler 
Therm. 



Smit, P. - History of the life sciences. Amsterdam (Asher) 1974. 

Dallas: Herbarium of Southern Methodist University, Dallas, 
Texas 75275, U.S.A. 

Soulsby, B. H., A catalogue of the works of Linnaeus (and publications 
more immediately relating thereto) preserved in the Libraries of 
the British Museum (Bloomsbury) and the British Museum 
(Natural History) (South Kensington). Second edition. London 
1933. - See also An index to authors (other than Linnaeus) mentioned 
in the catalogue of the works of Linnaeus . . . London 1936. 

societe, societas, society. 

'Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot.' sales catalogue, full title: 'The magnifi- 
cent botanical library of the Stiftung fur Botanik Vaduz Liechtenstein 
collected by the late Arpad Plesch. sold by auction by Sotheby & 
Co. . . .' 3 vols., 1 975- 1 976, London. 

This exceptionally well documented and illustrated description 
of what used to be known as the Plesch Library was compiled by 
John Collins. 

Sao Paulo: Instituto de Botanica, Caixa Postal 4005, Sao Paulo, 
Brazil. 

Stockholm: Section for Palaeobotany, Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet 
- incorporated in S. 

Stafleu, Frans A., Dates of botanical publications 1 788-1 792, 
Taxon 12(2): 43-87. 1963. 

Stellenbosch : Government Herbarium, Botanical Research Unit, 
P.O. Box 471, Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa. 

Private library of William C. Steere, Bronxville, N.Y., U.S.A. 

The John Stevenson mycological library of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion deposited at the National Fungus Collections, Agricultural 
Research Center, Beltsville, Maryland, U.S.A. 

Strasbourg: Institut de Botanique de l'Universite Louis Pasteur, 
28 rue Goethe, 67083 Strasbourg Cedex, France. 

Ludwigsburg: Herbarium, Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde 
Stuttgart, Abteilung fur Botanik, Arsenalplatz 3, 714 Ludwigs- 
burg, Federal Republic of Germany, BRD. 

studia, studies, studii. 

supplement (um) . 

Svensk(a). 

Swedish. 

Sayre, G., Dates of publications describing Musci. 1801-1821, Troy, 
New York, U.S.A. Apr 1959. 

sylloge. 

symbolae. 

synopsis. 

systema. 

tabula (plate). 

tabula (e) (plate (s)). 

table, tableau. 

tavola. 

Taxon, journal of the International Association for Plant Taxonomy, 
Utrecht, The Netherlands, vols, i-x, 1951-x. 

Bulletin of the Torrey botanical Club. Lancaster, Pennsylvania, vols, i-x, 
1870-x. 

Dublin : School of Botany, Trinity College, Dublin 2, Ireland. 

Knoxville : University of Tennessee Herbarium, Botany Depart- 
ment, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916, U.S.A. 

tentamen. 

teutsch (german). 

Library of Teyler's Stichting, Spaarne, Haarlem, the Netherlands. 

Thermidor, ig or 20 Jul- 17 or 18 Aug (French revolutionary calen- 
dar). 



ABBREVIATIONS 



TI Tokyo : Department of Botany, Faculty of Science, University of 

Tokyo, Hongo, Tokyo, Japan. 

Tidskr. Tidskrift (Swed.) 

Tidsskr. Tidsskrift (Danish) 

Tijdschr. Tijdschrift (Dutch) 

TL-i Stafleu, F. A., Taxonomic literature. A selective guide to botanical 

publications with dates, commentaries and types. Utrecht, Zug 
1967. The first edition of the present book. 

TL-2 Reference to the present book, vol. 1, A-G, 1976, volumes 2 and 3 

expected for 1979 and 1982. 

TLJ Toulouse : Jardin Botanique, Toulouse (Haute Garonne), France. 

TLON Toulon : Musee d'Histoire Naturelle de la Ville de Toulon, Toulon 

(Var), France. 

TNS Tokyo: National Science Museum, Department of Botany, 

Hyakunin-cho 3-23-1, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo, Japan. 

TO Torino: Istituto Botanico dell'Universita, Viale Mattioli 25, 10 125, 

Torino, Italy. 

t.-p. title-page. 

TR Trautvetter, E. R. - Florae rossicae fontes, Acta Horti petropolitani 7: 

1-341. 1880. 

trans. transactions. 

Trautvetter See TR. 

Trav. Travaux. 

TRH Trondheim : Botanical Department, Museum of the Royal Norwe- 

gian Society for Science and Letters, 7000 Trondheim, Norway. 

trim. trimester (period of three months, quarter of year) . 

TRTG Toronto : Cryptogamic Herbarium, Department of Botany, Uni- 

versity of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario M5S 1A1, Canada. 

tt. tabulae (plates). 

TUB Tubingen: Institut fur Biologie I, Lehrbereich spezielle Botanik, 

Auf der Morgenstelle 1, D-7400 Tubingen, German Federal 
Republic, BRD. 

TUG Tucson: University of Arizona, Department of Biological Sciences, 

Tucson, Arizona 85721, U.S.A. 

TUR Turku: Herbarium of the Department of Botany, University of 

Turku, SF-20500 Turku 50, Finland. 

U Utrecht: Institute for Systematic Botany, Tweede Transitorium, 

Heidelberglaan 2, de Uithof, Utrecht, Netherlands. 

UC Berkeley: Herbarium of the University of California, Department 

of Botany, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, 
U.S.A. 

ULU University Library, State University of Utrecht, Netherlands. 

uncol. uncolored. 

Univ. Universitas, universite, university. 

UPS Uppsala: The Herbarium, Institute of Systematic Botany, Universi- 

ty of Uppsala, P.O. Box 541, S-751 04 21 Uppsala 1, Sweden. 

US Washington: U.S. National Herbarium, Department of Botany, 

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560, U.S.A. 

USDA Library of the United States Department of Agriculture, Washing- 

ton, D.C. 

UT Salt Lake City: Garrett Herbarium, University of Utah, Salt Lake 

City, Utah 841 12, U.S.A. 

v. vel (or). 

Vakbl. Vakblad. 

Vend. Vendemiaire, 22 or 23 Sep-21 or 22 Oct (French revolutionary 

calendar) . 

Vent. Ventose, 19 or 20 Feb-20 or 21 Mar (French revolutionary calen- 

dar). 

Verh. Verhandelingen, Verhandlungen. 

verkl. verklarend. 



ABBREVIATIONS 



vet. vetenskap. 

vol(s). volume (s). 

VT Burlington : Pringle Herbarium, University of Vermont, Burling- 

ton, Vermont 05401, U.S.A. 

W Wien: Naturhistorisches Museum, Burgring 7, A- 10 14, Wien, 

Austria. 

WA Warszawa: Zaklad Systematyki i Geografii Roslin, Uniwersytetu 

Warszawskiego, Al. Ujazdowskie 4, Warszawa, Poland. 

WAG Wageningen : Laboratory for Plant Taxonomy and Plant Geogra- 

phy, 37, Generaal Foulkesweg, Wageningen, Netherlands. 

Wageningen Library of the Landbouwhogeschool, Wageningen, the Netherlands. 

WELC Wellesley : Department of Biological Sciences, Wellesley College, 

Wellesley, Massachusetts 02 181, U.S.A. 

WELT Wellington: National Museum, Private Bag, Wellington, New 

Zealand. 

Wikstrom Wikstrom, Joh. Em., Conspectus litteraturae botanicae in Suecia ab anti- 

quissimis temporibus usque ad finem anni 1831, notis bibliogra- 
phicis et biographiis auctorum adjectis. Stockholm 1831. 

WIS Madison: Herbarium, University of Wisconsin, 245 Birge Hall, 

430 Lincoln Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53706, U.S.A. 

WRSL Wrocklaw: Instytut Botaniczny, Uniwersytetu Wrocklawkiego, 

ul. Kanonia 6/8, 50-328 Wrocklaw, Poland, (formerly BRSL). 

WSP Pullman : Mycological Herbarium, Department of Plant Pathology, 

Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99163, 
U.S.A. 

WU Wien : Botanisches Institut und Botanischer Garten der Universitat 

Wien, Rennweg 14, A- 1030 Wien, Austria. 

WU Wurzbach, C. Von, Biographisches Lexikon des Kaiserthums Oesterreich. 

Wien, volumes 1-60, 1856- 1890. (in bibliographical references). 

WVA Morgantown: West Virginia University, Morgan town, West 

Virginia 26506, U.S.A. 

YRK York: The Yorkshire Museum, York, Yorkshire, Great Britain. 

YU New Haven: Yale University Herbarium, Osborn Memorial 

Laboratories, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06520, 
U.S.A. 

yv. Yvert et Tellier, Catalogue de timbres-poste. Soixante-dix-neuvieme 

annee, 3 vols., Paris 1975 (numbers quoted identify postage stamps 
carrying portraits of botanists). 

Z Zurich : Botanischer Garten und Institut fur Systematische Botanik 

der Universitat Zurich, 40 Pelikanstrasse, 8001 Zurich, Switzer- 
land, (after 1975: Zollikerstr. 105, 8008 Zurich). 

Z. Zeitschrift. 

Zander Zander, Handworterbuch der Pflanzennamen. Neu bearbeitete und er- 

weiterte 10. Auflage von Dr. h.c. Fritz Encke und Dr. Gtinther 
Buchheim unter Mitarbeit von Dr. Siemund Seybold. Stuttgart 
1972. (refs. under authors A-B are to ed. 9, 1964). 

Zeit. Zeitung. 

ZT Zurich : Herbarium, Institut fur Spezielle Botanik, Eidg. Techni- 

sche Hochschule, Universitatsstrasse 2, CH-8006 Zurich, Switzer- 
land. 

zool. zoologisch, zoological. 



Abbayes, Henri des (1898-1974), French lichenologist and plant collector at Rennes. 

{Abb ayes). 

herbarium and types: Mainly in private herbarium, also in ABI, BM, NTM, PC, 
REN, US. - Exsiccatae: 

1. Lichenes armoricani spectabiles exsiccati (25 sets, fasc. i-vi, nos. 1-120, St. Brieuc (i-iv), 
Rennes (v-vi) 1926- 1936), sets at B, BPI, LD, NTM, PC, REN, UPS, W. 

2. Lichenes gallici et nonnulli alii exsiccati (fasc. i-iii, nos. 1-60, Rennes 1936- 1937), sets at 
B, BM, BPI, H, L, LD, PC, UPS, W. 

3. Lichenes madagascarienses et borbonici exsiccati (fasc. i-ii, nos. 1-40, Rennes 1 961-1966), 
sets at FH, L, M, PC, REN, TUR, UPS (in all 15 sets published). 

Ref: IH 2: 25. 

Hepper and Neate, PL coll. W. Africa 1. 1971 (itinerary). 

bibliography and biography: BL 2 : 135; GR p. 264-265 (bibl.) ; LS suppl. 13; MW 

suppl. p. 1 ; Kew 2 : 62. 

Roon, Int. direct, spec. pi. tax. 9. 1958. 

1. Revision monographique des Cladonia du sous-genre Cladina (Lichens) . Rennes (Oberthur) 
1939. Oct. (Revis. monogr. Cladonia). 

Pub L: 30 Nov 1939, p. [i-iii], [i]-i56, pi. 1-2, Jigs. i-qg. Copy. Stevenson. - Published as 

fascicule hors serie no. 2 of Bull. Soc. sci. Bretagne. vol. 16, 1939. 
Ref.: Kew 2: 62; IDC 6172. 

Abbot, Charles (1 761 -181 7), British clergyman and botanist, vicar of Oakley Raynes 
and Goldington, Beds. (C. Abbot). 

herbarium and types: First at Turvey Abbey, Beds., now at LTN (see Dony), other 
material at LINN. Letters at BM; manuscript catalogue Bedfordshire plants at LINN 
(fideBB). 
Ref.: BBp. 1. 

Pryor, J. Bot. 19: 40-46, 67-75. J 88i (study of the herb.) 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 39. 1957. 

Dony, Bedfords. Nat. 23: 27-29. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:2; BB p. 1 ; BL 2 : 228; BM 1:1; Dawson 
p. 3-5 ; DNB 1:3; GR p. 387 ; Jackson p. 248 ; Kew 1 : 2 ; LS 648 ; PR 1 ; SO 763a, 1 233. 

eponymy: Abbotia Rafinesque (1836) is dedicated to John Abbot (1 751-1840), English 
botanical and entomological painter. Abbottia F. von Mueller (1875) is dedicated to 
Francis Abbott (1834- 1903), English born Australian botanist. Neoabbottia N. L. Britton 
& J. N. Rose (1921) is dedicated to William Louis Abbott (1860-x), American "patron 
of natural history." 

2. Flora bedfordiensis, comprehending such plants as grow wild in the county of Bedford, 
arranged according to the system of Linnaeus, with occasional remarks. Bedford (W. 
Smith) 1798. Oct. (in fours). (Fl. bedford.) 

Publ.: Dec 1798- Apr 1799 (p. iv: 20 Nov 1798; Monthly Rev. Mai 1799), p. [i]-xii, 
[i]-35i, [352, err.], [8, ind.], 6col.pl. Copies: FH, HH, US, USDA. -A reissue London 
1801 (n.v.) is mentioned by Phys. med. J. Sep 1802. 

Ref. : BL 2 : 228; BM 1:1; Henrey 378; Jackson p. 248; Kew 1 : 2 ; LS 648; PR 1 ; SO 763a. 
Sherborn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 142. 1936. 

Abel, Clarke (1789- 1826), British surgeon who travelled to China with Amherst, 
1816-1817. (C. Abel). 

herbarium and types: R. Brown described the plants collected on Abel's journey to 
China; they are at BM. Some material also at K. - Most of the original collections from 
China were lost in shipwreck except those previously sent to Sir George Staunton.' 
Ref. : IH 2 : 25. 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 6; BB p. i ; BM i : a; Bretschneider p. 225- 

227; CSP 1 : 4; Dawson p. 5; DNB 1 : 32-33; Frank p. 1 ; Kew 1:3; Lasegue p. 435; 

MW p. 1 ; PR 2; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 1. 1936. 

Coats, The plant hunters 94-95, 151. pi. 7. 1969. 

eponymy: Abelia R. Brown (1818). - Note: Abeliella Magdefrau (1937) is dedicated to 
Othenio Abel (1875-x), Austrian palaeontologist. 

note: Barnhart accepts 1789 as year of birth on the basis of Taylor's Sch. Reg. 2: 172 
which lists Abel's class as of 1 789. Other sources have b. 1 780. 

3. Narrative of a journey in the interior of China, and of a voyage to and from that country, 
in the years 1 8 1 6 and 1817; containing an account of the most interesting transactions 
of Lord Amherst's embassy to the court of Pekin, and observations on the countries which 
it visited. London (Longman, Hurst, et al.) 1818. Qu. (Nan. Journey China). 

Orig. ed.: 18 18, Jul-Dec (dedication Jul 1818; Quart. Rev. London Jan 181 9), p. [i]-xvi, 
[i]-420, 4 maps, 8 col. pi., 11 uncol. pi. Copy: Ewan. - On p. 374-379, Robert Brown, 
"characters and descriptions of three new species of plants; selected from the only part 
of Mr. Abel's China herbarium that escaped the wreck of the Alceste," 3 pi. 

Reprint: 1971, Arno Press, p. [i-iii] , [i]-xvi, [i]-420. Copy: HU. 

Ref: BM 1 : 2; Kew 1 : 3; MW p. 1 ; PR 2; IDC 6449. 

Abeleven, Theodoor Hendrik Arnoldus Jacobus (182 2- 1904), Dutch botanist, 
apothecary and high-school teacher at Nijmegen. (Abeleven) . 

herbarium and types: L, NBV. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 26. 

bibliography and biography : BM 1:2; Bossert p. 2 ; CSP 9:5; Jackson p. 47, 59, 480 ; 

JW 1: 438, 2: 183, 5: 232; NNBW 4: 6. 

Vuyk & Goethart, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 14: 7-17. 1904 (portr.) 

Anon., Ned. kruidk. Arch. 55: 65. 1945 (portr.) 

4. Flora van Nijmegen. s.l. [Nijmegen 1888]. Oct. (Fl. Nijmegen). 

Publ.: Mai-Dec 1888 (preface p. 2 [252] Apr 1888), reprinted with independent pagina- 
tion from Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 5: 251-340. 1888. Copy: U. - For 1848 ed. see 
Gevers Deijnoot. 

Ref. : LS 652. 

Abich, [Otto] Hermann Wilhelm [von] (1806- 1886), German palaeobiologist at 
Dorpat, St. Petersburg and Vienna. (Abich). 

collections: Unknown; at his death in Vienna. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:7; BM 1: 3-4, 6: 2; CSP 2: 6-7, 6: 560, 

9: 67, 12: 2, 13: 15; Krebel 22; Quenstedt p. 1. 

Anon., Nature 34: 245, 290. 1886; Ann. naturhist. Hofmus., Wien 1: 15-16. 1886; 

Leopoldina 22: 168. 1886. 
Dana, Amer. J. Sci. ser. 3. 32: 246. 1886. 

De Spinello, Bull. Comit6 Geol. Russie 5 (9-10): 1-8. 1886 (bibl.) 
Karpinsky, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg 53(2): 5-8. 1886. 
Suess, Almanach Akad. Wiss. Wien 37: 192-194. 1887. 
Umlauft, in Abich, Aus kaukasischen Landern, Reisebriefe, Wien 2: 31 1-3 13. 1896 

(portr.) 

Abrams, Le Roy (1874- 1956), American botanist at Stanford University, California. 

(Abrams). 

herbarium and types : DS. - For duplicates see IH. 
Ref.-.m 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2:26. 



ABROMEIT 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i: 8; BFM 1580; BL 1: 162, 166; BM 6: 2; 

Bossert p. 2; IF suppl. 4: 330; Kew 1:4; Langman p. 66. 

Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 117. 191 1. 

Rickett, NAF 28 B(2) : 317. 1945. 

R. C. B. and H. L. M(ason), Madrono 12: 225. 1954 (portr.) 

Wilson, J. Calif, hort. Soc. 17: 147-151. 1956 (group photogr.; err. b. 1873). 

Wiggins, Taxon 6: 61-63. 1957. 

Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 147. 1961. 

McGregor, Madrono 18: 97-104. 1965 (collecting trip of 1908). 

Thomas, Huntia 3: 34. 1969 (portr.) 

Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 24, 101, no, 118. 1969. 

Lenley et al.. Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 1. 1973. 

eponymy: Abramsia Gillespie (1932). 

5. Flora of Los Angeles and vicinity. Stanford University, California (Stanford University 
Press) 1904. Oct. (Fl. Los Angeles). 

Ed. 1: 5 Apr 1904 (t.p. copy: US; Nat. Nov. Dec 1904), p. [i]-xi, [i]-474, [1, ind.]. 

Copy: US. 
Ed. 2: 24 Apr 191 1. Stanford (Stanford University Press) Oct., p. [i]-xi, [i]-484. Copy: G. 
Reprint ed. 2: 10 Apr 191 7, Stanford (Stanford Bookstore) Oct., p. [i]-x, [i]-432. Copies: 

MO, NY. 
Ref.: BL 1 : 166; BM 6: 2; Kew 1 : 4. 

6. An illustrated flora of the Pacific States Washington, Oregon and California. Stanford 
(University Press) 1923- 1960, 4 vols. Oct. {III. fl. Pacific States). 

Vol. 1: 15 Mai 1923 (also date of preface, sic), p. [i*], [i]-xl, 1-557. Copy: U. - Second 

printing, with corrections, 1 Aug 1940; third printing 21 Feb 1955; fourth printing 

5 Feb 1962. 
Vol. 2: 29 Mar 1944, p. [i]-viii, 1-635. Copy: U. - Second printing Sep 1950, third 

printing Jan 1964. ("Illustrated flora . . .") 
Vol. 3: 22 Mai 1951, p. [i]-viii, 1-866. Copy: U. - ("Illustrated flora . . .") 
Vol. 4: 22 Jan i960 (by Roxana Judkins Ferris, nee Stinchfield, (1895-x)), p. [i-v], 

1-732. Copy: U. - ("Illustrated flora . . .") 
Ref: BFM 1580; BL 1 : 162; Kew 1:4; Langman p. 66. 

Wiggins, Taxon 6: 61-63. ! 957- ~ 

Howell, Leaflets western Bot. 10(7): 120. 30 Sep 1964. 

Abromeit, Johannes (1857- 1946), German botanist at Konigsberg, specialized in the 
flora of E. and W. Prussia. (Abrom.) 

herbarium and types: B; some material also at A. 

Ref : IH 2: 26; Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 323. 1916. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1): 454; Barnhart 1:8; BM 6: 2; Bossert p. 2; 

BFM 151, 155; BL 1: 155; CSP9: 8, 13: 17-18; Kew 1: 5; LS 655-656, 30431. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 117, pi. 131. 1905 (portr.) 

Wiinsche, Natur & Schule 4: 238-239. 1905. 

Treichel, Schr. phys.-okon. Ges. Konigsberg 63: 83-85, tab. 1907. 

Gross, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 58a (Nachrufe) : 206-210. 1956 (bibl.) 

composite works : Contributed many data to Ascherson and Graebner's Flora des JVord- 
ostdeutschen Flachlandes and to the Synopsis der mitteleur. Flora. 

eponymy: Abromeitia C. Mez (1922); Abromeitiella C. Mez (1927). 

7. Flora von Ost- und Westpreussen herausgegeben vom Preussischen Botanischen Verein 
zu Konigsberg i. Pr. I. Samenpflanzen oder Phanerogamen. Bearbeitet von J. Abromeit, 
unter Mitwirkung von A. Jentzsch und G. Vogel. Berlin (R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1898 
[-1940 (Grafe und Unzer)]. Oct. (FL Ost- & Westpreussen). 



ABROMEIT 

Co-authors : Walther Neuhoff : 2 (3-5) ; Hans Steffen ( 1 89 1 -x) : 2 (5) ; A. Jentzsch : 1,2(1-3); 

Gustav Vogel (1863-x): 1, 2(1-4). 
/. Hdlfte (Bogen 1-25): Sep-Dec 1898 (p. v: Sep 1898; Nat. Nov early Jan 1899), p. [i]- 

ix, [i]-400. Copies: B, G, L, MO. 
2. Hdlfte (Bogen 26-43): Sep-Dec 1903 (inside cover Sep 1903; Nat. Nov. early Jan 

1904), p. [i], 401-690, [2, err.], map. - p. 685 has the generic description of Utricularia; 

p. 686-690 indexes 1 and 2. Copies: B, G, L, MO. 
2. Hdlfte, II. Teil (Bogen 44-49) : p. 685-780. Copies: B, G. - p. 685 newly printed, but 

with the same text as in previous instalment, p. 686-690 are continuing the text of the 

flora and obviously intended to replace the previous p. 686-690 with indexes. 

III. Teil (Bogen 50-52): Konigsberg i. Pr. 1931, p. 781-828. Copies: B, G. - New 
co-author: Neuhoff. 

IV. Teil (Bogen 53-55): Konigsberg i. Pr. 1934, p. 829-876. Copies: B, G. 

V. Teil, Schlussband (Bogen 56-78): Konigsberg i. Pr. 1940, p. 877-1248. Copies: 
B, G. - New co-author: H. Steffen. 

Ref.: BM 1: 2. 

Acharius, Erik (1757- 18 19), Swedish lichenologist, pupil of Linnaeus, physician at 
Vadstena. (Achar.) 

herbarium and types: Lichens at Helsinki (H), phanerogams and other cryptogams at 
Lund (LD). Types in part also at BM (a set of duplicates originally given to LINN). 
Other isotypes at K and UPS. - Correspondence at Uppsala. 
Ref.: IHi (ed. 6): 355, 2: 26. 

Anon., Bot. Zeit. 10: 742. 1852. 

Candolle, Phytographie 391. 1880. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:9; BM 1:8; Bossert p. 2; CSP 1: 9-10; 

Dawson p. 5 ; DTS 1:1; GR p. 469 ; IF p. 675 ; Frank p. 1 ; Kew 1 : 5 ; KR p. 2-4 (bibl.) ; 

Lasegue 320, 339, 344; LS 657-678; Moebius p. 108, no, 112; MW p. 1 ; NBG 1 : 179; 

PR 8-1 1. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 132 [index]. 1800. 

Berzelius, Kongl. Vetenskaps Acad. Handl. ser. 2. 7: 299-305. 1819, German transl. by 

Krempelhuber, Flora 5 1 : 10 1- 107. 1868. 
Wikstrom, Conspectus 3-8. 1831. 
Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 141. 1862. 
Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. 
Coemans, Bull. Acad. r. Belg. 34: 32-49. 1865. 
Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenologie 1: 96-98, n 2- 114, 194-196. 1867, 2: 61-68, 

79-88. 1869. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 26. 1903; 3(3): 1. pi. 37. 1905. (portr.) 
Sernander, Sv. biogr. lex. 1: 38-40. 19 18. 
Fries, Short history of botany in Sweden 52-53. 1950. 
Eriksson, DSB 1 : 45-46. 1970. 

eponymy: Acharia Thunberg (1794). 

8. D.D. Planta Aphyteia, quam dissertatione botanica illustratam . . . praeside . . . 
Carolo a Linne . . . publicae disquisitioni offert auctor Ericus Acharius ... in aud. 
Carol, major, d. xxii jun. mdcclxxvi. h.a.m.s. Uppsala (Edmann) [1776]. Qu. (PI. 
Aphyteia) . 

Publ.: 22 Jun 1776, p. [i]-i2, [1, expl. pi.], / pi. Copies: G, HU, MO, NY. - Planta 
Aphyteia is Hydnora Thunberg 1775. This dissertation defended under Linnaeus, must 
be attributed to the auctor Acharius (see also KR) . 

Ref.: BM 1: 8; Kew 1: 5; KR p. 2; PR 5524; SO 1313, 2457-2458. 

9. Lichenographiae sueciae prodromus. Linkoping (Bjorn) 1798. Oct. (Lichenogr. suec. prodr.) 
Publ.: 1798, after 20 Feb (p. xvii). p. [i*-ii*], engr. col. t.p., [1, dedic], [i]-xxiv, 1-264, 

pi. 1-2, col. copper engr. Copies: L, UC, P. M. Jorgensen, Stevenson. - The coloured 

4 



ACHEPOHL 

t.p. turns black in some copies. Other copies have the engraved t.p. uncoloured. (inf. 
P. M. Jorgensen). 
Re/.: BM i : 8; KR p. 2; LS 662; PR 8. 

10. Methodus qua omnes detectos lichenes secundum organa carpomorpha ad genera, 
species et varietates redigere atque observationibus illustrare tentavit Erik Acharius. 
Stockholm (F. D. D. Ulrich) 1803. Oct. {Methodus). 

Sectio prior.: Jan-Apr 1803 (Acharius sent a copy to Banks on 28 Apr), p. [i*] 5 [hi*], 

[i]-lv, [i]-i52. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, NY. 
Sectio post. : Jan-Apr 1803, p. [i], [i53]"393> [394> err.], pi. 1-8. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, NY. 
Supplement: Mai-Dec 1803 (pref. Calend. Apr. 1803; ALZ Aug 1804), p. [i]-iv, [5>52. 

Copies: BR, G, HU, L, NY. - Title: Supplementum species quamplures novas descriptas nee 

non observationes varias complectens, quod praeviae suae methodo lichenum adiunxit auctor 

[Leipzig 1803], Oct. 
Ref.: BM 1: 8; KR p. 2; LS 663; PR 9; IDC 1077. 

Acharius, in Weber et Mohr, Arch. syst. Naturg. 1(1): 83-1 10.J804. 

Weber und Mohr, Nat. Reise 78-94. 1804. 

Dawson, The Banks letters 5. 1958. 

11. Lichenographia universalis. In qua lichenes omnes detectos, adjectis observationibus et 
figuris horum vegetabilium naturam et organorum carpomorphorum structuram 
illustrantibus, ad genera, species, varietates differentiis et observationibus sollicite defi- 
nitas redegit. Gottingen (J. F. Danckwerts). 18 10. Qu. {Lichenogr. universalis). 

Publ.: 1810, probably Apr-Mai (Ostermesse 1810, fide Ann. Forst. Jagd.-Wiss. 1(2): 133. 
181 1), p. [i*-xi*], [i]-viii, [i]-6g6, pi. 1-14, col. copper engravings. Copies: Stevenson, 
U. - Many of the new taxa in the Lichenographia were validly published previously by 
Acharius in Luyken, Tent. Hist. Lich. 1809. 

Facsimile ed.: Announced for 1976, Richmond Publishing Co. (intr. by O. Vitikainen). 

Ref.: BM 1: 8; DTS 1: 1; KR p. 3; LS 669; MW p. 1 ; NI 1; Plesch p. 121; PR 10; 

IDC 515. 
Florke, Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin Mag. 4: 248-261. 1810 (critical commentary). 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1 : 2. 1975 (sold at £ 130). 

12. Synopsis methodica lichenum, sistens omnes hujus ordinis naturalis detectas plantas, 
quas, secundum genera, species et varietates disposuit, characteribus et differentiis 
emendatis definivit, nee non synonymis et observationibus selectis illustravit auctor. 
Lund (Svanborg et Soc.) 1814. Oct. (in fours). {Syn. meth. lich.) 

Publ.: 1814, p. [i*], [iii*], [v*], [i]-xiii, [i]-392. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, MO, NY, 
Stevenson. - Frontispiece portr. Acharius. An indispensable index and supplement to 
the Lichenographia universalis of 18 10. The preface is dated 18 Nov 181 2 [sic]. The 
announcement and review in Isis (v. Oken) and other German periodicals refer to 
availability at the Michaelmas fair (Sep-Oct) of 1 816, and cite a Hamburg imprint. 
This, however, was the location of the German agent. We have seen only copies of the 
Lund 1814 issue; an imprint "Hamburg 1816" does not seem to exist. 

i?e/.:BM 1: 8; KR p. 3; LS 672; MW 1 ; PR 1 1 ; IDC 516. 
Oken, Isis 16(5): 54 8 "552. 1825. 
Coemans, Bull. Acad. roy. Belg. 34: 32-49. 1865 (rev. Cladonia). 

Achepohl, Ludwig (x-1902), German palaeontologist, "Obereinfahrer" at Essen; 
worker on the Carboniferous flora. {Achepohl). 

collections: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Andrews ed. 2, p. 231 ; BM 1:8; Barnhart 1:9; CSP 9: 
9; NI 2; Quenstedt p. 2. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 10. 1966. 

13. Das Niederrheinisch- Westfalische Steinkohlen-Gebirge. Atlas der fossilen Fauna und Flora 
in 40 Blattern, nach Originalen photographirt. Nebst vier geognostischen Tafeln, alle 
Flotze der Horizonte Oberhausen, Essen, Bochum und Dortmund nach mittleren Ab- 



ACHEPOHL 



standen, im Massstabe von i : 2000, darstellend. Oberhausen, Leipzig (Ad. Spaarmann) 
i88o[-i884], Fol. f (Mederrhein.-Westfdl. Steinkohlen-Geb .) 

Lieferung pages plates dates 



I 


[i]-a8 


charts 0, 1-6 


Dec 1880 


2 


29-40 


7-11 


Feb-Oct 1 88 1 


3 


table, 41-58 


12-16 


Feb-Oct 1 88 1 


4 


table, 59-72 


iy-21 


Feb-Oct 1 88 1 


5 


table, 73-84 


22-26 


Feb 1882 


6 


table, 85-92 


27-30, Erg. bl. 1 


Mar-Sep 1882 


7 


table, 93-108 


31-34 


Oct 1882 


8 


table, 109-120 


35-37, Er g- bL 2 


Feb 1883 


9 


1 2 1- 1 38, Erg. bl. 3, 4 (text) 


38-41, Erg. bl. 3 


Dec 1883 


10 


2 tables, 139-160, 
[2] text Erg. bl. 1, 2 


Erg. bl. 4. 


Oct 1884 



Copies: BR, NY (orig. covers). 
Re/.: Andrews ed. 1, p. 13; BM 1 : 8; NI 2. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 8. 1966. 

Acloque, Alexandre Noel Charles (1871-x), French botanist at Auxi-le-Chateau, 
Pas-de-Calais, editor of and contributor to various natural history journals. (Acloque). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 10; BL 2: 97, 190, 204; BM 1 : 9, 6: 3; GR 
p. 265; Kew 1: 6; LS 681-684; 30434. 
Dorfler, Botaniker-Adressbuch 49. 1896. 
Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 28. 1914. 

14. Les champignons au point de vue biologique, economique et taxonomique. Paris 
(J. B. Bailliere et fils) 1892. 16-mo. (Champignons). 

PubL: Nov 1891 (preface 15 Oct 1891, Nat. Nov. Nov 1891; BF 23 Jan 1892), [i]-viii, 
[i]-327, [328 cont.], 60 Jigs., published in Bibliotheque scientifique contemporaine. The BR, 
L and HH copies have a Paris imprint. No copies seen with Le Mans imprint. 

Ref.: LS 681. 

15. Les lichens £tude sur l'anatomie, la physiologie et la morphologie de l'organisme 
lichenique. Paris (J. B. Bailliere et fils) 1893. Oct. (Lichens). 

PubL: J an 1893 (J. Bot. Feb 1893; Hedwigia Mar-Apr 1893), p. [i]-vii, [viii cont]., 
[i]-376, 82 figs., published in Bibliotheque scientifique contemporaine. However, Nat. Nov. 
Oct 1892 cites this book as of 1892 (announcement only?). The preface date (p. vii) 
is 1 Oct 1892. It is possible that copies exist with an 1892 imprint, (but no such copies 
have been seen by us). Copies: BR, Stevenson, FH. - No copy seen with Orleans 
imprint. 

Ref.: BM 1: 9; LS 682. 

16. Flore de France contenant la description de toutes les especes indigenes disposees en 
tableaux analytiques et illustree de 2165 figures representant les types caracteristiques 
des genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliere et fils) 1894. Duod. (Fl. France). 
PubL : Apr-Mai 1894 (preface 7 Apr 1894; "paraitra en septembre" Nat. Nov. Aug 1893 ; 

"published" Nat. Nov. Mai 1894), p. [i]-8i6, with a preface in the form of a letter 
from E. Bureau. Copies: GH, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 9; Kew 1: 6. 

17. Flores regionales de la France Nord. - Ouest. - Sud-Ouest et Pyrenees - Region 
m£diterran6enne. - Sud-Est et Alpes [-] Nord-Est, Vosges et Alsace - Centre [-] 
Environs de Paris. Paris (J. B. Bailliere et fils), 1904. Duod. (Fl. reg. France). 

PubL: 1904 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1904) Consists of a general preface and the combination of 



the special enumerations for the relevant regions incorporated in the regional floras 
with the page numbers 48-1 through 48-x. Pagination [i]-8, [48-i]-48-55 (Nord), 
[48-11-48-56 (S.O.), [48-11-48-56 (Medit.), [48-11-48-56 (S.E.), [48-1I-48-56 (N.E.), 
[48-1I-48-56 (Centre), [48-1I-48-44 (Paris). 

These sets of enumerations of the plants of the various regions re-appear in the 
regional floras which consist of the Flore de France of 1894, p. [i]-8i6 with the relevant 
"enumeration" intercalated between p. 48 and 49. Copy: HH. - The separate floras 
are treated below except for the flora of Central France of which we have seen no copy. 

18. Flore des environs de Paris (Seine - Seine-et-Oise - Oise [.] Seine-et-Marne - Loiret - 
Eure-et-Loir) contenant la description de toutes les especes indigenes disposees en ta- 
bleaux analytiques et illustree de 2165 figures representant les types caracteristiques des 
genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliere et fils) 1904. Duod. (Fl. env. Paris). 
Publ. : Jan 1904 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1904), p. [i]-48, [48-1I-48-44, [4g]-8i6, consists of an 

enumeration for the Paris region (48-1 through 48-44) in addition to the material of 
the Flore de France. [1-816]. Copy: NY. 

19. Flore du JVord-Est de la France des Vosges.et de 1' Alsace-Lorraine [ . ] Marne - Haute- 
Marne - Aube - Cote-d'Or [-] Meuse - Meurthe-et-Moselle - Haute-Saone - Belfort - 
Vosges [-] Ain - Doubs -Jura [.] Contenant la description de toutes les especes indige- 
nes disposees en tableaux analytiques et illustree de 2165 figures representant les types 
caracteristiques des genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliere et fils), 1904. Duod. 
(Fl. JVord-Est France) . 

Publ.: 1904, p. [1I-48, [48-1] - 48-56, [49] - 816, of which p. 1-8 16 constitute the 1894 
Flore de France and the "48" set of pages the regional enumeration. Copy: HH. 

20. Flore du Sud-Ouest de la France et des Pyrenees [ . ] Gironde - Dordogne - Lot — Correze 
- Aveyron [et Cevennes meridionales] [ . ] Tarn - Tarn-et- Garonne - Haute-Garonne - 
Ariege - Hautes-Pyrenees [-] Gers - Lot-et-Garonne - Basses-Pyrenees - Landes [.] 
Contenant la description de toutes les especes indigenes disposees en tableaux analytiques 
et illustree de 2165 figures representant les types caracteristiques des genres et des sous- 
genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliere et fils), 1904. Duod. (Fl. Sud-Ouest France) . 

Publ.: 1904 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1904), p. [i]-48, [48-1] -48-56, [49] -8 16, of which p. 1-8 16 
constitute the 1894 Flore de France and the "48" set of pages the regional enumeration. 
Copy: HH. 

21. Flore du Sud-Est de la France et des Alpes [.] Saone-et-Loire - Rhone - Ain [-] 
Haute-Savoie - Savoie - Isere - Ardeche - Drome - Hautes-Alpes [-] Basses-Alpes — 
Vaucluse [.] Contenant la description de toutes les especes indigenes disposees en ta- 
bleaux analytiques et illustree de 2165 figures representant les types caracteristiques des 
genres et des sous-genres. Paris (J. B. Bailliere et fils), 1904. Duod. (Fl. Sud-Est France) . 
Publ.: 1904, p. [i]-48, [48-1] - 48-56, [49] - 816, of which p. 1-816 constitute the 1894 

Flore de France and the "48" set of pages the regional enumeration. Copy: HH. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 6. 

22. Flore de la Region mediterraneenne de la France [ . ] Alpes-maritimes - Var - Bouches-du- 
Rhone - Gard - Herault - Aude - Pyrenees-orientales - Corse [.] Contenant la 
description de toutes les especes indigenes disposees en tableaux analytiques et illustree 
de 2 1 65 figures representant les types caracteristiques des genres et des sous-genres. Paris 
(J. B. Bailliere et fils) 1904. Duod. (Fl. rig. medit. France). 

Publ.: 1904, [i]-48, [48-1] - 48-56, [49] -8 1 6, of which p. 1-8 16 constitute the 1894. Flore 
de France and the "48" set of pages the regional enumeration. Copy: NY. 

Acosta, Christobal (Christovao da Costa) (151 2-1580), Portuguese botanist. (C. 

Acosta) . 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 10; BM 1: 9; Colmeiro p. 239; Kew 1: 6; 
Langman p. 69; Moebius p. 34, 324; PR 13. 



Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 132 (index) 1800. 
Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 28. 19 14. 
Walter, [introduction to 1964 edition of Tractado] 1964. 
Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 5, 229, 230. 1965. 
Gueria, DSB 1 : 47-48. 1970. 

eponymy: Acosta Loureiro (1790). 

23. Tractado de las drogas, y medicinas de las Indias orientates, con sus plantas debuxadas al 
bivo por Christoval Acosta medico y cirujano que las vio ocularmente. En el qual se 
verifica mucho de lo que escrivio el Doctor Garcia de Orta. Dirigido a la muy noble y 
muy mas leal ciudad de Burgos cabeca de Castilla y Camara de su Magestad. Burgos 
(Martin de Victoria) 1578. Qu. (Tract, drogas med. Ind. or.) 

Orig. ed.\ 1578, p. [i-xxiv], [i]-448, [i]-38. Copy: NY. - Modern edition Lisboa 1964 by 
Jaime Walter, (in Portuguese, with an introduction and notes). 

Italian ed.\ 1585, Trattato di Christoforo Acosta africano medico, & chirurgo della 
historia, natura et virtu delle droghe medicinali, & altri semplici rarissimi, che vengono 
portati dalle Indie orientali in Europa . . . Venetia (Francesco Ziletti) 1585. Qu., 
[50 p. intr.], [i];342- Copy: HU. 

Latin ed. : See Clusius. 

Ref.: BM 1: 9; HU 130; Kew 1 : 6; NI 3n; PR 13. 
Stafleu, Taxon 16: 141-142. 1967. 

Adamovic, Lujo (1864-x) Dalmatian botanist. (Adamovid). 

herbarium and types: Main collections at B and W, for duplicates see IH. 
Ref.: IH 2: 27. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(1) : 588-589; Barnhart 1:12; PFC 2(2) : xviii. 

24. Die Vegetationsverhdltnisse der Balkanldnder (Mosische Lander) umfassend Serbien, 
Altserbien, Bulgarien, Ostrumelien, Nordthrakien und Nordmazedonien . . . Mit 49 
Vollbildern, 11 Textfiguren und 6 Karten. Leipzig (Engelmann) 1909. Oct. (Vegetations- 
verh. Balkanldnder) . 

Publ.: Dec 1909 (Nat. Nov. early Jan 1910), [i]-xvi, [i]-567. Copies: NY, U. - Die 
Vegetation der Erde, ed. Engler und Drude, vol. 2. 

Adams, Michael Friedrich (1780- 1829/ 1832), Russian botanist and traveller. (M. F. 

Adams) . 

herbarium and types: B; also at LE and OXF? 
Ref.: IH 2: 27. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 120. 1964 (sub J. F. Adam and M. F. Adams). 

bibliography and biography : AG 3 : 459, 6 ( 1 ) : 887 ; Barnhart 1:14; Lasegue 415,416, 
421 ; Lipschitz 1 : 15-16 (bibl.), q.v. for further secondary literature and sources; MW 
p. 1 ; PR 15; TR 3-7; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. 

handwriting: see Lipschitz & Vasilczenko, Central herb. U.S.S.R., Leningrad 1968, 
p. 87. 

note: Michael Friedrich Adams is identical with Johann Friedrich Adam, see PR 13, 
who published Decades quinque novarum specierum in Weber und Mohr, Beitr. JVaturk. 1 : 
41-75. 1805. This mix-up was solved by Ledebour (Fl. ross. 1 : vii) and Trautvetter (p. 
10) ; for full details see Lipschitz. Adams was a member of the St. Petersburg Academy 
of Sciences (1804 corr., 1805 adj., 18 14 honorary) and teacher at the medical academy 
at Moscow (1809 onward). Barnhart lists Adams as Johannes Michael Friedrich; Lip- 
schitz as Michael Friedrich. 

eponymy: Adamsia Willdenow (1808). 

8 



ADANSON" 

Adanson, Michel (172 7- 1806), French botanist and explorer, outstanding theoretician, 
philosopher and systematise (Adans.) 

herbarium and types: Personal herbarium at P since 1924. This herbarium had re- 
mained in the possession of the Adanson family (Doumet- Adanson and Rocquigny- 
Adanson) at Cette and later at La Baleine. It was given to P by the family and is now- 
kept separate. Annotations are scarce, collectors and localities are rarely mentioned. 
The herbarium needs a critical study in order to establish its precise relation with the 
Families des plantes (but see Halle, 1969). Adanson's first set of plants collected in Senegal 
(500 specimens) was acquired by the Cabinet du Roi during his life-time; the plants are 
now in the herbier general of P. Other Adanson specimens are in the Jussieu and La- 
marck herbaria. 
Ref.: IH 2: 27. 

Stafleu, Adanson's Families des plantes . . ., in facsimile edition Lehre 1966. 

Halle, L'Herbier de Michel Adanson . . ., Adansonia ser. 2.9: 465-486. 1969. 

Hepper and Neate, PL coll. W. Afr. 1. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2) : 358; Barnhart i : 16; BM i : 1 1 ; Bossert p. 3;: 

Dawson p. 6; Frank p. 3; GR p. 265; HU 2: 582 [ind.] ; Kew 1:12; Langman p. 67; 

LS 692-693; Moebius Gesch. Bot. p. 441 [index] ; Plesch p. 122-123; PR 20-22; SO 645, 

646, 1398a, 2542a; Zander ed. 10, p. 59. 

Cuvier, Eloge hist, de Michel Adanson. Paris 1807. 32 p. 

Scheler, Rev. Hist. Sci. 14: 257-284. 1961. 

Stafleu, in L'Heritier, Sertum anglicum facs. ed. 1963, p. [viii of index]. 

Stafleu, Taxon 12: 300-301. 1963. 

Nicolas, Adanson, the Man, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 1 : 1-122. 1963 [q.v. for earlier 

biographical references] (portr., bibl.) 
Stafleu, Adanson and his "Families des plantes," in Lawrence, ib. 1 : 123-264. 1963. 
Margadant, The Adanson collection of botanical books and manuscripts, in Lawrence,. 

ed., Adanson 1: 265-368. 1963 (handwriting). 
Heim [ed.] et al., Michel Adanson 1727-1806. Paris 1963 (portr., handwriting). 
Traub, Plant Life 19: 12-17. 1963. 

Nicolas, Adanson et le mouvement colonial, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 2 : 393-450. 1964. 
Monod, L'oeuvre zoologique d' Adanson, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 2: 499-528. 1964. 
Stafleu, Adanson's sources, references, and abbreviations, in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 2: 

529-618. 1964. 
Nicolas, J. Agric, trop. Bot. appl. 11: 231-249. 1964. 
Nicolas, C. R. Acad Sci. Paris 260: 2 107-2 109. 1965. 
Burtt, Notes R. B. G. Edinburgh 26: 427-431. 1966. 
Jacobs, Taxon 15: 51-55. 1966. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 12. 1966. 
Stafleu, Adanson's Families des plantes, [introduction to facsimile reprint], Lehre 1966,. 

also in Adanson, Labillardiere, de Candolle, Lehre 1967. 
Guedes, Rev. Hist. Sci. 20: 361-386. 1967. 
Halle, Adansonia g: 465-487. 1969 (herb.). 
Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 310-320, 365. 1971. 
Lawalree, Adansonia ser. 2. 15(2): 287-288. 1975. 

manuscripts and library: For the greater part at the Hunt Institute for Botanical 
Documentation, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. 

Ref. : Margadant, The Adanson collection of botanical books and manuscripts, in 
Lawrence [ed.], Adanson 1 : 265-368. 1963. 

eponymy (genus): Adansonia Linnaeus (1753); (journals): Adansonia recueil periodique 
d'observations botaniques r^dige" par . . . H. Baillon. Paris. Vol. 1-12. i860- 1879; 
Adansonia . . . Nouvelle Serie. Paris. (Laboratoire de PhaneVogamie du Museum National 
d'Histoire Naturelle). Vol. i-x, 1961-x. 

handwriting : Many samples reproduced in Lawrence, ed., Adanson 1, Pittsburgh 1963 ; 
see also Heim et al., Michel Adanson 1727- 1806, Paris 1963. 

9 



ADANSON 



25. Histoire naturelle du Senegal. Coquillages. Avec la relation abregee d'un voyage fait en 
ce pays, pendant les annees 1749, 50, 51, 52 & 53. Paris (Claude-Jean-Baptiste Bauche) 
1757. Qu. (Hist. nat. Senegal). 

Orig.: Mai-Jul 1757 (Censor 5 Mai 1757; GGA 25 Jul 1757; J. Scavans Paris Sep 1757), 
p. [i-viii], map, [i]-igo, [1, h.t.], [i]-xcvi, [i]-275, P^ I ~ I 9- Copies: G, HU, NY. 

English (London) : A voyage to Senegal, the Isle of Goree, and the river Gambia" . . . 
Translated from the French. With notes by an English gentleman, who resided some 
time in that country. London (Nourse, Jonhston [sic]), 1759. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1759 
(Gentleman's Mag.; Misc. Corr.), p. [i]-xiii, [xiv, adv.], [i]-337, [338, err.]. Copies: 
Ewan, G. 

English (Dublin) : A voyage . . . Dublin (G. and A. Ewing, A. James, and H. Bradley). 
Duod. Publ.: 1759, p. [i]-viii, [g]-262, map. Copies: HU, NY. 

German: 1773, Brandenburg, translated by F. H. W. Martini (n.v., GGA 8 Jul 1773), 
Leipzig 1773, id. by Schreber (n.v.; Gel. Zeit. Kiel 25 Aug 1773). 

Ref.: BM 1: 8; PR 20; IDC 1335. 

Nicolas, in Lawrence [ed.], Adanson 1: 37, 42, 112. 1963. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. no. 27. 1966. 

26. Families des plantes. Paris (Vincent) i763[-i764], 2 vols. Oct. (Fam.pl.) 

Vol. 1: Mar 1764, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-cccxxv, [i]-i89, [190, err.], 1 pi. Copies: NY, U. 
Vol. 2: Jul-Aug 1763, p. [i], (i)-(24), [i-iii, priv.], [i]-640. Copies: NY, U. 
Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1966, with an introduction by Frans A. Stafleu (p. [i]- 

xv), Historiae naturalis classica vol. 46. Copies: FAS, U. 
For modern studies on Adanson and his publications see Lawrence [ed.], Adanson 1 
(1963) and 2 (1965). 

Ref.: BM 1: 1 1 ; DA 1967; HU 577; IF p. 675; Kew 1: 12; LSp. 92; MW p. 1 ; Plesch 
p. 122-123; PR 21; RSp. 71; IDC 4. 

Chevalier, Michel Adanson, Paris 1934. 

Wilmott, Kew Bull. 1935: 91 (proposal to outlaw Adanson; rejected by Int. Bot. 
Congr.). 

Heim et al., Michel Adanson, de l'Academie Royale des Sciences . . . Paris 1963. 

Lawrence [ed.]. Adanson. The bicentennial of Michel Adanson's Families des plantes. 
Part one, Pittsburgh 1963, part two, Pittsburgh 1965. 

Nicolas, Adanson, the man, in Lawrence, Adanson 1: 1-122. 1963. 

Stafleu, Adanson and the Families des plantes, in Lawrence, Adanson 1: 123-264. 

1963- 
Stafleu, Adanson, taxinomiste-philosophe, in R. Heim et al., Michel Adanson, 15-18. 

1963- 
Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 3: 313-326. 1963. 
Stafleu, Adanson's sources, references and abbreviations, in Lawrence, Adanson 2 : 

528-618. 1965. 
Jacobs, Taxon 15: 51-55. 1966. 

Burtt, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 26: 427-431. 1966. 

Stafleu, Adanson's Families des plantes, introduction to facsimile reprint, Lehre 1966. 
Stafleu, Taxon 16: 57. 1967, 16: 431-435. 1967. 
Nicolas, DSB 1: 58-59. 1970. 

Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 365 (index). 1971. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 4. 1975 (sold at £ 280). 

27. Families naturelles des plantes de Michel Adanson . . . Deuxieme edition preparee par 
l'auteur, publiee sur ses manuscrits par MM. Alexandre Adanson et J. Payer precedee 
d'une notice biographique par M. Alexandre Adanson et suivie d'une histoire des famil- 
ies naturelles des plantes telles qu'elles sont aujourd'hui par M. J. Payer avec des gra- 
vures sur bois intercalees dans le texte et representant les caracteres principaux des 
genres . . . Tome premier, premiere partie comprenant Phistoire de la botanique et le 
plan des families naturelles des plantes. Paris (Victor Masson), 1847 [1864]. Oct. (Fam. 
nat. pi.) 

Publ: 1864, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-[vii], [i]-300, 1 pi. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1 : n; Kew 1 : 1 2 ; PR 22. 



AFZELIUS 

Adlerz, Ernst ( 1854-19 18), Swedish bryologist, teacher at Orebro. (Adlerz). 

herbarium and types : OREB (moss herbarium) - Adlerz' general herbarium went to 
the highschool at Linkoping (fide KR), further material at A and GB. 
Ref.: IH2: 27; KRp. 4. 

bibliography and biography: BM i : 12; CSP 9: 15, 13: 32; KR p. 4-5. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Bergiani 3(2): 26. 1903, 3(3): 1. pi. 107. 1905 (portr.) 
Erikson, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 12: 418-423. 1918 (portr., bibl.) 
Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. 

28. Bidrag till knoppfjdllens anatomi hos trad och buskartade vaxter. Stockholm (P. A. 
Norstedt & Soner) 1881. Oct. (n.v.) (Bidr. knoppfjdll. anat.) 

Publ.: 9 Dec 1881, date of thesis (Nat. Nov. Mar 1882), preprint from Sv. Vet.-Akad. 

Bih. 6(2) (15) which was distributed in 1882, even though it is dated 1881; copy 

presented on 14 Sep 1881 - 63 p., 4 pi. {27 Jigs.) (n.v.) 
Ref.: BM 1: 12; KRp. 4-5. 

Adlerz, Bot. Not. 1880: 180-186 (preliminary). 

Bergendal, Bot. Not. 1883: 1-8, 35-43. 

29. Bladmossflora for Sveriges lagland med sarskilt avseende pa arternas utbredning inom 
Narke. Orebro (Lindhska boktr.) 1907. Oct. (Bladmossfl. Sver. lagland). 

Publ.: Nov-Dec 1907 vel 1908 prim, (preface 1 Nov 1907), p. [i]-iv, [i]-242, [2, ind.], 

pi. i-lvii. Copy: L. 
Ref: KRp. 5. 

Adlerz, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 2: (65)-(66). 1908. 

Arnell, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 2: (46)-(48). 15 Jun 1908. 

Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. 

Aellen, Paul (1896- 1973), Swiss botanist. (Aellen). 

herbarium and types: G; collections from Basel at BAS. The Aellen herbarium 
contains the herbaria of G. Herter (Uruguay) and G. Looser (Chile). 
Ref: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355; IH 2: 27. 

Aellen, Jahresbericht 1961-62 der Stiftung "Herbarium Paul Aellen". Basel 1962, 

idem 1962-63, 1963-64, 1964- 1965. 

Zoller and Greuter, Taxon 25(1) : 213-214. 1976. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(4) : 40; Barnhart i : 18; Bossert p. 4; BFM 1 172, 

1 173; Kew 1: 14-15; Langman p. 68: MVV p. 2; MW suppl. p. 2. 

Roon, Int. direct, spec. pi. tax. 9. 1958. 

Anon., Taxon 22: 708. 1973. 

Degener and Degener, Newsletter Hawaiian bot. Soc. 12(5): 31. 1973. 

Dorr, Mitt, naturwiss. Arbeitskr. Kempten 17(3): 1. 1973. 

Botschantzer, Bot. Zhurn. 59(3): [1 p.]. 1974. 

Duvigneaud, Soc. Echange PI. vase. Eur. occid. Bull. 2(15) : 8. 1974. 

Hiirlimann, Bauhinia 5(2): 103-104. 1974. 

Looser, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 15: 479-480. 1974 (portr.) 

Brenan, Watsonia 10: 319-320. 1975. 

eponymy: Aellenia Ulbrich (1934). 

Afzelius, Adam (1750- 1837), Swedish botanist in Uppsala, traveller in Sierra Leone, 
pupil of Linnaeus. (Afzel.) 

herbarium and types: UPS (general and Thunberg herbarium), the set sent to Banks 
is at BM, duplicates B, C, K, LD, MO, NY, O, OXF, S, SBT. Botanical mss also at 
UPS, other mss. Univ. Library Uppsala. 
Ref: IH 2: 28; KR p. 6 (note). 

Vallot, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 172. 1882. 



AFZELIUS 

Miller, Taxon 19: 511. 1970. 

Hepper and Neate, PI. coll. W. Africa 2. 1971. 

biographical notes : Afzelius studied at Uppsala under Linnaeus ( 1 768, doctor's degree 
1776, medical degree 1797) and followed a career at Uppsala University, e.g. as a 
botanical demonstrator, from 1785 onward; he was appointed professor of materia 
medica 181 2. 

Afzelius travelled in England and Scotland from 1789- 1790, visiting the main centers 
and collecting in the field as well as in the gardens of Kew and Oxford. Thunberg re- 
commended Afzelius to Banks for employment on a new tropical expedition. William 
Wilberforce, the philantropist and politician who was associated with the Sierra Leone 
Company, asked Banks to nominate a botanist to serve for the company at Free Town. 
The Sierra Leone Company was the successor to the Anti-Slavery Society, both humani- 
tarian undertakings connected with the abolishment of slavery. The Sierra Leone 
Company was founded in 1791 and opened its settlement at Freetown in 1792. The early 
history of this undertaking is illustrated in an interesting way by Afzelius' letters to 
Banks and Smith. Banks recommended Afzelius "a gentlemen by birth, attached to 
Uppsala University, and standing high as a botanist" for the post providing suitable 
conditions were offered. Afzelius left early 1 792 for Sierra Leone and stayed there at first 
until the end of 1793, working under difficult conditions, sending fruits, seeds, bulbs, 
living and dried plants to Banks and the Directors of the Company. The living plants 
were transferred to Kew. In March 1794 Afzelius left for a second trip to Sierra Leone 
arriving April 22nd, but ran into the French raid of April 28th, losing most of his equip- 
ment. Banks sent new supplies and in 1 795 and 1 796 Afzelius made new collections. The 
dried plants were sent to Banks, the Directors of the Sierra Leone Company, to Sir James 
Edward Smith and to Forster and Thunberg. Afzelius returned to England in 1796, and 
to Sweden late 1 799. He kept a West-African herbarium of his own and planned to 
publish a Flora et fauna guineensis. During his stay in Sierra Leone Afzelius was in contact 
by correspondence with Banks, Smith, and Thunberg. His collection of fruits was worked 
upon by J. D. Hooker. 

After his return to Sweden Afzelius published relatively little : some papers on Guinean 
plants. He edited Linnaeus' "Egenhandige anteckningar om sig self" (1823). 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1: 18; BB p. 2; BM 1: 14; CSP 1: 22; Dawson 

p. 6-8, 821, 869, 915; Frank p. 3; GR p. 470; Jackson p. 250; Kew 1 : 16-17; KR p. 5-7 

(d. 1836, "the year certainly wrong," Barnhart); LS 759-760; Lasegue 344, 355, 444, 

504; NBD 1 : 356; PR 25-32; SO ind. p. 7; Zander p. 590. 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 133 [index]. 1800. 

Anon., K. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1836: 342-345; Flora 23: 107- 112. 1840 (bibl. from Kongl. 

Vet. Akad. Handl. 1838); see also Flora 20: 112. 1837 (note). 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 26. 1903, 3(3): 1. 1905. 
Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916. 

Juel, Levnadsteckningar K. Sv. Vet.-akad. Ledamoter 102. 1930. 
Dawson, The Smith papers 8. 1934. 
Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 11. 1936. 
Lindroth, Lychnos 1944-45: 1-54. 

Lowegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige under 1700-talet 400 [index]. 1952. 
Kup, ed., Stud. Ethnogr. Uppsal. 27: i-xv, 1-181. 1967 (on his Sierra Leone journal 

1 795" 1 79 6 ) • 
Widstrand, Stud. Ethnogr. Uppsal. 27: xi-xv. 1967. 
Coats, The plant hunters 26, 91, 247. 1969. 

eponymy: AfzeliaJ. F. Gmelin (1792, nom. rej.); AfzeliaJ. E. Smith (1798, nom. cons.); 
Afzeliella Gilg (1898). 

30. De vegetabilibus suecanis observationes et experimenta, quorum sectionis prioris partem 
primam consensu ampl. fac. phil. Ups. proponunt Adamus Afzelius . . . et Andr. Magn. 
Wadsberg ... in Auditorio Gustaviano majori d. ii mart. ann. mdcclxxxv. Uppsala 
(Joh. Edman), 1785. Qu. f (Veg. suec.) 

12 



AGARDH, C. A. 

PubL: ii Mar 1785 (date on which the thesis was defended), p. [i-iv], 1-36. Copy. GH. 
Re/.: BM 1: 14; Kew 1: 16; KR p. 6; PR 25. 

31. Genera plantar um guineensium revisa et aucta, quorum partem primam consensu exp. 
fac. med. ups. proponunt Adamus Afzelius, . . . et Nicol. Wilhelmus Elgenstierna, ... in 
auditorio Gust. maj. die 9 junii 1804. Uppsala (Edmann) [1804]. Qu. f {Gen. pi. guin.) 
Publ. : 9 Jun 1804, p. [i-iv], [i]-26, [2, expl. pi.], 1 pi. (affixed to title page). Copies: G(2), 

HU, L, MO, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 14; Kew 1:17; KR p. 6 (no. 10); PR 27. 

32. Remedia guineensia, quorum collectionem primum Cons. exp. Fac. Med. Ups. 
praeside Adamo Afzelio, . . . pro gradu medico p.p. Johannes Ulr. Nyberg, Holmiensis. 
In audit, botanico die xix maji mdcccxiii. Uppsala (Stenhammar et Palmblad) 1813. 
Qu. (Rem. guin.) 

PubL: In all ten dissertations (title of no. 1 above), nos. 1-7, Uppsala (Stenhammar et 
Palmblad), 8-10, id. (Zeipel et Palmblad). Nos. 1-9 to be attributed to Afzelius, no. 10 
to the "auctor" (mentioned as such on t.p.) Gustavus Jacob. Ortenblad (1788- 1837), 
see KR p. 6, 794. Copy: HU. 

collect. pages date resp. 



I 


[i]-8 


19 Mai 1813 




J. U. Nyberg 


2 


[i], [9]-i6 


22 Mai 1813 




J.J. Kallstenius 


3 


[1-111], [i7]-24 


6Jun 1814 




P. Brandelius 


4 


[i-ii], [25]-32 


8 Feb 1 81 5 (handwr.) 


C. O. Bange 






12 Dec 1814 


(printed, cane.) 




5 


[3i]-38 5 1 pi. 


8 Apr 1815 




O. Lindbom 


6 


[i-iv], [39J-46 


3 Mai 1815 




D. Ekelund 


7 


[i-iv], [471-54 


3 Mai 1815 




J. A. Frestadius 


8 


[i-iv], [551-62 


I4jun 1815 




C. Hjorth 


9 


[i-iv], [6 3 ]-68 


13 Dec 1815 




C. A. Thelning 


10 


[il, [69]-78 


16 Apr 1817 




G.J. Ortenblad (author) 



33. Stirpium in Guinea medicinalium species cognitae, quorum fasciculum primum venia 
exp. Fac. Med. Ups. praeside Adamo Afzelio, . . . pro gradu medico p.p. auctor Axelius 
Flygare ... in audit, botanic, die xi Junii mdecexvii. Uppsala (Zeipel et Palmblad) 
[181 7]. Qu. (Stirp. Guinea med.) 

Fasc. 1 (as above): 11 Jun 181 7 (t.p., also Svensk Lit.-Tidn. Jun 1817), p. [i-iv], [i]-8. 

Copy: HU. - To be attributed to the auctor Axel Flygare (1792- 1833) rather than to 

Afzelius. (KR p. 6, 191.) 
Fasc. 2: 9 Dec 1825, P- [i-ii]- [9]- J 6. Copy: HU. - " . . . p.p. auctor Fredericus Ad. Alner 

... in auditorio medico die ix decemb. mdcccxxv". Uppsala (Regio Academiae 

Typographi). Author: Fredric Adolph Alner (1795- 1834), (KR p. 12, 29). 

34. Reliquiae qfzelianae, sistentes icones fungorum, quos in Guinea collegit et in aere 
incisas excudi curavit Adamus Afzelius. Interpretatur E. Fries. Uppsala (Edquist soc.) 
i860. Fol. (Reliq. afzel.) 

Publ.: Dec i860 or 1861? (p. ii: Cal. Dec i860; Flora 21 Nov 1861, "neu erschienen"), 
p. [i-vi], pi. 1-12 (30 species, text by Elias Magnus Fries) brown copper engravings. 
Copies: NY, Stevenson (2 copies). 

Ref.: BM 1: 14; Kew 1 : 17; Kr p. 7; PR 32. 

Agardh, Carl Adolf (1785- 1859), Swedish algologist, professor at Lund (1807- 1835), 
later bishop of Karlstad. (C. Agardh) . 

herbarium and types: Mainly at LD. Duplicates were issued labelled "Agardh's 
Herbarium." - Correspondence in Lund University Library. 
Ref.: lUi (ed. 6) :355,2:2s. 

Hard av Segerstad, C. A. Agardh's Fanerogamherbarium, Medd. Varml. naturhist. 
For. 1 (1928). Karlstad. 

13 



AGARDH, C. A. 

Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7(3): 345. 1956. 

Torje, De botaniska institutionerna vid Lunds Universitet, Ur Lunds Universitets 

Historia 3, Lund 1968. (Acta Univ. Lund., sect. 1, Theol., Jur. Human. 6). 
Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 19; BM 1:15; Bossertp.4; CSP 1 : 22, 6: 564; 

Frank p. 1 ; GR p. 470; IF p. 761 ; Jackson p. 513 [index]; Kew 1 : 17-18; KR p. 8-13 

(bibl.) ; Lasegue p. 559 [index] ; Langman p. 67; Moebius p. 44 [index] ; LS 761 ; MW 

p. 2; NI 5-6; PR 34-54; SO 2668-2672. 

Wikstrom, Conspectus 11 -21, 313-315. 1831. 

Agardh, J., Flora 42: 96, 318-320. 1859. 

Anon., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. 4: xliv-xlv. i860. 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. 

Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenologie 2: 6, 101-102. 1869. 

Areschoug, Lefnadsteckn. K. Sv. Akad. Ledam. 1869-1873(1): 283-296 (bibl.) 

Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 130. 1895. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 26-27. 1903, 3(3): 1-2, pi. 66. 1905. 

Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 1. 1906. 

Carlsson, Sv. biogr. lex. 1 : [p. 1-16, repr.] 1917-1918 (bibl., portr.) 

Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921 (corr. Schweinitz-Torrey) . 

Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 229, 374. 1924, 2: 512. 1926. 

Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher 165. 1942. 

Gertz, Bot. Not. 1946: 315-321 (C.A. on flora of Holland). 

Stafleu, Taxon 15: 276-277. 1966. 

Eriksson, DSB 1: 69-70. 1970. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corresp. Torrey 445. 1973. 

Stafleu, in Daniels et Stafleu, Taxon 24: 16. 1975. 

collected papers : C. A. Agardhs Samlade Skrifter af blandadt innehall, 2 vols. Lund 
(Berlin) 1863. 

composite works: Kunth, Syn.pl. aequin., Algae, 1 : 1-6. 9 Dec. 1822; Presl, Reliq. Haenk., 
Algae, 1(1): 8-12. 1825. 

eponymy: Agardhia S. F. Gray (1821); Agardhia K. P.J. Sprengel (1824); Agardhina 

Nardo(i834). 

Note: Agardhiella K.J. F. Schmitz (1896), Agardhinula G. B. De Toni (1897) and JVeo- 

agardhiella M.J. Wynne & W. R. Taylor (1973) are dedicated to Jacob Georg Agardh 

(1813-1901), q.v. 

35. Dissertatio botanica, sistens caricographiam scanensem, quam, consent, ampliss. facult. 
philos. publico examini subjiciunt Carolus A. Agardh . . . et Johan Rabben ... in 
Lyceo Carolino die [. . .] Dec. mdcccvi. L. H. S. Lund (Berling) [1806]. Qu. (Diss. bot. 
caricogr. scan.) 

Pub I. : 4 Mar 1807 - p. [i]-22, precise date on t.p. left open. The NY copy has no precise 
date filled in; the HH copy has iv. Mart, filled in (with ink), cancelling "Dec." and 
adding one i to mdcccvi making the date on which the dissertation was defended, and 
presumably the date of publication, 4 Mar 1807. 

Ref. : Kew p. 8; KR p. 8; PR 34. 

36. Dispositio algarum sueciae, quam, publico examini subjiciunt Carl Adolf Agardh . . . 
& Gustav Sannberg Blekingus die viii decembris mdcccx. p. i. h. & l.s. Lund (Berling) 
1 8 10. Qu. (Disp. alg. suec.) 

Pars 1: as above, 8 Dec 1810, p. [i]-i6. Copy: PCS. 

Pars 2: "... & Johannes Bruzelius, Scanus. Die xi decembris mdcccxi. p. ii. h. & l.s." 

Lund (Berling) 181 1. Qu. PubL: 11 Dec 181 1, p. [i], 17-26. Copy: PCS. 
Pars 3: "... & Elias Magnus Fries, Smolandus. Die [in handwriting:] xv maji [original 

April date deleted] mdcccxii. p. iii. h. et l.s." Lund (Berling) s.d. Qu. PubL: 15 Mai 

181 2, p. [i], 27-34. Copy: PCS. 
Pars 4: "... & David Sjostrom, Smolandus. Die [in handwriting:] xvi maji [original 



AGARDH, C. A. 

April date deleted] mdcccxii. p. iv. h. etl.s." Lund (Berling) 1812. Qu. Publ.: 16 Mai 

1812, p. [i-iii], [35-42]- Copy. PCS. 
Pars 5: "... & Jac. Ekelund, Gothoburgensis. Die [in handwriting:] xxvi maji [original 

April date deleted] mdcccxii. p. v. h. et l.s." Lund (Berling) 1812. Qu. Publ.: 26 Mai 

1812, p. [i-h], 43-45- Copy: PCS. 
Trade issue: "Dispositio algarum sueciae. Auctore Carolo Adolfo Agardh ..." Lund 

(Berling) 181 2. Qu., p. [i], [i]- 45 . Copy: NY. 
/k/.:KRp.9(no.ao);PR 3 5. 

37. Algarum decas prima, quam publico examini subjiciunt Carl Ad. Agardh, . . . et 
Petrus Abraham Asping, Scanus. Die xix decemb. a. mdcccxii. Lund (Berling) 181 2. Qu. 
(Alg. dec. prima) . 

Decas prima: as above, publ.: 19 Dec 1812, p. [i]-i5- Copy: PCS. 

Decas secunda : Quam venia incliti Ord. Philos. Lund, praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh, . . . 

pro laurea exhibet Carolus M. Bagenholm, Wermelandus. In Lyceo Carol, die xii 

junii mdcccxiii. Lund (Berling) 181 3. Qu. Publ. : i2jun 18 13, p. [i], 17-28. Copy: PCS. v 
Decas tertia: Quam, . . . pro gradu philosophico exhibet N.J. Sommelius, Ostrogothus. 

In Lyceo Carol, die iv Junii mdcccxiv. Lund (Berling) 1804. Qu. Publ.: 4 Jun 18 14, 

p. [i-iii], 29-40. Copy: PCS. 
Decas quarta: Quam . . . pro laurea publico examini subjicit Jonas Sandell, a sacris. In 

Lyceo Carolino die xv junii mdcccxv. Lund (Berling) 18 15. Qu. Publ.: 15 Jun 1815, 

p. [i-ii], 41-56. Copy: PCS (lacks the two plates, see below). 
Trade issue: "Algarum decas prima. Auctore Carolo Ad. Agardh." Lund (Berling) 181 2 f 

p. [i]-i5, 1 pi-', id. Decas secunda. Lund (id.) 1813, p. [i], 17-28; id. Decas tertia. Lund 

(id.) 1 8 14, p. [i-ii], 29-40; id. Decas quarta. Lund (id.) 18 15, p. [i-ii], 41-56, 2 pi. (nos. 

2 and 8 K.V.A.H. 18 14). Copies: BR (has the two plates), MO, NY (one plate). 
Ref.: KR p. 9-10 (no. 22); PR 36. 

38. Synopsis algarum Scandinaviae, adjecta dispositione universali algarum. Lund (Berling) 
18 1 7. Oct. (in fours) (Syn. alg. Scand.) 

Publ.: Mai-Dec 1817 (p. vii: 1 Mai 1817), p. [i]-xl, [13-135. Copies: BR, HH, NY. - 

A copy in quarto is at LD (fide KR). 
Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 17; KR p. 10 (no. 28); PR 37; IDC 7405. 

39. Aphorismi botanici. Quos, venia ampliss. ord. philos. Lund, praeside Carolo Ad. 
Agardh . . . pro gradu philosophico p.p. Johan Forsander, Smolandus. In Lyceo Caro- 
lino d. xiii Junii mdcccxvii. P. i. Lund (Berling) 181 7. Oct. [-xvi, 1826]. f (Aphor. hot.) 
Publ. : A series of sixteen dissertations, each with a separate title-page, citing defendant 

and date as follows : 



number 


pages 


date 


defendant 


1 


H. M-I4 


i3jun 1817 


Johan Forsander 


2 


[i], 15-28 


I3jun 1817 


Petrus Ahlquist 


3 


[i-ii], 29-42 


i4jun 1817 


Carolus Emanuel Hallstrom 


4 


[i-ii], 43-56 


14JU11 1817 


Johannes Bruzelius 


5 


[i-ii], 57-70 


i6Jun 1819 


Nicolaus Kihlgren 


6 


[i-ii], [ 7 i]-86 


21 Dec 1 82 1 


L. G. Starck 


7 


[i-ii], 87-102 


21 Dec 182 1 


Abraham Rahnberg 


8 


[i-ii], 1 03- 1 18 


1 9 Jun 1822 


Johannis Dahl 


9 


[i-ii], 1 1 9- 1 34 


igjun 1822 


Samuel Lyckberg 


10 


[i], 135-150 


2 Jun 1823 


C. A. Bergman 


11 


[i], 151-166 


23 Mai 1823 


G. W. Fagerlund 


12 


[i], 167-182 


31 Mai 1823 


Arvid Bruzelius 


J 3 


[i-ii], 183-198 


6 Jun 1823 


G. C. Ljungstedt 


14 


[i-ii], 199-214 


13 Jun 1824 


L. A. Wadstein 


!5 


[i-iv], 215-230 


1 3 Jun 1824 


G.J. Tonningh 


16 


[i-iii], 231-246 


Jun 1826 


Bror Emil Hildebiand 



'Obgleich noch nicht im Buchhandel, dennoch unter den Botanikern vom Fach allge- 



15 



AGARDH, G. A. 

mein verbreitet" (Eschweiler 1828). Page [iii] of pars 16 contains a note by Agardh, 

dated 28 Mar 1826, explaining that the text was distributed only in June but set up in 

type and awaiting publication somewhat earlier. 

The Classes plantarum, 2 parts, 1825 ( see below) continued the Aphorismi to some extent 

as a summary. 

Copies: USDA (complete); HH (incompl.); NY (incompl.). 

Re/.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 17; KR p. 12; LS 761; PR 38. 

Eschweiler, Literaturbl. reine angew. Bot. 1(2): 224-235. 1828. 

40. Dissertatio de metamorphosi algarum, quam venia amplissimi ordinis phil. Lundens. 
Praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh, . . . pro gradu philosophico p.p. Joach. Akerman, Scanus. 
In Lyceo Carolino die xxvii maji mdcccxx. Lund (Berling) 1820. Oct. (Diss, metam. alg.) 
PubL: 27 Mai 1820, p. [i-ii], [i]-i8. Copies: PCS, UC. Reviewed in Flora 3: 523-526. 

7 Sep 1820. Reprinted Isis 1820: 644-654; German translation Beilschmied, Flora 
6(1); Beil. 2: 17-41. 1823. 
Ref. : BM 1:15; Kew 1:17; KR p. 10 (no. 30) (q.v. for further refs.); PR 39. 
Chamisso, Verh. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin 1(3): 173-180. 1821. 
Schrank, Flora 6(2) Beil. 1: 18. 1823. 
Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher no. 120. 1942. 

41. Icones algarum ineditae fasciculus primus. Lund (Berling), 1820. Qu. [fasc. 2, Stock- 
holm (Eckstein) 182 1] | (Icon, alg.) 

Fasc. 1: Lund 1820, publ. Aug-Nov, p. [i-vi], pi. 1-10, p. [vii-viii]. Copies: FH, L, NY, 
PCS. - Not yet out on 12 Aug 1820 (fide Mnemosyne, Ago, 12 Aug 1820) but avail- 
able later in the year (Flora received it on 7 Dec 1820; earliest review 30 Jan 1821, 
Allg. Repert. neuesten In. Ausl. Lit. 1821 (1, 2): 82). 

Fasc. 2: Stockholm 1821 (publ. 1822?), p. [i-vii], pi. 11-20. Copies: FH, K, L, NY, PCS. - 
Received by the Swedish Academy in 1822 (earliest mention K. Vetensk. Acad. 
Handl. ser. 2. 10: 468. 1822. PR even cites "1822.") The plates are copper engravings 
by A. Arvidsson. 

Ed. 2: "... Fasciculi qui exstant duo. Editio nova," Lund (Berling), 1846 (rev. Bot. 
Zeit. 20 Nov 1846), [6] p. text,/;/. 1-20. Text by J. G. Agardh. Copies: FH, PCS. 

Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; KR p. 14; NI 6; PR 40. 

Anon., Flora 5: 399-400. 1822 (rev. fasc. 1), 6: 254, 727-729. 1823 ( rev - f asc - 2 )- 
Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher no. 121, 122, 125. 1942. 

42. Species algarum rite cognitae, cum synonymis, differentiis specificis et descriptionibus 
succinctis. Lund (Berling), Greifswald (Ernst Mauritius) 1820- 1828, 2 vols. Oct. (Spec, 
alg.) ' 

vol. pars pages dates imprint 

1 1 [i-iv], [i]-i68 1820, probably Jan- Apr Lund 
2 [v-vi], 169-398 1822, probably Oct Lund 

[vii-viii], [399J-53I J 823, early absent 

2 1 [i*], [i]-lxxvi, [i]-i8g 1828, Sep-Dec Greifswald 

Copies exist of vol. 1 with imprints "Lundae 1820," "Gryphiswaldiae 1821" (vol. 1, 

pars 1, BR, G, NY) (perhaps also 1820, n.v.), Lund 1822 (vol. 1, pars 2, BR, NY), 

"Gryphiswaldiae 1823" (vol. 1, BR, G, NY) and "Gryphiae" 1828 (vol. 2, BR, G, MO, 

NY). For a commentary see also below (Sjyst. alg.) According to Flora (12: 186. 28 Mar 

1829) v °l« 2 was to appear only at Easter 1829. Copies of vol. 1 have various combinations 

of title-pages and half titles. 

Facsimile ed.: Amsterdam (A. Asher en Co.) 1969. Copy: FAS. 

Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 17; KR p. 10; MW p. 2; PR 41; IDC 5271. 

Anon., Flora 5: 385-399. 1822 (extensive review). 

Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1 : cxxiii. 1 89 1 . 

Nordstedt, Bot. Not. 19 14: 144. 

Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher no. 123. 1942. 

Stafleu, Taxon 19: 630-632. 1970. 

16 



AGARDH, C. A. 

43. Systema algarum. Lund (Berling) 1824. Oct. (Syst. alg.) 

Publ. : Mai-Sep 1824 (prob. Sep; fide letter Agardh to de Candolle 24 Sep 1824), P- [i] _ 
xxxviii, [i]-3i2. Copies: BR, HU. - Bruzelius, Observationes in genus Charae, 1824, 
has priority (28 Feb 1824). 

The letters written by C. A. Agardh to A. P. de Candolle, preserved at the Con- 
servatoire botanique de Geneve, shed some light on the history of the publication of 
the Species algarum and the Systema algarum. The publication of Agardh's Species algarum 
(1820- 1 828) was interrupted in 1823 because of difficulties between the publisher and 
the printers. In a letter dated December 1822 Agardh informed A. P. de Candolle 
that the Species (1, 2. 2) was "au point d'etre publie a Leipzic." It is difficult to tell, 
however, when [in 1823] this part was actually published. In his letter of 1 June 1823 
Agardh does not mention the fascicle, but on 15 April 1824 he takes it for granted that 
his correspondent had duly received it. In this letter, however, he states the reason 
why publication came to a temporary standstill (the next part came out late 1828) and 
why he planned to publish his, much shorter, Systema algarum. The letter runs as 
follows (translation, relatively free) : 

"Thanks to a quarrel between the publisher and the printer the continuation is 
impossible for some time. However, systems of algae are published left and right; new 
genera are made without examination of the species and hence increase the confusion. 
I am therefore forced to publish a small Synopsis of 10-15 sheets, which will contain 
my genera and all species with their diagnoses, their complete synonymy and their 
habitat . . . ." The rest of the letter repeats more or less what is said in the preface of 
the Systema algarum. Agardh promises to send the book as soon as it is out. On 24 
September of the same year he sends a copy. Actual publication therefore took place 
between 15 April and 24 September, most probably nearer to the end than to the 
beginning of that period. 

Facsimile ed.\ Amsterdam (Asher) 1965. Copy: FAS. 

Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 17; KR p. 11; MW p. 2; PR 42; IDC 5272. 
Oken, Isis 16(3): 340-352^ 1825^ 

Koster, Preface [to fascimile edition], Amsterdam 1965. 
Stafleu, Taxon 15: 276-277. 1966. 

44. Classes plantarum. Quas, venia ampl. ord. philos. Lund, praeside Carolo Ad. Agardh, 
. . . p.p. L. P. Holmberg, Scanus. Die xx maji, anno mdcccxxv. l.h.q.s. p. i. Lund 
(Berling) 1825. Oct. (Cl.pl.) 

Pars 1: 20 Mai 1825, p. [i-ii], [i]-i2. Copies: MO, PCS. 

Pars 2: "... p.p. Petrus M. Lundstrom, Scanus. Die xx maji, anno mdcccxxv. l.h.q.s. 

p. ii. "Lund (Berling) 1825. Oct. Publ. : 20 Mai 1825, p. [i-ii], 13-22, table. Copies: 

MO, PCS. 
Reprint: Isis 1826(1): 580-593. - Ref.: KR p. 12 (no. 62); PR 43. 

45. hones algarum europaearum. Representation d'algues europeennes suivie de celle des 
especes exotiques les plus remarquables recemment decouvertes. Leipzig (Voss) 1828- 
1835. Oct. (Icon. alg. eur.) 

part plates date notes 

ALZ 13 Dec 1828 

cover dated 1828, corrected 1829; ALZ Oct 1829 

cover dated 1828 



Plates with unnumbered text. The cover used for the parts was the same, the numbers 
being filled in by hand. Livr. 4 is announced as published in the Leipziger Messekatalog 
31 Mar 1830 [sic], (see Flora 13: 269. 1830) but this does not prove actual availability 
on that date. Copies: BR (covers parts 1-3), PCS (complete with final t.p.) 
Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; KR p. n; NI 5; PR 49. 

46. Ldrobok i botanik. Malmo (printed by N. H. Thomson, for C. W. K. Gleerup) 1829- 
1832. 2 vols. Oct. (in fours) (Ldrob. Bot.) 

t7 



I 


I-IO 


1828, late 


2 


11-20 


1829, med. 


3 


21-30 


1830 


4 


31-40 


1835 



AGARDH, G. A. 

Forsta Afdelningen: Organografi. Malmo, 1829-1830 (p. vii: 11 Mai 1830), p. [i-xv], [1]- 
416, pi. 1-4. Copy: HU. 

Andra Afdelningen: Wext-Biologi. Malmo, 1830-1832 (pref. 24 Jun 1832) (h.t. : Alman 
Wext-Biologi), p. [i-x], [i]-46o, [2, err.], 1 pi. Copy: HU. 

German ed. : Lehrbuch der Botanik, 1 831- 1832. 

Erste Abtheilung: Organographie. Kopenhagen (Guldendal) 1831, publ. 18 Jun-Sep 
1831 (pref. i8Jun 1831 ; Dansk Litt. Tid. Sep 1831), p. [i]-xii, [i]-436, j.pl. Copy.HU. 
- Preface by J. W. Hornemann, translated by L. Meyer. Second t.p. : "Organogra- 
phie der Pflanzen . . . ." 

gweite Abtheilung: Biologic Greifswald (E. A. Koch) 1832, publ. Aug-Dec 1832 (pref. 
Aug), p. [ii*], [i]-vi, [i]-479- I pi. Copy: HU. - Preface by C. F. Hornschuch, trans- 
lated by F. C. H. Creplin. Second t.p. [i] : "Allgemeine Biologie der Pflanzen . . . ." 

Ref. : KR p. 12-13 (no. 64). 

47. Conspectus criticus diatomacearum, quern venia amp. ord. phil. Lundensis praeside 
Carolo Ad. Agardh, . . . pro exercitio publice defendet C. P. Lilljeborg, Scanus, in 
Lyceo Car. die iv Dec mdcccxxx. P. I. Lund (Berling) 1830. Oct. (in fours) (Consp. 
diatom,) 

Publ.: Four parts, each defended by a different student, issued as follows (Copies: FH, 
NY, PCS, USDA) : 

1 [i], [i]-i6 4 Dec 1830 C. P. Lilljeborg 

2 [i-ii]> 17-32 20 Dec 1830 Fred. Wahlgren 

3 H> 33-48 22 Jun 1831 O. J. Torslow 

4 [i-ii], 49-66 1 5 Jun 1832 Eduard M. Hook 

Ref.: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; KR p. 11; PR 53; IDC 6439. 

Deby, Synonymie des diatomees decrites dans le Conspectus . . . 
Bull. Soc. beige Micr. 4: clxii-clxx, 1877-78. 

Agardh, Jacob Georg (181 3-1 901), Swedish botanist, son of C. A. Agardh, professor 
of botany at Lund (1847- 1879) (J. Agardh). 

herbarium and types: LD. - Duplicates see IH. 
Ref-.m 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2:28. 

Anon., Nat. Nov. 17: 310. Jul 1895 ("Prof. J. G. Agardh hat seine prachtige Algen- 

sammlung der Universitat Lund geschenkt"). 

Anon., Hedwigia 34 (Rep.) : 67. 1895. 

Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7(3): 345. 1956. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:19; BM 1 : 15-16; Bossert p. 4; CSP 1 : 22- 
23, 7: 11, 9: 17, 13: 36; Frank p. 4; GR p. 470; Kew 1: 18-19; KR p. 13-19 (bibl.); 
Laseguep. 559 [index]; Moebiusp. 66-68,88,91, 92; MW 1:2; PR 55-66; SO ind. p. 7. 
Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cviii. 1883. 

Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 130. 1895. 

Barton, J. Bot. 39: 143-144. 1901. 

Bergendal, Nord. Univ. Tidskr. Arg. 1 (1 900-1 901) (n.v.) 

Bornet, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 132: 233-234. 1901. 

De Toni, Nuova Notarisia 13 : 1-28. 1901 (portr., bibl.), repr. Padova 1 901, 31 p. 

Magnus, Naturw. Rundschau 16(9): [4 p. repr.]. 1901 (Copies: B, L). 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 27. pi. 6. 1903, 3(3) : 2. pi. 70. 1905 (portr.) 

Eriksson, Levnadsteckn. K. Sv. Vetensk. Akad. Ledam. 5(89) : 1-136. 1916 (portr., bibl. 

by Krok). 
Svedelius, Sv. biogr. lex. 1 : 268-274. 1917-1918 (portr., bibl.), also as repr.p. 1-7. 
Christensen, Dansk Bot. Hist. 2: 512. 1926. 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 7. 1941. 
Hjelmquist, Bot. Not. 11 1(1): 5-9. 1958 (portr.) 
Eriksson, DSB 1: 70-71. 1970. 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 2. 1973. 



AGARDH, J. G. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 445. 1973. 
Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafieu, Taxon 24: 26. 1975 (portr.) 

eponymy: Agardhiella K.J. F. Schmitz (1896); Agardhinula G. B. De Toni (1897); Neo- 
agardhiella M.J. Wynne & W. R. Taylor (1973). 

48. De Pilularia dissertatio botanica, quam consent, ampliss. philos. ord. Lundensi 
publice defendet Jac. Georg. Agardh, . . . respondente Henrico Leche, Scano. In Acad. 
Carolina die xx dec. mdcccxxxiii. Lund (Berling) 1833. Qu. (Pilularia). 

PubL: 20 Dec 1833, p. [i], [i]-29, tabl. Copies: MO, PCS. 
Re/.: KR p. 17 (no. 42); PR 55. 

49. Synopsis generis Lupini quam, venia ampl. Fac. philos. Lundens. publice defendet 
Jac. G. Agardh ... respondente Guil. Flensburg, Scano. Die xiv decembris a:o 
mdcccxxxv. Part. i. Lund (Berling) [1835]. Oct. (in fours) (Syn. Lupini). 

Thesis ed.: A series of three dissertations, published as follows (Copy: PCS) : 

1: [i*-ii*], [i]-xiv, 14 Dec 1835, Guil. Flensburg. 

2: [i-ii], [i]-20, 14 Dec 1835, Laur. Andr. Tragardh. 

3: [i], 21-43, 14 Dec 1835, Olav. Johanne Halk. 
Trade ed.: 14 Dec 1835, p. [i*], [i]-xiv, [i>43, 2 pi. Copies: G, MO, NY (1 pi.). - Lund 

(C. F. Berling). 
Ref: KR p. 17 (no. 44); PR 56; IDC 7131. 

50. JVovitiae florae Sueciae ex algarum familia, quas in itineribus ad oras occidentales Sueciae 
annis 1832-1835 collegit et cum observationibus diagnosticis et geographicis, adsentiente 
ampliss. facultate philos. Lundensi, p.p. Jacobus G. Agardh, Bot. Docens. Respondente 
Theodoro Schagerstrom, Scano. In Academia Carolina die xiv Maji mdcccxxxvi. P. i. 
Lund (Carolus Fr. Berling) 1836. Oct. f (JVovit.fl. Suec. alg.) 

PubL : 14 Mai 1836 (Lit. Zeit. Berlin 22 Jun 1836), p. [i-iv], [i]-i6. Copies: FH, NY, PCS. 
Ref. : Kew 1: 18; KR p. 13 (no. 2). 

51. Recensio specierum generis Pteridis. Lund (Berling), Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup), Leipzig 
(F. C. W. Vogel) 1839. Oct. (in fours) (Recens. spec. Pter.) 

PubL: Jul-Oct 1839 (P- iv: l J ul 1839; Lit. Zeit., Berlin 6 Nov 1839, ABD 8 Nov 1839), 

p. [i*], [iii*], [i]-vi, [i]-86. Copies: G, HU, L, MO, NY, US. 
Ref.: KRp. 17 (no. 43). 

52. Algae maris mediterranei et adriatici, observationes in diagnosin specierum et disposi- 
tionem generum. Paris (Fortin, Masson) 1842. Oct. (Alg. mar. medit.) 

PubL: 9 Apr 1842 (BF), p. [i*], [i]-x, [i]-i64. Copies: G, PCS. 
Ref: BM 1: 15; Kew: 18; KRp. 14; PR 59. 
Kiitzing, Bot. Zeit. 1: 466-470. 1843. 

53. In systemata algarum hodierna adversaria scripsit Jacobus Agardh, quae venia ampliss. 
facultatis philosophicae pro exercitio disputaturus defendet N. J. Wetterquist, Vestro- 
Gothus. In auditorio botanica die xxii maj. mdcccxliv. Lund (Berling) 1844. Oct. (in 
fours) (Syst. alg. advers.) 

Pars [/] : 22 Mai 1844 (date on cover, rd. by Regensburg Sep 1844), p. [i of cover], [1]- 

16. Copies: FH, G, L, PCS. 
Pars [2]: 22 Mai 1844, resp. O. Nic. Hammar, p. [i], 17-32. Copy: PCS. 
Pars [3]: 22 Mai 1844, resp. C. O. N. Dahlgren, p. [i], 33-56. Copy: PCS. 
Trade ed. : 22 Mai - Aug 1844, p. [i, cover], [i]-56. Oct. (in fours). Title: "In systemata 

. . . adversaria scripsit Jacobus G. Agardh. Lundae, Typis Berlingianis. mdcccxliv." 

Copies: G, L, NY. 
Ref: KRp. 14 (no. 12); BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; PR 60. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 2: 874-876. 20 Dec 1844. 

54. Species genera et ordines algarum, seu descriptiones succinctae specierum, generum et 
ordinum, quibus algarum regnum constituitur. Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup; 3(4) Malm- 
strom) 1 848- 1 90 1, 3 vols. Oct. (Spec. gen. ord. alg.) 

19 



AGARDH, J. G. 

Vol. i: Apr-Sep 1848 (p. iv: 9 Apr 1848; Bot. Zeit. 27 Oct 1848, rev. Gersdorf 17 Nov 

1848), p. [ii*-iii*], [i]-viii, [i]-363; second title: Species genera et or dines fucoidearum . . . 

Lund 1848. 
Vol. 2(1) : Jan-Jun 1851 (rd. Regensburg Jun-Jul 1851), p. [ii*-iii*], [i]-xii, [i]-35i, 

second tide: Species genera et or dines fioridearum . . . Lund 1851. 
Vol. 2(2): Jan-Jun 1852 (rd. Regensburg Mai-Jul 1852), p. [2], 337[ bi s]-35i[bis], 352- 

720; second title as 2(1), Lund 1852. 
Vol. 2(3) fascicle 1: 1852, p. [i*], 7oi[bis]-72o[bis], 721-786; no general title page. 
Vol. 2(3) fascicle 2: Jan-Aug 1863 (rd. Hedwigia Sep 1863), p. [2], 787-1291, title page 

for 2(3) as a whole as 2(1), Lund 1863. 
Vol. 3(1): Apr-Aug 1876 (preface Apr 1876; "published," Hedwigia Aug 1876), p. [ii*- 

iii*], [i]-viii, [1J-724; second title Epicrisis systematis fioridearum. Leipzig 1876. 
Vol. 3 (2) : Oct 1880, [4], 301 p.; previously published in Swedish late in 1879 as Flori- 

deernes morphologi (KR p. 14, no. 36, see below). This Latin version came out in Oct 

1880 (Nat. Nov.) separately and as part 3(2) of the Species. 
Vol. 3(3): 1898 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1899), [6], 239 p. 
Vol. 3(4): 2 Mar 1901 (Nat. Nov Mai 1901), [6], 149 p. Copy: U. 
Ref: BM 1: 15; Kew 1: 18; KR p. 14-15; PR 61. 

55. Theoria systematis plantarum ; accedit familiarum phanerogamarum in series naturales 
dispositio, secundum structurae normas et evolutionis gradus instituta. Lund (G. W. K. 
Gleerup), Leipzig, Paris, London 1858. Oct. (Theoriasyst.pl.) 

Publ.: Apr-Sep 1858 (p. iv: Apr 1858; Flora rd Sep-Oct) p. [i*-v*], [i]-xcvi, [i]-404, 
[4 p. ind.], pi. i-xxviii with 56 p. expl. text. Copies: BR, G, NY. - The introductory 
part, Methodologia systematis, appeared separately in a Swedish translation, Lund 
(Berling) 1858, Oct., [2], 91 p. (fide KR). 

Ref: Kew 1: 18, KR p. 17-18 (no. 51); PR 63; IDC 5218. 

Roper, Vorgefasste botanische Meinungen. Rostock i860, viii, 74 p. 
Anon., Flora 41 : 690. 14 Nov 1858, 42: 115-118. 28 Feb 1859. 

56. Bidrag till Florideernes systematik. s.l. [1872]. Qu. (Bidr. Florid, syst.) 

Publ.: 1872, p. [i]-6o. Copy: PCS. - Reprinted from Lunds Univ. Arsskrift 8 (hi, Mat. 

Nat. 6): [i]-6o. 1872. 
Ref: KR p. 16 (no. 31). 

57. Om Linnes betydelse i botanikens historia. Med Anledning af Linne-festen i Lund den 
10 Januari 1878. Lund (Berling) 1878. Oct. (Lin. betyd. bot. hist.) 

Publ.: 1878, [i, cover], [i]-33- Copy: B. - KR mentions a German version, 27 p., Lunds 

Univ. Arsskrift 14(5) (afd. 2). 1878. 
#<?/.: KR p. 18 (no. 59). 

58. De algis Novae ^elandiae marinis. In supplementum Florae Hookerianae scripsit 
J. G. Agardh. s.l. [1878]. Qu. (Alg. Nov. Z^land. mar.) 

Publ: 1878 (fide KR; Nat. Nov. Jul 1879), p. V^-^-Copy: PCS. - Reprinted from Lunds 

Univ. Arsskrift 14(4) (afd. 2): [i]~32. 1878. 
^/•:KRp. 16 (no. 35). 

59. Florideernes morphologi. Stockholm (Norstedt) 1879. Qu. (Florid, morphol.) 
Publ.-.late 1879 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1880; J. Bot. Feb 1880) p. [i]-igg, pi. 1-33. Copy: PCS. - 

Published in K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., ny fjold 15(6): [i]-i99, pi. 1-33. 
Ref: Kew 1: 18; KR p. 16. 

60. Linnes lara om i nature?! bestamda och bestdende arter hos vexterne efter Linnes skrifter 
framstald, och med motsvarande asigter hos Darwin jemford. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt 
& Soner) 1885. Oct. (Lin. lara arter). 

Publ.: Aug-Sep 1885 (presented 1 1 Mar 1885; Nat. Nov. Sep 1885), p. [i]-i35- Copy: B. 

- Published as Bihang till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 10(12): [i]-i35- 1885. 
Ref: KRp. 18 (no. 57). 

61. Species Sargassorum Australiae descriptae et dispositae. Accedunt de singulis partibus 



Sargassorum, earumque differentiis morphologicis in diversis speciebus observationes 
nonnullae; nee non disposidonis specierum omnium generis, his differentiis fundatae, 
periculum. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & Soner) 1889. Qu. (Spec. Sargass. Austral.) 
Publ.: 1889 (communicated 11 Sep 1888, Nat. Nov. Mai 1890), p. [i]-i33, [62], 31 pi. 

Copy: PCS. - K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. [ny foljd] 23(3) (1889) (Nat. Nov. 1891). 

The plates are lithographs (nos. 1-12 partly coloured) . 
Ref. : Kew 1: 19; KR p. 17 (no. 39). 

62. Till algernes systematik, Nya bidrag af J. G. Agardh. Avdelningarne i-vi, inforde i 
Lunds Universitets Arsskrift for aren 1872- 1888. Scripta collectanea, systema algarum 
spectantia, sub annis 1872- 1888 in Actis Universitatis Lundensis publici juris facta. Lund 
(Berling) 1890. Qu. (Algern. syst.) 

Publ.: A series of eleven papers, published in six parts (afd.) in Lunds Univ. Arsskr. as 
follows (Copy: PCS): 



afd. 


no. 


Arsskr. 
vol. 


pages 


plates 


year 


further data 


1 


i-iii 


9 


[I3-7I 




1873 


("1872"), 1873 fide KR 


2 


iv-v 


17 


[i]-i34, [2] 


i-3 


1882 


Apr 1882, Nat. Nov.; 
21 Mai, Flora 


3 


vi 


19 


[I3-I77, M 


i-4 


1883 


Apr 1883, Nat. Nov. 


4 


vii 


21 


[i3-n7 5 [3] 


1 


1885 


1886? see Nat. Nov. Oct 
1887 


5 


viii 


23 


[i]-i74, [6] 


i-5 


1887 


Jul 1887, Nat. Nov. 


6 


ix-xi 


26 


[l]"I25, 
[i], [l*-l2*] 


i-3 


1890 


Oct 1890, Nat. Nov. 



The common t.p. and index was issued with Afd. 6. in 1890, [1], [i2]p. (Nat. Nov. 
Jan 1891). The plates are single-colour lithographs. 
Ref.: BM 1: 16; Kew 1: 18; KR p. 16. 

63. Analecta algologica. Observationes de speciebus algarum minus cognitis earumque 

dispositione. Lund (Berling) 1892. Qu. (Analecta algol.) 

Publ.: 1892 (reprint: Nat. Nov. Jan 1893, as of "1893"), p. [i], [i]-i82, pi. 1-3. Copy: 

PCS. - Lunds Univ. Arsskr. 28, Andra afd. 6. Continuations published as follows, 

separately (Copies: PCS) as well as in Arsskr.: 



Cont. pages 



date 



Arsskr. further data 



I 


[i], [13-144 


1-2 


1894 


29(9) 


2 


[i]-98, [1] 


1 


1894 


30(7) 


3 


[1], [13-140 


1 


1896 


32(2) 


4 


[i], [i]-io6 


1-2 


1897 


33(9) 


5 


[i], [i]-i6o 


2 


1899? 


35(4) 



Nat. Nov. Mar 1894 
Nat. Nov. Mar 1895 
Nat. Nov. Nov 1896 

Nat. Nov. Dec 1903 



Cont. 3 is accompanied by an Index generum et specierum . . . Lund 1896, Qu., p. i*-8*. — 
Nat. Nov. Dec 1903 has Cont. 5 as "Lundae 1901 (1903)." 
Ref.: Kew 1 : 19; KR p. 17; IDC 5217, 5520. 

Agassiz, Jeam Louis Rodolphe (1807- 1873), Swiss biologist and geologist, later at 
Harvard. (J. Agassiz). 

herbarium and types : NEU (early collections from Germany and Switzerland) ; zoo- 
logical collections at Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. 
Ref: IH 2: 28. 

bibliography and biography: Barnart 1:19; BM 1 : 17-18, 6: 7; Bossert p. 4; CSP 1 : 
23, 27, 6: 562, 7: 12-13,9: 18, 12:6, 13: 36-37; DAB 1 : 11 4- 122; Jackson p. 365; Kew 1: 
19; LS 762; ME 1 : 157-158, 3: 526; PR 67-68; SO 171a. 



21 



Bliss, Pop. Sci. Monthly 4: 608-618. 1874. 

Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller Lexikon 1-4. 1874. 

Mettenius, Alexander Braun's Leben, Berlin 1882 (important source for early activities). 

Agassiz, E. C, Louis Agassiz, 2 vols., Boston 1885-1886 (portr.) 

Gray, Asa, Sci. Papers 2: 483-490. 1889. 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888/90: 31. 1891. 

Holder, Louis Agassiz, his life and work, New York, London 1893, xviii, 327 p. (portr., 

bibl.) 
Youmans, Pioneers of science in America, New York 1896 (p. 475-491). 
Gould, A. B., Louis Agassiz, Boston 1901 (portr.) 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 149, 177. 1903, 3(3): 191. 1905. 
Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 689, 717. 
Mayer, Popular Sci. Monthly 77: 418-446. 19 10 (portr.) 
Walcott, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 48(2): 31-44. 1912. 
Cooper, L., Louis Agassiz as a teacher, Ithaca 191 7. 
Moreillon, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. nat. 52: 233-235. 1919. 
Kelly and Burrage, American Medical biographies 4-7. 1920. 
Robinson, Runner of the Mountain Tops, the life of Louis Agassiz, New York 1939, xii, 

290 p. 
Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 343 [index]. 1940. 
Rodgers, John Torrey 335 [index]. 1942. 
Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873-1892 p. 323 [index]. 1944. 
Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey 489 [index]. 1949. 
Mayr, Harvard Library Bull. 13: 165-194. 1959. 
McVaugh, Edward Palmer 54. 1959. 

Lurie, Louis Agassiz: a life in science. Chicago i960 (portr.) 
Romer, The New England Quarterly 35(1) : [8p. repr.] 1962. 

Lurie, Editor's Introduction [to :] Agassiz, Essay on classification, Cambridge Mass. 1962. 
Dexter, Essex Inst. Hist. Coll. 101(1): 27-39. I 965- 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 13-14. 1966. 
Lurie, DSB 1: 72-74. 1970. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 2. 1973. 
Smit, History of the life sciences 1037 [index]. 1974. 

note: For a detailed list of biographical publications on Agassiz see Meisel (ME 1 : 157- 
158); for a detailed bibliography see J. Marcou, Life, letters, and works of L.A., New 
York 1896 (bibl. p. 258-303), for an up-to-date biographical account see Lurie (i960, 
1970) and Nissen (1966). 

eponymy: Agassizia Chavannes (1833); Agassizia A. Gray & Engelmann (1846- 1847); 
Agassizia Spach (1835). 

64. Tableau synoptique des principales families naturelles des plantes, avec indication des genres 
que Ton trouve en Suisse. Neuchatel (Petitpierre et Prince) 1833. Duod. (Tabl. syn.fam. 
nat.) 

PubL: 1833 (p. [4]: 5 Mai 1833), p. [i]-94- Copy. NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 17; PR 68. 

65. An essay on classification. London (Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts, 
and Triibner & Co.) 1859. Oct. (Essay classific.) 

Publ. : Original edition Boston 1857 (n.v.), first London edition 1859 (p. viii : 2 Dec 1858; 
viii, 381 p.), modern edition, by Edward Lurie, Cambridge, Mass. 1962. The London 
edition was announced on 19 Feb 1859 an d reviewed extensively on 7 Mai 1859 by 
the Literary Gazette. - The Boston edition was published in October 1857 as an intro- 
duction to "a larger work": Contributions to the Natural History of the United States. The 
London edition is the first independent issue, containing various additions and amend- 
ments. 

Ref. : Kew 1:19. 



22 



AHLNER 

Agosti, Guiseppe, Gonte (17 15-1786), Italian botanist and Jesuit. (Agosti). 

herbarium and types : PAD. - Agosti gave his herbarium to G. Lambioi in Belluni. It 
was entitled: "Exercitiones botanicae per agrum bellunensem seu plantarum in agro 
Bellunensi sponte nascentium," in 2 volumes. The herbarium Agosti changed hands 
several times after Lambioi's death and came to PAD in 1903. 

Ref. : Saccardo, Atti Accad. ven.-trent.-ist. Sci. nat. ser. 2. 1: 5-13. 1904 (see also Bot. 
Centralbl. 102: 286. 1906). 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 20; GR p. 526; PR 70; Saccardo 1 : 1 2, 2 : 7, 
Cron. p. xiii. 

eponymy: Agostaea (P. A. Saccardo) Theissen & H. Sydow (191 5). 

66. De re botanica tractatus in quo praeter generalem methodum, et historiam plantarum, 
eae stirpes peculiater recensentur, quae in agro Bellunensi et Fidentino vel sponte 
crescunt, vel arte excoluntur. Additis adnotationibus quibus plurimarum plantarum 
vires indicantur. Belluni (Typis Simonis Tissi) 1770. Oct. (Re bot. tract.) 

Publ.: 1770, p. [i-iv], 1-400. Copy: HU. - Agosti adopts an unorthodox order of taxo- 
nomic categories: genus, division, [genus inferior], species. His generic names could 
therefore be considered as not validly published. (Agosti has no binary specific names) . 
This interpretation, however, is open to question, since Agosti clearly states on p. 4 and 
22 that he has in fact two kinds of genera, "higher" and "lower." The latter correspond 
exactly with the generally admitted genera of the period (information R. Ross). 
Dandy proposes to consider the names of the "lower" genera published in this work 
as inadmissible. 

Ref.: DA 1967; LS 763; PR 70; IDC 5825. 

Schwarz, Mitt, thiir. bot. Ges. 1: 85-114. 1949. 

Pichi-Sermolli, in unpublished report to Committee for Spermatophyta 1954- 1959, 
p. 39; cf. also Fl. males. Bull. 14: 641. 1959 and Taxon 7: 187. 1958. 

Ahles, Wilhelm Elias von (1829- 1900), German botanist at Stuttgart. (W. Ahles). 

herbarium and types: Some material at CERN, L and LD; Grummann mentions a 
herbarium at STU. 
Ref. : GR p. 1 ; IH 2 : 28. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:21; GR p. 1. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 117. 1905. 

composite works: See Hochstetter, Giftgewdchse Deutschlands und der Schweiz (ed. 3). 

eponymy: Ahlesia Fuckel (1870). 

Ahlner, Klas (1845-x), Swedish highschool teacher and botanist. (K. Ahlner). 

herbarium and types: Some algae at B. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 29. 

Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 262. 19 17. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 22; KR p. 20. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 28. 1903, 3(3) : 2. 1905. 

67. Bidrag till Kdnnedomen om de Svenska formerna af algsldgtet Enter omorpha. Akademisk 
afhandling, som med samtycke af vidtberomde filosofiska fakulteten i Upsala for filoso- 
fiska gradens erhallende till offentlig granskning framtstalles af Klas Ahlner ... a 
botaniska larosalen den 12 maj 1877. p.v.t.f.m. Stockholm (Central-Tryckeriet) 1877. 
Oct. (Bidr. Svenska form. Enteromorpha) . 

Publ.: 12 Mai 1877, p. [i-ii], [i]~5i, [52, expl. text], 1 pi. Copies: L, NY, U, UC. 
Ref: KR p. 20 (no. 1). 

23 



AHLNER 

Anon., Hedwigia 16: 191. Dec 1877, 17: 14 Jan 1878. 
N.L., Bot. Zeit. 35: 744. 16 Nov 1877. 

Aigret, Louis Clement Joseph (1856-1921), Belgian botanist (Aigret). 

herbarium and types : Some material of Aigret at LV. - Exsiccatae (with V. Francois) : 
Herbier des muscinees de Belgique. Cent. 1, 100 nos., Gent 1887 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1887). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 29. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1: 23; BL2: 29, 42; BM 1: 21; CSP 13: 41; 

GR p. 689; LS 776-778; 30482a. 

Gravis, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 55: 59, 182. 1923. 

68. Flore elementaire des cryptogames analyses, descriptions et usages des mousses, sphaignes, 
hepatiques, lichens, algues, champignons [ . ] Traite ne reclamant pas l'usage du micro- 
scope et orne de 1 1 planches originales . . . Augmented d'une notice sur les diatomees 
par M. le Dr. H. van Heurck. Namur (Ad. Wesmael-Charlier) [1889]. Oct. (Fl. elem. 
crypt.) 

Co-author: Vital Francois; Introduction: Henri Ferdinand Van Heurck (1838- 1909). 
Orig.: Jan-Mar 1889 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1889), p. [i]-336 ("236"), ill. Copy: NY. 
Re-issue: Paris 1896 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1896). 
Ref.: BM 1 : 21 ; LS 30482a. 

De Toni, Syll. alg. 2(1): vi. 1891. 

69. Monographic des Cladonia de Belgique. Gand (Annoot-Braeckman), 1903. Oct. (Monogr. 
Cladonia Belgique) . 

Publ.: 1903 (or 1904?, Nat. Nov. Oct 1904), p. [i-iii], [i]-i 71 (= [43J-2I3). Copy: 
Stevenson. - Reprinted from Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 40(1): [43]-2i3- 1901 (published 
1 90 1 fide Nat. Nov. Jan 1901). 

Aitchison, James Edward Tierney (1836- 1898), British botanist and physician who 
joined the Bengal Medical Service in 1858 and collected in India, 1861-1872, and in 
Afghanistan 1879- 1883. (Aitch.) 

herbarium and types : mainly at CAL and K, large collections also at BM, E, and LE, 
see IH for further details; British herbarium at K. 
Ref. : IH 1 _(ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 29. 
Kent, Brit, herbaria 39. 1953. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(2): 738; Barnhart 1: 24; BB p. 3; BM 1: 21; 
Bossert p. 5; CSP 7: 16, 9: 21, 13: 42; Jackson 389; Kew 1: 28; LS 780. 
Rutherford Hill, Trans, bot. Soc. Edinburgh 21 : 224-229. 1898 (1899). 
Anon., Bull. misc. inf. Kew 1898: 310-31 1; J. Bot. 36: 463. 1898. 
Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 1: 31. 19 14. 
Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 13. 1936. 

eponymy: Aitchisonia Hemsley ex Aitchison (1882); Aitchisoniella Kashyap (1914). 

70. A catalogue of the plants of the Punjab and Sindh. To which are added some others that, 
from their present geographical proximity, may be found hereafter to occur in the Pun- 
jab. London (Taylor and Francis) 1869. Oct. (Cat. pi. Punjab Sindh). 

Publ.: 1869, p. [i]-v, [2, err., abbr.], [i]-204- Copies: G, HH. 
Ref. : Jackson 389 ; Kew 1 : 28. 

71. On the flora of the Kuram Valley, &c, Afghanistan. London (Taylor and Francis), 
i88o[-i88i], 2 parts. Oct. (Fl. Kuram Valley). 

Part 1: 3 Aug 1880 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1880) p. [i]-H3. Copy: NY. - Reprinted, with a 
special title page (cover), from J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 18: [i]-i 13. 1881 (Nat. Nov. Nov 
1880) with map. 

Part 2: 13 Apr 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1882) p.[i3g]-200, pi. 1-30. Copy: NY. - Reprinted 

24 



AITON, W. 

from J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 19: [139/J-200. 1882 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1882), original pagination 
kept, reprint with special title page (cover). 
Ref. : LS 780. 

Aiton, William (1 731-1793), British gardener and botanist, Royal Gardener at Kew. 
{Alton). 

herbarium and types: Almost all types of both editions of the "Hortus kewensis" are 
in the Banksian herbarium (BM). The botanical descriptions were not made by the 
Aitons, but by Solander, Dryander and Robert Brown, based on material from Kew. 
Some of the new taxa described in the first edition originated from L'Heritier (so indi- 
cated). The types of those taxa are in the L'Heritier herbarium at Geneve (G-DC). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 29. 

Anon., Hist. Coll. BMNH 129. 1904. 

bibliography and biography: AG; Barnhart 1 : 24; BB p. 3; BM 1 : 22 ; Bossert p. 5; 
Dawson p. 9; DNB 1 : 207; Frank p. 2; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 412; Kew 1 : 28; Lang- 
man p. 70; Moebius p. 421 ; MW p. 3; PR 78; Zander p. 590. 
Smith, Rees Cycl. 1. 1819. 

A.J. L.J. , Diet. Sci. med. Biogr. med. 1 : 81. 1820. 
Hemsley, J. Kew Guild 2: 87-90. 1902 (portr.) 
Milner, Cat. portr. Kew. 2. 1906. 
Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 19 10: 306-308. 
Hadfield, Pioneers in Gardening 87-88. 1951. 
Ewan, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 103(6): 810. 1959 (1961). 
Stearn, Cat. Hunt Libr. 2(1): cvii-cviii. 1961. 
Coats, Huntia 2: 185-186. 1965 (portr.) 

J. Britten, J. Bot. 35: 481-485. 1897, 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. 
Taylor, DSB 1 : 88-89. 1970. 

Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 231, 236-238. 1971. 
Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21: 26. 1972 (portr.) 

eponymy: Aitonia Thunberg (1780). - Note: AytoniaJ. R. Forster and J. G. A. Forster 
(1776) is dedicated to John Ayton, hortulanus of Kew. 

72. Hortus kewensis; or, a catalogue of the plants cultivated in the Royal botanic garden 
at Kew. London (George Nicol) 1789, 3 vols. Oct. (Hort. kew.) 
1: [i]-xxx, [i]-4g6, pi. 1-6. 7 Aug-i Oct 1789, 
2: [i], [i]-46o,/?/. 7-10. 7 Aug-i Oct 1789, 
3= [i]> [i]-547,^- 11-12. [13]. 7 Aug- 1 Oct 1789. 

The botanical descriptions in vols. 1 and 2 are mainly by Solander (who died in 1782), 
edited and amended by J. C. Dryander; those in vol. 3 mainly by Dryander. Krok lists 
the new species described by each of these authors. The original drawings for the 
thirteen copper engravings (by Franz Bauer, Ehret, J. F. Miiller, Nodder and J. Sower- 
by) are at BM. Copy: U. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 22; DU 5; Henrey 413; KR p. 144 (Dryander), 656-657 (Solander); NI 9; 
Plesch p. 124; Kew 1 : 28; MW p. 3; Langman p. 70; PR 78; RS p. 71-72; ST p. 
53-54; IDC 430. 

Anon., London Med. J. 10: 427. 1789. 

Anon., Analytical Rev. 5: 318-320. 1790 [rev. dated Nov 1789]. 

Anon., Philos. Trans. 80(2): 587. 1790 [rd. by library 5 Nov 1789]. 

Anon., Monthly Rev. ser. 2. 1: 44-51. Jan 1790. 

Anon., Critical Rev. 69: 261-265. Mar 1790. 

Britten, J. Bot. 35: 481-485. 1897, 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. 

Kronfeld, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 38(2) : 147, 159. 192 1 ; cf. also J. Bot. 61 : 290. 1923. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 16: 821. 1961. 

Stafleu, Linneaus and the Linnaeans 232. 1971. 



25 



AITON, W. T. 

Alton, William Townsend (1766- 1849), British gardener and botanist, son of 
William Aiton, Royal gardener at Kew. (W. T. Alton). 

herbarium and types : See above under William Aiton. Most of the types of the Hortus 
■kewensis ed. 2 are at BM. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 342; Barnhart i : 24; BB p. 3; BM 1 : 22; Bossert 

p. 5 ; DNB 1 : 208 ; HU 2 : 582 [index] ; Jackson p. 412; Kew 1:28; PR 79. 

Anon., Allg. Garten Zeit. 18: 128. 1850. 

Brown, Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 82-83. 1850. 

Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 3. 1906. 

Britten and Baker, J. Bot. 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedications 6-8. 1932 (portr.) 

Hadfield, Pioneers in gardening 89, 110-111. 1951. 

Gilbert, J. Kew Guild 8(71): 688-693. 1967 (portr.) 

Taylor, DSB 1: 89-90. 1970. 

Fletcher, Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 48, 80, 89, 92. 1970. 

composite works : See Francis Bauer, Delineations ofexotick plants, London 1 796, publish- 
ed by W. T. Aiton. 

73. Hortus kewensis ; or, a catalogue of the plants cultivated in the Royal botanic garden 
at Kew. By the late William Aiton. The second edition enlarged by William Townsend 
Aiton, gardener to his Majesty. London (Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown) 
1810-1813, 5 vols. Oct. (Hortus kew.) 

vol. pages dates vol. pages dates 

1 [i]-xl, 1-407 Aug-Oct 1810 4 [i-iii], [O-522 Dec 1812 

2 [i-iii], [i]-432 Feb-Maii8n 5 [i-iii], [ij-568 Nov 18 13 

3 [i-iii], [ I ] _ 432 Oct-Nov 181 1 

Copies: HU, U. - Edited by William Townsend Aiton (1766-1849). The authors of 

most of the new descriptions are Dryander (to the end to the Dodecandria) and R. 

Brown (classis Xlll-Cryptogamia). See Brown's Vermischte botanische Schriften 2: 415-494 

(1825- 1 826), published with his consent and the Miscellaneous botanical works (1866- 1868). 

Ref.: BM 1 : 22; Dawson p. 9-12; Henrey 414; Kew 1 : 28; Langman p. 70; MW p. 3; 

Plesch p. 124; PR 79; P&W p. 10; Rs p. 72; SK p. clxvi; IDC 431. 

Anon., Edinburgh Rev. 17: 243. Nov 18 10 (vol. 1). 

Anon., Med. Phys. J. (London): 24 (141): 428. Nov 1810 (vol. 1); 25: (147): 463. 

Mai 181 1 (vol. 2). 
Anon., Critical Rev. (London) ser. 3. 21: 223. 181 1 (as of Oct 1810); ser. 4. 4: 559. 

Nov 1813. 
Britten, J. Bot. 50 (suppl. 3): 1-16. 1912. 

Akermark, Sophia (nee Areschoug) (18 17- 1882), Swedish cryptogamist, sister of 
J. E. Areschoug. (Akermark). 

herbarium and types: Issued a series of exsiccatae : Typ-Sammling of Skandinaviens Alger 
innehdllande 100 arten. (nos. 1-100, Goteborg 1870) sets at B, C, F, FH, UPS, W, WRSL. 
Ref.: IH 2: 29; KR p. 786. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 57. 1967. 

^bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 26; KR p. 786. 

Alberti, Antonio (1 785-1 861), Italian mycologist. (Ant. Alberti). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 28; NI 10-11; PR 82-83; Saccardo 1: 12. 

26 



ALBOFF 

74. Del modo di conoscere ifunghi mangerecci e distinguerli dai sospetti e velenosi. Milano 
(Destejanis) 1829. Qu. {Modo conosc.fung. mang.) 

PubL: 1829 (Bibl. It. Feb 1830), p. [i]-94, [2, Index],/)/. 1-4, 6-34. Copy: Stevenson (has 

pi. 1-4, 6-20, add. 1-2). 
Ref : NI 1 1 ; PR 83. 

Albertini, Johannes Baptista von (1 769-1831), Moravian brother and mycologist. 
(Albertini). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 1 ; Barnhart 1 : 28; BM 1 : 24; Bossert p. 6; Frank 

p. 2; GR p. 1 ; Kew 1 : 30; LS 796; NDB 1 : 142-143; PR 88. 

Cohn, Krypt.-Fl. Schlesien 1: 30-31, 1876. 

Harshberger, Bot. Philadelphia 128. 1899. 

Hamilton, Trans. Moravian hist. Soc. 6: 341, 343-347. 1900 (portr.) 

Killermann, Z. Pilzk. 16 [ser. 2. 11]: 58-62, pi. g. 1932 (portr.) 

Raab, Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 49: 154. 1971. 

eponymy: Albertinia K. P.J. Sprengel (1820); Albertiniella W. Kirschstein (1936). 

75. Conspectus fungorum in Lusatiae superioris agro niskiensi crescentium e methodo Persooniana. 
Cum tabulis xii aeneis pictis, species novas xciii sistentibus. Leipzig (Kummerian). 1805. 
Oct. (in fours). (Consp.fung.lusat.) 

Co-author: Lewis David von Schweinitz (1780- 1834). 

PubL: 1805 (pref. Mai 1804; t.p. 1805; earliest rev. Jenaische Allg. Lit.-Zeit. 14 Mar 

1806), p. [i]-xxiv, [i]-376, pi. 1-12, hand coloured copper engravings by L. D. v. 

Schweinitz. Copy: Stevenson. -Nisko ("in agro niskiensi") is a town in northern Gali- 

cia, Poland. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 24; Kew 1 : 30; LS 796; PR 88; IDC 5284. 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916; 7(15): 1047. 1940. 

Alboff [Albov], Nicolai Michailowitch (1866- 1897), Russian botanist, traveller in 
the Causasus, the Alps, Argentina and Tierra del Fuego. (Alboff). 

herbarium and types: Causasian material at B, BP, G, JE, K, LE, and P; Argentinian 
material at CORD, LP (herb.), NY, SI. 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 30. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 29; Bossert p. 6; BL 1 : 254; CSP 13: 52; 

Kew 1:31. 

Autran, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 1.6: 81-84. r 898. 

Autran, An. Museo La Plata, Bot. 1 : i-vi. 1892 (1902) (bibl., portr.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 173. 1903, 64, 187. 1905. 

Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 32. 1914. 

Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 2-4. 1940 (bibl.) 

eponymy: Alboffia Spegazzini (1899); Alboffiella Spegazzini (1899); Albovia Schischkin 

(i95o). 

handwriting: SeeLipschitz and Vasilczenko, Central herb. U.S.S.R., Leningrad 1968, 

p. 88. 

76. Prodromus florae colchicae Tiflis, Geneve, 1895. Oct. (Prodr.fl. colchic.) 

PubL: Jul-Oct 1895 (p. iii*: 10 Jul 1895; Nat. Nov. Nov 1895) - (In French and 
Russian), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xxvi, [i]-287, [288], [2 p.], 4 plates (uncoloured litho- 
graphs). Copy: HH. 

Ref. : Kew 1:31. 

77. Essai de flore raisonne'e de la Terre de Feu. La Plata (Talleres de publicaciones des 
Museo), 1897 [i.e. 1902] Fol. (Essai fl. Terre de Feu). 

27 



Publ.: Posthumously published in 1902 (cover), p. [i]-85, portr., app. [i]-xxiii, portr. 

Copy: NY. - Anales del Museo de La Plata 1. "1897", 1902 on cover; Notice bio- 

graphique (and portrait), liste des travaux, on p. [i-vi] (Nat. Nov. Feb 1904). - 

Russian translation Moskva 1904, 128 p. Oct. 
Ref. : BL 1: 254; Kew 1: 31. 

Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 32. 1914. 

Alderwerelt van Rosenburgh, Cornells Rogier Willem Karel van (1863- 1936); 
Dutch pteridologist working in the East Indies. {Alderwerelt). 

herbarium and types : Material in BO and B. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 30. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 31; BM 6: 13; IF suppl. 1: 75, 2: 34, 3: 

201 ; JW 2: 184, 3: 143; Kew 1 : 32; MW suppl. 4. 

Sirks, Indisch natuurond. 212. 1915. 

Backer, Bull. Jard. bot. Buitenzorg ser. 3. 14: 1-3. 1936 (bibl., poitr.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 15. 1936. 

Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 3: 203. 1937 (portr.) 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1 . 1 : 11. 1 950. 

Reed, Bibl. Fl. SE Asia 3. 1969. 

handwriting: Fl. males. 1(1): cxlviii. 1950. 

78. Malayan ferns . Handbook to the determination of the ferns of the Malayan Islands 
(inch those of the Malay Peninsula, the Philippines and New Guinea) . Batavia (Lands- 
drukkerij) 1908. Oct. {Malayan ferns) . 

Publ. : 1909, date on wrapper (see also BM 6:13 and IF suppl. 1 : 75), p. [i]-xl, [i]-8g9, 
add. single sided [i]-i 1. Copy: U. - In his "corrections" to the first supplement (1917) 
van Alderwerelt remarks that these include discoveries made after 1 January 1909. 
Later in 1909 Alderwerelt published another "correcting sheet", "corrections II," 
dated Tokyo Jun 1909. 

Ref: BM 6: 13; IF suppl. 1 : 75; Kew 1 : 32. 

79. Malayan fern allies. Handbook to the determination of the fern allies of the Malayan 
Islands (incl. those of the Malay Peninsula, the Philippines and New Guinea) . Batavia 
(Landsdrukkerij) 191 5. Oct. {Malayan fern allies). 

Publ.: 1915 (pref. Jul 1914), p. [i]-xvi, [i]-26i, [1, corr.] Copy: U. 
Ref: Kew 1 : 32. 

80. Malayan ferns and fern allies. Handbook to the determination of the ferns and fern 
allies of the Malayan Islands (incl. those of the Malay Peninsula, the Philippines and 
New Guinea) . . . Supplement 1. Batavia (Landsdrukkerij) 1916. Oct. {Malayan ferns fern 
allies) . 

Publ.: 191 7 according to Christensen (preface Jan 1916). This is true if the work was 
published as a whole because the additional 73 pages called "Corrections, Modifi- 
cations, and Additions" is dated August 19 17. The cover of the Utrecht copy is dated 
191 7. The Smithsonian Institution received its copy, unbound, on 31 May 191 8. - 
P- [ i ] _ 577j [ i ] - 73 (printed one sided). Copy: U. 

Ref : IF suppl. 3: 201 ; Kew 1 : 32. 

Aldrovandi, Ulisse (1522- 1605), Italian botanist and pharmacologist, professor of 
botany at Bologna, author of several encyclopaedic works on natural history. {Aldrovandi). 

herbarium and types: At Bologna University (not at BOLO). Aldrovandi left his col- 
lections and library to the town of Bologna. The oldest collections date from 1551 or 
1554. The herbarium was made for the collections of the public Museum rerum naturalium 
of Bologna, the first institutional herbarium: 17 folio-volumes, 4.378 sheets, with ca. 
4760 plants stuck on the sheets. [The Museum contained also 18 volumes of drawings of 
plants and animals and was associated with the botanic garden. This made it one of 
the first modern public natural history museums]. The Aldrovandi herbarium is the 

28 



ALEXANDER 

biggest of the sixteenth century herbaria and gives the most complete picture of the 
plant world as known at the time in Italy. The herbarium is not systematically arranged. 
On 5 July 1796 the French revolutionary armies confiscated the herbarium and sent 
it to Paris together with the volumes of drawings. The collections were returned to the 
Bologna University Library in 181 5. In 1875 it was sent to the botanic garden, now 
it is again at the University. Aldrovandi also sent herbarium specimens to Mattioli. 
Re/.: 1H 2: 30. 

Anon., Bot. Zeit. 1 : 52. 1843. 

Saint-Lager, Histoire des herbiers 30-44 (1885). 

De Toni, Atti r. 1st. Ven. Sci. 1907/08: 1549-1605, also as reprint, 116 p., Venetia 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 32; BM 1: 26-27; Frank p. 4; LS 802; 
Moebius p. 419, 423; NI 14-15; PR 93-94; Quenstedt p. 6-7; Saccardo 1 : 13, 2: 8-9. 
Mattirolo, L'opera botanica di Ulisso Aldrovandi (1549- 1605). Bologna 1897, xxx, 

136 p. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 159. 1903, 3(3): 174. 1905. 
Milner, Gat. portr. Kew 3. 1906. 

Mattirolo, Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 44: [355J-40I. 1904 (corr.) 
Cermenati, Ann. di Bot. 4: 313-366. 1906. 
De Toni, Atti r. 1st. Veneto Sci. 6g: 815-825. 1909-10. 
Petri, Mem. Accad. Sci. 1st. Bologna ser. 1. 1 : 5-55. 1954. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 17-18. 1966. 

Castellani, DSB 1 : 108-110. 1970 (q.v. for further literature). 
Smit, Hist, life sciences 1037 [index]. 1974. 

eponymy: Aldrovanda Linnaeus (1753); Aldrovandia E. H. L. Krause (1902, orth. var.) 

Alefeld, Friedrich Georg Christoph (1820-1872), German physician and botanist 
at Ober-Ramstadt. {Alef.) 

herbarium and types : B (destroyed) . 
Ref. : IH 2 : 30. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1) : 678; Barnhart 1 : 32; BM 1 : 27; CSP 1 : 40- 

41, 7: 19; Frank p. 4; Kew 1 : 32; Langman p. 73; MW p. 3, suppl. p. 4; PR 95-96. 

Helm, [intr. to facs. repr. Landw. FL] p. xi-xvi. 1966. 

Helm, Die Kulturpflanze 12: 75-92. 1964, 14: 441-445. 1967. 

Stafleu, Taxon 16: 57. 1967. 

handwriting: Die Kulturpflanze 14: 441-445. 1967. 

81. Landwirthschqftliche Flora oder die nutzbaren kultivirten Garten- und Feldgewachse 
Mitteleuropa's in alien ihren wilden und Kulturvarietaten fur Landwirthe, Gartner, 
Gartenfreunde und Botaniker insbesondere fur landwirthschaftliche Lehranstalten. Ber- 
lin (Wiegandt & Hempel) 1866. Oct. {Landw. FL) 
Orig.: 1-7 Mai 1866, p. [i]-viii, [i]-363, [364, err.]. Copy: B. 
Facsimile ed. : Konigstein-Taunus (Otto Koeltz) 1966, p. [ii]-xvi, [i]-viii, [i]-363, [364, 

err.] Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 27 ; Kew 1 : 32 ; PR 96. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 24(37): 289-290. 14 Sep 1866. 

Helm, Die Kulturpflanze 12: 75-92. 1964, 14: 441-445. 1966. 

Stafleu, Taxon 16: 57. 1967. 

Alexander, Edward Johnston (1901-x); American botanist. (E. J. Alexander). 

herbarium and types: NY, other material at GH, NCU. 
Ref.: IH i(ed6): 355; 2: 30. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:33; Bossert p. 6; Kew 1 : 33; Langman p. 
74; MW p. 4, suppl. p. 4. 

29 



ALEXANDER 

Anon., J. New York Bot. Gard. 48: 167. 1947. 

Rickett, NAF ser. 2(2): 150. 1955. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 3. 1973. 

composite works: Pontederiaceae, NAF 19(1): 51-60. 27 Nov 1937. 

AUamand, Frederic ( 1 736-x) , Swiss botanist and physician, correspondent of Linnaeus. 

(Allam.) 

collections and manuscripts: LINN. 
Re/.: IH 2: 31. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 36; HA 2 : 604; KR p. 21 ; SO 2534a, 2558. 

Hulth, Bref och skr. Linne 2(1): 7-19. 1916. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 17. 1936. 

Markgraf & Steiger, Taxon 18: 421-424. 1969, 21: 378. 1972. 

eponymy : Allamanda Linnaeus ( 1 7 7 1 ) . 

82. Plantarum genera nova, aut accuratius observata, earumque species. Nova Acta 
Phys.-Med. Acad. Caes. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur. 4: 93-95. 1770. 

PubL: 1770, submitted for publication on 4 Nov 1767. 
Re/ : Markgraf und Steiger, Taxon 18: 421-424. 1969. 

Allemao e Cysneiro, Francisco Freire (1797- 1874), Brazilian botanist. (Allemao). 

herbarium and types : R (partly destroyed) ; duplicates F, K, MO, NY, SP. - Another 
Allemao herbarium, recently discovered, is at RFA. 
Re/: IH 2: 31. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 20-21. 1906. 

Occhioni, An. Fac. nac. Farm., Rio de Janeiro 7: 93-222. 1972 (Catalogue of an 
Allemao herb, of 1833-1853). 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 2:7; BM 2: 616-617; Frank p. 4; Jackson 

P- 372, 3745 Kew 1 : 38-39; PR 100-103. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 20-21. 

Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 34. 19 14 (bibl.) 

83. Plantas novas do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro 1844-1849. Qu. (PL novas Brasil). 

PubL : In part reprinted from Archivo medico brasileiro. The dates of the 9 plates and 
descriptions are: Vicentis acuminata 1844; Geissospermum vellosii 1846; Silvia navalium 
1848; Andradea floribunda 1845; Myrocarpus /astigiatus 1847 [after 26 Oct]; Hieronyma 
alchornoides 1848; Poarchonfluminensis 1846; Myrocarpus /rondosus 1848; Ophthalmoblapton 
macrophyllum 1849. 

Re/: BM 2: 616-617; Jackson 372; Kew 1 : 39; PR 101. 

Zuchold, Bot. Zeit. 12: 434-439, 451-460. 1854 (Copy in Walpers' library). 

Allen, Gwy Oldfield (1883- 1963), British algologist. (G. 0. Allen). 

herbarium and types : BM. - Further material of Charophyta from India in CGE, FH, 

K, MO. - Exsiccatae: 

1. Charophyta indica (fasc. 1, nos. 1-14, 1927), sets at BM, E and FH, and possibly at CGE 

and MO; and 
^.British Charophyta (slide series 1, nos. 1-24, 1949), set at BM. Duplicates of especially 

Indian species were also distributed with labels "Ex Herb. G. O. Allen." 
Re/ : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 32. 

Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1: 787. 1965. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 59. 1969. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 53. 1970. 

30 



ALLEN, T. F. 

bibliography and biography : Kew i : 40. 

Wood, Review algol. ser. 2. 7: 219-222. 1964 (portr., bibl.) 

Kundu, Taxon 14: 206-207. 1965. 

Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1 : 792. 1965 (bibl.) 

eponymy: Vide infra, sub J. F. Allen. 

Allen, John Alphaeus (1863-1916), American bryologist. (J. A. Allen). 

herbarium and types: NY - Allen also collected for GH; see IH for further sets of 
duplicates. Exsiccatae: Mosses of the Cascade Mountains, Washington (nos. 1-147, Cambridge 
1900), sets at B, BM, F, FH, LE, NY, US, WELC. 
Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 32. 

Day, Rhodora 3: 219. 1901. 

Nichols, Bryologist 17: 30. 1914. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 176. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 39; BM 6: 14; Kew 1:41. 
Blankinship, Montana Agric. Coll. Sci. Studies 1(1): 8, 16. 1905. 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 4. 1973. 

eponymy: Vide infra, sub J. F. Allen. 

84. A list of the plants contained in the sixth edition of Grays Manual of the Botany of the 
Northern United States, including the district east of the one hundredth meridian and 
north of North Carolina, Tennessee, and Arkansas. Cambridge, Mass. (Herbarium of 
Harvard University) 1893. Oct. {List pi. Gray's Manual). 

Publ.: May 1893 (date on t.p., rev. Bot. Gaz. and J. Bot. Jul 1893), p. [i-iv], 1-130.. 

Copies: G, GH, NY. 
Ref. : BM 6: 14; Kew 1: 41. 

Allen, John Fisk (1807- 1876), American botanist, of Salem, Mass. (J. F. Allen). 

herbarium and types: NY. 
Ref: IH 2: 32. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 40; BM 1: 30; Kew 1: 41; ME 3: 528; 

NI 16; PR 104. 

Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 46. 1969. 

eponymy: Allenia Ewart (1909) is dedicated to H. B. Allen; Allenia Phillips (1940) is 
dedicated to Robert Allen Dyer (1900- 193 7), South- African botanist. 

85. Victoria regia; or the great water lily of America. With a brief account of its discovery 
and introduction into cultivation: with illustrations by William Sharp, from specimens 
grown at Salem, Massachusetts, U.S.A. . . . Boston (printed and published for the 
author by Dutton et Wentworth) 1854. Broadsheet. (Victoria regia). 

Publ.: 1854 - p. [i]-i6, [1 ind.], 6 coloured plates, lithographs of drawings by William. 

Sharp. Copies: MO, NY. 
Ref: BM 1: 30; GFBp. 47; Kew 1: 41; ME 3: 468; NI 16; PR 104. 

Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 7: 95-96. 1855. 

Allen, Timothy Field (1837-1902), American algologist. (T. F. Allen). 

herbarium and types: NY (mostly Charophyta). — Exsiccatae: 

1 . Characeae americanae exsiccatae (pars i, nos. 1-10, fasc. ii-iv, nos. 11 -40a, 41-46, Boston 
(i), New York 1880- 1895). Sets at BM, FH, L, PC. 

2. Characeae japonicae exsiccatae (nos. 1-17, 1895), sets at BM, FH, L, NY, PC. 

The New York Botanical Garden also issued duplicates from Allen's herbarium outside 
the regular exsiccatae. 

3i 



ALLEN, T. F. 

Re/.: IH 2: 32. 

De Toni, Syll. alg. 4(1): ii. 1897 (bibl.) 

Howe, J. New York Bot. Gard. 2: 52-54. 1901. 

Wood, Farlowia 3(3): 327-329. 1948 (dates). 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 60-61. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 41 ; BM 1 : 30; Bossert p. 8; CSP 9: 32, 12: 

10; 13: 70; Kew 1 : 41 ; MW p. 4; NI 17. 

Britton, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 30: 173-177. 1903 (portr., bibl.) 

Barnhart in Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 20-21. 1920. 

Humphrey, Makers of N. American botany 3-4. 1961. 

Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 793-794. 1965 (lists all publications on 

Characeae) . 
Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 78. 1969. 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 4. 1973. 

eponymy: Vide supra, sub J. F. Allen. 

86. Characeae americanae, illustrated and described, New York (author) [1879], 2 parts. 
Qu. f (Charac. amer.) 

PubL: 1879 (part 1 : J. Bot. Mai 1879; Nat. Nov. Jun 1879; part 2, Nat. Nov. Aug 1879) 

(see Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 315. 1879, and Sayre 1969). - Two coloured plates 

with descriptive letter-press. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 30; Kew 1 : 41. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 60. 1969. 

Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1 : 793. 1965. 

87. The Characeae of America . . . with coloured illustrations from the original drawings 
by the author. Boston (S. E. Cassino) [1880], 2 parts. Qu. (Charac. America). 

PubL: 1880, part. 1: [i]-8, pi. 1-3, 2: [9H14], pi. 4-6. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 41. 

H. & J. G., J. Bot. 19: 92. Mar 1881. 

Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1 : 793. 1965. 

88. The Characeae of America. New York (author) 1888- 1896, 4 parts. Oct. (Charac. 

America) . 

part pages plates dates part pages plates dates 

8 Dec 1894 

9 Apr 1896 

Allen, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 20: 258 (1893) says that 2(1) was actually published in 
1892; see also Wood and Imahori (1965). Part 1 is announced by Nat. Nov. early Mar 
1888 as having been published in 1887 but came out Jan-Feb 1888 (J. Bot. Apr 1888; 
Flora rd. Mar 1888). 
Ref: BM 1: 30; Kew 1 : 41 ; NI 17; IDC 6335. 

Wood, Farlowia 3(3): 334, 335. 1948. 

Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1 : 793. 1965. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 60. 1969. 

89. Japanese Characeae, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 21(12) : 523-526. Dec 1894, 22(2) : 68-71. 
Feb 1895, 25(2): 73-82. Feb 1898. 

PubL : As above. - Also reprinted with consecutive pagination 1 - 1 8, with 24 unnumbered 

plates. The plates from drawings by Evelyn Hunter Nordhoff appeared only with the 

reprints (Robinson 1906). 
Ref. : MW p. 4 ; Kew 1:41. 

Robinson, Bull. New York Bot. Gard. 4(13) : 299. 1906. 

Wood et Imahori, Revision Characeae 1 : 793, 794. 1965. 

32 



I 


1-64 


55 


Jan-Feb 1888 


2(2) 


9- J 7 


2(1) 


1-8 


14, 6 


Mar i8 93 (?) 


2(3) 


19-28 



ALLESCHER 

Allescher, Andreas (1828- 1903), German mycologist and highschool-teacher at 
Munchen. {Allesch.) 

herbarium and types: M (10.000 fungi). - Exsiccatae (with Johann Nepomuk Schnabl 
(1890- 1 900)) : Fungi bavarici exsiccati (7 cent., nos. 1-700, 1 890-1 900), B, C, FH (has cent. 
1-10), HBG, KIEL, L, LE, M, NY, PC. 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 32. 
Barnhart, NAF 9(6) : 427. 1916. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 41 ; BM 1 : 30, 6: 15; BFM 3ogo; CSP 13: 

70-71; DTS 1 : 1, 3: xxxix; GR p. 1 ; Kew 1 : 41 ; KR p. 21 ; LS 815-840, 30503-30506. 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916, 7(15): 1047. 1940. 

Schnabl, Ber. bayer. bot. Ges. 9(1): 15-18. 1904 (bibl., portr.) 

Hennings, Hedwigia 42, Beibl. : 163-165. 1903 (portr., bibl.) 

Sydow, Ann. Mycol. 1: 258-261. 1903 (bibl.) 

Bresinsky, Mitt. bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 1 1 : 33-55. 1973. (list of A's types of fungi). 

composite works: Rabenhorst ed. 2: Fungi imperfecti vol. 1, Abt. 6, viii, 1016 p., 1898- 
1901, Abt. 7, 1072 p., 1901-1903. 

handwriting: Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 11: 55. 1973. 

eponymy: Allescheria P. A. Saccardo & P. Sydow (1899); Allescheria R. Hartig (1899); 
Allescheriella P. C. Hennings (1897); Allescherina Berlese (1902). 

90. Verzeichnis in Siidbayern beobachteter Basidiomyceten. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
bayrischen Pilzflora. Munchen (Franz) 1884. Oct. (Verz. Siidbay. Basid.) 

Publ. : Jul 1884 (Nat. Nov. ; J. Bot. Sep 1884), p. [i]-64. Copies: L, Stevenson. 
Ref.: BM 1: 30; LS 815. 

Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1047. 1940. 

91. Verzeichnis in Siid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayer. 
Pilzflora. Landshut (Thomann) [1886]. Oct. {Verz. Sud-Bay. Pilze). 

Publ.: Apr 1886 (Nat. Nov.), as a reprint, p. [i]-i40, from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 9, 

1885 [journal publication earlier than reprint?]. Copy: FH. 
Ref.: LS817. 

92. Verzeichnis in Siid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayerischen 
Pilzflora ... II. Abteilung: Gymnoasci und Pyrenomyceten. Mit einem Nachtrag zu 
den Basidiomyceten und 2 Tafeln. Separat-Abdruck a.d. X. Bericht des botanischen 
Vereins in Landshut. Landshut (Thomann) 1887. Oct. {Verz. Sud-Bay. Pilze II). 
Publ.: 1887 (p. 144: Jan 1887, journal publ. Nat. Nov. Oct 1887), p. [i], [i43]-240, 

special cover for reprint with above title. Copy reprint: Stevenson. - Reprinted from 
Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 10: [i43]-240, pi. 1-2. 1887. Copy: FH. -p. 225-240 contain 
the /. Nachtrag zum Verzeichnisse der Basidiomyceten. 
Ref: LS818. 

93. Verzeichnis in Siid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayer. 
Pilzflora. ... II. Nachtrag zu den Basidiomyceten und I. Nachtrag zu den Gymnoas- 
ceen und Pyrenomyceten. [Landshut, 1889]. Oct. {Verz. Sud-Bay. Pilze Nachtr.) 
Publ.: 1889 (p. 4: 31 Dec 1888). Copies: FH, Stevenson. - Reprinted, p. [i]-66, from 

Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 11: 1-66. 1889. 
Ref. : LS 820. 

94. Verzeichnis der bisher in Siid-Bayern beobachteten Perenosporaceen. [Landshut 1889]. Oct. 
{Verz. Sud-Bay. Perenosp.) 

Publ.: Independently paged reprint p. [i]-i 7, without journal identification, from Ber. 

bot. Ver. Landshut 1 1 : 67-83. 1889; page 17 of reprint dated Jan 1889. Copy reprint: 

Stevenson. 
Ref: LS821. 

33 



ALLESCHER 

95. Verzeichnis in Siid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayer. 
Pilzflora. III. Abteilung, Sphaeropsideen, Melanconieen und Hyphomyceten. In Ber. bot. Ver. 
Landshut 12: [i]-i36. 1892. Oct. {Verz. Sud-Bay. Pilze HI). 

Publ. : Jun-Sep 1892 (Flora Jun, Nat. Nov. Sep) No reprint known to us. Copy: FH. 
Ref. : LS 823. 

96. Verzeichnis in Siid-Bayern beobachteter Pilze. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der bayerischen 
Pilzflora . . . IV. Abteilung: Hysteriaceae, Discomycetaceae et Tuberaceae. Separat-Abdruck 
aus demfunfzehnten Bericht des Botanischen Vereins in Landshut. Landshut (Thomann) 
1898. Oct. {Verz. Sud-Bay. Pilze IV). 

Publ. : Oct 1898, p. [i]-i38. Copies: NY, Stevenson. - Reprinted with original pagination 

from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 15: [i]-i38. 1898 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1898). 
/fc/.:LS837. 

Allioni, Carlo (1728- 1804), Italian physician and botanist, correspondent of Linnaeus, 
"il Linneo piemontese". {All.) 

herbarium and types: The Allioni herbarium was acquired by G. B. Balbis (1765- 
1831), then by M. Bonafous (1794-1852) and subsequently by the Turin Academy of 
Agriculture. This Academy presented the herbarium to TO in 1891. Allioni had a rich 
natural history cabinet of which the botanical part (excluding the herbarium) is at the 
Seminario di Chieri. - Allioni's correspondence (20 vol. in Qu.) is at the Turin Academy 
of Sciences. 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 32; Saccardo 1: 13, 2: 9. 

Gras, Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 126. 1863. 

Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. 

Mattirolo, Carlo Allioni, Enc. Ital. 2: 552. 1929. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 9. 1941. 

nomenclator allionianus : Mattirolo et Ferrari, Nomenclator Allionianus, sive index 
specierum Carolo Allioni adscriptarum. Malpighia 18: 228-292. 1904. 

iconographia taurinensis: The botanical garden at Torino (TO) holds a collection of 
about 7500 paintings and drawings of plants, bound in 65 folio volumes. This collection 
is often cited by Allioni and Colla and contains many of the originals of the illustrations 
of the works by these authors, in particular of Allioni's Flora pedemontana. The main 
artists are: 1 741- 1766 Francesco Peyrolery, from Viu (Piemont) - Pietro Peyrolery's 
drawings for the Flora Pedemontana are probably also incorporated. 
1 767- 1 802 Giovanni-Antonio Bottione, also from Viu. 
1802-1837 Angela Maria Bottione, from Torino. 
1 838- 1 868 Maddalena Lisa Mussino, from Torino. 

Volumes 1 -8 carry the title : Stirpium quae in horto regio botanico Taurin. inveniuntur index et 
icones ad vivum delineatae. From volume 9 onward: Herbae ac stirpes indigenae et exoticae 
nativis coloribus ad vivum expressae. 
Ref. : Allioni, Fl. pedem. 1 : iv. 1 785. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxxi. 1883. 

Chiapusso Voli, Malpighia 18: 293-343. I 9°4- 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 55-56. 1941. 

Nissen, Die botanische Buchillustration 1: 154. 1951. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1) : 1 86, 4: 774, 12(2) : 26; Barnhart i : 42; BM 1 : 

31-32; Bossert p. 8 ; Dawson p. 15-16; Dryander 5 : 1 36 [index] ; Frank p. 4 ; GR p. 512; 

IF p. 675; Kew 1 : 41-42; LS 842-843; NI 18-19; PLC 1 : xxxiii; PR 105-108; Saccardo 

1 : 13, 2: 9, Cron. xli-xliv; SO 635c, 637c. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 136 [index]. 1800. 

Buniva, Reflexions sur tous les ouvrages publics et inedits du docteur Charles Allioni. 

Torino 1805, vii, 150 p., (portr., bibl.) 
Konig et Sims, Ann. Bot. 1 : 585. 1805. 
M.S., Diet. Sci. m6d. Biogr. med. 1: 150-151. 1820. 
Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cviii-xix. 1883. 

34 



ALLIONI 

Mattirolo, Malpighia 18: 213-227. 1904 (portr., bibl.), also repr. 82 p. 

Mattirolo, in Dorfler, Botaniker-Portrats 30. 1907 (portr.) 

Hulth, Bref och skr. Linne 2(1): 19-50. 191 6. 

Mattirolo, Cronistoria Orto bot. Torino xli-xliv. 1929 (portr.) 

Mattirolo, Enc. Ital. 2: 552. 1929. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 8-g. 1941. 

Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21 : 56. 1972 (portr.) 

eponymy (genera): Allioniella Rydberg (1902); Allionia Linnaeus (1759, nom. cons.); 
Allionia Loefling ( 1 758, nom. rej.) ; (journal) : Allionia bollettino dell' istituto ed orto 
botanico dell' universita di Torino. Turin. Vol. i-x, 1952-x. 

Note: Allioniella V. F. Brotherus (191 1) is dedicated to Michel Allioni (see Barnhart 
1 142), who did bryological work in Ecuador. 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 31 1-3 12. 1972. 

97. Stirpium praecipuarum littoris et agri JVicaeensis enumeratio methodica; cum elencho 
aliquot animalium ejusdem maris. Paris (Bauche) 1757. Oct. (Stirp. litt. agri Nicaeen.) 
PubL: 1757, p. [i*], [i]-xxii, [i]-2 55 . Copy: USDA. 

Ref. : BM 1: 31; Jackson p. 288; Plesch p. 125; PR 106. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 7. 1975. 

98. Synopsis methodica stirpium horti regii taurensis, Melanges Philos. Math. Soc. roy. 
Turin 2 (1760-1761); reprint Torino 1760. Qu. (n.v.) 

PubL: 1760? (rev. GGA 23 Oct 1762) - 76 p. Allioni uses Linnaean binary names only 
for the species described in the Species plantarum; new and doubtful species are provided 
only with a diagnostic phrase. 

Ref.: PR 107; IDC 5826. 

99. Auctuarium ad synopsim methodicam stirpium horti regii taurinensis, Melanges 
philos.-mat. Soc. roy. Turin 5 (1770-1773): [53]-g6. 1774. 

PubL: 1774 (or perhaps even 1776) in journal, but preprinted 1773 (rev. GGA 30-9- 
1773; Linnaeus received a copy of this prepi'int early November 1774). This preprint 
has its own pagination ; Allioni, in his Flora pedemontana always refers to the pagination 
of the periodical. The Auctuarium preprint must be assumed to have come out later 
than Gouan's Illustrationes (Jan-Mai 1773). - Allioni adopts here for the first time 
consistently the Linnaean binary system. Many names used in the Flora pedemontana 
actually date from this publication. For a full analysis see Tjaden (1970) and Dandy 
(i97o). 

Ref.: Kew 1:42; PR 108; IDC 5533. 

Chiovenda, Ann. di Bot. 10(1): 15-23. 1912. 

Fuchs, Phyton 9 (1, 2) : 42. i960; Ber. Schweiz. bot. Ges. 71 : 350-351. 1961. 

Tjaden, Taxon 19: 611-616. 1970. 

Dandy, Taxon 19: 617-626. 1970 (list of new names). 

100. Flora pedemontana sive enumeratio methodica stirpium indigenarum Pedemontii. 
Torino (J. M. Briolus) 1785, 3 vols. Fol. (Fl. pedem.) 

PubL: All three volumes published between Apr-Jul 1785. Copies: BR, G, HU, L, MO, 
NY, U. 

/: [i*], front., [iii*-vii*], i-xix, 1-344. 
2: [i*], [iii*] 3 1-366, i-xxiii, [xiv], [1, impr.]. 
3: [i*], [iii*], [i]-xiv, pi. i-Q2, and i-ii. 

The plates (copper engravings) are by Francisco Peyrolery (engraved by Pietro 
Peyrolery), mostly uncoloured; coloured copies are rare. Extensive review: GGA 
31 Dec 1785. Becherer (1953) has shown that the 23 specific names marked with a 
dagger (f) are to be attributed to Allioni and not to Bellardi who had provided 
information on the relevant species to Allioni but who had not named them. - The 
pages with roman numerals are bound in various places. 

Ref: BL 2: 372; BM 1 : 32; DU 6; GF p. 47; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 320; Kew 1 : 42; 
LS 842; NI 18; Plesch p. 125; PR 108; RS p. 72; IDC 1128. 

35 



ALLIONI 

Mattirolo, Malpighia 18: 211. 1904. 

Mattirolo, Scritti bot. Carlo Allioni. 1 904. 

Breistroffer, Proc. verb. mens. Soc. Dauph. Ethn. 182-184: [6]. 1948. 

Becherer, Candollea 14: 1 13-120. 1953. 

Dawson, The Banks Letters 16. 1958. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 8. 1975 (sold at £ 320). 

101. Auctuarium ad Jloram pedemontanam cum notis et emendationibus. Torino (J. M. 
Briolus) 1789. Qu. (Anct.fl. pedem.) 

PubL: Jan-Mar 1789, p. [i-iv], 1-53, [54 impr.], 2 pi. Copies: G, HU (2 pi.), MO, NY 

(1 pi.) 
Re/.: BM 1 : 32; Kew 1 : 42; LS 843; NI 18; PR 108; ST p. 55; IDC 5533. 

Allman, William (1776- 1846), Irish botanist, professor of botany at the University 
of Dublin 1809- 1844. (Allman). 

herbarium and types: BM. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 43; BB p. 5; BM 1 : 32; CSP 1 : 51, 13 : 71 ; 
DNB 1: 335; Jackson p. 17, 40, 65; Kew 1: 42; PR 109- no. 
Anon., Bot. Zeit. 5: 304. 1847. 

eponymy: Allmania R. Brown ex R. Wight (1834); Allmaniopsis Suessenguth (1950). 

102. Analysis, per differentias constantes viginti, inchoata, generum plantarum phanerostemonum, 
quae in Britanniis, Gallia et Helvetia, ultraque hos fines, sponte sua crescunt. . . . 
Commencement of analysis, by means of twenty constant differences, of the genera of 
plants with conspicuous stamens, which grow spontaneously in the British Isles, in 
France and Switzerland, and beyond these limits. London 1828. Qu. (Anal. gen. pi. 
phanerostem.) 

PubL: Oct-Nov 1828 (docum. BH), p. [i]-x, [i]-43, [1]. Copy: U. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 32; Jackson p. 17; Kew 1 : 42; PR 1 10. 

Allorge, Pierre (1891-1944), French botanist and ecologist. (P. Allorge). 

herbarium and types : P and PC. - For exsiccatae see under Valentine Allorge. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 43; Bossert p. 8; BL 2: 506; Kew 1: 42; 

PFC 2(2) : xviii, 3(2) : xi. 

Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 9: 154. 1936 (portr.) 

Blaringham, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 11. 5: a. v. 1944 (bibl.) 

Guerrero, Bol. r. Soc. Espan. Hist. nat. 42: 344. 1944. 

Humbert, Bull. Soc. bot. France 91 : 29-32. 1944. 

Gaumet, Rev. bryol.-lichenol. 15: 1-15. />/. /. 1945 (portr., bibl.) 

Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France p. 383 [index] (portr. p. 247). 

Heim, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris ser. 2. 18(3): 226-252. 1946. 

Le Gallo, Le Naturaliste Canadien 76: 229-241. 1949 (portr.) 

Latorre, Anal. Inst. bot. A.J. Cavanilles 11(2): 559-560. 1952. 

Lami, Revue algol. ser. 2 1(2): 51-55. 1954 (bibl. algol.) 

eponymy: Allorgea Ando (1974, also dedicated to Valentine Allorge nee Selitsky (1888- 
x), q.v.) ; Allorgeia L. Gauthier-Lievre (1958). 

Allorge, Valentine, nee Selitsky (1888-x), French bryologist. (V. Allorge). 

herbarium and types: P and PC. - Exsiccatae (p.p. with Pierre Allorge) : 
i.Cryptogames de I' Empire colonial Frangais (series A-C, nos. 1-60, Paris 1938- 1949). Sets: 

FH, PC. 
2. Bryophyta azorica. Mousses et hepatiques recoltees en 1937 aux iles Acores (nos. 1-133, 

Paris 1942). PC, S-PA — Very few sets were made up. 

36 



ALSCHINGER 

<$. Bryotheca iberica. Muscinees de PEspagne et du Portugal, (ser. i-v, nos. 1-250, Paris 

1 928- 1 938). Sets: FH, G, PC. 
Ref.: IH 2: 32. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 5. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 43; BL 2: 506; Bossert p. 8; GR p. 303; 

Kew 1 : 42. 

Roon, Int. direct, spec. pi. tax. 10. 1958. 

eponymy: Allorgea Ando (1974); also dedicated to Pierre Allorge (1891-1944), q.v. 

Aim, Carl Gustaf (1888-x), Swedish botanist, highschool teacher at Kiruna. (C. Aim). 

herbarium and types : UPS (lichens) : Largest general collection at GB, duplicates B, 
BM, GH, K, L, NY, UPS (GR: lichens at UPS). 
Ref.: GR p. 485; IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 32. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 43; BL 2: 79, 531, 532, 535; Bossert p. 8; 
GR p. 485; Kew 1 : 42; KR p. 22. 
Roon, Int. direct, spec. pi. tax. 10. 1958. 

Almquist, Ernst Bernhard (1852- 1946), Swedish physician and botanist, at Karol. 
inst. Stockholm 1891-1917, brother of S. O. I. Almquist. (E. B. Almquist). 

herbarium and types: S and UPS (Vega expedition, 1878- 1880), also H, LD and Z. 
J?*/.: IH 2:33- 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 44; BM 1 : 32; 6: 16; Bossert p. 8; CSP 9: 

35; 12: 11, i3:73;GRp. 485; KR p. 23-24; LS 872-874, 30520; MWp. 4; SO ind. p. 8. 

Nordenskiold, The voyage of the Vega, London 1 88 1 . 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 28. 1903, 3(3) : 206, pi. no. 1905. 

Hult, Sv. Linne-Sallsk. Arsskr. 29: 66-67. J 946 (portr.) 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 12. 1950. 

Almquist, Sigfrid Oscar Immanuel (1844-1923), Swedish botanist and highschool 
teacher at Stockholm, brother of Ernst Bernhard Almquist. (Almq.) 

herbarium and types: Mainly at S, also C, GB, LD, UPS, Z. 
Ref. : GR p. 471; IH 2: 33; Kew 1 : 43; KR p. 24. 

bibliography and biography: AG 12(2): 567; Barnhart 1: 44; BM 1: 32, 6: 16-17; 
Bossert p. 8 ; BL 2 : 511; CSP 9 : 35, 13: 73-74 ; GR p. 47 1 ; Kew 1 : 43 ; KR p. 24-28 ; 
LS 865-871, 35618; MW p. 4. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 28. pi. 13. 1903, 3(3): 3. pi. ioy. 1905 (portr.) 
Almquist, E., Sv. bot. Tidskr. 38: 459-464. 1944 (portr.) 

103. Monographia Arthoniarum Scandinaviae. Stockholm (P. A. Nordstedt & Soner) 1880. 

Qu. (Monogr. Arthon. Scand.) 

Pub I. : 3 Apr 1880 (date of separate issue as thesis; see also Hedwigia Mai 1880 and Nat. 
Nov. Mai, Aug 1880) - [i], [i-]6g, [4] p. The thesis has a separate title page: Mono- 
graphia . . . Afhandl. . . . jamte Teser . . . for . . . lektorsbefaitning ... 3 Apr 1880. - 
Also published as Sv. Vet. - ak. Handl. ny. foljd 17(6) (presented as manuscript on 
12 Dec 1879), l8 8o, p. [i]-6g. Copy: U. 

Ref: BM 1: 32; KR p. 27-28; LS 863. 

Alschinger, Andreas (1 791-1864), Austrian botanist and theologist, born in Bohemia, 
teacher at the Zara Gymnasium. (Alschinger). 

herbarium and types: BASS A. 
Ref: IH 2:33- 

37 



ALSCHINGER 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(2) : 274; Barnhart i : 45; BM 1 : 33; CSP 12: 12; 
Kanitz no. 148; Kew 1 : 44; NDB 1 : 205. 
Kanitz, Oest. bot. Z. 14: 151- 154. 1864. 
Anon., Flora 47: 125. 1864. 

eponymy: Alschingera R. De Visiani (1850). 

104. Flora jadrensis complectens plantas phaenogamas hucusque in agro jadertino 
detectas et secundum systema Linnaeano-Sprengelianum redactas. Zara (Battara) 1832. 
Oct. (Fl.jadr.) 

PabL: 1832, prob. Jul-Nov (Flora 15: 720. 7 Dec 1832), p. [i-iv], [i]-248; Supplement 

to this flora in III. Programme du Gymnasium, Zara 1853 (Bot. Zeit. 23 Jul 1869). 

Copy. L. 
Ref.: BM 1: 33; Jackson p. 313; Kanitz no. 148; Kew 1: 44; PR 116. 

Anon., Lit.-Ber. Flora 2: 284-286. Dec 1832. 

Guillemin, Arch. Bot. 1: 445. 13 Mai 1833 (rev.) 

Alston, Arthur Hugh Garfit (1902- 1958), British pteridologist and plant collector. 

{Alston) . 

herbarium and types: Most of the originals of Alston's collections are at BM; some, 
especially of the collections made with N.Y. Sandwith, are at K. The location of the 
types is indicated in the publications. 
Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 33. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 45 ; BL 1:22; Bossert p. 9 ; IF suppl. 3 : 201, 

4: 31 1-313; Kew 1 : 44-45; MW p. 4. 

Elliot, The Times, London, 28 Mar 1958. 

Greenfield, Biit. Fern Gaz. 8: 220-222. 1958. 

Lourteig, Bol. Soc. Arg. Bot. 7: 136-137. 1958. 

Bell, Taxon 8: 83-86. 1959 (bibl., portr.) 

Morton, Amer. Fern J. 49: 1-2. 1959. 

Crabbe, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 385-395. i960 (bibl.); 5: 240-248. 1969 (index). 

Anon., Mem. Soc. Brot. 18: frontispiece. 1966 (portr.) (vol. dedicated to Alston). 

eponymy: Alstoniamitus B. Skvortzov (1967). 

105. Undescribed ferns from New Guinea. Nova Guinea ser. 2. 4: 109-1 12. t. 4-11. 1940. 
PubL: 20 Dec 1940. Text previously published Oct 1940 in J. Bot. 78: 225-229. 

Ref. : Kew 1 : 44. 

Crabbe, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 389. i960. 
Pichi-Sermolli, Regn. veg. 37: 311. 1965. 

Alstrdmer, Glas (1778: friherre, baron) [von] (1736- 1794), Swedish naturalist, pupil 
of Linnaeus. (Alstr.) 

herbarium and types: S; the Alstromer herbarium, together with the herbaria of 
Montin, Osbeck, Casstrom and Swaitz constitutes the basis of S. Material collected 
1 760- 1 762 in Southern Europe is also at LINN, SBT and UPS (Thunberg herbarium). 
Curators of the Alstromer herbarium and natural history cabinet at Christinedal near 
Gothenburg were Jonas Fagraeus, Anders Dahl and C. B. Rutstrdm. The Linnaean 
material originally contained in the Alstromer herbarium (via Dahl from L. and 
directly from Linnaeus fil. to A. in 1783) is now kept separately as the Stockholm 
Linnaean herbarium. 
Ref.: IH 2: 33- 

Lindmann, Ark. f. Bot. 7(3): 5-9. 1907. 

Lowegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige under 1700 - talet 400 [index]. 1952. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 427; Barnhart 1 : 45; Bossert p. 9; Colmeiro 1 : 
clx; Dawson p. 16; KR p. 29; PR (ed. 1): 172, 173; SO add. 2491. 

38 



Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 137 [index]. 1800. 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 28. 1903, 3(3) : 3. 1905. 

Fries, Bref och Skr. Linne ser. 2. 1 : 69. 

Fries, Linne 2: 61, 62 (portr.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 19. 1936. 

Utterstrom, Svenska man och Kvinnor 1 : 75. 1955. 

Ryden, The Banks Collection, Stockholm. 116 [index]. 1963. 

Stafleu, Adanson 1: 129-130. 1963. 

Coats, The plant hunters 38. 1969. 

Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 298. 1971. 

eponymy: Alstroemeria Linnaeus (1762). 

Alten, Johanra Wilhelm von (1770-?), German apothecary and botanist in Augsburg. 
{J.Alten). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 46; PR 120. 

106. Augsburgische Blumenlese oder systematisches Verzeichniss der in der Gegend um 
Augsburg wildwachsenden Pflanzen, als Einleitung zu einer Flora von Augsburg. 
Augsburg (Wolff) 1822. Oct. (Augsburg. Blumenl.) 

Publ: Mai-Jun 1822 (Flora 5(1) Beil. 3: 107), p. [i]-xii, [i]-2I5- Copies: G, M. 
Re/.: PR 120. 

Altmann, Paul (fl. 1894), German highschool teacher and botanist at Wriezen. (P. 

Altmann). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

107. Flora von Wriezen und Umgegend. Bearbeitet vom Oberlehrer Dr. Paul Altmann. 
Wriezen (Hintze). [1894- 1895]. Qu. (Fl. Wriezen). 

Pars [/] : Apr-Mai 1894 (Nat. Nov.; published in Easter program), p. [i]-30. Copy: U. - 

Also in Realprogymnasium zu Wriezen. Bericht 1895 (n.v.) 
Pars [2]: Apr-Mai 1895 (before 23 Mai, date & registration pupils; Nat. Nov. Jul 

1895), p. [i-ii], 31-61, i-iii. Copy: U. - Also in Realprogymnasium zu Wriezen. 

Bericht . . . Programm no. 1 13. 
Wriezen (orig. Wrietzen) is a town in Brandenburg, (Potsdam district), Western 
Prussia. 

Alverson, Andrew Halstead (1845-1916), Californian cactus collector. (Alverson). 

herbarium and types : None known to exist. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 47. 

Jaeger, Desert Magaz. (Palm Desert Calif.) 21: 26-28. 1958 (portr.) 

Ewan, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 170-177. 1963 (portr.) 

108. Price list of Cacti found in California and adjoining regions offered by A. Ff. Alverson 
collector and dealer in Cacti, Bulbs, Seeds, Rare Plants. San Bernardino. Cal. s.d., Oct. 
(Price list cacti California) . 

Publ.: 1893 or 1894, 8 p. (n.v.) - Ewan mentions only a single known copy in USDA. 
Later edition: late 1894 or early 1895, "cactus catalogued 
Ref: Ewan, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 170-177. 1963. 

Alyon, Pierre Philippe (1 746-1816), French botanist and pharmacist. (Alyon). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

39 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 48; DU 7; HU 688; Jackson p. 34; NI 22; 

PR 122. 

Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 3 : 20. 

109. Cours de botanique, pour servir a l'education des enfans de S. A. Serenissime Mon- 

seigneur le Due d'Orleans, ou Ton a [sic] rassemble les plantes indigenes et exotiques 

employees dans les arts et dans la medecine. Paris [1787- 1788]. Fol. {Cours bot.) 

Publ.: In 7 parts (in NY copy numbered by hand nos. 1-7; HU: nos. 2-8), 1787- 1788, 

engr. t.p., p. [i]-36, 103 handcoloured etchings occasionally shaded with mezzotint 

or roulette (DU) ; PR: "Opus pulchris, quam Jean Aubry sculpsit, tabulis splendi- 

dum, pluribus prodiit fasciculis, et fere semper incompletum offenditur". For a 

collation and commentary see HU 688. Possibly not finished until 1789. 

livr. plates livr. plates 



2(1 me) 1-15 6(5°) 60-75 (Plesch: 61a) 

3(2°) 16-29 7(6°) 74-87 

4(3°) 30-44 8(7°) 8 9 -w 3 



5(4°) 45-59 

The artist, Jean Aubry, also engraved some of the plates of Labillardiere, hones 

plantarum Syriae rariorum. 

Ref: BM; DU 7; GFB p. 47; HU 688; Jackson p. 34; NI 22; Plesch p. 126; PR 122. 

Bartlett, Fifty-five rare books 54-55. 1949. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 10. 1975 (sold at £ 9200). 

Ambrosi, Francesco ( 182 1- 1897), Austro-Italian botanist, director of the Museo 
civico in Trient. (Ambrosi). 



herbarium and types : Original herbarium destroyed by fire, first set of duplicates at 
TR, further material at BASSA, FI and IBF. 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2: 34, Saccardo 2:11. 
Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 49; BL 2: 404; BM 1 : 36; CSP 1 : 55, 6: 

656, 12: 14, 13: 83; DTS 1 : 2-3, 6(4) : 109- no; Kew 1 : 48; LS 893; PR 128; Saccardo 

1 : 14, 2: n. 

Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 131. 1895. 

Saccardo, Bull. Soc. veneto-trentina sc. nat. 6(3): 117-119. 1898 (portr.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 79, 159. 1903, 3(3): 65. 1905. 

no. Flora del Tirolo meridionale ossia descrizione delle specie fanerogame che crescono 
spontanee sopra il suolo trentino e nelle terre adjacenti comprese fra la catena delle alpi 
retiche sino ai confini del Lombardo-Veneto loro proprieta ec. ec. Opera disposta 
dietro il metodo naturale ed elaborata sull'erbario Facchiniano e proprio. [Alternative 
title:] Flora Tiroliae australis seu descriptio plantarum phanerogamarum in solo triden- 
tino terrisque adjacentibus sponte nascentium [.] Specimen florae totius Italiae sep- 
tentrionalis uno cum appendicibus exhibens. (Insunt plantae Monocotyledoneae 
[Dicotyledoneae]). Padova (Angelo Sicca) 1854-1857, 2 vols. Oct. f (Fl. Tirolo mer.) 
Publ.'. 1 854- 1 857, in parts, the precise dates of which are unknown. The following data 
are based on a copy in original covers [L] . The covers of the parts (puntate) are not 
dated. Copies: B, L, M. 

vol. puntate pages dates 

1854 



I 


1 


[i]-xx, [i]-i40 


Monocot. 


2 


141-300 




3 


301-460 




4 


461-620 




5 


621-964 



40 



AMES, O. 

vol. puntate pages dates 

2(1) 1 [i-xiv], [i]-i6o, err. 1857 

Dicot. (1) 2 161-320 

3 321-480 

4 481-820, [2] 

Motto on t.p. vol. 2 : "Combien de fois la Botanique n'a-t-elle pas adouci les plus 
cuisants chagrins! Aug. de Saint-Hilaire." The flora remained unfinished; it contains 
the monocotyledones and only a small part of the dicotyledonae. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 36; DTS 1 : 2; Kew 1 : 48; PR 128. 

Anon., Flora 37: 303-304. 31 Mai 1854 (outline). 

Ames, Lawrence Marion (1900- 1966), American mycologist and phytopathologist. 

(L. Ames). 

herbarium and types: BPI; dupl. at K. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 50; Bossert p. 9; Kew 1 : 50. 
Diehl, Mycologia 59: 187- 191. 1967 (portr., bibl.) 

eponymy: Amesiodendron Hu (1936) is dedicated to Oakes Ames (1874- 1950), q.v. 

in. A monograph of the Chaetomiaceae. The United States Army Research and Develop- 
ment Series Number 2 [s.l.] 29 December 1961. Qu. (Monogr. Chaetom.) 
Orig.: 29 Dec 1961, p. [i]-ix, [i]-6$, pi. 1-30. Copy. Stevenson. 
Facsimile ed.\ Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969. Bibliotheca mycologica Band 17. Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 50. 

Ames, Oakes (1874-1950), American orchidologist, professor of economic botany at 
Harvard University {Ames). 

herbarium and types: AMES. 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 34. 
Day, Rhodora 3: 68. 1901. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 50; BM 6: 20; Bossert p. 10; Kew 1 : 51-52; 

Langman p. 85-86; MW p. 4, suppl. p. 5; NI 23. 

Day, Rhodora 3: 68. 1901. 

Backer, Verklarend woordenboek 22. 1936. 

Mangelsdorf, in Ames, Orchids in retrospect ix-xv. 1948 (also: bibl. on p. 159-172). 

Sax, J. Arnold Arb. 31 : 335"349- 195° (portr., bibl.) 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 162(2): 223-228. 1951. 

Coleman, Victorian Naturalist 67 : 184-185. 1951 (portr.) 

Schultes, Rhodora 53: 67-78. 1951. 

Rollins, Taxon 1:4. 1951. 

Rouleau, Rhodora Index 1-50: 277. 1953. 

Schultes, Bot. Mus. Leaflets 22: 253-255. 1969 (portr.) (on Blanche Ames). 

Sutton, Arnoldia 32(1): 9-12. 1972. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 6. 1973. 

memorial volume: Botanical Museum Leaflets, Harvard University, vol. 16, 1 949-1 951 
(portr.) 

eponymy: Amesia A. Nelson & Macbride (1913); Amesiodendron Hu (1936). 

112. Orchidaceae: illustrations and studies of the family Orchidaceae issuing from the 
Ames Botanical Laboratory North Easton, Massachusetts, Boston, New York (1, 2: 
Houghton, Mifflin and Company; 3-7, Boston, The Merrymount Press) 1905-1922. 
Oct. (Orchidaceae). 

4i 



AMES, 


o. 






vol. 


pages 


plates 


dates 


I 


[i]-vii, [O-156 


1-16 


Feb-Mar 1905* 


2 


[i]-xi, [i]-288 


17-25 


18 Feb 1908 


3 


[i]-[viii], [i]-[99] 


26-59 


30 Sep 1908 


4 


[i]-xiv, [i]-[288] 


60-79 


2oJun 1910 


5 


[i]-[xiv], [i]-[27i] 


(no pi.] 


2 Sep 1915 


6 


[i]-[xiv], [i]-[335] 


80-101 


18 Oct 1920 


7 


[i]-[ix], [i]-i74 


102-114 


5 Apr 1922 



*Nat. Nov. Apr 1905; p. iv: Feb 1905. Copy: HH. - Plates by Blanche Ames. 
Ref.: Kew 1:51; Langman p. 85; MW p. 4; NI 23. 

113. An enumeration of the orchids of the United States and Canada prepared for the American 
Orchid Society. Boston 1924. Oct. (Enum. orchids U.S. & Canada). 

Publ.: 1924 (preface 2 Feb 1924), p. [i]-viii, [i]-i20. 
Ref. : Kew 1:51. 

Amman, Johann (1707-1741), Swiss botanist in St. Petersburg. {Amman). 

herbarium and types: LE, dupl. at LINN, OXF, some material also at BM. 
Ref: IK 2: ^. 

Dandy, The Sloane Herbarium 82-83. 1958. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 121. 1964. 

Karavaev, Bjull. Moskovsk. Obsc. Isp. Prir., Otd. Biol. 74(4): 148-149. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 1 : 401 ; AG 4: 132; Barnhart 1:51; BM 1 : 39; 

GR p. 637; HU 511; Jackson p. 326; Kew 1: 52; Krebel p. 33, 47; LS 906, 32533; 

MW p. 4; NI 24; PR 136; TR 12-18. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 138 [index]. 1800 (bibl.) 

Hulth, Bref och skr. Linne 2(1): 50-67. 1916. 

handwriting: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Central herb. U.S.S.R., Leningrad 1968, 
p. 89. 

note: not to be confused with Paul Ammann (1634-1691), botanist at Leipzig (see AG 
4: 132; Barnhart 1:51; PR 137-141). 

eponymy: Ammanella Miquel (1856) and Ammannia Linnaeus (1753) are dedicated to 
Paul Ammann ( 1 634- 1 69 1 ) , German botanist. 

114. Stirpium rariorum in imperio Rutheno sponte provenientium icones et descriptiones col- 
lectae ab Ioanne Ammano . . . instar supplementi ad commentar. Acad. Scient. Imper. 
Petropoli, ex typographia Academiae scientiarum. St. Petersburg (Acad. Scientiarum) 
1739. Qu. (Stirp. rar. Ruth.) 

Publ.: 1739, p. [i-xii], [i]-2io, [12], [1, errata], 34 plates numbered i-xxxv, (xiv and xvi 
combined). For a collation see HU 511. "Ouvrage interrompu par la mort de 
l'auteur ..." (Brunet 1 : 236). Copies: BR, HU, MO, NY, Teyler. 

Ref: HU 51 1 ; Jackson p. 326; Kew 1: 52; LS 906; MW p. 4; NI 24; PR 136. 

Amo y Mora, Mariano del (1820- 1896), Spanish botanist. (Amo). 

herbarium and types : Unknown, probably at GDA or MA. Amo y Mora was dean of 
the faculty of pharmacy at Granada when he compiled his Flora. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:51; BL 2: 479-480; BM 1 : 39, 408; CSP 1 : 
58; Colmeiro 1 : clxxii (bibl.) ; GR p. 758; Kew 1 : 53. 
Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1: 36. 1914. 

composite works: See Cutanda, V., Manual de Botanica, Madrid 1848. 

42 



ANDERS 



115. Flora cryptogdmica de la Peninsula Iberica, que contiene la descripcion de las plantas 
acotyledoneas que crecen en Espaila y Portugal, distribuidas segun el metodo de 
familias. Granada (Indalecio Ventura) 1870. Oct. {Fl. crypt. Penins. Iberica). 

Publ.: 1870, p. [i]-viii, table, [i]-84g. Copy: HH. 
Re/.: BM 1: 39; Kew 1: 53. 

Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 36. 19 14. 

116. Flora fanerogdmica de la Peninsula Iberica 6 descripcion de las plantas cotyledoneas, 
que crecen en Espafia y Portugal. Granada (Indalecio Ventura) 1871-1873, 6 vols. Oct. 
{Fl.fan. Penins. Iberica). 

vol. pages dates notes 



I 


i-iii], [ 1 1-636 


Oct-Dec 1 87 1 


preface 1 Oct 1871 


2 


>v], [i]-268 


1871 


p. [iii-v]. table 


3 1 


i-v], [i]-548 


1872 


p. [iii-v]. table 


4 


>v], [ i]-6gi 


1872 




5 


;i-vi], [1 1-645 


1873 




6 


TJ-vii, [O-758 


1873 





Copy: HH. 

Ref.: BL 2: 479-4-So; Kew 1 : 53; IDC 5534. 
Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 36. 1914. 

Amshoff, Gerda Jane Hillegonda {fl. 1939), Dutch botanist. {Amshoff). 

herbarium and types : U and WAG. 

bibliography and biography: Kew 1 : 53; Langman p. 811. 

117. On South American Papilionaceae. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van 
doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht, op gezag van den 
rector magnificus Dr. Th. M. van Leeuwen, hoogleraar in de faculteit der geneeskunde, 
volgens besluit van den Senaat der Universiteit tegen de bedenkingen van de faculteit 
der wis- en natuurkunde te verdedigen op Maandag 3 april 1939, des namiddags te 
vier uur. Utrecht (Kemink) [1939]. Oct. (S. Amer. Papilion.) 

Publ.: 3 Apr 1939 (date on which the thesis was defended), p. [i-viii], [i]-78, [3, theses, 
loose]. Copies: FAS, U. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 53. 

Anders, Joseph (1863- 1936), Czeck lichenologist. {Anders). 

herbarium and types: PRM and PR. - Exsiccatae: Lichenes exsiccati Bohemiae borealis 
{Flechten Nordbohmens) (fasc. i-vi, nos. 1-333, 1929-1933) ; sets at PRM and PR. 
Ref.: GR p. 430; IH 1 (ed. 6): 35, 2: 35. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 108-109. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 53; Bossert p. 10; GR p. 430; LS 923-925^ 

LS suppl. 256-267. 

Mattick, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 54: 369, (93) -(99). 1936 (portr., bibl.) 

Klement, Natur und Heimat 7: 33-37. 1936 (portr., bibl.) 

Futak & Domin, Bibl. CSR 31-32. i960 (bibl.) 

118. Die Strauch- und Blattflechten Nordbohmens. Anleitung zum leichten und sicheren 
Bestimmen der in Nordbohmen vorkommenden Strauch- und Blattflechten. (Mit einem 
Verzeichnisse aller in Bohmen entdeckten Strauch- und Blattflechten) . . . Mit fiinf 
Flechtentabellen. Bohm. - Leipa (publ. by author) 1906. Oct. {Strauch- & Blattflechten 
Nordbohm.) 

Publ.: 1906 (p. iv: 1 Jan 1906; Nat. Nov. Mai 1907), p. [i-v], [i]-92 [93-96, expl. pi.], 
pi. 1-5 (photogr.) Copy: Stevenson. 

43 



no.. Die Stranch- und Laubflechten Mitteleuropas [.] Anleitung zum Bestimmen der in 

Mitteleuropa vorkommenden Strauch- und Laubflechten. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1928. 

Oct. {Strauch- & Laubflechten Mitteleur.) 

Orig.: 1928 p. [i]-iv, [i*], [i]-2i7, pi. 1-30, 8 text ill. Copy: U. 

Facsimile: Amsterdam (Asher) 1974 (ISBN 90-6223-269-4), p. [i*], [i]-iv, [i]-2i7, 

pi. 1-30, 8 text ill. Copy: FAS. 
Ref : LS suppl. 264. 

Anderson, Alexander (x- 1 8 1 1 ) , British born physician who was superintendent of the 
St. Vincent botanical garden 1785-1811. (A. Anderson). 

herbarium and types: BM, CGE, G, K, LE; drawings at LINN. 
Ref. : Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 17. 1902. 
Miller, Taxon 19: 51 1-5 12. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: BB p. 6; DNB i : 372; Kew 1 : 55. 
Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1892: 94-97. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 1, 17. 1902. 

eponymy: Andersonia R. Brown (18 10, also dedicated to William Anderson (1750-1778), 
English botanist on Cook's expeditions, and to William Anderson (1766- 1846), Scottish 
botanist) . 

Note: Andersonia Roxburgh (1832) is dedicated to James Anderson (x-1809), English [?] 
physician in Madras; Andersoniella K. J. F. Schmitz (1897) is dedicated to Charles 
Lewis Anderson (1827-1919), q.v.; Anderssoniopiper Trelease (1934) is dedicated to Nils 
Johan Andersson (1821-1880), q.v.; Bryoandersonia H. E. Robinson (1963) is dedicated 
to Lewis Edward Anderson (1912-x), American botanist. 

Anderson, Charles Lewis (1827-1919), American algologist. (C. L. Anderson). 

herbarium and types: NY; other material at A, BM, FH, K, MO, P-DU, US. - For 
his Algae exsiccatae americae borealis see sub Farlow, W.G. 
Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 35 (as "Charles," "Charles L." and as "C.L."). 
Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 72-73. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 54. 

Day, Rhodora 3: 242. 1901. 

Jepson, Madrono 1: 214-216. 1929 (portr.) 

eponymy: Andersoniella K.J. F. Schmitz (1897). - Note: For other eponyms based on the 
name Anderson, vide supra, sub A. Anderson. 

Anderson, George (x-1817), British botanist and horticulturist at Westham who grew 
species ofSalix, Paeonia, and Narcissus and who collected in Brazil and Barbados in 181 5. 

(G. Anderson) . 

herbarium and types : Unknown ; some British specimens at OXF. 
Ref: IH 2: 35. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 39. 1957. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 55; BB p. 6; CSP 1 : 631. 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Anderson, vide supra, sub A. Anderson and 
C. L. Anderson. 

120. A monograph of the genus Paeonia, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12(1): 248-290. 181 7 

[1818]. 

Publ.: 25 Feb 1818 - Reprints (n.v.) available by May 1818. 

Ref. : StearnJ. Bot. 79: 26. 1941. 



44 



ANDERSSON 

Anderson, Thomas (1832-1870), Scottish botanist, superintendent and later director 
of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. (T. Anderson). 

herbarium and types: K and CAL; duplicates e.g. B, BM, L. 
ife/.:IHi (ed. 6): 355, 2:36. 

Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 57; BB p. 7; BM 1 : 43; CSP 1 : 65, 7: 33, 

9:43, 12: i6;DNB 1 : 39a ; Jackson p. 384, 388, 451; Kew 1 : 58; MWp. 4; PR 152-154; 

Zander ed. 10, p. 590. 

Anon., J. Bot. 8: 368. 1870. 

Anon., Flora 53: 490. 1871. 

Balfour, Trans, bot. Soc. Edinburg 11: 41-45. 1873 (bibl.) 

Anon., Rec. Bot. Survey India 7: 11-14. 19 14. 

Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 519 [index]. 1918. 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedications 1827-1927: 150. 1932 (portr.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 26. 1936. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 15. 1950. 

Burkill, Chapt. hist. bot. India 238 [index]. 1965. 

eponymy : For eponyms based on the name Anderson, vide supra, sub A. Anderson and 
C. L. Anderson. 

121. Florula adenensis. A systematic account, with descriptions, of the flowering plants 
hitherto found at Aden. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. Supplement 
to vol. V. - Botany. London (Longman, Green, Longmans and Roberts, and Williams 
and Norgate) i860. Oct. (Fl. Aden.) 

PubL: i860 - p. [i]-xxiv, [i]-47, pi. 1-6, uncol. liths. by W. Fitch. Copy: NY. 
Re/.: CSP 1: 65; Kew 1: 58; PR 152. 

Andersson, Carl Filip Gunnar (1865- 1928), Swedish bryologist, palaeobotanist and 
plant-geographer at Stockholm. (C. Andersson). 

herbarium and types : GB (all material?) . 
Ref. : IH 2 : 36. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 58; BL 2: 459; BM 6: 23; Bossert p. 1 1 ; 

CSP 13: 65; Kew 1 : 59; KR p. 30-35. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 2g.pl. 11. 1903, 3(3): 3. pi. 106. 1905 (portr.) 

Anon., Handelshogsk. Stockholm Arsber. igog-igio: [repr. 1-9]. Copy: DS. 

Jonasson, Ymer 3. 1928 (full bibl.) Copy: B. 

Hesselman, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 46: (i2g)-(i47) ig2g (bibl.) 

eponymy: Anderssoniopiper W. Trelease (1934) is dedicated to Nils Johan Andersson 
(1821-1880), q.v. 

122. Studier bfver torfmossar i sodra Skdne. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & S.) i88g. Oct. 
(n.v.) (Stud, torfmossar Skdne). 

PubL : Jun-Jul i88g (communicated 8 Mai i88g, Nat. Nov. Aug i8go) - 43 p., issued as 
Bihang Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 15(3, 3), Stockholm i88g. 

Andersson, Nils Johan (1821-1880), Swedish botanist. (Anderss.) 

herbarium and types: S. - For voyages and distribution of duplicates see IH. - Exsic- 
catae: Flora lapponica exsiccata (1865, 15 sets). 
Ref.: Uii (ed. 6) =355, 2:36. 
Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 1. igo6. 
Stafleu, The great Prodromus ig. ig66. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 58; BL 2: 516, 551; BM 1: 44, 6: 24; 

45 



ANDERSSON 

Bossert p. n; CSP i: 65-66, 6: 565, 7: 34, 12: 16; DTS 1: 4; Frank p. 4; IF p. 675; 

Jackson p. 515 [index]; Kew 1 : 59; KR p. 36-42; Langman p. 88; LS 944; MW p. 4; 

NI 25-27; PR 155-169. 

Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 1: 192. 1880 (brief bibl.), J. Bot. 18: 192. 1880. 

Anon., Bot. Not. 1880: 63-64. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 29. pi. 11. 1903, 3(3) : 3. 1905. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 1. 1906 (itinerary). 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 16. 1950 (for his coll. and publ. on voyage 

Eugenie 1851-1853). 
Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(8) : 148. 1961. 
Kleppa, Norsk bot. bibl. (1814-1964): 318. 1973. 

composite works: Salicineae, in DC, Prodr. 16(2): 190-323. med. Jul 1868. The infra- 
generic categories are designated as follows (notes C. R. Ball) : 

The sections are centered, indicated by S and a serial number, and in italics, in capitals 
and lower case. 

The species are preceded by a number, exdented 2 spaces, printed in caps and small caps 
(author and citation in parentheses) and part of first line of text. 

The first subdivisions are varieties, preceded by a Greek letter (and comma) indented 
2 spaces under species paragraph, and exdented 2 spaces before the varietal paragraph. 
The name is in italic lower case, with author and citation in ( ) , all part of first line 
of text. 

The second subdivisions (formae) are included in the varietal paragraph, each preceded 
by a dash (-), and a number with a tiny o after its top; these are followed, without 
punctuation, by the form name in italics and a comma. 

eponymy: Anderssoniopiper W. Trelease (1934). 

123. Plantae vasculares circa Qidckjock Lapponiae lulensis, quarum enumerationem venia 
ampliss. Facult. philosoph. Upsal. praeside mag. Elia Fries . . . p.p. auctor Nicol. 
Johannes Anderson ... in audit. Gustav. pridie idus Jun. mdcccxliv. H. P. M. S. Pars 
prior. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & Lastrom) 1844- 1845. Oct. (PL vase. Quickjock). 

Pars prior: 12 Jun 1844, p. [i]-i6. Copies: NY (2). 

Pars posterior: Mai 1845, p. [i-iii], 17-36. Copies: G, NY (2). - "pro gradu philosophico 

p.p. auctor . . .". 
Re/.: KRp. 39 (no. 45). 

Beilschmied, Flora 30: 431-439, 447-454. 1847 (summary). 

Andersson, Bot. Not. 1866: 107- no, 1 19-125. 

124. Salices Lapponiae quarum descriptiones venia ampl. facult. philos. Upsal. p.p. 
Nicolaus Johannes Anderson [sic] phil. mag. stip. Hellvik. et Alfred. August. Wong 
ostragothi in audit. Gustav. die iii decemb. mdcccxlv. H.A.M.S. Pars 1. Uppsala 
(Wahlstrom & C.) 1845. Oct. (Salices Lapponiae). 



diss. 


pages 


defended by 


date 




1 


[i-iv], [i]-i6 


Alfred August Wong 


3 Dec 


1845 


2 


[i-iv], 17-32 


Gustavus Sigfridus Brydolf 


3 Dec 


1845 


3 


[i-"]> 33-48 


Sten Stenberg 


6 Dec 


1845 


4 


[i-iv], 49-64 


Johan. Eric Ulr. Kraft 


6 Dec 


1845 


5 


[i-iv], 65-90, [1, err. 


And. Gustavus Longberg 


13 Dec 


1845 



Copy: NY. 

Trade ed.: Uppsala (Wahlstrom & C:o) 1845, p. [i], [i]-90, [1, err.], 2 pi. Copies: G, 

HH, HU, M. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 44; Jackson p. 338; Kew 1 : 59; KR p. 36; TR 156. 

A., Bot. Zeit. 4: 619-620. 4 Sep 1846. 

125. Conspectus vegetationis Lapponiae quern venia ampliss. Facult. phil. Upsal. p.p. 
Nicolaus Johannes Anderson . . . et Theodor Isac. Suber ... in audit, philos. superiori 

46 



ANDERSSON 

d. xxvii maji mdcccxlvi h.a.m.s. pars i. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & C.) 1846. Oct. (Consp. 

veg. Lapponiae) . 

Pars 1 : 27 Mai 1846, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-x, [i]-i6. Copy: NY. 

Pars 2: 30 Mai 1846, p. [i-ii], 17-39. Copy: NY. - ". . . Anderson et Oscar Esbj. Ed- 
holm ...". 

Trade ed. : (n.v., fide KR) ib. 1846, p. [i], x, 39, with the indication "auctore ..." Repr. 
Arch. Scand. Beitr. 2: 394-444. 1850. 

Re/.: KRp. 39 (no. 47). 

126. Atlas bfver den Skandinaviska florans naturliga familjer. Stockholm (Zach. Haggstrom) 
1849. Oct. {Atlas Skand. nat.fam.) 

PubL: 1849, engr. t.p., [i-iii], [i]-2g, pi. isg. Copies: MO. 
Re/.: KR p. 41 (no. 62); PR 158. 

127. Plantas Scandinaviae descriptionibus et figuris analyticis adumbratae. Stockholm (Zacha- 
rias Haeggstrom) 2 fasc. 1849-1852. Oct. (PL Scand.) 

Fasciculus primus Cyperaceas Scandinaviae complectens, Stockholm 1849, other title page: 
Cyperaceae Scandinaviae in Dania, Suecia, Norvegia et Fennia sponte crescentes, des- 
criptae et delineatae . . . Praefatus est Elias Fries ... p. [ii*-iii*], i-iv, [4 p. Cyp.], 
[i]-74, [2 p. tables, 1 p. add.], 8 pi. Cover title: Cyperographia. Oct-Nov 1849 (p. iv: 
15 Oct 1879, rd. Regensburg Dec 1849). Copy: HH. 

Fasciculus secundus Gramineas Scandinaviae complectens, Stockholm 1852, other title page: 
Gramineae Scandinaviae in Dania, Suecia, Norvegia et Fennia sponte crescentes, 
descriptae et delineatae . . . [ii]-xiv, [1 p. add.], [i]-ii2, pi. i-xii. 1852 (Regensburg 
rd. Nov-Dec 1852). Copy: HH. 

Ref.: BM 1 : 44; Jackson p. 332; Kew 1 : 59; KR p. 37-38; NI 27; PR 159. 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 8: 283-284. 5 Apr 1850 (pars 1). 

128. Om Galapagos-dames Vegetation. Akademisk Afhandling, som med vidtberomda 
Filosofiska Fakultetens samtycke kommer att offentligen forsvaras af Nils Johan An- 
dersson, Filos. Mag. pa Auditoriet n:o 1 den 15 November 1854, kl. 9 f.m. Lund 
(Berling) 1854. Oct. (Galapagos veg.) 

[Pars 1 :] 15 Nov 1854, p. [i]-6o. Copy: NY. - Preprinted from Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1853 : 

61-120. 1855 (see Bot. Zeit. 13: 832. 23 Nov 1854). 
[Pars 2:] Nov-Dec 1854 as p. 121-256 in Sv. Vet.-Ak Handl. 1853 (publ. 1855). Copy: 

NY. 
Consolidated reprint: "Om . . . Vegetation: af N. J. Andersson." Stockholm (P. A. Nor- 

stedt & Soner) 1854. Oct., p. [1-60]. Copy: G. - Inlemnad den 7 September 1854 

(title on p. [61]), Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1853: [6i]-256. 1855. 
German translation of pars 1: Linnaea 31: 571-631. 1862, repr. 61 p. 
This text was also the basis for the two fascicles Botanik of K. Sv. fregatten Eugenies resa 
omkring jorden . . . 1851-1853, vetenskapliga iakttagelser, Heft 1 : 1-34, pi. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, g. 
Stockholm 1857, Heft 2: 35-104,/)/. 2,5, 8, 10-16, Stockholm 1861. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 59; KR p. 39-40; PR 165. 

Muller, Bot. Zeit. [13: 832. 23 Nov 1855], 14: 167-171. 7 Mar 1856. 

129. Salices boreali-Americanae. A synopsis of North American Willows. Cambridge 
(Metcalfe and Company), New York (B. Westermann & Co.) 1858. Oct. (in fours) 
(Salices bor.-amer.) 

PubL : 1858, reprinted with independent pagination and separate title page (Cambridge, 
Metcalfe and Co.; New York: B. Westermann & Co.), [i]-32 (Copies: G, MO, NY) 
from Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., Boston 4: 50-78. i860. English version of Bidrag 
till kannedomen om de i Nordamerika forekommande pilarter (Salices) publ. in Sv. 
Vet.-ak. Ofvers. 15: 109-133. 1858. It is not known to us which of the two versions 
has priority. The English version was communicated to the Amer. Academy on 
13 Apr 1858; the Swedish version was presented on 17 Mar 1858. 

Ref.: BM 1: 44; Jackson p. 358; Kew 1: 59; KR p. 37 (no. 7); PR 166; IDC 7498. 

130. Monographia Salicum hucusque cognitarum. Pars 1, Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt et f.) 
1867. Qu. J (Monogr. Salicum). 

47 



ANDERSSON 

Publ.: Only one fascicle published, Apr 1867 (fide letter to Miquel dated 23 Apr 1867, 
ULU), Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. N.S. 6(1), "Jan 1865" but printed 1867. 
Published in the journal (p. [i-iv], [1] :i8o, pi. i-g. Copies: BR, HU, L, MO), as well 
as separately: p. [i*-v*], [i]-[iv], [i]-i8o, pi. i-g (uncol. liths.) Copies: G, HU, NY. - 
The species are numbered. Subspecies are indicated by one or more asterisks, usually 
indented 6 spaces. Sometimes a dash is used instead of an asterisk. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 44; DTS 1 : 4; Jackson p. 143; Kew 1 : 59; KR p. 37 (no. 11); Langman 
p. 88; PR 168. 

Andrae, Carl Justus (1 816-1885), German palaeobotanist, first at Halle, later at 
Bonn. (Andrae). 

collections: Bonn (herbarium destroyed in 1945); some herbarium material was 
also at B. - Palaeobotanical collections at the palaeontological collection of the Universi- 
ty of Bonn. 
Ref.: AG 2(1) : 291 ; IH 2: 37; Kanitz no. 237. 

bibliography and biography : AG 2 ( i ) : 291; Barnhart i : 59 ; BM 1 : 45 ; CSP 2 : 66-67, 
6: 565-566, 7: 34, 9: 44, 13: 100; Jackson p. 183, 186; NI 28; PR 170-172; Quenstedt 

P- 9- 

Anon., Nat. Nov. 7: 128. 1885. 

Fabricius, Verh. naturf. Ver. preuss. Rheinl.-Westf. 42 General- Versammlung Corr. bl. 

42: 37"44> J 44- 1885. 
Langer, Argumenta palaeobotanica 2: 27-30. 1968. 

131. Vorweltliche Pflanzen aus dem Steinkohlengebirge der preussischen Rheinlande und West- 
phalens. Bonn (A. Henry) 1865- 1869, 3 parts. Qu. | (Vorw. Pfl. Steinkohlengeb. preuss. 
Rheinl.) 

part pages plates dates 

1 [i]-v, [i]-i8 1/2,3-5 Mar 1865 

2 19-24 6-10 1866 

3 35-50 11-15 "1869" 1870 

Flora received part 3 only on 10 Dec 1870; Bot. Zeit. announced it on 7 Apr 1871. - 
Lithographs by A. Henry, Bonn. Copy: NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 45; NI 28; PR 172. 

Andre, Edouard Francois (1840- 19 11), French horticulturist and traveller in South 
America. (Andre). 

herbarium and types: K (orig. herb.) 

Ref: Barnhart 1 : 59; IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 37. 

Smith, Phytologia 12(7): 401-413. 1965 (itinerary of Andes expedition 1875-1876). 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1) : 596; Barnhart 1 : 29; BM 1 : 45; Bossert p. 1 1 ; 

CSP 9: 46, 12: 16, 13: 10 1 ; Kew 1 : 60; Langman p. 88; MW p. 5-6, suppl. p. 5; NI 29; 

Zander ed. 10, p. 590. 

Bois et Grignan, Rev. hortic. 83: 485-493. 191 1 (portr.) 

Buyssens, Rev. Hortic. beige etrang. 37: 382-384. 191 1 (portr.) 

Tucker, Cat. library Arnold Arb. 1 : 37-38. 1914 (bibl.) 

Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 317. 1945. 

Smith, Plant life 1: 31-39. 1945 (Bromel. coll. in Columbia). 

Chardon, Caldasia 4: 283-292. 1947. 

eponymy: Andrea Mez (1896). -Note: Andreaea B. T. Palm & S. C. J. Jochems (1923) and 
Andreaeana B. T. Palm and S. C. J. Jochems (1924) are dedicated to Gajus Henricus 
Andreae, Dutch planter in the Netherlands East Indies. 



48 



ANDREWS, H. C. 

132. Bromeliaceae Andreanae. Description et histoire des Bromeliacees recoltees dans la 
Golombie, l'Ecuador et le Venezuela . . . Ouvrage illustre de 39 planches lithographiees 
et d'une carte partielle de l'Amerique du Sud. Paris (Librairie agricole; G. Masson) s.d. 
[1889]. (Bromel. Andr.) 

PubL: Sep-Dec 1889 (p. xi: 24 Aug 1889; see also Chardon), p. [i*], [i]-xi, [i]-ii8, 
pi. i-xxxix (bot. ill.), xxxx (map). Copies: NO, Lyman B. Smith. 

Andreansky, Gabor (Gabriel) [Baron] (1895- 1967), Hungarian palaeobotanist. 

(Andreanszky) . 

herbarium, collections, types: BP and/or BPU; duplicates at W. 
Re/.: IH 2 :37- 

bibliography and biography: Andrews ed. 2, p. 232; Barnhart 1: 60; Bossert p. 1 1 ; 

Kew 1 : 60; PFC 2(2) : xviii. 

Toth, Sydowia 20: 173. 1968. 

Lacza & Cziffery, Fragm. Bot. Mus. Hist. nat. Hung. 6: 85-108. 1969 (bibl., list of his 

taxa) . 
Anon., Ber. deut. Ges. geol. VViss. A. Geol. Palaont. 14(2): 219-233. 1969 (portr.) 
Horvat, Vegetatio 21: 159-160. 1970 (portr.) 

eponymy: Andreanszkya S. Toth (1968). 

Andres, Heinrich (1883- 1970), German cryptogamist. (Andres). 

herbarium and types: Original herbarium up to 1943: destroyed. Material at B, NY, 
PC and W. - Andres also distributed a set of exsiccata taken from the collections of 
Philipp Wilhelm Wirtgen (1806- 1870) under the title: Dr. Phil. Wirtgen: Herbarium 
plantae criticae, selectae, hybridae florae rhenanae, edit. Nov. H. Andres (exact number of 
species included unknown, published around 1 930- 1 939) , sets at FH, NY, PC. - Wirtgen's 
own sets were issued 1 867-1 871. 
&/.:GRp. 58; IH 2:37- 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 5. 1967. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 60 ; BFM 300, 306, 307 ; BM 1:25; GR p. 58 ; 
Kew 1 : 60-61 ; LS suppl. 301 ; Langman p. 88-89; MW p. 7, suppl. p. 6. 

133. Flora von Eifel und Hunsriick mit Einschluss des Venns der eingeschlossenen und an- 
grenzenden Flusstaler unter Beriicksichtigung der Okologie und Verbreitung unserer 
Pfianzenwelt sowie einem Abrisse der Geschichte der heimatlichen Botanik fur Schulen 
und Naturfreunde. Wittlich 191 1. Oct. (Fl. Eifel Hunsriick). 

Ed. /: Jun-Aug 191 1 (preface Whitsun 191 1; Nat. Nov. Sep 191 1) - xxviii, 381 p. • 
Re-issue: Wittlich 1920 with a new title page and additional material as "Flora des mittel- 
rheinischen Berglandes und der eingeschlossenen Flusstaler mit besonderer Beriicksichti- 
gung der Flora von Eifel und Hunsriick mit Einschluss des Venns unter Hervorhebung 
der Okologie und geographischen Verbreitung . . . Naturfreunde." xxviii, 381 p. 
[identical with 191 1 issue], Nachtrage und Ergdnzungen 14 p., Anhang iv, 18 p. 

Andrews, Henry C. (fl. 1799- 1830), English botanical painter and engraver. (Andr.) 

herbarium and types: Henry Andrews was a botanical painter and engraver. His 
paintings and drawings were based on living specimens. No herbarium specimens are 
known to exist. 

bibliography and biography: BB p. 7-8; Barnhart 1: 61; BM 1: 46; DNB 1: 406; 
Frank p. 5 ; HU 2 : 583 [index] ; Jackson p. 5 1 5 [index] ; Kew 1:62; MW p. 708, suppl. 
p. 6; Plesch p. 126-127; PR 174-178. 
Blunt, Art of bot. ill. 209-211. 1950. 

eponymy: Andreusia [sic] Ventenat (1805). - Note: Andrewsianthus Schuster (1961) is 

49 



ANDREWS, H. C. 

dedicated to Albert Leroy Andrews (1878- 1962) American bryologist; Andrewopteris 
R. W. Baxter (1975) is dedicated to Henry Nathaniel Andrews jr. (1910-x), q.v. 

134. Coloured engravings of heaths. The drawings taken from the living plants only. With 
the appropriate specific character, full description, native place of growth, and time of 
flowering of each; in Latin and English. Each figure accompanied by accurate dissections 
of the several parts (magnified where necessary) upon which the specific distinction has 
been founded, according to the Linnaean system. London (author) [i794-]i 802- 1809 
[-1830], 4 vols. Fol. {Col. engr. heaths). 

Vol. 1: [i-ix], pi. r-72 with text, indexes [1], [1]. 1794-1802 ["1802"]. 

Vol. 2: [i-v], pi. 73-144 id., indexes [1], [1]. 1802-1805 ["1805"]. 

Vol. 3: [i-vii], pi. 145-216 id., index [1]. 1805-1809 ["1809"]. 

Vol. 4: [i-iii], pi. 217-288 id., indexes [1], [1]. 1810-1830 ["1805"]. 

Contains 288 hand-coloured engraved plates (etchings according to Dunthorne) by 

Andrews ("crude and stylised" Blunt). - The book was published in parts of which the 

dates and contents are unknown. Many plates are dated; the plate numbers are given in 

the indexes. - Volume 4 is rare. - For collation see Plesch. Copies: HU, MO, NY. 

Second edition: "The Heathery; or a monograph of the genus Erica: containing coloured 
engravings with Latin and English descriptions, dissections, etc. of all the known 
species of that extensive and distinguished tribe of plants. By H. C. Andrews." London 
(Henry G. Bohn) 1845, 6 vols. Oct. Copy: G. - The plates are not dated. 

1: engr. t.p., [i]-viii, pi. 1-50. 3: [i-v], pi. 101-150. 5: [i-iii], pi. 201-250. 

2: [i-v], pi. 51-100. 4: [i-iii], pi. 151-200. 6: [i-iii], pi. 251-300. 

Re/.: BM 1: 46; DU 9; GF p. 47; Jackson p. 131; Kew 1: 62; NI 31; Plesch p. 127; 
PR 175; IDC 5369. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 12. 1975 (sold at £ 4,800). 

135. The botanisVs repository, for new, and rare plants. Containing coloured figures of 
such plants, as have not hitherto appeared in any similar publication; with all their 
essential characters, botanically arranged, after the sexual system of the celebrated 
Linnaeus; in English, and Latin. To each description is added, a short history of the 
plant, as to its time of flowering, culture, native place of growth, when introduced, and 
by whom. The whole executed by Henry Andrews, author of the coloured engravings of 
heaths, in folio. London (T. Bensley, for author) 1797 [-18 15], 10 vols. Qu. {Bot. repos.) 
[Engraved title-pages:] Vol. [1, etc.] of the Botanists Repository comprising, colour'd 
engravings of new and rare plants only with botanical descriptions &c. in Latin and 
English after the Linnaean system. By H. Andrews botanical painter engraver etc. 
[Original wrappers, title:] The Botanist's Repository for new and rare plants only. A 
work designed to comprise coloured figures of each plant, as have not hitherto been 
given to the public in any similar publication. 

Publ. : The first of the above titles is that of the general, letter press, title-page (often 
discarded) ; the second is that appearing on the engraved title-pages of the separate 
volumes (these were mostly kept by binders) ; the third appears on the original wrap- 
pers (fide GF p. 83). Most plates are dated; these dates can be taken as dates of actual 
publication. The following is only a summary. Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY, US. 

vol. part plates dates vol. part plates dates 

1 1-6 Nov-Dec 1797 6 361-414 Apr-Dec 1804 
7-42 Jan-Dec 1798 415-432 Jan-Mar 1805 

43-72 Jan-Oct 1799 7 433-44 1 Dec l8 ° 6 

2 73-78 Nov-Dec 1799 442-467 Jan-Jun 1807 
79-128 Jan-Dec 1800 97 468-472 Jul 1807 

129-144 Jan-Mar 1801 98 473-477 Aug 1807 

3 145-198 Apr-Dec 1801 99 478-482 Oct 1807 
199-216 Jan-Mar 1802 100 483-487 1807 

4 217-270 Apr-Dec 1802 10 1 488-492 Nov 1807 
271-288 Jan-Mar 1803 8 102 493-497 Dec 1807 

5 289-342 Apr-Dec 1803 103 498-502 Feb 1808 
343-360 Jan-Mar 1804 104 503-507 1808 

50 






p, '* 



ANDREWS, H. C. 



vol. part plates dates 



vol. part plates dates 



105 

106 

107 

108 

109 

no 

in 

1 1 2- 1 16 

117-119 

120 



508-512 

513-517 
518-522 

523-527 
528-532 

533-537 
538-542 
543-567 
568-582 
583-586 



Mar 1808 
Apr 1808 
Mai 1808 
Jun 1808 
Jul 1808 
Aug 1808 
Nov 1808 
before Mai 1809 
before Sep 1809 
Nov 1809 



121-126 

127 

128-131 

132 

133 

134 

135 

136 

137 



587-612 
613-617 
618-636 
637-640 
641-645 
646-650 
651-654 

655-659 
660-664 



before Sep 18 10 
prob. Dec 1810 
Jun 181 1 
Nov 181 1 
Dec 181 1 
Mar 1812 
Jul 1812 
1812 
1814 or 1815 



The hand-coloured engraved plates are all by H. C. Andrews. Dunthorne speaks of 
"etchings coloured by hand, often printed in blue green ink." The text of the first 5 
volumes was probably written by John Kennedy, that for vol. 6 by A. Haworth, vol. 7-10 
by George Jackson. Originally issued in parts of 3 plates each (parts 1-34) later of 5 
plates each. A second "edition" was published in 10 volumes in 1816, London (T. Cope, 
for author) ; actually this is a re-issue with a newly printed title page in vol. 1 (NY) . - 
The volumes are made up by the plates as cited, preceded by the engr. t.p., and followed 
by indexes and errata (1 : [1] ind.; 2-4: [1] ind., [1 err.]; 5: id. plus [1] ind. vols. 1-5; 
6-9 as 2-4; 10, id. plus [1] index vols. 6-10). 

Re/.: BM 1 : 209; DU 8; GF p. 83; Jackson p. 471; Langman p. 89; NI 2382; Plesch 
p. 126-127; PR 174; SK p. clxvi; IDC 5827. 

Harms, Notizbl. Berlin 4: 243-245. 1906. 

Britten, J. Bot. 54: 236-246. 191 6. 

Nakai, J. Jap. Bot. 17: 422-424. 1941. 

Stearn, Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 116: 40. 1944. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1:12. 1975 (sold at £ 1.700). 

136. Recensio plantarum hucusque in Repositorio botanicorum depictarum. A review of the 
plants hitherto figured in the Botanist's Repository, with a translation of the essential and 
specific characters. Index duplex. London (J. White) 1801. Qu. (Recens. pi.) 

PubL: 1801, p. [i-iii], [i]-74, [index 1-4]. Copy: G. - Author: John Bellenden Ker (former- 
ly Gawler). Treats 132 species from the Repository. 

137. Roses : or a monograph of the genus Rosa : containing coloured figures of all the 
known species and beautiful varieties, drawn, engraved, described and coloured, from 
the living plants. London (R. Taylor and Co., for author) 1805- 1828, 2 vols. Qu. (Roses). 
PubL : Tucker gives the following summary of the publication of the 1 29 illustrations (on 

122 plates). The plates are copper engravings, often printed in a blue-green ink. (vol. 
1 : 1-65; 2: 66-129). The dates in brackets are those of the water-marks. 



number 


date 


number 


date 




number 


date 


1 


n.d. 


16 


1806 




3i 


drawn 18 16 


2 


n.d. 


17 


1806 




32 


[1821] 


3 


[1828] 


18 


n.d. 




33 


[1821] 


4 


after 1 8 1 1 


19 


1806 




34 


drawn 1810? 


5 


n.d. 


20 


1806 




35 


n.d. 


6 


1806 


21 


1805 




36 


[1817] 


7 


1806 


22 


n.d. 




37 


1805 


8 


[1824] 


23 


1805 




38 


after 1823 


9 


[1824] 


24 


1806 




39 


[1810] 


10 


n.d. 


25 


drawn 


1826 


40 


drawn 1808 


11 


1806 


26 


n.d. 




41 


after 1820 


12 


drawn 18 10 


27 


[1807] 




42 


n.d. 


13 


1805 


28 


i8i6?or 1817? 


43 


[1817] 


14 


1806 


29 


1805 




44 


drawn 1822 


15 


1806 


30 


drawn 


1824 


45 


1806 



5 1 



ANDREWS 


, H. G. 










number 


date 


number 


date 


number 


date 


46 


1805 


74 


n.d. 


102 


1806 


47 


1806 


75 


drawn 1819 


103 


1806 


48 


[1810] 


76 


drawn 1821 


104 


n.d. 


49 


1805 


77 


[1810] 


105 


[1808] 


50 


1805 


78 


1806 


106 


[1822] 


5i 


n.d. 


79 


drawn 181 2 


107 


[1825] 


52 


1806 


80 


drawn 181 2 


108 


drawn 1827 


53 


1806 


81 


after 181 5 


109 


n.d. 


54 


1806 


82 


drawn 1823 


1 10 


[1809] 


55 


[1826] 


83 


[1805] 


1 1 1 


1805 


56 


1806 


84 


drawn 1822 


112 


[1821] 


57 


after 18 16 


85 


[1826] 


"3 


[1821] 


58 


drawn 1810 


86 


[1826] 


114 


drawn 1809 


59 


1805 


87 


drawn 1827 


115 


drawn 1810 


60 


1806 


88 


1806 


116 


1817 


61 


[1824] 


89 


n.d. 


117 


1806 


62 


[1824] 


90 


[1804] 


118 


1824 


63 


1806 


9i 


n.d. 


119 


n.d. 


64 


1805 


92 


1809 


120 


after 181 7 


65 


drawn 181 5? 


93 


1805 


121 


1806 


66 


1805 


94 


1805 


122 


[1804] 


67 


n.d. 


95 


[1828] 


123 


n.d. 


68 


[1805] 


96 


drawn 1822 


124 


1806 


69 


after 18 16 


97 


n.d. 


125 


n.d. 


70 


[1817] 


98 


drawn 1826? 


126 


[1817] 


7i 


[1817] 


99 


n.d. 


127 


[1817] 


72 


1806 


100 


[1817] 


128 


1822 


73 


after 1826 


101 


i860 [sic], 1806 


129 


[1807] 



Copy: HU (t.p., ind. [1], 71 pi.). 

Ref: BM 1: 46; GF p. 47; Jackson p. 142; Kew 1: 62; NI 34; PR 178. 
Tucker, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 258-260. 1937. 

138. Geraniums : or a monograph of the genus Geranium : containing coloured figures of 
all the known species and numerous beautiful varieties, drawn, engraved, described, and 
coloured, from the living plants. By H. C. Andrews, author of The botanist's repository, 
Coloured engravings of heaths, etc. London (R. Taylor and Co., for author) i8o5[-i8o6], 
2 vols. {Geraniums). 

Publ.: 1 805- 1 806 (some plates dated 1806; t.p.'s dated 1805). The mostly undated 124 
plates are not numbered and bound in alphabetical order in each volume. Complete 
copies are rare. For a collation see Plesch. NY copy: 1 : [i-ih], pi. [1-63], [1, index] ; 
2: [i], pi. [64-124], [1, ind.]. All plates accompanied by text. HU copy: 88 pi. 

Ref.: BM 1 : 46; DU 1 1 ; Jackson p. 132; Kew 1 : 62; NI 32; Plesch p. 127; PR 177; 
IDC 7375- 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Bot. 1 : 14. 1975 (sold at £ 2.200). 

Andrews, Henry Nathaniel, Jr. (1910-x), American palaeobotanist. (H. JV. Andrews). 

collections and types: Univ. of Connecticut and US. 

bibliography and biography : Andrews ed. 2. p. 232-233 ; Barnhart 1 : 62 ; Bossert p. 1 1 ; 

Kew 1 : 62 ; Langman p. 89. 

Roon, Int. direct, spec. pi. tax. 11. 1958. 

eponymy: Andrewopteris R. W. Baxter (1975). - Note: Andrewsianthus Schuster (1961) is 
dedicated to Albert Leroy Andrews (1878- 1962), American bryologist. 

139. Index of generic names of fossil plants, 1820- /Q50. Geological Survey Bulletin 10 13. 



52 



ANNENKOV 

Based on the Compendium Index of Palaeobotany of the United States Geological 
Survey. United States Printing Office, Washington 1955. Oct. {Index gen. names fossil pi.) 
Publ. : ed. 1 : 1 955, iv, 262 p. ; ed. 2 ( 1 850- 1 965) 1 970, iv, 354 p. - Lists the generic names 

of fossil plants (exclusive of diatoms and of fossil pollen and spores) with first described 

species. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 62. 

Stafleu, Taxon 20: 178. 1971. 

Andrzeiovski, Antoni Lukianovich (1785- 1868), Lithuanian botanist. {Andrzeiovski). 

herbarium and types: KW (9000). 

Ref.: IH 2: 37- 

Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880 (herb, at KRAM?). 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1) : 73; Barnhart 1 : 63; Bossert p. 12; CSP 1 : 71; 
Frank p. 5; Jackson p. 264, 331 ; Kew 1 : 62; Lipschitz 1 : 59-61 (bibl.) ; TR 21-27. 
Anon., Flora 53: 125. 1870. 
Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 273-274. 1884. 

eponymy: Andreoskia A. P. de Candolle (1824); Andrzeiowskia H. G. L. Reichenbach 

(1824). 

139a. Czackia genre determine et decrit par Antoine Andrzeiowski a Krzemieniec 1818. 

Qu. {Czackia). 

Publ.: 1818, p. [i-iii], [i>7, 1 pi. Copy: G. 

Ref: Lipschitz 1: 60; PR 180. 

Angstrom, Johan ( 1 8 1 3- 1 879) , Swedish bryologist and physician, educated at Uppsala, 
practising at Lycksele (1853) an d Ornskoldsvik.^njtffr.) 

herbarium and types : S ; further material at H. 
Ref: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 38; KR p. 787. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 65; BM 1 : 47; CSP 1 : 73-74, 7: 38, 9: 52; 

Frank p. 5; KR p. 787-789; PR 186. 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 73. 

Anon., J. Bot. 17: 128. 1879. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): pi. 101. 1905 (portr.) 

eponymy: Angstroemia Bruch, Schimper & Giimbel (1846); Aongstroemiopsis M. Fleischer 
(1904). 

140. Dispositio muscorum in Scandinavia hucusque cognitorum. Uppsala (Petrus W. Horlin), 

[1842]. Duod. {Disp. muse. Scand.) 

Publ.: 1842, after Mai - p. [i-ii], [i]-33- The notice by Beilschmied is based on a pre- 
publication notice in Bot. Not. 1845; Angstrom dated his preface (p. ii) "mense majo 
mdccccxlii." Copy: NY. 

Ref: BM 1 : 47; KR p. 787-788; PR 186. 

Beilschmied, Flora 28: 318-319. 28 Mai 1845. 

Annenkov, Nicolas Ivanovich (1819-1889), Russian cryptogamist. {Annenkov). 

herbarium and types : LE, MW, also at P and PC. - Exsiccatae : Flora mosquensis exsiccata 
(cent, i-v, 500 nos., Moskva 1 849-1851). No sets known, data obtained by Sayre from 
Mikutowicz, Bryotheca baltica 19 10; see also Lipschitz 1 : 64, no. 8. 
Ref : IH 2 : 38. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 6. 1967. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 66; CSP 1 : 74; LS 960; Lipschitz 1 : 62-63 
(bibl.) 

53 



ANTOINE 

Antoine, Franz, Jr. (18 15-1886), Austrian horticulturist, director ("Hofgarten- 
director") of the Schonbrunn gardens near Vienna. (Antoine). 

herbarium and types: W. - Original drawings and photographs at W and, some, at 
the Lindley Library (R.H.S., London). 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:67; BM 1 : 53; CSP 1 : 77, 6: 567, 7: 41, 12: 
19; DTS 1 : 4; GFBp. 48; Jackson p. 140; Kew 1 : 65; MW p. 22; NI 41-44, suppl. ; PR 

I95-I97- 

Anon., Leopoldina 22: 112. 1880 (brief bibl.), Nat. Nov. 1886: 94, Flora 70: 395. 1887. 

note: Son of Franz de Paula Antoine (1768- 1834, imperial horticulturist at Vienna, 
author of Abbildung von 51 Pfirsich-Gattungen Wien 1821. Fol. Published in 10 parts; 20 p. 
and 49 pi. (NI 40). Junk, (Rara 172. 1929) indicates multiple authorship. 

141. Die Coniferen, nach Lambert, Loudon und andern frei bearbeitet. - Wien 1840 
[-1841], 11 Hefte, Fol. (Coniferen). 

Publ. : A copy in original covers at the Morton Arboretum, Lisle, 111., provides informa- 
tion on dates and contents of the eleven fascicles (kindly sent to us by Ian MacPhail) : 

Heft pages plates date 

I (in ink) [ J ]-20 i-v 1840 Publisher's announcement on 

back wrapper dated "Wien im 
Monatejuli 1840"; [publ. 
Aug-Sep 1840]. 

II (in ink) 21-30 vi-x 1840 Publisher's announcement 

as in 2 

dated "Wien im Sommer des 

Jahres 1840". 

1840 Publisher's announcement 
as in 2 

1 84 1 Publisher's announcement 
as in 2 

1 84 1 Publisher's announcement 
as in 2 

6 lacking in Morton Arboretum copy, publ. 1843 fide Bot. Zeit. 1 : 899. 1843. 

7 (stamped 79-88 xxvii/xxviii (in one) , 1841 
in ink) xxi-xxiiii 

VIII (in ink) 89-100 xxxv-xxxix 1841 

9 (stamped 101-104 xxxvi[bis]/xxxvii[bis] 1841 
in ink) (in one), xl-xliii 

10 lacking in Morton Arboretum copy, but pi. xliv-xlviii in copy BR. 

1 1 (stamped 1 09- 1 1 2 xlix-liii 1 84 1 
in ink) 

Copies: BR, Morton Arb. - The plates mai'ked as being in one show only one subject and 
count as only one plate. The bis plates are not duplicates but show different subjects. The 
BR copy is made up as follows: cover, [i, t.p.], [i]-ii2, pi. i-xxvi, xxoii/xxviii in one, 
xvii, xviii-xxxv, xxxvi/xxxvii in one, xxxvi, xxxviii-liii. 

The plates are lithographs by Antoine ; they feature over 600 figures most of which are 
copied from Lambert and some of which are original (see preface) . 
Re/.: BM 1: 53; DTS 1: 4; Kew 1: 65; NI 41; PR 195. 
Junk, Rara 172. 1929. 

142. Phyto-Iconographie der Bromeliaceen des kaiserlichen koniglichen Hofburg-Gartens in 
Wien, 7 parts. Wien (Gerold & Comp.) 1884, Qu. & Fol. \ (Phyto-Iconogr. Bromel.) 
Publ. : 1884, in seven parts, a text volume, viii, 54 p., quarto and a folio atlas: Atlas zur 

Phyto-Iconographie ... Hojburggartens, with a lithographed title page and 35 partly 

coloured lithographs (copy with original covers at NY). 

54 



3 ( in ink ) 


31-34 


xi-xv 


4 (in ink) 


35-46 


xvi-xx 


5 (in ink) 


47-62 


xxi-xxv 



5 


3i-38 


xxi-xxv 


6 


39-46 


XXVl-XXX 


7 


47-54 


XXXl-XXXV 



Heft text plates Heft text plates 

1 iii-viii, 1-6 i-v, lith. t.p. 

2 7 _I 4 w- x 

3 15-22 xi-xv 

4 23-30 xvi-xx 

Antoine planned to issue 20 parts. Parts 1-5 were announced by Nat. Nov. in Feb 1884, 

part 6 in Oct 1884. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 53; GF p. 48; Kew 1 : 65; Langman p. 89. 

Antz, Carl Casar (1805- 1859), German physician and botanist, "Bataillons-Arzt des 
Konigl. Garde-Landwehr-Bataillons Dusseldorf." (Antz). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 68; BM 1 : 53; Kew 1 : 65; PR 199-200. 
Anon., Flora 42: 748. 1859; Bot. Zeit. 17: 391. 

143. Flora von Dusseldorf, oder: Aufzahlung der in dem Gebiete wildwachsenden und 
haufig kultivirten phanerogamischen und kryptogamischen Gefasspflanzen, mit einer 
analytischen Tabelle zur leichteren Bestimmung der Gattungen und einer Uebersicht 
derselben nach Linne und Jussieu "im Verein mit Herrn R. E. Clemen." Dusseldorf 
(StahPsche Buchhandlung) 1846. Oct. (Fl. Dusseldorf). Co-author: R. E. Clemen 
[= Rudolf Clemen, 181 6- 1854?]. 
Publ.: 1846, prob. Aug-Sep ("so eben erschienen" Flora 29: 560. 21 Sep 1846), p. [i-iii], 

[i]-2i8, register [119], 120-124 [for 219-224]. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 53; Kew 1 : 65; PR 200. 

J.K.H., Bot. Zeit. 5: 280-286. 16 Apr 1847. 

Anzi, Martino (181 2- 1883), Italian cryptogamist. (Anzi). 

herbarium and types: TO. - Anzi issued the following exsiccatae: 

1. Lichenes Etruriae rariores exsiccati (nos. 1-53, Novi Comi 1862) ; sets at B, BM, FH, K, L, 
O, PC, S, TCD, TO, UPS, W. 

2. Lichenes exsiccati minus rari italiae superioris (fasc. i-viii, nos. 1-400, Novi Comi 1865); 
sets at BM, BR, FH, G, K, NY, O, PC, S, TCD, TO, UPS, W. 

3. Lichenes prov. Sondriensis, et Novi Comensi exsiccati. Series ii, L. minus rari (fasc. i-xi, nos. 
1-288, published presumably after 1868) ; sets at NY, TCD, TO, UPS. 

4. Lichenes rariores Langobardi exsiccati (fasc. i-xiv, nos. 1-578, Novi Comi 1 861-1873); 
sets at B, BM, FH, K, L, O, PC, S, TCD, TO, UPS. 

5. Lichenes rariores Veneti "additis nonnullis speciebus ex viciniis regionibus" quos ex herbario 
Massalongiano in continuationem Lichenum Italiae exsiccatorum excerpsit . . . (fasc. i-iv, nos. 
1-175, Novo Como 1863) ; sets at BP, FH, G, K, L, O, PC, S, TCD, TO, UPS, W. 

6. Cladoniae cisalpinae exsiccatae (nos. 1-28, 1861) ; sets at BM, M, O, S, TCD, TO, UPS, 
W. 

7. Anzi was also one of the contributors to the Erbario crittogamico italiano (fasc. i-xxx, 
nos. 1-1500; series ii, fasc. i-xxx, nos. 1-1500, Genova (some: Milano) 1858- 1885); 
sets at FH, G, NY, STR. 

Ref. : GR p. 512 (q.v. for further locations of sets of exs.) ; IH 2: 39. 
Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. 
Anon., Flora 66: 338, 577-578. 1883. 
Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Garden 19(1): 20-22, 109-112. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 68; BM 1: 53, 6: 29; CSP 7: 41, 9: 57, 
12: 19; GR p. 512; Jackson p. 322 ; Kew 1 : 65 ; LS 964-979 ; PR 201 -203 ; Saccardo 1 : 
16, 2: 1 1-12. 

Jahresber. naturf. Ges. Graubiinden 27: xxiii. 1884. 
Solla, Notarisia, 7: 1450-1458. 1892 (biogr.) 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 1y4.pl. 135. 1905 (portr.) 

55 



eponymy: Anzia Garovaglio (1868); Anzia Stizenberger (1861, nom. cons.); Anziella 
V. Kofarago-Gyelnik (1940). 

144. Catalogus lichenum quos in provincia Sondriensi et circa Novnm-Comum collegit et in ordinem 
systematicum digessit presbyter Martinus Anzi . . . Novo Como (Carolus Franchi) i860. 
Oct. (Cat. lich. Sondr.) 

Publ: Aug i860 (p. 126), p. [i]-xvi, [i]-i26. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1: 53; Jackson p. 322; LS 964; PR 201; IDC 569. 

Stizenberger, Flora 44: 94-95. 14 Feb 1861, 44: 382-384. 28 Jun 1861. 

145. Neosymbola lichenum rariorum vel novorum Italiae superioris. [Milano 1866]. Oct. 
(Neosymb. lich. rar.) 

Publ.: 1866, p. [i]-i8, [1 p. identif.], reprinted with independent pagination from Atti 

della Societa italiana di Scienze naturali 9, 1866. Copy: NY. 
Ref.: LS972; PR 202. 

146. Analecta lichenum rariorum vel novorum Italiae superioris. [Milano, 1868]. Oct. 
(Analecta lich. rar.) 

Publ. : 1 868, independently paged reprint, p. [ 1 ]-27 [ 1 p. identif.] , from Atti della Societa 

italiana di Scienze naturali 11(4): 156. 181. 1868. Copy: NY. 
#«>/.: LS 973; PR 203. 

Anon., Hedwigia 8(1) : 6-15. Jan 1869. 

Arber, Agnes (nee Robertson) (1879- 1960), British botanist and philosopher, wife 
of E. A. Newell Arber. {A. Arber). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Andrews ed. 2. p. 233; Barnhart 1 : 70; BFM 2375, 2391, 

3190; BM6: 30; Bossert p. 13; Kew 1: 67-69; Langman p. 91, 673; MW p. 22; Plesch 

p. 128. 

Blunt, Art. of bot. ill. 224, 295. 1950. 

Hamshaw Thomas, Nature, London, 186: 847-848. i960. 

Hamshaw Thomas, Biogr. Mem. Fellows Roy. Soc. 6: 1-11. i960 (bibl., portr.) 

Singer, Archs. int. Hist. Sci. 13: 11 8- 119. i960. 

Stearn, Taxon 9: 261-263. i960 (portr.) 

Wilkinson, Publ. Engl. Goethe Soc. ser. 2. 29: 94-95. i960. 

Corner, Phytomorphology 11: 197-198. 1961 (portr.) 

Stearn, Agnes Arber, Chambers Encycl. 1 : 530-531. 1966. 

Stearn and M. Arber, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 370-384. pi. 2-3. 1968 (portr., bibl.) 

Godwin, DSB 1 : 205-206. 1970. 

eponymy: Arberia Nieuwland (19 16). - Note: Arberia D. White (1908) and Arberiella 
D. D. Pant & D. D. Nautiyal (i960) are dedicated to Edward Alexander Newell Arber 
(1870-1918), q.v. 

147. Water plants a study of aquatic angiosperms. Cambridge (University Press) 1920. 
Oct. (Water pi.) 

Orig. ed.: 1920, after 1 Mar (preface), p. [i]-xvi, [i]-436, 171 figs., front. Copy: AMD. 
Facsimile ed.: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1963, Historiae naturalis classica t. xxiii, p. [i]-xii, 

[i]-xvi, [i]-436, 171 figs., front. Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : BFM 2391 ; Kew 1 : 68. 

Stearn, Introduction to the reprint of Arber's Water Plants, in facsimile edition 
Weinheim 1963, p. iii-xii. 

148. Monocotyledons a morphological study. Cambridge (University Press) 1925. Oct. 
(Monocotyledons) . 

Orig. ed.: 1925, after 20 Feb (preface), frontispiece, p. [i]-xiv, [1, motto], 1-258. Copy: U. 
Facsimile ed.: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1961, Historiae naturalis classica t. xxi, p. [i*-v*], 
[i]-"xxii" [= xiv], [1, motto], 1-258. Copy: FAS. 

56 



ARCANGELI 

Ref. : BFM 2375; Kew 1 : 68; Langman p. 91. 

Arber, Muriel A., Preface to the reprint [of Monocotyledons] Weinheim 1961. 

149. The Gramineae a study of cereal, bamboo, and grass. Cambridge (University Press) 

1934. Oct. (Gramineae). 

Orig. ed.\ 1934, after isJun (date of pref.), p. [i]-xvii, 1-480 p., 212 ill. and frontispiece 

(Diirer, "Das grosse Rasenstuck"). Copy: L. 
Facsimile ed.: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1965, Historiae naturalis classica t. xli, p. [i*-iv*], 

i-xxxii (intr. Clayton), [i]-xvii, 1-480, 212 ill. Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 69; Langman p. 91 ; MW p. 22. 

Clayton, Introduction to Arber's "The Gramineae," in facsimile ed. 1965, also 
published in J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1965. 

Arber, Edward Alexander Newell (1870-19 18), palaeobotanist at Cambridge. (E. 

Arber) . 

collections: Cambridge, U.K. 

bibliography and biography: Andrews ed. 2, p. 233; Barnhart 1 : 70; BB p. 8; BM 6: 

30-31; Bossert 1: 13; CSP 13: 138-139; Kew 1: 69-70; Langman p. 203, 259, 387; 

Moebius p. 145-146; Quenstedt p. 12. 

Arber, A., J. Bot. 56: 305-308. 191 8 (portr.) 

D.H.S., Ann. Bot. 32: vii-ix. 1918 (selected bibl.) 

D.H.S., Proc. Linn. Soc. 131 : 39-48. 19 18/19 (bibl. by Agnes Arber). 

Huxley, Life letters Hooker 2: 520 [index]. 19 18. 

Woodward, Geol. Magaz. ser. 2. dec 6. 5: 426-431. 1918 (bibl., portr.) 

Lamplugh, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 75: lx-lxi. 1920. 

Verdoorn, F., [ed] Manual Pteridology p. 559-560. 1938 (bibl.) 

Arber and S team, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 371-372, 373-383. 1968 (bibl., portr.) 

eponymy: Arberia D. White (1908); Arberiella D. D. Pant & D. D. Nautiyal (i960). - 
Note: Arberia Nieuwland (19 16) is dedicated to Agnes Arber nee Robinson (1879- 1960), 
q.v. 

150. Catalogue of the fossil plants of the Glossopteris flora in the Department of Geology 
British Museum (Natural History). Being a monograph of the Permo-carboniferous flora 
of India and the Southern Hemisphere. London (Trustees British Museum, Nat. Hist.) 
1905. Oct. (Cat. Glossopteris fl.) 
Publ.: Nov-Dec 1905 (p. v: Oct 1905, Nat. Nov. early Jan 1906), p. [i]-lxxxiv, [1], [1]- 

255, pi. i-viii, 51 figs. 
Ref: BM 6: 30; Kew 1 : 69; IDC 5363. 

Arcangeli, Giovanni ( 1840-192 1), Italian botanist, professor of botany and director 
of the botanic garden of Pisa. (Arcang.) 

herbarium and types : Unknown (at PI?) ; collections in many herbaria, e.g. bryophytes 

atH. 

Ref. : IH 2 : 40. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:71; BFM 1508; BL 2: 330, 398; BM 1 : 55, 

6:31; Bossert p. 13; CSP 7: 42, 9: 61; DTS 1:4; Frank p. 5; GR p. 527; Kew 1 : 70-72; 

Langman p. 91; LS 1010-1051, suppl. 1096-1098; MW p. 22; PFC 1 : xxxiv, 2(2): xv; 

Saccardo 1:16; Zander ed. 10, p. 590. 

Cesati, Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. 4(7): 4-6. 1882. 

Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 237. 1909. 

Mattirolo, Cronistoria Orto bot. Torino lxvii. 1929 (portr.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 36. 1936. 

eponymy: Arcangelia P. A. Saccardo (1890); Arcangeliella F. Cavara (1900); Arcangelina 
O. Kuntze (1891); Arcangelisia O. Beccari (1877). 

57 



ARCANGELI 

151. Compendio della flora italiana ossia Manuale per la determinazione delle piante che 
trovansi selvatiche od inselvatichite nelP Italia e nelle isole adiacenti. Torino 1882. Oct. 
(Comp.fi. ital.) 

Ed. /: Jan-Apr 1882 (preface: Pisa Jan 1882; Nat. Nov. Mai 1882; J. Bot. Jun 1882), 

p. [i]-xx, [i]-88g. Copy: L. 
Ed. 2: Jul-Sep 1894 (p. [viii] : 30 Jun 1894, Nat. Nov. Oct. 1894), p. [i]-xix, [xx, abbr.], 

[i]-836. Torino, Roma (Ermanno Loescher) i8g4,Oct. Copies: HH, MO, US. 
Infraspecific categories (in ed. 2) : subspecies are marked with greek letters, varieties with 

Latin script. 
Ref.: BFM 1508; BM 1: 55; BL 2: 330; DTS 1: 4; Kew 1: 70. 

Archer, William (1830- 1897), Irish botanist, of Dublin, librarian and microscopist. 

(W. Archer). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:71; BB p. 9; BM 1 : 55; CSP 1 : 86, 7: 42, 

9: 62, 13: 142; DNB suppl. 1, 1: 57; GR p. 754; Kew 1: 73; LS 1053-1057, 30620; 

MW p. 22. 

De Toni, Syll. alg. 1 : iii-v. 1889 (bibl.) 

Nordstedt, Index desmidiacearum 3-7. 1896 (bibl.) 

Frazer, Irish Naturalist 1897: 253-257 (portr.); J. Bot. 35: 501-502. 1897. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 89, pi. 34; 3(3) : 75. 1905 (portr.) 

Barnhart, NAF 1 1 (1) : 87. 1937. 

Coker & Barnhart, NAF 2(1): 69. 1937. 

eponymy: Archerina Lankester (1885). - Note: ArcheriaJ. D. Hooker (1857) is dedicated 
to William Archer (1820- 1874), Australian botanist. 

Ardissone, Francesco (1837-igio), Italian botanist at Fano, later at the College of 
Agriculture at Milano (Ardiss.) 

herbarium and types: MI. - Dupl. see IH. Ardissone also contributed to the Erbario 
crittogamico italiano (see under Anzi) . 
Ref. : IH 2: 40. 

Candolle, Phytographie 392. 1880. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: AG 12(3) : 263: Barnhart i : 72; BL 2: 364, 373; BM 1 : 
58, 6: 32; Bossertp. 13; CSP 9: 63, 12: 21, 13: 144; Jackson p. 74, 156, 157, 164, 316, 
317, 318, 33, 489; Kew 1 : 14; LS 359-360; Moebius p. 903; PR 21 1-212; Saccardo 1:17. 
Ardissone, Elenco delle memorie ed opera pubblicate da Francesco Ardissone [2] p., 

s.d., s.l. [1878]. 
De Toni et Levi, Notarisia 3, suppl. : i-xxx, pi. 1-12. 1 888 (vol. 3 frontisp. portr. Ardissone) . 
De Toni, Syll. alg. 1 : v-vi. 1889, 2(1) : vii. 1891. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): i^.pl. 31. 1903, 3(3): 174./)/. 135. 1905 (portr.) 

festschrift: De Toni, Settantesimo genetliaco del Prof. Francesco Ardissone, viii 
Settembre mcmvii, Milano 1908, 61 p. (bibl.) Copies: B, DS. 

eponymy: Ardissonea De Notaris (1870); Ardissonea J. G. Agardh (1899); Ardissonula 
G. De Toni (1936); Neoardissonia H. Kylin (1956). 

152. Ennmerazione delle alghe di Sicilia. Genova (R. I. de' Sordo-Muti) 1864. Oct. (Enum. 
alg. Sicilia) . 

Pub I.: Early 1864 (Hedwigia 1864: 31; Flora 47 (Rep. 1): 10. 10 Jun 1864), p. [i]-48, 
[1, note]. Copy: NY. Reprinted with independent pagination from Commentario 
Societa Crittogamologica italiana 1: 391-436. 1863. 

Ref. : Cesati, Saggio 6. 1882. 



58 



ARDOINO 

153. Enumerazione delle alghe delta Marca di Ancona. Fano (Giovanni Lana) 1866. Qu. 
{Enum. alg. Marca di Ancona}. 

Publ: 1866, p. [i]-32. Copies: FH, UC. 
Re/.: BM 1: 58; Jackson p. 317; PR 212; IDC 6337. 
L.R., Hedwigia 6(10): 152-153. Oct 1867. 

154. Prospetto delle Ceramiee italiche. Pesaro (Fratelli Rossi) 1867. Qu. (Prosp. Ceramiee ital.) 
Publ. : 1867, after Apr. (p. 7) (Flora 27 Apr 1868), p. [i]-92, 3 coloured lithographs with 

letterpress. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 58. 

155. Gli uffici delle plante crittogame. Prolusione al corso di crittogamologia . . . letta nella 
R. Scuola superiore di agricoltura di Milano il giorno 16 aprile 1873. Milano (Ulrico 
Hoepli) 1873. Qu. (combined in one gathering) {Uffici pi. critt.) 

Publ.: Apr 1873 (t.p. read 16 Apr 1873, Hedwigia 12(5): 80. Mai 1873), p. [i]-24. 
Copies: L, MO. 

156. Le alghe. Sunto di alcune lezioni di botanica crittogamica dettate . . . nella R. 
Scuola superiore di Agricoltura in Milano nel Gennaio 1874. Milano (Editrice Lombar- 
da) 1875. Oct. {Alghe). 

Orig. ed.: Jan-Apr 1875 (Hedwigia 14(5): 79. Mai 1875), p. [i]-65,/>/. 1-10 (signatures: 

1: [i]-i6, 2: 17-32, 3: 33-48, 4: 49-65). Copy: NY. 
Re-issue: 1875, p. [i]-44, (no plates, sign. 1 = [i]-i6, 2: 17-32, 3: 33-44). Copies: MO, 

NY. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 74; see Jackson p. 156 and index. 

157. Phycologia mediterranea. Varese 1883- 1887. 2 vols. Oct. {Phycol. medit.) {n.v.) 
Publ. : Issued as Memorie della Societa crittogamologica italiana, Varese. 

Vol. 1: x, 516 p., 1883 (pref. Oct 1882; Nat. Nov. Nov 1883; J. Bot. id.) 

Vol. 2: p. 1-128. 1886 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1887), p. 129-320. Jan-Apr 1887 (Nat. Nov. 

Mai 1887). 
Ref. : BM 1 : 58 ; 3 : 1 3 1 1 ; Kew 1 : 74. 

De Toni et Levimorenos, Notarisia 3, suppl. 1888 (Scemata generum floridearum 

illustratio accomodata ad usum Phycologiae mediterraneae . . .) 

Ardoino, Honore [Onorato] Jean Baptiste (18 19-1874), French-Italian botanist 
at Menton. {Ardoino). 

herbarium and types: FI. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 40. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(2) : 305; Barnhart i : 72; BL 2: 117, 420; Bossert 

p. 14; CSP 7: 43; Jackson p. 279, 287; Kew 1 : 75; PR 213-214; Saccardo 1 : 17, 2: 12, 

Cron. p. xiv. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cix. 1883 (bibl.) 

Saccardo, Malpighia 13: 100. 1899 (ref. to portr.) 

Burnat et Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 10-11. 1941 (bibl.) 

158. Flore analytique du departement des Alpes-maritimes ou description succincte des plantes 
vasculaires qui croissent spontanement entre le versant est de l'Esterel et la Roi'a, les 
Alpes et la mer. Menton (J. V. Ardoin) 1867. Oct. {Fl. anal. Alpes-mar.) 

Ed. 1: Apr-Sep 1867 (p. xv: 16 Mar 1867, Flora rd before 22 Oct 1867), p. [i]-xxx, [1]- 

468. Copy: NY. 
Ed. 2: 1879 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1879), "seconde edition," [i]-xxx, [i]-47o p., "without the 

majority of the corrections given on p. 451 of the first edition" (Cavillier) (Nat. Nov. 

Dec 1879). Copy: B. - Imprint: Menton (Bertrand et Queyrot), Nice (S. Cauvin- 

Empereur) . 

Mainly based on the catalogue of the Bornet-Thuret herbarium. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 58 (ed. 2), BL 2: 117; Jackson p. 279; Plesch p. 128 (ed. 2); PR 214. 

Cavillier, in Burnat et Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 10. 1941. 

59 



ARDUINO 

Arduino, Pietro (1728- 1805), Italian botanist and agriculturist, curator of the Padua 
botanic garden. (Ard.) 

herbarium and types : Some at PAD. - The museum at Vicenza possessed a collection 
of plants from the Venetian region and cultivated in the Padua botanic garden which is 
known to have come from Pietro Arduino's brother, the geologist Giovanni Arduino 
(1 714-1795). This herbarium of 6000 plants was probably essentially the Pietro Arduino 
herbarium; it was destroyed during world war II. - Dupl. C, FI, LINN. 
Ref. : IH 2: 40; Saccardo 2:12. 

Beguinot, Flora padovana, Padova 1909-19 14. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1): 49, 5(1): 761; Barnhart 1: 72; BM 1: 58; 

DTS 1 14; Jackson p. 134, 436;Kew 1 : 75; KRp. 44; PR 220-222; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. 

Targioni, Nuov. Giorn. Lett. Pisa 2(22): 1 16-120. 1808. 

Anon., Flora 3(1), Beil. 1 : 2. 1820. 

Visiani, Notizie intorno alia vita e agli scritti di Pietro Arduino, Parte I. Padova 1857 

(n.v.) 
Fries, Bref och Skr. Linne 2(1): 76-94. 
Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 37. 1936. 

eponymy: Arduina P. Miller ex Linnaeus (1767). 

159. Petri Arduini veronensis horti publici patavini custodis Animadversionum botanicarum 
specimen. Padova (Conzatti) 1759. Qu. (Animadv. bot. spec.) 

Publ.: after 3 Oct 1759, possibly 1760 (cf. p. xxviii) (reviews J. Scavans (Amst.), Ned. 

Letter-Courant 19 Dec 1760, GGA 9 Oct 1762, sic), p. [i] -xxviii, pi. 1-12. Copies: G, 

L, MO, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 58; DA 1967; Kew 1 : 75; NI 46; PR 220; SA 2: 539; IDC 1017. 

Williams, J. Bot. 28: 293-295. 1890 (modern equivalents). 

Wilmott, Kew Bull. 1935: 90 ("not employing the Linnean biverbal nomenclature 
for species"). 

160. Petri Harduini veronensis horti publici patavini custodis animadversionum botanicarum 
specimen alterum. Venetia (Typographia Sansoniana) 1764. Qu. {Animadv. bot. spec, alt.) 
Publ.: ante Aug 1764 (preface: 10 Cal. Oct 1763; review GGA 4 Aug 1764), p. [i]-xlii, 

pi. 1-20. Copies: G, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 58; DTS 1: 4; Kew 1: 75; NI 46; PR 220; Saccardo 1: 17; IDC 1017. 
Williams, J. Bot. 28: 293-295. 1890 (modern equivalents). 
Wilmott, Kew Bull. 1935: 90 ("contained biverbal nomenclature for species"). 

Arechavaleta y Balpardo, Jose (1838-1912), Uruguayan botanist (Arechav.) 

herbarium and types: MVM (12.000) ; other material at ZT. 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 40. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 72; BL 1 : 259; BM 1 : 58, 6: 32; Bossert 

p. 14; CSP 13: 145; GR p. 760; Kew 1 : 75; LS 1061. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 182. pi. 52. 1903 (portr.), 3(3) : 204. 1905 (portr.) 

Anon., Physis 1: 96-98. 1912 (portr.) 

Aranzadi, Bol. R. Soc. Espanola Hist. nat. 13: 528-545. 1913. 

eponymy: Arechav aletaia C. Spegazzini (1899). 

161. Las Gramineas Uruguayas, An. Mus. nac. Montevideo tomo 1, fasc. 1-6, 1894-1897. 
part pages dates part pages dates 



1 
2 
3 

60 



[293-92 Feb 1894 
93-212 Nov 1894 

213-292 Sep 1895 



4 2 93"37 2 Mar 1896 

5 373-452 Aug 1896 

6 453-58i Jun 1897 



ARESCHOUG, F. W. C. 

Reprint, modified, of part i issued with part 2, Nov 1894. Copy: G. - These six parts 

constitute Vol. 1 of the Gramineas. The second volume was never published. Part 1 of vol. 3 

(all published) "Agrostologia aplicada," p. 87-122 was issued with the Anales 3(9), med. 

1898; later instructions called for this part to be bound with Anales 4, 1902, as p. 87-122 

of that volume. Copy : NY. 

Reprint: Montevideo (Oriental) 1898. Qu., p. [i]-552, [1 list figs.]. Copies: L, MO. - 
Repaginated in order to fill up p. [i]-28, absent from orig. The reprint has the 1894 
t.p. of the reprint of part 1, issued with part 2. This 1894 reprint was in larger type, 
agreeing with that of parts 2-6. The cover, containing the complete set, is dated 1898. 

Ref. : BM 3: 1340; CSP 13: 145; Kew 1: 75; SK p. clxvii. 
Anon., Bol. Soc. Physis 1(2): 96-98. 1912. 
Parodi, Rev. Argent. Agron. 3: 133. 1936. 

162. Flora Uruguaya [.] Enumeracion y description breve de las plantas conocidas hasta 
hoy y de algunas nuevas que nacen expontaneamente y viven en la Republica Oriental 
del Uruguay. Montevideo (1-2 : Oriental, 3-4: A. Barreira y Ramos), 4 vols. 1898- 1906. 
Oct. {FL Urug.) 

Publ. : in Anales del Museo nacional de Montevideo : 

1 (Anales t. 3): [i]-xxi, [23]-48. 1898; 49-96. 1898; 97-160. 1898; 161-200. 1900; 
201-304. 1900; 305-416. 1901; 417-492. 1901. Copies: BR, G, MO, NY, U. 

2 (Anales t. 5) : [i*.-iii*], [i]-xlviii, 1-160. 1903 (but t.p. Flora 2 dated 1902) ; 161-292. 
J 905; 293-375- l 9°b- Copies: BR, G, L, NY, U. 

3 (Anales t. 6) : 1 : [i-iii], [i]-84, pi. i-ig. Jul-Dec 1906; 2: 85-228,/)/. 20-108. Jan-Sep 
1907; 3: 229-502. Jan-Mar 1908. Copies: BR, L, MO, NY, U. 

4 (Anales t. 7) : 1 : [i-iii], [i]-62,/>/. 1-15. Jan-Jun 1909; 2: 63-127,^/. 16-38. Jan-Mai 
1910; 3: 129-224. Jan-Aug 191 1. Copies: BR (p. 128-144 lacking), L, MO, NY. 

Ref. : BL 1 : 259. 

Arendt, Johann Josef Franz (jl. 1828- 1840), German botanist at Osnabriick. 

(Arendt) . 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 72; BM 1: 58-59; PR 224-225; SO add 
840a; for details see MBL. 

163. Scholia Osnabrugensia in Chloridem Hanoveranam, d.h. Zusatze und Berichtigungen, 
unsre vaterlandische Flora betreffend, mit Berucksichtigung der osnabriickschen Special- 
flora; eine hochst nothwendige und wichtige Zugabe zu der Chloris Hanoverana. 
Osnabriick (Rackhorst) 1837. Oct. (Scholia Osnabrug.) 

Publ. : Jan-Feb 1837 ( r d- Regensburg Feb 1837), p. [i-ii], [i]-35- Copies: G, NY (signed 

by author). 
Ref. : PR 225. 

Anon., Flora 20: 369. 28 Jun 1837. 

Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 7: 31. 28 Feb 1837. 

Areschoug, Fredric Wilhelm Christian (1830- 1908), Swedish botanist at Lund. 

(F. Areschoug). 

herbarium and types: LD. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 40 ; KR p. 44. 

Womersley, Austr. J. mar. freshwater Res. 7: 345. 1956. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography : AG 4 : 763 ; Barnhart 1:73; BL 2 : 538 ; BM 1 : 59, 6 : 32 ; 
Bossertp. 14; CSP 1 : 89, 6: 567, 7: 44, 9: 64, 12: 21, 13: 145; Frank p. 5;Jacksonp. 516 
[index]; Kew 1 : 77; KR p. 44-48; Moebius p. 368; PR 228-231; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 29, pi. 6. 1903, 3(3) : 4, 206, pi. 104. 1905 (portr.) 
Andersson, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 3: (i78)-(ig5). 1909 (portr., bibl.) 
Lidforss, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 27: (47)-(58). 1909 (bibl.) 

61 



ARESCHOUG, F. W. C. 

WulfF, K. Sv. Vetenskapsakad. Arsbok 1910: 339-360 (portr., bibl.) 
Andersson, Sv. biogr. lex. 2: 149, 158. 1920 (bibl.) 
Hjelmqvist, Bot. Not. 11 1(1): 9. 1958 (portr.) 

composite works: Norges Rubi, in Blytt, JVorges Flora 3 (Bot. Zeit. 10 Mar 1876). 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Areschoug, see below under John Erhard 
Areschoug (1811-1887). 

164. Shanes flora, innefattande de fanerogama och ormbunkartade vaxterna. Lund 
(C. W. K. Gleerup), Kjobenhavn (Christian Falkenberg), 1866. Oct. (Shanes fl.) 

Ed. 1: 1866 (p. iii: 19 Aug 1866), p. [i*], [i]-xc, [i]-240. Copy: NY. 

Ed. 2: "Andra upplagan." Lund (C. W. K. Gleerup) s.d., Oct. 

Publ.: Oct-Dec 1881 (Nat. Nov. late Dec 1881; p. ii: 1881; p. iv: 20 Sep 1881), 

p. [i]-xxii, [i]-585. Copy: BR. 
Ref: AG 4: 763; BL 2: 538; BM 1 : 59; Jackson p. 338; Kew 1 : 77; KR p. 44; PR 231. 

165. Some observations on the genus Rubus. I. Comparative examinations of the Rubi in the 
Scandinavian peninsula. Lund (Fr. Berling) 1885- 1886. Qu. (Observ. Rubus). 

Publ. : Original publication in two parts in Lunds Univ. Arsskr. : 21 [3 Mat. o. Nat.] no. 

9: [i]-i26. 1885 (J. Bot. Aug 1887, sic) 22 [3 Mat. o. Nat.] no. 5: 127-182, [i]-iii. 

'1886', publ. 1887, before Oct (Nat. Nov Oct 1887) - The reprint, provided with a 

separate cover (title as above), dated 1885- 1886, was issued as a whole in 1887 (Nat. 

Nov. Oct 1887) with a special cover but retaining the original pagination [i]-i26, 

127-182, [i]-ih, contents. Copy: B. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 59; Kew 1 : 77. 

166. Plantae sub itinere navis bellicae Eugeniae anno 1852 a N. J. Andersson circa Guayaquil 
collectae [Stockholm 1869 (?)]. Qu. [p.p. 1 15-142] (n.v., fide Krok). (PL itin. Eugeniae). 
Publ. : First distributed 19 10 in K. Sv. fregatten Eugenies resa omkring jorden ... 1851- 

1853. Vetenskapliga iakttagelser, Botanik, Haft 3, Uppsala (KR). Descriptions 
reprinted in Fedde, Repert. Sp. nov. 10: 299-303. 1912. 
Ref.: BM 6: 32; KR p. 45. 

Fedde, Repert. Sp. nov. 10: 299. 191 2 (also accepts date as 19 10). 

Areschoug, John Erhard (181 1-1887), Swedish algologist at Uppsala. (J. Areschoug). 

herbarium and types: Phanerogams at UPS; algae at S. - Exsiccatae: 

1. Algae scandinavicae exsiccatae (fasc. 1,12 nos., Lund 1836) fide KR. 

2. Algae scandinavicae exsiccatae (fasc. 1-3, nos. 1-3, nos. 1-84, Goteborg 1840-1841); sets 
at BM, NY, PC, UPS. 

3. Algae Scandinaviae exsiccatae quas adjectis characeis, ser. nov. (fasc. 1-9, nos. 1-430, 
Uppsala 1 86 1- 1879) ; sets e.g. at B, BM, C, FH, LD, NY, PC, UPS, W. (See Hedwigia 
2: 128. 130. 1863 [fasc. 1-3]; 3: 10-12. Jan 1864 [4]; 4: 107-108. Jul 1865 [5]; 6: 62- 
63. 1867 [6].) 

4. Phyceae extraeuropaeae exsiccatae (fasc. 1-3, nos. 1-90, Uppsala 1850- 1856) ; sets at C, G, 
FH, HBG, KIEL, LE, PC, S, UPS, W. - Only 20 sets issued. 

Ref: IH 2: 40; KR p. 48, 51. 
Barnhart, NAF 1 1 (1) : 87. 1937. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 61-62. 1969. 
Wood and Imahori, Revision Characeae 1 : 787. 1965. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 73 ; BM 1 : 58; CSP 1 : 88-89, 7: 44, 9: 64, 

13: 145; Frank p. 5; Jackson p. 516 [index]; Kew 1 : 77; KR p. 48-51 (bibl.); Moebius 

p. 368; NI 49-50; PR 232-241; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66. 

Norstedt, Bot. Not. 1887: 150-15 1. 

Areschoug, F. W. C. and Blytt, Ann. Bot. 1 : 381-382. 1888 (bibl.) 

De Toni, Syll. Alg. 1: vi. 1889, 4(1): iii. 1897. 

Wittrock, Lefnadsteckn. ofver Sv. Vet.-Akad. Ledamoter 4(1) (71) : 51-62. 1899 (bibl.) 

62 



ARESCHOUG, J. E. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 30. pi. 4. 1903, 3(3) : 4. 1905 (portr.) 
Svedelius, Sv. Biogr. Lex. 2: 144-148. 1920 (bibl.) 

eponymy: Areschougia Meneghini (1844, nom. rej.) ; Areschougia Trevisan (1845) ; Areschou- 
gia W. H. Harvey (1855, nom. cons.); Neoareschougia H. Kylin (1956). 

167. Plantae cotyledoneae florae Gothoburgensis, quas, secundum familiarum naturalium 
ordinem Friesianum, disposuit atque descripsit John Erh. Areschoug. Lund (C. W. K. 
Gleerup) 1836. Oct. (Pl.fl. Gothoburg.) 

Publ. : Jul-Oct 1836 (p. ii: 14 Jun 1836; Swenska Litt.-Foren. Tidn. 2 Nov 1837; Flora 
rd. 3 Dec 1837), P- [i*-iv*], [i]-viii, [i]-i49- Copies: NY, PCS. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 59; Jackson p. 337; KR p. 48; PR 233. 
Areschoug, Bot. Not. 1840: 17-25 (additions). 

168. Symbolae algarum variorum florae scandinavicae, quas, cons, ampliss. fac. philos. Lun- 
dens., praeside Sv. Nilsson, . . . pro laurea modeste defendet auctor John Erh. Ares- 
choug, ... in Museo zoologico die xxi Jun. mdcccxxxviii. Lund (C. F. Berling) 1838. 
Oct. (in fours) (Symb. alg. scand.) 

Publ.: 21 Jun 1838 (date of disputation ; see also Flora 21: 632. 21 Oct 1838), p. [i], 

[i]-i4. Copies: NY, PCS. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 59; KR p. 48; PR 234. 

169. De Hydrodictyo utriculato, dissertatio botanica, quam. Venia ampliss. fac. phil. 
Lundens. p.p. Dr. John Erh. Areschoug, . . . respondente C. J. Kjellberg, Gothobur- 
gensi. In Academia Carolina die 26 Martii mdcccxxxix. Lund (C. F. Berling) 1839. Qu. 
(in fours) (Hydrodict. utric.) 

Publ.: 26 Mar 1839 (date on which the thesis was defended), p. [i-iii], [i]-23, / pi. - 
Areschoug is the author, Kjellberg "respondens." Copies: NY, PCS. - German version,. 
Linnaea 16: 127-134. 1842 (pi. 5). 

Re/.: BM 1 : 59; Kew 1 : 77; KR p. 49; PR 235. 

170. Iconographia phycologica seu phycearum novarum et rariorum icones atque des- 
criptiones. Decas prima. Goteborg (N.J. Gumpert) s.d. [1847] Qu. f (Iconogr. phycol.) 
Publ.: Aug-Nov 1847, after 15 Jul (date on p. [1]; Bot. Zeit. 26 Nov 1847), cover with 

title, p. [i]-6, pi. i-x (monochrome lithographs by the author). Copy: FH. 
Ref.: BM 1: 59; KR p. 49; NI 49; PR 236; IDC 6341. 

171. Phyceae scandinavicae marinae, sive Fucacearum nee non Ulvacearum, quae in 
maribus paeninsulam Scandinavicam alluentibus crescunt, descriptiones. Uppsala 
(Leffler et Sebell) 1850. Qu. (Phyc. scand. mar.) 

Publ.: 1850. - An independently paged reprint of two articles published under the title 
Phycearum, quae in maribus Scandinaviae crescunt, enumeratio. Sect, prior et posterior, as 
follows : 

Sect, prior Fucaceas continens, Ups. Soc. sci. nova Acta 13 : 223-382, pi. i-g. 1846, publ. 
1847. 

Sect, posterior Ulvaceas continens, lb. 14: 385-454,/)/. 1-3. 1849, publ. 1850. 

Pagination reprint: [i], [i]-230, [10. corr.], pi. i-g, 1-3. The division of the two sections 

falls in the middle of p. 159. Copies: NY, PCS. 

Ref.: BM 1: 59; Kew 1: 77; KR p. 49; NI 50; PR 237. 

172. Phyceae capenses, quarum particulam primam, venia ampliss. philos. facult. Up- 
saliens., praeside J. E. Areschoug . . . pro gradu philosophico p.p. Johannes Conradus 
Carlberg gothoburgensis. In auditorio Gustaviano die vii maj mdccli. H.A.M.S. 
Uppsala (Reg. Acad. Typographus) 1851. Qu. [- . . . particulam quartam . . .] f 

(Phyc. cap.) 

1 PL [ x ]"8 Johannes Conradus Carlberg 7 Mai 1851 

2 [i-ii], 9-16 Carolus Albertus Holmgren 10 Mai 1851 

3 [i-ii], 17-24 Gabr. Otto Hakansson 10 Mai 1851 

4 [i-ii], 25-32 Carolus Magnus Appelberg 1 3 Jun 1 851 

63 



ARESCHOUG, J. E. 

This series of dissertations was intended to be continued. The abbreviation H.A.M.S. in 
the title stands for hora ante meridiem solitis. 
Copies: PCS, UC, NY (without t.p.'s). 
Ref.: KR p. 49 (no. 16). 

173. Phyceae novae et minus cognitae in maribus extra europaeis collectae quas descrip- 
tionibus atque observationibus adumbravit John Erh. Areschoug . . . Uppsala (E 
Typographia academica) 1854. Qu. {Phyc. nov.) 

PubL: 1854, p. [i]-46. Copy: PCS. - Reprint from Ups. Soc. Sci. nova Acta ser. 3: 328 

(= p. 2 repr.) - 372 (p. 46 repr.) 
Ref.: KR p. 50 (no. 21a). 

174. Observations phycologicae, Uppsala (Berling Reg. Acad. Typographus) 1866- 1884, 
5 parts. Qu. (Observ. phycol.) 

1: De Confervaceis nonnullis, 1866, p. [i]-26, pi. 1-4. Copy: PCS. - Reprinted from Ups. 

Soc. Sci. nova Acta ser. 3. 6(1) : 1-26, pi. 1-4. 
2: De Urospora mirabili Aresch. et de Chlorozoosporarum copulatione, 1874, p. [i], 

[i]-i3, pi. 1-2. Copy: PCS. - Repr. ib. 9(1): 1-13, pi. 1-2. 1874 (Bot. Zeit. 15 and 

29 Jan 1875). 
3: De algis nonnullis . . ., 1875 (read 23 Apr 1875), p. [i], [i]-36, pi. 1-3. Copy: PCS. - 

Repr. ib. 10(1): 1-36.pl. 1-3. 1875. 
4: De Laminariaceis nonnullis, 1883 (read 7 Apr 1883), p. [i], [i]-23- Copy: PCS. Repr. 

ib. 12(1) (no. 8). 
5: De Laminariaceis nonnullis (continuatio), 1884 (read 15 Feb 1884), p. [i]-i6. Copy: 

PCS. -Repr. ib. 12(2). 
Ref. : KR p. 50 (no. 24). 

Arnaud, Gabriel (1882- 1957), French mycologist. (G. Arnaud). 

herbarium and types: in 1958 still in his private herbarium; other material at P. 
Ref : Hepper and Neate, PI. coll. W. Africa 5. 1971. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 76; GRp. 303; Kew 1 : 80; LS 30627-30631 ; 

LS suppl. 1 129-1176; MW p. 22. 
Roon, Ind. direct, spec. pi. tax. 12. 1958. 

eponymy: Arnaudia A. Chaves Batista (i960); Arnaudiella F. Petrak (1927); Arnaudina 
A. Trotter ( 1 93 1 ) . - Note : Arnaudovia Valkanov ( 1 963) is dedicated to Nikolai Arnaudov 
(1887-x), Bulgarian mycologist. 

Arnaud, Jean Andre Michel (1 760-1831), French physician and botanist. (J. 

Arnaud). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 76; BL 2: 155; CSP 1: 94; Kew 1; 80; 
MDp. 35; PR 246. 

eponomy : For eponyms based on the name Arnaud, cf. supra, sub G. Arnaud. 

175. Flore du departement de la Haute-Loire, ou tableau des plantes qui y croissent, disposees 
suivant la methode naturelle. Le Puy (Pasquet Pere et Fils) 1825. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. 
Haute-Loire). 

PubL: 1825, ante 2 Jul (BF), p. [i]-xix, [xx, tabl.], [1-108]. Copies: G, HU, NY. - A 
Supplement was published in Ann. Soc. Agric. Puy 1829: 89-125. 1830 (see next entry). 
Ref: BL 2: 155; Kew 1: 80; MD p. 35; PR 246. 

176. Supplement a la Flore du departement de la Haute-Loire, ou indication des plantes a y 
ajouter, avec quelques corrections et observations. Le Puy (P. Pasquet) 1830. Oct. (in 
fours) {Suppl. fl. Haute-Loire). 



Publ. : 1830, p. [i]-39. Copy: HU. - Reprinted from Ann. Soc. Agric. Sci. Arts Puy 1829: 
89-125. 1830. 

Arnell, Hampus Wilhelm (1848-1932), Swedish botanist and highschool teacher. 

(Arnell) . 

herbarium and types: UPS; important sets at GB, H, LD and S. Contributed to 
Schiffner, Hepaticae europaeae exsiccatae. 
Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 41. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 122. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 55. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 76; BL 2: 517, 521, 545; BM 1 : 62, 6: 33; 

Bossert p. 14; CSP 9: 70, 12: 23, 13: 158; Jackson p. 333; Kew 1 : 80-81 ; KR p. 52-56 

(bibl.); Moebius p. 118; MW p. 22, suppl. p. 14. 

Moller, Sv. biogr. lex. 232-235. 1920 (portr., bibl.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 30, pi. 12. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 4. 1905 (portr.) 

Moller, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 31 : 161-164 (portr., bibl., suppl. to Krok). 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. 

composite works: See S. O. Lindberg, Musci Asiae borealis, Stockholm 1889- 1890. 

eponymy: Arnellia S. O. Lindberg (1889); Arnelliella C. Massalongo (1914). 

177. De skandinaviska lofmossornas kalendarium. Akademisk Afhandling, som med samtycke 
af vidtberomda filosofiska fakulteten i Upsala for filosofiska gradens vinnande till 
offentlig granskning framstalles af Hampus Wilhelm Arnell, ... pa botanisk larosalen 
tisdagen den 18 maj 1875 p.v.t.f.m. Uppsala (Esasias Edquist) 1875. Oct. (Skand. 
Ibfmoss. kalend.) 

Thesis issue: 18 Mai 1875, p. [i-iii], [i]-i2g. Copy: BR. 

Trade issue: 1875, p. [i], [i]-i2g. Copies: L, NY. - "De . . . afhandling af Hampus 

Wilhelm Arnell". 

Both issues reprinted (or preprinted) from Upsala Univ. Arsskrift 1875 (Math. Naturv.) 

no. 4, p. [i], [i]-i2g. 1875. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 62; Jackson p. 332; Kew 1 : 80; KR p. 52 (no. 2). 

178. Lebermoosstudien im nbrdlichen Norwegen. Jonkoping (C.J. Lundgren) 1892. Qu. (in 
fours) (Lebermoosstitd. nordl. Norwegen) . 

Publ.: 1892 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1892), p. [i]-x, [i]-43, [44 table], in Jonkopings H. Allm. 

Larov. Redog. . . . lasaret 189 1- 1892 (publ. 1892). Copies: G, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 62; KR p. 53. 

179. Mossvegetationen vid Tdkern. [Headlines:] Sjdn Takerns fauna och flora utgifven 
af K. Svenska Vetenskapsakademien 1. Stockholm (Almqvist & Wisell), Berlin, London, 
Paris. [19 1 5]. Qu. (Mossveg. Tdkern). 

Co-author: Christian Erasmus Otterstr em Jensen (1 859-1 941). 

Publ.: Sep-Dec 1915 (p. 37: printed 24 Aug 1915), p. [i]-37- Copy: NY. 

Ref: KR p. 54 (no. 44). 

Arnold, Ferdinand Christian Gustav ("von Eichstatt") (1828-1901), Southern 
German lichenologist and bryologist, "Oberlandesgerichtsrath" in Miinchen. (Arnold). 

herbarium and types: M. - duplicates see GR and IH; exsiccatae: 
l.Lichenes exsiccati [Lichenes jurae, Lichenes exsiccati Tiroliae et Bavariae] (nos. 1-1816, 
Eichstadt, later Miinchen, 1859- 1900) ; sets at FH, G, NY, PC (50 to 60 sets issued). 

2. Lichenes monacenses exsiccati (nos. 1-530, Miinchen 1889- 1900) ; sets at FH, L, PC, STR. 

3. Cladoniae herbariorum Floerke et Wallroth (100 nos. of which 6 herb, specimens and 94 
photographs, Miinchen 1888). 

Ref. : DTS 1 : 5, 4: xliii; GR p. 2 (q.v. for further details) ; IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 41-42. 
Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 1 12-1 14. 1969. 

65 



bibliography and biography : AG 12(1): 302, 12(2): 337; Barnhart 1: 77; BM 1: 63, 
6: 33; Bossert p. 14; CSP 1: 97, 7: 47-48, 9: 70; DTS 1: 4-8; 4: frontisp. (portr.) ; 
GR p. 2; Jackson 161, 270; Kew 1: 81; LS 1070-1099, 30639. 
Holzner, in Arnold, Zur Lichenenflora von Miinchen 5: 16-34. 1 9° 1 (portr., bibl.), also 

Ber. Bay. bot. Ges. 8(1): 16-24. ^o 2 - 
Rehm, Hedwigia 41 : 72-79. 1902 (bibl.) 
Anon., Rev. bryol. 29: 36. 1902. 

Holzner, Ber. bay. bot. Ges. 8(1): 16-24. x 9° 2 (bibl.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 119. 1903, 3(3): 118, pi. 127. 1905 (portr.) 
Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 1-2. 1910 (bibl.) 

eponymy: Arnoldia A. Massalongo (1856). - Notes: Arnoldella C. B. Read (1936) is 

dedicated to Chester Arthur Arnold (1901-x) American palaeobotanist; Arnoldiella 

V. Miller (1928) is dedicated to Wladimir Mitrofanowitsch Arnoldi (1 871-1924), 

Russian phycologist. 

The Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A., and its 

periodicals Arnoldia, Vol. i-x, 1941-x, and Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, Vol. i-x, 

1920-x, are named for James Arnold (1 781-1869), American merchant (see S. B. Sutton, 

Charles Sprague Sargent, 1970). 

The National Museum of Rhodesia publishes the journal Arnoldia, Salisbury, Vol. i-x, 

1964-x, which is dedicated to George Arnold (fl. 191 1-1962), Rhodesian biologist. 

180. Gesammelte lichenologische Schriften. Band 3. Lehre (Cramer), 1970. Oct. [Historiae 

naturalis classica t. 86(3)]. (Ges. lichenol. Schr.) 

Publ. : Consists of a facsimile reprint of the Lichenologische Ausfliige in Tirol, Wien (W. 
Braumuller) 1868-1897, a series of 30 articles published in the Verh. K. K. zool.-bot. 
Ges. Wien 1868-1897. See DTS for an extensive listing. "Eine Reihe von Localfloren 
von seltener Reichhaltigkeit und Griindlichkeit ..." (DTS 1:6). 



number 


Verh. vol. 


Verh. pag. 


independent 
pagination 


continuous 
pagination 


date 


1 


18 


[703]-7io 


. 


3-10 


Sep-Dec 1868 


2/3 


18 


[947]-96o 


- 


11-24 


1869 


4 


19 


[6051-656 


- 


25-76 


Jul-Dec 1869 


5 


20 


[5271-546 


- 


77-96 


Aug-Dec 1870 


6 


21 


[1 1031-1148 


- 


97-142 


Nov 1 87 1 -Mai 1872 


7-9 


22 


[2791-3I4 


[i]-36 


143-178 


Jun-Dec 1872 


10 


23 


[8 9 ]-n6 


- 


179-206 


Apr-Dec 1873 


11/12 


23 


[4851-534 


- 


207-256 


Dec 1 873-? 


13 


24 


[23O-284 


[il-54 


257-310 


Jun-Dec 1874 


14 


25 


[4331-496 


[i]-6 4 


3"-374 


Jun-Dec 1875 


15 


26 


[3531-388 


M-36 


375-4IO 


Jun-Dec 1875 


16 


26 


[3891-414 


[1I-26 


411-436 


Jul-Sep 1876 


17 


27 


[5331-570 


[1I-38 


437-474 


Aug-Dec 1877 


18/19 


28 


[247I-296 


[i]-50 


475-524 


Mai-Sep 1878 


20 


29 


[3511-394 


1-44 


525-568 


Jun-Sep 1879 


21 


30 


[951-154 


3-62 


569-628 


Jun-Jul 1880 


22 


36 


61-88 


[l]-28 


629-656 


Mai-Jun 1886 


23 


37 


8 1 - 1 50 


1-70 


657-726 


Apr-Mai 1887 


24 


39 


249-266 


1-18 


727-744 


Jun-Jul 1889 


25 


43 


[3601-407 


[i]-49 


745-793 


Sep-Oct 1893 


26-29 


46 


101-143 


i-43 


795-837 


Apr-Mai 1896 


30 


47 


210-224 


1-16 


839-854 


Apr-Sep 1897 


30(a) 


47 


353-395 


[i]-43 


855- [969] 


Aug-Sep 1897 


30(b) 


47 


671-677 


i-7 


- 


Sep-Dec 1897 



Ref.: BM 1 : 63; DTS p. 5-8; Jackson p. 270; LS 1080. 
Holzner, Ber. bay. bot. Ges. 8(1): 21. 1902. 
Stafleu, Taxon 20: 632. 1971. 

66 



ARNOTT 



i8i. Die Lichenen des frdnkischen Jura. (Separat-Abdruck aus "Flora" 1884/85). Regens- 
burg (F. H. Neubauer) 1885. Oct. (Lich. frank. Jura). 

Publ.: 1885 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1885), p. [i], [i]-323, [1, corr.], reprint with independent 
pagination. Copies: BR, Stevenson. - Reprinted from Flora vols. 67, 68 as follows: 



67 



65-96 

145-173 
227-258 

307-338 
403-434 
548-596 



1 1 Feb 1884 
21 Mar 1884 

I Mai 1884 

I I Jun 1 884 
1 Aug 1884 
21 Oct 1884 



67 
68 



645-664 
49-80 
143-176 
21 1-246 
261 



1 Dec 1884 

I Feb 1885 

II Mar 1885 
11 Apr 1885 
21 Apr 1885 



Preceded by 30 publications in Flora vols. 42-67, 1858-1877, enumerated e.g. by 
Holzner. Summary and Nachtrage in a publication with the same title of 1890 (see 
below) . 
Re/.: Kew 1: 81. 

182. Die Lichenen des fraenkischen Jura. [Regensburg] (J. & K. Mayr), 1890. Qu. {Lich. 
fraenk. Jura). 

Publ.: 1890 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1890), p. [i]-6i. Copies: NY, Stevenson. - Also published as 
Denkschr. bay. bot. Ges. Band 6, 1890. 

183. Z ur Lichenenflora von Munchen. Munchen (Val. Honing) 1891-1901, 5 parts, Qu. 

(Lichenenfl. Munchen). 



part 


Berichte 


Abth. 




pages 


dates 


Nat. Nov. 


1 


1 


1 




M-I47 


1891 


Jul 1891 


2 


2 


2 




[13-76 


1892 


Mai 1892 


3 


5 


Nachtr. 


i, 2 


[i]-45 


1897 


Apr 1897 


4 


6 


3 




[i]-8a 


1898 


Aug 1898 


5 


7 


3 (Schluss) 


[l]-IOO 


1900 


Aug 1900 


6 


8 


Nachtr. 


Reg. 


[i]-32 


1901 


Jan 1 go 1 



Published with independent pagination in Berichte der bayerischen botanischen Gesellschaft. 
Part 5 has obituaries of F. P. Gmelek and F. Arnold as well as a bibliography of Bavarian 
lichenology by Poeverlein. Copies: B, Stevenson. 
Re/.: Kew 1: 81. 



Arnott, George Arnott [sometimes: Arnold] Walker (1 799-1 

(Arnott) . 



Scottish botanist. 



herbarium and types: Arnott's herbarium and botanical library were acquired by 
Glasgow University (GL). The phanerogams are now on permanent loan at E, the types 
of Arnott's diatoms are at AWH (see also Sayre 1969). For a description of the set 
"Diatomees, Collection J. Deby" (at PC) prepared by Arnott, see Sayre (1969). 
Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 42. 

Verleyen, Levensschets van Dr. H. van Heurck 62. 1942. 

Dickinson, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 40. 1953. 

Koster, Taxon 6: 49. 1957. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 122. 1964. 

Anon., Taxon 15: 46. 1966. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 62. 1969. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 55. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 79; BB p. 10; BM 1 : 63; CSP 1 : 98-99, 6: 
568, 12: 23; DNB 2: 120-121; Frank p. 5; GR p. 384; Kew 1: 83; Langman p. 93; 
MD p. 36-49 (bibl.) ; PR 249-250, 4226, 10245. 
Cleghorn, Trans, bot. Soc. Edinb. 9: 414-426. 1868 (bibl.) 



67 



Seemann, J. Bot. 6: 223-224. 1868. 

Deby, Bibl. micr. Diatom. 2. 1882. 

Gray, Scientific papers 2: 347-348. 1889. 

De Toni, Syll. alg. 1 : vii. 1889, 2(1) : viii. 1891. 

Gray, Letters 2: 829. [index]. 1893. 

Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 102. 1906. 

Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921. 

Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 108, 112. 1940. 

Rodgers, John Torrey 106-107, 335 [index]. 1942. 

Graustein, Nuttall 285, 288, 327. 1967. 

Fletcher, Roy. bot. gard. Edinburgh 114, 171, 185. 1970. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 445. 1973. 

composite works: See W.J. Hooker, The botany of Captain Beechefs Voyage, London, 1841, 
and R. Wight, Prodromns florae peninsulae Indiae orientalis. London 1834. 

eponymy: Arnottia A. Richard (1828). 

184. Notice sur quelques mousses de Rio-Janeiro, Mem. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 1 : 346-352. 
1823. Qu. 

Publ.: Dec 1823-Apr 1824 (BF, this fasc. of Mem.: 10 Apr 1824). Separates are not 
known to exist. 
^/.:CSPi: 9 8;MDp. 42, 239- 

185. Notice of a "Journal of a voyage from Rio de Janeiro to the coast of Peru,'''' by Mr William 
Jameson, Surgeon, corresponding member of the Wernerian Natural History Society. 
Edinburgh 1824, Oct. {Not. voy. Rio de Janeiro). 

Publ.: preprint, with independent pagination, [i]-2i, published shortly before 15 Jan 
1824, of an article published in the Memoirs of the Wernerian natural History Society 5(1) : 
187-205. 1824 (between 21 Mar and 20 Mai). Copy: G. 

Ref: CSP 1 : 98; Kew 1 : 83; MD p. 42-43. 

186. Disposition methodique des especes de mousses. Paris (J. Tastu) 1825. Q. u - (Disp. meth. 
mousses) . 

Publ.: First publication, as a preprint, between 20 Dec 1825 and 6 Feb 1826, of Arnott's 
article which is usually called Nouvelle disposition methodique des especes de mousses 
exactement connus. Margadant has shown that this article was published in five different 
forms : 

indication issue format date 

Disp. meth. esp. mousses, preprint Qu. 20 Dec 1825-6 Feb 1826 

[i-iv], [i]-72, [6]. Copies: G, NY 

Mem. Soc. Hist. nat. Paris 2(2): periodical Qu. Apr i826-[-Oct 1826?] 

249-320, 412-414 

Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris 5(3): periodical Oct. Jul-Aug 1826 

214-323 

Kittel, B. M., Mem. hist. nat. separate Oct. Aug 1826 

P- 35-143 

Saumaises, Cours Agric. Bot. re-issue Oct. ^37 

Ref: BM 1 : 63; CSP 1 : 98; Jackson p. 153; Kew 1 : 83; MD p. 39-40, 43-47, 49, 239; 
PR 249, 4705. 

187. Tour to the South of France and the Pyrenees, in 1825 [Edinburgh 1826- 1829] Oct. 
( Tour S. France Pyrenees) . 

Publ. : A series of articles in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, volumes 1-6. Mar- 
gadant assumes that the dates of the reprints coincided with those of the fascicles of 
the Journal. The reprints have separate pagination. Copy: NY. 

68 













ARRUDA 


fascicle 


repr. pp. 


vol. serial 


pages serial 


probable dates 




i 


I-I5 


i(0 


66-78 


Aug 1826 




2 


i-7 


1(2) 


268-275 


Oct 1826 




3 


1-14 


2(2) 


241-255 


Apr 1827 




4 


1-8 


3(i) 


157-164 


Aug 1827 




5 


1-6 


3(2) 


350-356 


Oct 1827 




6 


I-IO 


4(0 


130-139 


Jan 1828 




7 


1-8 


4(2) 


355-362 


Apr 1828 




8 


i-7 


5(2) 


319-325 


Oct 1828 




9 


1-12 


6(2) 


250-262 


Apr 1829 





The lines of type were rearranged slightly for the reprint; the pages of the reprint and 
of the publication of the serial are therefore not exactly alike. Pre-publication of the 
reprints is possible but not proven. 
Ref.: CSP 1 : 98; MD p. 47-49. 

188. Pugillus plantarum indiae orientalis. s.l. [1836]. Oct. {Pug. pi. ind. or.) 

Publ.: 1836, post Mai (add. pres. 16 Mai 1836), [i]~43, second set page nos.: [3ig]-356, 
pi. 18. Copies: G, U. - Reprinted (possibly preprinted) from Nova Acta Acad. Leop. 
Nat. Cur. 18(1) : [3ig]-356, 356a-d, pi. 18. published late 1837. Reprint with journal 
pagination only: NY. 

Ref. : IDC 5826. 

Arrhenius, Johan Peter (Pehr, Petter) (1811-1889), Swedish botanist and agricul- 
turist. {Arrh.) 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography : AG 6(1) : 529; Barnhart 1 : 79; BM 1 : 63; Bossertp. 15; 

CSP 1 : 104; Jackson p. 307, 336; Kew 1 : 84; KR p. 58-61 ; LS 1 104; PR 252-255. 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 66-67. 

Anon., Bot. Not. 1889: 177-178. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 30. 1903, 3(3) : 4. 1905. 

Juhlin-Dannfelt, Sv. biogr. lex. 282-287. 1920 (portr., bibl.) 

eponymy: Arrhenia E. M. Fries (1849). 

189. Ruborum sueciae dispositio monographico-critica. Quam venia ampliss. facult. philosoph. 
praeside Elia Fries . . . pro gradu philosophico p.p. auctor Johannes P. Arrhenius . . . 
in Audit. Gustaviano die xxvi Oct. mdcccxxxix h.a.m.s. 1. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & 
Lastbom) [1839]. Oct. {Ruborum suec.) 

Thesis-ed.: Oct-Dec 1839, 4 parts, Uppsala (Wahlstrom & Lastbom). Copies: MO (all 
t.p.'s) ; HU, NY (t.p. of diss. 1 only) : 

/: as above, p. [i-ii], [i]-i6. 26 Oct 1839. 

2:"... Quam ex speciali sacrae regiae majestatis gratia et venia ampliss. facult. 
philosoph. p.p. Johannes P. Arrhenius . . . et Henricus Ferner ... in Audit. Gusta- 
viano die nov. mdcccxxxix h.a.m.s. II", p. [i-iv], 17-32. 

3: ". . . et CarolusJ. Lindeberg . . . xxx nov. mdcccxxxix h.p.m.s. Ill", p. [i-iv], 33-48. 

4: ". . . et Hjalmar Jos. Holmgren ... hi dec. mdcccxxxix h.p.m.s. IV", p. [i], [iii], 
49-64. 

Trade ed.: Monographia Ruborum sueciae. Uppsala (Wahlstrom & Lastbom) Feb-Mar 
1840, Oct., p. [i-iii], [i]-64. (rd by Flora 5 Jan-9 Mar 1841). For the unusual folding 
of the original sheets see Margadant (1965). Copies: G, HU, MICH, NY, U. 

Ref. : Jackson p. 336; Kew 1 : 84; KR p. 59; PR 252. 
Margadant, Huntia 2: 162-164. 1965. 

Arruda da Camara, Manoel (1752- 18 10), Brazilian botanist. {Arruda). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

69 



ARRUDA 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 79; BL 1 : 238; BM 1 : 63, 6: 34; Colmeiro 1 : 
clxi; Kew 1: 84; PR 258-261. 
Britten, J. Bot. 34: 242-250. 1896. 
Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 2. 1906. 
Colmeiro, Bot. penins. hisp.-lusit. 258. 

eponymy: Arrudaria Macedo (1867); Arrudea Cambessedes (1828). 

190. Dissertagdo sobre as plantas do Brazil, que podem dar linhos proprios para muitos usos 
da sociedade, e suprir a falta co Canhama indicades de ordem ao principe regente 
nosso senhor. Rio de Janeiro (Impressao Regio) 1810. Oct. {Diss. pi. Brazil). 
PubL: 1 810, p. [i]-49, [50 err.], photogr. copy at US. 
Re/.: Kew 1: 84; PR 259. 

Arsene, Frere Gustave [also "Gerfroy"] (Brouard, Arsene Gustave Joseph) (1867- 
1938), French clergyman who collected in France and Central America. (Arsene). 

herbarium and types: US - for the many duplicate collections see IH. For mis-label- 
lings, obviously intentional falsifications, by an unknown dealer see Bonner 1972 and 
Standley 1927. 
Ref.: IH 2: 42. 

Standley, J. Bot. 65: 1 18-12 1. 1927 (on counterfeit collection) (based on Standley, 
Science 4 Feb 1927). 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 55. 1970. 

Bonner, Musees de Geneve 130: 18-19. 1972. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 259 (under Brouard; original data). 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. 

Arthur, Joseph Charles (1850- 1942), American mycologist, professor of botany at 

Purdue University. (Arth.) 

herbarium and types: PUR; duplicates in various herbaria, see IH. - Exsiccatae: 
Uredineae exsiccatae et icones (fasc. i-iv, nos. 1-17, Sep 1894; 18-34, Dec 1898; 35-44, Jun 
1901; 45-60, Dec 1902) (with Edward Willet Borland Holway, 1853-1923). Sets at 
BPI, CUP, FH, LA, ILL, ISC, KSC, MASS, MIN, MONT, MSC, NEB, NY, OS, 
PUR, URTPP, TRTC, UC, VT, WU. 
Ref.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 42. _ 

Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 17-20. 197 1. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 80; BL 1: 192; BM 1: 64, 6: 34; Bossert 

p. 15; CSP 12: 24, 13: 171-172; GR p. 203; Kew 1 : 85; Langman p. 94, 717; LS 1112- 

12 10, 24562, 30644-30669, 40908, suppl. 1 199-1267; MW p. 23. 

Anon., J. of Mycol. 8: opp. 107. 1902 (portr.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 191, 205. 1905. 

Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 118. 191 1. 

Arthur, The Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag. 13(4): Jun 1925 (autobiogr. sketch). 

Seaver, Mycologia 20(3): 115. 1928 (on his Uredinales in NAF). 

Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1047-1049. 1940 (bibl.) 

Mains, Mycologia 34: 601-605. x 94 2 (portr.) 

Cummins, Yearbook Amer. philos. Soc. 1942: 328-331. 1943. 

Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873-1892 p. 323 [index]. 1944. 

Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey 490 [index]. 1949. 

Humphrey, Makers of N. Amer. bot. 4-6. 1961. 

Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 13, 47, 83, 84. 1969. 

Ainsworth and Bisby, Diet, fungi ed. 6: 39. 197 1 . 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 10. 1973. 

composite works: (i) Editor of Botanical Gazette Chicago, vol. 7-39, 1882- 1903. 
(2) Editor and in part author of The plant Rusts, New York 1929. 

70 



ARVET-TOUVET 

(3) Uredinales, NAF 7: 83-160. 1907; 161- 187, 211-268. 191 2; 269-404. 1920; 405-480. 
1921; 481-586. 1922; 605; 648. 1924; 669-732. 1925; 733-796. 1926; 797-848. 1927. 

eponymy: Arthnrella G. Zebrowski (1937); Arthuria H. S.Jackson (1931). 

Artis, Edmund Tyrell (1789- 1847), British palaeobotanist and archeologist. (Artis). 

collections : BM ; including the original drawings for Antediluvian phytology. 
Re/.: Sherborn, Where is the . . . collection 9. 1940. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 80; BB p. 10; BM 1: 64; Jackson p. 176, 

182; Kew 1 : 85; Quenstedt p. 14; PR 262. 

Anon., Quart. J. geol. Soc. London 5: xxii-xxiii. 1849. 

Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5: 405-406. 1885. 

eponymy: Artisia K. B. Presl (1838). 

191. Antediluvian phytology, illustrated by a collection of the fossil remains of plants, 
peculiar to the coal formations of Great Britain. London (for the author by J. Cumber- 
land et al.), 1825. Q. u - (Antediluv. phytol.) 

Ed. 1: Sep 1825 (P- xm: l Sep 1825; Philos. Mag. 30 Sep, New monthly Mag 1 Oct 
1825; plates dated 1824), P- Qi]-xiii, [1 index], 24 pi. with each 1 page letterpress, 
uncoloured lithographs by J. Curtis. Copies: HH, Teyler. 

Re-issue: London 1838, with a cancellans title page: Antediluvian phytology, . . . Britain. 
Selected for their novelty and interest, from upwards of a thousand specimens now in 
the possession of the author, and systematically described, with the view of facilitating 
the study of this important branch of Geology . . . Including remarks on the systems 
of Count Sternberg, Baron Schlotheim, Professor Martius, and Mons. Brongniart; 
also communications from Professor Buckland and other eminent geologists. London 
(for the author by Nichols and Son), 1838. Qu. Copy : NY. "... which . . . must ever 
remain one of the classics of palaeobotany, though rather as a work of art than of 
science" (Ward 1885). 

Ref.: BM 1: 64 (1838) ; Jackson p. 176, 182; Kew 1: 85; NI 51; PR 262. 
Anon., Flora 10: 129-143. 7 Mar 1827. 
Mantell, A pictorial atlas of fossil remains, London 1850 (reproduces some of the 

plates). 
Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Survey 5. 405-406. 1885. 

Arvet-Touvet, Jean Maurice Casimir (1841-1913), French hieraciologist at Gieres- 
Uriage, near Grenoble. (Arv.-Touv.) 

herbarium and types: GRM, much material also at P. Exsiccatae: 

1. Hieraciotheca gallica (fasc. i-xx, 1897- 1908), sets at B, BC, G, GR, K, L, LE, P, TO, W 
(10 sets issued) (with G. Gautier). 

2. Hieraciotheca hispanica (fasc. i-xx, 1897- 1908), sets at B, BC, G, GR, K, L, LE, P, TO, 
W (10 sets issued) (with G. Gautier). 

Ref.: AG 12(1): 23; IH 1 (ed. 6): 105, 355; Kew 1: 86. 

bibliography and biography: AG 12(1) : 23, 119 ("Da Arvet-Touvet nur seine eigene 
Hieracien-Literatur kannte und das Studium aller ubrigen grundsatzlich vermied, sind 
. . . Neubenennungen langst bekannter Formen nicht auffallend") ; AG 12(2) : 29, 225; 
Barnhart 1 : 80 ; BM 1 : 64 ; CSP 1 2 : 24, 13: 173; DTS 1 : 89 ; Jackson p. 283 ; Kew 1 : 86 ; 
Langman p. 94. 
Mirande, Rev. gen. Bot. 27: 67. 76 (portr.), 1 17-127, 142-157, 169-190, 208-222 (bibl.), 

I9I5- 
Mirande, Arvet-Touvet botaniste dauphinois et son oeuvre. Grenoble 191 5, 87 p. (bibl.). 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 11. 1941. 

192. Les Hieracium des Alpesfrancaises, ou occidentales de l'Europe. Lyon, Geneve, Basel 
(Henri Georg), Paris (J. Lechevalier) 1888. Oct. {Hieracium Alpes frang.) 

7i 



ARVET-TOUVET 

PubL: 1888 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1888), p. [i*], [i]-ii, [iii], [i]-i3i. Copy: NY. -Reprinted from 

Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon ser. 2. 34: i-iv, 1-131. 1888. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 64; DTS 1 : 9; Kew 1 : 86. 

Saccardo, Cronologia p. xiv. 

Asahina, Yasuhiko ( 188 1-1 975), Japanese lichenologist. (Asah.) 

herbarium and types: TNS. - Exsiccatae: Lichenes japoniae exsiccati (nos. 1-300, Tokyo) ; 

set at UPS. 

Ref.: GR p. 585; IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2: 4 3- 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 114-115. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:81; Bossert p. 16; GR p. 585 (!) ; Kew 1 : 

86; MW p. 23-24, suppl. p. 16-17. 

Hisauchi and Hara, J. Jap. Bot. 50(9): 257-258. 1975 (portr.) 

eponymy: Asahinea W. L. Culberson & C. F. Culberson (1965). 

Ascherson, Ferdinand Moritz (1798- 1879), German physician and mycologist, 
father of P. F. A. Ascherson. (F. Ascherson). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:81; PR 264-265. 

Britten, J. Bot. 17: 160. 1879. 

Anon., Mag. Noven. Lap. 3: 46. 1879. 

eponymy: Aschersonia Montagne (1848, nom. cons.); Aschersonia Endlicher (1842, nom. 
rej.); Aschersoniopsis Pfennings (1902). - Note: Aschersoniodoxa Gilg & Muschler (1909) 
and Bisaschersonia O. Kuntze (1891) are dedicated to Paul Friedrich Ascherson (1834- 

1913)5 q-v. 

193. De fungis venenatis. Dissertatio inauguralis medica quam nataliciis regia augustis- 
simi indulgentia gratiosi medicorum ordinis in Universitate litteraria berolinensi 
praemio aureo ornatam nunc amplissimi eiusdem ordinis consensu et auctoritate pro 
gradu doctoris medicinae et chirurgiae rite impetrando die xxiii m. octobris a. 
mdcccxxvii h.l.q.s. publice defensurus est auctor Mauritius Ascherson . . . Berlin 
(Johann Friedrich Starck). Oct. (Fung, venen.) 
Thesis ed.: 23 Oct 1827, p. [i]-viii, [i]-55, [56, theses]. Copies: HU, NY, Stevenson 

(lacks t.p.). 
Trade ed.: "De fungis venenatis. Commentatio a facultate medica universitatis literariae 

berolinensis praemio aureo ornata. Auctore M. Ascherson, ..." Berlin (Gebr. Schiip- 

pel) 1828. Oct., p. [i]-viii, [i]-52, publ. 1828. Copy: G. 

Ascherson, Paul Friedrich August (1834- 191 3), German botanist, professor of 
botany at Berlin University, great authority on the Central European flora. (Aschers.) 

herbarium and types: B; now partly destroyed. 
Ref.: IH 2 : 4 3- 

bibliography and biography: AG 1 : 287 ["Verfasser der Flora der Provinz Branden- 
burg. Berlin 1859-1864"], 2(1): 352, 590, 3: 576, 5(1): 309, 5(2): 439, 5(3): 77, 6(1): 
371 ; Barnhart 1 : 82; BFM p. 215, 216, 245; BL 1 : 30, 31, 32, 41, 42, 62, 137; BL 2: 
387; BM 1: 65,6: 35; Bossert p. 16; CSP 1: 106, 7: 51-52,9: 75-76, 12: 25-27, 13: 176- 
178; DTS 1: 9-1 1, 6(4): no; Frank p. 5-6; GR p. 58; Jackson p. 122, 130, 302, 314, 
346, 424, 510; Kanitz no. 321; Kew 1 : 87-88; Langman p. 94; LS 1224- 1234; 30675- 
30676, 36219; MW p. 24; PR 266-268; Zander ed. 10, p. 591. 
Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 12-18. 1874 (autobiogr. !) 
Anon., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg, Register 1-30: 1-10. 1889, Verzeichnis 31-50: 
2-7. 1909 (bibl.) 

72 



ASCHERSON, P. F. A. 

Schumann et al., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 36: xxxvii-xxxix. 1894. 

Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 131-132. 1895. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2)9 119, pi. 126. 1903, 3(3): 118, 205, 211, pi. i2g. 1905 

(portr.) 
Dalla Torre, in Urban, Festschrift . . . Ascherson iv-xlvii. 1904 (bibl.) 
Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 50: iv-xvi. 1909. 
Claussen, Mitt, badischen Landesver. Naturk. 1913: 234-238. 
Degen, Mag. bot. Lap. 12: 3-15. 191 3 (portr.) 

Kupffer, Korrespondenzbl. Naturforscher-Ver. Riga 56: xi-xiv. 19 13. 
Loesener et al., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 55: (i)-(i4). 1913. (Trauerfeier, also> 

funeral addresses by Wittmack (4) -(9) and Lindau (10) -(14). 
Roth, Leopoldina 49(3): [3 p.]. 1913 (repr. DS). 
Urban, Paul Friedrich August Ascherson [Berlin 1913], 3 p. 
Wittmack, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 31: (io2)-(iio). 1913 (bibl., portr.) 
Wittmack, Gartenflora 191 3: 180 (portr.) 
Proppe, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 56: 41-45. 19 14 (on Ascherson Foundation^ 

"Plakette," portrait). 
De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 53: m-118. 1914. 
Futak and Domin, Bibl. ft. CSR 86-88. i960. 
Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 260. 1974 (portr.) 

composite works: 1. EP ed. 1: Potamogetonaceae, 2(1): 194-214. 1889; Hydrocharitaceae y 
2(1): 238-258. 1889 (with M. Giirke). 

2. Pflanzenreich, with Graebner, Potamogetonacaee, IV. 11, 184 p., 29 Oct 1907,. 
reprinted 1958/60. 

3. Verzeichniss der bis jetzt aus der Troas bekannten Pflanzen. Nach den Sammlungen von 
R. Vorchow und J. Schmidt und den literarischen Quellen zusammengestellt von 
P. Ascherson, Th. von Heldreich, F. Kurtz. Anhang VI of H. Schliemann, Ilios, 
Stadt und Land der Trojaner. Leipzig 1881, p. [8o4]-8i3. Copy: B. -Jackson, p. 510,, 
mentions a previous English edition of Schliemann's work: "Ilios, the city and 
country of the Trojans." London 1880, oct., with the botanical catalogue on p. [727]- 
736. 

4. See Schweinfurth, III. fl. Egypte, Cairo 1887 and Aufz. Phan. Nil-Lander 1868. 

5. Contributed botanical notes to G. Rohlfs, Expedition zur Erforschung der libyschen 
Wiiste, vol. 1-2, Cassel 1875. 

6. Botanik ... in C. C. von der Decken, Reisen in Ost Afrika in 1859-1861, vol. 3(3)- 
1879. (see no 198). 

7. Supplement, see Barbey, Florae Sardoae Compendium. 

8. Bohnen, in O. Baumann, Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete Berlin 1891 (Anhang ii). 

9. Preface to: Georg August Schweinfurth, Beitrag zur Flora Aethiopiens, Abth. 1, xii,, 
311 p., Berlin 1867, Fol. 

10. Pflanzen, in F. G. Rohlfs, Reise von Tripolis. Leipzig 1881 (Abth. 2, 6). 

festschrift: Urban et al., Festschrift zur Feier des siebzigsten Geburtstages des . . .. 
Dr. P. Ascherson. Berlin 1904. 

eponymy: Aschersoniodoxa Gilg & Muschler (1909); Bisaschersonia O. Kuntze (1891). 
Note: Aschersoniopsis Hennings (1902) is dedicated to Ferdinand Moritz Ascherson 
(i798-i87 9 ),q.v. 

194. Studiorum phytographicorum de Marchia brandenburgensi specimen. Continens florae 
marchicae adiacentibus comparationem [Halle 1855]. Oct. (Stud, phytogr. Marchia 
brandenb.) 

Publ.: Feb 1855, as a thesis ["dissertatio inauguralis ..." copy with title page of thesis 
not seen], separately paged reprint, p. [i]-67, from Linnaea 26: 385-451. Feb 1855. 
Copy: B (presentation copy to Garcke). 

Re/.: BM 1 : 65; Kew 1 : 87; PR 266. 

195. Flora der Provinz Brandenburg, der Altmark und des Herzogthums Magdeburg. 
Zum Gebrauche in Schulen und auf Exkursionen. Berlin (August Hirschwald) 1859 
[i860]- 1 864, 3 vols. Oct. (Fl. Brandenburg). 

73 



ASCHERSON, P. F. A. 

Vol. pages dates 

1(1) [ii]-xxii, [i]-320 Jan i860 

(2) 321-1034, 1-146 Apr 1864 

2 [i]-xii, [i]-2io, [1, err.] Mai-Jun 1859 

3 [ii]-viii, [i]-i43 Mai-Jun 1859 

Copies: B, G, L, MO, NY, US. 

Vol. ("Abtheilung") 2: "Specialflora von Berlin", with two title pages: p. [ii] as above, 
with "Zweite Abtheilung. Specialflora von Berlin" and p. [iii] : "Verzeichniss der 
Phanerogamen und Gefasskryptogamen, welch im Umkreise von sieben Meilen von 
Berlin vorkommen". Berlin, 1859, reissued Berlin 1864. Copy. B. 

Vol. 3: p. [ii] : title page as above with "Dritte Abtheilung. Specialflora von Magde- 
burg" and p. [iii] : "Verzeichniss der Phanerogamen und Gefasskryptogamen welche 
im Umkreise von funf Meilen um Magdeburg bisher beobachtet worden sind". 
Berlin 1859, reissued Berlin 1864. Copy: B. 

For dates of issue of vol. 1 see p. xi. For second edition see Ascherson and Graebner, 

Flora des Nordostdeutschen Flachlandes (1898). 

Re/.: BM 1: 65; BFM 215; IF p. 675; Jackson p. 302; Kew 1: 87; PR 267; RS p. 72; 
IDC 5535. 
Irmisch, Flora 44: 471-472. 14 Aug 1861 (on 1(1)). 
Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 5: 246. 1863. 
A.G., Bot. Zeit. 22: 121. 29 Apr 1864. 

196. Dr. Paul Ascherson's Flora der Provinz Brandenburg, der Altmark und des Herzog- 
thums Magdeburg. Im Auszuge bearbeitet unter Mitwirkung des Verfassers von W. Lacko- 
witz. Berlin (August Hirschwald) 1866. Oct. (Fl. Brandenburg Ausz.) 

Co-author: August Wilhelm Lackowitz (1836-19 16). 

Publ.: 1866 (Bot. Zeit. 26 Oct 1866), p. [i]-x, [i]-ii2, [i]-5i8. Copy: NY. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 65; Jackson p. 302; PR 268. 

197. Catalogus cormophytorum et anthophytorum Serbiae, Bosniae, Hercegovinae, Montis scodri, 
Albaniae hucusque cognitorum, compilaverunt Paulus Ascherson et Augustus Kanitz. 
(Melleklet a Magyar novenytani Lapokhoz.) Cluj (Nic. K. Papp) 1877. Oct. {Cat. 
cormophyt. anthophyt. Serbiae). 

Co-author: August Kanitz (1843- 1896). 

Publ. : Dec 1877 (p. 108), p. [i]-io8. Copy: B. - Reprinted from Mag. Nov. Lap. 

Ref. : Jackson p. 314; Kew 1: 88. 

198. Botanik von Ost-Afrika. Bearbeitet von P. Ascherson, O. Bockeler, F. W. Klatt, 
M. Kuhn, P. G. Lorentz, W. Sonder. Leipzig, mit 5 Tafeln. Separat-Abdruck aus: von 
der Decken's Reisen. Leipzig und Heidelberg (C. F. Winter) 1879. Qu. (Bot. Ost- 
Afrika) . 

Publ.: Aug-Sep 1879 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1879) - p. [i]-gi, 5 pi. [in Utrecht copy only 
nos 1-2]. Reprinted from Baron C. C. von der Decken's Reisen in Ost-Afrika in 1851- 
1861, Band 3, Abth. 3, Aug-Sep 1879. Above title on cover only. Copy: U. 

Ref. : Jackson p. 346; Kew 1: 88, 2: 41. 

199. Illustration de la flore d'Egypte [Cairo 1887] Qu. (Ill.fl. Egypte). 
Co-author: Georg August Schweinfurth (1836- 1925). 

Publ: 1887 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1887) - 236 p., as Mem. Inst. Egypte 2: 23-260. 1887 - 

Supplement 77 p., ibid. 2: 743-821. 1889 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1889). Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BL 1 : 30 ; Kew 1 : 88. 

200. Synopsis der mitteleuropaischen Flora. Leipzig (1-4: W. Engelmann; 5-7: Gebr. 
Borntraeger) 1896- 1939, 12 vols. Oct. f (Syn. mitteleur. Fl.) 

Co-authors: K. O. R. P. P. Graebner (1871-1933); Paul Graebner yz/. (1900-x); Max 
Goldschmidt (1863-1916); Curt Schuster (i860- 1925); Karl H. Zahn (1865- 1940). 
Publ.: In "Lieferungen" of which the order as published differs from the final order in 
the work itself. The contents and dates of the Lieferungen (cited in 'Bogen', sheets) 

74 



ASCHERSON, P. F. A. 

are mostly given on the back of the title-pages ; they agree in general with the dates 
of the announcements by Nat. Nov. 
Authors of special groups: R. Keller (Rosa), W. O. Focke (Rubus), H. Poeverlein and 
T. Wolf (Potentilla) , A. Thellung (Amaranthus) , O. von Seemen (Salix). 



vol. part 


contents 


date 


author 


Lieferung 














running- 


(Band) (Liefer.) 


Bogen 


pages 






number 


i i 




i-5 


1-80 


1 Mai 1896 


Ascherson 


1 


2 




6-10 


81-160 


1 Aug 1896 


Ascherson 


2 


3 




1 1-20 


161-320 


15 Jun 1897 


A. et G. 


3,4 


4 




21-25 


321-400 


27 Aug 1897 


A. et G. 


5 


5 




26 


401-415, i-xii 


5 Apr 1898 


A. et G. 


6 




Hauptregister 


1-45 


Mar 1903 


Goldschmidt 


24 


2(1) I 




i-4 


1-64 


5 Apr 1898 


A. et G. 


6 


2 




5-9 


65-144 


24 Jan 1899 


A. et G. 


7 


3 




10-19 


145-304 


30 Dec 1899 


A. et G. 


8,9 


4 




20-29 


305-464 


22 Mai 1900 


A. et G. 


10, 1 1 


5 




30-34 


465-544 


7 Aug 1900 


A. et G. 


12 


6 




35-44 


545-704 


10 Dec 1 90 1 


A. et G. 


16, 17 


7 




45-50 


705-795 


30 Aug 1902 


A. et G. 


22 








i-vi 


date preface 
2 Sep 1902 


A. et G. 


Nat. Nov. 
Dec 1902 




Hauptregister 


1-86 


Mar 1903 


Graebner 


26 


2(2) 1 




1-4 


1-64 


4 Nov 1902 


A. et G. 


23 


2 




5-9 


65-144 


31 Dec 1902 


A. et G. 


25 


3 




10-14 


145-224 


23 Jun 1903 


A. et G. 


27 


4 




15-24 


225-384 


i9J un !9 4 


A. et G. 


29,30 


5 




25-34 


3 8 5-53°> i- iv 


26 Jul 1904 


A. et G. 


3^32 




Hauptregister 


1-65 


Oct 1903 


A. et G. 


33 


3 1 




I-IO 


1- 160 


25 Jul 1905 


A. et G. 


37,38 


2 




11-20 


161-320 


31 Oct 1905 


A. et G. 


40, 41 


3 




21-30 


321-480 


15 Mai 1906 


A. et G. 


42,43 


4 




31-35 


481-560 


20 Nov 1906 


A. et G. 


46 


5 




36-45 


561-720 


21 Mai 1907 


A. et G. 


47,48 


6 




46-50 


721-800 


24 Sep 1907 


A. et G. 


53 


7 




5i-59 


801-934, i-vi 


24 Dec 1907 


A. et G. 


54, 55 




Hauptregister 


1-124 


1908 


M. Goldschmidt 




1 




i-5 


1-80 


1 1 Aug 1908 


A. et G. 


58 


2 




6-10 


81-160 


30 Mar 1909 


A. et G. 


61 


3 




11-15 


161-240 


26 Oct 1909 


A. et G. 


64,65 


4 




16-20 


241-320 


31 Dec 1909 


A. et G. 


66,67 


5 




21-25 


321-400 


2 Aug 19 10 


A. et G. 


69, 70 


6 




26-30 


40 1 -480 


28 Mar 191 1 


A. et G. 


72 


7 




31-40 


48 1 -640 


19 Dec 191 1 


A. et G. 


73, 74 


8 




41-50 


641-800 


3 Sep 1912 


A. et G. 


75,76 


9 




51-56 


801-885, i-vi 


26 Mar 1913 


A. et G. 


77,78 




Hauptregister 


1-152 


23 Mai 1913 


M. Goldschmidt 


79,8o 


5(i) 




i-4 


1-64 


23 Mai 1913 


Graebner 


79,8o 


2 




5-9 


65-144 


12 Aug 1913 


Graebner 


81 


3 




10-14 


145-224 


19 Dec 1913 


Graebner 


83 


4 




15-19 


225-304 


12 Mai 1914 


Graebner 


86 


5 




20-24 


305-384 


1 Dec 1914 


Graebner 


87 


6 




25-29 


385-464 


4 Mai 191 5 


Graebner 


88 


7 




30-34 


465-544 


27 Jun 1916 


Graebner 


91 


8 




35-39 


545-624 


4 Sep 1917 


Graebner 


93 


9 




40-44 


625-704 


23 Mar 1918 


Graebner 


94 


10 




45-49 


705-784 


1 Oct 1 9 18 


Graebner 


95 


1 1 




50-54 


785-865 


17 Feb 1919 


Graebner 


96 



75 



ASCHERSON, P. F. A. 



date 



author 



Lieferung 

















running- 


(Band) 


(Liefer.) 


Bogen 


pages 






number 




12 




55-60 


865-948, i-iv 


30jun 1919 


Graebner 


97 






Hauptregister 


I-I59 


10 Aug 1920 


Curt Schuster et 
















M. Goldschmidt 


98,99 


5(2) 


1 




i-5 


1-80 


30 Jul 1920 


Graebner sen. 
etfil. 


100 




2 




6-10 


81-160 


30 Dec 1920 


Graebner s. e. f. 


IOI 




3 




11-15 


161-240 


28 Feb 1 92 1 


Graebner s. e. f. 


102 




4 




16-20 


241-320 


10 Jul 1 92 1 


Graebner s. e. f. 


103 




5 




21-25 


321-400 


25 Oct 1 92 1 


Graebner s. e. f. 


104 




6 




26-30 


401-480 


28 Feb 1922 


Graebner s. e. f. 


105 




7 




31-35 


481-560 


15 Mai 1923 


Graebner s. e. f. 


107 




8 




36-40 


561-640 


25 Mai 1926 


Graebner s. e. f. 


109 




9 




41-45 


641-720 


i5jun 1929 


Graebner s. e. f. 


1 10 




10 




46-51 


721-81 1 


30 Sep 1929 


Graebner s. e. f. 


1 12 






Hauptregister 


1-131 


30 Oct 1930 


C. Schuster 


1 1 6- 1 1 7 


5(3) 


1 




i-7 


1-98 


15 Sep 1935 


Graebner fil. 


129 






(no further parts published) 








5(4) 


1 




i-5 


1-80 


10 Jan 1936 


Graebner fil. 


130 




2 




6-10 


81-160 


20 Feb 1936 


Graebner fil. 


J3 1 




3 




1 1-16 


161-252 


12 Aug 1938 


Graebner fil. 


136 






(no further parts published) 








6(i) 


1 




i-4 


1-64 [-80] 


28 Dec 1900 


A. et G. 


13 




2 




6-15 


65-240 


1 9 Nov 1 90 1 


A. et G. 


14, 15 




3 




16-25 


241-400 


18 Apr 1902 


A. et G. 


18, 19 




4 




26-35 


401-560 


1 Jul 1902 


A. et G. 


20, 21 




5 




36-40 


561-640 


3oJun 1903 


A. et G. 


28 




6 




41-50 


641-800 


2 Sep 1904 


A. et G. 


34,35 




7 




51-56 


801-895 


20 Jan 1905 


A. et G. 


36 






Haupti 


egister 


I-IOI 


Dec 1905 


M. Goldschmidt 


39 


6(2) 


1 




I-IO 


1-160 


20 Nov 1906 


A. et G. 


44, 45 




2 




1 1-20 


161-320 


21 Mai 1907 


A. et G. 


49,5° 




3 




21-30 


321-480 


24 Sep 1907 


A. et G. 


5i,52 




4 




3i 


481-496 


24 Dec 1907 


A. et G. 


55 




5 




32-41 


497-656 


31 Mar 1908 


A. et G. 


56,57 




6 




42-43 


657-688 


1 1 Aug 1 908 


A. et G. 


60 




7 




44-48 


689-768 


30 Mar 1909 


A. et G. 


62 




8 




49-53 


769-848 


1 3 J" 1 !9°9 


A. et G. 


63 




9 




54-58 


849-916 


26 Oct 1909 


A. et G. 


64 




10 




59-63 


917-1008 


31 Dec 1909 


A. et G. 


67 




1 1 




64-68 


1 009- 1 093 


31 Mar 1910 


A. et G. 


68 






Hauptregister 


1-162 


28 Mar 191 1 


M. Goldschmidt 


7i 


7 


1 




i-5 


1-80 


12 Aug 1913 


Graebner fil. 


82 




2 




6-15 


81-240 


12 Mai 1914 


Graebner fil. 


84,85 




3 




16-20 


241-320 


23 Nov 1915 


Graebner fil. 


89 




4 




21-25 


321-400 


22 Feb 1916 


Graebner fil. 


90 




5 




26-30 


401-480 


27 Feb 1917 


Graebner fil. 


92 






(no further par 


ts published) 








8-i i 




(nothin 


g published) 








12(1) 


1 




i-5 


1-80 


30 Sep 1922 


Graebner sen. 
etfil. 


106 




2 




6-10 


81-160 


1 Jul 1924 


Graebner s. e. f. 


108 




3 




11-15 


1 6 1 -240 


1 5 Jul 1929 


Graebner s. e. f. 


1 1 1 




4 




16-25 


241-400 


20 Nov 1929 


Graebner s. e. f. 


113, 114 




5 




26-31 


401-492 


25 Mar 1930 


Graebner s. e. f. 


"5 






Hauptregister 


i-93 


I93 1 


C. Schuster 




12(2) 


1 




I-IO 


1-160 


30 Oct 1930 


Graebner fil. 


118, 1 19 



76 



vol. part contents 

(Band) (Liefer.) Bogen pages 



date 



author 



ASKENASY 



Liefei ung 
running- 
number 



12(3) 



2 II-20 161-320 

3 21-30 321-480 

4 3 1 -40 48 1 -64O 

5 41-50 641-790 

1 1- 10 1-160 

2 11-20 161-320 

3 21-30 321-480 

4 3 I "4° 481-640 

5 4 J -45 641-708 
Hauptregister 

12(1-3) 1-200 
A second edition of volumes 
follows : 



25 Feb 1 93 1 
10 Oct 1931 
15 Aug 1934 
28 Feb 1935 
25 Mai 1936 
10 Nov 1936 
6 Aug 1937 
2 Mai 1938 
10 Oct 1938 



Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 
Graebner fil. 



120, 121 
122, 123 
125, 126 
127, 128 
132 
133 
134 
135 
137 



1-10 

1 1-20 

21-30 

31-40 

Hauptregister 

i-7 

i-5 

6-10 



1-160 
161-320 
321-480 
481-630 

1-98 

1-80 

81-160 



5 Jan 1939 K. H. Zahn 138 

1 and 2(1) (in part) appeared in Leipzig as 

Jan 191 2 A. et G. 1 

27Augigi2 A. et G. 2 

26 Nov 191 2 A. et G. 3 

26 Mar 1913 A. et G. 4 

23 Mai 19 1 3 M. Goldschmidt 5 

31 Oct 1919 Graebner fil. 6 

15 Mar 1920 Graebner fil. 7 



Ref.: BFM6;BM6: 35; DTS 1: 11,6(4): no; Kew 1: 88; Langman p. 94; IDC 5428 
PFC 1 : xxxiv, 2(2) : xviii-xix, 3(1) : xi, 3(2) : xii-xiii. 
Stapf, J. Bot. 34: 480-483. 1896 (rev. parts 1-2), 35: 411-413 (3-4) • 

201. Ascherson's Flora der Provinz Brandenburg Zweite Auflage Flora des nordost- 
deutschen Flachlandes (ausser Ostpreussen) . . . Mit 14 Abbildungen im Text. Berlin 
(Gebriider Borntraeger) 1898- 1899. Oct. (Fl. JVordostdeut. Flachl.) 
Co-author: Karl Otto Robert Peter Paul Graebner (1871-1933). 



part 



pages 



dates 



Nat. Nov. 



1 [i]-i6o 16 Jul 1898 Aug 1898 

2/3 161-480 18 Aug 1898 Sep 1898 

4 481-640 1 4 Jan 1899 Jan 1899 

5 641-875, [i]-xii 22 Jul 1899 Aug 1899 

14 illustrations; price M 19. - Dedicated to Adolf Engler. Copy: B. 
Ref.: BFM 7; BM 1 : 35; Kew 1 : 88. 

Askenasy, Eugen (1845- 1903), Russian-German algologist, after 1881 at Heidelberg. 
{Ask.) 

herbarium and types: B. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 83; BM 1 : 67; Bossert p. 16; CSP 7: 53, 9: 

77, 13: 185; Frank p. 6; GR p. 557; Jackson p. 72, 80, 109; Lipschitz 1: 90; LS 1236; 

Moebius p. 447 [index]. 

Moebius, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 21: (47)-(66). 1903 (portr., bibl.) 

Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 185, 275, 443. 1909. 

eponymy: Askenasya M. Mobius (1887); Askenasyella W. Schmidle (1902). 

202. Forschungsreise S.M.S. "Gazelle", iv. Theil: Botanik. Redigirt von Professor Dr. 
A. Engler. Algen mit Unterstutzung der Herren E. Bornet, A. Grunow, P. Hariot, 



77 



ASKENASY 

M. Moebius, O. Nordstedt bearbeitet von Prof. Dr. E. Askenasy. Mit 12 Tafeln. Berlin 
(Ernst Siegfried Mittler & Sohn) 1888. Qu. (Forschungsreise Gazelle, Bot., Alg.) 
Publ.: Oct 1888, p. [i], [i]-58, /•/. 1-12. Copy: PCS. - Reprint from Engler, Forschungs- 
reise S.M.S. Gazelle, iv Botanik, q.v. Only very few reprints (with special t.p.) seem 
to have been made. 

Aspegren, Georg Gasten (1 791-1828), Swedish botanist at Karlskrona. (Aspegren). 

herbarium and types: Herbarium acquired by A. E. Lindblom (Flora 20: 175. 1837; 
KR p. 61) ; present location unknown to us. 
Re/.: KRp. 61. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 84 ("Gustaf Casten"); BM 1 : 67 ("Gustaf 

Carsten"); GR p. 486; KR p. 61-62 ("Georg Casten"); PR 270-271 ("Gustav Kar- 

sten"). 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 67. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 4. 1905. 

Sernander, Sv. biogr. lex. 388-389. 1920 (bibl.), ("Gustaf Casten"). 

eponymy: Aspegrenia Poeppig & Endlicher (1836). 

203. Forsok till en Blekinsk flora. Karlskrona (P. E. Flygare), 1823. Oct. (in fours) {Forsok 
Blekinsk. fl.) 

Publ.: 1823, P- [i]- xvl 5 [ J ]- I0 6, [1, err.]. Copies: NY, UPS. - The title page has a 
quotation from Schiller: "Nur die Natur ist redlich; Sie allein / Liegt an dem ewigen 
Ankergrunde fest, / Wenn alles andre auf den sturmbewegten Wellen / Dess Lebens 
unstaet triebt." Publication probably late in 1823 (first rev. Swensk Lit.-Tidn. 
18 Mar 1824). 

Ref.: BM 1 : 67; KR p. 62; PR 270. 
Anon., Flora 7: 443-444. 28 Jul 1824. 

Atkinson, George Francis (1854-19 18), American mycologist. (Atk.) 

herbarium and types: CUP. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 44. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 86; BM 1 : 69, 6: 38; Bossert p. 16; CSP 13: 

191-192; Kew 1: 94; LS 1243-1303, 30682-30713, 40906-40907; LS suppl. 1323-1344. 

Anon., J. of Mycol. 9: opp. p. 217. 1903 (portr.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 191, 205, pi. 14J. 1905. 

Reynolds Green, Hist. bot. 58. 1909. 

Anon., Lloyd, Mycol. Notes 59: 829. 1919 (portr.) 

Farlow et al., Amer. J. Bot. 6: 301-308. 1919 (portr., bibl. by Fitzpatrick) . 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916, 7(15): 1049. 1940. 

Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153. 1949. 

Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 6-9. 1961. 

Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 47. 1969. 

Ainsworth and Bisby, Diet, fungi (ed. 6) p. 49. 1971. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 11. 1973. 

eponymy: Atkinsonella Diehl (1950). 

204. The study of the biology of ferns by the collodion method for advanced and collegiate 
students. New York (Macmillan and Co.) London 1894. Oct. {Study biol. ferns). 
Publ.: early 1894 (pref. p. vii: Dec 1893, Nat. Nov. Mar 1894, Hedwigia Jun 1894), 

p. [i]-xii, [i]-i34- Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 69. 

205. Studies of American fungi. Mushrooms edible, poisonous, etc. . . . with a chapter on 
recipes for cooking mushrooms, by Mrs. Sarah Tyson Rorer; on the chemistry and 

78 



AUBLET 



toxicology of mushrooms, by J. F. Clark; on the structural characters of mushrooms, by 

H. Hasselbring. With 200 photographs by the author, and colored plates by F. R. 

Rathbun. Ithaca, N.Y. (Andrus & Church) 1900. Oct. {Stud. Amer. fungi). 

Ed. 1: 20 Oct 1900 (t.p.; p.v.: Oct 1900), p. [i]-v, [vi contents], [i]-275, 223 ills. 
Copies: FH, US. 

Ed. 2: Sep 1901, p. [i]-v, [vi contents], [i]-322, with abbreviated subtitle, 230 photo- 
graphs. Copies: GH, NY. 

Facsimile reprint: n.v., announced by the trade (Koeltz) 1974. 

Aublet, Jean Baptiste Christophe Fusee (1720-1778), French explorer and botanist, 
founder of the knowledge of the flora of Guyana. {Aubl.) 

herbarium and types : Aublet's herbarium was divided after his death and put up for 
sale. The main fragments are at BM (through Sir Joseph Banks) and at Paris (in the 
Denaiffe collection, in the Tristan herbarium, and the herbaria of Lamarck and Jus- 
sieu). Other sets of some size are at S in the herbarium of the younger Linnaeus, and at 
C in the Vahl herbarium. Isolated specimens are encountered in various herbaria (BR, 
F, LIV, MO, UPS, W). - The original drawings are for the greater part at BM (through 
Banks). The missing numbers are listed by Dryander, p. 189. In addition there are sixty 
non-published drawings and various manuscripts. 
Re/.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 45; Dawson p. 837. 

Sagot, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 6-10: 365-366. 1880. 

Lanjouw et Uittien, Rec. Trav. bot. neerl. 37: 133-170. 1940. 

Souilijaert and Stafleu, Taxon 2: 23-25. 1953. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 88; BM 1 : 70; Dawson p. 24, 567, 709, 837; 

Frank p. 6; GR p. 278; Kew 1 : 96; IF p. 675; Lasegue p. 473-474; LS 1309; NI 54; 

Plesch p. 130; PR 277; SO add. 664. 

Anon., Nouv. Biogr. univ., Didot, 3: 579. 1852. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 18. 1902. 

Magnin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 31 : 34. 1906. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 46. 1936. 

Cook, J. Washington Acad. Sci. 30: 294-299. 1940. 

Lanjouw & Uittien, Rec. Trav. bot. neerl. 37: 133-170. 1940. 

Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 8: 137-146. 1968. 

Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 282-286, 366. 1971. 

Martin in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 445. 1973 (letter). 

eponymy: Aubletella Pierre (1891); Aubletia J. Gaertner (1788); Aubletia Loureiro 
(1790); Aubletia Persoon (1807); Aubletia Schreber (1789). 

206. Histoire des plantes de la Guiane frangoise, rangees suivant la methode sexuelle, avec 
plusieurs memoires sur differens objets interessans, relatifs a la culture et au commerce 
de la Guiane francoise, et une notice des plantes de l'lsle-de-France. Ouvrage orne de 
pres de quatre cents planches en taille-douce, ou sont representees des plantes qui n'ont 
point encore ete decrites ni gravees, ou qui ne l'ont ete qu'imparfaitement. Londres, 
Paris (Pierre-Francois Didot jeune) 1775, 4 vols. Qu. {Hist.pl. Guiane). 
Pub I. : Jun-Dec 1775. - The "Catalogue des livres nouveaux" (Paris) offers the book for 
subscription on 12 Mar 1775. On 10 Jun 1775 publication is announced of all four 
volumes at a price of 72 "livres" which was to be in force until 1 Sep 1775. From the 
announcement (repeated in various periodicals) it might be concluded that the four 
volumes were actually available in June. However, this remains open to doubt; it is 
more likely that all parts (72?) had come out by the end of the year. - In some copies 
the generic name Tamonea occurs twice (p. 440, 659) for different genera. In most 
copies, however, the pages containing the first entry have been cancelled, the text 
now giving the name Fothergilla. Copies: U(2). 
1: [i*-iii*], front., [i]-xxix, 30-32, [i]-62i. 
2: [i], [62i]-976, tabl. [i]-52, misc. [i]-i6o. 
3: \1-i\1\, pi. 1-193. 
4: [i-iii], pi. 194-392. 

79 



AUBLET 

Ref. : BM i : 70; DU 20; Henrey 428; HU 642; IF 675; Kew 1 : 96; Langman p. 96; 
LS 1309; NI 54; Plesch p. 130; PR 277; IDC 5449. 
Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks B: 189. 1797. 
Vahl, J. Bot. [Schrader] (1799): 1: 237-238. 

Kunth, Ueber einigen Aubletschen Pflanzengattungen, Berlin 1833. 
Jackson, J. Bot. 39: 86. 1901. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 18. 1902. 
Hallier, Meded. Rijks-Herb. 35: 3-33. 1918. 
Cook, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 30: 294-299. 1940. 
Lanjouw et Uittien, Rec. Trav. bot. need. 37: 133-170. 1940. 
Souilijeart and Stafleu, Taxon 2: 23. 1953. 
Sandwith, Kew Bulletin 17: 257-262. 1963. 
Stafleu, Introduction A. L. Jussieu, Genera plantarum, fascimile Weinheim 1964, 

p. xxxiv. 
Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 282-286. 1971. 

Aubriot, L. J. [fl. 1885), French botanist. (Aubriot). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 89; BL 2: 155; BM 1 : 70. 

207. Flore de la Hte-Marne [.] Catalogue des plantes vasculaires spontanees, subspon- 
tanees et de culture generale de ce departement [Saint-Dizier 1885] Oct. (Fl. Hte- 
Marne). 

Co-author: Arthur Daguin. 

PnbL: 1885, (Nat. Nov. and J. Bot. Mar 1886), reprinted with special cover from Mem. 
Soc. Let., Sci., Arts, Agr. et Industrie Saint-Dizier 3: 1-536. 1885. With map. The cover 
carries the title : Flore de la Haute-Marne par . . . avec une carte des principaux terrains 
de la Haute-Marne dressee par M. Ern. Royer . . . Saint-Dizier (Henriot et Godard), 
1885; p. [i] is the t.p. given in the heading, p. [iii] is the separate title page for vol. 3 
of the Memoires. The Flore occupies almost the entire Memoire but is followed on p. 537- 
541 by a "Rapport sur la Flore de la Hte-Marne ..." by N. Barollet. Copies: B, 
MICH, NY. For commentary see Blake (BL). The Arnold Arboretum has a reissue 
Paris s.d. (1886?) with a different subtitle and by "Daguin et Aubriot". 
Ref.: BL 2: 155; BM 1: 70. 

Thomas, Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Haute-Marne 9, 1911-1912, 202 p. (issued in parts with 
vol. 8). 

Aucher-Eloy, Pierre Martin Remi (1793- 1838), French explorer of the Orient. 

(Aucher). 

herbarium and types: Collections in many herbaria; important sets at BM, G, K, 
OXF, P and W. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 45. 

Candolle, Phytographie 393. 1880. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 123. 1964. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 288. 1846. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1): 659, 6(2): 669; Barnhart 1: 89; BM 1: 70; 

Kew 1 : 97; Lasegue p. 122-124; PR 279. 

Jaubert, Relations de Voyages en Orient v-xxxi. 1843. 

W.J. Hooker, Lond. J. Bot. 3: 167-169. 1844. 

Schubert, G. H. von, Biographien 3: 134-155. 1847 (n.v., fide PR). 

Boissier, Fl. orient. 1: xvii. 1867. 

Franchet, Fl. Loir-et-Cher xvii-xviii. 1885. 

eponymy: Auchera A. P. de Candolle (1838). 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 313-314. 1972. 

80 



208. Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 a 1838, par Aucher-Eloy, revues et annotees 
par M. le Comte Jaubert, . . . accompagnees d'une carte geographique ou sont traces 
toutes les itineraires suivis par Aucher-Eloy. Paris (Roret) 1843. 2 parts. Oct. (Relat. 
voy. Orient). 

Part 1: 1843, p. [i]-xxxi, [11-364. Copies: G, NY. 

Part 2: 1843, p. [i-iii], [365]-775, [1, err.], map. Copies: G, NY. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 70 ; Kew 1:97; PR 279. 

Auerswald, Bernhard (1818-1870), German mycologist, highschool teacher at 
Leipzig. (Auersw.) 

herbarium and types: BM (17.000). 
Ref.: IH 2: 45- 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 90; BM 1 : 71-72; CSP 1 : 121, 7: 58; DTS 1 : 

1 1-12; Frank p. 6; GR p. 2; Jackson p. 294; LS 1323-1343; PR 284-286. 

Richter, Hedwigia 9: 128. 1870. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 118. 1905. 

Barnhart, NAF 1 1 ( 1 ) : 87. 1937; 7(15): 1049. 1940. 

composite works : Synopsis pyrenomycetum europaeorum, in Gonnermann et Rabenhorst, 
Mycologia europaea, Hefte 5, 6, 1869. Fol. 

eponymy: Auerswaldia Rabenhorst (1857) ; Auerswaldia P. A. Saccardo (1883) ; Auerswal- 
diella F. Theissen & H. Sydow (1914). 

Austin, Coe Finch (1831-1880), American bryologist. (Aust.) 

herbarium and types: NY. - for duplicates see IH. Exsiccatae: 

1 . Hepaticae boreali-americanae exsiccatae ; or specimens of North American Liverworts 
(nos. 1-150, Closter, New Jersey 1873); sets at BM, NY. 

2. Musci appalachiani (nos. 1-450, Closter, New Jersey 1870, suppl. nos. 451-550. 1878); 
sets at B, BM, FH, G, K, MANCH, NY, PRE, W. (Accompanying text see below). 

Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 45. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 177-178. 1971. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1:92; BM 1 : 74; Bossert p. 1 7 ; CSP 1 : 1 23, 7 : 

59, 12: 31 ; Kew 1 : 100; LS 1347, 1348; ME 3: 530 [index]; MW p. 24. 

Anon., J. Bot. 18: 192. 1880. 

N.Y. Bot. Club Bull. 7: 38-39. 1880. 

Britton, Bryologist 13: 1-4. 1910 (portr.) 

Demarest, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 17: 31-38. 1918. 

Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 344 [index]. 1940. 

Rodgers, John Torrey 335 [index]. 1942. 

Rodgers, Amer. bot. 1873- 1892 p. 323 [index]. 1944. 

Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 91. 1969. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 12. 1973. 

Meyer and Elsasser, Taxon 22: 380, 382. 1973. 

eponymy: Austinella R. S. Williams (191 1); Austinia K. A. F. W. Mueller Hal. (1875). 

handwriting: Taxon 22: 380. 1973; The Bryologist 13(1): frontispiece. 1910. 

209. Musci appalachiani : tickets of specimens of mosses collected mostly in the Eastern 
part of North America. Closter, N.J. 1870. Oct. (Musci appalach.) 

Publ.: 1870, p. [i]-g2. Copy: NY. - Musci appalachiani: supplement 1. Tickets of (100) 
specimens of mosses collected most in the Eastern part of North America. Closter 
New Jersey 1878, p. [i]-i6, with errata slip. Copy: NY. 

Ref. : Jackson p. 364; Kew 1: 100; IDC 5453. 
Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. 



Autran, Eugene John Benjamin (1855- 191 2), Swiss botanist, curator of the Boissier 
herbarium, later in Argentina (1901-1912). (Autran). 

herbarium and types: G, later BAF, SI. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 46. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(2) : 770; Barnhart i : 92; BL 1 : 254; BM 1 : 76, 
6: 43; Bossert p. 18; CSP 13: 209; Kew 1: 103. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 79, 149. 1903, 3(3): 64, 159, pi. 150. 1905 (portr.) 
Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 9-10. 1940 (bibl.) 

composite works: Bulletin de I'Herbier Boissier, editor vols. 1 (i8g3)-7 (1899). 

eponymy: Autranella A. Chevalier (1917); Autrania C. Winkler (1892). 

210. Hortus boissierianus. Enumeration des plantes cultivees en 1885 a Valleyres (Vaud) 
et a la Pierriere (Chambesy pres Geneve). Geneve, Basel (Georg & Cie), Paris (J.B. 
Bailliere & fils), Berlin (R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1896. Oct. (Hortus boiss.) 
Co-author: Theophile Alexis Durand (1855- 191 2). 

Publ. : Jul-Aug 1896 (p. vii: 25 Jun 1896; Nat Nov. Sep 1896), p. [i]-xi, [i]-572, fronti- 
spiece portrait of E. Boissier, 2 plates. Preface by F. Crepin. Copies: G, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 76; Kew 1: 103; Plesch p. 131. 

Ave-Lallemant, Julius Leopold Eduard (1803- 1867), German botanist who worked 
at the botanical garden in St. Petersburg from 1838-1855. (Ave-Lall.) 

herbarium and types: LE?, some material formerly at B and at LiAbeck. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 46. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 153; Barnhart 1: 93; BM 1 : 77 ; CSP 1: 125, 

6: 570; DTS 1 : 12; Kew 1 : 103; Langman p. 283; Lipschitz 1 : 8; MWp. 1 19; PR 292. 

Ave-Lallemant, De plantis [see below], 1829, Vita in thesis on p. [2]. 

Anon., Flora 50: 559. 1867. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cix-cx. 1883. 

Fischer-Benson, in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Schlesw. Holstein ed. 2.10. 1890. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 11. 1941. 

note: Not to be confused with R. Ave-Lallement, author of Wanderungen durch die 
Pflanzenwelt der Tropen. Breslau 1880. Oct. - 188 p. (Nat. Nov. Dec i( 



composite works: Co-author with F. E. L. Fischer of vols. 6- 11 of the Index seminum, 
quae Hortus botanicus imperialis petropolitanus pro mutua commutatione offert (see under Fischer). 

eponymy: Lallemantia F. E. L. Fischer & C. A. Meyer (1840). 

211. De plantis quibusdam Italiae borealis et Germaniae australis rarioribus. Dissertio inaugura- 
lis botanica quam consensu et auctoriate gratiosi mediocorum ordinis in universitate 
litteraria Frederica Guilelma ut summi in medicina et chirurgia honores rite sibi conce- 
dantur die v mensis septembris a. mdcccxxix h.l.q.s. palam defendet auctor Julius Leop. 
Eduardus Ave-Lallemant lubecensis. Opponentibus : F. Zernentsch, H. Quincke, E. 
Butzke . . . Berlin (Brandes und Klewert) [1829]. Qu. (PI. Ital. bor.) 
Publ.: 5 Sep 1829 (t.p. ; see also notices in Flora) p. [i]-ig, [20], 1 pi. Excerpt: Flora 13, 

Erg. Bl. 109-115. 1830. Copies: G(2), NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 77; DTS 1: 12; Kew 1: 103; PR 292. 

Anon., Flora 12: 688, 746. 1829; 13(2) Erg. Bl. 109-115. 1830. 

Azpeitia Moros, Florentino (1859-?), Spanish diatomologist. (Azpeitia). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 



82 



BABINGTON 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart i : 96. 
eponymy: Azpeitia M. Peragallo (191 2). 

212. La diatomologia espanola en los comienzos del siglo xx. Madrid (Eduardo Arias) 191 1. 
Oct. {Diatom, espan.) 

Publ. : 191 1, p. [3]-320, pi. 1-12. Copy: PCS. - Also issued as Asociacion espanola para la 
progreso de las ciencias, tome iv, section 3a., Ciencias naturales. Segunda parte. 
Madrid (Eduardo Arias) 191 1. Copy: PCS. 

Babey, Claude Marie Philibert (1786- 1848), French botanist. (Babey). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 97; BM 1 : 79; BL 2: 108; Jackson p. 344; 
PR 296. 

213. Flore jurassienne, ou description des plantes vasculaires croissant naturellement dans 
les montagnes du Jura et les plaines qui sont au pied, reunies par families naturelles, et 
disposees suivant la methode de de Candolle, avec l'indication des proprietes et des 
usages des especes le plus generalement employees en medecine et dans les arts; suivie 
d'un tableau des genres d'apres le systeme sexuel de Linne. Paris (Audot) 4 vols., 1845 
[1846] Oct. (Fl.jurass.) 

1: 1845 [but cover 1846], [i-*iii*], [i]-xlii, [1, signs], [O-456. 

2: 1845 [cover 1846], [i-iii], [i]-523. 

3: 1845 [cover 1846], [i-iii], [1J-501. 

4: 1845 [cover 1846], [i-iii], [1H32. 

Copy: HH (original covers). 

Re/.: BL 2: 108; BM 1: 79; Jackson p. 344; PR 296. 

Babington, Charles Cardale (1808- 1895), British botanist, professor of botany at 
Cambridge. (Bab.) 

herbarium and types: CGE (orig. herb.) and BM (Rubies); duplicates e.g. E, GL, K, 

LINN. 

Re/.: BBp. 12; IH 2: 47. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 40. 1957. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 56. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: AG i : 332, 6(1) : 566; Barnhart 1 : 97; BB p. 12; BL 2: 

625 [index] ; BM 1 : 79, 6: 44; Bossertp. 19; CSP 1 : 136-139, 7: 62, 9: 91, 12: 33, 13: 220; 

DNB suppl. 1 . 1 : 90 ; GR p. 368 ; IF p. 675 ; Jackson p. 5 1 7 [index] ; Kew 1 : 1 1 1 ; LS 

I 3 6 7-i374; PR ed. 1, 374-378, ed. 2, 298-304; Zander ed. 10, 594, 629. 

Aderhold, Gen. -Reg. Bot. Zeit. 94. 1895 (list of reviews). 

Britten, J. Bot. 33: 257-266. 1895 (portr.) 

Mayor, Cambridge Chronicle 30 Aug 1895, p. 4 (fide Desmond). 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1895- 1896: 30-32. 1896. 

Babington, A. M., Memorials, journal and botanical correspondence of C. C. Babington 

(with a preface by the editor), Cambridge 1897 (portr.; bibl. of periodical articles on 

p. 447-454) (see also Britten, J. Bot. 36: 33-35. 1898). 
Davey, Fl. Cornwall xlii. 1909 (1910). 
White, Fl. Bristol 91-93. 191 2. 
Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 49. 1936. 
Riddelsdell, Flora of Gloucestershire cxviii. 1948. 
Desmond, DSB 1: 358-359. 1970. 

composite works: Editor of Annals and Magazine of natural History vols. 9-20 and ser. 2, 
vol. 1 - ser. 4, vol. 20 (1842- 1877). 

eponymy: Babingtonia J. Lindley (1842). 

83 



BABINGTON 



note: Strigula Babingtonii Berkeley was called after Babington's cousin the reverend 
Churchill Babington (1821-1889, see e.g. J. Bot. 27: iio-m. 1889), a lichenologist 
whose herbarium is also at CGE. C. C. Babington's father Joseph B. (1768- 1826) was 
also a botanist; his plants are also at CGE. 

214. Flora bathoniensis: or, a catalogue of the plants indigenous to the vicinity of Bath. 
Bath (E. Collins), Bristol (G. Tremlett and W. Strong), London (Longman & Co.) 1834. 
Duod. (in sixes) (Fl. bath.) 

Orig.: Jan 1834 (P & W; Linn. Soc. 3 Feb 1834; p. vi: Nov 1833), [i]-vi, [i]-62, [1, 

add.], [4, ind.] Copies: HH, M. 
Supplement to the Flora bathoniensis, Bath 1839, presented to Linn. Soc. on 24 Mai 1839, 

[i*], [lxiii]-lxv, [67]-io5, [106 err.], [4, ind.] Copy: HH. 
Re/.: BL 2: 264; BM 1: 79; Jackson p. 248; Kew 1: 1 1 1 ; LS 1367; PR 298. 

Hooker, J. Bot. 2: 185-187. Mai 1840. 

White, Fl. Bristol 91. 191 2. 

215. Primitiae florae sarnicae; or, an outline of the flora of the Channel Islands of Jersey, 
Guernsey, Alderney, and Serk. Containing a catalogue of the plants indigenous of the 
islands: with occasional observations upon their distinctive characters, affinities, and 
nomenclature. London (Longman & Co., H. Bailliere), Cambridge (G. Barraclough), 
Bath (E. Collings), Paris (J. B. Bailliere), Leipzig (J. A. G. Weigel) 1839. Duod. (Prim. 

fl. Sarnicae). 

Publ. : Jun 1839 (p. xvi: 30 Mai 1839; pres. to Linn. Soc. on iojun 1839; Ann. Mag. nat. 

Hist. 3: 341-343. Jul 1839; London med. Gaz. 26: 629. 10 Jul 1840), p. [i]-xvi, [1]- 

132. Copies: B, HH, NY. 
Ref. : BM 1:79; Jackson p. 252 ; Kew 1 : 1 1 1 ; LS 1 368 ; PR 299. 

Hooker, J. Bot. 2: 185-187. Mai 1840. 

216. Manual of British botany, containing the flowering plants and ferns arranged accord- 
ing to the natural orders. London (John van Voorst) 1843. Oct. (Man. Brit, bot.) 



ed. 



pages 



dates 



notes 



copy 



I 


[i]-xxiv, [i]-400 


Mai-Jul 1843 


2 


[i]-xxxii, [i]-428 


Jan-Jul 1847 


3 


[i]-xxxii, [i]-434 


1851 


4 


[i]-xxxii, [i]-446 


1856 


5 


[i]-lii, [i]-449 


1862 


6 


[i]-lii, [ 1 ]-464 


Jan-Sep 1867 


7 


[i]-lxiii, [i]-473 


Mai-Jun 187^ 



[i]-xlviii, [2, err.], [i]-485 Aug 1881 
[2], addenda Aug 188^ 



[i]-lii, [i]- 5 8o 



pref. 1 Mai, Flora 7 Aug NY 
1843, Bot. Zeit. 25 Aug 
1843. 

"second edition, with NY 

many additions and 
corrections" 

"third edition . . . NY 

[idem]" 

"fourth edition . . . NY 

[idem]" 

"fifth edition ... NY 

[idem]" 

"sixth edition . . . NY 

[idem]." (Flora 8 Oct) 
"seventh edition. NY 

Corrected throughout" 
"eighth edition . . . NY 

[idem]" -(Nat. Nov. 
Sep 1881) 

Mai-Sep 1904 "Enlarged from the HH 

author's manuscripts 
and other sources" 
edited by Henry and 
James Groves, (preface 
p. xi: May 1904; Nat. 
Nov. Oct. 1904), London 
(Gurney and Jackson) 



84 



BACHLECHNER 

ed. pages dates notes copy 

10 [i]-liv, [i, corr.], [i]-i62 1922 "with amended nomen- HH 

clature and an appendix 
edited by A. J. Wilmott" 
(p. xi: 24 Apr 1922) 
London (Gurney and 
Jackson) . 

Ref. : BM 1:79; Kew 1 : 1 1 1 ; PR 300. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 1 : 578-579. 25 Aug 1843 (rev. ed. 1 from July 1843 issue of 

Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.) 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 2: 449-450. 21 Juni 1844 (rev. ed. 1 by Schlechtendal 

himself) . 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 5: 605-606. 20 Aug 1847 (rev. ed. 2). 
Britten, J. Bot. 19: 280-284. Sep 1881 (rev. ed. 8). 
Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 318. 1945. 

217. Flora of Cambridgeshire: or a catalogue of plants found in the county of Cambridge, 
with references to former catalogues, and the localities of the rarer species. London 
(John Van Voorst) i860. Oct. (Fl. Cambridgeshire). 

Publ: i860, p. [i]-lvi, [i>327, map. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 79; Kew 1 : 1 1 1 ; PR 302. 

Britten, J. Bot. 36: 323. 1898 (annotated copy, now at CGE). 

Perring et al., Fl. Cambridgeshire 2-4. 1964. 

Bach, Michael (1808- 1878), German botanist and entomologist, teacher at a college 
in Boppard. (Bach). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. - Exsiccatae (with Ph. Wirtgen) : Herbarium der 
seltern oder weniger bekannten Pflanzen Deutschlands der Flora des Mittel- und 
Niederrheins (1847). 

bibliography and biography: Bamhart 1 : 98; BM 1 : 80; CSP 1 : 141-142, 6: 572, 7: 
63 1 ; 12: 33 ; Jackson p. 309 ; Kew 1 : 112; 
Anon., Leopoldina 14: 115-117. 1878 (bibl.) 

218. Taschenbuch der Rheinprenssischen Flora und der zunachst angrenzenden Gegenden. 
Enthaltend : Die Gefasspflanzen nebst einer Einleitung in die allgemeine Botanik. Soest 
(Nasse) 1873. Duod. (Taschenb. Rheinpreuss. Fl.) 

Ed. 1: 1873 (pref. p. iv: 19 Mar 1873; Bot. Zeit. 7 Nov 1873), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-lxxv, 
[Ixxvi err.], [11-384. Copy: HH. 

Ed. 2: Minister (Nasse) 1879. Duod. (Nat. Nov. Aug 1879), p. [i-xiv], [3]-472, "Zweite, 
verbesserte Auflage." Copies: B, G. 

Ed. 2 '• F)r. M. Bach's Flora der Rheinprovinz und der angrenzenden Lander. Die Gefass- 
pflanzen. Dritte, ganzlich neubearbeitete Auflage des Taschenbuches von P. Caspari, 
Oberlehrer. Paderborn (Ferdinand Schoningh) 1899. Oct., publ. Apr-Jun 1899 (pref. 
p. vii: Mar 1899; Nat. Nov. Jun 1899), p. [i]-xlviii, [i]-468. Copies: B, HH. 

Ref: BM 1: 80 [ed. 1 and 2]; Jackson p. 309; Kew 1: 112 [ed. 3]. 

Bachlechner, Gregor (1808- 1873), Austrian botanist and highschool teacher at 
Brixen. (Bachlechner). 

herbarium and types : IBF. 
Ref: IH 2: 47. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhar t 1 : 98 ; BM 1 : 80 ; BL 2 : 407 ; CSP 1 : 1 45, 7 : 64 ; 

DTS 1:12 (bibl.), 6(4) : 37, 41 (erroneously as Georg B.) ; PR 313. 

Hohenbuhel, Bot. Zeit. 26: 438-439. 1868. 

Anon., 24 Progr. k.k. Gymnasium Brixen 27-28. 1874 (n.v., fide DTS). 

85 



BACHLECHNER 

219. Verzeichnis der phanerogamen Pflanzen, welche in der Gegend von Brixen wild wachsen, 
mit Angabe einiger Fundorte und der Bliihezeit, um den Studierenden das auffinden 
derselben zu erleichtern. Nach Koch's Synopsis der deutschen Flora geordnet. Brixen 
1859. Oct. (Verz.phan. Pfl.) 

Publ. : 1859 ( am Ende des Schuljahres) in Programm des k.k. Gymnasiums zu Brixen, ii, 1859, 

p. 1-94 (n.v.j fide DTS and Hohenbiihel). 
Re/.: BM 1 : 80 (incomplete); BL 2: 407; CSP 1 : 145; DTS 1 : 12. 

Hohenbuhel, Bot. Zeit. 26: 438-439. 1868. 

220. Beitrdge zur Flora von Brixen. Brixen 1865. Oct. (Beitr. Fl. Brixen). 

Publ.: 1865 ("am Ende des Schuljahres 1865"), im 15. Programm des k.k. Gymnasiums 

zu Brixen (n.v., fide DTS and Schlechtendal) , p. [i]-v, [6]-30. 
Re/.: BM 1: 80; DTS 1: 12. 

Anon., Z. ost. Gymnasien 1866: 271-272 (fide DTS). 

Bachlechner, Oest. bot. Z. 1866: 324-329. 

Heufler, Hedwigia 5(4): 54. Apr 1866. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 26: 425-427. 1868. 

Bachmann, Franz Ewald Theodor (1850- 1937), German highschool teacher and 
botanist. (Bachm.) 

herbarium and types : Orig. herbarium destroyed in Kiel ; some material at B, W, WA, 
WRSL, location of main collections not known. 
Ref.:GKp. 3 ;IH 2 :47. 

Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 180. 1974. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 98; Bossertp. 19; CSP 9: 92, 12: 33, 13: 224; 
GR p. 2-3; LS 1413-1423, 30745-30748, suppl. 1451-1497. 
Diels, Ber. deut. Bot. Ges. 55: 293. 1937. 
Anon., Hedwigia 77: (108). 1937. 

Backeberg, Curt (1894- 1966), German author on succulent plants. (Backeb.) 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography : Plesch p. 131; Kew 1 : 113; Langman p. 99- 1 00 ; Zan der, 

ed. 10, p. 591. 

Buchenau, Cact. Sue. Mexic. 11(3): 70-71. 1966. 

Buining, Succulenta 45(2) : 19. 1966 (portr.) 

L.N., Cactus Succ. J. Great Britain 28(2): 23-24. 1966 (portr.) 

Rowley and Parr, Cactus Succ. J. Cactus Succ. Soc. America 38(2): 70-71. 1966. 

Donald, Natl. Cact. Succ. J. (Gr. Br.) 22(1): 20. 1967. 

Hunt, J. Mammillaria Soc. 15(3): 38. 1975. 

eponymy: Backebergia Bravo (1953). 

Backer, Cornells Andries (1874-1963), Dutch botanist, worker on the flora of Java. 

{Backer) . 

herbarium and types : The plants on which the Onkruidflora der Javasche Suikerrietgronden 
was based are at the former Java Sugar Experiment Station at Pasuruan, Java (PAS). 
The main part of Backer's other collections is at Bogor (BO) including many of his types. 
Duplicates, mainly from his PAS collections, are at L. The duplicates of Backer's collec- 
tions at BO were only incompletely or not at all distributed to other institutions. 
Ref.: IH 2: 47. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 27-29. 1950. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 99 ; BL 2 : 420-42 1 ; BM 6 : 45 ; Bosser t p. 1 9 ; 
IF suppl. 3: 201 ; JW 1 : 184; Kew 1 : 1 13-114; Langman p. 100; NI 5511; SK p. 27-28; 
Zander (ed. 10): 630. 

86 



Anon., Wie is dat? ed. 3. 1935. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 50. 1936. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 27-29. 1950 (portr.) 

Steenis, Taxon 12: 173-177. 1963. 

Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fl. Java 1 : xiv-xx. 1963 (portr., bibl.) 

Steenis, Vakbl. Biol. 43: 65-66. 1963. 

Steenis, Blumea 12: 1-4. 1964. 

eponymy: Backeria R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink jr. (1943). 

handwriting: Fl. males, ser. 1. 1 : cxlviii. 1950. 

221. Flora van Batavia. Deel 1. Dicotyledones dialypetalae. (Thalamiflorae en Disci- 
florae). [Headline:] Mededeelingen uitgaande van het Departement van Landbouw 
no. 4. Batavia (G. Kolff & Co.) 1907. Qu. (Fl. Batavia). 

Publ. : Jul-Dec 1907 (p. [vii*]: 21 Jun 1907), p. [i*-vii*], [i]-xvi, [i]-405, determinatie- 

tabellen p. [i-iii], [i]-i8, terminology [i]-25, add. et corr. [i]-4- Copy. U. 
Re/.: Kew 1 : 113. 

222. Schoolflora voor Java . . . (Ranunculaceae - Myrtaceae) . Weltevreden (Visser & Co.) 
191 1. Oct. I (Schoolfl. Java). 

Publ.: 191 1, p. [i]-clxxix, [i]-676, pi. 1-12, loose leaves addenda et corrigenda, [Welte- 
vreden 1913], p. [i]-i6. Copy: U. 

223. Algemeen Proefstation voor thee [.] Geillustreerd handboek der Javaansche theeonkruiden 
en hunne beteekenis voor de cultuur, door C. A. Backer en Dr. D. F. van Slooten. 
Batavia (Ruygrock & Co.) 1924. Oct. (Geill. handb. Jav. theeonkr.) 

Co-author: Dirk Fok van Slooten (1890- 1953). 

Publ. : 1924 (p. 6: 10 Apr 1924), p. [i]-47,jfr/. 1-240 with 3 p. letterpress each, [44 p. add. 
inf.], [23 p. index], [1 sheet corr., loose]. Copy: U. 

224. Handboek voor de flora van Java. Batavia (Ruygrock & Co.) 1924-1928, 3 fasc. Oct. f 
(Handb. fl. Java). 

1: [i], [i]-66. 1925; 2: [i], 1-291. 192855: [i], 1-141. 1924. Copy: FAS. 

225. Onkruidflora der Javasche Suikerrietgronden, [Handboek ten dienste van de suikerriet- 
cultuur en de rietsuiker-fabricage op Java, zevende deel], Soerabaja [1 928-1 941]. 1 vol. 
text, 1 vol. atlas, f (Onkruidfl. Jav. Suikerrietgr .) 



part pages 



dates 



part 



plates 



dates 



I 


[i]-i 9 6 


31 Mar 1928 


5 


129-160 


Dec 1930 


2 


197-475 


30 Mar 1930 


6 


161-192 


Apr 1932 


3 


476-819 


30 Apr 193 1 


7 


193-224 


Apr 1933 


4 


821-907 


20 Aug 1 93 1 


8 


225-256 


Apr 1935 


5 


[i]-lxxxvii 


22 Feb 1934 


9 


257-288 


Mar 1936 








10 


289-320 


Nov 1936 


part 


plates 


dates 


1 1/12 


321-384 


Sep 1938 








13 


385-416 


Nov 1939 








1 


1-32 


Mar 1928 


14 


417-448 


Mai 1940 


2 


33-64 


Apr 1929 


15 


449-480 


Oct 1 94 1 


3 


65-96 


Sep 1929 


16 


481-747 


May 1973 


4 


97-128 


Apr 1930 









Copy: U. - Part 16 of the text, completing the index was published at Deventer, Holland, 
1973, as a separate publication with an introduction by Barli Laoh and C. G. G.J. van 
Steenis (11 p.) as Atlas 0/220 weeds of sugar-cane fields in Java. 
Ref. : NI 55n, SK p. clxvii. 

Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 5: 138. 1949. 

Laoh and Steenis, Atlas of 220 weeds of sugar-cane fields in Java, Deventer 1973. 

87 



226. The problem ofKrakatao as seen by a botanist . . . published by the author. Weltevreden 
(Visser & Co.), Den Haag (Martinus Nijhoff) s.d. [1929]. Oct. (Probl. Krakatao). 
Publ.: The book was privately printed in Sourabaya; copies were for sale at Batavia 

(Djakarta), April 1929, p. [i-vi], pi. 1-3, [i]-2gg. Copy: U. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 113. 

Backer, Vakbl. Biol. 8: 157-162. 1931. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. mal. Bull. 5: 137. 1949. 

227. Verklarend woordenboek der wetenschappelijke namen van de in Nederland en 
Nederlandsch-Indie in het wild groeiende en in tuinen en parken gekweekte varens en 
hoogere planten. Groningen (P. Noordhoff), Batavia (Noordhoff-Kolff, Visser & Co.) 
1936. Oct. (Verkl. woordenb.) 

Publ. : 1936, p. [i]-xii, [i]-664. - One of the best and most original botanical dictionaries. 
Contains much historical information based on original sources. Copies: U (2). 

228. Varenflora voor Java [.] Overzicht der op Java voorkomende varens en varen- 
achtigen, hare verspreiding, oekologie en toepassingen door dr. C. A. Backer en dr. O. 
Posthumus. Met 1 titelplaat, 1 kaart en 81 figuren in den tekst. Buitenzorg ('s Lands 
Plantentuin) 1939. Oct. (Varenfl. Java). 

Co-author: Oene Posthumus (1898- 1945). 

Publ. : Jun 1939 (t.p.; pref. 24 Mar 1939), p. [i]-xlvii, [i]-370, frontispiece, map, 81 text 
figures. Copy: U. 

229. Beknopte flora van Java (Nood uitgave) . Leiden (Rijksherbarium) 1 940-1 961, 20 vols. 
Qu. (Bekn.fl. Java). 

Publ. : Published in mimeographed form for private distribution by the Rijksherbarium 
(originally only 25 copies) in order to safeguard the manuscript during the war. The 
publication was continued after 1945 with an increased number of copies (ultimately 
60). The definitive edition of the book is in English: Flora of Java by C. A. Backer 
and R. C. Bakhuizen van den Brink jr. see below. Copies: L, U. 



volume 


date 


volume 


date 


volume 


date 


1 


Nov 1940 


7 


Sep 1948 


15 


Nov 1956 


2 


Dec 1940 


8 


Mai 1949 


16 


Apr 1957 


3 


Oct 1 94 1 


9 


Aug 1949 


17 


Jun 1957 


4a 


Apr 1942 


10 


Dec 1949 


18 


Apr 1958 


4b 


Sep 1944 


1 1 


Jul 1 95 1 


19 


Nov i960 


4c 


Nov 1943 


12 


Sep 1952 


20 


Nov 1 96 1 


5 


Mar 1 94 1 


13 


Jul 1953 







Ref. : Kew 1 : 113. 

Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink, Fl. Java 1 : xx-xxi. 1963. 

230. Flora of Java (Spermatophytes only). Groningen (P. Noordhoff) 1963- 1968, 3 vols. 
Oct. (Fl.Java). 

Co-author: Reinier Cornells Bakhuizen van den Brink Jr. (191 i-x). 
Vol. 1: front, (portr. Backer), [i]-xxiii, 1-648, publ. 7 Feb 1964. 
Vol. 2: [i-vii], [(i)]-72, map, [i]-64i, publ. 31 Dec 1965. 
Vol. 3: [i-vi], 1 -76 1, publ. 13 Nov 1968. 

The above dates were given by the publishers to the junior author. Copies: FAS, U. 
Ref: Maheshwari, J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 44: 512-514. 1965. 
Stafleu, Taxon 15: 192-195. 1966. 

Backhouse, James (1794- 1869), British nurseryman and missionary of the Society 
of Friends who collected in the Southern Hemisphere 1831-1841. {Backhouse). 

herbarium and types: Australian material at MEL and MO, some at OXF, E - 
Manuscript flora of NSW at K. British material at E (Teesdale area), GL, K. 
Ref. : IH 2: 48; Kent, Brit, herbaria 40. 1953. 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 99; BBp. 13; BM 1 : 81, 6: 45. CSP 1 : 147, 
6: 573, 7: 65, 13: 227; HR; Kew 1 : 1 14; LS 1428-1429; PR 1 1 ; Zander (ed. 10), p. 630. 
J. G. Baker, J. Bot. 7: 51-58. 1869 (portr.) 
Backhouse, Sarah, Memoir of James Backhouse, by his sister. York, London 1870, ed. 2. 

1877. 
Babington, Memorials 470. 1897. 

Austral. Diet. Biogr. 1, 1 788-1850, A. H., Melbourne 1966. 
Karsten, Suid-Afrikaanse Biografiese Woordenboek 1: 32-33. 1968. 
Norton, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 25: 772-773. 1900. 
Maiden, J. Proc. R. Soc. NSW 42: 62-63. 1908. 
Maiden, J. West- Austral, nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 6, 28. 1909. 
Coats, The plant hunters 222-224. IO <69. 

note: James Backhouse's sonjames B. junior (1825-1890; seej. Bot. 29: 353-356. 1890) 
accompanied his father to Norway, Ireland and Scotland; he wrote a Monograph of 
British Hieracia (1856) ; his herbarium is at YRK; sets of British Hieracia are at BM, GL, 
OXF. William Backhouse (1779- 1844) was a cousin of J. Backhouse Sr., his herbarium 
was destroyed by fire. 

eponymy: Backhousia W.J. Hooker & W. H. Harvey (1845). 

Badham, Charles David (1806- 1857), British clergyman and mycologist, practised 
in Rome and Paris, curate of E. Bergholt, 1849- 1855. 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 10 1; BB p. 14; BM 1: 82; DNB 2: 387; 
Jackson p. 244; Kew 1: 115; LS 1431-1432; NI 58; PR 320. 

eponymy: Badhamia Berkeley (1853). 

231. A treatise on the esculent funguses of England, containing an account of their classical 
history, uses characters, development, structure, nutritious properties, modes of cooking 
and preserving &c. London (Reeve, Brothers) 1847. Qu. {Treat, escul.fung. England). 
Ed. 1: 1847, p. [i]-x, [TJ-138, col. frontispiece, pi. 1-20, 17 col., 3 plain lithographs by 

Mrs. Hussey and Leonard. Copies: BR, L, NY. 
Ed. 2: 1863, p. [i]-xvi, [i]-i52,jfr/. 1-12 coloured, copied from the first edition by W. Fitch. 

Edited by Frederick Currey . . . London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1863. Oct. Copies: BR, 

MICH, NY, USDA. 
Ref: BM 1 : 82; Jackson p. 244; Kew 1 : 115; LS 1431-1432; NI 58; PR 320. 

Back, Abraham (17 13-1795), Swedish amateur botanist, friend of Linnaeus and 
chief-physician to the king of Sweden who pronounced the funeral oration on Linnaeus 
at the Swedish Academy of Sciences {Back) . 

herbarium and types : U PS ; acquired in 1 9 1 4 from a descendant of Back. The herbarium 

was damaged by damp and insects to such an extent that only a part of it is actually 

preserved. Localities, habitats, names of collectors, dates are not given. Several of the 

plants from the Cape must have been collected by Thunberg, others were acquired from 

Linnaeus and Linnaeus fil. The Forster plants received by Back are in the Linnean 

herbarium. 

Ref : Juel, Sv. Linne-Sallsk. Arsskr. 7: 68-82. 1924. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 101. 
Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. -nat. Banks 3: 303, 539. 1800. 
Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 67. 

Miiller, Sv. Linn^-Sallsk Arsskr. 4: 80-112. 1921. 
Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 50. 1936. 

eponymy: Baeckea Linnaeus (1753). 



Baehni, Charles (1906-1964), Swiss botanist at Geneve, first president of I.A.P.T. 
(Baehni). 

herbarium and types : G. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 48. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 101 ; Bossert p. 20. 

Bocquet, Actes Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 144: 257-260. 1964. 

Bocquet, Candollea 19: 1-15. 1964. 

Bonner, Taxon 13(7): 221-225. 1964. 

Leandri, Adansonia 4(2) : 205-208. 1964 (portr.) 

Bocquet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 1 1 1 : 192-195. 1965. 

Stafleu, Boissiera 11 : ix-xxxix. 1965 (portr., bibl.) 

Weibel, Trav. Soc. bot. Geneve 8: 18-21. 1966 (portr., bibl.) 

Baenitz, Karl Gabriel (1837-1913), German botanist, mainly active in Silesia. (Baen.) 

herbarium and types : Unknown (sold after his death) ; for location of the widely 
distributed material see IH. Important set of bryophytes at H. Baenitz issued several sets 
of plants which, according to Stevenson, do not qualify as regular exsiccatae because of 
the small number of sets and the irregularity of the number of specimens. Sets were 
distributed as Herbarium europaeum (fasc. i-cxxii, nos. 1-10522, 1868-1901, partly as 
Herbarium meist seltener und kritischer Pflanzen (Nord- u. Mittel-) Deutschlands und der an- 
grenzenden Lander) , Herbarium dendrologicum, Herbarium americanum, Herbarium florae phaeno- 
gamicae germaniae (praesertim australis) et Helvetiae (Baenitz, Britzelmayr, Caflisch, 
Haussknecht, Stein, Tauscher et al. (22 fasc, 1860-1872, circa 2000 nos.); Herbarium 
norddeutscher Juncaceen, Cyperaceen und Gramineen (165 nos., Bromberg 1865); Nord- und 
Mitteldeutschlands Juncaceen und Cyperaceen (3 "editions," ed. 3, Gorlitz 1865, 125 nos.) 
Ref.: GRp. 59; IH 2: 48; DTS 1: 13, 6(4): in. 

Baenitz, Oest. bot. Z. 41 : 427-428. 1891. 

Aderhold, Gen. -Reg. Bot. Zeit. 95. 1895 (q.v. for notes on Herb. selt. krit. Pfl.). 

Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 21-22. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: AG 1: 17, 12(1): 186; Barnhart 1: 101; BM 1: 83 

Bossert p. 20; CSP 6: 573, 7: 66, 12: 34, 13: 232; DTS 1: 13, 6(4): 13; GR p. 59 

Jackson p. 45, 58, 59, 63, 64, 330; Kew 1: 117; LS 1434; NI p. 245; PR 321; TR 41 

Zander ed. 10, p. 630. 

Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenb. 1:1. i860. 

Aderhold, Gen. -Reg. Bot. Zeit. 95. 1895. 

Weise und Harms, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 50: ix. 1909. 

Anon., Allg. Bot. Z. 19: 32. 1913. 

232. Flora der ostlichen Niederlausitz. Mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Umgebungen 
von Neuzelle, Guben, Sommerfeld und Sorau zum Gebrauche auf Excursionen. Gorlitz 
(Heynsche Buchhandlung, E. Remer) 1861. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. ostl. Niederlausitz). 
Orig.: Mai-Jun 1861 (pref. p. viii: 1 Mai; Bot. Zeit. rev. 12 Jul 1861), p. [i]-xl, [i]-i62. 

Copy. NY. 
Nachtrag: Gorlitz, Jan-Mai 1868, Oct., 16 p. (". . . Umgebungen von Sorau, Pforten, 

Triebel (Muskau und Krossen)". (Flora 9 Jun 1868). 
Ref.: BM 1: 83; PR 321. 

Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 19: 197-198. 12 Jul 1861. 

Ascherson, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 3/4: 384-385. 1862. 

Baglietto, Francesco (1826- 19 16), Italian physician and lichenologist, botanist at the 
University of Genoa 1856-1899. (Bagl.) 

herbarium and types: GE (without the lichens) MOD (lichens). - Baglietto, (together 
with V. de Cesati, G. de Notaris and many others) issued part of the Erbario crittogamico 
italiano (series 2, fasc. i-xxii, nos. 1-1 100), sets at FH, G, NY, STR. - Hawksworth cites 
mycological collections at Fl, PAD and TO. 

■90 



Re/.: DTS i: 13; GR p. 512-513; IH 2: 48. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 20-22. 1969. 
Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 180. 1974. 

bibliography and biography: BM i : 84; BL 2: 362; Bossertp. 20; CSP 1 : 154, 6: 35, 

7: 68; GR p. 512-513; LS I457a-i465, 30754; Saccardo 1 : 19-20, 2: 14. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: ex. 1883. 

De Toni, Nuova Notarisia 33: 32-43. 1922 (repr. 12 p.) 

Aderhold, Gen. -Reg. Bot. Zeit. 7, 95. 1895. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 13. 1941. 

eponymy: Bagliettoa A. Massalongo (1853). 

233. Enumerazio dei licheni di Liguria. Torino (Stamperia Reale) 1857. Qu. (Enum. lich. 
Liguria) . 

Publ. : 1857, p. [i]-g2, 1 pi. Copy: G. - Reprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino, class. 

Sc. Fis. Mat. ser. 2. 17: 373-444. 1857, 1 pi. (lithogr., uncol.), repr. with orig. publ. at 

MICH. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 84; LS 1457a. 

Bagnall, James Eustace (1830-1918), British bryologist. (Bagn.) 

herbarium and types: BIRA, dupl. BM, CGE, K, Manch; Rosa at K. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 48. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1957. 

Jackson, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1901: 5. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 103; BB p. 14; BL 2: 265, 271, 272; BM 1 : 
84; CSP 7: 68, 9: 97, 12: 35; GRp. 388; Jackson p. 260-261; Kew 1 : 11 7- 118; LS 30755. 
J(ackson), Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1901 : 5. 
W.B.G.,J. Bot. 56:354-356. 1918. 

234. The flora of Warwickshire. The flowering plants, ferns, mosses, & lichens, by James E. 
Bagnall, . . . the fungi (Hymenomycetes and Gastromycetes), by W. B. Grove, M.A., 
and J. E. Bagnall, A. L. S. London (Gurney & Jackson), Birmingham (Cornish brothers) 
1 89 1. Oct. (Fl. Warwickshire). 

Co-author: William Bywater Grove (1848- 1938). 

Publ.: Dec 1890 (". . . which although dated 1891, reached us a welcome Christmas 
present . . ."J. Bot. 29: 122; p. vi: Nov 1891), p. [i*], [i]-xxxiv, [i]-5ig, [i]-viii (sub- 
scribers), map, 500 copies printed. Motto on p. [ii] by Charlotte Smith: "An early 
worshipper at Nature's shrine, I loved her rudest scenes . . . ". Copies : Ewan, HH, NY, 
Steere. 

Ref.: BL 2: 271; BM 1: 84; Kew 1: 118. 
Anon., J. Bot. 29: 122-123. Apr 1891. 

Bail, Carl Adolph Emmo Theodor (1833- 1922), German high-school teacher at 
Danzig, morphologist and mycologist. (Bail). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. - Exsiccatae: Herbarium mycologicum typicum (nos. 1- 
201, + 37 add.; no. 172 lacking) 20 sets issued, only set known IB. 
Ref: DTS 1 : 14. 

Bail, Oest. bot. Z. 10: 10 1- 114. i860 (text). 

Anon., Flora 43: 352. 14 Jun i860. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2) : 308; Barnhart 1 : 103; BM 1 : 85; CSP 1 : 155, 

6: 574>9 : 9 8 > J 2: 36, 13 : 227; DTS 1: 13-14, 6(4): 44; GRp. 59; Jackson 118, 162, 163; 

Kew 1: 119; LS 1478-1521; 30757-30764; LS suppl. 1535; PR 341-343. 

Aderhold, Gen. -Reg. Bot. Zeit. 7: 95-96. 1895. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 186. 1903. 3(3): 211. 1905. 

Coker and Barnhart, NAF 2(1) : 69. 1937. 

9i 



composite works : Nees et Henry, Das System der Pilze, Zweithe Abtheilung Jan-Feb 1 858 
by Th. Bail (rd. by Flora Oct-Nov 1857, see Flora 40: 672. 14 Nov 1857 and rev. 41 : 
140-142. 7 Mar 1858; rev. Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 849-852. 4 Dec 1857). 

Bailey, Frederick Manson (1827-1915), British born Australian botanist; Colonial 
Botanist of Queensland. (F. M. Bailey). 

herbarium and types: BRI, some types also at BM. Original mss also mainly at BRI. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 49. 

Hist. Coll. BMNH 131. 1904. 

Gard. Chron. ser 3. 58: 136. 191 5 (portr.) 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1(1): 30. 1950. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 104; BB p. 14-15; BL 1 : 63, 68, 69, BM 1 : 

85-86, 6 : 48 ; Bossert p. 20 ; CSP 9 : 98, 13: 238 ; HR ; IF p. 676, suppl. 4 : 313; Jackson 

p. 399, 400; Kew 1 : 1 19-120; LS i522-i542a, 30766-30767; LS suppl. 1557-1560; NI 

59-60. 

Shirley, Int. Cat. Sci. Lit., Brisbane, 31-34. 1899 (bibl.) 

Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 31: 43-44. 1897, 55: 152-153. 1921. 

Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 58: 136. 191 5 (portr.) 

Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 28: 3-10. 19 16 (bibl.) 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., index to vols. 1-50: 1. 1929 (bibl.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 51. 1936. 

White, J. hist. Soc. Queensland 3: 362-383. 1944. 

Serle, Diet. Austral. Biogr. 1 : 34-35. 1949. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 61: 105- 114. 1949 (1950). 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 29. 1950. 

Colliver, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 71: 65-66. 1969 (bibl.) 

Ferguson, Bibl. Austral. 5: 200-205. 1963. 

composite works: With J. E. Woods, A census of the flora of Brisbane. Queensland. Sydney 
1879. 

eponymy: Baileya W. H. Harvey & A. Gray ex A. Gray (1849) and Baileya Kuetzing 
(1857) are dedicated to Jacob Whitman Bailey (1811-1857), q.v. 

235. A synopsis of the Queensland flora; containing both the phaenogamous and crypto- 
gamous plants. Brisbane (James C. Beal) 1883. Oct. (Syn. Qiieensl. fl.) 

part pages plates dates further data 

Synopsis [i]-xxxii, [i]-8go 1883 

First supplement 99 4 1886 Nat. Nov. Mar 1887 

Classified index 24 1886 

Second supplement 153 1888 

Third supplement 135 21 1890 Nat. Nov. Nov 1891 

The classified indexes, combined into one whole list were reissued together in Brisbane 
1890, under the title: Catalogue of the indiginous and naturalised plants of Qiieensland, [iv], 
1 16 p. (inch second addenda to third Supplement). Copy: HH. 
Ref : BM 1: 85; IF p. 676, Suppl. 1913-1916 p. 34; Kew 1: 120; IDC 7406. 

236. Queensland. Department of Agriculture, Brisbane. Lithograms of the ferns of Queens- 
land. Brisbane (Government Engraving and Lithographic Office) 1892. Oct. (Lithogr. 

ferns Qiieensland). 

Publ.: 1892 (p. 4: May 1892; J. Bot. Nov 1892), p. [i]-7 , prints i-igi. - Motto on t.p.: 
"The education of a naturalist now consists chiefly in learning how to compare." 
Agassiz. The "lithograms" are a somewhat crude modification of nature printing. 
Copy: NY. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 86, 4: 1627; Kew 1 : 120; IDC 51 11. 

92 



I-I2 


Dec 1899 


13-25 


Jun 1900 


26-43 


Nov 1900 


44-61 


Sep 1 90 1 


62-y6 


Apr 1902 


77-88 


Dec 1902 



BAILEY, J. W. 

237. The Queensland flora: . . . with plates illustrating some rare species. Brisbane (H.J. 
Diddams & Co.) 1899- 1905, 6 parts. Oct. {Queensl.fi.) 

part pages plates dates 

1 [i*-vi*], [i]-xxxii, [i]-325, [i]-x 

2 [i-iv], [326a], 326b, [327]-737> W-xii 

3 [i-vii], [739]" I 030, W-x 

4 [i-v], [103O-1372 ("372"), [i]-[xi] 

5 [i-v], [I3731-I7005 W-xi 

6 [i-viii], [i70i]-20i5, [i]-[xii] [1996-20 15 additions and 
corrections] 

[7] General index, p. [ 1 ]-66 Jun 1905 

Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY, US. The plates are lithographs of drawings by F. Elliot, 
F. C. Wills et al. Reprint announced (1974), but not yet published. 
Ref.: BM 6: 48; NI 59. 

238. Comprehensive catalogue of Queensland plants both indigenous and naturalised. To which are 
added, where known, the aboriginal and other vernacular names; with numerous 
illustrations, and copious notes on the properties, features &c. of the plants. Brisbane 
(A.J. Cumming) s.d. [1913]. Oct. (Compr. cat. Queensland pi.) 

Publ. : Jan-Mar 1913, frontispiece, p. [i]-8jg, pi. 1-16. Copies: BR, L. A few copies (or 
only one single copy?) were available late December 191 2; delivery for distribution 
took place in Mar 1913. - A second edition of the "Catalogue of the indigenous and 
naturalized plants of Queensland" (Jun 1890). 

Ref.: BM 6: 48; Kew 1 : 120; SK p. clxvii. 
Merrill, J. Bot. 58: 200. 1920. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 61: 112. 1950. 
Marshall, Kew Bull. 1953: 279. 

Bailey, Irving Widmer (1884- 1967), American botanist, anatomist at the Bussey 
Institution of Harvard University. (/. W. Bailey). 

collections : GH. 
Ref: IH 2: 49. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 104; Bossert p. 21 ; Kew 1 : 120; Langman 
p. 102; MW suppl. p. 19. 

Bailey, Chron. bot. 15: i-xxvi, 1-262, 1954 (bibl.) 
Roon, Int. direct, spec. pi. tax. 13. 1958. 
Foster, Plant Sci. Bull. 13(4): 7. 1967. 
Howard, J. Arnold Arb. 49(1): 1-15. 1968 (portr., bibl.) 

Wetmore, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 95: 299-305. 1968; Phytomorphology 18(2) : 294-298. 
1968 (portr.) 

eponymy: Baileyoxylon C. T. White (1941). 

Bailey, Jacob Whitman (181 1- 1857), American botanist. {J. W. Bailey). 

herbarium and types: The collections of the US Exploring Expedition (comm. Charles 
Wilkes) are at US. 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 49. 
Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 105; BM 1 : 86; Bossert p. 21 ; CSP 1 : 155- 
156, 6: 574, 9: 98; DAB 1: 498; Jackson p. 518 [index]; Kew 1: 121; LS 1543- 1544; 
LS suppl. 1561-1564; MW p. 25; ME 1: 161, 3: 531-532 (bibl.); Nickles p. 56-57; 
Quenstedt p. 17. 
Anon., Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 23: 447-448. 1857. 

93 



Gray, Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci. n : 2-9. 1858 (i860). 
Deby, Bibliogr. Microscope 3: 3-4. 1882. 
Marcou, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 30: 203, 273. 1885. 
Coulter, Bot. Gaz. 13: 1 18-124. l8 88 (bibl.) 
De Toni, Syll. alg. 1: viii-ix. 1889; 2: ix-xi. 1891. 
Aderhold, Gen. -Reg. Bot. Zeit. 96. 1895. 

Benjamin, Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 48: 418-419. 1899 (portr.) 
Rodger s, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. 
Humphrey, Makers of North Amer. botany 9-10. 1961. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Index con. Torrey 445-446. 1973 (extensive correspondence 
between Bailey and Torrey!). 

eponymy: Baileya W. H. Harvey & A. Gray ex A. Gray (1849) ; Baileya Kuetzing (1857). 
Note: Baileyoxylon C. T. White (1941) is dedicated to Irving Widmer Bailey (1884- 1967), 
q.v. 

239. United States Exploring Expedition. During the years 1838- 1842, under the command 

of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N, vol. xvii. Botany. I. Lower Cryptogamia. II. Phanerogamia of 

the Pacific Coast of North America. Philadelphia (C. Sherman) 1862, 1874. Qu. p. 

[ I 53l" I 9 2 Algae by Jacob Whitman Bailey and William Henry Harvey. (U.S. Explor. 

Exped., Lower Crypt.) 

Co-author: William Henry Harvey (181 1- 1866). 

Orig. ed. : 1862, p. [i-v]. [i]~5i4, Algae p. [i53]-i92. - Unofficial issue, Haskell no. 70 of 

which "pages 113-204, Lower Cryptogamia, with twelve plates, were printed in the 

year 1862, and a small number of copies issued . . .." The algae have 9 plates (i-ix). 

The official issue came out in 1874. 
Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1971, Historia naturalis classica 87(3), p. [i*-iv*], 

[i-v], [O-514. Copy: FAS. 
Ref.: BM 1: 86, 5: 2167; ME 2: 670-671; NI 215; IDC 5466. 

Harvey and Bailey, Proc. Bost. Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 370-373. 1851. 

Harvey and Bailey, Proc. Philadelphia Acad. nat. Sc. 6: 430-432. 1853. 

Bartlett, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 82: 679-682. 1940. 

Haskell, Bull. New York Publ. Library 45: 842-847. 1941. 

Stafleu, Taxon 21: 172. 1972. 

Bailey, Liberty Hyde (1858- 1954), American horticulturist at Cornell University. 
(L. H. Bailey). 

herbarium and types : BH ; duplicates in many herbaria. 
/fc/.:IH2:49 

Goulding, Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus. 11: 105-117. 1974. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 105; BFM 2986, 2987; BL 1: 141, 192, 

2: 10, 11; BM 1: 86, 6: 48-49; Bossert p. 21; CSP 12: 36, 13: 239; Kew 1: 122-123; 

Langman p. 102-103; LS 1545-1549, 30768-30779; MW p. 25-26, suppl. p. 19; Plesch 

p. 131; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. 

Roberts, Cornell Alumni News 5(22). 1903 (portr.) 

Nelmes et Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827- 1927. 396-398. 1932 (portr.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 51. 1936. 

Rodgers, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892. p. 323. 1944. 

Day et al., Words said about a birthday, Cornell Univ. 29 Apr 1948, 36 p. 

Rodgers, Liberty Hyde Bailey, Princeton 1949 (the major biography; facsimile ed. 

New York 1965). 
Lawrence, Baileya 3: 26-40. Mar 1955 (portr., bibl.) 
Lawrence, Nature 175: 451. 1955- 

Lawrence, Bull. Torrey Bot. CI. 82(4): 300-305. 1955 (portr.) 
Lawrence, Baileya 4(1): 1-9. 1957. 
Anon., Bull. Amer. Iris Soc. 144: 96-97. 1957. 
Lawrence et al., Baileya 6: 1-203. 1958 (Bailey centennial publ.) 
Palmer, Nature Mag. 51 : 137-145. 1958. 

94 



BAILEY, L. H» 

Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 10-15. 1961. 
Tukey, Chronica Horticulturae 9(3): 59-60. 1969. 
Rodgers, DSB 1: 395-397. 1970. 
Bowers, Baileya 18(4): 145-159. 1973. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 13-15. 1973- 
Dorf, Liberty Hyde Bailey, an informal biography, Ithaca N.Y., xii, 259 p. s.d., copy: E. 
(portr.) 

composite works: Contributed the treatment of Carex to A. Gray, Manual ed. 6. 1890. - 
With E. Z. Bailey: Hortus, a concise dictionary of gardening, general horticulture and 
cultivated plants in North America, 652 p., New York 1930, suppl. p. 655-755, New 
York 1935; Hortus second 778 p., New York 1941. 

eponymy (journal) : Baileya a quarterly journal of horticultural taxonomy. Published . . . 

by the L. H. Bailey Hortorium . . . New York State College of Agriculture and Life 

Sciences . . . Ithaca, N.Y. Vol. i-x. (1953-x). 

Note: Baileyoxylon C. T. White (1941) is dedicated to Irving Widmer Bailey (1884- 1967), 

q.v. 

240. A preliminary synopsis of North American Carices, including those of Mexico, Central 
America and Greenland, with the American bibliography of the genus. [Cambridge, 
Mass. 1886] Oct. {Prelim, syn. N. Amer. Carices). 

Publ. : Mai-Nov 1886 (Nat. Nov. and Bot. Gaz. Dec 1886). - Reprinted with unchanged 
pagination from Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 22: 59-157. Apr 1886 (1887), index p. [i]-v. 
Copy: NY. 

Ref. : Langman 1887a. 

241. Cyclopedia of American horticulture comprising suggestions for cultivation of horti- 
cultural plants, descriptions of the species of fruits, vegetables, flowers, and ornamental 
plants sold in the United States and Canada, together with geographical and biogra- 
phical sketches. L. H. Bailey . . . assisted by Wilhelm Miller, associate editor and many 
expert cultivators and botanists. Illustrated with over two thousand original engravings. 
New York (Macmillan), London (id.), 4 vols. 1900- 1902. Oct. (Cycl. Amer. hort.) 

Ed. vol. pages plates dates 

1 1 [i]-xxii, [i]-5og f 1-743, pi. i-g 14 Feb 1900 

2 [i]-xiv, 511-1054 /. 744-1453, pi. 10-18 1 8 Jul 1900 

3 [i]-xv, 1055-1486 f. 1454-2059, pi. 20-30 23Aprigoi 

4 [i]-xxx, 1487-20 16 f 2060-2800, pi. 31-50 26 Feb 1902 

Copy. NY. 

Ed. 2: 1902. - "Several changes have been made . . . reducing typographical errors and 

inconsistencies . . . chiefly in the first volume . . . ." 
Ed. 3: 1904. Further corrections. 
Ed. 4: 1906. - A corrected reprint of ed. 3 with a "Synopsis of the vegetable kingdom," 

42 p., by Wilhelm Miller, prepared for the original edition but omitted for lack of 

space. Copy: NY. 

/: [i]-xlii, 1-224,^/. 1-3- 4- [i-iii], 9 6 3- I 33 >/> / - ^-^5- 

2: [i-iii], 225-594,^/. 4-9, 11. 5: [i-iii], 133 1-1693,^/. 30-57. 

3- [i-iii]> 595-962,/>/. 12-18. 6: [i]-xv, 1693-2016, pi. 38-40. 

Ref: BM 6: 49; Kew 1 : 122. 

Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 318. 1945. 

Lawrence, Baileya 3: 40. 1955. 

242. The standard cyclopedia of horticulture [;] a discussion, for the amateur, and the profes- 
sional and commercial grower, of the kinds, characteristics and methods of cultivation 
of the species of plants grown in the regions of the United States and Canada for orna- 
ment, for fancy, for fruit and for vegetables; with keys to the natural families and genera, 
descriptions of the horticultural capabilities of the states and provinces and dependant 

95 



BAILEY, L. H. 

islands, and sketches of eminent horticulturists. New York (Macmillan and Go.) 1914- 
191 7, 6 vols. Qu. {Stand, cycl. hort.) 

vol. pages plates dates 



i]-xx, 1-602 /. 1-700, pi. 1-20 25 Mar 1914 

i-iii], 603-1200 /. 701-1470, pi. 21-39 22 Jul 1914 

i], 1 20 1- 1 760 f. 1 47 1-2047, pi. 40-60 12 Mai 19 1 5 

i-iii], 1761-2421 f. 20 48-2693, pi. 61-80 23 Feb 1916 

i-iii], 2423-3041 /. 2694-3515, pi. 81-100 4 Oct 1916 

i-iii], 3043-3639 /. 3516-4056, pi. 101-120 28Marigi7 



This is a revised version of the Cyclopedia of American horticulture. Copies: MO, US. - "New 
Edition," 3639 p., 6 vols., 1922 {Copy: MO) differs only in the correction of misprints. 
Repiinted in 1925, on india paper, as a "new edition" in 3 vols. Subsequent so-called 
"editions" are reprints from the plates of the 2nd edition of 1922; the practice of desig- 
nating these successive printings as editions was discontinued in 1952. The text of all 
editions is that of the original publication of 19 14-19 17. 

vol. "Editions" and reprints: 

1 25 Mar 1914, repr. May 1917, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) / and 2 combined (as 
vol. 1): Jan 1925, Jan 1927, Jul 1928, May 1930, Feb 1933, Feb 1935, Oct 1935, 
Nov 1935, Oct 1937, p. [i]-xxiv, 1-1200. 

2 22 Jul 1914, repr. Mai 1917, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 1 and 2 combined: see 
above. 

3 12 Mai 1915, repr. Mai 191 7, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 3 and 4 combined (as 
vol. 2) : Jan 1925, Jan 1927, Jul 1928, Mai 1930, Feb 1933, Feb 1935, Oct 1935, 
Nov 1935, Oct 1937, p. [ij-vi, 1 201-2422. 

4 23 Feb 1916, repr. Mai 1917, Nov 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 3 and 4 combined: see 
above. 

5 4 Oct 1916, repr. Mai 191 7, Mar 1919, Mar 1922 (corr.) 5 and 6 combined (as vol. 3) : 
Jan I925,jan 1927, Jul 1928, Mai 1930, Feb 1933, Feb 1935, Oct 1935, Nov 1935, 
Oct 1937, p. [i]-vi, 2423-3639. 

6 28 Mar 191 7, repr. Mai 19 17, Mar 19 19, Mar 1922 (corr.) 5 and 6 combined: see 
above. 

Ref. : Kew 1: 122; LS 1549; Plesch p. 133. 
Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 318. 1945. 
Lawrence, Baileya 3: 40. 1955. 

Baillon, Henri Ernest (1827- 1895), French botanist. {Baill.) 

herbarium and types : The Baillon type-herbarium is one of the herbiers historiques at P, 
kept separately. 

to/.: 1*12:49- 

Stafleu, The great Prodromus 19. 1966. 

bibliography and biography : AG 7: 414; Barnhart 1 : 106; BL 1 : 6, 96; BL 2: 97, 188; 
BM 1 : 87, 6 : 49 ; Bossert p. 2 1 ; Bretschneider p. 934-935 ; CSP 1 : 1 58, 6 : 574-575, 7 : 70- 
72, 9: 99-100, 12: 37-4 1 , l 3- 243-247; DBF 4 : I3 I 3" I 3 I 4J GR P- 3°45 Jackson 82, 91, 
119, 124, 125, 131, 135, 204,476; Kew 1 : 124-125; Langmanp. 103-104; LS 1551-1554; 
MW p. 26-27; NI 62-66; Plesch p. 227; PR 347-355; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. 
Baillon, Notice sur les travaux scientinques, 90 p. Paris 1866, Notice supplementaire, 

Paris 1876, Notice sommaire, Paris 1883 (copies: MO). 
Alderhold, Gen. Reg. Bot. Zeit. 96. 1895 (index to reviews of his works). 
Anon., Hedwigia 34 (Rep.): 165. 1895. 
Bianchon, Le Figaro, Samedi 20 Juillet 1895. 
Dutailly, Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 1209-1211. 1896. 
Hardy, Proc. Roy. Soc. 59: lxvii-lxviii. 1896. 

96 



BAILLON 

Anon., Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 1209- 12 10. 1898. 

Tison, Rev. scient. ser. 4. g: 613-622. 1898. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 155. 1906. 

Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 90. 1909. 

Gagnepain, Bull. Soc. bot. France 98: 267-270. 1951. 

Leandri, Adansonia ser. 2. 2: 3-15. 1962. 

Schultes, Regn. veg. 71: 273. 1970. 

Stafleu, Acta bot. Acad. sci. Hung. 19(1-4): 335-341. 1973. 

composite works: (i): Phytocreneae, DC., Prodr. 17: 7-26. 16 Oct 1837. 

(2) Grandidier: Histoire . . . de Madagascar, Histoire naturelle des Plantes, t. 2-5, see under 
Grandidier. 

(3) Dichapetalaceae, Martius, Fl. bras. 12(1): 365-380,/)/. 75-78. 1 Apr 1886. 

(4) Contributed to P. O. Reveil et al., Le regne vegetal, vols. 7-8, 187 1 {Fl. med.) 

eponymy: Baillonacanthus O. Kuntze (1903) ; Baillonella Pierre (1890) ; Baillonia Bocquil- 
lon (1862); Baillonodendron F. Heim (1890). 

243. Etude generate du groupe des Euphorbiacees . . . Recherche de types. Organographie. 
Organogenie. Distribution g^ographique. Affinites. Classification. Description des gen- 
res. Paris (Victor Masson) 1858. Oct. (£tude Euphorb.) 

Publ.: 1858, p. [i-iii], [i]-684, atlas 52 p., 27 pi. (by Baillon). Copies: NY, U. 
Ref. : BM 1: 87; Jackson p. 131; Kew 1 : 119; NI 62; PR 350. 

Hasskarl, Flora 42: 626-640, 643-656, 721-736 ("754"), 737-746. 1859. 

244. Recherches organogeniques sur la fleur femelle des coniferes [ . ] Memoire presente a 
l'Academie des Sciences dans sa seance du 30 Avril i860 par M. H. Baillon. Paris 
(Victor Masson) i860. Oct. (Rech. organogen. fleur fern.) 

Publ.: i860 (30 Apr i860 or later), p. [i], [i\-2i,pl. 1, 2, 2 uncouloured lithographs by 

Faguet. Copy: B. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 125. 

245. Adansonia [.] Recueil periodique d'observations botaniques redige par le Dr H. 
Baillon. 12 vols., i860- 1879. Oct. f (Adansonia). 

Publ.: Volumes 1-8 all seem to have been published in monthly parts of 32 pages, the 
dates of which are easily ascertained. Publication of vols. 9- 1 2 also took place in parts 
of 32 pages but these parts appeared at greater intervals. A copy of volumes 1 and 2 in 
original covers, with precise dates, (at L) confirms this situation at least for those 
volumes. Data on the later volumes (8-12), however, are still lacking. Copies: L, U. 



vol. 



pages 



dates 



I 


[i-iii], [ 1 1-384 


! 


-xi 


Sep 1860-Aug 1 86 1 


2 


[i-iii], [i]-384 


1 


-xi 


Sep 1 86 1 -Aug 1862 


3 


[i-iii] , [i]-384 


I 


-xii 


Sep 1862-Aug 1863 


4 


[i-iii]> [!]-3 8 2, 


[383-384] X 


-xii 


Sep 1863-Aug 1864 


5 


[i-iii], [1 1-382, 


[383-384] 1 


-ix 


Sep 1 864- Aug 1865 


6 


[i-iii] , [ 1 >384 


i 


-X 


Sep 1865-Aug 1866 


7 


[i-iii] , [ 1 ]-384 


I 


-xi [xii] 


Sep 1 866- Aug 1867 


8 


[i-iii], [ 1 1-384 


I 


-xi, 12 


Sep 1867-Aug 1868 


9 


[i-iii], [ 1 1-384 


I 


-V 


Sep 1868-Dec 1870 


10 


[i-iii], [i]-384 


I 


-xi 


Mai 1 87 1 -Feb 1873 


1 1 


[i-iii], [ 1 1-384 


I 


-X 


Mar 1873-Jun 1876 


12 


[i-iii], [11-384 






Nov 1876-Dec 1879 



A facsimile edition, in preparation, was announced by Asher (1974). 
Ref. : BM 1: 12; Jackson p. 476; PR 352. 

246. Histoire des plantes 1866- 1895, 13 vols. Paris, London, Leipzig (L. Hachette et Cie) 
Oct. (Hist.pl.) 



97 



BAILLON 






vol. 


pages 


family 


date 


I 


[i, h.t.] [i]-88 


Renonculacees 


1866 




[89]- 1 32 


Dilleniacees 


Jan-Mai 1868 




[i33]-i92 


Magnoliact4es 


Mar- Aug 1868 




[i 93 ]-288 


Anonacees 


Aug-Dec 1868 




[2891-344 


Monimiac^es 


Jan-Mai 1869 




[345] -488, [i]-xi 


Rosacees; Index 


Jan-Jul 1869 


2 


[i]-7i 


Connaracees-Mimosees 


Jul-Dec 1869 




[73]-i96 


Caesalpin^es 


Jan-Feb 1870 




[197I-384 


Papilionacees 


Feb-Mai 1870 




[385I-428 


Proteacees 


Feb-Mar 1870 




[4291-512, [i-iii] 


Lauracees-Myristicacees 


1870 


3 


[i]- 7 6 


Menispermacees, Berb6ridac£es 


Jan-Jun 1871 




[771-104 


Nymphaeac6es 


Jan-Jun 1871 




[105I-180 


Papaveracees- Capparidacees 


1871 




[181I-292 


Cruciferes 


1871 




[293]-464 


R£sedac£es-Saxifragac£es 


1871 




[4651-545, [i-iiil 


Piperacees, Urticac£es; Index 


1872 


4 


[i]-56 


Nyctaginac^es, Phytolaccac^es 


1872 




[57I-160 


Malvacees 


1872 




[161I-264 


Tiliacees-Ternstroemiac^es 


1872 




[2651-356 


Bixacees- Violates 


1873 




[357]-520, [i-iiil 


Ochnacees, Rutacees; Index 


Jul-Sep 1873 


5 


[i]-io4 


G6raniacees-Vochysiac6es 


late 1873 or early 
1874 




[1051-256 


Euphorbiac^es 


Jan- Apr 1874 




[257I-341 


Terebinthiac£es 


June 1874 




[3421-428 


Sapindac6es 


Dec 1874 




[4291-516, [i-iii] 


Malphigiacees, Meliac^es; Index 


1874, early 1875 


6 


W-50 


Celastracees, Rhamnacees 


Jan- Apr 1875 




[5i]-2i6 


Peneacees-Ulmacees 


Jun 1875 




[2171-304 


Castaneacees-Rhizophoracees 


Jan-Mai 1876 




[305]-378 


Myrtac^es 


Jun 1876 




[3791-523 ["235"]. 








[i-iii] 


Balanophoracees ; Index 


Jan- Aug 1877 


7 


[i]-6 5 


Melastomacees 


Dec 1877 




[661-256 


Ombelliferes 


Apr 1879 




[2571-546, [i-iii] 


Rubiacees-Dipsacac^es; Index 


Feb 1880 


8 


[i]-3i6 


Composees 


Jan-Feb 1882 




[3i7]-5i5 5 [i-"i] 


Campanulacees-B6goniacees ; Index 


Nov 1885 


9 


[i]-8o 


Aristolochiacees-Portulacac^es 


Jul 1886 




[8l]-224 


Caryophyllac6es-Frank6niacees 


Mar-Jun 1887 




[225J-491, [i-iii] 


Droseracees-Scrofulariac^es ; Index 


Feb-Mar 1888 


IO 


[l]-II2 


Bignoniac^es, Gesneriac6es 


Nov-Dec 1888 




[lI3]-220 


Gentianac^es, Apocynacees 


Sep-Oct 1889 




[22l]-402 


Asclepiadacees-Boraginac^es 


Jul- Aug 1890 




[4031-476, [i-iii] 


Acanthac^es; Index 


Jan-Feb 1891 


ii 


[l]-220 


Labi6es-Ilicac6es 


Jun-Jul 1 89 1 




[22l]-304 


Eb£nac6es-Sapotac£es 


Sep-Oct 1 89 1 




[3°5]-494> [i-»i] 


Primulacees-Loranthac6es 


1 4 Jun 1892 


12 


[i]- I 34 


Coniferes- Centrolepidacees 


Dec 1892 




[i35]-334 


Graminees 


24 Apr 1893 




[3351-402 


Cyperacees-Eriocaulacees 


Feb 1894 




[4031-611, [i]-6n 


Liliac^es; Index 


Apr 1894 


13 


[i]-i64 


Amaryllidac^es-Iridacees 


Oct 1894 




[165J-244 


Taccacees-Rapateacees 


Dec 1894 




[2451-404 


Palmiers 


Jun 1895 




[405>523> [i-iii] 


Pandanacees-Arac^es : Index 


Jul 1895 




Vol. 14: never published. This volume would have included Musacees, Zingi- 



98 



BAILLON 

beracees and Orchidacees; Baillon died on 18 July 1895, leaving insufficient 

material for its completion. 

Copy: U. 
English ed.: The natural history of plants . . . Translated by Marcus M. Hartog, vol. 1-8, 
London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1 871-1888. Oct. - The illustrations are the same as in the 
orig. ed. (A. Faguet). Copies: MO, NY, US. 
/: [i]-[xi], [i]-76,7fe. 1-503. 1871 (p. x: Mar 1871). 
2: [i]-vi, [i]-5o6,^. 1-308. 1872 (p. [vi]: Sep 1872). 
3: [i-iii], [i]-545>.A?- ^55^ 1874 (Jun-Jul). 
4: [i-iii], [i]-528, fig. 1-527. 1875 (publ Jan 1876). 
5: [i-iii], [i]-5i6,^. 1-482. 1878 (Dec.) 
6: [i-iii], [i]-524 5 ^- *-488. 1880 (Jul). 
7: [i-iii], [i]-544 3 ^- 1 '432- 1881 (Aug-Sep). 
8: [i-iii], [i]-5^,fig. 1-353. 1888 (Jan-Mar). 
Ref.: BM 1 : 87; Jackson p. 120; Kew 1 : 125; NI 63; PR 354; SK p. clxvii; IDC 735. 
Tison, Rev. sci. ser. 4. 9: 613-622. 1898. 
Leandri, Adansonia 2: 3-15. 1962. 

247. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Renonculacees . . . illustree de 1 14 figures dans 
les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (L. Guerin) s.d. [1866] Oct. (Hist, pi., monogr. 
Renonc.) 

Publ. : 1866, p. [i-iii], 1-88. Copy: B. - The individual family treatments of the Histoire des 
Plantes were often also brought out separately provided with a half title, a special title 
page and a cover repeating the text of the title page. The actual text (here 1-88) is the 
same as that in the regular volumes and these preprints (or reprints) therefore always 
show the original pagination. We have seen only a restricted number of these preprints 
with individual half title and title page (copies at B), but judging from the notices in 
Naturae novitates most families or family groups were first issued in this way, later to 
be united in the volumes. We mention here only the preprints that we have seen. This 
Monographie des Renonculacees is a preprint or reprint of the first family treatment in 
vol. 1. 

Ref.: Kew 1 : 125. 

248. Histoire des plantes [ . ] Monographie des Dilleniacees . . . illustree de 50 figures dans les 
textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. [Paris], s.d. [1868]. Oct. (Hist.pl., monogr. Dillen.) 
Publ. : Jan-Mai 1868, p. [i-iii], 89-132. Copy: B. - Preprint or reprint of text appearing in 

vol. 1. 

249. Histoire des plantes [ . ] Monographie des Proteacees . . . illustree de 29 figures dans les 
textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (L. Hachette et Cie.) 1870. Oct. (Hist, pi., monogr. 
Prot.) 

Publ. : Feb-Mar 1870, p. [i-iii], [385>428. Copy: B. - Preprint or reprint of text appearing 
in vol. 2. 

250. Histoire des plantes [ . ] Monographie des Lauracees Elaeagnacees et Myristicacees . . . 
illustree de 78 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette et Cie.) 1870. 
Oct. (Hist, pi., monogr. Laur.) 

Publ.: 1870, p. [i-iii], 429-512. Copy: B. - Preprint or reprint of text appearing in vol. 2. 

251. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Cruciferes . . . illustree de 120 figures dans les 
textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette & Cie.) 1871. Oct. (Hist.pl., monogr. Crucif.) 
Publ. : 1871, p. [i-iii], [i8i]-2g2. Copy: B. - Preprint or reprint of text appearing in vol. 3. 

252. Histoire des plantes [ . ] Monographie des Resedacees, Crassulacees et Saxifragacees . . . 
illustree de 144 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette & Cie.) 
1 87 1. Oct. (Hist. pi. , monogr. Resed.) 

Publ.: 1871, [i], 293-464. Copy: B. - Preprint or reprint of text appearing in vol. 3. 

253. Dictionnaire de botanique. Paris 1876- 1892, 4 vols. Qu. (Diet, bot.) 
Publ.: In 34 fascicles which appeared as follows: 

99 



BAILLON 








vol. 


fasc. 


contents 


pages 


date 


I 


1 


A-AILE 


[i*-iii], [i-xii], [i]-8o 


Aug 1876 


(l8 7 6) 


2 


AILE-ANAC 


81-160 


Sep-Dec 1876 




3 


ANAC-APOT 


161-240 


Jan-Oct 1877 




4 


APOT-AUTO 


241-320 


Jan-Oct 1877 




5 


AUTO-BENI 


321-400 


Jan-Oct 1877 




6 


BENJ-BOUZ 


40 1 -480 


Oct-Nov 1877 




7 


BOUZ-CALI 


481-560 


26 Jan 1878 




8 


CALI-CARU 


561-640 


25 Mai 1878 




9 


CARV-CHAIAN 


641-720 


Jun-Jul 1878 




10 


GHAIAR-CHIZO 


721-788 


9 Nov 1878 


2 


11 


CHLA-CIST 


[i]-8o 


Jun-Jul 1879 


(1886) 


12 


CIST-COMI 


81-160 


Mai 1880 




13 


COMI-COSSI 


161-240 


Feb-Mar 1881 




14 


COSSI-CYCLO 


241-320 


Nov-Dec 1 88 1 




15 


CYCLO-DICH 


321-400 


Feb 1883 




16 


DICH-DUAB 


40 1 -480 


Apr 1884 




17 


DUAL-EUBI 


481-560 


Aug[?] 1885 


- 


18 


EUBI-FRAN 


561-640 


Aug 1885 




19 


FRAN-GONA 


641-720 


Mai-Jun 1886 




20 


GONA-GYTO 


721-776, [i-iii] 


Jul 1886 


3 


21 


HAAG-HYPE 


[i]-io4 


Jul-Nov 1887 


(1891) 


22 


HYPE-KYRT 


105-184 


Oct-Nov 1887 




23 


LAAM-LISE 


185-264 


Apr-Mai 1889 




24 


LISE-MERI 


265-344 


Mai-Jun 1889 




25 


MERI-NEPE 


345-424 


Feb-Mar 1890 




26 


NEPE-PAND 


425-504 


Jun-Jul 1890 




27 


PAND-PHYT 


5°5"5 8 4 


Feb-Mar 1 89 1 




28 


PHYT-PUPA 


585-664 


Jun-Jul 1 89 1 




29 


PUPA-RYZIC 


665-756, [i-iii] 


Aug-Sep 1 89 1 


4 


30 


SAAB-SENR 


[i]-6 4 


Sep-Nov 1 89 1 


(1892) 


3i 


SENR-SZOV 


65-144 


Oct-Nov 1 89 1 




32 


TAAG-TRIX 


145-224 


Oct-Nov 1 89 1 




33 


TRIX-ZONA 


225-304 


Nov-Dec 1 89 1 




34 


ZONA-ZYZ, suppl. 


305-340, [i-iii] 


Jan-Feb 1892 



Copies exist with the original fascicle covers (e.g. at US) ; it should be noted, however, 
that the covers were not always produced at the time of publication ; some covers were 
apparently printed well in advance of publication and sometimes carry incorrect indi- 
cations of contents, other covers were printed after publication (fide printer's marks) and 
were probably used for copies of fascicles that were distributed later. For an enumeration 
of the sources of the above dates see Stafleu (1973). 

The 32 lithographs came out one at a time with each fascicle. Two fascicles contained no 
plate; the artist was Auguste Faguet who also did the numerous text illustrations. 
The title-pages contain an enumeration of Baillon's collaborators. These are referred to 
in the text by means of abbreviations. These collaborators, as well as others referred to 
simply by "etc. etc." were: 

A. Ascherson, Paul Friedrich August (1834-1913), German botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) 
A.Fr Franchet, Adrien Rene (1834- 1900), French botanist (2, 3, 4) 

B. Bureau, Louis Edouard (1830-19 18), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) 
B.M. Montgazon, B. de (2, 3, 4) 

Bo„. Bocquillon, Henri (1834- 1883), French pharmacist and botanist, "aggrege 

d'histoire naturelle a la Faculte de Medecine," "pharmacien de 1 classe" 
(i» 2, 3, 4) 

BS. Bourgeois, [probably:] Achille (1) 

Ch.M. Manoury, Charles Ambroise (2, 3, 4) 

D. Delage, probably: Mary Ives (1854- 1920) (1) 

Dd. Durand, L. (2, 3, 4) 

De S. Seynes, Jules de (1833-1912), French mycologist (1, 2, 3, 4) 

100 



BAILLON 



Dy Dutailly, Gustave (1846- 1906), botanist and politician, professor of botany at 

Lyon; later living at Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) 
E.F. Fournier, Eugene Pierre Nicolas (1834- 1884), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) 

F.H. Heim, Frederic Louis (1869-x), French botanist, professor at the Faculte de 

Medecine, Paris (3, 4) 
H. Bn. Baillon, Henri Ernest (1827- 1895), French botanist, professor at the Faculte 

de Medecine, Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) 
L. Lanessan, Jean Marie Antoine de (1843- 191 9), French naturalist, physician, 

and statesman (1, 2, 3, 4) 
M. Mussat, Smile Victor (1833- 1902), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) 

Nyl Nylander, William ( 1822- 1899), Finnish lichenologist living at Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) 

P. Poisson, Jules (1833-1919), French botanist at the Museum d'Histoire natu- 

relle (1, 2, 3, 4) 
R. Rohrbach [unidentified] (1, 2, 3, 4) 

Raf. Rafinesque, Constantin Samuel (1783- 1840) [?] (1, 2, 3, 4) (connection with 

Dictionnaire not clear) 
Ry. Ramey [unidentified] (1, 2, 3, 4) 

S Soubeiran, Jean Leon (1827-1892), French botanist (1, 2, 3, 4) 

T. Tison, Eugene Ldouard Augustin (1842-x) preparateur a la Faculte" des 

Sciences, Paris (1, 2, 3, 4) 
W. Weddell, Hugh Algernon (1819-1877), British botanist, living in France 

(1, 2, 3,4). 
Ref.: BM 1: 87; Jackson 12; NI 62. 

Baillon, Adansonia 12: 40-69. 1876 (repr. preface, also as an independently paged 

reprint, p. [i]-3o). 
Stafleu, Acta bot. Acad. Sci. Hung. 19(1-4): 335-341. 1973. 

254. Nouvelles observations sur les Olinia. Paris (Emile Martinet) 1878. Oct. (Nouv. observ. 
Olinia) . 

PubL: 6 Apr 1878 (BF), p. [i]-35, 1 uncol. lith. Copies: B, G. 
Ref. : Jackson p. 137; Kew 1: 125. 

255. Errorum Decaisneanorum graviorum vel minus cognitorum. Centuria prima [-septima], 
(Paris 1 878- 1 880]. Oct. f {Err. Decaisn.) 



cent. pages 



date 



cent. 



pages 



date 



1 [i]-i6 Dec 1878 

2 [ x 7]-3 2 J 6 Sep 1879 

3 [333-48 27 Jul 1880 

4 [49] -64 2 7 Jul 1880 



5 [65]-8o 

6 [8i]- 9 6 

7 [971-H2 

Copies: BR, L, G(i-3), MO, NY. 



17 Apr 1880 
[i88o?]Jan-Juni88i 



Cent. 1 is announced as published by J. Bot. Jan 1879. The dates for cent. 2-5 are those 
mentioned by the Bibliographic de la France; 1-2 are also mentioned by Nat. Nov. Sep 
1879, cent. 3-4 are indeed stated to have been published on 27 Jul 1880 (fide BF 1 1 Sep 
1880), whereas cent. 5 seems to have come out earlier, on 17 Apr 1880 (fide BF 15 Mai 
1880). The centuriae were published with the motto "Materiae tanta abundat copia 
labori faber ut desit, non fabro labor." Even though p. 1 12 ends with "Mox sequetur" 
there seem to have been no further centuries. 
Ref. : BM 1:87; Jackson p. 121; Kew 1 : 1 25. 



256. Anatomie et physiologie vegetales. Paris 1882. Oct. (n.v.) (Anat. pkys. veg.) 
PubL: Dec 1881 (Nat. Nov.), p. [i]-viii, [i]-3Q0. 



257. Traite de botanique medicale phanerogamique. Paris (Hachette et Cie) 1883- 1884. Oct. 

{Traite bot. med. phan.) 

Fasc. 1: p. [i-iii], [i]-720,^. 1-2301. Mai 1883. Copies: MO (has t.p. 1883), NY. 

Fasc. 2: p. [i-iii], 721-1499, [1500, err.], fig. 2302-3487. Mar 1884. 

Copies: MO, NY. - The drawings are by Auguste Faguet. 

Ref: BM 1: 87; Kew 1: 125; NI 66. 



BAILLON 

258. Guide elementaire d'herborisations et de botanique pratique . . . avec figures dans le 
text. Paris (Octave Doin) 1886. Duod. (Guide eletn. herbor.) 

PubL: Mar 1886, p. [i]-72. Copy: B. 

259. Traite de botanique medicale cryptogamique suivi du tableau du droguier de la Faculty 
de m^decine de Paris. Paris (Octave Doin) 1889. Oct. (Traite hot. med. crypt.) 

PubL: Feb-Mar 1889 (Nat. Nov.), p. [i-iii], [i>376, [1, err.],^. 1-370, by Auguste 

Faguet. Copies: L, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 87; Kew^i: 125; LS 1554; NI 65. 

260. Histoire des plantes [.] Monographie des Cyperacees, Restiacees et ttriocaulacees . . . illustr£e 
de 36 figures dans les textes [.] Dessins de Faguet. Paris (Hachette & Cie) 1893. Oct. 
(Hist, pi., monogr. Cyper.) 

PubL: 1893 (but mentioned by Nat. Nov. only in Feb 1894 as of "1893"), p. [i-iii], 335- 
402. Copy: B. - Preprint of text appearing in vol. 12. 

Baines, Henry (1794- 1878), British botanist in Yorkshire, employed by James Back- 
house Sr. (Baines). 

herbarium and types: YRK, also material at OXF. 
Ref. : IH 2: 49; Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1957. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 106; BB p. 15; BL 2: 275; BM 1: 87; 
Jackson p. 262; Kew 1 : 125; PR 356. 
Ann. Rep. York philos. Soc. 1878: 17. 

261. The flora of Yorkshire. With two plates. London (Longman, Orme, Brown, Green 
and Longman), Halifax (Leyland and son) 1840. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. Yorkshire). 
Orig.: Sep 1840 (pref. 1 Sep 1840; pres. to Linn. Soc. 1 Oct; various rev. Nov-Dec 1840, 

BH), p. [i*-viii*], map, [i]-xvi, [i]-i59, 2 pi. Copies: BR, HU, MO, NY. 

262. A supplement to Baines'' Flora of Yorkshire, with a map. Part first. The flowering plants 
and ferns: by John Gilbert Baker, F.B.S.L. Part second. The mosses of the county: by 
John Nowell. London (William Pamplin) 1854. O ct - (Suppl.fl. Yorkshire). . 
Co-authors: John Gilbert Baker ( 1 834-1 920) ; John Nowell (1802-1867). 

PubL: Dec 1854 (p. 3: Dec 1854), p. [i, h.t.], map, [iii]-viii, [i]-i88, [v]-viii. Copies: BR, 

G, HU, MO, NY. 
Ref: BL 2: 275; BM 1: 87; Jackson p. 242; Kew 1: 125; PR 356. 

Bainier, Georges (x-1920), French pharmacist and mycologist. (Bainier). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 107; BM 6: 49; Kew 1: 126; LS 1 559-15755 

30786-30795; LS suppl. 1 572- 1 584. 

Mangin, Bull. Soc. myc. France 36: 121. 1920. 

263. Etude sur les mucorinees. These presentee et soutenue a l'ecole superieure de pharmacie 
de Paris, le [. . .] mars 1882 pour obtenir le diplome de pharmacien de premiere classe. 
Paris 1882. Qu. (F. Pichon et A. Cotillon) 1882. Qu. (£tud. mucor.) 

PubL: Mar 1882, p. [i]-i36, pi. 1-11. Copy: NY. - Contains a number of alternative 
names for new species assigned to both an existing and a new genus. In this case the 
rules for alternative names and combined generic-specific descriptions can be applied 
and the new generic names accepted. 

Ref. : BM 6 : 49 ; Kew 1 : 126. 

Baker, Charles Fuller (1872-1927), American botanist, agronomist and entomologist. 

(C. Baker). 

herbarium and types: POM, much material also at NY. - For details on C. F. Baker's 
102 



BAKER, E. G. 

extensive collections see IH. - Exsiccatae: 

i. Plants of southern Colorado (1895- 1901), atE; 

2. Plants of Santa Marta, Colombia; 

3. Plants of Nevada, see IH; 

4. Plants of the Pacific Slope (Spermatophytes and Ferns) ; 

5. Pacific Slope Fungi (1902-1904), at BPI, CU, F, FH, MICH, MIN, NEB, NY, RSA, 
WIS; 

6. Pacific Slope Bryophytes (1903- 1904), at BM, FH, NY, PC; 

7. Pacific Slope Lichens (1903- 1904), at B, H, S, US, W. 
Ref : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2 : 50. 

Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedw. 36: 23-27. 1971. 
Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 179. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 107; BM 6: 49-50; Bossert p. 21 ; CSP 13: 

251; GR p. 203-204; Kew 1: 126; Langman p. 104; LS 30797; LS suppl. 1587- 1600; 

MW suppl. p. 19. 

Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 118. 191 1. 

Hoffmann, Lingnaam Agr. Rev. 4: 197-202. 1927 (portr.) 

Holzinger, Bryologist 30: 114. 1927. 

Copeland et al., Philipp. Agric. 16, special number 1928, In memoriam Charles Fuller 

Baker (portr.) 
Essig, Philip. J. Sci. 35: 429-437. 1928 (portr.) 
Hernandez, Lingnaam Agr. Rev. 5: 271-279. 1928 (bibl.) 
Leon, Elogio de Charles Fuller Baker, Habana 1929, 28 p. (portr.) 
Essig, A history of entomology 542-548. 1931. 

Carpenter, Amer. Midi. Natural. 33: 5. 1945 (cites further biogr.) 
Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 318. 1945. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 30-31. 1950. 
Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 148. 1961. 
Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 23-24. 1971. 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 17. 1973. 

eponymy: Bakeromyces H. Sydow & P. Sydow (191 7); Bakerophoma Diedicke (1916). 
Note: For other eponyms based on the name Baker, cf. infra, sub E. G. Baker and sub 
J. G. Baker. 

Baker, Edmund Gilbert (1864- 1949), British botanist. (E. G. Baker). 

herbarium and types : BM, K, also RTE. 
Ref : IH 2 : 50. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1953. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 108; BL 1 : 284-285 [index], 2 : 273; BM 1 : 
89, 6: 50; CSP 13: 251-252; Kew 1 : 126-128; Langman p. 104; LS 1576; MW p. 27, 
suppl. p. 19. 
Lousley, Watsonia 1 (6) : 343-344. 1 950. 

composite works: Rendle et al., Catalogue of the plants collected by Mr. and Mrs. P. A. 
Talbot in the Oban district, South Nigeria, by A. B. Rendle . . . E. G. Baker . . . and others, 
x, 157 p., 17 pi. London 191 3, Oct. (see BM 6: 135). - See also BL 1 : 284-285 for further 
references to composite works. 

eponymy: Bakeridesia Hochreutiner (19 13); Bakerophyton (J. Leonard) J. Hutchinson 
(1964, probably also dedicated to John Gilbert Baker (1834- 1920), q.v.) 
Note : For other eponyms based on the name Baker, cf. supra, sub C. F. Baker and infra, 
sub J. G. Baker. 

264. Synopsis of Malveae : or an enumeration of the plants contained in the first tribe of 
the natural order Malvaceae . . . Reprinted from the "Journal of Botany" 1890- 1894. 
London (West, Newman & Co) s.d. [1895]. Oct. (Syn. Malv.) 

103 



BAKER, E. G. 

PubL: 1895, p. [i-iii], [i]-i24. Copy: NY. - Reprinted from J. Bot. 28-32, 1890-1894 q.v. 
for original publication and dates. 

265. The Leguminosae of Tropical Africa. 3 parts, Gent (Erasmus Press) Ostende (Unitas 

Press) 1 926- 1 930. Oct. (Legum. Trop. Africa). 

1: [ij-215. Jan 1926. Copies: G, MO, NY. 

2: [i-iii], 216-607. Ostende, Jul 1929. Copies: G, MO, NY. 

3: [i-iii], 608-953. Ostende, Apr 1930. Copies: G, MO, NY. 

Ref. : Kew 1 : 127. 

Baker, John Gilbert (1834- 1920), British botanist, keeper of the herbarium of the 
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. {Baker). 

herbarium and types: WELT. - First herbarium (N. England) destroyed by fire in 
1 864. Types mainly at K and WELT. Issued Plantae criticae britannicae exsiccatae, Herbarium 
of British Roses and Plants of North Yorkshire (1887- 1888), sets at BM, GL, MANGH. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 50. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1953 

Rickett, NAF ser. 2(2): 150. 1955. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 6. 1969. 

bibliography and biography : AG 3 : 403 ; Barnhart i : 1 08 ; BB p. 15-16; BL 2 : 525-526 

[index]; Bossert p. 12; CSP 1: 164-165, 7: 74-75, 9: 102-104, 12: 41-44, I3 : 253-255, 

17: 399; DTS 1 : 14; GRp. 388; IF p. 676-680; IF suppl. 1 : 75; Jackson p. 518 [index]; 

Kew 1: 130-132; Langman p. 104-105; LS 1577; MW p. 28-30; suppl. 19-20 (bibl.) ; 

NI p. 6; PR 356-360; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. 

Anon., J. Bot. 28: 216-217. 1890, 37: 48. 1899. 

Britten, J. Bot. 31: 243-244. 1893 (portr.) 

Babington, Memorials 470. 1897. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 7-8. 1898. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 819. 1903, 3(3) : 75. 1905. 

Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 4-5. 1906. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 156-157. 1906. 

Sheppard, The Naturalist, 1907: 5-8 (see also J. Bot. 45: 67. 1907). 

Davey, Fl. Cornwall lv-lvi. 1909. 

Britten, J. Bot. 58: 233-238. 1920 ("no kinder man could ever have lived") (portr. J. Bot. 

1893: 293, 1901: frontispiece). 
Hutchinson, J. Kew Guild 3: 365-366. 191 7 (portr.) 
Druce, Rep. bot. Exch. Club 6: 93-100. 1921. 
Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1 920-1 921 : 41-44. 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827- 1927: 210-212. 1932 (portr.) 
Anon., The Lily Year-Book 6. 1937 (portr.) 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 17. 1973. 
Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 232 [index]. 1974. 

composite works : ( 1 ) Contributions to Martius, Fl. bras. : 

a. Cyatheaceae, Polypodiaceae, 1(2): 305-624, pi. 20-70. 1 Mai 1870. 

b. Connaraceae, Ampelidae, 14(2): 173-216,/)/. 41-52. 1 Jul 1871. 

c. Compositae I, 6(2): 1-180, pi. 1-50. 1 Jun 1873. 

d. Compositae II, 6(2): 181-376, pi. 51-102. 1 Feb 1876. 

e. Compositae III, 6(3): 1-134, pi. 1-44. 1 Jul 1882. 

f. Compositae IV, 6(3): 137-412, pi. 45-108. 1 Mai 1884. 

(2) Baines, Flora Yorkshire, Suppl. 1, Flowering plants and ferns, London 1854. 

(3) Oliver, Flora of tropical Africa, vols. 1-8, 1868- 1903, many treatments (see BM 1 : 89, 
6: 50). 

(4) Journal of Botany, assistant editor to B. Seemann, vols. 8-13, 1870- 1875. 

(5) Hooker and Baker, Synopsis filicum, see W. J. Hooker. 

(6) Hooker, Fl. Brit. India: Leguminosae in 2: 56-240. Mai 1876, 241-306. Jul 1878; 
Scitamineae in 6: 198-224. Dec 1890, 225-264. Jul 1892. 

(7) Saunders, Refugium botanicum, 5 vols. 1869- 1873; descriptions by J. G. Baker. 

104 



BAKER, J. G. 

eponymy: Bakerantha L. B. Smith (1934); Bakerella Van Tieghem (1895); Bakeria E. F. 
Andre (1889); Bakeria B. C. Seemann (1864); Bakeriella Pierre ex Dubard (191 1); 
Bakerisideroxylon (Engler) Engler (1904); Bakerophyton (J. Leonard) J. Hutchinson (1964, 
probably also dedicated to Edmund Gilbert Baker (1864- 1949), q.v.) ; Bakeropteris 
O. Kuntze (1891); Neobakeria Schlechter (1924). 

Note : Bakeridesia Hochreutiner (1913) is dedicated to Edmund Gilbert Baker (1864-1949), 
q.v.; Bakerolimon Linczevski (1968) is dedicated to Herbert G. Baker (1920-x), British 
botanist; Bakeromyces H. Sydow & P. Sydow (191 7) and Bakerophoma Diedicke (1916) are 
dedicated to Charles Fuller Baker (1872-1927), q.v. 

266. The flowering plants and ferns of Great Britain: an attempt to classify them according 
to their geognostic relations. A paper read before the British Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, at the twenty-fifth annual meeting, Glasgow 1855. With additions. 
London (W. & F. G. Cash) 1855. Oct. (Fl. pi. ferns Britain). 

Publ.: Sep-Dec 1855, date on inside cover (p. ii) : 1 Sep 1855, p. [i]-30, [1]. Copy: HH. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 89 ; Jackson p. 231; Kew 1 : 1 30 ; PR 358. 

267. North Yorkshire : studies of its botany, geology, climate and physical geography . . . 
with four maps. London 1863. Oct. (N. Yorkshire). 

Ed. 1: 1863 (p. viii: 1 Mar 1863), p. [i]-xii, [i]-353, 4 maps. 

Ed. 2: London (A. Brown & Sons) 1906; t.p. : "This work forms the third volume of the 
botanical series of the Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union," (p. viii: Jan 
1906, p. ix: 8 Jan 1906) p. [i]-xiv, [i]-67i, [1 err.], [text starts on p. 3]. A consolidated 
reprint of the six parts originally published in the Transactions of the Yorkshire 
Naturalists' Union as follows : 



part 


pages 


Transactions 


date of issue 


1 


1-48, map 


1 1 


Nov 1888 


2 


49-144, 2 maps 


12 


Jan 1889 


3 


145-272 


13 


Sep 1889 


4 


273-336 


15 


Nov 1890 


5 


337-400 


17 


Oct 1892 


6 


401-671, ind., titles 


33 


Feb 1906 



Ref. : BL 2: 275; BM 1: 89; Jackson p. 262; Kew 1: 130; PR 359. 

268. Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles: a description of the flowering plants and ferns of 
those islands. London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1877. Oct. (Fl. Mauritius). 

Orig. ed.: 2 Aug 1877, the date on which Thiselton-Dyer sent a copy to the Colonial 

Office (p. 12*: Apr 1877, J. Bot. Aug 1877); p. [i*]-ig*, [i]-i, [1, h.t.], [i]- 5 57- 
Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970, Historiae naturalis classica, t. 75, ISBN 3-7682- 

0677-7, P- I>iv], [i*]-i9*, M-l. [i, h.t.], [i]- 557 . Copy. FAS. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 89; Jackson p. 353 ; Kew 1:131. 

Trimen, J. Bot. 15: 309-311. Oct 1877. 

Anon., [Thiselton-Dyer], Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1905: 37. 

269. A flora of the English Lake District. London (George Bell & Sons) 1885. Oct. (Fl. Engl. 
Lake District). 

Publ. : Feb-Mai 1885 (p. iv: Feb 1885; J. Bot. Mai, Nat. Nov. Jun 1885), p. [i]-viii, [1]- 

262. Copy: HH. 
Ref: Britten, J. Bot. 23: 189-190. 1885. 

270. Handbook of the fern-allies: A synopsis of the genera and species of the natural orders 
Equisetaceae, Lycopodiaceae, Selaginellaceae, Rhizocarpeae. London (George Bell & 
Sons) 1887. Oct. (Handb. fern-allies) . 

Publ.: Jul 1887 (pref. p. viii: Mai 1887, copy presented by Baker to BM on 7 Jul 1887; 

Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 2: 167. Aug 1887; Nat. Nov. Aug 1887; information W. T. 

Steam), p. [i]-vii, [i]-i5g. Copies: BM, US. 
Ref: BM 1: 89; Kew 1: 131. 

105 



BAKER, J. G. 

271. Handbook of the Amaryllideae, including the Alstroemerieae and Agaveae. London 
(George Bell & Sons) 1888. Oct. (Handb. Amaryll.) 

Orig. ed.\ Apr 1888, after 20 Mar (preface) and before 15 Apr 1888 (Nat. Nov.) - p. [i]- 
xii, [i]-2i6. Copies: BR (signed by author "May 1888"), G, MO, NY. - The Hypo- 
xideae and Vellosieae are excluded because they had just been treated in the Journal 
of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 17: 93. 

Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972, Plant monograph reprints vol. 7, ISBN 3-7682- 
0751-x, p. [i-ii*], [i]-xii, [i]-2i6. Copy: FAS. 

Ref.: BM 1: 89; Kew 1: 131; Langman 108. 
Britten, J. Bot. 26: 253-254. 1888. 

272. Handbook of the Bromeliaceae. London (George Bell & Sons) 1889. Oct. {Handb. 
Bromel.) 

Orig. ed. : Aug-Oct 1889, after 17 Aug (preface) and before 15 Oct (Nat. Nov.), p. [i]-xi, 
[i]-243- Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY, US. - The abbreviation "M.D." indicates that 
there is an original drawing of the plant in the Morren collections at Kew. 

Facsimile ed. : Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972. Plant Monograph Reprints ISBN 3-7682-0752-8, 
p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xi, [i]-243. Copies: FAS, NY. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 89; Kew 1 : 132; Langman p. 108; IDC 5830. 
Rendle, J. Bot. 28: 24-26. 1890. 

273. Handbook of the Irideae. London (George Bell & Sons), New York 1892. Oct. (Handb. 
Irid.) 

Orig. ed.: Aug-Nov 1892 (preface 17 Aug; Nat. Nov. Dec 1892), p. [i]-xii, [i]-247- 

Copies: BR, G, MO, US. 
Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1972. Plant Monograph Reprints vol. 9, ISBN 3-7682- 

o753- 6 > P- [i*-ii*L [i]- xii > M-247- Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : Rendle, J. Bot. 31: 154-156. 1893. 

Bakhuizen van den Brink, Reinier Cornells Jr. (191 i-x), Dutch botanist. (Bakh.f) 

herbarium and types : Mainly at BO and L. 
Ref: IH 2: 51. 

bibliography and biography: Bossert p. 22; Kew 1 : 135; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 32. 1950 (portr.) 
Roon, Int. direct, spec. pi. tax. 13. 1958. 

note: For Reinier Cornelis Bakhuizen van den Brink Sr. (Bakh.) (1 881-1945), Dutch 
botanist on Java, see e.g. Fl. males, ser. 1. 1 : 31-32. 1950. 

274. Een bijdrage tot de kennis van de Melastomataceae van den Maleischen Archipel in het 
bijzonder van die van Nederlandsch Indie. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad 
van doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht, op gezag van 
den Rector Magnificus, L. van Vuuren, hoogleeraar in de Faculteit der Letteren en 
Wijsbegeerte, volgens besluit van den Senaat der Universiteit tegen de bedenkingen van 
de Faculteit der Wis- en Natuurkunde te verdedigen op Maandag 17 mei 1943, des na- 
middags te 3 uur door Reinier Cornelis Bakhuizen van den Brink, geboren te Tanjinan- 
gan (Java). Gouda (Koch & Knuttel) [1943]. Oct. (Bijdr. Melastom.) 

Publ.: 17 May 1943 (day on which this thesis was publicly defended at Utrecht), p. [i- 
viii], [i]~3i, [theses 2 p.]. Copies: Bakh., BR, L. The text is a Dutch summary of the 
Contribution (see below) which was published on the same day. The new names occur- 
ring in this thesis were validated in the Contribution. 

275. A contribution to the knowledge of the Melastomataceae occurring in the Malay Archipel- 
ago especially in the Netherlands East Indies. Gouda 1943. Oct. (Contr. Melastom.) 
Orig. issue: 17 May 1943, p. [i]-39i. Copies: BR, K, L(2), U, author. - Ten copies of this 

preprint with a special cover and separate title were available to the public and depo- 
sited in public libraries (L, U) on 17 May 1943. This distribution, even though small 
because of special conditions (paper shortage) caused by the German occupation of 

106 



the Netherlands, fulfilled the requirements of effective publication. The type was kept 
and run off again in 1946 when it appeared (in December) as p. 1-391 of volume 40 
of the Recueil des Travaux botaniques neerlandais. Another set of copies appeared in 
1947 as Mededeelingen van het Botanisch Museum en Herbarium van de Rijks- 
universiteit te Utrecht no. 91. This issue of the Mededeelingen is dated 1943 because 
of the ten preprints available on 17 May 1943. One of the Leiden copies is that of 
C. A. Backer who testified on the first page the receipt of his (private) copy on 12 Oct 
1943. Copies of the reprint were available on 17 May 1943 (fide A. A. Pulle, J. Lan- 
jouw, oral comm.). The Kew copy was forwarded by the author to the Royal Botanic 
Gardens Kew early in 1947 before the issue of the 1947 copies. 

The 1 943 copies are recognizable only by means of a grey cover in combination with 
headlines on p. [1] identifying the publication as a reprint from the Recueil as well as 
no. 9 1 of the Mededeelingen. The characters used for the title on the cover are larger than 
those used for the author's name. 

194J issue (a) : as above but with yellow cover of the Mededeelingen. Copies: L, U, FAS, NY. 

ig47 issue (b) : on p. [1] in heading only "Extrait du ..." and not the Mededeelingen 
imprint; number of copies: 50, distributed privately. Grey cover, title and author's 
name from same font. Copy: Author. 

Balansa, Benedict ("Benjamin") (1825-1891), French botanical explorer. (Balansa). 

herbarium and types : Unknown ; large sets especially at P, for details see IH. Balansa 
issued various sets of plants such as Plantes du Paraguay (1878- 1884). These sets were 
irregular in numbers as well as in labelling and do not constitute regular exsiccatae. 
Spegazinni's Fungi guar anitici and Mueller Arg., Lichenes paraguayenses are based on Balan- 
sa's Paraguayan collections. Many Balansa collections are described in the Plantae 
hasslerianae, Bull. herb. Boissier ser. 2, tome 2. 1902. Balansa collected also in Turkey, 
Algiers, Marocco, New Caledonia, Loyalty Is., Tonkin. 
Ref.: IH 2: 51. 

Candolle, Phytographie 393-394. 1880. 

Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 28-30. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2) : 384, 12(1) : 265; Barnhart i : no; BM 6:51; 
Bossertp. 22; CSP 1 : 66, 7: 76, 9: [n.v.], 12: 45, 13: 258; GR p. 304; Kew 1 : 137; Zander 

(ed. 10) p. 630. 
Cosson et Durieu, Exp. Sci. Algerie, Bot. 2: xx. 1868. 
Cosson, Comp. fl. Atl. 1: 16-17. 1881. 
Debeaux, Rev. de Bot. 10: 661-664. 1892. 
Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prel. 34. 1944. 
Astre, La vie de Benjamin Balansa, botaniste explorateur. Toulouse 1947, 200 p. (portr.) 

(coll. Les livres du Museum, Toulouse) . 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 32-33. 1950. 
Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France p. 381 [index]. 1954. 
Astre, Mem. Acad. Sci. Inscr. Belles-Lettres Toulouse ser. 14. 3 (= 124): 17-34. I 962 

(documents on trip to Tonkin and Java) . 
Astre, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 10 1: 170. 1966. 

eponymy: Balansaea Boissier & Reuter (1852) ; Balansaephytum Drake del Castillo (1896) ; 
Balansia Spegazzini (1885); Balansiella Hennings (1904); Balansina G. Arnaud (1918); 
Balansiopsis Hohnel (19 10); Balansochloa O. Kuntze (1903). 

Balbis, Giovanni-Batista (1 765-1831), Italian physician and botanist at Torino, pupil 
of Allioni. (Balb.) 

herbarium and types : TO ; plants from the Lyonnese period at LY. 
Ref. : IH 2: 51; Saccardo 2: 14. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cx-cxi. 1883. 

Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 181. 1974. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1) : 406, 5(2) : 290; Barnhart 1: no;BL2: 194, 

107 



380; BM 1 : 90-91, 6: 51; Bossert p. 22; CSP 1 : 167-168; GR p. 513; IF p. 680; Jackson 

200, 286, 320, 438; Kew 1 : 137; LS 1586-1592; MD p. 50-52; MW p. 30; NI 70-71, 

1448; PR 362-368; Saccardo 1 : 20, 2: 14; Cron. p. xiv; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. 

Anon., Flora 14: 240. 1831. 

Anon., Alg. Konst- Letter-Bode 1831(2): 193-194. 1831. 

Anon., Bibliot. Ital. (Milano) 61: 408-410. 1831. 

Anon. [S.], Flora 14: 240. 1831. 

Candolle, Bibl. Univ. sci. 46(2): 214-217. 1831. 

Grognier, Bull. Sci. nat. 26(9): 281-285. 1831. 

Colla, Elogio storico ... G. B. Balbis. Torino 1832 (n.v., fide BMNH). 

Colla, Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino 36(1): xxvii-liv. 1833. 

Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon 1836 (frontispiece portr.) 

Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 371-372, 129, 157. 1862. 

Fournier, in Baillon, Diet. bot. 1 : 354. 1876. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cx-cxi. 1883. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 108, 159. 1903. 3(3): 174. 1905. 

Mangin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 32: 4-5. 1907. 

Mattirolo, Cronistoria orto bot. (Valentino) Torino liii-lv. 1929 (portr.) 

Bollea et al., Enciclop. Ital. 5: 906. 1930. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 13-14. 1941. 

Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21 : 66. 1972 (portr.) 

composite works : With D. Nocca : Flora ticinensis, q.v. 

eponymy: Balbisia A. P. de Candolle (1833); Balbisia Cavanilles (1804, nom. cons.); 
Balbisia Willdenow (1803, nom. rej.) 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 315-316. 1972. 

276. Elenco delle piante crescenti ni contorni di Torino compilato dal cittadino Giovanni 
Battista Balbis medico dell' armata francese in Italia. Torino anno 9 republicano [1801] 
dalla Stamperia filantropica. Oct. (in fours) {Elenco). 

PubL: 1 80 1 (the 9th year of the Republic ran from 23 Sep 1800-17 Sep 1801; p. 4: 

1 Nivose an 9 = 22 Dec 1800), p. [i]-i02, [1, err.] Copies: G, HH, NY. 
Re/.: BM 1: 90; Kew 1: 137; LS 1586; PR 362. 

277. Catalogus plantarum horti botanici taurinensis. A. reip. gall. xii. (1804) Ex typogra- 
phia phylantropica. Oct. {Cat. pi.) 

Ed. 1804: (p. viii: 18 Dec 1803; an. xii = 24 Sep 1803-17 Sep 1804), p. [i]-viii, [i]-50. 

Copy: NY. 
Ed. 180J: Catalogus stirpium horti botanici taurinensis, Torino (Ex typographia partitionis) 

1807 (p. [3]: 1 Jan 1807) Oct. (in fours), p. [O-63. Copy: HU. 
Ed. 1810: Catalogus plantarum . . . ad annum 1810. Torino (Typographia praefecturae) s.d. 

[1810] (p. 3: 15 Dec 1809), p. [i]-67. Copies: G, NY. 
Ed. 181 2: Catalogus stirpium . . . ad annum mdeccxii. Torino (Vincenti Bianco) s.d. [18 12] 

(p. 7: 1 Nov 1811; BF 4jan 1812), p. [i]-8o, [1, err.]. Copies: M, NY. 
Ed. 181 3: Catalogus stirpium . . . ad annum mdeccxiii. Torino (Vincenti Bianco) s.d. [18 13] 

(p. 4: 1 Jan 1813; donated to Torino Acad. 8 Feb 1813; BF 12 Mar 1813), p. [i]-83. 

Copies: M, NY, US, USDA. 
Ed. 1814 : Ad catalogum stirpium horti academici taurinensis editum anno mdeccxiii appendix 

prima, s.d., s.l. [Torino 1814] (p. 4: 1 Apr 1814, p. 18: mdccxiv), p. [i]-i8. Copies: M, 

USDA. 
No information is available to us on issues for 1805 and 181 1, mentioned, but not seen, 
by PR. 
Ref.: Kew 1: 137; PR 366. 

278. Miscellanea botanica ubi et rariorum horti botanici stirpium, minusque cognitarum 
descriptiones, ac additamentum alterum ad floram pedemontanam, et ad Elenchum 
plantarum circa taurinensem urbem nascentium; turn locorum natalium indicatio, ac 
observation es botanicae continentur. [Torino 1804]. Qu. {Misc. bot.) 

108 



BALDINGER 

Publ. : 1803 or, more likely, 1804 (read 23 Jan 1803), p. [i], [i]-68, [2 p. tab. expl.], 

// plates, reprinted with independent pagination and separate title page from "Mem. 

de l'Ac. des Sc. de Turin vol. 7" [on plates], which is 7(1): 317-386. 1804 [an xii; 

24 Sep 1803-17 Sep 1804]. Copies: G, HH, MO. - The plates (nos 1-11) are uncoloured 

copper engravings by Chianale Amati et Tela, Torino. 
Miscellanea altera botanica [Torino 1809], p. [i]-43, pi. 1-2, no special t.p. but reprinted 

with independent pagination from Mem. Acad. Sci. Turin 1805- 1808: 199-241. 1809; 

read to Academy on 19 Jan 1806. Copies: G, HH, HU, MO. 
Re/.: Kew 1: 137; LS 1588, 1589 [34]; PR 363. 

279. Flora taurinensis sive enumeratio plantarum circa Taurinensem urbem nascentium. 
Torino (Ex typographia Johannis Giossi) 1806. Oct. (Fl. taur.) 

Publ.: 1806, probably Jan-Mar (Balbis sent a copy to Degerand on 1 Apr 1806 (MD), 
rev. Nuov. Giorn. Lett. Pisa ser. 2. 4: 439 Mai-Jun 1806, BH), p. [i]-xvi, 1-224. Copies: 
G, NY. 

Re/.: BM 1: 91; Kew 1 : 137; LS 1590; MD p. 50; PR 365. 
Schrader, NeuesJ. Bot. 3(1/2): 190-194. Apr 1809. 

280. Horti academici taurinemis stirpium minus cognitarum aut forte novarum icones et 
descriptiones. Fasciculus primus. Torino (Ex typis Imperialis Academiae Scientiarum, 
Literarum, et Artium) 1810. Qu. "[ (Hort. taur. stirp.) 

Publ. : 1810, p. [i]-28,/>/. [1-7], [1 expl. pi.]. Copies: G, NY. - Expl. pi. and errata on p. 3 
of cover. - Preprinted, with independent pagination, Jul-Dec 18 10 (read on 2 Jun 
1 810) from Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Turin 18: 347-363,/)/. iv-ix. 181 1. In a letter (at G) 
from Balbis to Froelich dated 15 Jan 181 1 Balbis writes: "Habebis cito . . . primum 
fasciculum plantarum horti hujusce." - Seven copper engravings by Angela 
Bottione. 

Ref. : Jackson 438; Kew 1 : 137; NI 70; PR 367. 

281. Flore lyonnaise, ou description des plantes qui croissent dans les environs de Lyon 
et sur le Mont-Pilat. Lyon (C. Coque) 1827-1828, 2 vols, (in 3). Oct. (in fours) (Fl. lyon.) 
Vol. 1, part 1: Oct-Nov 1827 (pref. p. xvi: Oct 1827, BF 21 Nov 1827), P- [i*-iii*]> [i]- 

xvi, [i]-47i. Copy: B. 
Vol. 1, part 2: 21 Oct-21 Nov 1827 (errata: 21 Oct 1827, BF 21 Nov 1827), P- [i" m L 

[473]-8go, [1, err.], Tableau synopt. : [i]-30. Copy: B. 
Vol. 2: 1 Mai-5 Jul 1828 (preface 1 Mai 1828, BF 5 Jul 1828), p. [i]-viii, [O-371, [372, 

err.]. Copy: B. - Other state: errata on p. [372] lacking. 
Supplement, Anonymous, 1835, see Roffavier. 

Ref.:BM i:gi;BL2: i88;Kew 1: 137; Jackson p. 286; LS 1592; MD p. 51-52, PR 368; 
IDC 245. 

Tucker, Cat. Arnold Arb. 1 : 54. 19 14. 

Baldacci, Antonio ( 1 867- 1 950) , Italian botanist, collected on the Balcan and in Greece. 

(Baldacci) . 

herbarium and types: Material in many herbaria, especially Fl, see IH. 
Ref.: IH 2: 51. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 202, 12(3): 63; Barnhart i: no; BL 2: 384; 
Bossert p. 22; CSP 13: 259-260; Kew 1: 137-139; NY p. 18; Saccardo 1: 20; Zander 
ed. 10, p. 630. 
Marchesetti, Atti Museo Civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 132. 1895. 

Baldinger, Ernst Gottfried (1 738-1804), German botanist. (Baldinger). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography : ADB 2 : 4-5 ; AG 2(1): 23 ; Barnhart 1 : 1 1 1 ; BM 1:91; 
Jackson p. 428; Kew 1 : 139; LS 1596, 30799; NDB 1 : 550-552; PR 369-373- 
Anon., Allg. med. Ann. neunzehnten Jahrh. 1804: 160. 

109 



BALDINGER 

Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med., Biogr. med. i : 517-522. 1820. 
Hulth, Bref och skr. Linne 2(1): 137-141. 1916. 

eponymy: Baldingera P. G. Gaertner, B. Meyer & J. Scherbius (1799). 

282. Dissertatio inauguralis botanico-medica defilicum seminibus quam praeside Ernesto 
Godofr. Baldinger . . . pro gradu doctoris medicinae summisque in medicina priviligiis 
legitime impetrandis die xvi jun. mdcclxx. Publice defendendam exhibet auctor Joannes 
Philippus Wolff, svinfurtensis. Jena [1770]. Qu. (Filic. semin.) 

Orig. ed.: 16 Jun 1770 (date on which this thesis was defended; Jenaische Zeit. gel. 

Sachen 25 Jun 1770), p. [i]-28, (p. 28: 12 Jun 1770). Copies: NY, UC. -Authorship 

of this thesis must be attributed to Joannes Philippus Wolff who acted as respondent 

but is called auctor on the title page. 
Reprint: in Ludwig, Delect, opusc. bot. 1 : 310-339. 1790 (PR 5658), see also GGA 1771 

(46): 400. 18 Apr 1 77 1. 
to/.: BH; PR 372. 

283. Ueber das Studium der Botanik und die Erlernung derselben. Jena 1770. Qu. (n.v.) 
(Stud. Bot.) 

PubL: Sep 1770 (Baldinger sent a copy to Linnaeus on 29 Sep 1770; Jenaische Zeit. gel. 

Sachen 10 Sep 1770). 
/fc/.:BM 1:91; PR 371. 

Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linne 2(1): 138-139. 191 6. 

284. Index plantarum horti et agrijenensis. Gottingen, Gotha 1773. (n.v.) (Index pi. jenensis). 
PubL: Mai-Jun 1773 (GGA 3 Jul 1773; preface 8 Mai 1773). 

Ref. : Jackson p. 428; PR 370; IDC 5831. 

Baldwin, William (1779- 18 19), United States physician and botanist, plant collector 
in the southeastern United States and in South America. (Baldw.) 

herbarium and types: Baldwin's collections were acquired by Lewis von Schweinitz 
who discarded the original labels. Von Schweinitz' herbarium is now at PH. Further 
specimens are at DWC, LASCA, MANCH and P-DU ; the Lambert set of Baldwin 
specimens is now also at PH (via Tuckerman). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 52. 

Ewan, Editor's Introduction, to facsimile edition of Reliquiae baldwinianae (see 
below) p. viii-ix. 

Miller, Taxon 19: 513. 1970. 

Stuckey, Taxon 20: 443-459. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 1 1 1 ; BM 1 : 91; Bossert p. 23; CSP 1 : 169, 
12: 45; Jackson p. 494; Kew 1 : 141-142; ME 1 : 162, 3: 533 (bibl.); NCAB 10: 275-276; 
PR 377. 
Baldwin, Journal of William Baldwin, botanist of the first part of the expedition from 

Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains. 18 19, 149 p. (n.v., fide ME). 
Darlington, Reliquiae baldwinianae, Philadelphia 1843 (portr.) 
Redfield, Bot. Gaz. 8: 233-237. 1883 (bibl.) 
Harsberger, Bot. Philadelphia 1 19-125, 440. 1899. 
Spaulding, Popular Sci. Monthly 73: 495-497, 1908 (portr.) 
Kelly, Some American medical botanists 104- 112. 19 14 (portr.) 
Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 55. 1920. 
Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club. 16: 290. 192 1. 
Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 15-17. 1961. 
Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 460. 1967. 

Ewan, A short history of botany in the U.S. 38, 40, 89. 1969. 
Ewan, I.e. (see above) p. i-lxix. 1969 [sources]. Editor's introduction, to facsimile edition 

of Reliquiae baldwinianae. 
Stuckey, Taxon 20: 443-459. 197 1 (Baldwin coll. in Collins' herb.) 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 17-18, 446. 1973. 



BALFOUR, I. B. 

eponymy: Balduina Nuttall (1818, nom. cons.); BaldwiniaJ. Torrey & A. Gray (1842, 
orth. var.) 

Note: Baldwiniella V. F. Brotherus (1906) is dedicated to David Dwight Baldwin (183 1- 
191 2), Hawaiian botanist. 

handwriting: Darlington, Reliquiae baldwinianae, Philadelphia 1843 (frontispiece). 

285. Reliquiae baldwinianae : selections from the correspondence of the late William Baldwin, 
M.D. surgeon in the U.S. navy. With occasional notes, and a short biographical memoir. 
Compiled by William Darlington, M.D. . . . Philadelphia (Kimber and Sharpless) 1843. 
Oct. (Reliq. baldw.) 
Orig. ed.: 1-19 Jul 1843, P- [ I ]"346, [1, corr.], frontispiece portrait. For a commentary 

and additional indexes see 1 969 facsimile edition. 
Facsimile ed. : New York and London (Hafner) 1969, Classica botanica americana suppl. 

ii, p. [ii*-iv*], i-lxix (intr. Ewan, index), [i]-346, [1, corr.]. Copy: FAS. 
Re/.: BM 1: 91; Jackson p. 494; Kew 1 : 142; PR 377, 2051. 

Anon., Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 134. 1843 (book rd. 19 Jul 1843). 

Gray, Amer. J. Sci. 46: 192-195. 1844. 

Redfield, Bot. G a z. 8: 233-237. 1883. 

Lauener, Notes Roy. bot. Gard. Edinburgh 29(3): 405. 1969. 

Stafleu, Taxon 18: 717. 1969. 

Balfour, [Sir] Isaac Bayley (1853- 1922), Scottish botanist, professor of botany in the 
University of Edinburgh. 1 888-1 921, Queens' botanist in Scotland, son of John Hutton 
Balfour. {I. B. Balf.) 

herbarium and types: E; first set of Rodriguez and Socotra Islands (1874- 1875) at K. 
Socotra, Aden and Scottish plants also at OXF. Balfour's Collectio myxomycetum at E has 
material from many collectors. 
Ref.: IH 2: 52. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1953. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 125. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 57. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 112; BB p. 16-17; BL 1 : 98, 10 1 ; BM 1 : 92, 

6: 52; CSP 7: 77, 9: 108, 12: 45, 13: 262; IF p. 680; Jackson p. 133; Kew 1 : 142-143; 

Langman p. 679, 791; LS 1602-1604; MW p. 30-31; NI 72; Plesch p. 399. 

Balfour, Testimonials in favour of Isaac Bayley Balfour [Edinburgh] 1879, 42 p. 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1883- 1884: 30-31. 1886. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 89. 1903, 3(3): 75. 1905. 

Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 107, 128. 1909. 

Anon., The Times 1 Dec. 1922 (n.v.). 

Anon., Bot. Exchange Club Reports 6(5) : 690-692. 1923. 

Bower, J. Bot. 61 : 23-26. 1923 (from The Glasgow Herald 5 Dec 1922). 

Bower, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh 43(3): 230-236. 1923. 

Farmer, Ann. Bot. 37: 335-339. 1923 (portr.) 

Farmer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1923: 30-35. 

Wright Smith, Trans, bot. Soc. Edinburgh 28: 192-196. 1923 (portr.) 

Prain, Proc. Roy. Soc. London 966(678): i-xvii. 1924. 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Magaz. Dedic. 1827-1927: 246-248. 1932. 

White, The Stapelieae 1: 117 (portr.) 1937. 

Bower, Sixty years of botany in Britain 58-65. 1938. 

Desmond, DSB 1 : 422-423. 1970. 

Anon., J. Roy. hort. Soc. 98(3). 1973 (portr.) 

Matthews, Bot. Soc. Edinburgh News 10: 4-6. 1973, 11: 5-7. 1973. 

composite works: Balfour was one of the editors of Annals of Botany (1887-1912); he 
published a revised version of J. von Sachs History of botany (1890) as well as of Solms 
Laubach, Fossil botany (1891). Balfour translated, with P. Groom, Schimper's Plant- 
geography upon a physiological basis (1903). 



BALFOUR, I. B. 

eponymy: Balfourina O. Kuntze (1891). 

286. Botany of Socotra by Isaac Bayley Balfour . . . with the assistance of other botanists. 
Forming vol. xxxi of the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Edinburgh 
(Robert Grant & Son), London (Williams and Norgate) 1888. Qu. {Bot. Socotra). 
Publ: 1888 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1888), p. [i]-lxxv, [O-446, 100 pi, map. Copies: G, NY. - 

Fungi by M. G. Cooke. 
Ref.: BL 1: 101; BM 1: 92; Kew 1: 143; IDG 437. 

Balfour, John Hutton (1808- 1884), British botanist at Glasgow 1 841-1845, King's 
botanist in Scotland, professor of botany in Edinburgh 1845- 1879, father of I. B. Balfour. 
(Balf.) 

herbarium and types: E, Scottish material also at GL, K and PTH. 
Ref.: IH 2: 52. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1953. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 57. 1970. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 112; BB p. 1 7 ; BL 2 : 296-298, 306, 308, 309 ; 

BM 1: 92; Bossert p. 23; CSP 1: 170, 7: 77, 9: 108, 13: 262; GR p. 388-389; Jackson 

p. 518 [index]; Kew 1: 143-145; Langman p. 107; LS 1605- 1606; MW p. 31; Proc. 

Linn. Soc. 1883- 1884: 30; Zander ed. 10, p. 630. 

Britten, J. Bot. 22: 128. 1884. 

Babington, Memorials 471. 1897. 

I. B. Balfour, Notes Edinburgh Bot. Garden 2: 21-23. 1902. 

I. B. Balfour, in Oliver, Makers Brit, botany 293-300. 1913 (portr.) 

Desmond, DSB 1 : 423. 1970. 

composite works: Annals and Magazine of natural History, editor, vol. 9-20, ser. 2. 1-20, 
1 842- 1 857. 

eponymy: Balfourodendron Mello ex D. Oliver (1877). 

287. Flora of Edinburgh being a list of plants found in the vicinity of Edinburgh by John 
Hutton Balfour . . . assisted by John Sadler . . . Edinburgh (Adam and Charles Black) 
1863. Oct. (Fl. Edinburgh). 

Co-author: John Sadler (1 837-1882), mosses, hepatics and lichens. 
Publ. : 1863, p. [i]-vii, [i]-i74, 2 maps. Copies: BM, NY. 
Ref. : BL 1 : 306; BM 1 : 92; Jackson p. 252. 

Ball, John (1 818- 1889), Irish born British botanist, travelled in Marocco (1871), North 
and South America (1882) and frequently in the European Alps. (J. Ball). 

herbarium and types: E, K and also some at OXF and GL. 
Ref: BBp. 17; IH 2: 52. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1953. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 125. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 57. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: AG 7: 94, 357; Barnhart 1: 112; BB p. 17; BL 1: 43, 

45,233,254, 256, 2:319, 330; BM 1:93, 6: 52-53; CSP 1: 171, 7: 78,9: 109, 13: 263; 

DNB suppl. 1. 1: 115; DTS 1: 14, 6(4): 51, in; Jackson p. 229, 351; Kew 1: 146; 

PR 393; Saccardo, Cron. p. xv; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. 

Cosson, Comp. Fl. atl. 1: 18-19. 1881. 

Thiselton Dyer, J. Bot. 27: 365-370. 1889. 

Hooker, Ann. Bot. 3: 450-451. 1890 (bibl.) 

Hooker, Proc. Roy. Soc. London 47: v-ix. 1890, also in J. Roy. Geogr. Soc. (repr. 16 p. 

Engler coll. at DS), see also J. Bot. 29: 32. 1891. 
Babington, Memorials 47 1 . 1897. 
Pau, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. ser. 2. 6: 228-239. 1897. 



BALSAMO-GRIVELLI 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 89, 159. 1903; 3(3): 75, 174. 1905. 

Arechavaleta, Fl. Urug. 3:2. 1906. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 2. 1906. 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 226-228. 1932. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14. 1941. 

Coats, The plant hunters 29, 34-36. 1969. 

composite works: J. D. Hooker and J. Ball, Marocco and the Great Atlas, (1878). 

handwriting: Monogr. biol. Canar. 4: 32. 1973, fig. 11. 

288. Spicilegium florae maroccanae, in Journal of the Linnean Society of London 16: 281-772. 
1877-1878. Oct. 

part pages journal dates part pages journal dates 

93 281-376 29 Nov 1877 95 473"5 68 27 Feb 1878 

94 377-472 ioJani878 96/97 569-772 i7jun 1878 

No reprint with independent pagination is known to us. 

Ballet, Jules (1825-?), French author. (Ballet). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 1 14; BL 1 : 228; Kew 1 : 148. 

289. La Guadeloupe, Renseignements sur l'histoire, la flore, la faune, la geologie, la 
mineralogie, l'agriculture, le commerce, l'industrie, la legislation, l'administration. Vol. 
1. Basse-Terre (Imprimerie du Gouvernement) 1894- 1899, 3 vols, (in 5). Oct. (Guade- 
loupe) . 

Publ.: Vol. 1, which contains the botany, dated "Basse-Terre 1890" has 1894 on the 
wrapper; however, according to Urban the book came on the market only in 1899. 
See Urban for a critical evaluation. The catalogue of the Pteridophyta is by M. Maze 
whose collections were with Duss on Guadeloupe (later transferred to B) and with 
Krug and Urban (later also in B). - Vol. 1 : p. [O-527. Copies: MO, NY. 

Ref. : Kew 1 : 148. 

Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1901, app. 2: 44. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 3:1. 1902. 

Balsamo, Francesco (1850-?), Italian algologist. (Balsamo). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 1 14, BM 1 : 93, 6: 54; Saccardo 1:21. 
De Toni, Syll. alg. 4(1) : iv. 1897. 

290. Sulla storia naturale delle alghe d'acque dolce del comune di Napoli memoria. Napoli 
(R. Accademia delle Scienze fis. e. mat., M. de Rubertis). 1885. Qu. (Storia nat. alg. 
Napoli). 

Preprint: 1885 (printing completed 25 Jul 1885, fide p. 84), p. [i-ii], [i]-84, p. 1-2. Copy: 

UC. 
Journal publ.: Atti r. Accad. Sci. fis. mat. Napoli ser. 2. 1(14). "1888." 
Ref. : BM 1 : 93. 

Balsamo-Crivelli, Giuseppe Gabriel (1800- 1874), Italian botanist. (Bals.-Criv.) 

herbarium and types: MI, other material at Fl, G, MPU and PAD. - Exsiccatae (with 
G. De Notaris) : Musci mediolanenses (fasc. i-iv, nos. 1-80, 1833- 1838), sets at B, Fl, G, M, 
MPU, PAD, PAV, RO, TO, W. 

113 



BALSAMO-CRIVELLI 

Re/.: IH 2: 51. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 179-180. 1971. 
Harant et al., Rev. bryol. lichenol. 89: 720-724. 1966. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 114; BM 1 : 93; GSP 1 : 171-174; Frank 3 
(Anh.) : 7; PR 396-398; Quenstedt p. 20; Saccardo 1: 21, 2: 14. 

Calderini, Cenni biografici d. Prof. Gius. Balsamo-Crivelli, Varallo 1875 (n.v., Bot. Zeit. 
33 : 3 6 °)- 

eponymy: Balsamia Vittadini (1831). 

291. Synopsis muscorum in agro mediolanensi hucusque lectorum. Milano (Felix Rusconi) 1833. 
Oct. (Syn. muse, mediol.) 

Co-author: Giuseppe De Notaris (1805- 1877). 

Publ. : 1833 (Bibl. It. rev. Dec 1833, publ. 12 Feb 1834), p. [i]-27- Copies: G, HH. 

Z&/.:PR 3 97. 

292. Prodromus bryologiae medio lanensis. Milano (Felix Rusconi) 1834. Oct. (Prodr. bryol. 
mediol.) 

Co-author: Giuseppe De Notaris (1805- 1877). 

Publ.: 1834 (p. 12: 30 Dec 1833; rd by Flora after 12 Mar), p. [i]-i94. Copies: HH, NY. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 93; PR 398; IDC 5314- 
Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 6: 127-128. 1836. 

Bamber, Charles James (1855-x), British soldier in the Indian Medical Service. 

(Bamber) . 

herbarium and types: unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 115; CSP 13: 273; Kew 1: 150. 

293. Plants of the Punjab a descriptive key to the flora of the Punjab, North-west Frontier 
province and Kashmir. Lahore (Superintendent Government Printing, Punjab) 19 16. 
Oct. {PL Punjab). 

Publ.: 1916 (p. [v*]: 1 Jul 1915), p. [i*-v*], [i]-iii, [i]-652, [i]-xxviii, 4 pi. Copy: L. - 
An abbreviated flora of the region, based mainly on the Flora of British India. 

Bang, Miguel (1853-?), Danish botanical collector active in Bolivia. (Bang). 

herbarium and types: Large sets in NY and US. - A series ofPlantae bolivianae a Miguel 
Bang lectae was distributed by N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (see Mem. Torrey Bot. 
Club 3(3) : 1-67 (1893), 4(3) : 203-274 (1894), 6(1) : 1-130 (1896) and Bull. New York 
Bot. Gard. 4: 309-479 (1907)). Sets at several herbaria, see IH. 

Re/.: IH 2: 53- " 

Bang, Mem. Torrey bot. Club (3)3: 1-67. 1893 (enumeration of Boliv. plants). 
Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 31-32. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 117; BM 1 : 95. 

Banister, John (1650- 1692), British missionary in the West Indies and Virginia, ardent 
naturalist. (Banister) . 

herbarium and types: BM (Sloane herb.) and OXF. Letters and manuscripts at BM, 
Bodleian Library, Oxford (see Ewan and Ewan 1970, below in note). 
/?«/.: IH 2: 53. 

Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 84-87. 1958. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 125-126. 1964. 

bibliography and biography: AG 4: 450; Barnhart 1 : 117; BB p. 18; DNB 3: 119; 
ME 1: 162, 3: 533; PR (ed. 1)464. 

1 14 



Petiver, Monthly Miscellany 7: 227-232. 1707. 

Barton, Philadelphia med. phys. J. 2(2): 134-139. 1806. 

Lewis, Virginia J. Sci. ser. 2. 8: 35-41. 1957. 

Humphrey, Makers North Amer. Botany 17-18. 1961. 

Ewan, Amer. Fern J. 53: 138-144. 1963 (fern records). 

Crosswhite, Two early North American botanists, s.l. 1966 (contains facsimile repr. of 

Banister's Catalogue from Ray) . 
Ewan, DSB 1 : 431-432. 1970. 

note : For full information, facsimiles of handwriting, etc., see Ewan and Ewan, John 
Banister and his Natural History of Virginia 1678- 1692, Urbana, Chicago, London 1970, 
xxx, 485 p. (bibl.) (see also Stafleu, Taxon 20: 811-812. 1971). 

eponymy: Banisteria Linnaeus (1753, nom. rej.); Banisteriaecarpum Krausel (19 51); 
Banisterioides Dubard & Dop (1908) ; Banisteriophyllum Ettingshausen (1887) ; Banisteriopsis 
C. B. Robinson ex J. K. Small (1910); Banisterodes O. Kuntze (1891). 

Banks, George (fl. 1823- 1832), British silversmith and engraver, amateur botanist at 
Devonport. (G. Banks). 

herbarium and types : Material at CGE and K. 
Re/.: IH 2: 53. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1957. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 1 17; BBp. 18-19; BM 1 : 95; Jackson p. 518; 

Kew 1 : 153; PR 402-403. 

Davey, Fl. Cornwall xxxix, xl. 1909. 

eponymy: Banksea]. G. Konig (1783); BanksiaJ. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776, 
nom. rej.) and Banksia Linnaeus fil. (i782(?), nom. cons.) are dedicated to Joseph Banks 
(1743-1820), q.v. 

294. The Plymouth and Devonport flora; or, a description of plants indigenous to the neigh- 
bourhood of these towns. Devonport (W. Byers), Plymouth (J. Gibson) 1830- 183 2, 
8 parts. Oct. {Plymouth Devonport fl.) 
Publ. : In eight parts between 1830 and 1832. The HH copy has seven parts, the cover of 

part 7 being dated 1 83 1 . There are no page numbers and usually no signatures. Dates 

of receipt by Linn. Soc: 1, 2: 26 Jun 1830; 3-5: 8 Oct 1830; 6-7: 18 Mai 1831; 

8: 18 Jun 1832; no. 1 actually publ. 27 Mar fide Gard. Mag. 6: 230. 1830; the eight 

parts rev. Sep 1831 in Mag. nat. Hist. J. 4: 429. 1831. 
Ref.: Kew 1: 153; PR 403. 

Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew, add. ser. 3: 30. 1899. 

Banks, Sir Joseph (1743- 1820), British naturalist, traveller, philanthropist and scien- 
tist, President of the Royal Society (1778- 1820). (Banks). 

collections: The Banks herbarium, which during his life-time was housed at Soho 
Square, London, and which constituted a center of plant taxonomic research unequalled 
in the world at that time, is now the nucleus of the collection of the Department of 
Botany of the British Museum (Natural History) (BM). This Department was originally 
called the Banksian department and was established to receive the Banks collection 
which had been bequeathed to Robert Brown on the condition that it would ultimately 
go to the British Museum. Brown moved the herbarium to the British Museum in 1827. 
In 1834 he reported that it contained 23.400 species. The Banks herbarium contains, 
next to a great many other important collections, the main set of the collections made by 
Banks and his librarian Daniel Solander (1736-1782) on their journey with Captain 
Cook (first voyage 1768-1771). A great number of publications (though not by Banks) 
are based on these collections. 

For publications based in part, or fully, on the Banks herbarium see Aiton, R. Brown, 
L'Heritier, Parkinson, Swartz. 

115 



Bank's library is at the British Museum (Bloomsbury) . For his correspondence see 
Dawson (1958). 
Re/.: IH 2: 53. 

Banks, An account of the voyages ... in the Southern Hemisphere [ed. 2], 3 vols. 
London 1773. 

J. D. Hooker [ed.] . Journal of . . . Sir J. Banks . . . during Captain Cook's first voyage. 
London 1896. 

Murray, History Coll. BMNH 1: 79-193. 1904. 

Britten, J. Bot. 43: 248-290. 1905. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 3-4. 1906. 

Arber, Chron. bot. 9: 94-106. 1945. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 41. 1953. 

Dawson, The Banks letters, London 1958. 

Groves, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 57-62. 1962. 

Lysaght, Joseph Banks in Newfoundland and Labrador, 1766. London 1971. 

Stafieu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 399 (index). 1971. 

Lysaght and Cannon, Taxon 22: 323. 1973; BSBI News 2(1): 15-16. 1973. 

note : The literature on Joseph Banks is enormous. We enumerate here some of the main 
publications which guide the user to the further literature as well as some of the more 
recent publications. An up to date general biography is given by Foote (1970), a very 
detailed bibliography of and on Banks is provided by Beddie (1970); Lysaght (1971) 
refers to much new source material on Banks's earlier years. The older biographies by 
Jackson (in DNB), Edward Smith (191 1) and Cameron (1952) are still very useful. 
Beaglehole's editing of the Endeavour Journal is also an important independent source. 
For Banks's correspondence see Dawson (1958). For the Catalogue of Banks's library see 
Dryander (1796- 1800). 

bibliography and biography : AG i : 2 1 1 , 4 : 638 ; Barnhart 1 : 1 1 1 ; BB p. 1 9 ; BM 1 : 95, 

6: 55-56; Bossert p. 24; CSP 1 : 176; DNB 3: 129 (by Jackson); HU [index to vol. 2]; 

Jackson p. 518 [index]; Kew 1 : 153-154; KRp. 65-66; Laseguep. 561 [index]; LS 1666- 

1667; Moebius p. 409; MW p. 31 ; NI 74; PR 404; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. -nat. Banks. London 1798- 1800, 5 vols, [see also under Dryan- 
der]. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 86, 186. 1903, 3(3) : 75. 1905. 

Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 63-64. 1908. 

Maiden, Sir Joseph Banks the Father of Australia. London, Sydney 1909. 

Smith, Edward, The life of Sir Joseph Banks. London 191 1 (see also Lysaght, J. Soc. 
Bibl. nat. Hist. 5(4): 206-209. 1964). 

Oliver, Makers Brit. bot. 1 12-123. 1913. 

Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linne 2(1): 150-152. 19 16. 

Fox, Fothergill 423 [index]. 19 19. 

Druce, Fl. Oxfordshire ed. 2. lxxxix-xc. 1927. 

Curtis, W. H., William Curtis 13, 39, 51, 59, 63, 82, III. 1941. 

Yedidie et al., New source material on Sir Joseph Banks and Iceland. Occ. papers Sutro 
Branch Calif. State Libr., no. 3. 1941. 

Riddelsdell, Fl. Gloucestershire cxii. 1948. 

Glen, The botanical explorers of New Zealand 173. 1950. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 34-35. 1950 (portr.) 

Cameron, Sir Joseph Banks, K.B., P.R.S., The autocrat of the philosophers. London 1952. 

Merrill, Chron. bot. 14: 163-383. 1954 (botany of Cook's voyages). 

Beer, The sciences were never at war. London, Edinburgh. Paris i960. 

Beaglehole, The Endeavour journal of Joseph Banks, 1768-1771, 2 vols. Sydney 1962. 

Dawson, The Banks letters. London 1958. Suppl. London 1962. 

Stafieu in PHeritier, Sertum anglicum, facs. ed. xvi-xviii. 1963. 

Ryden, The Banks collection. Stockholm 1963 (portr.) 

Rauschenberg, Isis 55: 62-67. 1964 (Banks on Solander). 

Coats, Huntia 2: 185-215. 1965 (portr.) 

Beaglehole, The voyage of the Endeavour 1 768-1 771. Cambridge 1968. 

Stafieu, Taxon 17: 218-220. 1968. 

116 



Stearn, Endeavour 27: 3-10. 1968. 

Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr. Alexander Garden of Charles Town 361 [index]. 1969. 

James, The trees of Bicton. 106. 1969. 

McGillivray, Austral, nat. Hist. 16: 251-254. 1969. 

Stearn, Notes and Records Roy. Soc. London 24(1): 64-90. 1969. 

Whitley, Austral, nat. Hist. 16: 247-250. 1969. 

Beddie, Bibliography of Captain James Cook. 1970 (nos. 3877-4282 and p. 815-816 on 
Banks, extensive bibl. q.v. for the great majority of earlier references, and for referen- 
ces to manuscrips, letters and publications. 

Foote, DSB 1: 433-437. 1970. 

McGillivray, Contr. New South Wales nat. Herb. 4: 1 12-125. 1970 (list ills. Botany 
Cook). 

McMinn, Allan Cunningham 143 [ind.] 1970. 

Paget, To the south there is a great land. Sydney 1970. 

Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 83: 1-19. 1971 (1972). 

McGillivray, J. Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc. 57(1): 10-16. 1971. 

Lysaght, Joseph Banks in Newfoundland and Labrador 1 766. London, Berkeley, Los 
Angeles 1971 (portr.) 

Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 399 [index]. 1971. 

Stearn, Nature 230 (5888): 13. 1971. 

Rauschenberg, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 1 17(3) : 186-226. 1973 (portr.) (journals Iceland 
etc.) 

McLaren, J. Roy. Hort. Soc. 99(8): 339. 1974. 

Lysaght, Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. London 28(2): 221-234. 1974; 29(1): 91-99. 1974. 

Smit, History of the Life sciences 869-870. 1974. 

Stearn, J. Roy. Hort. Soc. 99(8): 339-347. 1974 (portr.) 

Stearn, Rec. Austral. Acad. Sci. 2(4): 7-24. 1974. 

Cannon, Notes Rec. Roy. Soc. London 29(2): 205-230. 1975. 

Teigen, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 7(3): 249-257. 1975 (suppl. letters). 

Morrell, Sir Joseph Banks in New Zealand. Wellington, s.d. 

eponymy: BankseaJ. G. Konig (1783); BanksiaJ. R. Forster & J. G. A. Forster (1776, 
nom. rej.); Banksia Linnaeus fil. (1782(7), nom. cons.); Josephia R. Brown ex J. Knight 
(1809). 

postage stamps: New Zealand 6 c. (1969) yv. 494; Australia 5c. (1970) (fourth in strip 
Cook Bicentenary). 

295. Illustrations of Australian plants collected in iyyo during Captain Cook's voyage round the world 
in H.M.S. "Endeavour." By the Right Hon. Sir Joseph Banks,: . . . and Dr. Daniel So- 
lander. With introduction and determinations by James Britten . . . London 1900- 1905. 
Fol. (III. Austral, pi. Cook's voy.) 

Publ. : A series of lithographic reproductions of copper-plates engraved after the original 
paintings at BM by F. P. Nodder, James Miller, J. F. Miller and John Clevely. Pu- 
blished in three parts of which part 1 and 2 were entitled "Illustration of the Botany 
of Captain Cook's voyage . . . ." 
Part 1: r-31. /»/. [i], 1-100. 1900, 
2: 35-75- pi- 101-243. 1 90 1, 
3: 77-102. pi. 244-318, 45A, 122, 3 maps. 1905. 
For the artists see Maiden (p. 35-43. 1909) - For details on the voyage see Banks's 
journals, Cook's journals (ed. Beaglehole) and Stearn (1968-1969). Beddie's biblio- 
graphy, cited above, gives an extensive list of literature on Banks and his participation 
in the voyage of Cook. 
Re/.: BM 6: 135; GFB p. 48; Kew 1 : 154; NI 74. 

Banks, An account of the voyages ... in the Southern Hemisphere (ed. 2), 3 vols. 

London 1773. 
Parkinson, A journal of a voyage to the South Seas. London 1773. 
Britten, J. Bot. 43: 284-290. 1905. 
Merrill, Chron. bot. 14: 163-383. 1954. 
Beaglehole, The voyage of the Endeavour 1 768-1 771. Cambridge 1955. 

117 



Beaglehole, The Endeavour Journal of Joseph Banks, 1 768-1 771, 2 vols. Sydney 1962 

(reprint with addenda and corrigenda of 1955 ed.). 
Groves, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 57-62. 1962 (notes on botanical specimens). 
Ramsbottom, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 197. 1963 (notes on botanical specimens). 
Beaglehole, The voyage of the Endeavour 1 768-1 771. Cambridge 1968. 
Stearn, Endeavour 27(100) : 3-10. Jan 1968 (includes four coloured reproductions of 

the original drawings) (lacking in libr. B.M.) 
Stearn, Notes and records of the Royal Society of London 24(1): 64-90. 1969. 
McGillivray, J. Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc. 57(1): 10-16. 1971. 
Stearn, Nature 230(5288) : 13. 1971. 
Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 83: 1-19. 1971 (1972). 

Baranetzky, Joseph [Osip] Wasiljewitsch (1843- 1905), Russian botanist. (Bara- 

netzky) . 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 1 18; BM 1 : 96; CSP 7: 84, 9: 117, 12: 47, 

13: 285; GR p. 557; Jackson p. 76, 85, 91; Lipschitz 1: 113-115 (bibl.); LS 1683- 1689, 

30842-30843 ; TR 48. 

Borodin, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg Ser. 5. 12: xxxiv. 1900. 

Panteleevskij, Acta Horti Univ. Jurj. 6: 59. 1906; 8: 49-51. 1908 (bibl., portr.) 

Costantin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 10. 16: lxv. 1934 (portr.) 

Barbey, William (1 842-1914), Swiss philanthropist and botanist. (Barbey). 

herbarium and types : G. 
ifc/.:IH 2 :54. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1) : 533-534, 5(2) : 126; Barnhart 1 : 1 19; BL 1 : 41, 
2: 386; BM 1 : 96, 6: 57; Bossert p. 21 ; CSP 12: 48, 13: 289; GR p. 637; Kew 1 : 157; 
LS 1704, 4471, 8965-8967, 25714a; NI 75; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. 
Adamina, J. relig. eglises indep. Suisse romande, Neuchatel 48, 28 Nov 1914 (fide 

Briquet 191 5, n.v.). 
Bonnard, J. de Geneve 19 Nov 1914 (id.). 

Chodat et Barbey, Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 6: 220-240. 1914 (portr., bibl.) 
Fatio, La Patrie suisse 4 Dec 1914 (portr.) (fide Briquet 1915, n.v.). 
Secretan, Gazette de Lausanne 19 Nov 19 14 (fide Briquet 191 5, n.v.). 
Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 62: 201-204. 191 5. 
Briquet, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 1915: 63-72. (portr., bibl.) 
Candolle, Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Geneve 38. 19 15. 
Sablet, L'ami du dimanche mai 1915 (fide Briquet 19 15, n.v.). 
Vautier, Le lieu, Canton de Vaud 22(1). 191 5 (portr.) (id.). 
Moreillon, Bull. Soc. vaud. Sci. nat. 52: 235. 1919. 
Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 23-30. 1940. 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14. 1941. 

composite works: (i) Stefani et al., Samos, fitude geologique, pal^ontologique, et bota- 
nique. Lausanne 1892. 

(2) Durand et Baratte, Florae Libycae Prodromus (1910) ; Barbey collaborator. 

(3) Bulletin de VHerbier Boissier, 2 series, 1893- 1908 (see also E. Autran and G. Beauverd 
who were the actual editors). 

eponymy: Barbeya G. Schweinfurth (1891); Barbeyella Meylan (19 14). 

note : Barbey married E. Boissier's daughter and became later the proprietor of Boissier's 
collections to which he added significantly. He later called himself Barbey-Boissier in 
accordance with the Swiss custom of his time by which the married man added the name 
of his wife to his own. Barbey was a maecaenas of the type of Banks and Delessert anp 
made his collections liberally available to his colleagues. The collections are now at G. 

118 



BARBOSA RODRIGUES 

296. Florae Sardoae compendium [ . ] Catalogue raisonne des vegetaux observes dans File de 
Sardaigne. Lausanne (Georges Bridel) 1884. Qu. (Fl. Sard, comp.) 

Orig. ed. : Possibly in parts 1884- 1885 but then contents of parts not known. The book was 
submitted to Nat. Nov. as a whole and listed Dec 1885; J. Bot. lists it Jan 1886. The 
title page is dated 1884 but p. [253] is dated 1 Oct 1885. Until further evidence of 
publication in parts is available the date that should be accepted is Oct-Nov 1885. 
Pagination: [i]-25i, [2531-263, [1 p. cont.], pi. i-y (nos. 1-6 plain, no. 7 a coloured 
lithograph). Copies: B, NY. - The original cover has a different title: "Florae . . . 
Sardaigne dresse par William Barbey . . . avec supplement par MM P. Ascherson et 
E. Levier." Lausanne 1885, hence the frequent citation of the book as of 1884-1885. 
Page [170] is blank, [171] has a note introducing the supplement by Ascherson and 
Levier, which follows until p. 263. 

Facsimile ed.: Announced by the trade (1971), n.v. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 96; Kew 1 : 157. 

297. Epilobium genus a cl. Ch. Cuisin illustratum auspice William Barbey. Lausanne 
(Georges Bridel) 1885. Qu. (Epilobium). 

Publ.: 1885, late (Nat. Nov. Mar 1886; J. Bot. Apr 1886), p. [i-v],pl. 1-24 with each 2 p. 

letterpress, [ip. table], plate 20 lacking. Copy: HH. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 96; Kew 1 : 157; NI 75. 

298. Index botanique universel des genres, especes et varietes de plantes parus depuis le ier Janvier 
igoi. Geneve, index cards nos. 1-17199. (Index bot. universel). 

Publ.: Published between 1902 and 1906, as a supplement to the Bulletin de FHerbier 
Boissier and intended to be intercalated in the Gray Herbarium Index. Main editor: 
Gustave Beauverd (1867- 1942). 

Ref. : Briquet, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 50a: 30. 1940. 

Barbosa Rodrigues, Joao (1842- 1909), Brazilian botanist. (Barb. Rodr.) 

herbarium and types : Unknown ; most of palm types destroyed by fire. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 120; BL 1: 240; BM 1: 97, 6: 57; Bossert 

p. 24; Jackson p. 120, 374; Kew 4: 500; Langman p. 109-110; NI 1656- 1660; Zander 

ed. 10, p. 631. 

Wittrock, Relacao dos trabalhos publicados atd 1901 por . . . Rio de Janeiro 1901. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 181. pi. 32. 1903, 3(3): 203. 1905 (portr.) 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 4-6. 1906. 

Stapf, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1909: 225-226. 

Ihering, Rev. Mus. paulista 8: 23-27. 191 1 (bibl.) 

Balis, Hortus belgicus 76. 1962. 

eponymy: Barbosa Beccari (1887); Barbosella Schlechter (1918); Rodrigueziella [sic] 
O. Kuntze (1891). 

postage stamps: Brazil 40 c. (1943) yv. 413. 

299. Genera et species Orchidearum novarum quas collegit, descripsit et iconibus illustravit 
[auctor.] Sebastianopolis, 2 vols., i877~i88i[-i882]. Oct. (Gen. spec. Orchid.) 

1 : 1877 (p. vii: 20 Jul 1877), P- [i*-iii*] 3 [i]-vii, [i]-2o6, 2 tables, index [i]-x, [xi err.]. 

Copy: NY. 
2: 1881, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-vi, [i]-295, 2 tables, index [i]-xvi. Copy: NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 97. 

300. Vellosia. Contribuicoes do Museu Botanico do Amazonas. Rio de Janeiro, 4 vols. 
1 885- 1 888. Qu. t (Vellosia). 

Publ.: Vol. 1, devoted to botany: 1885-1886. A second edition appeared in 1891-1892. 

Vols. 2-4 are non-botanical. Vol. 1, ed. 2, 1891 : p. [i]-i33, [i]-6; p. 133 dated March 

1886. Ed. 1, not seen; ed. 2, copies: NY, US. 
Ref: BM4: 1706. 

119 



BARBOSARODRIGUES 

301. Plantas novas cultivadas no Jar dim botanico do Rio de Janeiro descriptas, classificadas e 
desenhadas. Rio de Janeiro (G. Leuzinger & Filhos), 6 parts, 1891-1898. Qu. (Pl.jard. 
Rio de Janeiro) . 

1: 1891, p. [i*] 3 [i]-ii, [i]-37, pl> ^9- 

2: 1893, p. [l]-20,/»/. 1-2. 

3: 1893, p. [i-v], [i]-i2, [1 p. expl. pi], pi. 1-2. 

4: 1894, p. [i-iii], [i]-26, pi. 1-5. 

5: 1896, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-ii, [i]-37,^/. 1-5 (P- 33: 25 Oct. 1896). 

6: 1898, p. [i-v], [i]-3i, [i]-ii, index, pi. i-vii. (on p. [v]: 3 Mai 1898). 

Copies: HH and US (slight variations). 

Ref. : BM 1:97; Kew 4 : 500. 

302. Palmae novae paraguayenses quas descripsit et iconibus illustravit [auctor.] Rio de 
Janeiro (Leuzinger) 1899. Qu. (Palm. Paraguay.) 

Publ. : 1899 (p. ix: 28 Sep 1898), p. [i]-ix, [i]-66, pi. 1-6, lithographs by author. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : Kew 4:500. 

303. Palmae hasslerianae novae, ou relacao das Palmeiras encontradas no Paraguay pel 
Dr. Emilio Hassler de 1898- 1899 determinadas e desenhadas por J. Barbosa Rodrigues 
. . . Rio de Janeiro (Leuzinger) 1900. Qu. (Palm, hassler.) 

Publ.: 1900 after n Jun (preface p. vii), p. [i]-vii, errata slip, [i]-i6, [1]. Copy: NY. 
Ref.: BM 4: 1706, 6: 57; Kew 4: 500. 

304. Myrtacees du Paraguay recueillies par Mr. le Dr. Emile Hassler et determiners par 
J. Barbosa Rodrigues. Bruxelles (J. Gofnn & fils). 1903. Oct. (Myrt. Paraguay). 
Publ.: 1903 (p. vii: 22 Jun 1902, Nat. Nov. Nov 1903), p. [i]-vii, [i]-20, pi. 1-26 (uncol. 

lithographs by author). Copies: BR, McVaugh, NY, USDA. 
Ref. : BM 6: 57; Kew 4: 500. 

305. Sertum palmarum brasiliensium ou relation des palmiers nouveaux du Bresil decouverts, 
decrits et dessines d'apres nature par J. Barbosa Rodrigues, Bruxelles (Veuve Monnom), 
2 parts. 1903. Broadsheet. (Sert. palm, brasil.) 

1 : 1903 (p. xiii: 19 Feb 1903), front, portr. author, p. [i]-xxix, [i]-i40, pi. i-gi (chromo- 
lithographs). 

2 : 1903 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1903, original price of the two parts together DM 600), p. [i-iii], 
[i]-ii4, pi. 1-83. Copy: US. 

Ref. : BM 6: 57; Kew 4: 500; NI 1660. 
Balis, Hortus belgicus 76. 1962. 

Barcelo y Combis, Francisco (x-1889), Spanish botanist. (Barcelo). 

herbarium and types: Unknown; some material at CGE and K. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 120; BL 2 : 490 ; BM 1 : 97-98 ; Colmeiro 1 : 

clxiii; Jackson p. 341 ; Kew 1 : 158. 

Barcelo y Combis, Flora de las Islas Baleares, p. [ii]. 1881 (list of publications faces t.p.). 

306. Flora de las Islas Baleares, seguida de un diccionario de los nombres baleares, castel- 
lanos y botanicos, de las plantas espontaneas y de las cultivadas . . . Palma (Pedro Jose" 
Gelabert) 1 879-1 881. Oct. (in fours). (Fl. Baleares). 

part pages date Nat. Nov. part pages date Nat. Nov. 

1 5-150 Mar 1880 4 445-596 Mar 1881 

2 151-300 Apr 1880 5 597-643, [i]-xlviii, Nov 1881 

3 301-444 Jul 1880 [xlix-1] 

See p. [ii] for a list of other publications by Barcelo on the flora of the Baleares. Copies: 

HH, NY. 

Ref: BL 2: 490; BM 1: 98; Jackson p. 341; Kew 1: 158. 

120 



Barckhausen, Gottlieb (fl. 1775), German physician and botanist. (Barckhausen) . 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 120; BM 1 : 98; Kew 1 : 158; PR 41 1. 

eponymy: Barckhausenia Menke (1854) > Barckhausia A. P. de Candolle (181 3, orth. var.) ; 
Barkhansia Moench (1794). 

307. Specimen botanicum sistens fasciculum plantarum ex flora comitatus lippiaci quod 
consensu illustris medicorum ordinis pro gradu doctoris medicinae obtinendo d. 30 dec. 
1775 exhibuit Gottlieb Barckhausen Lippiacus. Goettingen (Joh. Christian Dieterich) 
[1775]. Qu. (Spec, hot.) 

Pabl.: 30 Dec 1775 (date thesis; GGA 27 Feb 1776), p. [i]-28, [2, theses]. Copies: HH, 

USD A. - For a commentary see Schulz-Halle. 
Ref.: BM 1: 98; Kew 1: 158; PR 411. 

Schulz-Halle, Jarhesb. westfal. Provinzial-Ver. Wiss. Kunst (Bot.) 42: 152-157. 1914. 

Barham, Henry (1670- 1726), British surgeon who settled in Jamaica. (Barham). 

herbarium and types: BM (Sloane herbarium). 

Ref.: IH 2: 55- 

Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 87. 1958. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 121; BB p. 20; BM 1: 99; DNB 3: 186; 
Jackson p. 509; Kew 1 : 160; Langman p. 1 1 1 ; PR 413. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 8. 1898, 3: 19. 1902. 

eponymy: Barhamia Klotzsch ex B. C. Seemann (1853). 

308. Hortus americanus : containing an account of the trees, shrubs, and other vegetable 
productions, of South- America and the West India Islands and particularly of the island 
of Jamaica; interspersed with many curious and useful observations, respecting their 
uses in medecine, diet, and mechanics. By the late Dr. Henry Barham. To which are 
added, a Linnean index, etc., etc., etc. Kingston, Jamaica (Alexander Aikman) 1794. 
Oct. (Hort. amer.) 

PubL: 1794 but not received by Gentlem. Magaz. before Oct. 1795. - According to 
Fawcett (in Urban 1898) the author was a Jamaica physician who died in 1726. The 
text was written in 171 1 (fide BB p. 11). The mss came into the hands of A. Aikmar 
who published it and added a Linnean index by another, unknown author. This index 
contains various incorrect identifications. - p. [i]-7, 1-2 12, index unpaged [36 p.] 
Copy: NY. 

Ref. : BB p. 1 1 ; BM 1 : 98; Jackson p. 509; Kew 1 : 160; Langman p. 1 1 1 ; PR 413. 
Fawcett in Urban, Symb. ant. 1 : 8. 1898. 
Sherborn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 142. 1938. 

Barla, Joseph Hieronymus (Jerome) Jean Baptiste (Giambattista) (181 7- 1896), 
French botanist, director of the natural history museum at Nice. (Barla). 

herbarium and types: NICE (fungi), W(orch.) A set of 69 specimens of Mycologia 
nicaensis is at FH. 
Ref.: IH2: 55 . 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14-15. 1941. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 391 ; Barnhart 1 : 123; BM 1 : 99; CSP 1 : 181 ; 
GFB p. 48; Jackson p. 147, 279; Kew 1: 161-162; LS 1754-1758; NI 77-79; Plesch p. 
132-133; PR 415-416; Saccardo 1: 22 (bibl.), 2: 15; Saccardo, Cronol. p. xv. 
Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxi. 1883. 
Saccardo, Sylloge fungorum 10: xii. 1892. 
Boullu, Bull. Soc. bot. France 43: 541-542. 1896. 

121 



Boudier, Bull. Soc. Mycol. France 13: 61. 1897. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 95, pi. 137. 1905 (portr.) 
Caziot, Riviera scientifique 5: 11 3- 125. 1918. 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 14-15. 1941. 

eponymy: Barlaea H. G. Reichenbach (1876); Barlaea P. A. Saccardo (1889); Barlaeina 
P. A. Saccardo & P. Sydow (1899). 

handwriting: Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 21. 1975. 

309. Les champignons de la province de Nice et principalement les especes comestibles, suspec- 
tes ou veneneuses dessines d'apres nature et decrits par J B. Barla . . . ouvrage orne de 
48 planches lithographiees et coloriees. Nice (Canis freres). 1859. Oblong qu. {Champ. 
Nice) . 

Publ.: 1859, p. [i]-lv, [i]-i38, [1, h.t.], pi. 1-48. Copy: Stevenson. - The plates, drawn by 

the author are chromoliths by V. Fossat. 
Ref : BM 1 : 49; Jackson p. 2887; NI 77; Plesch p. 132; PR 415. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1:21. 1975 (sold at £ 350). 

310. Flore my cologique illustree [.] Les champignons des Alpes maritimes avec l'indication 
de leurs proprietes utiles ou nuisibles. Nice (A. Gilletta; fasc. 5-7: Robaudi freres) 1888 
[-1892], 7 fasc. Fol. (Fl. mycol. ill.) 

fasc. pages plates dates Nat. Nov. 

888 Apr 1889 

889 Jul 1889 

889 Aug 1889 

890 Jun 1890 
890 Aug 1890 
892 Dec 1892 
892 Dec 1892 

The plates are lithographs of drawings by Barla. Copies: FH, NY, Stevenson (orig. 

sequence) . 

Ref. : BM 1: 99; Kew 1: 162; LS 1758; NI 79; Plesch p. 132 (69 pi.) 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427. 1916. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1:21. 1975 (sold at £ 420). 

Barneoud, Francis Marius (1821-?), French botanist. {Barneoud). 

herbarium and types: Some material at G and P, the reference in IH 2 to a large 
collection by Barneoud at MPU is erroneous. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 56. 

Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 2: 253-254. 1850 (on sale of his herb.) 

bibliography and biography: BM i: 100; CSP 1: 185; Jackson p. 140; Kew 1: 163; 
Langman p. 112; MW p. 31; PR 418-419; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. 

composite works: Gay, Fl. chilen., Cruciferae, Geraniaceae, Vivianiaceae, Tropaeola- 
ceae, Oxalidaceae, Myrtaceae, Portulacaceae, in tomes 1 and 2, 1845 and 1846. 

eponymy: Barneoudia C. Gay (1845). 

311. Botanique. Monographic gener ale de lafamille des Plantaginees. Paris (Fortin, Masson & 
Cie.), Leipzig (L. Michelsen) 1845. Qu. (Monogr. Plantag.) 

Publ. : 1845 (p. 2 : 30 Nov 1844), p. [i-iii], [i]-52. Copy: NY. - Was preceded by his thesis 
of 3 Aug 1844, Memoire de Botanique, Recherches sur le developpement . . . Plumba- 
ginees et des Plantaginees. Paris 1844. 

Ref: BM 1 : 100; Jackson p. 140; Kew 1 : 163; Langman p. 112; MW p. 31. 

322 



I 


[l]-20 


1-8, 3bis, 4-bis, 8bis 1 


2 


21-32 


g-16, gbis, i6bis 1 


3 


33-40 


17-23 1 


4 


41-48 


24-34 1 


5 


49-62 


35-47 1 


6 


63-70 


48-56 1 


7 


71-80 


57-64 1 



Anon., Flora 30: 170-174. 21 Mar 1847 (rev.). 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 4: 499-502. 17 Jul 1846 (rev.). 

Barnes, Charles Reid (1858- 19 10), American bryologist. {Barnes). 

herbarium and types: F; further material at NY, PUR, WELC, WIS. 
Ref.: IH2: 56. 

McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 221. 1972. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhait 1 : 124; BL 1 : 170; BM 1 : 100, 6: 58; Bossert 

p. 25; CSP 12: 50, 13: 308; Kew 1: 163; LS 1762. 

Anon., Bot. Gaz. 49: 321-324. 1910 (portr.) 

Rodgers, Amer. Bot. 1873-1892. p. 324. 1944. 

Rodgers, John Merle Coulter 310. 1944. 

Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 18-20. 1961. 

McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 221. 1972. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 19. 1973. 

eponymy: BarnesiaJ. Cardot (1910). 

312. Analytic keys to the genera and species of North American mosses by Chailes Read Barnes 
. . . revised and extended by Fred DeForest Heald, . . . with the cooperation of the 
author . . . Madison, Wis. (University) 1896. Oct. {Anal, keys JV. Amer. mosses). 
Co-author: Frederick DeForest Heald (1872- 1954). 

Publ. : Dec 1896, in Bull. Univ. Wis. Sci. 1 : [i]-x, [i57]-368. Dec 1896 (wrapper 1897). 
Copies: L, MO, NY, US. - Updating Lesquereux and James' Manual of 1884. Pre- 
liminary versions of the Keys were published in 1886 (Purdue Univ. Bull. 1, Lafayette, 
Ind. 1886, 12 p.) and in 1890, Madison, Wis., 71 p., reprinted from Trans. Wise. 
Acad. Sci. 8 (1890). 
Ref. : BM 1 : 100; Kew 1 : 163. 
A.G., J. Bot. 35: 155-156. 1897. 
Anon., Amer. J. Sci 153: 354. Apr 1897. 
Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. 

Barnhart, John Hendley (1 871- 1949), American botanist and bibliographer at the 
New York Botanical Garden. {Barnhart). 

herbarium and types : NY. 
Ref: IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2: 56. 

bibliography and biography : BFM 2373; BL 1 : 201, 203, 213, 217; BM 6: 58; Bossert 

p. 26; CSP 13: 310; GR p. 204; Kew 1 : 165; Langman p. 112; LS 27546a; LS suppl. 

1769-1770; MW p. 31 ; NI 954, 1481, 1570. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. 

Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 119. 191 1. 

Gleason, J. New York Bot. Gard. 51 : 173-174. 1950. 

Rickett, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 77: 163-175. 1950 (portr., bibl.) 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 20-23. 1973. 

composite works: NAF 25(2) Koeberliniaceae (1910) ; bibl. 9(6) : 427-459. 10 Oct 1916; 
Agaricaceae indexes 9(7): 461-542. 25 Oct 1916; Bibl. 11(2): 87-102. 24 Sep 1937; 
Ustilaginales host index 7(14) : 1031-1045. 23 Oct. 1939; Ured. Ustil. bibl. 7(15) : 1047- 
1108. 14 Jun 1940. - Editor of NAF until 1949. 

eponymy: Barnhartia Gleason (1926). 

Baron, P. Alexis (1754-?), French surveyor and naturalist who lived some time on 
St. Domingue. {Baron). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

123 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 126; BM 1 : 100; MD p. 52-53; PR 421. 
Querard, J. M., La France litteraire 1: 186. 1827. 

eponymy: BaroniaJ. G. Baker (1882), Baroniella Costantin & Gallaud (1907), and JVeo- 
baroniaj. G. Baker (1884) are dedicated to Richard Baron (1847- 1907), English mission- 
ary and collector in Madagascar. 

313. Flore des departemens meridionaux de la France, et principalement de celui de Tarn-et- 
Garonne, ou description des plantes qui croissent naturellement dans ces departemens, 
et de celles qu'on cultive communement dans les jardins, disposers suivant le system 
sexual de Linn£; avec une notice precise de chaque espece, et quelques observations 
modernes ajout^es aux caracteres botaniques qui les distinguent; a laquelle on a joint 
l'epoque de leur floraison, la nature du terrain ou elles naissent, leurs vertues les moins 
equivoques en M^decine, et leur utilite dans les arts. Montauban (J. P. F. Crosilhes) 
1823. Oct. (Fl. dip. merid. France). 

Publ.: 1823, ante 2 ° Sep (BF; reviews Jan 1824, BH), p. [i]-xxxvi, [i]-468. Copies: G, 

HU, NY. 
Re/.: BM 1: 100; Jackson p. 278; MD p. 52-53; PR 421. 

Saint-Hilaire, Bull. Sci. nat. 1(4): 355-357- 1824. 

Baroni, Eugenio (1865-1943), Italian botanist at Firenze. (Baroni). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. - Some Chinese material at K. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 126; BFM 1509; BL 2: 330, 397; BM 1 : 100, 

6:59;CSP 13: 31 1-312; GR p. 513; Kew 1: 165; LS 1 765-1 784, 30875; MW p. 31-32; 

Zander ed. 10, p. 631 ; Saccardo 1 : 22; Saccardo, Cronolog. p. xvi. 

Saccardo, Malphigia 13: 101. 1899 (ref. to portr.) 

Baroni, Supplemento generale (bibliographies on covers of pts. 4, 6. 1901, 1908). 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 159. 1903, 3(3): 174. 1905. 

eponymy: For generic eponyms with the stem Baroni-, vide supra, sub P. A. Baron. 

314. Supplemento generale al "Prodromo della Flora toscana di T. Camel." Firenze (Societa 
botanica Italiana) 1897-1908. Oct. (Suppl. Prodr. fl. tosc.) 

fasc. pages dates on cover 

1 [i]-76 Jun 1897 

2 77-204, err. [i]-5 Jun 1898 

3 205-300, err. [i]-6, cumulative Jun 1899 

4 301-444, err. [i]-i 2, cumulative Oct 190 1 

5 445-48o, err. [1] Jun 1902 

6 481-638 [ I_I 5] Sep 1908 

The covers of part 4 and 5 have a bibliography of 5 1 other publications by Baroni, of 
part 6 idem, 61 nos. The covers are dated. The "aggiunte e correzione," p. [i]-i2, 
cumulative, is included in part 4 of the HH copy, in part 6 of the B copy. The NY copy 
has fasc. 1, p. [i]-92, fasc. 2, p. 93-204. - The dates of receipt annotated by Burnat on his 
copy (NY) confirm the cover dates. Copies: B (orig. covers), BR, HH (orig. covers), MO, 
NY (orig. covers). 
Ref.: BM 1: 100. 

Barrande, Joachim (1799-1883), French palaeontologist. (Barrande). 

collections: Some material in the Sedgwickian, Cambridge. 
Ref. : Sherborn, where is the . . . collection 13. 1940. 

bibliography and biography: BM 1 : 100-101, 6: 59; CSP 1 : 187-188, 6: 577, 7: 90, 
9: 126, 12: 50-51, 13: 513; ME 3: 534; Quenstedt p. 22 (q.v. for biogr. refs.). 

124 



BARTLETT 

Krejci & Woodward, Geol. Magaz. ser. 2. dec. 2. 10: 529-533. 1883 (portr.) 

Geinitz, Leopoldina 20: 78-82. 1884 (bibl.) 

Marcou, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. ser. 2. 2: 539-545. 1884 (portr.) 

Barrande, Systeme silurien du centre de la Boheme, I, vol. 7, p. ix-xvi. 1887 (bibl.) 

Pocta, Z. Mus. Konigr. Bohmen, Naturw. 1918: 72-82, 97-107 (bibl.) 

Svoboda und Prantl, Barrandium, Praha 1958 (p. 47-67). 

Hausen, DSB 1 : 468-469. 1970. 

composite works: Editor of Systeme Silurien du Centre de la Boheme, I. Recherches paleonto- 
logiques, 23 vols., Praha, Paris 1852- 1894. 

eponymy: Barrandeina D. R.J. Stur (1882). 

Barth, Jozsef (Joseph) (1833-1915), Transsylvanian botanist. (Barth). 

herbarium and types: BP. - Exsiccatae: Herbarium transsylvanicum series of phanerogams, 
lichens and bryophytes (ed. 1871-1888; lichens 50 nos., ed. 1873, bryophytes 100 nos., 
1 87 1, also issued as Bryotheca transsilvanica [fasc. i-ii, nos. 1-100, Langenthal 187 1]), sets 
at BP, F, GH, GOET, IBF, KIEL, L, MANCH, NY, W, WRSL. 
/&/.:GRp. 655; IH 2: 57. 

Barth, Verb.. Mitth. Siebenbiirg. Vereins Naturwiss. Hermannst. 27: 97-98. 1877. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 115. 1969, 19(2): 180. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: AG 7: 315; Barnhart i : 130; Bossert p. 26; CSP 7: 92, 

13: 322; GRp. 655. 

Anon., Magy. Bot. Lapok 14: 109. 191 5 (note). 

Bartholomew, Elam (1852- 1934), American farmer, school-teacher, stock-raiser, 
mycologist, and plant collector at Stockton, Kansas. {Barth.) 

herbarium and types: FH. - Bartholomew prepared and published part of the. Fungi 
Columbiani (nos. 2201-4600, 1906-1915) (see Ellis and Everhart), and also issued, under 
his own name North American Uredinales (xxxv cent., nos. 1-3500, 1911-1926), sets at 
BPI, BRU, CM, CUP, DAOM, F, FH, ILL, ISC, KANU, KSC, MASS, MICH, 
MIN, MSC, NEB, NHES, NY, OC, OSC, PAC, PUR, RSA, RUTPP, SCHN, SOC, 
SOLH, TEX, TRTC, UMO, WELC, WIS, WVA. For extensive details see Stevenson. 
Ref.:IH2: 57 . 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 427-428. 1916; 7(15): 1050. 1940. 

Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 33-49. 197 1. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 131; Bossert p. 27; CSP 13: 324, 14: 823; 

Kew 1: 170; LS 1807, 7884-7889, 30893; LS suppl. 1848-1850. 

Chambers, Stockton Review and Record 1 Apr 1926 (4 p.). Copy: NY. 

Bartholomew, E. T., Mycologia 27: 91; 95. 1935 (portr.) 

Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1 : 295. 1935 (portr.) 

Humphrey, Makers Amer. botany 20-21. 1961. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 24. 1973. 

Bartlett, Harley Harris (1886- 1960), American botanist at the University of Michi- 
gan, Ann Arbor. (H. H. Bartlett). 

herbarium and types: MICH; duplicates in many herbaria. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 58. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 131 ; BL 1 : 129; BM 6:61; Bossert p. 27; 

Kew 1 : 171 ; Langman p. 1 15; LS suppl. 1866; MW p. 32, suppl. p. 21 ; Zander ed. 10. 

p. 631. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 57. 1936. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1 : 38-39. 1950 (portr.) 

Anon., Plant Science Bull. 6(3) : 7. i960. 

125 



BARTLETT 

McVaugh, Asa Gray Bull. ser. 2. 3(3/4): inside front and back covers. 1961 (Bartlett 

edited ser. 2). 
Voss, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 88: 47-56. 1961 (portr., bibl.) 
Voss, Rec. Genetic Soc. Amer. 31 : 13-15. 1961. 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 24. 1973. 

eponymy: Bartlettina R. M. King & H. E. Robinson (1971) ; JVeobartlettia R. M. King & 
H. E. Robinson (1971). 

Note: JVeobartlettia Schlechter (1920) is dedicated to Albert William Bartlett (1875- 
1943), American botanist. 

315. Fifty Jive rare books from the Library of Mrs Roy Arthur Hunt. Loaned for an 
exhibition in honor of the Botanical Society of America at their summer meeting Ann 
Arbor, August, 1949. Clements Library. Ann Arbor 1949. Qu. {Fifty Jive rare books). 
Publ.: 1949; 1000 copies printed, p. [i-vii], [i]-55- Copy: FAS. - Contains valuable 

historical and bibliographical information on 55 botanical books of historical im- 
portance. The books are again described in the Hunt catalogue but in general with only 
a reference to Bartlett's more extensive notes. - Bulletin 57 of the Clements 
Library. 

Bartling, Friedrich Gottlieb (1798- 1875), German botanist. (Bartl.) 

herbarium and types: GOET - Exsiccatae: (with Georg Ernst Ludwig Hampe, 1795- 
1 880) : Vegetabilia cellularia in germania septentrionali praesertim in Hercynia et in agro 
Gottingensi lecta, 1832- 1845, series A, Musci (23 dec), B, Hepaticae (8 dec.) ; C, Lichenes 
(7 or 8 dec). Sets at B, BM, GOET, HAL, K, L, M, PC. For details see Sayre 1969. 
Ref.: IH 2: 58. 

Anon., Flora 15(2), Int. Bl. 38-40 (= [54H56]). Aug 1832. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 7. 1969. 

D'Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971 (Bartling material in Bernhardi 
herbarium) . 

bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 132-133; Barnhart 1 : 132; BM 1 : 104; Bossert 

p. 27; CSP 1 : ig9, 6: 578, 13: 324; GR p. 3; Jackson p. 426; Kanitz no. 125; Kew 1 : 

171 ; Langman p. 115; MW p. 32; NDB 1 : 61 1-612; PR 431-434; Zander ed. 10, p. 631. 

Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 2: 6. 1869. 

Anon., Flora 58: 528. 1875; Bot. Zeit. 33: 853-856. 1875; J. Bot. 14: 64. 1876. 

Marchesetti, Atti Museo Civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 133. 1895. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 119. pi. 28. 1903, 3(3): 119. 1905 (portr.) 

eponymy: Bartlingia A. T. Brongniart (1827); Bartlingia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1824); 
Bartlingia F. von Mueller (1882). 

316. Beitrdge zur Botanik. Gottingen (Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht) 1824- 1825, 2 Hefte, 
Oct. (Beitr. Bot.) 

Co-author: Heinrich Ludolph Wendland (1 791-1869). 

I. Diosmeae descriptae et illustratae (Bartling et H. L. Wendland), publ. Mar 1824 (GGA 
8 Mar 1824, Flora 28 Jun 1824; other rev. cf. BH), p. [ii]-x, [i]-2i4, pi. A, B. Copies: 
G, NY. 

II. Descriptiones novarum vel minus cognitarum, auctore H. L. Wendland; Beitrdge zur Flora 
der Oesterreichischen KiXstenlander von F. G. Bartling; Uber den Bau und die Verwandtschaften 
der Alsineen von F. G. Bartling ; publ. Dec 1825 (GGA 12 Dec 1825; Linnaea 1(1) : 116. 
1826 says published before 1 Oct 1825; this must be incorrect, all reviews are from 

Jan 1826 or later (BH)), p. [i-vi], [i]-2io. Copies: G, NY. 
Ref: BM 1: 104; Kew 1: 171; PR 432; IDC 500. 

317. Ordines naturales plantarum eorumque characteres et affmitates adjecta generum 
enumeratione. Gottingen (Dieterich) 1830. Oct. (Ord. nat.pl.) 

Publ.: Sep 1830 (p. iv: 1 Aug 1830; 'previewed' by GGA as early as 20 Mar 1830, 
announced as published in Sep 1830 by Intelligenzbl. Jena; Allg. Lit. Zeit. 27(55) : 

126 



BARTON, B. S. 

438. 1830; Lit. Ber. Flora 1: 32. Jan-Mai 1831), p. [i]-iv, tabula ('p.v.'), [i]-4g8. 
Copies: M, U. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 104; Jackson p. 494; Langman p. 1 15; MW 32; PR 433; IDC 5832. 

Barton, Benjamin Smith (1766- 18 15), American botanist at Philadelphia; uncle of 
W. P. C. Barton. {Barton). 

herbarium and types : PH (with the herbarium of William Paul Crillon Barton) . 
Re/.: IH2:58. 

Barnhart, Bartonia 9: 35-42. 1926. 

Pennell, Bartonia 9: 20. 1926. 

Pennell, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 86: 108-122. 1942. 

Pennell, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 94: 139-144. 1950. 

Ewan, DSB 1 : 485. 1970. 

Stuckey, Taxon 20: 444. 1971 . 

manuscripts: Original manuscripts, papers and letters at the American Philosophical 
Society, Philadelphia, the Pennsylvania Historical Society, the Boston Public Library, 
the Library of Congress and in the private collection of J. R. Delafield. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 132; BB p. 22; BM 1 : 105, 6: 61; Bossert 

p. 27; CSP 1: 199-200; DAB 2: 17-18; Dawson p. 37; Jackson p. 36; Kew 1: 171; 

ME 1 : 34, 163; 3: 544 [index]; NI 82; Nickles p. 74; Plesch p. 132-134; PR 435-439; 

Quenstedt p. 23; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3 : 290. 1 798. 

Barton, W. P. C, Benjamin Smith Barton. Philadelphia 1816, 34 p. ; The Portfolio ser. 4. 

1(4): 275-287. 1816 (portr.) 
Barton, W. P. C. in B. S. Barton, Elements of botany ed. 4. 1836, p. n-34. 
Youmans, Pioneers of science in America 81-89. 1896. 
Harshberger, Botanists Philadelphia 108-117, 440. 1899. 
Lloyd and Lloyd, Bull. Lloyd Libr. Bot. Reproduction series 1: 1-11. 1900 (biogr., 

portr.) 
Stone, Bird-Lore 7: 193-194. 1905. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 177. 1903, 3(3): 191. 1905. 
Kelly, Some American medical botanists 88-96. 19 14. 

Packard in Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 68-69. I 9 2 °- 
Smith, Papers Lancaster County Historical Society 28(4): 57-66. 1924. 
Pennell, Bartonia 9: 17-34. J 926. 

Middleton, Ann. med. Hist. ser. 2. 8: 477-491. 1936 (portr.) 
McAtee, Castanea 3: 85-117. 1938 (journal visit Virginia 1802). 
Packard, Annual Rep. Penn. Hospital 190: 6-8. 1941. 
Pennell, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 86: 108-122. 1942 (detailed study). 
Harper, Library Bull. Amer. philos. Soc. 1945: 27-38. 
Graustein, Pennsylvania Mag. Hist. Biogr. 85: 423-438. 1961. 
Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. botany 21-23. 1961. 
Bell, J. Hist. Med. allied Sci. 19: 419-421. 1964. 
Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 460. 1967. 
Ewan, Short hist. bot. US 161 [index]. 1969. 

Ewan, DSB 1 : 484-486. 1970 (q.v. for further secondary literature). 
Bell, J. Hist. Med. allied Sci. 26: 197-203. 1971. 
Ewan, Amer. philos. Soc. Report Comm. Research 1973: 569-571. 1974 (on a survey of 

Barton's papers in the Society's library) . 

eponymy (genera): Bartonia Muhlenberg ex Willdenow (1801, nom. cons.); Bartonia 
Pursh ex Sims (181 2); (journal): Bartonia a botanical annual. Proceedings of the 
Philadelphia Botanical Club. Philadelphia, Pa. Vol. i-x, 1908-x. (Also dedicated to 
William Paul Crillon Barton (1786- 1856), q.v.) 

handwriting: Castanea 3: 117. 1938; Ann. med. Hist. ser. 2. 8: 484-485. 1936 (see also 
above under "manuscripts"). 

127 



BARTON, B. S. 

318. Observations on some parts of natural history; to which is prefixed an account of several 
remarkable vestiges of an ancient date, which have been discovered in different parts of 
North America. Part 1. London (author). [1787] Oct. f {Obs. nat. hist.) 

PubL: 1787, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-v, 7-76, 1 pi. Copy: Ewan. 
Ref. : ME 3 : 354. 

319. Collections for an essay towards a materia medica of the United States. Read before the 
Philadelphia medical Society, on the twenty-first of February, 1798 . . . Fidem non 
abstulit error. Philadelphia (Way & Groff ) 1 798. Qu. {Coll. mater, med. U.S.) 

First part: 1798 (p. iv: 12 Mar 1798), p. [i]-vii, [i]-49, index to part 1 by Lloyd Library 
in 1900 reprint p. [i]-iv. Reprinted Philadelphia (R. Carr) 1801. 

Second part: Aug-Oct 1804 (p. ii, deposit 14 Feb 1804; Med. Rep. rd. Aug-Oct), p. [i]- 
xvi, [i]-53, index to part 2 by Lloyd Library in 1900 reprint p. [v]-vii. 

Ed. 3 (of part 1; ed. 2 of part 2): Philadelphia (Earle) 1810. 

Facsimile ed.: Cincinnati (Lloyd) 1900. Copy: B. - Bull. Lloyd Libr. no. 1, repr. ser. 1. 

Ref. : Kew 1 : 171; ME 3 : 361 . 

Lloyd and Lloyd, Bull. Lloyd Library, reproduction series no. 1. 1900. 

320. Fragments of the natural history of Pennsylvania. Part first. Philadelphia (Way & Groff) 
1799. Fol. J (Fragm. nat. hist. Pennsylvania). 

Publ. : Jun 1 799 (p. iii : 18 Apr 1 799 ; donated to Amer. philos. Soc. by author on 2 1 Jun 
1 799 j presented to the Royal Society on 14 Nov 1799; rev. GGA 8 Nov 1800), 
p. [i]-xviii, [i]-24. Copies: HH, NY. "Very rare" (ME). Reprinted by Osbert Salvin 
for the Willughby Society, London 1883, p. [i]-v, [i]-xviii, [i]-24- Copy: NY. 

Ref: BM 1: 105; ME 3: 361; PR 436. 

Mitchill, Med. Repos. 3(2): 177-189. Oct 1799. 

321. Elements of botany: or outlines of the natural history of vegetables. Illustrated by 
thirty plates. Philadelphia (author) 1803. Oct. [Elem. hot.) 

Ed. 1. 1803 (rev. Med. Repos. dated (1) Mai-Jul, (2) Aug-Oct). Part 1: [i]-xii, [i], 
[i]-302, [i]-32, pi. 1 as frontispiece; Part 2: [i]-i68, [appendix: i]-38, [1, dir. 
binding], pi. 2-30. Copies: HH, NY. 

London edition: 1804, "revised and corrected with the addition of British examples and 
occasional notes, by the English editor", London (J. Johnson, I. Gold), p. [i]-xii, 
[xiii-xiy], [i]-i45, [1471-252, [2531-344, app. [i]-35,/>/. 1-30. Copy: HH. 

Ed. 2: Philadelphia (author) 1812-1814, 2 parts Oct., part 1, Apr-Sep 1812 (p. xviii: 
27 Mar 181 1 ; New Engl. J. Surg. rev. Oct 1812), p. [i]-xviii, [i]-324, [20 p. index], 
pi. i-v, xxxii-xxxiii; Part 2, 1814 (p. iv: 25 Apr 1814), p. [i-iv], [i]-72, ["third part"] : 
[i]-8o, app. [i]-44, pi. vi-xxxi, xxxiv-xl, "corrected and greatly enlarged". Copies: 
HH, NY. 

Ed. 3: Philadelphia (Robert Desilver) 1827, 2 vols. Oct. "illustrated by forty plates, . . . 
corrected and greatly enlarged". This is a reissue of the sheets of the second edition 
with cancellans title page. Copy: HH. 

Ed. 4: Philadelphia (Robert Desilver) 1836, Oct. "illustrated by forty engravings: . . . 
a new edition : revised and condensed, with an account of the life and writings of the 
author, by William P. C. Barton, M. D. ..." (p. 5: preface 18 Nov 1836, biogr. 
P- 1 !-34)> P- [3]-325> Pi- i-3 6 > 38-40. Copies: HH, NY, US. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 105; ME 3: 363-364; Plesch p. 133 (London 1804); PR 437. 

322. Flora virginica: sive plantarum, praecipue indigenarum, Virginiae historia in- 
choata, iconibus illustrata. Pars prima. Philadelphia (D. Heartt) 1812. Oct. f {Fl. 
virgin.) 

PubL: 1812 -, p. [i]-xi, Flora virg.: [i]-iv, [i]-24, 33-74. From contemporary cor- 
respondence (see Darlington 1843 and Graustein 1861) it seems possible that a few 
copies were distributed (in England, not in the U.S.A.) before April 1813. Persoon 
had a copy at least in 18 14. Copies exist for instance at the Philadelphia Library, the 
American Philosophical Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 
HH has a photographic copy. The book remained unfinished and the plates an- 
nounced on the title page did not appear. First review Dec 181 2, Med. Phys. J. 
(London) 28: 517. Barton frequently quotes in this work another flora by himself, the 

128 



BARTON, W. P. C. 

Prodromus florae Pennsylvaniae of which no copies are known to exist (see Pennell 1926). 
Ref. : Jackson p. 365; ME 3: 372; PR 438. 

Barton, B. S., Philadelphia Med. Phys. J. suppl. 1: 77-92. Mar 1806 [preliminary 

announcement] . 
Darlington, Reliquiae baldwinianae 78. 1843. 
Pennell, Bartonia 9: 28-34. 1926. 
Graustein, Pennsylvania Mag. Hist. Biogr. 85: 431. 1961. 

Barton, William Paul Crillon (1786- 1856), American botanist at Philadelphia; 
nephew of B. S. Barton. (W. Barton). 

herbarium and types: PH (incl. the herbarium of Benjamin Smith Barton). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 58. 

Barnhart, Bartonia 9: 35-42. 1926. 

Pennell, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 94: 139-151. 1950. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 133; BM 1 : 105; Bossert p. 27; CSP 1 : 200; 

Kew 1 : 172; ME 1 : 163, 3: 535, 724; NI 84-85; Plesch p. 134-135; PR 442-446; Zander 

ed. 10, p. 632. 

Harshberger, Botanists Philadelphia 159-163. 1899. 

Pleadwell, Ann. med. Hist. 2(3): 267-301. 1919 (portr.) 

Kelly and Burrage, Amer. med. Biogr. 70. 1920. 

Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 460-461. 1967. 

eponymy (journal) : Bartonia a botanical annual. Proceedings of the Philadelphia 
Botanical Club. Philadelphia, Pa. Vol. i-x, 1908-x. (Also named for Benjamin Smith 
Barton (1 766-1815), q.v., to whom also the generic names Bartonia Muhlenberg ex 
Willdenow (1801, nom. cons.) and Bartonia Pursh ex Sims (181 2) are dedicated). 

handwriting: Ann. med. Hist. 2(3): 269-270. 1919. 

323. Florae philadelphicae prodromus; plantarum quae hactenus exploratae fuere, quaeque 
in ipso opere ulterius describentur, exhibens enumerationem : or, Prodromus of the 
Flora philadelphica; exhibiting a list of all the plants to be described in that work, 
which have yet been collected. Simul et jucunda et idones dicere vitae. - Hora- 
ce. Philadelphia (for author by J. Maxwell) 18 15. Qu. (in twos). (Fl. philadelph. 
prodr.) 

Publ.: After 2 Oct 18 15 (date of legal deposit; Barton sent a signed and dated copy to 
Persoon on 6 Jun 1815, copy now at L.), p. [i]-vii, [g]-ioo. Copies: L, USDA. 

Ref. : Jackson p. 365; Kew 1: 172; ME 3: 374-375; PR 442. 

Rafinesque, Amer. montly Mag. crit. Rev. 1 : 356-359. Sep 181 7. 

324. Vegetable materia medica of the United States; or medical botany: containing a 
botanical, general, and medical history, of medicinal plants indigenous to the United 
States. Illustrated by coloured engravings, made after original drawings from nature, 
done by the author. Philadelphia (M. Carey and Son) 18 17-18 18, 2 vols. Qu. (Veg. 
mater, med. U.S.) 

vol. number pages plates dates 



I 


I 


[i]-xv, [i7]-76 




1-6 


1 Sep 18 1 7 




2 


[i-ii, adv.], [77]- 


148 


y-12 


1 Dec 181 7 




3 


[i49]-2i9 




14-18 


1 Apr 1818 




4 


[22l]-273 




19-24 


summer 18 18 


2 


5/6 


[i]-xvi, [18]- 1 24 




25-36 


7 Dec 1818 




7 


[I251-I76 




37-42 


24 Feb 1 8 19 




8 


[1771-243 




43-50 


23JUI 1819 



Data obtained from a copy in original covers at NY. These data are confirmed by 
various reviews (BH). Errata to numbers 1-3 on p. 1 of the covers. Copies: HU, NY (2). 

129 



BARTON, W. P. C. 

Seconded, (of vol. i only): Philadelphia (H. C. Carey & I. Lea) 1825, [i]" xv > [ z 7]-273, 
[1 note], pi. 1-24. Copy: NY. - Possibly simply a reissue with new t.p. 

Plates: Handcoloured, engraved after drawings by the author. 

Ref.: BM 1: 105; DU 25; GF p. 48; Jackson p. 360; Kew 1: 172; ME 3: 377; Plesch 
p. 134; NI 85; PR 444; IDC 5834. 
North Amer. Rev. 6: 344, 368. Mar 1818. 
Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 318. 1945. 

325. Compendium florae philadelphicae : containing a description of the indigenous and 
naturalized plants found within a circuit of ten miles around Philadelphia. Philadelphia 
(M. Carey & Son) 1818, 2 vols. Duod. (in sixes). (Comp.fl. philadelph.) 

Publ. : Early Aug 1818 - 1 : [i-viii], [r]-2-5i, 2 : [i]-234- Copy: Ewan. .- "The Compendium 
was copyrighted 9 July 18 18, the preface was dated 11 July 18 18. Nuttall is cited 
throughout, but it is apparent from the preface that this was possible by access to the 
Nuttall manuscripts or proof-sheets; in the addenda at the end are included two 
plants collected June 18 18, and one July 18 18; the work was probably issued early in 
August 1818" [J. H. Barnhart]. In the light of Barnhart's remarks Kuntze's as- 
sumption that the book was issued about January 1818 is untenable. The book did 
not antedate Nuttall's Genera [May 1818]. The first review known to us is of 1 Jan 181 9 
(Amer. Med. Rec. Philadelphia 2(5): 86-89). 

Ref.: BM 1 : 105; Jackson p. 365; Kew 1 : 172; ME 3: 381-382; PR 445; IDC 5833. 
Kuntze, Revisio Gen. pi. 3(2): 154. 1898. 
Barnhart, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 26: 379. 1899. 

326. A flora of North America: Illustrated by coloured figures, drawn from nature. 
Philadelphia (1: M. Carey & Sons; 2, 3: H. C. Carey & I. Lea) [i820-]i82i-i823 
[-1824], 3 v °l s - Q. u - (&• N. Amer.) 

vol. number pages plates dates 



I 


I 


[i-vi], [l]-I2 




1-3 


1 Aug 1820 




2 


[ J 3]-24 




4-6 


1 Sep 1820 




3 


25-36 




7-9 


1 Oct 1820 




4 


[37]-44 




10-12 


Nov 1820 




5 


[45]-54 




13-15 


Dec 1820 




6 


[551-66 




16-18 


Jan 182 1 




7 


[67]-8 2 , [4 p. 


adv.] 


ig-21 


Feb 1 82 1 




8 


[83]-90 




22-24 


Mar 1 82 1 




9 


[9i]-98 




25-27 


Apr 1 82 1 




10 


[ 99 ]-io8 




28-30 


Mai 1 82 1 




11 


[iog]-n8 




31-33 


Jun 182 1 




12 


[n9]-i3 8 > i\ 

[xx, binder] 


-xix, 


34-3 6 


Jul 1821 



Copy in original covers at NY. Covers dated. The six pages [i-vi] preface material in 
fasc. 1 contained [i] h.t. ; [iii], t.p. dated 1820; [iv] registration 1 Aug 1820; [v, vi] adv.; 
p. [iii-vi] of this material was obviously usually replaced by the new preface material 
issued with fasc. 1 2 which has on p. [ii] the registration date 1 Jul 1 82 1 . The half title [i] 
in fasc. 1 is usually retained and then precedes [i] of fasc. 12. Other copies: H, HU (2), 
MO, NY (2), US. - The covers of fasc. 1-3 have "... illustrated by original coloured 
figures . . .", "original" also on h.t.'s. 

No copies in original wrappers of vols. 2 and 3 have come to our attention. They were 
also published in parts but contents and dates are not known. Copies: as above. 

vol. pages plates dates 

Jul-Dec 182 1 

Jan-Jul 1822 

Aug-Dec 1822 

1823, last part 1824 (P- vii: 31 Dec 1823) 

130 



[l]-42 




37-50 


43-107, 


[i]-x 


51-70 


[i]-40 




71-85 


41-100, 


[i]-[viii] 


86-106 



BARTRAM, J. 

The plates are handcoloured and engraved after drawings by W. P. C. Barton; some are 
stipple-engravings partially printed in colour and finished by hand (cf. Advertisement). 
- "In some copies there is no plate numbered 88 but two plates are then numbered 92" 
(GF p. 48). Copies with uncoloured plates also exist (HU). 

Re/.: BM 1: 105; DU 26; GF p. 48; Jackson p. 355; Kew 1: 172; ME 3: 385; NI 84; 
Plesch p. 134; PR 446; RS p. 73; IDC 803. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 24-25. 1975 (sold at £ 580). 

Bartram, Edwin Bunting (1878- 1964), American bryologist. (E. B. Bartram). 

herbarium and types: FH (75.000). - Exsiccatae: Mosses of Southern Arizona (fasc. 
i-vii, nos. 1-175, Bushkill, Pa., 1924-1927): FH, NY, PC. 
Re/.: IH2:58. 

Sayie, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 180-181. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 132 (orig. inf.) ; Bossert p. 27; Kew 1 : 172; 

MW p. 32, suppl. p. 21. 

Roon, Int. dir. spec. pi. tax. 15. 1958. 

Crum, The Bryologist 69: 125-134. 1966 (portr., bibl.) ; Rev. bryol. lichenol. 89: 931- 

936. 1966 (portr., bibl.) 
Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 24. 1973. 

eponymy: Bryobartramia Sainsbury (1948). 

Note: For other eponyms based on the name Bartram, cf. infra, sub J. Bartram. 

327. Mosses of the Philippines, The Philippine Journal of Science 68 (1-4). 1939. Oct. 
Journal publ.: 3 Jun 1939, p. [i]-iii, [i]-437>i^- 1 ' 2 9- 

Facsimile ed.\ Koenigstein-Taunus (Otto Koeltz) 1972, ISBN 3-87429-033-6, [i*-ii*J, 

[i]-iii, [i]-437>i^- 1-^9- Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : MW suppl. 2 1 . 

Anon., Taxon 21 : 701. 1972522: 169. 1973. 

328. Mosses of Guatemala, Fieldiana, Botany 25: [i-v], [i]-442. 190 text ill. 1949. Oct. 
Journal ed.: 31 Jan 1949, p. [i]-v, [i]-442, pi. 1-190. Copies: HH, MICH, U. 
Facsimile ed.: Chicago 1972 in.v.). 

Bartram, John (1699- 1777), American pioneer botanist, Quaker, founder of the first 
botanical garden in America near Philadelphia in 1728, sent many living plants to 
England, "the earliest native-born American botanist." (J. Bartram). 

herbarium: Bartram sent plants to Linnaeus (now LINN), Sloane (BM), Sherard and 
Dillenius (OXF) and, perhaps, to Bernard de Jussieu (P-JU). Some material also at 
UPS (Thunberg), but possibly in part from William Bartram. The Bernhardi herbarium 
at MO has also some John Bartram material (D'Arcy). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 58. 

Druce, Account herbaria Oxford 9. 1897. 

Druce and Vines, The Dillenian herbaria 1907. 

Jackson, Index Linnaean herbarium 10. 191 2. 

Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 88-89. I 95^- 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 126-127. 1964. 

D'Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 197 1 . 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 133 (q.v. for standaid references); BB 

p. 22-23; BM 1 : 105, 6: 62; DAB 2: 26-28; HU [index vol. 2]; Kew 1: 173; Lasegue 

P- 4595 PR (ed. 1) 529, (ed. 2) p. 15; ME 1: 163, 3: 535. 

Bartram, W., Philadelphia med. phys. J. 1(1): 1 15-124. 1805. 

Gray in Hooker, Lond. J. Bot. 1: 1. 2. 1842. 

Darlington, Memorials of John Bertram and Humphry Marshall. Philadelphia 1849 

(see also Ewan, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3(5) : 263-272. 1957, and Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 

2: 62-64. 1850.). 

131 



BARTRAM, J. 

Pyle, Harper's Magaz. 60: 321-330. 1880. 

Youmans, Pioneers of science in America 24-39. 1896. 

Harshberger, Botanists of Philadelphia 46, 76, 85, 440. 1899. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 191. 1905. 

Britten, J. Bot. 44: 213-214. 1906 (on mss at BM). 

Kelly, Some American medical botanists 49-59. 1914. 

Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linne 21(1): 165-168. 1916. 

Fox, John Fothergill 157-173. 1919. 

Middleton, Scientific Monthly 21: 19 1-2 16. 1925. 

Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 70-71. 1920. 

Anon., An account of The Bartram Garden Philadelphia published in "The Horti- 
culturist" in 1850, revised and corrected by the author . . . 1864. Reprinted Phila- 
delphia 1929. {Copy: MO). 

Barnhart, Bartonia 12: special issue p. 24-37. I 93 I * 

Barnhart, Bartonia 12: special issue p. 51-67. 1931 (bibl., q.v. for all earlier publications 
relating to John Bartram) . 

Brett-James, John Bartram and his botanic garden (p. 75-76) 193 1 (reprint from 
unknown journal, at K). 

Fagin, William Bartram 218 [index]. 1933. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 57. 1936. 

Earnest, John and William Bartram, Philadelphia 1940. 

Cheston, John Bartram, his garden and his house. 

Herbst, New Green World, New York 1954, 272 p. 

West, Western Pennsylv. hist. Magaz. 38: 111-115. 1955. 

West, Pennsylvania History 23: 463-466. 1956. 

Prince, Garden J. 7: 141-143, 152, 189-191. 1957. 

Stearn, Cat. bot. books Hunt 2: lxxxi-lxxxiii. 1961. 

Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 23-25. 1961. 

Randall, Bull. Appalachian State Teachers' College 1963: 13-17. 

Fletcher, John Bartram, Fanner-Botanist. The John Bartram Association, Philadelphia, 
Penn. s.d. (ca. 1965), 16 p. Copy: Ewan. 

Stewart, Gard. J. New York Bot. Gard. 17: 11-14. 1967 (on only known painting of 
J. B.). 

Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr. Alexander Garden of Charles Town 371. 1969. 

Coats, The plant hunters 273-276, 278-280, 386. 1969. 

Bell, DSB 1 : 486-488. 1970 (bibl.) 

Walker, Newsletter Arboretum Barnes Foundation 4: 4-7. 1970. 

eponymy: Bartramia}. Hedwig (1801, nom. cons.); Bartramia Linnaeus (1753, nom. rej.); 
Bartramia R. A. Salisbury (1796); Bartramidula Bruch & W. P. Schimper (1846, nom. 
cons.); Bartramiopsis Kindberg (1894). 

Bartram, William (1739-1823), American botanist at Philadelphia, son of John 

Bartram. (W. Bartram). 

herbarium and types : The only plants collected by William Bartram that are known 
to be extant are in the general herbarium of BM. It is questionable whether they 
constitute his original herbarium. There may be some William Bartram specimens at 
UPS in the Thunberg herbarium. The original manuscript and 53 drawings of the 
plants and animals are in BM. 
Ref.: IH 2: 58. 

Hist. Coll. BMNH 132-133. 1904. 

Ewan, Year Book Amer. philos. Soc. 1965: 522-525. 

bibliography and biography: AG (2) : 52-53; Barnhart p. 133; BB p. 23; BM 1 : 105; 
Bossert p. 27; CSP 1: 200-201; HU 722; Kew 1: 173; ME 1: 163-164, 3: 535; Plesch 
p. 135; PR 447; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 

Ord. [?], Cabinet of Natural History and Amer. rural Sports 2: i-vii. 1832 (portr.) 
Darlington, Memorials of John Bartram and Humphry Marshall. Philadelphia 1849. 
Youmans, Pioneers of science in America 24-39. J 896. 

132 



BARTRAM, W. 

Haishberger, Bot. Philadelphia 86-91, 440. 1899. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 177. 1903, 3(3): 192. 1905. 

Morris, Cassinia 10: 1-9. 1906 (portr.) 

Fox, Fothergill 185. 19 19. 

Anon., An account of the Bartram garden Philadelphia published in "The Horti- 
culturist" in 1850, revised and corrected by the author . . . 1864. Reprinted Philadel- 
phia 1929. 

Barnhart, Bartonia 12, special issue p. 51-67. 1931 (bibl. q.v. for all earlier publications 
by and relating to both John and William Bartram and the Bartram garden). 

Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 70-71. 1920. 

Anon. [Witmer Stone], Two hundredth anniversary of the founding of the first botanic 
garden in the American colonies by John Bartiam, June 5-6. 1931. Philadelphia 1931. 

Stone, Bartonia 12, special issue p. 19-23. 1931. 

True, Bartonia 12, special issue p. 7-19. 1931. 

Fagin, William Bartram interpreter of the American landscape. Baltimore 1933. 

Harper and Leeds, Bartonia 19: 1-3. 

Earnest, John and William Bartram, botanists and explorers. Philadelphia 1940. 

Harper, Libr. Bull. Amer. philos. Soc. 1945: 27-38. 1946 (proposals for publishing B's 
Travels) . 

Harper, Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 97: 571-577. 1953. 

Herbst, New Green World, London, New York 1954, 272 p. 

Harper, Travels of William Bartram. Naturalist's edition. New Haven 1958 (extensive 
commentary and annotated index). 

Randall, Bull. Appalachian State Teachers' College 1963: 13-17. 

Sutton, A & M., Exploring the Bartrams. Chicago 1963. 

Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 461. 1967. 

Ewan, William Bartram. Philadelphia 1968. 

Berkeley and Berkeley, Dr. Alexander Garden of Charles Town 371. 1969. 

Coats, The plant hunters 166, 274-276, 292. 1969. 

Wilbur, J. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 87(2): 56-71. 1971 (on binomials). 

Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23(4) : 462. 1974 (portr.) 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Bartram, cf. supra, sub J. Bartram. 

note: For information on William Bartram (ca. 1673-ca. 171 1), grandfather of William 
(1739-1823) and father of John Bartram (1699-1777) see West, Pennsylvania geneal. 
Mag. 20: 253-255. 1956-57- 

329. Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia East & West Florida, the Cherokee 
Country, the extensive territories of the Muscogulges, or Creek Confederacy, and the 
country of the Chactaws ; containing an account of the soil and natural productions of 
those regions, together with observations on the manners of the Indians. Embellished 
with copper-plates. Philadelphia (James and Johnson) 1791. Oct. (in fours). {Travels 
Carolina) . 

The various editions are listed here in accordance with Barnhart (193 1). 
I. First edition: 1791, probably autumn (p. ii: 26 Aug 16th year of the Republic), 
p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xxxiv, [i]-522, frontispiece, 7 unnumbered plates, map. (page nos. 265, 
266 omitted, 289, 290 duplicated. Plates inserted in various positions). Copies: HH, 
NY (added : type- written index to binomials by Merrill) . - For the validity of Bar- 
tram's binomials see Rickett (who considers them not validly published) and Merrill 
(who lists those which are, in his opinion, validly published). Ewan (1968) supports 
Merrill's viewpoint. See also Wilbur 1971. 
I a. First London edition. 1792, Oct. "Travels ... regions; together ... by William 
Bartram." Philadelphia: . . . 1 791 . London: reprintedfor J. Johnson . . . 1792, p. [i]- 
xxiv, [i]-520, [i-n, index], [1, err.] 1, [1, dir. binder], frontsipiece, pi. i-j, map. 
Copies: BR, HH, NY. 
lb. Dublin edition. 1793. Oct. "Travels . . . Chactaws. Containing . . . regions; together 
. . . Bartram." Dublin (J. Moore, W. Jones, R. M'Allister and J. Rice) 1793, p. [i]- 
xxiv, [i]-520, index [i-xi], [1, binder], frontispiece,^/. 1-7, map. Copy: US. 
ic. Second London edition. 1794. Oct. "Travels ... Chactaws. Containing ... regions; 

133 



BARTRAM, W. 

together . . . Bartram. The second edition in London. Philadelphia ... 1791. Lon- 
don: reprinted . . . 1794," p. [i]-xxiv, [i]-520, index [i-vi, vii errata], frontispiece, 
pi. 1-7, map. Copy: NY. 

id. Macy-Masius ed. 1928. Oct. The travels of William Bartram [New York]. 1928. Macy- 
Masius: publishers, p. 1-4 14 [not illustrated]. Reissued New York 1940, edited by 
Mark van Doren; reissued 1955, with 13 illustrations from the original edition, Dover 
Publications (T 13). Copy: FAS. 

ie. Harper ed. 1958. Oct. The travels of William Bartram, naturalist's edition, New Haven 
(Yale University Press) . Annotated edition with bibliography, maps and photographs 
taken on points of the original itinerary. Francis Harper; p. [i]-lxi, map, 1-727, [728- 
732 maps], pi. isg, map. Copies: McVaugh, NY. 

if. Beehive Press ed. 1973. Oct. Travels . . . Florida by William Bartram [.] A facsimile of 
the 1792 London edition embellished with its nine original plates, also seventeen 
additional illustrations and an introduction by Gordon De Wolf. Savannah Georgia 
(The Beehive Press) s.d. [1973]. (intr. by De Wolf p. v-xx). Copy: Ewan. 

2. German translation. William Bartram's Reisen durch Nord- und Siid-Karolina, 
Georgien, Ost- und West-Florida, das Gebiet der Tscherokesen, Krihks und Tschak- 
tahs, nebst umstandlichen Nachrichten von den Einwohnern, dem Boden und den 
Naturprodukten dieser wenig bekannten grossen Lander. Aus dem Englischen. Mit 
erlauternden Anmerkungen von E. A. W. Zimmermann, Hofrath und Professor in 
Braunschweig. Mit Kupfern. Berlin (Vossische Buchhandlung) 1793. Oct., p. [i]- 
xxvi, [i]-46g, pi. 1-8. Copy: NY. 

2a. German translation: William Bartram's Reisen durch Nord- und Siid-Karolina . . . 
in: Magzin von merkwurdigen neuen Reisebeschreibungen vols. 19 and 20, Wien 
1793, p. [i]-xxxix, [i]-404 and [i-viii], [i]-427- Copy: HH. 

3. Dutch translation: Reizen door Noord- en Zuid-Carolina, Georgia, Oost- en West- 
Florida; de landen der Cherokees, der Mucogulges, of het Creek bondgenootschap en 
het land der Chactaws. Door William Bartram. Uit het Engelsch vertaald door 
J. D. Pasteur. Haarlem (Francois Bohn) [1796-1798]. Oct. Part [1]: Apr 1796, 
p. [i]-xxvi, [i-ii], [i]-226, map; part [2]: Mai 1796, p. [i-iv], [227]-50o; part [3]: 
Sep 1798, p. [iii-x], 501-696. Copies: HH, MO. - The Library of Congress has an 
issue in one volume. 

4. French translation: Voyage dans les parties sud de l'Amerique septentrionale; savoir: 
les Carolines septentrionale et meridionale, la Georgie, les Florides orientale et 
occidentale, le pays des Cherokees, le vaste teiritoire des Muscogulges ou de la 
confederation Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; contenant des details sur le sol et les 
productions naturelles de ces contrees, et des observations sur les moeurs des sauvages 
qui les habitent. Par Williams [sic] Bartram. Imprime a Philadelphie, en 1791, et a 
Londres, en 1792, et trad, de l'angl. par P. V. Benoist. Paris (Carteret et Brosson; 
Dugour et Durand), 2 vols., an VII [1799]. Oct. 

Vol. 1: [i], front., [hi], [i]-457, [1, err.], pi. 1-2. Copies: HU, NO, NY. 
Vol. 2. [i], [hi], [ij-436, [1, err.], pi. 3 . Copies: HU, MO, NY. 
Re-issue: Paris, an ix [1801] (n.v.). 
Ref: BM 1: 105; HU 722 (London ed. 1792); Jackson p. 354; Kew 1: 173; PR 447; 

IDC 5835. 
Darlington, Reliquiae Baldwinianae 52 passim. 1843. 
Coues, Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1875: 338-358. 
Barnhart, Bartonia special issue p. 55-57. 1931. 

Fagin, William Bartram, Interpreter of the American landscape. Baltimore. 1933. 
Harper, Trans. Amei. philos. Soc. ser. 2. 33: 121-242. tt. 1-26. 1943; Bartonia 21 : 6-8. 

1942, 22: 3. 1943; Proc. Amer. philos. Soc. 97: 571-577. 1953- 
Rickett, Rhodora 46: 389-391. 1944. 
Rickett, NAF 28 B (2) : 319. 1945. 
Merrill, Amer. Fern J. 35: 23-25. 1945. 

Merrill, Bartonia 23: 10-35. "9455 Chron. bot. 10: 377-385. 1946. 
Sutton, A. & M., Exploring the Bartrams. Chicago 1963. 
Ewan, William Bartram. Philadelphia 1968. 
Ewan, Actes XI Congr. Int. Hist. Sci. 5: 55-57. 1968. 
Stafleu, Taxon 18: 443-445. 1969. 
Wilbur, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 87(2): 56-73. 1971 (on binomials). 

134 



33°' Botanical and zoological drawings, 1756- 1788. Reproduced from the Fothergill Album 

in the British Museum (Natural History) . Edited with an introduction and commentary 

by Joseph Ewan. The American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia 1968. Qu. (Bot. 

zool. draw.) 

Editor : Joseph Andorfer Ewan ( 1 909-x) . 

Publ.: December 1968. - p. [i]-xii, [i]-i8o, 60 pi. (20 in colour). Copy: FAS. 

Ref. : Kew 1 : 173. 

Stafleu, Taxon 18: 443-445. 1969. 

Zirkle, Science 685-686. 1969. 

Bary, Heinrich Anton de (1831-1888), German botanist, "The founder of modern 
mycology" (Ainsworth and Bis by), (de Bary). 

collections: BERN, BM (original, not located). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 58. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 134; BM 1: 106, 6: 62; Bossert p. 27; 

GSP 1: 201-202, 6: 578, 7: 94-95, 9: 134-135; DSB3: 611-614. 1971; DTS 1: 16; GR 

p. 4; Jackson p. xxv; Kew 2: 37-38; LS 1812-1900, 3758, 30895-30898. 

Anon., Gard. Chron. 1879: 237, 241 (portr.) 

Bornet, J. de Bot. 2: 57. 1887. 

Anon., Hedwigia 27: 36, 77-86, 180. 1888. 

Cohn, Anton de Bary, Berlin u. Leipzig 1888, 8 p., repr. from Deut. medic. Wochen- 

schrift 1888 (5, 6). 
Kanitz, Magy. Noven. Lap. 12: 33-39. 1888 (bibl.) 
Magnus, Naturw. Rundschau 39. 1888 (repr. 8 p.) 
Murray, J. Bot. 26: 65-67. 1888. 
Prantl, Hedwigia 27: 77. 1888. 

Reess, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 6: viii-xxvi. 1888 (portr., bibl.) 
Wilhelm, Bot. Centralbl. 34: 93-94, 156-158, 191- 192, 221-234, 252-256. 1888 (repr. 

P- [i]-i3)- 
Wilhelm, Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 38: 227-230. 1888. 
Woronin, Arb. St. Petersburg. Naturf. Ges. 19: 6. 1888. 
Murray, Ann. Bot. 2: 393-397. 1889 (bibl.) 

Solms-Laubach, Anton de Bary, Strassburg 1889, 19 p. (repr. from Bot. Zeit. 1889). 
Gubernatis, Diet. int. ecrivains du jour 1 : 188, 3: 2085. 1891. 
Aderhold, Gen. -Reg. Bot. Zeit. 8-9, 100-102. 1895 (bibl.) 
Blum, Ber. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. Wiss. Abh. 1901 : 20-21. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 120 pi. 24. 1903, 3(3): 119 /?/. 86. 1905 (portr.) 
Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 7. 1906. 
Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 508. 1909. 
Smith, E. F., Phytopathology 1(1): 1-2. 191 1 (portr.) 
Whetzel, History Phytopathology 46. 19 18 (portr.) 
Coker and Barnhart, NAF 1 1 (1) : 87. 1937. 
Barnhart, NAF 1 1 (1 ) : 87. 1937, 7(15): 1050. 1940. 
Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153. 1949. 

Martin, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 65: 122-127. 1958 (on de Bary's works on Myxom). 
Ainsworth and Bisby, Diet, fungi ed. 6. 153. 1971. 
Robinson, DSB 3: 611-614. 1971 (bibl.) 

composite works: Botanische Zeitung, editor vols. 25-45, 1867- 1887; (with M. S. Voro- 
nin:) Beitrdge zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze. Reihe i-v, 1864- 1882. 

festschrift: Jost, Zum hundersten Geburtstag Anton de Barys. Jena 1930, 74 p. 
(portr., bibl.). 

eponymy: Barya Fuckel (1870); Barya Klotzsch (1854); Baryeidamia H. Karsten (1888, 
also dedicated to Michael Emil Eduard Eidam (1845-x), German physiologist and 
mycologist at Breslau) ; Debarya Wittrock (1872); Debaryella von Hohnel (1904); 
Debaryomyces A. Klocker (1909). 

135 



33i • Untersuchungen iiber die Brandpilze und die durch sie verursachten Krankheilen der 
Pflanzen mit Riicksicht auf das Getreide und andere Nutzpflanzen. . . . Mit acht litho- 
graphirten Tafeln. Berlin (G. W. F. Miiller) 1853. Oct. (Unters. Brandpilze). 
Publ.: Apr-Jul 1853 (P- Yi: l Apr 1853, Bot. Zeit. 22 Jul 1851), p. [i]-viii, [i]-i44, 

pi. 1-8. Copy: BR. - Reprinted from Wilda, Landwirtsch. Centralbl. 1(2). 1853. 
Re/.: LS 1815; PR 449. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. n: 524-526. 23 Jul 1853 (rev.) 

332. Untersuchungen iiber die Familie der Conjugaten (Zygnemeen und Desmidieen). Ein 
Beitrag zur physiologischen und beschreibenden Botanik. . . . Mit acht lithographirten 
Tafeln. Leipzig (A. Forstnersche Buchhandlung, Arthur Felix) 1858. Qu. {Unters. 
Conjugaten) . 

Publ.: 5 Dec 1858 (Bot. Zeit. 16: 360. 3 Dec 1858, 17: 32. 21 Jan 1859), p. [i-vi], [i]-gi, 

pi. 1-7. Copy: PCS. 
Re/.: BM 1: 106; Kew 2: 37; PR 450. 

333. Die Mycetozoen. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der niedersten Thiere. Leipzig (Wilhelm 
Engelmann) 1859. Oct. {Mycetozoen). 

Ed. 1: 1859 - 89 p., 5 pi. (rd by Flora in Dec 1859). Reprinted from Z. wiss. Zoologie 10 

(1859). 
Ed. 2: Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) Jun-Oct 1864 (p. x: Jun 1864; Bot. Zeit. 24 Nov 

1865; Flora 21 Dec 1864), p. [i]-xii, [i]-i^2, pi. 1-6. Oct. Copies: L, NY. "Die Myceto- 
zoen (Schleimpilze). Ein . . . niedersten Organismen . . . zweite umgearbeitete Auf- 
lage. Mit 6 Kupfertafeln." 
Re/.: BM 1 : 106; Kew 2: 37; LS 1822; PR 451, 456. 

334. Uber die Fruchtentwicklung der Ascomyceten. Eine pflanzenphysiologische Unter- 
suchung . . . mit zwei Kupfertafeln. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1863. Qu. {Frucht- 
entw. Ascom.) 

Publ.: Aug-Oct 1863 (Flora 28 Oct 1863), p. [i-iii], [i]-38,#. 1-2. Copy: UC. 
Ref.:LS 1837; PR 454. 

335. Vergleichende Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze Mycetozoen und Bacterien. Leipzig 
(Wilhelm Engelmann) 1884. Oct. {Vergl. Morph. Biol. Pilze). 

Publ: Jul- Aug 1884 (preface 30 Jun 1884, Nat. Nov. Aug 1884, J. Bot. Sep 1884), 
p. [i]-xvi, [i]-558, 198 text ills. Copy: B. - A greatly enlarged new edition of the 
author's Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze (1866; vol. 2(1) of Hofmeister, Handbuch 
der physiologischen Botanik). - Translation: Comparative morphology and biology of the 
fungi, mycetozoa and bacteria, translated by H. E. F. Garnsey and I. B. Balfour, Oxford 
Jul 1887, Oct., p. xix, 525, 198 text ills. {n.v.). For de Bary's series of journal articles, 
entitled Beitrage zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze, 5 nos., 1864- 1882, see 
the bibliography by Rees, quoted above. 

Ref: BM 1 : 107; Kew 2: 37; IDC 7201 (engl. transl.) 

Bassi, Ferdseaiido (1 710-1774), Italian botanist, prefect of the Bologna botanical 
garden. {Bassi). 

herbarium and types: BOLO. 
Ref.: IH 2: 59- 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2): 371, 5(1): 164; Barnhart i: 135; Quenstedt 

p. 24; Saccardo 1 : 23, 2: 16; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 

Bianconi, Atti Soc. it. Sci. nat. 4: 244. 1862. 

Gras, Bull. Soc. bot. France 11: 71-83. 1864. 

Vinassa de Regny, Boll. Soc. geol. Ital. 18: 491-500. 1899 (on his Tabella oryctographica). 

Hulth, Bref och skr. Linne" 2(1): 226-240. 1940. 

eponymy: Bassia Allioni (1766); Bassia K. Koenig ex Linnaeus (1771). 

336. Ambrosina, novum plantae genus. Bologna (Laelium a Vulpe) 1763. Qu. {Ambrosina). 
136 



Publ.: Aug 1763, p. [i]-viii, 1 pi. Copy: G. - Preprinted from Bononiensi Sci. Inst. Acad. 

Comment., Opusc. 5(1): 82-86. 1767. 
Ref: PR 463; SA 1: 260. 

Gras, Bull. Soc. bot. France 11 : 74. 1864. 

Bastard, Toussaint (1784- 1846) (al. : Batard), French botanist in Chalonnes-sur- 
Loire, Anjou. (Bastard). 

herbarium and types : ANG, duplicates MANCH, P. 
Ref.: IH 2: 59- 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2): 1 15 ; Barnhart i: 135; BM 1: 108; CSP 1: 

204, 6: 578; GR p. 304-305; IF suppl. 4: 313; Kew 1 : 175; PR 464-466. 

Boreau, Notice historique jardin plantes Angers 40-50, 55-58. 

Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 172. 1862. 

Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 22: lxxxvii. 1875. 

Bastard, Ann. Soc. Hort. Hist. nat. Herault 98/99: 148-161, 177-187. 1959; 100(1): 
23-36. i960; 100(2) : 95-109. i960; 100(3) : 10-26. i960; 101(1) : 20-32. 1961 ; 101(2) : 
72-81. 1961; 101(3): 140-149. 1961; 101(4): 219-228. 1961; 102(1): 42-52. 1962; 
103(4): 159-161 (biogr. note, portr., by Hebert) ; 112(1): 27-31. 1972; 112(3): 249- 

255. 1972; 1 12(4): 307-314. 1972; 113(1): 19-25- 1973; H3(2): 69-74. J 973; 113(3/4): 

129-134. 1973 (diary of his 1821 trip). 

note : The abbreviation S.O.B. for the name of this author would be wholly undeserved. 

eponymy: Bastardia Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (1822); Bastardiopsis (K. M. 
Schumann) Hassler (1910). 

337. Essai sur laflore du departement de Maine et Loire. Angers (Veuve Pa vie et fils) 1809. 
Duod. (in sixes) (Essai fl. Maine et Loire). 

Publ.: 1809, prob. before Jul (rev. Nouv. Bull. Sci. Soc. philom. Paris 1 : 376. Jul 1809; 

J. Med. Chir. Pharm. Aug 1809), p. [i*], [iii*], [i]-xxvi, [2, tabl.], [i]-4i5- Copies: 

HU, NY. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 108; IF suppl. 4: 313; Kew 1 : 175; PR 464. 

338. Notice sur les vegetaux les plus interessans du jardin des plantes d' 'Angers. Angers (L. Pavie) 
18 10. Duod. (Not. veg.jard. Angers). 

Publ.: 1810, p. [iii]-xxiv, [i]-272. Copy: NY (signatures of 24 and 12 p. alternate). 
Ref: BM 1: 108; Kew 1 : 175; PR 466. 

339. Supplement a l' essai sur la fore du departement de Maine-et-Loire. Angers 181 2. Oct. 
(Suppl. fl. Maine-et-Loire) . 

Publ.: 181 2 (Bull. Sci. phys. Orleans Jul 181 2; BF 31 Jul 181 2), xii, 58 p. 
Ref: BM 1 : 108; Kew 1 : 175; PR 465. 

Baster, Job (171 1-1775), Dutch physician and biologist. (Baster). 

herbarium and types : LINN (onlyjava material, not collected by him, sent to Linnaeus) . 

Ref: IH 2: 59- 

Kreuzer, Das Herbar 168. 1864. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 136; BB p. 23; BM 1 : 108; JW 1 : 184, 2 : 

341; Kew 4: 6 [sub Miller]; NNBW 2: 163, 6: 74; PR 468-469. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 3: 401, 557. 

Hulth, Bref och skr. Linne 2(1): 241-252. 1916. 

Henrard en Koumans, Basteria 1: 6-12. 1936. 

Lutjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. xviii Jahrh. 184, 187-188. 1936. 

Engel, Bijdr. Dierk. 27: 255-256. 1939 (many biogr. refs.) 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 40-41. 1950. 

Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 34 [nos. 248, 249]. 1966. 

137 



plates 


plates 


date 




expl. 




1-8 


1-6 


Sep-Oct 1759 


g-i.6 


7-10 


Sep 1760 


- 


11-16 


Jun 1762 ('1761' 


i-7 


1-4 


late 1762 


8-13 


5-9 


Jun 1765 


- 


10-13 


1765 



eponymy (genera): Basteria Houttuyn (1776); Basteria P. Miller (1755); (journal): 
Basteria tijdschrift van de Nederlandsche Malacologische Vereeniging, Leiden. Vol. i-x, 
1936-x. 

340. Natuurkundige uitspanningen, behelzende eenige waarnemingen, over sommige zee- 
planten en zee-insecten, benevens derzelver zaadhuisjes en eijernesten. Haarlem 
(J. Bosch) 1 759- 1 765, 2 vols. Qu. {Natuurk. uitspann.) 

deel stuk pages 



1 1 H, lj]-54> [55 cont.] 

2 [57]- 110 ) L 111 cont.] 

3 h i3]-!69, [170 cont.] [index 3 p.] 

2 1 [i], [i]-50> [50 cont.] 

2 [53]- io 9> [no cont.] 

3 [iii]-i67, [168 cont.], [index 3 p.] 

The indication 'Bladz. 473' on plate 5 of vol. 1 refers to the original publication of this 
plate in the Verh. Holl. Mij. Wet. 4: 473. Copies: BR, U. - This is a Dutch version of 
the Opuscula subseciva, see below. 
Ref. : NI 86. 

Engel, Basteria 6: 1. 1941 (on a variant with different plates). 

341. Opuscula subseciva, observationes miscellaneas de animalculis et plantis quibusdam 
marinis, eorumque ovariis et seminibus continentia. Haarlem [i75g]-i762 [-1765], 
2 vols. Qu. (Opusc. subsec.) 

vol. libr. pages dates 

1 1 [i]-46, [2], pi. 1-6 1759 

2 [47]-95> [96], j&/. 7-io 1760 

3 [Qy]-!^, [4], pi. 1 1-16 1 761 

vol. libr. pages dates 

2 1 [i*], [i]-47, [$\,pl- i-4 Aug 1762 

2 [49]-99> [ioo],jf?/.5-p Sep 1765 

3 [ioi]-i50, [2], [4], pi. 10-13 Sep 1765 

Ref.: BM 1 : 108; NI 86 (transl.) ; PR 468. 

A4aitland, Tijdschr. Ned. dierk. Ver. 2: 7-15. 1876. 
Hulth, Bref och skr. Linne 244-247. 1916. 
Engel, Basteria 6: 1-10. 1941. 

Bataille, Frederic (1850- 1946), French author and mycologist. (Bataille). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 136; BM 6: 63, 64; Kew 1 : 175; LS 1919- 
1922, 21538, 30900-30914, suppl. 1892-1911; Becker, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 66(4): 
173-176. 1950 (portr.) 

note : Bataille's posthumously published Les reactions macrochimiques chez les champignons 
(suppl. au tome lxiii du Bulletin trimestriel de la Societe mycologique de France, 1948) 
was reprinted in facsimile as Bibliotheca mycologica vol. 25, 1969 (Lehre). 

Bateman, James (181 1-1897), English horticulturist and orchidologist. (Batetnan). 

herbarium and types: Bateman's herbarium specimens and drawings of cultivated 

138 



BATEMAN 

orchids are at K (some also at W) . 7 Original drawings for The orchidaceae by Augusta 
Withers are in the Lindley Library, RHS, London (NI). 
Ref.\ IH 2: 59; NI suppl. 89. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 137; BB p. 23; BM 1 : 109; Bossert p. 28; 

CSP 1 : 206, 6: 579; DNB suppl. 1 : 137(4107) ; Jackson p. 519; Kew 1 : 176; Langman 

p. 117; Lasegue p. 527-528; NI 87-89; PR 470-472; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 

Anon., Garden and Forest 10: 508. 1897. 

Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 22: 400-402, 406 (portr.), 410, 436, 446. 1897 (portr.) 

Anon., Orchid Rev. 6: 10-14, 56-57, 1898 (n.v.) 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1897- 1898: 34-36. 1898. 

Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool bot. Soc. 1: 59-60. 1909. 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 42-44. 1932 (portr.) 

Reinikka, Amer. Orch. Soc. Bull. 33: 297-298. 1964. 

eponymy: Batemannia [sic] J. Lindley (1834). 

342. The orchidaceae of Mexico and Guatemala. London (J. Ridgway & Sons) [1837-] 1843. 
Broadsheet. {Orchid. Mexico Guatemala). 

Orig. ed.: t.p. lith., [i-vi], [i]-i2, [1-4], pi. 1-40 each with 2 p. text. Copy: U. - In 10 parts 
between 1837 and 1843, the precise contents and dates of which are unknown. Fasc. 1 
was announced as published by the Gardeners' Gazette on 2 Sep 1837; fasc. 2 by 
Gard. Mag. Sep 1838. "The largest, heaviest, but also probably the finest orchid book 
ever issued" Blunt (73 x 53 cm). The 40 plates (by Miss S. A. Drake, Miss Jane 
Edwards, Samuel Holden and Mrs Augusta Withers) are lithographs. Each plate is 
accompanied by a leaf of descriptive text. Some of the vignettes are by George 
Cruikshank. Copies were offered at £ 3500 in 1973 and £ 4,500 in 1974; number of 
copies printed: 125. 

Facsimile ed.: New York (Johnson Reprint Corp.), Amsterdam (Theatrum Orbis 
Terrarum) 1973 (n.v.), (1000 numbered copies, size reduced). 

Ref. : BM 1: 109; GF 48; HL 561; Jackson p. 368; Kew 1: 176; Langman p. 117; 
NI 89; PR 470; IDC 6124. 

343. A monograph of Odontoglossum. London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) [i864-]i874. Broad- 
sheet. (Monogr. Odontoglossum). 

part plates dates part plates dates 

1 
2 
3 

Copies: BR, G (orig. covers), MO, NY. - Part 6 publ. after 24 Apr 1874 (see p. x). - The 
handcoloured plates (lithographs) are by W. H. Fitch who "here shows incredible 
ability in dealing with complicated botanical specimens" (Blunt). - Broadsheet 
(55 x 38 cm), 36 Ivs of text, 30 pi. (a copy was offered for £ 750 in 1974). - The book 
is often cited with the subtitle "a genus of the Vandeous section of Orchidaceous plants". 
This may have appeared on the covers. 

Ref: BM 1: 109; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 137; Kew 1: 176; Langman p. 117; NI 88; 
PR 472; SK p. clxviii (Steam); IDC 5836. 

344. A second century of orchidaceous plants. Selected from the subjects published in 'Curtis' 
Botanical Magazine' since the issue of the 'first century'. London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1867. 
Qu. (Second cent, orchid, pi.) 

Publ.: 1867, p. [i]-viii, pi. 101-200, with text, handcoloured lithographs by W. H. Fitch. 

The first Century was published by W. J. Hooker (1849). - A copy was offered at 
£ 320. — in 1974. Copies: BR, G, MO, NY. -Jackson indicates that the book was 

published in parts between 1864- 1870. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 1 09 ; GFB p. 49 ; Jackson p. 138; Kew 1 : 176; Langman p. 117; NI 87 ; 

PR 471. 

i39 



i-5 


1864 


4 


16-20 


1867 


6-10 


1865 


5 


21-25 


1873 


1-15 


1866 


6 


26-30, [i-xiii] 


1874 



Batsch, August Johann Georg Carl (i 761-1802), German botanist at Jena, professor 
of botany, director of the "Physikalische Gesellschaft." (Batsch). 

herbarium and types: JE (in part). The main part of the Batsch herbarium was 
destroyed in the nineteenth century but the remaining portion is at Jena (information 
kindly sent to me by R. Grolle and F. K. Meyer.) 
Ref. : IH 2 : 60. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 132-133; Barnhart 1 : 138; BM 1 : no, 6: 65; 

Dawson p. 39; GR p. 4; Jackson p. 519 [index]; Kew 1: 178; LS 1927; KR p. 67; 

Moebius p. 52, 412; NDB 1: 628-629; NI 90-93; Plesch p. 135; Quenstedt p. 24; 

PR 475-488; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 

Anon., Med.-Chir. Zeit. (Salzburg) 1802. iv (89): 192. 1802. 

Anon., Bot. Zeit. (Regensburg) 2(1): 15. 17 Jan 1803. 

Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med., Biogr. med. 2: 32-35. 1820. 

Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenol. 2:5. 1869. 

Killerman, Z. Pilzk. ser. 2. 5: 285-289. 1925. 

Schmid, Goethe und die Naturwissenschaften, Halle 1940, p. 605, index, numerous 

references. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 34 [nos. 253-255]. 1966. 
Guedes, Revue Hist. Sci. 1969: 323-363. 

eponymy: Batschia Moench (1794); Batschia Mutis ex Thunberg (1792). 

345. Elenchus fungorum. Conscripsit . . . Accedunt icones lvii fungorum nonnullorum 
agri Jenensis, secundum naturam ab autore depictae ; aeri incisae et vivis coloribus 
fucatae a J. S. Capieux. [alternative title: Gattungen und Arten der Schwaemme. 
Nebst 57 vom Verfasser nach der Natur gemahlten, und von Herrn Capieux gestochnen 
und illuminirten Abbildungen einiger Schwaemme aus der Gegend von Jena] Halle 
(Joh. Jac. Gebauer) 1783 [-1789]. Qu. (Elench. fung.) 

Elenchus fungorum, p. [i-xii], col. [i]-i84, pi. 1-12. Jul-Nov 1783 (ded. 25jun 1783, Med. 

Wochenbl. Aerzte 14 Dec 1783, BH; GGA 29 Mai 1784). Copy: UC. 
Continuatio prima, p. [i-v], col. [i3]-279, pi. 13-30. Mar-Dec 1786 (pref. 21 Feb 1786, 

GGA 29 Jan 1 787) . Copy : UC. 
Continuatio secunda, p. [i-v], col. [xiii]-xl, [i]-i6, pi. 31-42. Mai-Dec 1789 (pref. 17 Apr 

1789; GGA 19 Apr 1790; Mai if indeed publ. at Ostermesse 1789, fide ALZ 29 Jul). 

Copy: UC. 
The "p" numbers refer to columns, not to pages. - The plates were drawn by Batsch 
and engraved and coloured by J. St. Capieux. - The preface includes a quotation from 
Schaeffer "... Auch feuchte Schwamme, mit mannigfaltiger Gestalt und Farbung, 
sagen grosses Lob ..." 
Ref. : BM 1 : no; Jackson 162; Kew 1 : 178; LS 1927; NI 92; PR 475. 

Laplanche, Diet, iconogr. champignons . . . Friesian equivalents. 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6) : 428. 1916. 

Killermann, Z. Pilzk. ser. 2. 5: 215-289. 1925. 

Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153. 1949. 

346. Dispositio generum plaiitarum jenensium secundum Linnaeum et familias naturales. 
Quam speciminis inauguralis loco exhibit. Jena (Heller) s.d. [1786]. Qu. (Dispos. gen. pi. 

jenens.) 

Publ.: 1786 (n Mai 1786 date thesis; Ann. Lit. Jun 1786; Obs. Phys. 29: 239. Sep 
1786) p. [i-iv], [i]-65, [66-72, iny.]. Copy: NY. Also cited as Dissertatio inauguralis 
botanica sistens dispositionem generum . . . Jena 1786 [posibly another issue, n.v.]. 

Ref. : BM 1:110 (cites lxii, 430 p. sic!) ; Jackson p. 225; PR 476. 

347. Versuch einer Anleitung zur Kenntniss und Geschichte der Pflanzen fur akademische Vor- 
lesungen entworfen und mit den nothigsten Abbildungen versehen. Halle (Johann 
Jacob Gebauer) 1787- 1788, 2 vols. Oct. (Vers. Anl. Kenntn. Gesch. Pfl.) 

1: 1787 (Jenaische gel. Anz. 8 Jun 1787; BH), [i*], [i]-iv, [O-381, [382, err.], pi. 1-6, 
uncol. copper engr. by author. Copy: USDA. 

140 



BATTANDIER 

2: 1788 (ALZJul 1788), [i], [i]-6j6, pi. 7-11, id. Copy: USDA. 
J fo/.:NI 93 ;PR477. 

348. Analyses florum e diversis plantarum generibus omnes etiam minutissimas eorum 
externas partes demonstrantes, et earundem harum partium characterem genericum. 
Philosophiam botanicam, et generum intimiores affinitates a natura statutas. [2nd t.p. : 
Blumenzergliederungen aus verschiedenen Gattungen der Pfianzen . . . ] Halle (Johann 
Jacob Gebauer) 1790, 2 fasc. Qu. \ (Anal.fl.) 

Fasc. 1, p. [i-x], [i]-g8, pi. 1-10. 1790 (GGA 20 Dec 1790). 

Fasc. 2, p. [i-iii], [i]-i20, pi. 11-20. Sep-Oct 1790 (Michaelismesse). 

The plates are hand coloured copper engravings signed by Batsch and by J. S. Capieux 

and mostly dated 1 790. Copies : HU, L, MO, NY. 

Re/.: BH; BM 1: no; HU 709; Kew 1: 178; NI 90; Plesch p. 135; PR 478. 

349. Botanische Bemerkungen. Erstes Stuck Taf. i-vi, fig. 1-140. Halle (Johann Jacob 
Gebauer) 1791. Oct. f (Bot. Bemerk.) 

Publ.: 1 79 1 ; reviewed in Jul 1792 by Med.-chir. Zeitung Salzburg [1792(3) : 108. 19 Jul 
1792] ("unnothige Beobachtungen"), Gothaische gel. Zeit. 1 Sep 1792; p. [i]-xvi, 
[i]-i04, pi. 1-5 (plain copper engravings). Copy: HH. 

Ref: BM 1: no; PR 479; IDC 5837. 

350. Synopsis universalis analytica generum plantarum fere omnium hucusque cognitorum 
quam secundum methodum sexualem, corollinam, et carpologicam adjunctis ordinibus 
naturalibus adhibitis ultra Linnaeana monitis et adauctionibus meritissimorum 
Aubletti, Loureirii, Forskolii, Thunbergii, Forsteri, Vahlii, Gaertneri, Hedwigii, 
Schreberi, Jussieuii, Swarzii, et aliorum exaravit A. L. G. G. Batsch (Sumtibus bibliopoli 
Crockeriani). Jena 1793 [-1794]. 2 parts. Qu. (Syn. univ. anal. gen. pi.) 

Pars 1: Jul-Nov 1793 (p. iv, vere 1793; various reviews), p. [i-iv], [i]-i40. Copies: NY, H. 

Pars 2: 1794, p. 141-426. Copy: NY. 

Ref.: BH; BM 1: 1 10; Jackson p. 113; Kew 1: 178; PR 481. 

351. Tabula ajfinitatum regni vegetabilis, quam delineavit, et nunc ulterius adumbratam 
tradit [auctor]. Weimar (Landes-Industrie-Comptoir) 1802. Oct. (Tab. qffin. regni veg.) 
Publ.: 2 Mai 1802 (at Easter Fair 1802), p. [i]-xvi, [i]-286, [26, ind.], [1, emend.], 1 pi. 

Copy: HH. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 1 10; PR 486; SY p. 11; IDC 5838. 

Anon., Neue allg. deut. Bibliothek 72 1(2): 122. 1802. 

Battandier, Jules Aime (1848-1922), French botanist and explorer of Algeria, pro- 
fessor at the medical school of Alger. (Battand.) 

herbarium and types : MPU and AL, duplicates see IH. Prof. Sauvage of Montpellier 
has kindly informed us that the Rene Maire herbarium at MPU contains a num- 
ber of plants from Battandier and Trabut, but that the actual types are possibly at 
AL. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 60. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 5 1 3, 7: 68; Barnhart i: 138; BL 1: 17; BM 1: 
no, 6: 65; Bossert p. 28; CSP 9: 140, 12: 55, 13: 343-344; DBF 5: 815-816; Jackson 
p. 348; Kew 178-179; NI 94; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 
Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1: 20. 1884. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 63, 95. pi. 137. 1905. 
Maire et Trabut, Bull. Soc. bot. France 70: m-117. 1923 (bibl.) 

Sergent, Maire, Trabut, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Afr. Nord 13: 237. 1922, 14: 47-58. 1923 
(portr., bibl.) 

eponymy: Battandier a Maire (1926). 

352. Flore d [ 'Alger et catalogue des plantes d'Algerie ou enumeration systematique de 
toutes les plantes signalees jusqu'a ce jour comme spontanees en Algerie avec description 

141 



BATTANDIER 

des especes qui se trouvent dans la region d' Alger. Monocotyledones. Alger (Adolphe 

Jourdan) 1884. Oct. (Fl. Alger). 

Co-author: Louis-Charles Trabut (1853- 1929). 

PubL: Jan 1884, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xvi, [1J-211. Copies: L, MO. - "Glumacees" and 

"Joncees" by Trabut, the rest by Battandier. 
Ref. : BM 1: no; Kew 1 : 179. 

Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 145-146. 1938. 

353. Atlas de laflore d' Alger, [fasc. 2-5 : d'Algerie]. Iconographie avec diagnoses d'especes 
nouvelles, inedites ou critiques de la flore atlantique. Phanerogames et Cryptogames 
acrogenes [3, 4: Phanerogames, fougeres & muscinees; fasc. 5 with R. Maire]. Alger 
(Adolphe Jourdan), [fasc. 2: Alger (id.) et Paris (J. B. Bailliere & fils, A. Challamel, 
P. Klincksieck)], [fasc. 3/4: Paris (P. Klincksieck)] 1886-1920. Oct. (Atlas fl. Alger). 
Co-author: Louis Charles Trabut (1853- 1929). 

fasc. pages plates dates 



I 


[i]-i6 


i-ii 


Oct-Dec 1886 


2 


[ J 7]-32 


12-23 


1896 [cover: '1895'] 


3-4 


[331-59 


24-47 


Jan-Mar 1913 


5 


[61J-78 


48-58 


1920 



Planche 12 was issued with fasc. 1, but described in fasc. 2. Fasc. 3, 4 were received at 
Leiden (L) on 15 Apr 19 13. Copies: G, L, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1 : no; Kew 1: 179; NI 94. 

Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 146. 1938. 

354. Flore de l'Algerie [1(1) : Ancienne Flore d' Alger transformee] contenant la descrip- 
tion de toutes les plantes signalees jusqu'a ce jour comme spontanees en Algerie [1 (2) : et 
Catalogue des plantes du Maroc] 2 "parties," 3 vols., Alger (Adolphe Jourdan) et 
Paris (F. Savy) 1888- 1897. Oct. (Fl. Algerie). 
Co-authors: Louis Charles Trabut (1853-1929) (tome 2); Fernand Gustave Debiay 

(1854-1900) (tome 3); Camille Flagey (1834-1898) (id.); Paul Charles Michel Petit 

(1834-1913) (id.). 

partie tome fasc. pages dates 



I 


[1] Dicotyledones 


1 




[i*-iii*], [i]-xi, 
[i]-i83, app. 1: [i]-i 


Aug 1888 
ii 






2 




[i85]-384 


Mai 1889 






3 




385-576 


Nov-Dec 1889 
('1890') 






4 




[5771-825, 
app. 2: [i]-xxix 


Dec 1890 




[2] Monocotyledones 


- 




[i-iii], [ 1 1-256 


Jun-Jul 1895 


2 


3 


1(1) 


Lichens 


[vii]-xii, [1I-139, 
[1] err. 


late 1896 






(2) 


Algues 


[11-78 


1897 






(3) 


Diatom. 


[1I-50, [i,ind.], 
[i-vi] 


1897 



Copies: G, L, MO, NY (orig. covers), US. - Tome 2 has a different imprint: Alger 
(Adolphe Jourdan), Paris (J. B. Bailliere, A. Challamel, P. Klincksieck). - Tome 3 is 
entitled simply "Flore de l'Algerie (2e partie, ier fascicule)" and consists of the Catalogue 
des Lichens de l'Algerie (by C. Flagey), the Catalogue des Algues du Maroc, d'Algerie et de 
Tunisie (by F. Debray), and the Catalogue des Diatomacees du Maroc, d'Algerie et de Tunisie 
(by P. Petit), and has a common title page dated '1896- 1897'. A second fascicle of 
tome 3 (= partie 2) was to contain a treatment of the fungi by Patouillard. 
Ref. : BM 1 : no, 6: 65; Kew 1 : 179. 

Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 145-146. 1938. 

142 



BATTARRA 

355. Algerie. Plantes medicinales essences et parfums. Alger (Giralt) 1889. Oct. (PL 
medic.) 

Co-author: Louis Charles Trabut (1853- 1929). 

PubL: Late 1889 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1890), p. [i]-39, [40]. Copy: NY. 

356. Flore analytique et synoptique de L Algerie et de la Tunisie. Alger (Ive Giralt) 1904. Oct. 
(FL Algerie Tunisie). 

Co-author: Louis Charles Trabut (1853- 1929). 

PubL: Early 1905 [dated 1902 on t.p.; 1904 on wrapper; Nat. Nov. Apr 1905], p. [1]- 

460. Copy: HH, L. 

Ref. : BL 1 : 1 7 ; BM 6 : 65 ; Kew 1 : 1 79. 

Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1 : 146. 1938. 

357. Flore de V Algerie. Supplement aux phanerogames. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) , Alger 
(Imprimerie agricole et commerciale) . 19 10. Oct. (Fl. Algerie, Suppl. phan.) 

PubL: Dated 19 10, but possibly issued early 191 1 (Nat. Nov. Mai 191 1), p. [i], [i]-90, 

[i]-iii. Copies: G, L, NY. 
Ref.: BL 1: 17; BM 6: 65; Kew 1: 178. 

Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 146. 1938. 

358. Contributions a la flore atlantique. Paris (Klincksieck, Lhomme) [ 1 9 1 9] . Oct. (Contr. 
fl. atl.) 

PubL: probably Jun 1919 (p. 3: Apr 1919), p. [i]-gi, [i = 92]-iii. Copies: G, L, MO, NY. - 
The MO copy has an addendum Withania panqui on a loose sheet. 

Ref.: Kew 1: 178. 

Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 147. 1938. 

Battarra, Giovanni Antonio (1 714-1789), Italian clergyman, physician and mycol- 
ogist. (Battarra). 

herbarium and types: PAD has some fungi collected by Battarra, (types?). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 60. 

Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 181. 1974. 

biblio graphy and biography : Barnhart 1: i3g;BM 1: no; Bossert p. 28 ; Kew 1 : 179; 
LS 1930; NI 95; PR 490-491; Saccardo 1: 24, 2: 16. 
Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med., Biogr. med. 2: 37. 1820. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 16a. 1903, 3(3): 175. 1905. 
Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. XVIII Jahrh. 253 [index]. 1936. 

eponymy: Batarrea [sic] Persoon (1801); Battareopsis [sic] Hennings (1902); Battar- 
reoides T. Herrera (1953); Battarrina (P. A. Saccardo) Clement & Shear (1931). 

359. Fungorum agri ariminensis tofon'a. Faenza [Faventiae] (Typis Ballantianis) 1755. Qu. 
(Fungi arimin.) 

PubL: Mar 1755, p. [i]-vii, [i]-8o,/>/. 1-40. Copies: L, MO, NY(2) - Friesian equivalents 
of Battarra's generic appellations are given by Laplanche. Donk (1962, p. 14-19) has 
shown that Battarra's generic appellations are not equivalent to generic names in the 
sense of the Code; species definitions starting with the same generic appellation are 
spread over various classes. For further details on taxonomic equivalents of Battarra's 
names for Agaricaceae see Donk. The 1755 publication is first reviewed by Giorn. 
Lett. (Roma) 1755: 90-92 (Mar 1755), by GGA on 3 Jan 1756. The plates are copper 
engravings by the author. 

Re-issue: 1759 Faenza (Typis Martinianis). Qu. (p. viii: Oct 1759), p. [i]-viii, 1-80, 
pi. 1-4.0. Copies: G, NY. - Small differences; new preface; t.p.: "in hac secunda 
editione nee aucta nee diminuta." 

Ref: BM 1: no; Kew 1: 179; LS 1830; NI 95; PR 490; SA 2: 540; IDC 2342. 
Laplanche, M. C. de, Diet, iconogr. des champignons superieurs . . . Paris 1894. 
Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 428. 1916. 
Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153. 1949. 

143 



BATTARRA 

Donk, M. A., The generic names proposed for Agaricaceae. Beihefte zur Nova 
Hedwigia 5, Weinheim 1962. 

Batters, Edward Arthur Lionel (i860- 1907), English phycologist. {Batters). 

herbarium and types: Batters' herbarium and correspondence are at BM; other 
material is at K. - The herbarium contained about 13.000 specimens. The 3.000 
microscope-slides are also at BM. 
Ref.\ BBp. 24; IH 2: 60. 

Gepp, J. Bot. 45: 385-388. 1907. 

Dickinson, Phycol. Bull. 1: 11. 1952. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 139; BB p. 24; BM 1: iio-m, 6: 65; 
Bossert p. 28; CSP9: 141, 13: 446; Kew 1: 179. 
Gepp and Gepp, J. Bot. 45: 385-388. 1907 (portr.) 
Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1907- 1908: 45-46. 

composite works: Marine algae, in G. F. S. Elliot, Fauna, flora & geology of the Clyde area, 
Glasgow 1 90 1. 

eponymy: BattersiaJ. Reinke (1890). 

360. List of the marine algae of Berwick-on-Tweed. Alnwick (Henry H. Blair) s.d. [1890]. 
Oct. (List mar. alg. Berwick-on-Tweed) . 

Publ.: 1890, probably Feb, p. [i], [i]-i 7 1, [172, err.], pi. y-11. Copy: NY. - Printed first 
in the Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalist Club, vol. 12 for [1 888-] 1889 early 
1890; reprints distributed Aug-Nov 1890 (J. Bot. Dec 1890). "A revised list of the 
British marine algae" was publ. by E. M. Holmes and Batters in Jan 1891. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 1 1 1 ; Kew 1 : 179. 

Murray, J. Bot. 29: 381-382. Dec 1890. 

Holmes and Batters, Ann. Bot. 5: 63-107, 518-526. 1890 (p. 518-526 publ. Jan 1891, 
fide G.M. [G. M. R. Murray] in J. Bot. 29: 91-92. Mar 1891). 

361. A catalogue of the British marine algae being a list of all the species of seaweeds known 
to occur on the shores of the British Islands with the localities where they are found . . . 
Issued as a supplement to the 'Journal of Botany', 1902. London (West, Newman & Co.) 
1902. Oct. (Cat. Brit. mar. alg.) 

Publ.: 1902, p. [i], [i]-io7. Copies: PCS, U. 

Bauer, Ernst (i860- 1942), Czechoslovak bryologist. (E. Bauer). 

herbarium and types : PR - for further details see IH. Exsiccatae (see Sayre for further 
details) : 

1 . Bryotheca bohemica. Laub- und Lebermoose aus Bohmen in getrockneten Exemplaren 
(cent, i-iv, nos. 1-400. Smirchov nr Prague, 1898- 1904), at BM, E, FH. 

2. Musci brasilienses (coll. V. Schiffner) (nos. 1-174, Obersdorf 1932) - see Schiffner. 

3. Musci europaei [series 35-46: et Americani] exsiccati. Die Laubmoose Europas unter 
Mitwirkung namhafter Bryologen und Floristen (series 1-46, nos. 1-2300, Prague 
1 903- 1 936) : BM, BP, C, FH, G, LD, NY, PC, PR, S-PA, W. 

Bauer also contributed to Kneucker, Carices exsicc. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 60. 

Gyorffi, Rev. bryol. lichenol. ser. 2. 26: 187-190. 1957. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 181-183. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 140; Bossert 29; CSP 13: 350. 
Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 234. 1904. 
Vanek, Priroda [Praha] 33: 280. 1940. 
Rickett, NAF ser. 2. 3: 31. 1963. 



144 



BAUER, F. L. 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Bauer, vide infra, sub F. L. Bauer. 

Bauer, Ferdinand Lukas (1760- 1826), Austrian botanical artist who accompanied 
Sibthorp to Greece (1784) and Robert Brown on Flinders' Expedition (1 801 -1805). 
(F. L. Bauer). 

original drawings : Bauer based his drawings of Australian plants mostly on material 
collected by, or at any rate in the hands of, Robert Brown (BM). The plants collected 
by Bauer on Norfolk Island on which Endlicher based his Prodromus florae Norfolkicae 
(Wien 1833, no. 1674) are at W (dupl. in Smith herbarium at LINN and in Thunberg 
herbarium at UPS). 236 of Bauer's drawings of Australian plants are at BM. The 
original drawings for some of the plates of A. B. Lambert's A description of the genus Pinus 
(1803- 1 824) are also at BM. The original water-colour drawings for Sibthorp and 
Smith's Flora graeca (1806- 1840) are at OXF. See Nissen (Botanische Buchillustration 
ed. 2. 2: 9. 1966, sub 96) for a detailed list of Bauer's drawings. See Flora 10: 176 
(21 Mar 1827) f° r me purchase by W of Bauer's herbarium and several of his drawings. 
Re/.: IH2: 60. 

Anon., Flora 10: 176. 21 Mar 1827 (sale herbarium). 

Britten, J. Bot. 47: 140-146. 1909. 

Anon., Kew Bull. 1934: 455-456. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127. 1964. 

Gilbert, Austral. Diet. Biogr. 1: 73. 1966. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2) : 359; Barnhart i : 140; BB p. 24; BM 1 : 112; 

Dawson p. 39-40; HR; Jackson p. 398; Kew 1 : 180; Langman p. 426; Lasegue p. 406; 

NDB 1 : 634; NI 96; OBL 1 : 55; PR 493; WU 1 : 183-184. 

Anon., Flora 9: 240. 21 Apr 1826. 

Lhotsky, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 39-40. 1839. 

Lhotsky, London J. Bot. 2: 106- 113. 1843, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 4: 67. 1840. 

Neilreich, Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien 5: 43. 1855. 

Wittmack, in Festschrift F. Schindler, Berlin 1924, p. 37-42. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 59. 1936. 

Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 195-202. 1950. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 41-42. 1950. 

Stearn, Endeavour 19(73): 27-35. i960. 

Gilbert, Austral, diet, biogr. 1 : 73. 1966. 

Olby, DSB 1: 520. 1970. 

Stearn, Australian paintings of Ferdinand Bauer, London 1976 (in press). 

published illustrations: Endlicher, Prodromus florae JVorfolkicae (1833). 

Flinders, A Voyage to Terra australis (1814). 

Lambert, A description of the genus Pinus (1803- 1824). 

Lindley, Digitalium monographia (1821). 

Sibthorp, Flora graeca (1806- 1840). 

Bauer, Illustrationes florae Novae Hollandiae (181 3). 

eponymy: Bauera Banks ex H. C. Andrews (1801, also dedicated to his elder brother 
Franz Andreas (1758- 1840), q.v.) 

Note: Bauerella A. Borzi (1897), Bauerella A. K. Schindler (1926), Baueropsis J . Hutchin- 
son (1964) are based on Australian collections and might be eponymys for one or both 
of the Bauer brothers. 

note : No portrait of Ferdinand Bauer is known to exist. 

362. Illustrationes florae Novae Hollandiae, sive icones generum quae in Prodromo Florae 
Novae Hollandiae et insulae van Diemen descripsit Robertus Brown. London (author) 
[1806-] 1813. Fol. {Ill.fl. Novae Holl.) 
PubL: Between 1806 and 1813, p. [i]-vii, pi. 1-16. Copies: BM, G (15 pi.), L (15 pi.), 

MO {15 pi.) The plates are coloured copper or uncoloured engravings (51 X 34 cm). 

Nissen states that publication took place in three parts; this is confirmed by a letter 

145 



BAUER, F. L. 

from J. F. v. Jacquin to A. P. de Candolle of 2 Jan 1817 [sic] in which he states that 
the "third fascicle" has been published ("a paru ici"). The BM copy contains proofs 
of each of the 16 plates. A copy was presented to the Paris Academy on 14 Sep 1818 
[sic] (PV 6: 358. 1915)- The sixteenth plate is very rare {Lambertia formosa) (BM). 
The plates were drawn, engraved and coloured by Bauer himself; Dunthorne speaks 
of "etchings." The number of copies was probably less than fifty, some plain ones 
included. Endlicher bought the remaining copies of pi. 1-15 from the estate and put 
them at the disposal of his friends (letter to Bentham 12 May 1833). 
Re/.: BM 1: 112; DU 27; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 398; Kew 1: 180; NI 96; PR 493; 
IDC 5839. 

Bauer, Franz Andreas (1758- 1840), Austrian botanical artist who lived and worked 
in England from 1788 until his death. "Botanick painter to His Majesty," "der grosste 
Pflanzenmahler" (PR), brother of Ferdinand Lukas Bauer. (F. A. Bauer). 

original drawings: A large collection of original drawings in pencil and in water- 
colour (e.g. 127 of British Orchids) is preserved at BM (from the Banksian library). The 
collection includes plates published in works by W. Aiton, A. B. Lambert, W.J. Hooker 
and by F. A. Bauer himself, as well as many unpublished ones. Seven drawings of species 
of Erica made for the Delineations of exotick plants are at K, seventeen at BM. Bauer was 
employed by Banks at an annual salary. All drawings made by him during these years 
became the property of Banks (Dawson). The University Library of Gottingen holds the 
legacy of Franz Andreas Bauer, received from King Ernst August of Hannover in Nov 
1 84 1 and Jan 1842. This legacy contains probably half of the papers and drawings left 
by Bauer on his death. The collections at Gottingen consists of 20 volumes (and one 
volume of views from Greece by Ferdinand Lukas Bauer) of which volume 15 (60 
coloured engravings of Erica species) is lost. The remaining volumes contain a great 
many drawings, water colours and manuscript annotations on a great variety of mostly 
botanical subjects. For further details see NI sub no. 99. 

Ref.: BB p. 25; BM 1: 112; Jackson p. 519 [index]; Kew 1: 180; MD p. 69; NDB 1: 
634-635; NI sub. no. 99[i]; TL 10, 54-56, 572-573. ri 44- 

Anon., Kew Bull. 1934: 455-456. 

Baker, Nature 167: 457-460. 1951 (on Bauer's water colours of the germination of 
wheat) . 

Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 195-202. 1951. 

Stearn, Endeavour 19(73): 27-35. i960. 

Dawson, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. ser. 3: 74. 1965. 

Gottingen, University Library, Cod. Ms. Med. & Hist. nat. 94 (20 vols.). 

Daniels, Artists from the R. B. G. Kew 10-11. 1975 (portr.) 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 140; BB p. 25; BM 1: 112, 6: 65; Bossert 

p. 29; CSP 1 : 212; Dawson p. 40; HU [index vol. 2]; HR; Jackson p. 519 [index]; 

Kew 1: 180; Langman p. 117, 426; MW p. 193; NI 66-99; PR 494"498; TL 54-56, 

572-573; 1144; WU 1: 184. 

Anon., Flora 24: 400. 7 Jul 1841. 

Anon., Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 5: 47. 1840, 7: 77-78, 439-441. 1841. 

Bishop of Norwich, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1 : 101-104. 1841 ; summary in Abstr. Papers Phil. 

Trans. Roy. Soc. 4: 342-344. 1843. 
Thiselton Dyer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1891: 302-303. 
Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 8. 1906. 

Wittmack, in Beitr. landwirtsch. Pflanzenbau (Festschrift Schindler) 37-42. 1924. 
Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 195-202. 1950. 
Stearn, Endeavour 19(73): 27-35. i960. 

published illustrations (in addition to those in the works below) : 

Home, Lectures on comparative anatomy (1814-1828); Hooker, Genera filicum (1842). 

eponymy: Bauera Banks ex H. C. Andrews (1801, also dedicated to his younger brother 

Ferdinand Lukas (1760- 1826), q.v.) 

Note: For other eponymys based on the name Bauer see sub Ferdinand Lukas Bauer. 



BAUHIN, C. 



363. Delineations of exotick plants cultivated in the royal garden at Kew. Drawn and coloured, 
and the botanical characters displayed according to the Linnean system, by Francis 
Bauer, botanick painter to His Majesty. Published by W. T. Aiton, His Majesty's 
gardener at Kew. London i796-[i8o3]. Broadsheet. (Delin. exot.pl. Kew). 

Publ.: p. [i*], [iii*] 3 [i]-iii, pi. [1-30]. Copy: HU. - Issued in three fascicles often plates 
each, no. 1 (90 copies of which 10 were spoilt) Apr 1796; no. 2 (eighty copies) Jan 
1797; no. 3 (fifty copies) Jan-Apr 1803. The plates have engraved "dates of publi- 
cation": plates 1-20, 22 and jo: i Jan 1793; plates 21, 23, 25-28: 1 Jan 1800; plates 24. 
and 29: 1 Jan 1801. These dates have been shown not to have been the real dates of 
publication (cf. Britten 1899). - The thirty plates, all of Ericaceae (n.b. PR 498 is 
identical with 494), are hand-coloured engravings of drawings by F. A. Bauer. The 
plants depicted had nearly all been imported by Francis Masson. See HU 747 for a 
bibliographic analysis and description. 

Re/.: BH; BM 1: 112; DU 28; GF p. 49; HU 747; Jackson p. 412; Kew 1: 29 (sub 
Aiton); NI 97; PR 494, 498; IDC 6129. 
Anon., GGA 1796: 717. 5 Mai 1796 [fasc. 1] (rev.) 
Anon., Nieuwe alg. Konst-Letterb. 5: 183. 3 Jun 1796 [fasc. 1] (rev.) 
Konig and Sims, Ann. Bot. 1:16. 1805. 
Britten, J. Bot. 37: 181-183. 1899, 39: 107-108. 1901. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1 : 30-31. 1975 (sold at £ 1,900). 

364. Strelitzia depicta or coloured figures of the known species of the genus Strelitzia from 
the drawings in the Banksian library. London 1818. Fol. f (n.v.) (Strelitzia). 

Publ. : 18 18 - 11 coloured lithographs after drawings by F. A. Bauer; lithographed title. 

Originally planned to contain 16 plates. Probably issued in parts. 
Re/.: BM 1: 112; GF p. 49; Henrey 439; Jackson p. 145; Kew 1 : 180; NI 99; PR 495. 

365. Illustrations of orchidaceous plants; by Francis Bauer . . . with notes and prefatory 
remarks by John Lindley . . . London (James Ridgway & Sons) 1830- 1838. Fol. (///. 
orch. pi.) 

Co-author: John Lindley (1799-1865). 

Publ. : G. Buchheim kindly communicated to us the contents and dates of the four parts 
in which the book was published as established by him for Bibliographia Huntiana 
from copies in Berlin and Marburg; these agree with the copy at L and MO. 

part plates text (special matter) dates 

1 Fruct. 1-3, 6, 8-10 ; Genera 1-3 

2 Fruct. 5, 12-15 ; Genera 4, 6-g 

3 Fruct. 4, 7, 11 ; Genera 5, 10-15 

4 Genera 16-20 



The years are given on the wrappers; the prospectus (part 1) is dated Nov 1830, the 
prefatory remarks (part 4) 24 Oct 1838. Plates 16-20 are dated 1 Dec 1837; the years in 
which Bauer made the drawings are given on each plate. - The Berlin copy contains a 
reprint of part 1, dated 1838. This date appears only on the original wrapper. The 
title on the wrappers is "The genera and species of orchidaceous plants by John Lindley 
. . . illustrated by ..." a title confusingly close to that of the entirely different octavo 
publication by Lindley, 1830- 1840, entitled "The genera and species of orchidaceous 
plants." - The 35 plates are handcoloured or uncoloured lithographs; 28 plates are by 
F. A. Bauer, 7 other plates are of drawings by Lindley after sketches made by Bauer 
(Fruct. 1, 3, 6, 9, Gen. 1-3). A facsimile reprint was announced, but not [yet] published, 
by Asher 1974. 
Ref: BM 1: 112; GF p. 49; HR; Jackson 138; Kew 1: 180; NI 98; PR 496. 

Bauhin, Caspar (Gaspard) (1560- 1624), Swiss physician and botanist, professor of 
anatomy and botany at Basel University 1588- 16 14. (C. Bauhin). 

herbarium and types: The main Bauhin herbarium is at BAS. It consists of 2400 folded 

147 



prospectus [3 p.] 


Nov-Dec 1830 


corrections topi. 2-3 


1832 




1834 


[j*-iv*, t.p., preface], 




[i]-xiv 


28 Oct-31 Dec 1 



BAUHIN, C. 



sheets in which the plants are kept loose. Apart from plants collected by the Bauhins the 
herbarium probably contains plants collected by Burser and Clusius. A. P. de Candolle 
studied the herbarium in 1818: his determinations are entered in his copy of the Pinax 
at G. - The Burser herbarium at UPS is also of great importance for the interpretation 
of Bauhin. Burser was in close contact with Bauhin, and Linnaeus interpreted many 
species in accordance with the Burser collections. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 60. 

Hagenbach, Tentamen florae basileensis . . . adjectis C. Bauhini synonymis ope horti 
ejus sicci comprobatis, Basel 182 1, 1834, 1843. 

Bruhin, Z. ges. Naturw. 23: 128-142. 1864, 25: 432-433. 1865, 27: 388-900. 1866 (not 
finished) . 

Saint-Lager, Histoire des herbiers 86-118. 1885. 

Legre, Les deux Bauhin, Marseille 1904. 

Seemann, Bonplandia 8: 29. i860. 

Binz, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 19: 142-146. 1908. 

Karcher, Felix Platter, Basel 1949. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 1: 650; AG 2(1): 347, 5(1): 768, 5(2): 653; 

Barnhart 1 : 140; BM 1 : 1 12- 11 3, 6: 65; Bossertp. 29; DTS 1 : 16-17, 6(4): 3; GRp. 638; 

Jackson p. 5 1 9 [index] ; Kew 1 : 1 80 ; Langman p. 117; LS 1962-1 966 p.p. ; NI 1 04- 1 05 ; 

Plesch p. 199; PR 505-510. 

Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med., Biogr. med. 2: 47-53. 1820. 

Martins, Lejardin des Plantes de Montpellier 11-22. 1854. 

Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xxx-xxxi. 1857. 

Hess, Kaspar Bauhin's Leben und Charakter. Basel i860, i, 72 p. (repr. from Beitr. 
vaterl. Gesch. vol. 7. i860). 

Wolf, Biographien zur Kulturgeschichte der Schweiz 3: 63-78. i860. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 149. 1903. 3(3): 159.^/. 13. 1905. 

Legre, La botanique en Provence au seizieme siecle. Les deux Bauhin. Marseille 1904. 

Burckhardt, Gesch. med. Fakult. Basel 93-123. 1917 (bibl.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 59. 1936. 

Heimans, De levende Natuur 63: 225-231. i960. 

Wein, Sudhoff's Arch. Gesch. Med. Naturw. 30: 152-166. 1965. 

Meier, Caspai Bauhin's botanical correspondents, mss. at Dept. of botany, the Univer- 
sity of Michigan. 1969. 

Whitteridge, DSB 1 : 522-525. 1970 (bibl.) 

eponymy (genera): Banhinia Linnaeus (1753, also dedicated to his elder brother Jean 
Bauhin (1541-1612), q.v.) ; Bauhinites Seward & Conway (1935); Casparea Humboldt, 
Bonpland & Kunth (1824); Caspareopsis N. L. Britton & J. N. Rose (1930); (journal): 
Bauhinia Zeitschrift der Basler Botanischen Gesellschaft. Basel. Vol. i-x, 1955-x (dedi- 
cated to the two brothers Bauhin). 

366. Prodromos theatri botanici Caspari Bauhini Basileensis ... in quo plantae supra 
sexcentae ab ipso primum descriptae cum plurimis figuris proponuntur. Frankfurt 
(Typis Pauli Jacobi, impensis Ioannis Treudelii) 1620. Qu. (Prodr.) 

Ed. 1: 1620, p. [i-viii], 1-160, [12, index], 138 text ill. (woodcuts). Copies: BR (2), MO. 
Ed. 2: Basel (Impensis Joannis Regis) 1671. Qu., p. [i-iv], [i]-i6o, [12, ind.], [1, err.], 

138 text ill. (woodcuts). Copies: G, HU, MO, U. 
Ref.: BM 1: 112; DTS 1: 17; HE p. 13; HU 319 [ed. 2]; Kew 1: 180; LS 1964; Lang- 
man p. 1 18; NI 104; PR 507; SA 2: 540. 

367. Pinax theatri botanici Caspari Bauhini . . . sive index in Theophrasti Dioscoridis 
Plinii et botanicorum qui a seculo scripserunt opera plantarum circiter sex millium ab 
ipsis exhibitarum nomina cum earundum synonymiis & differentiis methodice secun- 
dum earum & genera & species proponens. Opus xl. hactenus non editum summopere 
expetitum & ad auctoris intelligendus plurimum facicus. (Sumptibus & typis Ludovici 
Regis) 1623. Q u - {Pinax). 

Ed. 1: 1623, P- [i-xxiv], 1-522, [1-22, index], [1, err.], page 515 wrongly numbered 415. 
Copies: BR, G, HU, L, MO, NY. 

148 



BAUHIN, J. 

Ed. 2: 1671, [i-xxiv], 1-518, [i-22, index], [1, err.], page 515 wrongly numbered 415. 
Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY, U. 

Re-issue: 1740, [i-xxiv], 1-518, [1-22, index], [1, err.]. Copy: G. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 113; HU 3 1 8 (ed. 1671) ; Kew 1 : 1 80 ; Langman p. 1 1 7- 1 1 8, LS 1 965 ; PR 
509; SA 1: 150, 2 : 541; IDC 5324. 

Morison, Hallucinationes Caspari Bauhini in Pinace. Praeludia botanica 1669. 

Brunin, Z. ges. Naturw. 23: 128-142. 1864; 25: 432-433. 1865; 27: 388-390. 1866. 

C. de Candolle, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 4: 201:216, 297-312, 458-471, 721-754. 
1904. 

Klein, Nov. Kozl. 5. 1906 (n.v.), key to Bauhin by Flatt. 

Savage, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 148: 16-26. 1935. 

Schwaetz, Thalis 4. 1937/39 n - v - (fide NI). 

Bauhin, Jean (1541-1612), Swiss botanist. (J. Bauhin). 

herbarium and types: See under Caspar Bauhin. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 60. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127. 1964. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 1 : 649-650; Barnhart 1 : 141 ; BM 1 : 1 13; Jackson 

p. 520 [index]; Kew 1: 181; LS 1966; NI 100-103; Plesch p. 135-136; PR 500-504; 

Quenstedt p. 25. 

Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med. Biogr. med. 2 : 53-56. 

Duvernoy, Notices sur quelques medecins ... a Montbeliard 1-24. 1835. 

Martins, Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 7-1 1. 1854. 

Kirschleger, Fl. Alsace 2: xxvii-xxix. 1857. 

Legre, La botanique en Provence au seizieme siecle. Les deux Bauhin. Marseille 1904. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 59. 1936. 

Lutjeharms, Gesch. Mykol. XVIII Jahrh. 253 [index]. 1936. 

Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 31-34. 1940. (bibl.) 

Arber, Herbals ed. 2, p. 70, 85, 93, 113-119. 1953. 

Hasler, Gesnerus 20: 1-21. 1963. 

Martini, Chron. Hortic. 9(3): 61. 1969, 10(3): 45-46. 1970. 

Webster, DSB 1: 525-527. 1970 (bibl.) 

eponymy (genera): Bauhinia Linnaeus (1753, also dedicated to his younger brother 
Caspar Bauhin (1560-1624), q.v.) ; Bauhinites Seward & Conway (1935); (journal): 
Bauhinia Zeitschrift der Basler Botanischen Gesellschaft. Basel. Vol. i-x, 1955-x (dedi- 
cated to the two brothers Bauhin). 

368. Historia plantarum universalis, nova, et absolutissima, cum consensu et dissensu 
circa eas. Auctoribus Joh. Bauhino 111. Cels. Wirt. Archiatro. Et Joh. Henr. Cherlero 
Philos. et Med. Doct. Basiliensibus, quam recensuit & auxit Dominicus Chabraeus Med. 
Doct. Genevensis. Juris vero publici fecit Franciscus Lud. A. Graffenried. Dominus in 
Gertzensee & c. Continens descriptiones stirpium exactas, figuras novas, ex ipso proto- 
typo maxima ex parte depictas : earumdem [sic] satum, cultum, mangonia : item vires 
omnigenas: praeparationes, extractiones, ac distillationes praecipuas: exoticarum 
orientis atque occidentis, aliarumq; ante nostrum seculum incognitarum supra mille 
historias novas. Synonima: aequivoca: succedanea: praecipuarum linguarum appel- 
lationes. In primis vero placita veterum graecorum, arabum, latinorum & posterioris 
seculo scriptorum. Interpretationes ac corrrectiones [sic] sententiarum obscurarum et 
depravatarum. In qua praeterea notantur errores eorum qui de plantis scripserunt; ac 
continentur pleraque omnia, quae theologi, jurisconsulti, medici, philosophi, historici, 
poetae, grammatici, geoponici, architecti, aliique de plantis promulgarunt. Ut merito 
omnium herbariorum vicem supplere queat. Ebroduni [= Yverdon] 1 650-1 651, 3 vols. 
Fol. (Hist, pi.) 

Co-authors : Johann Heinrich Cherler (c. 1570-c. 1610); Dominique Chabrey (1610- 
1669). 

Precursor volume: Historiae plantarum generalis novae et absolutissimae quinquaginta 
annis elaboratae . . . Ebroduni (Typ. Caldoriana) 1629. Q. u - {n.v.) 

H9 



BAUHIN, J. 

vol. pages dates 

i[i] [viii], 9, [i], [2], 1-596 (wrongly numbered): 1-232, 234-235, 238- 1650 

239, 241-406, [407-408 blank], 409-466, 468-469, 47i-[6o2] engraved 

title page. 
[2] 2 i-440 1650 

2 [ xx 5> 1074 plus 14 (wrongly numbered : 1651 

1 -1 69, 178, 173-398, 398a-3g8b [2 blank], 399-1074, engraved title 

page. 
3[i] [viii], 12, 1-212 1651 

[2] 2 1 -2 1 2, 213-882 (wrongly numbered: 1651 

2 i-i72, 2174-175, 2178-179, 2 i8i-2i2, 213-808, 805-882, [2 blank], 

engraved title page. 

Taken from HU 251, q.v. for a detailed collation, bibliographical analysis, and notes on 
variant issues. When tracing references it should be noted that volumes 1 and 3 have in 
part double sets of page numbers. - 3577 Text illustrations (woodcuts) (692, 1436, 1449 
fide NI). - Legre (1904) has shown that Cherler contributed only the articles signed 
"Ego Cherlerus." 

Re/.: BM 1: 113; HE p. 13; HU 251; Jackson p. 28, xxxii, Kew 1: 181; Langman 
p. 117; LS 1966; NI 103; Plesch p. 135-136; PR 504; SA 1 : 250, 2: 541. 

Laplanche, Diet, iconogr. champ, sup. Europe 1894 (Friesian equivalents of names of 
fungi). 

Legre, Les deux Bauhins 25-33, 35 _ 37- I 9°4- 

Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 182. 1940 (on authorship Cherler). 

Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1051. 1940. 

Perret, Bibl. hist. vaud. 7: 27, 49. 1947 (n.v., fide NI). 

Martini, Chron. Hortic. 9(1): 61. 1969, 10(3): 45-46. 1970. 

Baumgardt, Ernst (fl. 1856), German botanist and teacher at a senior high school at 
Potsdam. (Baumgardt). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 142; BM 1 : 1 14; PR 514-515. 

369. Flora der Mittelmark, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Umgegend von Berlin 
und Potsdam. . . . Nebst einer Karte des Gebietes. Berlin (Georg Reimer) 1856. Oct. 
(FL Mittelmark). 
PubL: Apr-Jul 1856 (p. x: Spring 1856, Bot. Zeit. 1 Aug 1856), p. [i]-cxx, [i]-240, map. 

Copies: B, HH. 
Ref.: BM 1: 114; PR 515. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 536-540. 1 Aug 1856. 

Baumgarten, Johann Christian Gottlob (1765- 1843), German botanist later active 
in Transsylvania. (Baumg.) 

herbarium and types : Kanitz and AG state that the herbarium was acquired by the 
"Lyceum" in Hermannstadt (Sibiu, Roumania). In 1900 it was bought by A. Richter 
for the Museum of Transsylvania. In 1922 the herbarium was transferred to the her- 
barium of the Institute of Botany of the University of Cluj (CL) where it is still main- 
tained today, kept separate from the other collections. (AG state that many of the types 
are missing) . A small number of sheets is still in the Natural History Museum of Sibiu 
and some other plants are in the general herbarium of CL. (We are grateful to C. Vaczy, 
from Cluj, for the above information). 
Ref.: AG 2(1): 437; GR p. 4; IH 2: 61. 

Kanitz, Linnaea 33: 546, 1865. 

Richter, Uti naplo 2: 223. 1905. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 159-160; AG 2(1) : 437, 4: 313, 5(1) : 625, 793, 
150 



BAXTER, W. 

12(3): 646; Barnhart 1: 142; BM 1: 114; Bossert p. 29; GR p. 4; IF p. 680; Jackson 

p. 306; Kanitz no. 109; Kew 1: 182; LS 1971 ; PR 516-518; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 

Dietmann, Lausitz. Magaz. 24(16): 256-257. 1 791 . 

Baillon, Diet. bot. 1: 338. 1875. 

Niedermaier, Natura, Biol. (Bucuresti) 17(6): 84-87. 1965 (portr.) 

Doltu, Revista Muzeelor ser. 2. 3. 262-263. 1965 (fide Topa 1966). 

Topa, Anal. Sd. Univ. Cuza Iasi (Biol.) 12(1) : 235-237. 1966 (q.v. for further biogr. refs.). 

Illig, Verh. bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenburg 106: 7-21. 1969. 

Heltmann, Biol. Stud. Luckau 2: 15-32. 1973. 

eponymy: Baumgar tenia K. P.J. Sprengel (181 7); Baumgartia Moench (1794). 

370. Sertum lipsicum seu stirpes omnes praeprimis exoticas circa urbem olim maximeque 
nuperrime plantatas digessit et descripsit secundum methodum Linnaeanam. Leipzig 
(Officina Holliana) [1790]. Oct. (Sert. lips.) 

Publ.: 26 Mar 1790 (fide Lausitz. Magaz. 23(13): 202. 15 Jul 1790; rev. Neue Leipz. 

gel. Anz. 5 Apr 1790), p. [i]-48. Copy: USDA. 
Ref.: BM 1: 114; PR 516; ST p. 55; IDC 5841. 

371. Flora lipsiensis sistens plantas in agris circuli Lipsici tarn sponte nascentes quam 
frequentius cultas secundum systema sexuale revisum atque emendatum . . . cum 
tabulis iv. aere incisis. Leipzig (Siegfried Lebrecht Crusii) 1790. Oct. (Fl. lips.) 
Publ.: Oct-Dec 1790 or first half 1 791 ? (Lausitzer Magaz. 24/16: 257. 31 Aug 1791, 

GGA 10 Oct 1 79 1 ; however ALZ 24 Nov 1790 says "erschienen Mich. Messe 1790"), 
p. [i]-xvi, [i7]-74i, [3 p. add.], pi. 1-4. Copies: NY (4 pi.), USDA (2 pi.). 
Ref. : BM 1 : 114; Jackson p. 306; Kew 1 : 182; LS 1971 ; PR 517; ST p. 55; IDC 5468. 

372. Enumeratio stirpium magno Transsilvaniae principatui praeprimis indigenarum, in 
usum nostratum botanophilorum conscripta inque ordinem sexuali-naturalem concin- 
nata. Wien, Hermannstadt 1816-1846, 4 vols. Oct. (Enum. stirp. Transsilv.) 



volume 



pages 



dates 



dates in vol. 



I 

2 

3 


[i]-xxvii, [i]-427, 
[428 err.] 
[i-x], [i]-392 
[i]-xii, [i]-355 


1816 

Dec 1816 
1817 


p. xxvii: 14 Oct 18 15 

p. xii: 31 Oct 181 5 
p. xii: 29 Sep 1816 
see Isis 1 : 1 14. 1817 


4 


[i]-iv, [i]-236 


1846 


p. iv cal Maji 1840 
editor: M. Fuss 


Mantissa 1 


[i-v], [i]-82, index 
[i]-viii 


1846 


p. iv. ibid, majis 1846 
author: M. Fuss 


Indices 


[l]-II2 


1846 


author: M. Fuss. 



Vols. 1-3: Wien (in libraria Comesinae), vol. 4., Mant., Ind. 'Cibinii', Hermannstadt 
(Typis haeredum M. nobilis de Hochmeister (Theodor Steinhaussen.)). Copies: FH, HH, 
NY. 

J. F. von Jacquin wrote to A. P. de Candolle on 2 Jan 181 7 (letter at G) : "le second 
volume de la Flora Transsylvanie de Baumgarten a paiu ici." This makes publication 
of vol. 3 in 1816 very dubious; Isis lists it correctly for 181 7. Volume 4 was published 
posthumously by Fuss at Hermannstadt. Hinrichs received it only 5-8 Jan 1848 [sic] ; it 
was presented to a meeting of Hungarian botanists on 16 Aug 1847 (Flora 20: 655). 
Ref.: BM 1: 114; IF p. 680; Kew 1: 182; PR 518. 

Baxter, William (1 787-1871), English gardener and cryptogamist, curator of the 
Oxford botanical garden (1813-1851). {Baxter). 

herbarium and types : OXF, further material at CGE, diatoms at BM. - Issued also 
series of exsiccatae : Stirpes crypto gam[ic]ae oxonienses (2 fasc, 100 nos. 1825-1828), sets at 
B, BM, CGE, E, K, OXF and Flora thamensis (1 841 -1844) with P. B. Ayres. 



151 



BAXTER, W. 

Ref.:IU i (ed. 6): 355, 2:61. 
Kent, Brit, herbaria 42. 1953. 
Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127-128. 1964. 
Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 7. 1969. 
Miller, Taxon 19: 513-514. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: AG 4: 635; Barnhart i: 143; BB p. 25; BM 1: 115; 

Bossertp. 29; CSP 1 : 219, 12: 58; DNB3: 438; GR p. 389; Jackson p. 235; Kew 1 : 185; 

LS 1 987-1988; MD p. 53-54; NI 107; PR 544; Zander ed. 10, p. 632. 

Anon., Gard. Chron. 1871: 1426-1427, also J. Bot. 9: 380-381. 1871. 

Anon., Flora 55-64. 1872. 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1871-1872: lx-lxi. 1872. 

Druce, Fl. Oxfordshire 392-394. 1886. 

Druce, Fl. Berkshire clxii. 1897. 

Bagnall, Fl. Warwickshire 498-499. 1891. 

Druce, Rep. Ashmolean nat. Hist. Soc. Oxfordshire 21-25. 1904. 

Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 9. 1906. 

Druce, Fl. Buckinghamshire xcviii. 1926. 

Coats, The plant hunters 221, 225. 1969. 

eponymy: Baxtera H. G. L. Reichenbach (1828, nom. rej.) is without an etymological 
explanation; Baxteria R. Brown ex W. J. Hooker (1843, nom. cons.) is dedicated to 
William Baxter (fl. 1823- 1830), a collector in South Australia; Baxteria Van Heurck 
(1896) and Baxteriopsis H. Karsten are dedicated to Wynne Edwin Baxter (1844- 1920), 
English phycologist. 

note: Baxter served at Oxford under George Williams, "an elegant scholar and an 
amiable man, [who] added nothing to botanical science" (Obituary of Baxter, J. Bot. 
9: 370. 1871 ; see also BB p. 328 and DNB 69: 399). 

373. Stirpes cryptogamae oxonienses; or dried specimens of cryptogamous plants, collected 
in the vicinity of Oxford. Oxford 1825- 1828, 2 fascicles. Qu. (Stirp. crypt, oxon.) 
Publ.: fasc. 1 : iv p. and nos. 1-50. 1825, fasc. 2: ii p. and nos. 51-100. 1828. - For an 

extensive description see MD and Sayre 1969. Sets e.g. at BM, NY. A third fascicle 
was announced but not published. 
Re/.: BM 1: 115; Kew 1 :18s; LS 1897; MD p. 53-54. 
Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 127-128. 1964. 
Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 7-8. 1969. 

374. British phaenogamous botany; or, figures and descriptions of the genera of British 
flowering plants. Oxford (author; sold by J. M. Parker) [1832-] 1834-1843, 6 vols. Oct. 
(Brit, phaen. bot.) 

Publ. : The original publication took place in parts. A trial part with two plates (Fritil- 
laria and Tulipa) was issued in Mai 1832, soliciting subscribers. The first full parts 
(1,2) were issued in Sep 1832. Each part contained four plates with accompanying 
text. According to Church, publication took place regularly, in the beginning one 
part per month, until 1843. 
Most of the plates are dated. 

vol. parts plates completed by 



1 1-20 1-80 1 Mar 1834 

2 21-40 81-160 2 Nov 1835 

3 41-60 161-240 16 Aug 1837 

4 61-80 241-320 2 Mar 1839 

5 81-100 321-400 3 Nov 1840 

6 101-127 401-509 Mar 1843 



The dates of receipt of parts 1-101 by the Linn. Soc. (confirmed for nos. 72-101 by 
Proc. Hort. Soc. London, data BH) are (for plate nos. multiply by four) : 

152 



i Sep 1832 

2 Sep 1832 

3 31 Oct 1832 

4 31 Oct 1832 

5 10 Dec 1832 

6 28 Dec 1832 

7 1 Feb 1833 

8 1 Mar 1833 

9 1 Apr 1833 

10 - 

1 1 10 Jul 1833 

12 iojul 1833 

13 - 

14 2 Oct 1833 

15 2 Oct 1833 

16 2 Nov 1833 

17 2 Dec 1833 

18 20 Jan 1834 

19 3 Feb 1834 

20 1 Mar 1834 

21 Apr 1834 

22 18 Mai 1834 

23 i6Jun 1834 

24 1 Jul 1834 

25 1 Oct 1834 

26 1 Oct 1834 

27 1 Oct 1834 

28 1 Oct 1834 

29 30 Nov 1834 

30 7 Jan 1835 

31 23 Feb 1835 

32 14 Mar 1835 

33 1 Apr 1835 

34 1 Mai 1835 



35 5J un l8 35 

36 10 Jul 1835 

37 10 Aug 1835 

38 1 Sep 1835 

39 1 Oct 1835 

40 2 Nov 1835 

41 11 Dec 1835 

42 1 9 Jan 1836 

43 2 Feb 1836 

44 1 Mar 1836 

45 2 Apr 1836 

46 3 Mai 1836 

47 7 Jun 1836 

48 3 Jul 1836 

49 2 Aug 1836 

50 3 Oct 1836 

51 6 Oct 1836 

52 2 Nov 1836 

53 13 Dec l8 3 6 

54 5 Jan 1837 

55 2 Feb 1837 

56 7 Mar 1837 

57 1 Apr 1837 

58 2 Mai 1837 

59 30 M ai 1837 

60 16 Aug 1837 

61 16 Aug 1837 

62 1 Sep 1837 

63 2 Oct 1837 

64 1 Nov 1837 

65 4 Dec 1837 

66 3 Jan 1838 

67 1 Feb 1838 

68 1 Mar 1838 





BAXTER, W. 


69 


2 Apr 1838 


70 


1 Mai 1838 


71 


4 Jun 1838 


72 


2 Jul 1838 


73 


3 Aug 1838 


74 


1 Sep 1838 


75 


2 Oct 1838 


76 


1 Nov 1838 


77 


3 Dec 1838 


78 


8 Jan 1839 


79 


4 Feb 1839 


80 


4 Mar 1839 


81 


9 Apr 1839 


82 


2 Mai 1839 


83 


4 Jun 1839 


84 


29 Jun 1839 


85 


30 Jul 1839 


86 


1 Sep 1839 


87 


1 Oct 1839 


88 


1 Nov 1839 


89 


3 Dec 1839 


90 


2 Jan 1840 


9i 


3 Feb 1840 


92 


2 Mar 1840 


93 


2 Apr 1840 


94 


2 Mai 1840 


95 


30 Mai 1840 


96 


1 Jul 1840 


97 


1 Aug 1840 


98 


1 Sep 1840 


99 


1 Oct 1840 


100 


3 Nov 1840 


101 


3 Dec 1840 



As soon as a volume was completed, this was also issued somewhat later as a whole, 
with a separate title-page and usually with a dated dedication ; this issue of completed 
sets of volumes was regarded as the "second edition." The sixth volume (dedication 
dated 15 Mai 1843) has extensive indexes. The run of the paperbacked parts is con- 
sidered the "first edition," completed sets of volumes are inscribed second edition on 
the title-page of the first volume. A reprint (third "edition") was issued in 1856 (text 
and plates same as in orig.). The 509 coloured copper engravings (accompanied by 
letter press) are mainly by W. A. Delamotte, C. Mathews and Isaac Russell. The 
originals are in the Lindley library of the Royal Horticultural Society, London. 
Second issue ("edition") (see above) : 



Vol. 



pages 



plates 


date t.p. 


dates prefaces 


1-80 


1834 


25 Feb 1834 


81-160 


1835 


17 Oct 1835 


161-240 


1837 


1 2 Jun 1837 


241-320 


1839 


18 Feb 1839 


321-400 


1840 


24 Oct 1840 


401-509 


1843 


15 Mai 1843 



1 [i-iv], [index 4 p.] 

2 [i-i v ] , [index 4 p.] 

3 [i-iv], [index 4 p.] 

4 [i-iv]? [index 4 p.] 

5 [i-iv], [index 4 p.] 

6 [i-iv], [add. corr. 2 p.], 
[index vol. 6. 4 p.], 
bibliogr., etc. [i]-lvii. 

Copies'. CAS, HH. - Each title page has a different motto derived from British poetry. 
Re/.: Blunt p. 213; BM 1 : 115; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 235; Kew 1 : 185; NI 107; PR 524. 
Church, J. Bot. 57: 58-63. 1919. 



153 



Bayer, Edvin (1862-192 1), Czech palaeobotanist, lichenologist and botanical historian. 

(E. Bayer). 

herbarium and types : PR. 
Re/.: GRp. 668; IH 2: 61. 

bibliography and biography: BM i: 115, 6: 66; Bossert p. 29; CSP 13: 360; GR 

p. 668; Kew 1 : 185; LS 33430; Quenstedt p. 26. 

Podpera, Nase Veda 8: 181. 1926. 

Nemejc, Vestnik statn. geol. ust. Ceskosl. Rep. 3: 69-73. 1927. 

Prochazka, Cas. nar. Mus., Praha, odd. prirod. 10 1 : 57-58. 1927. 

Vilhelm, Preslia 5: 230-231. 1927 (portr.) 

Nemejc, Veda Prir. 9: 1 51-155. 1928. 

Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 97. i960 (bibl.) 

Baylis, Edward (fl. 1 791- 1794), British physician and botanist. (Baylis). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 143; BB p. 25; Jackson p. 500; Kew 1 : 185; 
Plesch p. 136. 

375. A new compleat body of practical botanic physic, from the medicinal plants of the 
vegetable kingdom selected from some of the best authors : with useful observations and 
improvements, necessary regimen and diet, under all diseases. Embellished with 
beautiful copper-plates, colored to nature. London (Stace and Maids) 1791 [-1792]. 
Qu. (New pract. hot.) 

Publ.: 1 Mar 1791-1 Nov 1792 (dates on plates), p. [i]-viii, [i]-563, [564, err.], pi. 1-41. 

Copies: HU(2). - Most plates are signed by John Frederick Miller. 
Ref. : Henrey 440; Jackson p. 500; Kew 1 : 185; Plesch p. 136. 

Roper, J. Bot. 56: 52-54. 1918. 

Bayrhoffer, Johann Damiel Wilhelm (1793- 1868), German cryptogamist. (Bayrh.) 

herbarium and types: FR, other material at B (musci) and LZ (lich., destroyed). 
Ref.: GRp. 5; IH 2: 62. 

Anon., Ann. Bryol. 9: 153. 1937. 

Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 181. 1974. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 144; BM 1: 116, 6: 67; CSP 1: 220; GR 
p. 5; Kew 1: 186; LS 1997-2001; PR 531-533. 

Kirschbaurn,Jb. NassauischenVer.Naturk. 21/22:429-432. 1869, (also as a reprint, 4 p.). 
Bary, Bot. Zeit. 28: 325-328. 1870. 

eponymy: Bayrhofferia Trevisan (1857). 

376. Einiges iiber Lichenen und deren Befruchtung . . . Mit vier lithographirten Tafeln. Bern 
(Huber & Comp., Eigenthumer J. Korber) 1851. Qu. (Lichenen). 

Publ.: Sep-Oct 1851 (preface Sep 1851 ; rd by Flora Sep-Oct 1851, fide Flora 34: 672. 

1851), p. [i-iv], [i]-4i, [3 p.], pi- 1-4- Copies: NY (4 pi.), Stevenson (3 pi.) 
Ref: BM 1: 116; Kew 1: 186; LS 1998; PR 532. 

H. J., Bot. Zeit. 9: 814-822. 14 Nov 1851 (rev. dated 25 Oct). 

Anon., Flora 35: 11-16. 7 Jan 1852. 

Bayrhoffer, Flora 35: 173-176. 21 Mar 1852. 

377. Entwickelung und Befruchtung der Cladoniaceen . . . Mit einer Tafel. Als Manuscript 
gedruckt. [Frankfurt a.M.] i860. Qu. (Entw. Cladon.) 

Publ.: i860, de Caspary received a copy from the author on 17 Nov i860; p. [i]-26, 

1 pi. Copy: NY. 
Ref: BM 1: 116; LS 2001; PR 533. 

154 



BECCARI 

Beat son, Alexander (1759- 1833), Scottish soldier, Governor of St. Helena 1808-1813. 

(Beatson) . 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 146; BB p. 26; BM 1: 117; DNB 4: 20; 
Jackson p. 353; Kew 1 : 191. 

Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew add. ser. 3: 37. 1899 (the Flora Sta. Helenica listed under 
Beatson was written by Alexander Watson). 

eponymy: Beatsonia Roxburgh (1816). 

378. Tracts relative to the island of St. Helena; written during a residence of five years. By 
Major-general Alexander Beatson, late governer, &c. &c. &c. Illustrated with views 
engraved by Mr. William Daniell, from the drawings of Samuel Davis, Esq. London 
(pr. W. Bulmer and Co., distr. G. and W. Nicol, J. Booth) 181 6. Qu. {Tracts St. Helena). 
Author of botanical appendix: William Roxburgh (1751-1815). 
Publ.: Jan 1816 (p. v*: 1 Jan 1816; Quart. Rev. Jan 1816), frontisp., p. [iii*-vii*], 

viii*-xix*, [i]-lxxxvii, [i]-330, 7 pi. Copy: LC. - On p. 295-326: Appendix 1: An 

alphabetical list of plants seen by Dr Roxburgh growing on the island of St. Helena in 

1813-1814. 
Ref. : Jackson p. 353; Kew 1: 191. 

Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew, add. ser. 3: 37. 1899. 

Beauverd, Gustave (1867- 1942), Swiss botanist, curator of the Boissier herbarium at 
Geneve. (Beauverd). 

herbarium and types: G. 
Ref.: IH2: 63. 

bibliography and biography: AG 12(3) : 364; Barnhart i : 148; BFM 962; BL 2: 627 

[index]; BM 6: 68; CSP 13: 376; IF suppl. 1: 75; Kew 1: 192-193; LS 2030, 30954- 

30955; LS suppl. 21 15-2120; MW p. 37; RV 71 : p. 275; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. 

Cavillier, Boissier 5: 16. 1941. 

Hochreutiner, Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 33: 223-240. 1942. 

Hochreutiner, Revista Sudam. Bot. 7(1): 23-24. 1942. 

eponymy: Beauverdia Herter (1943). 

Beauverie, Jean Jules (1874- 1938), French botanist at Lyon. (Beauverie). 

herbarium and types : LY. 

Ref. : Beauverie, C. R. Congr. Soc. sav. Paris, sect. sci. 68: 208-214. 1935. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 148; BL 2: 115; 6: 68; CSP 13: 376; 

Kew 1: 193; Langman p. 121; LS 2031-2048, 30956-30969; LS suppl. 2121-2168; 

MW p. 37. 

Beauverie, Liste de titres et travaux scientifiques (1897- 1934). Lyon 1935, 78 p. (bibl.) 

Reynaud-Beauverie, Bull. Soc. bot. France 85: 557-567. 1938 (bibl.) 

Tronchet, Bull. Soc. linn. Lyon 7(4): 100-105. 1938 (portr.) 

Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 4(3): 262-263, 267. 1938 (portr.) 

eponymy: Beauveria Vuillemin (1912). 

Beccars, Odoardo (1843- 1920), Italian botanical explorer and palm specialist. (Becc.) 

herbarium and types: FI (13.000). 
Ref: IH 1 (ed. 6): 355, 2: 63. 

Steenis, Webbia 8(2): 427-436. 1952. 

155 



BECCARI 

bibliography and biography : AG 3 : 211; Barnhart i : 1 48 ; BL 1 : 103, 120; BM 1 : 118, 

6: 68; Bossertp. 30; CSP7: 113, 9: 156, 12: 60, 13: 378; IF p. 680; Jackson p. 120, 395; 

Kew 1 : 194-195; Langman p. 121; MW p. 37; NI 108-112. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 160, pi. 31. 1903, 3(3): 175. 1905 (portr.) 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1921-1922: 37"4°- 

Beguinot, Rivista di Biologia 3(1). 1921 (repr. 4 p.). 

Burkill and Moulton, J. Asiat. Soc. Straits Br. 83: 166-173. I 92i. 

Chiovenda, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. ser. 2. 28: 5-25. 1921 (portr., bibl.) 

Martelli, Webbia 5(1): 295-353. I 9 21 (portr., bibl. maps itin.), also as independent 

reprint, Firenze 1921, 61 p. 
Priore, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 39: (56)-(87). 1921. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1 : 43-46. 1950 (extensive information on itineraries, 

biogr., coll.). 
Steenis, Webbia 8(2): 427-436. 1952 (Thesaurus beccarianus). 
Irmscher, Webbia 9: 469-509. 1953 (on his Begoniaceae). 
Royen, Webbia 9: 369-385. 1954 (on his Podostemaceae) . 

composite works: (i) Nuovo Giornale botanico Italiano publicato da O. Beccari, vols, i-iii, 

1869-1871. 

(2) Hooker, Fl. Brit. India, Palmae (with J. D. Hooker), 6: 402-448. Jul 1892, 449-483. 

Sep 1893. 

eponymy: Beccaria Massee (1892); Beccaria K. A. F. W. Mueller Hal. (1872); Bec- 
carianthus Cogniaux (1890); Beccariella Pierre (1890); Beccariella Cesati (1879); Bec- 
carinea Pierre ex Post & O. Kuntze (1903); Beccarina Van Tieghem (1895); Beccarinda 
O. Kuntze (1891); Beccariodendron Warburg (1891); Beccariophoenix H. Jumelle & H. 
Perrier de la Bathie (191 5). 

379. Malesia raccolta di osservazioni botaniche intorno alle piante dell' arcipelago 
indo-malese e papuano publicata da Odoardo Beccari destinata principalmente a 
descrivere ed illustrare le piante da esso raccolte in quelle regioni durante i viaggi 
eseguiti dal anno 1865 all' anno 1876. Genova (1/2: R. Istituto Sordo-Muti) Firenze- 
Roma (3: Fratelli Bencini) 1877- 1890. 3 vols. Qu. {Malesia). 

vol. part pages dates 



I 


I 


[i]-96 


Apr 1877 




2 


97-192 


Sep 1877 




3 


193-256 


Sep 1878 




4 


257-304, [i,ind.] 


Dec 1883 


2 


1 


[l]-I28 


Dec 1884 




2 


129-212 


28 Sep 1885 




3 


213-284 


12 Jun 1886 




4 


285-34°, W 


Dec 1886 


3 


1 


[i]-8o 


Jun 1886 




2 


81-160 


Sep 1886 




3 


161-168 


Aug 1887 




4 


169-280 


Sep 1889 




5 


281-432, [i-iii] 


Mar 1890 



There are 137 lithographs (1-28, 1-65, 1-44) mainly after drawings by Beccari himself. 

Dates 2: 340, 3: 420. Copies: BR, G, L, MO, US. - Parts 1 and 2 of vol 2 were issued 

in a single cover for "fasc. i-ii," dated 1884. The dates on the signatures are not those of 

publication. 

A facsimile reprint was announced, but not yet published, by Asher (1974). 

Ref.: BM 1: 118; IF p. 680; MW p. 37; NI 108; SK p. clxix. 

380. Palme del Madagascar descrite ed illustrate da Odoardi Beccari (con 50 tavole in 
fototipia testo). Firenze (Istituto micrografico Italiano) igi2[-i9i4]. Fol. {Palme 
Madagascar) . 

156 



BECK, G. 

fasc. pages plates dates 



I 


i- 14, [i-iv] 






I-IO 


1912 


2 


15-22 






11-20 


1912 


3 


23-32 






21-27, 29, 30, 32 


1912 


4 


33-40 






28, 31, 33-40 


igi2 on cover* 


5 


4!-59> [v-vi, 


hid 


] 


41-50 


19 1 2 on cover** 



* but received by GH in 12 Mar 19 14; ** but not printed until 4 Apr 19 14, see p. 59, 
received by GH 23 Jul 19 14. The GH (= HH) copy is in the original covers. The 
50 plates are photographs by Beccari. Number of copies printed: 100. Copies: BR, G, 
HH, MO. 
Re/.: BM 6: 69; NI 109. 

381. he palme della Nuova Caledonia. Firenze (M. Ricci) 1920. Oct. {Palme Nuova Cale- 
donia) . 

PubL: 10 Dec 1920, p. [i]-78, pi. 1-13 with text, [1, colophon with date]. Copy: G. - 
Preprinted from Webbia 5: 71-198, published on 30 Jul 1921 or somewhat later. 
The plates, with accompanying text, edited by Ugolino Martelli, occupy p. 147-198. 

382. Asiatic Palms - Corypheae . . . The species of the genera Corypha, Nannorhops, 
Sabal, Copernicia, Serenoa, Brahea, Acoelorhaphe, Washingtonia, Pritchardia, 
Erythea, Livistona, Licvala, Pritchardiopsis, Phlolidocarpus, Teysmannia, Rhapis, 
Chamaerops, Trachycarpus, Rhaphidophyllum, Trithrinax, Acanthorhiza, Hemithri- 
nax, Thrinax, Coccothrinax, Crysophila. With 70 plates and 32 plates of analytical 
figures. Calcutta (Bengal Secretariat Book Depot) 1931. Qu. (Asiat. Palms, Coryph.) 
PubL: Early 1933 [sic] - p. [i-x], [i]-356, 102 pi. (1-99, 59'ois, 68bis, 8gbis). Issued as 

Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard. Calcutta vol. 13. Posthumously revised and edited by Ugolino 
Martelli. 
Re/.: MWp. 37; NI m. 

Furtado, Chron. bot. 3: 337. 1937. 

Beck, Ritter von Masinagetta und Lerchenau, Giinther (1 856-1 931), Bohemian 
botanist, curator of W (1886- 1899), professor of botany in Vienna (1888- 1899), later at 
Prague. (Beck). 

herbarium and types: PRC and/or W. Both institutes claim to possess the original 
herbarium; algae at PRC. Together with Alexander Zalhbruckner Beck published 
Cryptogamae exsiccatae editae a Museo palatino vindobonense (nos. 1-600, 1894- 1900). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 63-64. 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 428. 1916. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: AG 4: 43 1, 6(1) : 207, 12(1) : 244, 12(3) : 302; Barnhart 

1 : 149; BFM [ind.] ; BL 1 : 1 14; BM 1 : 1 19, 6: 70; Bossert p. 31 ; CSP 9: 160, 12: 60, 

13: 385-386; DTS 1 : 17-18, 6(4) : 79, 1 1 1 ; GR p. 446; Jackson p. 94; Kew 1 : 197-198; 

Langman p. 122; LS 2 120-2 124, suppl. 2 183-2 190; MWp. 38; NI 113a; OBL 1: 61; 

Zander ed. 10, p. 633. 

Marchesetti, Atti Museo civ. Storia nat. Trieste 9: 133-134. 1895. 

Maiwald, Gesch. bot. Bohmen 240, 274. 1904. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 205. 1905. 

Pascher, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 49: (gi05)-(i25). 1931 (portr., bibl.) 

Domin, Veda prir. 13: 1 19-120. 1932. 

Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1051. 1940. 

Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 319. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. 

Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 97-98. i960. 

composite Works: (i) EP ed. 1, Orobanchaceae, in 4(36): 123-132. 1891 (suppl. by 

Engler in Nachtr. 2-4: 299. 1897). 

(2) Pflanzenreich: Orobanchaceae, iv. 261, Heft 96, 30 Sep 1930 (348 p.), repr. 1958/60. 

157 



BECK, G. 

(3) Reichenbach, Icones florae Germaniae, editor from 1900- 1907; vol. 22 (dec. 31-33, 
p. 169-230, t. 271, 1900-1903); vol. 24 (dec. 1-14, p. 1-112, pi. 139-250, 1903-1907). 

(4) Becker, Hernstein in Niederosterreich, 2. Flora bearbeitet von G. Beck (also some 
animal taxa). 

(5) Paulitschke, Harar, Forschangsreise . . ., Wissenschqftlicher Theil; botanische Ergebnisse by 
Beck. (1888). 

(6) Wawra von Fernsee, Itinera Principum S. Coburgi, Wien 1 883- 1 888, edited by G. Beck. 

eponymy: Mannagettaea H. Smith (1933). 

383. Flora von JVieder-Osterreich. Handbuch zur Bestimmung sammtlicher in diesem 
Kronlande und den angrenzenden Gebieten wildwachsenden, haufig gebauten und 
verwildert vorkommenden Samenpflanzen und Fiihrer zu weiteren botanischen 
Forschungen fur Botaniker, Pflanzenfreunde und Anfanger. Wien (Carl Gerold's 
Sohn) 1890-1893. Oct. (Fl. JVieder-Osterreich). 

vol./pars pages figures dates 



I 


H-vi, [1], [1]- 


430, 


i-77 


25 Nov 1890 




[ind. 2 p.] 










2(1) 


[i], [43O-889, 
ind., err.] 


[890-894, 


78-128 


Apr 


1892 


(2) 


[i]-x, [I,h.t.], 

[i,h.t.], [895] 


[i]-74> 
-1396 


— 


Jun 


1893 



Copies: HH, U. - For dates see p. vi. 
Re/.: BM 1: 119; DTS 1: 18; Kew 1: 197. 

384. Die Vegetationsverhdltnisse der illyrischen Lander begreifend Siidkroatien, die Quar- 
nero-Inseln, Dalmatien, Bosnien und die Hercegovina, Montenegro, Nordalbanien, den 
Sandzak Novipazar und Serbien. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1901. Oct. (Vege- 
tationsverh. illyr. Land.) 

Orig. ed.: Oct-Nov 1901 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1901), p. [i]-xv, [i]-534, [535], 2 maps, 6 pi., 

18 ills. Copy: U. - Die Vegetation der Erde (ed. A. Engler, O. Drude), vol. 4. 
Facsimile reprint: announced, but not yet published (Cramer 1974). 
Ref. : BM 6: 70; Kew 1: 197. 

385. Hilfsbuch fur Pflanzensammler . . . mit 1 2 Abbildungen im Text. Leipzig (Wilhelm 
Engelmann) 1902. Oct. (Hilfsb. Pflanzensamml.) 

Publ.: 1902 (p. hi: Easter 1902; Nat. Nov.), p. [i-iv], [i]-36. Copy: U. 

386. Flora Bosne, Hercegovine i novopazarskog sandzaka. Volumes 1-4. 1903- 1967. 
(Fl. Bosne). 

Publ.: Volumes 1-3 are by Beck, vol. 4(1) is by Beck and K. Maly, vol. 4(2) is by 
Z. Bjelcic, Z. Slavnic and P. Fukarek. Publication took place in: 
G Glasnik zemaljskog Muzeja u Bosni Hercegovini, Sarajevo (1903- 1923) 
SA Sonderausgaben der Kgl. Serbischen Akademie 63(15) Beograd, Sarajevo 

(1927) 
BI Sonderausgabe Band 1 des Biol. Inst., Sarajevo (1950) 
ZM Sonderausgabe Band 11 des Zemaljski Muzej Bosne i Hercegovine, Prirodn- 

jacko odeljenje, Sarajevo (1967) 



part/fasc. 


pages repr. 


contents 


place and date of publ. 


1 


[i-94] 


Gymn., Monoc. 


G 16: 1-48, 185-230. 1903 


2(1-3) 


95-149 


Salic.-Caryoph. 


G 18: 69-81, 137-150, 
4 6 9-495- J 9o6 


(4) 


151-165 


Caryoph. 


G 19: 15-29. 1907 


(5) 


[167-197] 


Caryoph. 


G21: iss-^s- 1909 


(6) 


[199-225] 


Ranunc. 


026:451-475. 1914 



158 



BECK, G. 



part/fasc. 


pages repr. 


contents 


place and date 01 publ. 


(7) 


226-351 


Berb.-Cruc. 


G 28(1-2): 41-67. 1916 




[l]-26 


Pterid. 


G 28(3-4): 31 1-336. 1916 


(8) 


353-393 


Resed.-Til. 


G 30: 177-217. 1918 


(9) 


395-439 


Euph.-Polygal. 


G 32(1-2) : 83-127. 1920 


(IO) 


442-457 


Anac.-Vit. 


G33: 1-17. 1921 


(») 


460-484 


Crass.-Sax. 


G 35: 49-74- 1923 


3 


i-viii, [ 1 1-487 


Chorip. (fin) 


SA 63/15: i-x, 1-487. 1927 


4(0 


i-72, [1] 


Symp. 


BI 1: 1-72, [1, ind., 1 col.] 1950 


(2) 


[l]-IIO, 

[1, col.] 


Symp. 


ZM 2: [i]-iio, [1, ind., 1 col.] 1967 



Copy: G. - Part of this Flora was published also in a German translation: Flora von 
Bosnien, der Herzegowina und des Sandzaks Novipazar, in Wiss. Mitt, aus Bosnien und der 
Herzegowina [Gerold, Wine] [WM] (Fl. Bosnien). 

part fascicle pages contents place and date of publ. 

1 [i], [i]-ii2 Gymn. Monoc. WM 9: 407-518. 1904 

2 1-2 [i], [ii3]-2io Salic.-Caryoph. WM 1 1 : 393-490. 1909 
3 [i], [2ii]-26i Nymph.-Ranunc. WM 13: 185-235. 1916 

The reprint has double pagination : journal and repr. Copy (reprint) : G. - This German 
version was discontinued after 1916; it is a separate work because of the many additions. 
A forerunner of this work was the Flora von Sudbosnien und der angrenzenden Hercegovina 
published in the Annalen des naturhistorischen Ho/museums Wien (Wien, Alfred Holder) . 
Subtitle: "Nach den Ergebnissen einer dahin im Jahre 1885 unternommene Reise und 
den in der Literatur vorhandenen Angaben." From pars 4 on: "im Jahre 1888." 



ann. 


pars 


pages reprint 


pages ann. 


plates 


dates 


i(4) 


1 


[i]-[55l 


[2711-325 




Nov-Dec 1886 


2(1) 


2 


[58H98] 


[351-76 




Feb-Mar 1887 


(2) 


3 


[lOO]-202 


[8i]-i84 


2{l)- 7 {6) 


Jun 1887 


4(4) 


4 


[!]-34 


[3391-372 




Jan-Feb 1890 


5(4) 


5 


[351-64 


[5491-578 


ifig- 


Dec 1890 or early Jan 1891 


6(3/4) 


6 


[651-102 


[307>344 


8{7)-io{ 9 ) 


Dec 1 89 1 or early Jan 1892 


10(2) 


7 


[i03]-i4i* 


[l66]-2I2 




Aug-Sep 1895 


"(1) 


8 


[i42]-i83 


[391-80 




Apr-Mai 1896 


J 3(0 


9 


[1841-215 


[l>32 




1898 (cover) 



Copies: BR (repr.), G (repr.), MO, NY (repr.). - The dates give the two months 
preceding mention in Nat. Nov. The NY copy is in orig. reprint covers. *The reprint 
has a pagination [103]- 141, 138- 141. Parts 1-3 constitute Band I (not so designated), 
4-9 Band II, so designated, Ann. 4(4) : 339. 
Re/.: DTS 1: 17. 

Widder, Phyton 13(3-4): 317-319. l 9^>9- 

387. Schedae ad "Kryptogamas exsiccatas,'" 1 editae a museo paletino vindobonensi. 1894-1964. 
Wien (Sched. krypt. exs.) 

Co-author: Alexander Zahlbruckner (i860- 1893). 

Exsiccalae: Kryptogamae exsiccatae, editae a museo palatino vindobenensi, cent, i-xlv. nos. 
1-4500, 1 894- 1 964. 

The publication of the Schedae as well as the issue of the Kryptogamae exsiccatae (the name 
changed later to Cryptogamae exsiccatae) was a co-operative effort. The total publica- 
tion comprised 45 centuries of sets of specimens and accompanying texts in the Annalen. 
We give here the data for sets 1-6, published by Beck and Zahlbruckner and for sets 7-9 
issued by A. Zahlbruckner. The remaining part will be treated under Zahlbruckner. 
Schedae: published in Annalen des k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums Wien: 

159 



BECK, 


G. 












cent. 


nos. 


Annalen 


pages 


plates 


date 


i 


I-IOO 


9 


1 19-142 


ii, 


Hi 


1894 


2 


IOI-200 


1 1 


81-101 






1896 


3 


201-300 


12 


79-98 






1897 


4 


30 1 -400 


13 


443-472 






1898 


5/6 


401-600 


15 


169-215 






1900 


7 


601-700 


16 


63-90 






1901 


8 


701-800 


17 


257-281 






1902 


9 


801-900 


18 


349-375 






1903 



Centuries 7-26 were issued by A. Zahlbriickner, 27-32 by C. Keissler, 33-34, 36-45 by 
F. Petrak, 35 by Petrak, K. Rechinger, O. Szatala and J. Baumgartner. For further 
details see Sayre 1969. 
Ref. : DTS 1 : 18,3: xxxix, 4 : xliii-xliv, 5 : xlviii-xlix ; LS 2 1 24. 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 328. 1916. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 31-32. 1969. 

Beck, Lewis Caleb (1 798-1853), American physician and naturalist at Albany, New 
York. (L. C. Beck). 

herbarium and types: NYS [?], duplicates B, K, KIEL, P, W. 
Ref.: IH 2: 63. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 149; BM 1 : 119, 6: 70; CSP 1 : 228-229, 6: 

58, 12: 60; IF p. 680; Jackson p. 361; Kew 1: 197; ME 1: 164, 3: 391, 411, 536; 

PR 541. 

Anon., Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 16: 149-150. 1853 (bibl.) 

March, in Grosse, Amer. med. Biogr. 1861 : 679-696 (fide ME). 

Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 690. 

House, in Kelly and Burrage, Amer. med. Biogr. 1920: 87. 

Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921. 

Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. 

Ewan, Short history botany U.S. 90, 97. 1969. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 447. 1973. 

composite works: Eaton, Manual, ed. 4, 1824, appendix by L. C. Beck. 

eponymy: Neobeckia E. L. Greene (1896). 

388. Botany of the northern and middle states; or, a description of the plants found in the 

United States, north of Virginia, arranged according to the natural system. With a 

synopsis of the genera according to the Linnaean system - a sketch of the rudiments of 

botany, and a glossary of terms. Albany (Webster and Skinners) 1833. Duod. (in sixes) 

(Bot. north, middle states). 

Ed. 1: Mai-Jun 1833 (data BH), p. [i]-lv, [i]~47i. Copy: BR. 

Ed. 2: 'revised and enlarged,' New York (Harper & Brothers) 1848. Duod., publ. 1848 

(p. iv: Feb 1848), p. [i]-lxiii, [i]-48o "Botany of the United States North of Virginia; 

comprising descriptions of the flowering and fern-like plants hitherto found in those 

states, arranged according to the natural system; with a synopsis . . . terms." Copies: 

HH, MICH. 
Reissue: 1856, New York (Harper and Brothers), cancellans t.p., rest 1848 sheets, 

p. [i]-xiii, [i]-48o. Duod. Copies: MICH, NY. 
Reissue: 1868, New York (Harper and Brothers), cancellans t.p., rest 1868 sheets, 

p. [i]-lxiii, [i]-48o. Duod. Copy: NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 119; IF 680; Jackson 361; Kew 1: 197; ME 3: 411; PR 541; IDC 51 13. 

Beck, [Carl] Richard (1858- 19 19), German palaeobotanist and geologist. (R. Beck). 

collections: Unknown. 

160 



BECKER, W. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 149; BM 6: 69-70; CSP 1 : 229, 6: 580, 7: 
1 1 6- 1 1 7, 9: 160, 13: 384-385; LS 2 1 25-2 1 27, 30967-30969; Quenstedt p. 28. 
Stutzer, Z. prakt. Geol. 27: 149-153. 191 9 (portr., bibl.) 

Kossmat, Ber. Sachs. Akad. Math.-Phys. Kl. 71: 359-364. 1919 [1920] (bibl.) 
Schreiter, Ber. Freiberger Geol. Ges. 8(1915-1920): 12-25. I 9 20 (portr., bibl.) 

Becker, Alexander (1818-1901), Russian botanist and musician (organ player) at 
Sarepta, explorer of the lower Wolga region and the Caucasus. (A. Becker). 

herbarium and types: Unknown, Becker distributed many plants partly through 
Hohenacker; important set at LE, for duplicates see IH. Some collections went under 
the title Plantae desertorum wolgae inferioris (see e.g. Bot. Zeit. 13: 391-392. 1855, 14: 295. 
1856, Flora 39: 256. 1856, Bonplandia 6: 341. 1858), others as Plantae caucasicae rariores 
(Bonplandia 6: 341. 1858). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 64. 

Anon., Flora 38: 224, 240. 1855. 

Becker, Verzeichnis der um Sarepta wildwachsenden Pflanzen, Moskau 1858 (n.v. 
see Flora 45: 207-208. 1862, obviously a reprint from Bull. Soc. nat. Mosc. 1858, 
no. 3). 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1) : 465; Barnhart 1 : 149; Bossert p. 31 ; CSP 1 : 
229-230,7: 117,9: 1 60- 1 61 ; Jackson p. 330; Kew 1 : 198. 
Wiren, Acta Horti Univ. Jurj. 2: 126-129. 1901 (portr., bibl.) 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Becker, cf. infra, sub J. Becker. 

Becker, Johannes (1769-1833), German botanist, "Stifts-botanikus" of the Sencken- 
berg Institute at Frankfurt a.M. {Becker). 

herbarium and types: FR. 

Ref. : Conert, Senckenbergiana biologica 48 (Sonderheft C) : 13-17. 1967. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 150; BM 1 : 120; GR p. 61 ; Kew 1 : 198; 

LS 2: 31 ; MD p. 54-55; PR 543. 

Fresenius, Flora 16(2): 766-767. 1833, 17(1): 24-29. 1834. 

Blum, Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. Wiss. Abh. 1901: 10. 

Anon., Ann. bryol. 9: 154. 1937. 

Egle und Rosenstock, Gesch. Bot. Frankfurt a. Main 14. 1966. 

eponymy: Beckera Fresenius (1837); Beckeropsis Figari & De Notaris (1853). 

Mote: Becker ella Kylin (1956) is dedicated to Hermann Franz Becker (1838- 191 7), 

German born botanist in South Africa. 

389. Flora der Gegend um Frankfurt am Main. Frankfurt a.M. (Ludwig Reinherz) 1828. 

Oct. (Fl. Frankfurt). 

Erste Abtheilung: Phanerogamie : (t.p. 1828), 1827, ante 14 Nov (Flora 10(2) : 672. 1827), 

p. [i-iv], [i]-557, [558, err.], table. 6i*-62* cancell. Copies: B, HH. 
Zweite Abtheilung: Cryptogamie: Oct 1828 (Martius acknowledged the receipt of a copy 

on 19 Oct 1828, letter at FR; received by Regensburg Botanical Society after 28 Sep 

(Flora 11(2) Erg.: 65. 1828), p. [i], [i]-8i3, [814 err.], and part 2(2) without t.p.: 

[i]-i 1 1, [1 12, ind.]. Copies: B, HH. 
Ref: BM 1: 120; Kew 1: 198; LS 2131; MD p. 55; PR 543. 

Fresenius, Flora 17(1): 24-29. 1834. 

Conert, Senckenbergiana biologica 48 (Sonderheft C) : 14-15. 1967. 

Becker, Wilhelm (1874- 1928), German teacher and botanist. (W. Becker). 

herbarium and types: B — Exsiccatae: Violae exsiccatae germanicae, austro-hungaricae et 
helvetiae (Lief, i-viii, 1900- 1908, nos. 1-202), sets at B, GOET and probably also in FR, 
GB, GJO, GH and W. 

161 



BECKER, W. 

Re/.: DTS 6: m-112; IH 2: 64. 

Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 328. 191 6. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 151 ; DTS 6(4) : 74, 1 1 1-1 14. 

Gorz, Verb., bot. Ver. Brandenburg 71 : 142-150. 1928 (bibl. by H. Melchior). 

Kloos, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 1928: 172-173. 

Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1929: 89. 

Wein, Mitt, thtir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 39: xiv-xvi. 1930. 

eponymy: For eponymys based on the name Becker, cf. supra, sub J. Becker. 

Beckhaus, Konrad Friedrich Ludwig (1 821- 1890), German clergyman, highschool 
teacher and botanist at Hoxter, Westfalen. (Beckhaus) . 

herbarium and types : MSTR. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 64. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 151 ; BFM 49; BM 1 : 120; CSP 1 : 231, 7: 

118; 12: 61-62, 13: 392; GR p. 5; LS 2136-2140. 

Westhof, Jahresber. bot. Sekt. Westfal. Prov. Ver. 1891/92: 6. 1892. 

Beckhaus, Flora von Westfalen i. 1893 (portr.) 

390. Flora von Westfalen. Die in der Provinz Westfalen wild wachsenden Gefass-Pflanzen 
. . . Nach des Verfassers Tode herausgegeben von L. A[ugust] W[ilhelm] Hasse . . . Mit 
einem Bildniss des Verfassers. Minister (Aschendorff) 1893. Oct. (Fl. Westfalen). 
Publ.: Sep-Dec 1893 (preface 17 Aug 1893; Hedwigia rev. 30 Jan 1894, Nat. Nov. Jan 

1894), p. [i]-xxvi, [i]-io96, portr. Copy: NY. 
Ref: BFM 49; BM 1: 120. 

Rickett, NAF ser. 2(2): 151. 1955. 

Beddome, Richard Henry ( 1 830- 191 1), English army officer and forestry botanist in 
India. (Bedd.) 

herbarium and types: BM (10.000 species); some of the types perhaps at K, further 
material at CAL. 

Ref: BB p. 27; IH 1 (ed. 6) : 355, 2: 64. 
Murray, Hist. coll. BMNH 133. 1904. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 152; BB p. 27; BM 1 : 121, 6: 71 ; CSP 1 : 
242, 6: 581, 7: 122-123, 9: 168, 13: 400; IF p. 680-681, suppl. p. 75; Jackson p. 388, 

391, 520; Kew 1: 199; Langmanp. 122; MW p. 39; NI 1 15-120; PR 554"557> 10540; 
Zander ed. 10, p. 633. 

Drummond, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1910-1911: 32-34. 
Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 191 1: 164-165. 

eponymy: BeddomeaJ. D. Hooker (1862); Beddomiella Dixon (1922). 

391. The ferns of Southern India. Being descriptions and plates of the ferns of the Madras 

presidency. Madras (Gantz brothers) 1863 [-1864]. Qu. (Ferns S. India). 

Ed. 1: text p. [i*], [iii*], [i]-xv, [i]-88, index [i]-vii, pi. 1-271, 28a. Copies: BR, G, L, 
MO, (in orig. sequence of fasc), NY. Fasc. 1-10: pi. 1-123. 1863. Fasc. n-i6:pl. 124-271. 
1864, last parts perhaps 1865 (Flora 29 Nov 1865). 

Ed. 2: Madras (Higginbotham and Co.) [i872-]i873, p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xv, [i]-88, pi. 1-271, 
28a, p. [i]-xv. Copies: G, MO, NY. - The plates are lithographs of drawings by 
G. Govindo and G. Winchester. Reprints of the 1863 edition (New Delhi 1870, n.v.) 
and of the 1873 edition (New Delhi 1969, n.v.) are offered by the book trade. 

A Supplement to the Ferns of Southern India and British India . . . Madras. Qu. 1876 has 
p. [i]-28 and plates 346-390 (see Ferns of British India). 

Ref: BM 1: 121; IF p. 680; Jackson 386; Kew 1; 199; NI 116-117; PR 555; IDC 

7158. 

162 



BEDDOME 



392. The ferns of British India. Being figures and descriptions of ferns from all parts of 
British India (exclusive of those figured in "the ferns of Southern India and Ceylon"). 
Madras (Gantz brothers, at the Adelphi Press) [1865-] 1866- 1868 [-1870]. Qu. {Ferns 
Brit. India). 



vol. 



fasc. 



pag. 



plates 



dates 



I 


1-8 






1-120 


1865 




9-14 


W 




121-150 
151-220 


1866 
1866 


2 


I5-I7 






221-255 


1867 




18-20 


W 




256-300 


1868 


3 


21-22 






301-33° 


1869 




23 


[i-vi, index], [2, corr.] 


331-345 


1870 


Suppl. 


- 


[1]- 


•28 


346-390 


1876 



Copies: L, MO. - The plates are lithographs by G. Winchester (1-120), G. Govindo, 
W. H. Fitch, H. Baker et al., they are accompanied by unnumbered text pages. A 
reprint '1973, available' is announced by the trade. 
Ref: BM 1: 121; IF p. 680 ; Jackson p. 385, 386; Kew 1: 199; NI 115, 117; PR 556. 

393. The flora sylvatica for Southern India : containing quarto plates of all the principal 

timber trees in southern India and Ceylon, accompanied by a botanical manual, with 

descriptions of every known tree and shrub, and analysis of every genus not figured in 

the plates. Madras (Gantz Brothers) [1869- 1874], 2 vols. Qu. (Fl. sylv. S. India). 

Publ. : The work consists of plates illustrating a single species accompanied by a page of 

letter press (arabic pagination) . In addition there is an independently paged (roman 

pagination) 'Forester's Manual,' which is illustrated by 29 plates (i-2?bis, 2g) giving 

an "analysis of genera." The Manual is sometimes bound separately as a third volume 

but has no title-page of its own. 



parts pages manual plates plates 

(in flora) (in manual) 



dates 



i-3 

4-6 

7-14 

15-24 

25-27 

28 



1-36 

37-72 

73-168 

169-288 

289-325 

(-327?) 
(? 32 6- 



l-xvn 
xix-lxxxii 
lxxxiii-clxix 
clxxi-ccxxxvi 

ccxxxvi[bis]- 



328-330 ccxxxviii 



1-36 

37-72 

73-168 

169-288 

289-325 

(-327?) 
(? 3 26-) 
328-330 



1-2 1870 

3-1 1 1 87 1 

12-22 1872 

23-27 bis 1873 

29 J 873 sero vel 1874 prim. 



Copy: G. 

A facsimile reprint was announced, but not yet published, by Asher 1974. 

Ref. : BM 1: 121; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 387; NI 118; SK p. clxix (Stearn). 

394. Icones plantar urn Indiae orientalis; or plates and descriptions of new and rare plants, 
from Southern India and Ceylon. ... vol. 1. Containing 300 plates. Madras (Gantz 
Brothers), London (J. van Voorst) 1874. Qu. f (Icon. pi. Ind. or.) 

Orig. ed.: 1868- 1874, in 15 parts of 20 plates each accompanied by some (usually 4) 
pages of text, p. [i*], [i]-vii, [i]-7o, pi. 1-300. Copies: MO, U. - The uncoloured 
lithographs are of drawings by H. de Alwis and G. Govindo. 

Facsimile ed.: New Delhi (Today & Tomorrow) 1972, same pagination (new imprint on 
[i*]). Copy: US. 

Ref: BM 1: 121; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 384; Kew 1: 199; NI 120; PR 557, 10540. 

395. Supplement to the ferns of Southern India and British India, containing a revised list of 
all the ferns of India, Ceylon, Birmah and the Malay Peninsula and 45 plates of hitherto 



163 



BEDDOME 

unfigured species. Madras (Gantz Brothers, at the Delphi Press) 1876, Qu., (Suppl. 

ferns S. Ind.) 

Publ.: 1876, p. [i]-28, pi. 346-390. Copies: G, L, MO. 

396. Handbook to the ferns of British India, Ceylon and the Malay Peninsula . . . Calcutta 
(Thacker, Spink and Co.), Bombay (Thacker & Co.), Madras (Higginbotham & Co.), 
London (W. Thacker & Co.) 1883. Oct. (Handb. ferns Brit. India). 

Publ.: Mai 1883 (preface Mai 1833; Nat. Nov. Apr and Mai 1883 [sic]; J. Bot. Jun 

1883), p. [i]-xiv, pi. 296-297, [i]-500, plates 1-295, 298-300 in text. Copies: BR, G, L 

(2), MO (inscribed by author 22 Jun 1883), NY, U. 
A Supplement . . . ferns of British India, Calcutta, Oct., p. [i]-iio, appeared in 1892. 

Copy: L. (Suppl. ferns Brit. Ind.) 
Reprint of the handbook and supplement, New Delhi (Today and Tomorrow) 1969, as 

original except that 296/297 are now placed in numerical order, p. [i]-xiv, [i]-500, 

[1, err.], suppl. [i]-uo. Copy: NY. 
Ref: BM 1: 12; IF p. 681; Kew 1: 119; NI 119; IDC 5086. 

Nayar and Kaur, Companion to R. H. Beddome; Handbook . . . Koenigstein 
(Koeltz) 1974 (further supplement), xiii, 244 p. 

Beechey, Frederick William (1796- 1856), British explorer. (Beechey). 

herbarium and types: Beechey did not collect himself. For the collections made by 
Collie and Lay during the voyage to the Pacific in 1825- 1828 see under Hooker et 
Arnott. The original collection was acquired by Delessert (now at G), duplicates e.g. at 
BM, K, E. 
Ref. : IH 2: 64; Lasegue 85, 562. 

Hedge and Lamont, Ind. coll. Edinburgh 59. 1970. 

Miller, Taxon 19: 514. 1970. 

McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 222-223. x 97 2 - 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 152; BM 1: 122, 6: 72; Bretschneider 

p. 288; CSP 1 : 242-243; Jackson p. 224; Kew 1 : 200; Lasegue p. 562 [index]; Zander 

ed. 10, p. 633. 

Embacher, Lexikon der Reisen 29-30. 1882. 

Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 123. 1887. 

Cyriax, Sir John Franklin's last arctic expedition 216 [index] 1939. 

Schmid, Chamisso als Naturforscher nos. 219-221. 1942. 

Lamb, Franklin - happy voyager 289. 1956. 

Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 37 [no. 285]. 1966. 

note: "The botany of Captain Beech ey's Voyage ... to the Pacific & Bering's Strait . . . 
in 1825-1828 ..." was published by W. J. Hooker et G. A. W. Arnott, q.v. 

Beer, Joliann Georg (1803-1873), Austrian municipal administrator ("Stadtrath") 
and botanist in Vienna. (Beer). 

herbarium and types: IBF (orig.l) 
Ref: IH 2: 65. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 153; BM 1: 123; CSP 1: 245, 7: 123; 
Jackson p. 125, 138; Kew 1 : 201 ; Langman p. 122-123; NI 122; PR 561-564; Zander 
ed. 10, p. 633. 
Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 23: 135. 1873. 

397. Praktische Studien an der Familie der Orchideen, nebst Kulturanweisungen und Be- 
schieibung aller schonbliihenden tropischen Orchideen. Wien (Carl Gerold & Sohn) 
1854. Oct. (Prakt. Stud. Orchid.) 

Publ. : Jun-Nov 1854 (p- vm: Mai 1854; Gersdorf before Dec 1854), p. [i]-x, [i]-332, 

text ill., 1 pi. Copy: NY. 
Ref : BM 1 : 123; Jackson p. 138; Kew 1 : 201; PR 56 1 . 

164 



398. Die Familie der Bromeliaceen. Nach ihrem habituellen Character bearbeitet mit 
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ananassa. Wien (Tendler & Co.) 1857. Oct. (Fam. 
Bromel.) 

Publ. : Sep-Oct 1856 even though dated 1857 (received, as a whole, by Flora in Oct 1856, 
"soeben erschienen" Bot. Zeit. 24 Oct 1856, and presented to the meeting of the 
Deutsche Naturforscher on 18 Sep 1856), p. [i], [i]-27i, [272]. Copy: NY. 

Re/.: BM 1: 123; Jackson p. 125; Kew 1: 201; Langman p. 123; PR 563. 
Anon., Flora 39: 602, 656. 1856. 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 14: 842-845. 28 Nov 1856. 
Anon., Flora 41: 674. 1858. 

399. Beitrdge zur Morphologie und Biologie der Familie der Orchideen. Wien (Carl Gerold's 
Sohn) 1863. Fol. {Beitr. Morph. Biol. Orchid.) 

Publ. : Jan-Mai 1863 (pref. p. viii: 12 Apr 1862, Flora 31 Mai 1963), [i*], [i]-viii, 
[i]-44, pi. 1-12; the coloured (2-12) lithographs are by the author. Copies: B, BR, NY. 
Ref : BM 1 : 123; Kew 1 : 20 1 ; Langman p. 1 23 ; NI 122; PR 564. 

Beguinot, Augusto (1875- 1940), Italian botanist at Sassari, Messina, Modena and 
Genoa. {Beguinot). 

herbarium and types : Unknown ; collections in various herbaria. Beguinot contributed 
to the Flora italica exsiccata. 
Ref.: IH 2: 65. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 154; BFM; BL 1: 42, 2: 628 [index]; 

BM 6: 72; Bossert p. 32; CSP 13: 406-407; DTS 6(4): 114-115; Kew 1: 202-203; 

Langman p. 123; MW p. 39. 

Fiori, Archivio bot., Forli, 16(1): iii-lxxxii. 1940 (portr., bibl.) 

Negodi, Atti Soc. Natural. Mat. Modena 71 : 94-115. 1940 (portr., bibl.) 

Negri, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. ser. 2. 47: 718-749. 1940 (portr.) 

Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 6(5): 114-115. 1940 (portr.) 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 17. 1941 (bibl.) 

400. Flora padovana ossia prospetto floristico e fitogeographico delle piante vascolari 
indigene inselvatichite o largamente coltivate crescenti nella provincia di Tadova con 
notizie stoiico-bibliografiche sulle fonti della flora ed illustrata da 20 tavole. Padova 
(1: Prem. Soc. Coop. Tip.; 2-3: Tipografia del Seminario) 1909-1914. Oct. (Fl. padov.) 
1: Bibliogr. etc.: p. [i], [i]-io3. Feb-Mai 1909 (pref. Feb 1909, Nat. Nov. Mai 1909). 

Copy: G. 
2: Enum. spezie : /arc. /, p. [i05]-4o8. \§io;fasc. 2, p. 409-607. 191 1. Copy: G. 
3: Distr. geogr.: p. [6og]-764, pi. 1-20. 1914. Copy: G. 
Ref. : BL 2: 411; BM 6: 72; Kew 1 : 202. 

401. La flora, il paesaggio botanico e le piante utili della Tripolitania e Cirenaica (a parziale 
beneficio del fondo Pei Feriti d' Africa). Padova (Fratelli Drucker) 19 12. Oct. {Fl. 
Tripolitania) . 

Publ. : Jan-Feb 1912 (p. [5]: Dec 191 1, Nat. Nov. Feb 1912), p. DG-51. Copy: BR. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 203. 

Behere, Jean Baptiste Joseph (1763- 1840), French teacher and naturalist at Rouen. 

{Behere) . 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 154; BM 1: 123; GR p. 305; Jackson 
p. 290; MD p. 56-57; PR 570. 

402. Muscologia rothomagensis, ou tableau analytique des mousses decouvertes jusqu'a ce 
jour aux environs de Rouen, classees d'apres les urnes et l'organisation de leur peri- 
stome; avec les caracteres des genres et l'etymologie de leurs noms, ainsi que la synony- 

165 



BEHERE 



mie des especes et l'indication des lieux ou elles ont ete trouvees. Rouen (F. Baudry) 

1826. Oct. {Muscol. rothom.) 

Publ. : Jul-Dec 1826, p. [O-48, 1 pi. Copies: G, L. - Reprint with separate title page and 
pagination from an article in "Seance publique de la Societe libre d'Emulation de 
Rouen tenue le 9 juin 1826," p. 77-120. There is no indication that reprint and 
journal were published at different dates. The title of the periodical later became: 
"Bulletins de la Societe libre ..." (B-P-H 278-17). - See also Soc. Emul. Rouen 1819: 

25-27- 9J un l8l 9- 
Re/.: BM 1: 123; Jackson p. 290; MD p. 56-57; PR 570. 

Behr, Hans Herman [n] (1818-1904), German physician and botanist who travelled 
in Australia and later settled in California. (Behr) . 

herbarium and types: Australian material in MEL; pre- 1906 Californian material 
destroyed, other material at HBG, LE. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 65. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 154; BBp. 339; Bossertp. 32; CSP 1 : 248, 7: 

124-125, 9: 171, 12: 60, 13: 409; HR; Kew 1 : 203; Langman p. 123; ME 1 : 164. 

Bentham, Fl. austral. 1 : 14*. 1863. 

Behr, Erythea 4: 168-173. 1896 (autobiogr.) 

Eastwood, Science ser. 2. 19: 636. 1904. 

Gutzkow, Ghismore and Eastwood, Doctor Hans Herman Behr. San Francisco 1905. 

Essig, Hist, entomology 553-556. 1931 (portr.) 

Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences. 43. 1955. 

Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 149. 1961. 

eponymy: Behria E. L. Greene (1886). 

403. Synopsis of the genera of vascular plants in the vicinity of San Francisco, with an attempt to 
arrange them according to evolutionary principles. San Francisco, Cal. (Payot, Upham 
& Co.) 1884. Duod. (Syn. gen. vase. pi. San Francisco) . 

Publ.: 1884 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1884), p. [i]-i65. Copies: MO, NY. 

404. Flora of the vicinity of San Francisco. San Francisco, Cal. (private) 1888. Duod. 
(Fl. vicin. San Francisco) . 

Publ: 1888, p. [13-364, app. [i]-xiv, [i, err.] Copy: NY. 
H. H. R., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 33, 12 Jan. 1889. 

Beijerinck, Martinus Willem (1851-1931), Dutch biologist. (M. Beijerinck). 

herbarium and types: NBV. 
Ref. : IH 2: 73 (sub Beyerinck). 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 155; BM 1 : 124-125, 6: 72; Bossert p. 32; 

CSP 9: 173, 13: 412-414; JW 1: 439, 2: 184-185, 3: 342; Kew 1: 203; LS 2189-2205, 

31008-31013; LS suppl. 2256-2261. 

Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 508. 1909. 

Iterson, 1851-1921, Jubileum Professor Beijerink. Toespraak ... 16 maart 1921. Den 

Helder 1921, 24 p. (bibl.) 
Went, Versl. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., Afd. Nat. 40(1): 7-12, 1931. 
Bullock, Proc. Roy. Soc. ser. B. 109(1). 1932. 
H. Trotter, Marcellia 27: 120-124. 1932 (portr., cecid. bibl.) 
Iterson, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 52: (ii5)-i58. 1934 (portr.) 
Verdoorn, Chron. bot. 1 : 29. 1935 (portr.) 
Iterson et al., Martinus Willem Beijerinck, his life and his work, 's-Gravenhage 1940, 

p. 1-195, 13 pi., part of Beijerinck, Verzamelde Geschriften, Delft 1921-1940, 6 vols. 

(q.v. for further biogr. ref.). 
Zeven, Euphytica 19: 263-275. 1970. 
Smit, History of the life sciences 615, 616, 879. 1974. 

166 



BEISSNER 

Beijerinck, Willem (i 891-1960), Dutch botanist, founder of the Biological Station at 

Wijster (Drente). (W. Beijerinck). 

types: at L, duplicates at K and U. 
Ref. : IH 2: 73 (sub Beyerinck). 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 155; BFM 1386; Kew 1: 203-204; Lang- 
man p. 123; MW suppl. p. 22. 
Barkman, Vakbl. Biol. 40: 61. i960. 
Oye, Biol. Jaarb. Dodonaea 28: 5-7. i960. 
Wilcke, De levende Natuur 63(3) : 71. i960. 
Anon., Belmontia (Incidental) 11: 183-194. 1970 (portr., bibl.) 

405. Calluna a monograph of the Scotch heather, Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. sect. 2. 
38(4) 1933. {Calluna). 

Publ.: 14 Jan 1933 (archives Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, 

Amsterdam), frontisp., p. [i]-i8o, pi. isg. Copies: L, U. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 204; Langman p. 123. 

406. Sphagnum en sphagnetum / Bijdrage tot de kennis der Nederlandsche veenmossen 
naar hun bouw, levenswijze, verwantschap en verspreiding . . . met 60 afbeeldingen / 
Uitgave van het Nederlandsch biologisch station (Mededeeling no. 6). Amsterdam, 
Batavia, Paramaribo 1934. Oct. {Sphagnum). 

Publ.: 1934 (pref. p. 8 Jul 1934), p. [i]-n6, 60 text figs., preface by J. P. Thijsse. 
Mainly based on Paul, in E. P. ed. 2, 10 (1924) and Warnstorff, Pflanzenreich 51 
(191 1). -Copy: FAS. 

407. Rubi neerlandici, Bramen en frambozen in Nederland. Hun bouw, levenswijze, ver- 
wantschap, verspreiding en gebruik (with a summary in English). Amsterdam 1956. 
Oct. {Rubi neerl.) 

Date: 11 Jul 1956 (archives Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, 
Amsterdam) - Reprinted from Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. Afd. Natuurk. sect. 2. 
51(1). 1956, p. [i]-i56,/>Z. 1-82. Copy: U. 

Beilschmied, Carl [Karl] Traugott (1793- 1848), German botanist and apothecary 
at Ohlau. {Beilschm.) 

herbarium and types: Herbarium sold in 1848 ("aus der freien Hand"), probably 

dispersed. 

Ref.: Anon., Flora 31:400. 1848, Bot. Zeit. 7: 15. 1849. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 155; BL 2: 528; BM 1 : 125; CSP 1 : 248; 
DTS 6(4) : 24; GR p. 62; Kew 1 : 204; KR p. 68; LS 2206-2207; PR 577"578. 
Ffirnrohr, Flora 31: 337-349. 7 Jun 1848 (bibl.), repr. 15 p. 
Wimmer, Fl. Schlesien ed. 2. 2: 150. 
G. P., Bot. Zeit. 6: 454-455. 1848. 

composite works: Jahresberichte der k. Schwedischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 
fiber die Fortschritte der Botanik in 1820 [-1842] . . . von J. E. Wikstrdm, Uebersetzt 
und mit Hinweisung auf neuere Arbeiten . . . versehen von C. T. Beilschmied. - 15 
vols. 1838-1847. 

eponymy: Beilschmiedia C. G. D. Nees (1831) ; Beilschmidtia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1841, 
orth. var.) 

Beissner, Ludwig (1843-1927), German dendrologist. {Beissn.) 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 155; BM 1: 125, 6: 72; CSP 13: 415; 

167 



BEISSNER 

Kew i : 204; KR p. 68; Langman p. 123; MW p. 39-40 (bibl.) ; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. 
Anon., Mitt. deut. dendrol. Ges. 191 7, portr. opp. p. 248. 
Schwerin, Mitt. deut. dendrol. Ges. 1928: xix-xxi (portr.) 

408. Handbuch der Coniferen-Benennung. Systematische Einteilung der Coniferen und 
Aufzahlung aller in Deutschland ohne oder unter leichtem Schutz im freien Lande 
ausdauernden Coniferen-Arten und Formen mit alien Synonymen, angenommen als 
Grundlage fur die einheitliche Benennung der Nadelholzer in Deutschland vom Kon- 
gress von Coniferen-Kennern und -Zuchtern in Dresden am 12 Mai 1887. Ausgear- 
beitet und eingehend begriindet. (Ludwig Moller) Erfurt 1887. Oct. (Handb. Conif.) 
PubL: Nov-Dec 1887 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1887) p. [i-ii], [i]-go. Copy: FAS. - For additions 

see Einheitliche Coniferen-Benennung. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 125; Kew 1 : 204. 

409. Einheitliche Coniferen-Benennung. Nachtrage und Berichtigungen zu dem Handbuch 
der Coniferen-Benennung nebst amtlichem Bericht iiber die Versammlung von Coni- 
feren-Kennern und -Zuchtern in Berlin am 28 April 1890. (Ludwig Moller) Erfurt 1891. 
Oct. (Einheitl. Conif. -Ben.) 

PubL: Jan 1891 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1891), p. [i-iii], [i]-32, [2 p. index]. Copies: G, HH. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 204. 

410. Handbuch der Nadelholzkunde. Systematik, Beschreibung, Verwendung und Kultur 
der Freiland-Coniferen. Fur Gartner, Forstleute und Botaniker. . . . Mit 1 38 nach der 
Natui gezeichneten Originalabbildungen. Berlin (Paul Parey) 1891. Oct. (Handb. 
Nadelholzk.) 

Ed. 1: Feb-Mar 1891 (p. x: Feb 1891 ; Nat. Nov. Mar 1891 ; J. Bot. Mai i8gi),p. [i]-xx, 

[i]- 57 6, 138 figs. Copy: US. 
Ed. 2: "... Kultur der Ginkgoaceen, Freiland-Coniferen und Gnetaceen . . . Zweite, 

vollig umgearbeitete, vermehrte und verbesserte Aufiage," p. [i]-xvi, [i]-742, 165 figs. 

Apr-Mai 1909 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1909; p. i-ix: Feb 1909). Copies: BR, G, MO, NY. 
Ed. 5. " . . . Botaniker. Mit Beitragen von Professor Dr Klebahn . . . Dr Sachtleben . . . 

H. Luyken ... herausgegeben von J. Fitschen ..." Berlin (Paul Parey) 1930, 

p. [i]-xv, [i]-765. Copies: G, NY. -PubL: after Apr 1930 (p.v.). 
Ref. : BM 1 : 125, 6: 72; Kew 1 : 204; Langman p. 123; MW p. 39. 

411. Handbuch der Laubholzbenennung. Systematische und alphabetische Liste aller in 
Deutschland ohne oder unter leichtem Schutz im freien Lande ausdauernden Laub- 
holzarten und Formen mit ihren Synonymen. Im Auftrage der deutschen dendrolo- 
gischen Gesellschaft bearbeitet von L. Beissner, . . . E. Schelle, . . . H. Zabel . . . Berlin 
(Paul Parey) 1903. Oct. (Handb. Landholzben.) 

Co-authors: Ernst Schelle and Hermann Zabel (1832-1912). 

PubL: Jun-Jul 1903 (p. vi: Fruhjahr 1903, Nat. Nov. Jul 1903), [i]-vi, [1], [i]-625. 

Copy: NY. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 204; MW p. 39-40. 

Belanger, Charles Paulus (1 805-1881), French botanical explorer. (Bel.) 

herbarium and types: According to Lasegue "toutes les plantes du Voyage en Perse et 
aux Indes-Orientales de M. Belanger" were acquired by Benjamin Delessert (now G). 
Belanger's plants from the Antilles came to de Franqueville (now P) , his ferns to Cosson 
(now P), duplicates e.g. at G. 
Ref. : IH 2: 65, Lasegue p. 562 [index]. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 20. 1902. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(1): 179; Barnhart 1: 156; BM 1 : 127, 2: 604, 6: 
73; Bossertp. 32; DBF 5: 1302; GR p. 265; Kew 1: 206; LS 2222; Lasegue p. 150-153, 
562 [index]; NI 126; PR 586. 
Boissier, Fl. orient 1 : xxvi-xxvii. 1867. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 20. 1902. 
Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 60-61. 1936. 

168 



i-8 


25 Mai 1833 


g-i6 


24 Mai 1834 


7 or 8 


27 Oct 1834 


8 or g 


before 1 Apr 1 



BELLARDI 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1 : 48. 1950. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 37 [no. 288]. 1966. 

eponymy: Belangera Cambessedes (1830). 

412. Voyage aux Indes Orientates, par le nord de l'Europe, les provinces du Caucase, la 

Georgie, l'Armenie et la Perse, suivi de details . . . sur les Pegot, les Isles de Java, de 

Maurice ... & c, pendant les annees 1825- 1829, publie sous les auspices des ministres de 

la marine et de l'interieur. Botanique. Paris 1833- 1836, text Oct., atlas Fol. (Voy. Indes Or.) 

Publ. : The whole work consists of 2 volumes Historique, one volume J^oologie and one 

volume Botanique. The latter consists of 2 parts: I, Phanerogames [text not published] 

and II, Cryptogamie [192 pp. and 16 plates] by C. Belanger (Musci, Hep., Lich.), 

J. B. G. M. Bory de Saint-Vincent (Pter. and Alg.) and C. Montagne (Fungi). The 

botanical part was published in four "livraisons" as follows: 

livraison pages plates dates 

1, Cryptogamie 1-80 

2, Cryptogamie 81-192 

3, Phanerogamie - 

4, Phanerogamie - 

See Ross p. 1 96 for the detailed list of the plates of the Phanerogamic part. Ross gives 
"27 Nov 1837, but probably 27 Jan 1837 or earlier" for livraison 4. - The 15 un- 
numbered plates of the phanerogamic part are not accompanied by published des- 
criptions. The names of new taxa appearing on these pages are validly published if the 
illustration includes an analysis, that is a figure or group of figures showing the details 
necessary for identification, with or without a caption describing or naming the details 
(ICBN, Arts. 41, 42, 44). 

Authors of the Cryptogamie: Charles Paulus Belanger (1805-1881), (musci frondosi, 
hepaticae, lichenes) , Jean Baptiste G. M. Bory de Saint- Vincent (1778- 1846), (Alices, 
hydrophytae), Jean Pierre Francois Camille Montagne (1784- 1866), (fungi). 
The 31 plates are copper engravings of drawings by Bory de Saint- Vincent and E. Delile 
(13, 15, 16 coloured, fide PR). 
Ref.: BM 2: 604; GF p. 49; Kew 1 : 206; LS 2222; NI 126; PR 586; TR 84; IDC 5842. 

Guillemin, Arch, de Bot. 2: 358. 21 Oct 1833. 

Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 7: 390. 1901, 8: 494. 1901. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 15: 730. i960, 19: 1141. 1964. 

Ross, Taxon 13: 193-196. 1964. 

Bellardi, Carlo Antonio Lodovico (1 741-1826), Italian physician and botanist at 
Torino, pupil of Allioni. {Bellardi). 

herbarium and types: TO - duplicates in several herbaria, e.g. UPS in Thunberg 
herbarium. The herbarium was damaged while it was in the hands of Bonafous, and a 
number of important specimens have disappeared. 
Ref. : IH 2: 66; Saccardo 2: 16. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxii. 1883. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 17-18. 1941. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1) : 610; Barnhart 1 : 158; BM 1 : 130; CSP 1 : 257; 

GR p. 513; IF p. 687;Jacksonp. 320; Kew 1 : 208; LS 2239-2240; PR 591-593; Zander 

ed. 10, p. 633; Saccardo 1 : 25, 2: 16, Cron. p. xv. 

Anon., Flora 3(1) Beil. : 5. 1820, 9: 432. 21 Jul 1826. 

Carena, Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino 33: liii-lxviii. 1829. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxi-cxii. 1883. 

Mattirolo, Cronistoria orto bot. Torino xlv-xlviii. 1929 (portr.) 

Dawson, Catalogue manuscripts Linnean Society, I. The Smith papers 13. 1934. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 17-18. 1941. 

Becherer, Candollea 14: 1 13-120. 1953 (Bellardi and Allioni, Fl. pedem.). 

169 



BELLARDI 

composite works : Bellardi provided material and information to Allioni for his Flora 
pedemontana but did not contribute to the nomenclature of the work. For a list of names 
erroneously attributed to Bellardi, but given by Allioni, see Becherer 1953 (see above). 

eponymy: Bellardia Allioni (1785); Bellardia Colla (1835); Bellardia Schreber (1791); 
Bellardiochloa Chiovenda (1929). 

413. Osservazioni botaniche con un saggio d'appendice alia Flora pedemontana del 
medico Lodovico Bellardi indirrizzate al Signor Conte Felice S. Martino sopra alcune 
piante nominate nella topografia medica di Ciamberi, e sua difesa. Torino (Francesco 
Prato) 1788. Oct. (Osserv. bot.) 

Publ.: Mai-Oct 1788 (AKL 7 Nov 1788), p. [i]-63- Copy: G. 
Re/.: IF 681; Kew 1: 208; LS 2239; PR 592; ST p. 55-56; IDC 5843. 
Becherer, Candollea 14: 1 12-120. 1953. 

414. Appendix Ludovici Bellardi ad Floram pedemontanam. Torino 1792. Qu. {App.fl.pedem.) 
Publ.: Jan-Jun 1792 - 80 p., 7 pi. A separately paged preprint from the Mem. Acad. 

Sci. Turin 10: 209-286, pi. iii-ix. 1793 ("1790-1791"). The preprint is provided with a 
separate title-page and index (copy at LINN) . Further reprint : Ann. Bot. Usteri 1 5 : 
44-109. 1795. -A copy was sent to J. E. Smith on 21 Aug 1792. Copies: journal publ.: 
G, L, NY. 
Ref.: LS 2240; PR 593; ST p. 56; IDC 5844. 

Dawson, Catalogue manuscripts Linnean Society, I. The Smith Papers 13. 1934. 
Becherer, Candollea 14: 1 14-120. 1953. 
Fuchs, Phyton 9(1, 2) : 42. i960. 

Bello y Espinosa, Domingo (181 7-1884), Spanish lawyer and botanist, born in 
Teneriffe, lived in Puerto-Rico 1848- 1878. (Bello). 

herbarium and types: B (originally in herb. Krug et Urban). 
Ref.: IH 2: 66. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1 : 9. 1898. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 159; BM 1: 120; CSP 7: 132, 9: 181; 
Kew 1 : 209; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 9. 1898, 3: 21. 1902. 

415. Apuntes para la flora de Puerto-Rico. Madrid 1 881-1883. Oct. (Apuntes fl. Puerto-Rico). 
Publ.: Part 1: 1881, part 2: 1883. Originally published in Anal. Soc. Espanola Hist. 

nat., Madrid [pars 1 :] 10: 231-304. 1881, /?/. 4-5, [pars 2:] 12: 103-130. pi. 1. 1883.- 
Reprinted 102 p., 3 pi. Reprint pagination part 1: (i)-(74) [= 231-304], 1 pi. [iv], 
part 2: (75)-(io2) [= 103-130] 1 pi. [no. 1]. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 130; Kew 1 : 209. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 1 : 9. 1898. 

Bellynck, August Alexis Adolphe Alexandre (1814-1877), Belgian Jesuit and cryp- 
togamist. (Bellynck). 

herbarium and types : NAM. - Exsiccatae : Cryptogames recueillis dans la Province de Namur 
(cent, i-ii, nos. 1-200, Namur 1852), sets at LG, NAM, W. 
Ref: IH 2: 67. 

Bellynck, Bull. Acad. Sci. Bruxelles 19: 45-81. 1852. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 8. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 158; BL 2: 33, 43; BM 1 : 131 ; CSP 1 : 264, 

7: 132, 12: 66 ; Jackson 48, 56, 271; GR p. 305; Kew 1: 209; LS 2244-2245; PR 605. 

Crepin, Manuel lxv, lxx. i860. 

Crepin, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 16: 48-53. 1877 (bibl.) 

Crepin, Guide bot. Belg. 252, 430, 431. 1878. 

Crepin, Annuaire Acad. roy. Belg. 44. 1878 (repr. 12 p.) 

170 



BENNETT, A. W. 

416. Flore de Namur ou description des plantes spontanees et cultivees en grand dans la 
province de Namur, observees depuis 1 850 ; accompagnee de tableaux analytiques, des 
etymologies des noms, des proprietes des plantes, etc., etc. . . . Plantes vasculaires. 
Namur (F.J. Douxfils), Bruxelles (C. Muquardt) 1855. Oct. (in fours). (FL Namur). 
Publ.: 1855, after 15 Aug (table dated), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-viii, avertissement [i]-ii, vocabu- 

laire [iii]-lviii, notions prel. [ix]-xxxii, [i]-353, table 1. Copies: BR, L, NY. 
Ref. : BL 2 : 43 ; BM 1 : 131; Kew 1 : 209 ; PR 605. 

Beltramini de' Casati, Francesco (1828- 1903), Italian botanist and chemist. 
(Beltr.) 

herbarium and types : BASSA. 
Ref.: IH 2: 67. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 159; BM 1 : 131 ; Bossert p. 32; GR p. 513; 
Kew 2: 40; LS 2248; PR 611; Saccardo 1: 26. 

eponymy: Beltraminia Trevisan (1857). 

417. / licheni bassanesi enumerati e descritti . . . Con cinquanta figure microscopiche. 
Bassano (A. Roberti) 1858. Oct. (Lich. bassan.) 

Publ.: 1858, p. [i]-3i4, pi. nos. 1, 1 [bis], 2, 3, uncoloured lithographs by Beltramini. 

Cover title: Lichenographia bassanese di [F.B.] laurandeosi in chimica con cinquanta 

figure microscopische, Bassano s.d. Copies: B, NY, Stevenson. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 131; Kew 2: 40; LS 2248; PR 611. 

K., Flora 42: 72-77. 7 Feb 1859. 

Benjamin, Ludwig (1825- 1848), German physician and botanist. (L. Benjamin). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 161; CSP 1: 170-171. 
Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 156-157. 1906. 

composite works: Utricidariaceae, Martius, Fl. bras. 10: 233-256,/?/. 20-22. 1 Jun 1847. 

eponymy: Benjaminia C. F. P. Martius ex L. Benjamin (1847). 

Bennett, Alfred William (1833- 1902), British botanist. (A. W. Benn.) 

herbarium and types: BM, BIRM, K, LIV. 
Ref: IH 2: 67. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 42. 191 7. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 162; BB p. 28; CSP 7: 137,9: 189, 13:444; 

DNB suppl. 2(1): 143; GR p. 389; Jackson p. 521. 

Anon., J. Bot. 40: n 3- 115. 1902; Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 31: 85. 1902; Proc. Linn. Soc. 

1901/02: 26-27. 1902. 
Baker, J. roy. Micr. Soc. 1902: 155-157 (portr.) 
Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1) : 157. 1906 (q.v. for further biogr. refs.) 

composite works: (i) Hooker, Fl. Brit. India, Polygaleae 1 : 200-208. Mai 1872, 209-21 1. 
Jan 1874; Simarubeae 1: 517-521. Feb 1875, Ochnaceae 1: 523-527. Feb 1875, Bur- 
seraceae 1 : 527-540. Feb. 1875. 

(2) Martius, Flora bras., Hydroleaceae et Pedalineae 7 : 391-406, pi. I2g-i3i. 1 Mar 1871 ; 
Polygaleae 13(3): 1-82, pi. 1-30. 1 Apr 1874. 

(3) With George Murray (q.v.): A handbook of crypto gamic botany. London (Longmans), 
1889 (publ. Mar 1889), viii, 473 p., see Percy W. Myles, J. Bot. 27: 277-286. 1889. 

eponymy: For eponymys based on the name Bennett, cf. infra, sub J. J. Bennett. 

171 



BENNETT, J. J. 

Bennett, John Joseph (1801-1876), British botanist. (Benn.) 

types : The original Horsfield collections on which the Plantae javanicae rariores axe. based 
are at BM. Other Bennett types and British material as well as the original drawings by 
J. & C. Curtis as well as drawings made in Java also at BM. Bennett's original herbarium 
is with the Croydon Natural History Society (Young 1955). 
Ref.: Kent, Brit, herbaria 42. 1953. 

Young, Proc. bot. Soc. Brit. Isles 1(4): 490-491. 1955. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 163; BB p. 29; BM 1 : 135; Bossert p. 34; 

CSP 1: 275; DNB 4: 246; HR; Jackson p. 118, 483; Kew 1: 214; MW p. 40; NI 13; 

PR 613; Zander ed. 10, p. 633. 

Carruthers, J. Bot. 14: 97-104. 1876 (bibl.) 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888- 1889; 32. 1891 (portr.) 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 9. 1898. 

Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 9. 1906. 

composite works: Bennett edited the "Miscellaneous botanical works of Robert 
Brown," q.v. 

eponymy: Bennettia R. Brown (1852); Bennettia S. F. Gray (1821, also dedicated to 
Edward Turner Bennett (1797- 1836), elder brother of John Joseph) ; Bennettia Miquel 
(1858); Bennetticarpus T. M. Harris (1932); Bennettiodendron Merrill (1927); Bennetti- 
stemon T. M. Harris (1932); Bennettitacearum Gothan (1914); Bennettites W. Carruthers 
(1870); Bennettitolepis Florin (1933). 

418. Plantae javanicae rariores, descriptae iconibus illustratae, quas in insula Java, annis 
1802- 18 18, legit et investigavit Thomas Horsfield, M. D. e siccis descriptiones et 
characteres plurimarum elaboravit Joannes J. Bennett; observationes structuram et 
affinitates praesertim respicientes passim adjecit Robertus Brown. London (W. H. 
Allen) 1 838- 1 852. Qu. (Pl.jav./ar.) v/ 
Co-authors: Robert Brown (1773-1858); Thomas Horsfield (1773-1859). 

part pages plates dates 



I 


[i]-io4 


1-24 


4-7 Jul 1838 


2 


105-196 


25-40 


Mai 1840 


3 


197-238 


41-45 


Nov 1844 


4 


239-258, [ 1, summ.] 
[i]-viii, [i]-viii, 
[i]-xvi, map 


46-50 


8-31 Mai 1852 



The original drawings by J. and C. Curtis, with proofs etc. of the plates, as well as some 
drawings made in Java, are at BM. The dates are those given by Stearn. For an an- 
nouncement see Flora 14: 638-639. 1831. Copy. U. 

The 50 plates are hand-coloured (except nos. 4, 5 and 17 which are plain) copper 
engravings by C. and J. Curtis engraved by J. Curtis and E. Weddell (GF). 
Ref. : BM 1 : 135; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 396; Kew 1 : 214; MW 40; NI 934; PR 613; 
RS p. 76; SK p. clxix (Stearn), IDC 5845. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 36-37. 1975 (sold at £ 550). 

Bensemann, Hermann (1858-?), German highschool teacher at Cothen. (Bensemann). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 164; BFM 415. 

419. Die Flora der Umgegend von Cothen. [Headlines :] Herzogliches Ludwigs-Gymnasium 
in Cothen. Wissenschaftliche Beilage zum Osterbericht 1908. Cothen (Paul Schettlers 
Erben) 1908, Progr. no. 890. Qu. (Fl. Cothen). 

172 



BENTHAM 

PubL: Mai-Oct 1908 ("Osterbericht"; Nat. Nov. Oct 1908), p. [i], [i]-27- Copy: B. 
Ref:. BFM415. 

Bentham, George (1800-1884), English botanist. (Benth.) 

herbarium and types: K (1854). - Bentham also received plants on loan; several types 
are therefore in other herbaria. Bentham consulted the Jacquemont collections (P) for 
his Labiatarum genera; the original material of the Sulphur voyage is at BM, etc. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 68. 

Urban, Fi. bras. 1: 158. 1906. 

Kent, Brit, herbaria 43. 1953. 

Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 828; Barnhart i: 165; BFM 2263; BB p. 30; 

BL 1 : 49, 63, 244, 2: 214; BM 1 : 136-137, 6: 79; Bossert p. 34; CSP 1 : 280-282, 6: 583, 

7: 140, 9: 192, 12: 70, 13: 45; DNB 4: 263; DTS 6(4) : 24; IF p. 681; Jackson [index]; 

Kew 1 : 216-218; Langman p. 128-129; MW p. 41, suppl. p. 23; NI 134-136; PR 614- 

627; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 

Candolle, Memoires et Souvenirs 211, 471. 1862. 

Hooker, Nature 30: 539-543. 1884. 

Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1884-1885: 90-104 (bibl.) ; J. Bot. 22: 353-356. 1884. 

Thiselton-Dyer, 1887- 1888: 71-79. 

Kanitz, Mag. nov. lap. 8: 97-108. 1884 (bibl.) 

Urban, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 2: xvi-xxi. 1884. 

Gray, Amer. J. Sci. 29: 103- 118. 1885, also in Scientific Papers 2: 451-464. 1889. 

Wunschmann, Bentham und Boissier. Berlin 1887 (bibl.) 

Hooker, Ann. Bot. 12: ix-xxx. 1898 [portr.] (repr. 22 p.) 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 10. 1898. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 90, 109. 1903, 3(3) :_ 75, 95, pi. 55, 145. 1905 (portr.) 

Britten, J. Bot. 44: 397-401. 1906 (rev. of Jackson's biogr.) 

Jackson, George Bentham, London 1906 (portr., bibl.) [The main biography]. 

Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 9. 1906. 

Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 158-159. 1906. 

Maiden, J. Proc. R. Soc. NSW 42: 64-65. 1908; J. West Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 28- 

29. 1909. 
Oliver, Makers of Brit, botany 140, 144, 310, 313, 1913. 
Huxley, Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, London 19 18. 
Barnhart, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 16: 290. 1921. 
Ewan, Torreya 36: 25-28. 1936 (specific names based on habit). 
Bower, Sixty years of botany in Britain 1938 (portr.) 
Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. 
Gaussen, Mem. Acad. Sci. Toulouse ser. 13. 5: 99-115. 1943. 
Rickett, NAF 28 B (2): 319. 1945, ser. 2(2): 151. 1955. 
Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 66(1): 8-10. 1955. 
Stafleu, The great prodromus 20. 1966. 
Helm, Kulturpflanze 14: 441-445. 1967. 
James, The trees of Bicton, Oxford 1969, p. 106. 
Schultes, Regn. veg. 71: 272-273. 1970. 
Taylor, DSB 1: 614-615. 1970. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Ind. corresp. Torrey 447. 1973. 
Dolezal, Friedrich Welwitsch 233 [index]. 1974. 

composite works: (i) Contributions to DC, Prodr.: 

(a) Ericaceae, 7: 612-712. Apr (sero) 1838. 

(b) Labiatae, 12: 27-603, 697-501 [cf. also 13(2): 458]. 5 Nov 1848. 

(c) Polemoniaceae, 9: 302-322, 565. 1 Jan 1845. 

(d) Polygonaceae-Eriogoneae, 14: 5-28. med. Oct 1856. 

(e) Scrophulariaceae, 10: 186-586, 589-598. 8 Apr 1846. 

(f) Stackhousiaceae, 15(1): 499-502. Mai (prim.) 1864. 

(2) Endlicher, Enumeratio plantar ium ... C. de Hugel 1837 (Bentham co-author). 

173 



BENTHAM 

(3) Miquel et al., Plantae Junghnhnianae, Leguminosae by Bentham. 

(4) Seemann, Botany voyage Herald, Leguminosae, Scrophularinae, Labiatae by Bentham. 

(5) Martius, Fl. bras., Leguminosae in vol. 15(1): 1-216, pi. 1-56. 30 Jul 1859; 15(1): 
217-332, pi. 57- I ^7- 15 Jan 1862, 15(2): 1-254., pi. 1-66. 1 Dec 1870; 15(2): 257-504, 
pi. 67-138. 1 Jul 1876; repr. Lehre 1967. 

eponymy: Benthamantha Alefeld (1862); Benthamia J. Lindley (1833); Benthamia A. 
Richard (1828); Benthamidia Spach (1839); Benthamiella Spegazzini (1883); Benthamina 
Van Tieghem (1896); Benthamistella O. Kuntze (1891); Dendrobenthamia J. Hutchinson 
(1942); Neobenthamia Rolfe (1891). 

420. Catalogue des plantes indigenes des Pyrenees et du Bas-Languedoc, avec des notes et 
observations sur les especes nouvelles ou peu connues; precede d'une notice sur un 
voyage botanique fait dans les Pyrenees pendant l'ete de 1825. Paris (Madame Huzard) 
1826. Oct. (Cat.pl. Pyrenees). 

Publ.: 18-23 Oct 1826 (BF 18 Oct; Acad. 23 Oct; Rev. Encycl., Nov), p. [i]-i28. 

Copies: BR, G, MICH, NY, USDA. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 136; Jackson p. 278; Kew 1 : 217; PR 614; IDC 31. 

Gaussen, Mem. Acad. Sci. Inscr. Belles-Lettres Toulouse ser. 13. 5: 92-116. 1943. 

421. Labiatarum genera et species: or, a description of the genera and species of plants of 
the order Labiatae; with their general history, characters, affinities, and geographical 
distribution. London (James Ridgway and Sons) 1832-1836. Oct. (in fours) (Labiat. 
gen. spec.) 



fasc. 


pages 


fascicle 


sets of pages 


pages 


dates of 






dated 


dated in book 


signatures 








(signatures) 






1 


[i]-6o 


Aug 1832 


[1] 


[i]-6o 


Aug 1832 


2 


61-188 


Jun 1833 


[2] 


61-132 


Mai 1833 








[3] 


133-188 


Jun 1833 


3 


189-323 


Jul 1833 


[4] 


189-323 


Jul 1833 


4 


323bis-446 


May 1834 


[5] 


323bis-37o 


Apr 1834 








[6] 


371-454 


May 1834 


5 


447-556 


Jul 1834 


[7] 


455-542 


Jun 1834 


6 


567-645 


Aug 1834 


[8] 


543-6i4 


Jul 1834 








[9] 


615-645 


Aug 1834 


7 


645^8-783 


Apr 1835 


[10] 


645bis-684 


Feb 1835 








[»] 


685-724 


Mar 1835 








[12] 


725-748 


Apr 1835 








[13] 


749-783 


Mai i8 35 [!] 



8 [i]-lxviii, table 1836 [Feb] [14] [i]-lxviii, table Dec 1835 

Copies: BR, G, MO, NY, U, US. - Manitz (1975) saw a copy in original covers, the 
details of which are given in the first three columns. The dates in the book, given with 
the signature, are evidently not always the dates of issue. Manitz's dates are confirmed 
by the dates of receipt of the fascicles by The Linnean Society: 1: 15 Aug 1832; 4: 
16 Jun 1834; 5: 29 Jul 1834; 7: 16 Jun 1835; 8: 25 Feb 1836. 

Flora (16: 763) also states that part 2 was published in June 1833. On the basis of all 
these data the dates given by Manitz are obviously correct; the date of publication of 
part 8 can be put at Feb 1836. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 136; Jackson p. 134; Kew 1 : 217; Langman p. 128; MW p. 40; PR 615; 
IDC 33. 

Anon., Flora 15(2). Lit. Ber. 2: 273-280. Dec 1832 (rev. part 1). 

Guillemin, Arch, de Bot. 1 : 529. 10 Jun 1833. 

Manitz, Wiss. Z. Friedr. Schiller Univ., Jena, Mat. Nat. 24(4) : 500-501. 1975. 

422. Scrophularineae indicae. A synopsis of the East Indian Scrophularineae contained in 
the collections presented by the East India Company to the Linnaean Society of Lon- 

174 



BENTHAM 



don, and in those of Mr. Royle and others; with some general observations on the 

affinities and sub-divisions of the order. London (James Ridgway and Sons) 1835. Oct. 

(in fours) (Scroph. ind.) 

PubL: 17 Nov 1835. (Presented to the Linnean Society on 17 Nov 1835), p. [i], [i]-57- 
Copies: G, <|JS>) A preliminary article appeared in Bot. Reg. 21(4) (June 1835) sub 
t. 1770 as well as in Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. ser. 2. 4: 178-188 (Sep 1835) (in French). 

Re/.: BM 1 : 136; Jackson p. 384; Kew 1 : 217; MW p. 41; PR 617. 

423. Commentationes de leguminosanim generibus. Wien (J. P. Sollinger) 1837. Qu. (Comm. 
legum. gen.) 

PubL: Jun 1837, p. [i-iv], [i]-78, [2, ind.]. Copies: G, NY. Also published as "De 
leguminosarum generibus commentationes" in Ann. Wiener Mus. 2: [6i]-i42. 1839. 
Qu. The publication in the "Annalen" was available to Schlechtendal on 4 Feb 
1838 (letter to Miquel). Endlicher, who took care of the publication, wrote to 
Bentham on 26 Jun 1837 "Sie werden in Munchen ein fertiges Exemplar Ihrer 
Commentatio vorfinden." 

Ref. : BM 1 : 136; Jackson p. 135; Kew 1 : 217; Langman p. 128; MW suppl. p. 23. 
Bentham, Comp. bot. Mag. 2: 190. 1836. 

424. Plantas hartwegianas imprimis mexicanas adjectis nonnullis grahamianis enumerat 
novasque describit [auct.] London 1839 [-1857]. [alternative title: Plantae hart- 
wegianae . . .] London [W. Pamplin] 1839 [-1857]. Oct. (in fours) (PL hartw.) 
Collector: Karl Theodor Hartweg (181 2-187 1), herb. LD, first set K. 

PubL : The book has two title-pages, the one mentioned here in first instance (Plantas . . . 
describit) is dated 1839; the second (Plantae hartwegianae) London (W. Pamplin 1839- 
1857). The dates of the signatures appearing in the book do not correspond exactly 
with the actual dates of publication. McVaugh (1970) gives the following probable 
dates of publication. 



signature pages 



printed date probable date 



[A] [i]-i v Mai 1839 early Jun 1839 

[B] [5J-8 undated early Jun 1839 
G 9-16 Mai 1839 mid-Jun 1839 
D 17-24 Jun 1839 4 Jun 1839 

E 25-32 Feb 1840 mid-Feb 1840 

F 33-4 Feb 1840 29 Feb 1840 

G 41-48 Mar 1840 24 Mar 1840 

H 49-56 Mar 1840 24 Mar 1840 

I 57-64 Mar 1840 ? late Mar 1840 

K 65-72 Mar 1840 Plate Mar 1840 

L 73-8o Feb 1 84 1 i5Mari84i 

M 81-88 Apr 1841 ? Mai 1841 

N 89-96 Jan 1842 ? late Jan 1842 

O 97-104 Jan 1842 ? mid-Feb 1842 

P 105-112 Feb 1842 5 Mar 1842 

Q, 1 13-120 Dec 1843 22 Dec 1843 

R 1 2 1- 1 28 Dec 1843 late Dec 1 843-early Jan 1 844 

S 129-136 Dec 1844 Plate Dec 1844 

T 137-144 Dec 1844 Jan-Mar 1845 

U 145-152 Dec 1844 Jan-Mar 1845 

X 153-160 Aug 1845 16 Sep 1845 

Y 161-168 Aug 1845 ? 16 Sep 1845 

Z 169-176 Aug 1845 ? 16 Sep 1845 

2A 177-184 Aug 1845 ? 16 Sep 1845 

2B 185-192 Sep 1845 before mid-Nov 1845 

2C 193-200 Sep 1845 before mid-Nov 1845 

2D 201-208 Oct 1845 before mid-Nov 1 845 

E(sic) 209-216 Nov 1845 mid-Nov 1845 

2F 217-224 Mar 1846 late Apr 1846 



175 



BENTHAM 






signature 


pages 


printed date 


probable date 


GG 


225-232 


Apr 1846 


late Apr 1 846 


HH 


233-240 


Apr 1846 


late Apr or late Mai 1 846 


II 


241-248 


Mai 1846 


late Mai 1846 


KK 


249-256 


Mai 1846 


mid-Jun 1846 


LL 


257-264 


Mai 1846 


mid-Jun 1846 


MM 


265-272 


Mai 1846 


mid-Jun 1846 


NN 


273-280 


Jun 1846 


late Jun 1846 


OO 


281-284 


Jun 1946 


late Jun 1846 


PP 


285-286 


Dec 1848 


early Jan 1849 


PP 2 


287-292 


no date 


early Jan 1849 


Q.Q. 


293-294 


Dec 1848 


? early Jan 1849 


QQ2 


295-300 


no date 


? early Jan 1849 


RR 


301-302 


Dec 1848 


25 Jan 1849 


RR2 


303-308 


no date 


25 Jan 1849 


ss 


309-316 


Aug 1849 


? Aug 1849 


TT 


317-324 


Aug 1849 


? Sep 1849 


uu 


325-332 


Aug 1849 


16 Sep 1849 


XX 


333-340 


Feb 1857 


mid Feb 1857 


YY 


341-348 


Feb 1857 


Mar 1857 


ZZ 


349-356 


Mar 1857 


mid-Mar 1857 


AAA 


357-364 


Apr 1857 


late Apr 1857 


BBB 


365-372 


no date 


Jun 1857 


CCC 


373-38o 


no date 


Jun 1857 


DDD 


381-388 


no date 


Jun 1857 


EEE 


389-393= 







[i*-iii*] no date 



Jun 1857 



Manitz (1975) describes an incomplete copy in wrappers as follows: 



fascicle 



pages 



fascicle dated date of publ. 



pars 1 a 
'pars 2a" 
'pars tertia' 



W-iv, [51-72 
73-112 
1 839- 1 846 



1 839- 1 840 
1842 
113-283 [284] 



1840, post Mar 
1842, post Feb 
1846, post Jun 



For a complete analysis, discussion of history, collections (orig. at K), localities and 
general importance see McVaugh (1970). Hartweg's own herbarium is at LD. Copies: 
BR, G, L, MO, NY, US. 

Facsimile ed.\ Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970, Historiae naturalis classica t. 80, with an in- 
troduction by Rogers McVaugh, p. [i-v], 1-102, followed by copy of orig. as above. 

Copy. FAS. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 136; Kew 1 : 217; Langman p. 128; PR 619; IDC 5847. 

Kuntze, Rev. gen. 3(2): 154. 1898. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 10. 1898. 

Rickett, NAF 28 B(2): 319. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. 

McVaugh, Introduction to the facsimile reprint of George Bentham's "Plantae 
hartwegianae" Lehre 1970. 

Stafleu, Taxon 19: 417-422. 1970. 

Manitz, Wiss. Z. Friedr. Schiller Univ., Jena, Mat. Nat. 24(4): 501. 1975. 

425. The botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the command of Captain Sir 
Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B., F.R.G.S., etc. during the years 1836-1842. Published 
under the authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. Edited and super- 
intended by Richard Brinsley Hinds, Esq., Surgeon, R.N., attached to the expedition. 
The botanical descriptions by George Bentham, Esq. London (Smith, Elder & Co.) 
i844[-i846]. Qu. (in twos) (Bot. voy. Sulphur). 

Publ. : The following list of contents and dates of the six parts in which Bentham's "The 
botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the command of captain Sir Edward 



176 



BENTHAM 



Belcher . . . during the years 1836- 1842" was published is based upon a copy in 
original wrappers at Utrecht. Steam supplied the dates of receipt of the various parts 
by the Linnean Society of London. These dates of receipt are listed here and can be 
taken to be very close to the actual date of publication or availability to the general 
public; they are confirmed by the reviews in W. J. Hooker's London Journal of 
Botany and by the dates for which the parts were announced on p. 4 of the cover. 



part 


pages 


plates 


dates of receipt 


1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 


[i], 1-16 
17-48 
49-72 
73-96 
97-144 

1 45- 1 95 


I-IO 

11-20 
21-30 
31-40 
41-50 
51-60 


1 6 January 1844 
2 April 1844 
1 6 August 1 844 
26 October 1844 
14 April 1845 
8 May 1846 



An ample description of the voyage itself is given by Sir Edward Belcher himself in 
his Narrative of 1843. This book contains, in the appendix to volume 2, a chapter 
called "The regions of vegetation : being an analysis of the distribution of vegetable 
forms over the surface of the globe in connection with climate and physical agents." 
Richard Brinsley Hinds (18 12-1847) was the surgeon to the expedition and is listed 
on the title-page of the Botany as having edited and superintended its publication 
with "The botanical descriptions by G. Bentham." It is clear that for botanical 
purposes the book must be ascribed to Bentham. 
Hinds himself published only on the Mollusks of the expedition. 
An autograph manuscript by George W. Barclay "Journal of a voyage round the 
world in 1836-1841" (3 volumes, Quarto) is preserved in the Botanical Department 
of the British Museum (Natural History) . Barclay was a Kew gardener and collector. 
Captain Sir Edward Belcher (1799- 1877) was a professional navy-officer who went on 
several exploratory missions between 1830 and 1847. He was made an admiral in 
1872. 

The original collections (made by Barclay and Hinds), on which Bentham's des- 
criptions are based, are at the British Museum (Natural History) (BM) ; duplicate 
sets are at CGE, K, LE, MO, NY and U. 

The illustrations are lithographs of drawings by Miss S. A. Drake, "of Turnham 
Green," a botanical artist who illustrated also Lindley's Sertum orchidaceum and who 
contributed drawings to the Botanical Register and Bateman's Orchidaceae of Alexico and 
Guatemala. Miss Drake was a relative of Mrs. Lindley and a member of Lindley's 
household (cf. Gray 1893). Copy: U (orig. covers). 

Facsimile ed.\ Lehre (J. Cramer) 1968, Historiae naturalis classica t. 61. Copy: FAS. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 136; GF p. 49; Kew 1 : 218; Jackson p. 224; NI 134; PR 620; SK p. clxx 
(Steam); IDC 5375. 
Gray, Letters 1: 131. 1893. 

Bretschneider, Hist. Eur. bot. disc. China 1 : 362-365. 1898. 
Kuntze, Rev. gen. 3(2): 154. 1898. 
Tucker, Journ. Arnold Arb. 11: 243-244. 1930. 
Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 214-216. 1950. 
Rickett, NAF(2): 319. 1945, ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. 

Stafleu, The publication of the botany of the voyage of H. M.S. Sulphur, in facsimile 
edition, Lehre 1968. 

426. Handbook of the British flora ; a description of the flowering plants and ferns indi- 
genous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. For the use of beginners and amateurs 
(Lovell Reeve) London 1858. Oct. (Handb. Brit, fl.) 
First edition, 1858, p. [i]-xvi, [i]-655, no ills. Copy: NY. 
Second edition, 1865, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), "with illustrations from original 

drawings by W. Fitch." 2 vols. Vol. 1 : p. [i]-lxxiv, [i]-503, Jigs. 1-603, v °l- 2: P- [i-"i]» 

[5051-1076,^. 604-1295. Copies: B, HU, MICH, NY, US. 
Third edition, 1866, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), p. [i]-lxxx, [i]-6oo, as 'new edition,' 

no ills. Copy: NY. Reissued 1873 (n.v.). 

177 



BENTHAM 

Fourth edition, Aug-Sep 1878, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), p. [i]-lxxx, [i]-6o7. 

Copy: NY. - Re-issued 1880, 1881. (n.v.) 
Fifth edition, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), Jan-Feb 1887 (p. viii: 30 Jun 1886; Nat. 

Nov. and J. Bot. Mar 1887), p. [i]-lxxx, [i]-584, 'revised by Sir J. D. Hooker . . .' 

Copy: US. 
Sixth edition, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), Jun-Jul 1892 (pref. 6 Jun 1892; Nat. Nov. 

Jul 1892), p. [i]-lxxx, [i]-584, 'revised by Sir J. D. Hooker . . .' Copy: NY. Reissued 

1896, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), p. [i]-lxxx, [i]-584. Copy: HH. 
Seventh edition, 1900, p. [i]-lxxx, [i]-584, actually a reissue of ed. 6, called 'seventh 

edition.' Copy: NY. 

Reissued 1908, London (Lovell Reeve & Co.), without the words 'seventh edition,' 

p. [i]-lxxx, [i]-584. Copy: HH. 

Reissued 19 12 (n.v., Kew Books Newsletter Apr 1974). 
Seventh [actually eighth] edition, 1924 (p. viii: 10 Jul 1924): by George Bentham . . . 

revised by Sir J. D. Hooker . . . Seventh edition revised by A. B. Rendle . . . London 

(Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1924, p. [i]-lxi, [i]-6o6. Copies: HH, U. 

Reissued, again as 'seventh edition,' Ashford, Kent 1930, p. [i]-lxi, [i]-6o6. Copy: NY. 

Reissued, idem 1937 (n.v., copy offered by Wheldon and Wesley 1973). 

Reissued, idem 1945 (n.v., Kew Books Newsletter Apr 1974). 
The wood-engravings of the second edition were later published separately, see W. H. 
Fitch and W. G. Smith, Illustrations of the British flora, below under Fitch. (London 1880, 
and subsequent editions). 

The above list probably does not contain all "reissues" or "reprints." 
Ref: BL 1: 214; BM 1: 136; GPp. 49; Kew 1: 218; NI 135; PR 621. 

427. Flora hongkongensis : a description of the flowering plants and ferns of the island of 
Hongkong . . . With a map of the island. London (Lovell Reeve) 1861. Oct. (Fl. Hongk.) 
Orig. ed.: Feb 1861 (inscription in Bentham's handwriting in the copy at K, see also 

Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1905: 14-15), p. [i*]-20*, [i]-li, [i]-482, map. Copies: G, L, 
MICH, NY, U. - For a supplement see H. F. Hance, Florae hongkongensis sup- 
plementum, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 95-144. Separates of this article, with independent 
pagination, [i], [7-59], bearing the date London 1872 were often bound after that 
date with the Flora hongkongensis, with a separate t.p. "Florae hongkongensis prostheke 
compendious supplement to Mr Bentham's description of the plants of the island of 
Hong Kong." London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1872. Oct. Copies: MICH, NY. 

Facsimile reprint: announced by Asher (1974). 

Ref. : BM 1: 136; Jackson p. 381; Kew 1 : 217; MW p. 41; Plesch p. 138; PR 625. 
Gray, A., Amer. J. Sci. ser. 2. 32: 124-127. 1861. 

428. Flora australiensis : a description of the plants of the Australian territory. By George 
Bentham, F.R.S., P.L.S., assisted by Ferdinand Miiller, M.D., F.R.S. & L.S., Govern- 
ment botanist, Melbourne, Victoria . . . Published under the authority of the several 
governments of the Australian colonies. London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1863- 1878. 
7 vols. Oct. (Fl. austral.) 

vol. pages dates 

1 [i*]-20*, [i]-xl, [i]-5o8 30 Mai 1863 

2 [i]-vih, [i]-52i 5 Oct 1864 

3 [i]-viii, [tp. cont.], [i]-704 5 Jan 1867 

4 [i]-ix, [i]-576 16 Dec 1868 

5 [i]-viii, [i]-599 Aug-Oct 1870 

6 [i]-viii, [ij-475 23 Sep 1873 

7 [i]-xii, [i]-8o6 23-30 Mar 1878 

The Flora australiensis "is entirely and exclusively mine, with the assistance indeed, but 
not the co-operation of Baron von Mueller." "A joint work was impossible where 
consultation was prevented by the great distance which separated us." Copy: U. 
Facsimile edition: Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.), Brook nr. Ashford (L. Reeve & Co.) 
1967, as orig. but with extra 1967 t.p.'s. Copy: FAS. 

178 



BENTHAM 

Ref. : BL i : 63 ; BM 1 : 136; Jackson p. 399 ; Kew 1 : 217; PR 626 ; SK p. clxx ; IDC 734. 
Bentham, G., Proposed flora of the Australian colonies, Kew 1861 (printed for 

private circulation). 
Hooker, W. J., Colonial floras. Kew 1863. 
Bentham, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 304-305. 1884. 
Anon. [Thisel ton-Dyer, W. T.], Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1905: 15-18. 
Maiden, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 42: 64-65. 1908. 

Daley, Victorian naturalist 44: 63, 91, 127, 153, 183, 213, 248, 271. 1927. 
Marshall, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 69-71. 1937. 
Rickett, NAF 28 B (2) : 319. 1945. 
Stafleu, F. A., Taxon 16: 538-542. 1967. 

429. Genera plantarum ad exemplaria imprimis in herbariis kewensibus servata definita. 
London (A. Black [vol. 1(1) only], William Pamplin [id.], Lovell Reeve & Co., 
Williams & Norgate) 1862-1883, 3 vols. Oct. (Gen.pl.) 
Co-author: Joseph Dalton Hooker (181 7- 191 1). 

vol part pages families author dates 



[i]-xii, [1] 


-454 






7 Aug 1862 


M-56 




I. Ranunc.-X. Papav. 


B 




57-112 




XI. Crucif.-XIII. Resed. 


H 




112-247 




XIV. Cist.-XXXV. Humir. 


B 




247-269 




XXXVI. Malp.-XXXVII. 

Zygoph. 


H 




269-278 




XXXVIII. Geraniaceae 


B 




278-342 




XXXIX. Rutac.-XLIV. Chaill. 


H 




342-355 




XLV. Olacinae 


B 




355-434 




XLVI. Ilic.-LVI. Conn. 


H 




[i-iii], 433-735 






19 Oct 1865 


434-600 




LVII. Leguminosae 


B 




600-690 




LVIII. Rosac.-LXVI. Combr. 


H 




690-725 




LXVII. Myrtaceae 


B 




[i]-xv, 721 


-1040 








['ioio'j 








Sep 1867 


725-859 




LXVIII. Melast.-LXXIX. 
Ficoid. 


H 




859-947 




LXXX. Umb.-LXXXI. Aral. 


B 




947-952 




LXXXII. Cornaceae. 


H 




[i-iii], [1]- 


554 






7-9 Apr 1873 


1-163 




LXXXIII. Capr.-LXXXVII. 

Calayc. 


H 




163-533 




LXXXVIII. Compositae 


B 




[i]-viii, 533-!279 






Mai 1876 


534-564 




LXXXIX. Styl.-XCI. Camp. 


B 




564-650 




XCII. Vacc.-C. Myrs. 


H 




650-662 




CI. Sapotaceae 


B& H 




662-1225 




CII. Eben.-CXXVII. Plant. 


B 




[i]-vii, [1] 


■459 






7 Feb 1880 


1-88 




CXXVIII. Nyct.-CXXXII. Bat. 


H 




88-115 




CXXXIV. Polyg.-CXXXV. 







Podost. B 

115-121 CXXXVI. Nep.-CXXXVII. 

Cytin. H 

121-231 CXXXVI I. Arist.-CXLIX. 

Sant. B 

232-239 CL. Balanophoraceae H 

237-447 CLI. Euph.-CLXVI. Cycad. B 

[i*], vii [bis], 
viii-xi, 447-1258 14 Apr 1883 

179 



BENTHAM 

vol. part pages families author dates 

3 2 448-869 CLXVII. Hydr.-CLXXXVI. 

June. B 

870-1019 GLXXXVII. Palm.-CXCV. 

Naiad. H 

1019-1215 CXVI. Erioc.-CC. Gram. B 

Copies: FAS, U. - The first sets of all duplicate pages were "cancels," intended to be 
destroyed and consequently not counted in numbering the pages of following parts; 
they included, however, descriptions of several new genera. - See Steam's introduction 
to the facsimile reprint for lists of the papers by Bentham in which the latter explains 
and amplifies the accounts of several of the families. - For a general generic index see 
T. Durand. 
Facsimile edition: Weinheim (J. Cramer) 1965, with an introduction by William T. 

Steam. 1: additional text [ii]-[xv], 2: idem: [i], 3: idem [i]. Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : BFM 2263; BM 1 : 137; Jackson p. 120; Kew 1 : 218; Langmanp. 129; MWp. 41; 
PR 626; SK p. clxx (Steam); IDC 35. 
Bentham, G., J. Linn. Soc, Bot. 20: 304-308. 1883. 

Durand, T., Index generum phanerogamorum usque ad finem anni 1887 promul- 
gatorum in Benthami et Hooker "Genera Plantarum" fundatus cum numero 
specierum synonymis et area geographica, Bruxelles, London, Berlin, Paris. 1888. 
Stearn, W. T., J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 3: 127-132. 1956. 

Steam, W. T., Bentham and Hooker's Genera plantarum: its history and dates of 
publication, in facsimile edition Weinheim 1965 (also published separately, xvi 

PP- 1965)- 
Stafieu, Taxon 15(1): 37-39. 1966. 
Bentham, Suppl. papers to Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum London 1860- 

188 1. Lehre 1970. 

430. Supplemental papers to Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum. London 1 860-1 881. 

Lehre (J. Cramer) 1970. Oct. {Suppl. pap. Gen.pl.) 

Publ. : A republication in facsimile of a series of papers by Bentham, originally published 
in the Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany, volumes 5-19, 1 860- 1 88 1 . This 
reissue has continuous pagination in addition to the original pagination of the 
individual articles. Copies: FAS, U. 



volume 


pages 


families 


dates of issue 


continuous 
pagination 


5 


53-65 


Ternstroemiaceae 


14 Nov i860 


I-I3 


5 


67-72 


Anonaceae 


14 Nov i860 


14-19 


5 


73-73 


"Botanical memoranda" 


14 Nov i860 


20-25 


5. suppl. II 


45-52 


Menispermaceae 


24 Mai 1 86 1 


26-32 


5. suppl. II 


52-74 


Tiliaceae 


24 Mai 1 86 1 


33-55 


5. suppl. II 


75-94 


Bixac, Samydac. 


24 Mai 1 861 


56-75 


6 


55-77 


Caryoph., Portul. e.a. 


1 Mar 1862 


76-98 


6 


97-!23 


Malvac, Stercul. 


15 Mai 1862 


99- 1 25 


Trans. 25* 


297-320 


Leguminosae 


30 Nov 1865 


126-149 


10 


101-128 


Myrtaceae 


21 Feb 1868 


150- 


10 


129-166 


Myrtaceae 


19 Mar 1868 


-215 


13 


335-577 


Compositae 


2oJun 1873 


216-458 


15 


1-16 


Campanul e.a. 


1 1 Oct 1875 


459-474 


15 


490-520 


"Monocot. orders" 


28 Feb 1877 


475-505 


17 


185-267 


Euphorbiaceae 


31 Dec 1878 


506-588 


18 


288-360 


Orchidaceae 


21 Feb 1 88 1 


589-667 


18 


360-367 


Cyperaceae 


21 Feb 1881 


668-675 


19 


14-134 


Gramineae 


24 Dec 1 88 1 


676-796 



* Published in the Transactions of The Linnean Society of London. 
180 



BENTLEY 



Ref. : Kew i : 218; Langman p. 129. 

Stearn, in facsimile reprint of Genera plantarum, Lehre 1965. 
Staffeu, Taxon 20: 166. 197 1. 

Bentley, Robert (1821-1893), British botanist at London Hospital and King's College. 

{Bentley) . 

herbarium and types : Some material at THA. 
Ref.: Kent, Brit, herbaria 43. 1957. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 165; BB p. 30-31 ; BM 1 : 137; CSP 1 : 282; 
9: 192; DNB suppl. 1: 1: 181; GR p. 389; Jackson p. 521; Kew 1: 219; Langman 
p. 129; MW p. 41-42; PR 628-629. 
Bennett, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1893-1894: 27-28. 1895. 

431. Medicinal plants being descriptions with original figures of the principal plants 
employed in medicine, and an account of their properties and uses of their parts and 
products of medicinal value. London [1875]- 1880, 4 vols. Oct. {Med. pi.) 
Co-author: Henry Trimen (1843- 1896). 

part plates dates 

1 190, 195, 202, 203, 236, 238, 239, 241 Oct 1875 

2 38, 64, 99, 106, 162, 164, 224 Nov 1875 (prob.) 

3 19, 20, 46, 51, 172, 225, 273 Dec 1875 

4 22, 23, 39, 44, 54, 67, 129 Jan 1876 

5 2, 11, 86, 102, 192, 193, 228 Feb 1876 

6 14, 26, 45, 47, 80, 81, 82, 174 Mar 1876 

7 10, 29, 34, 108, 139, 165, 183, 287 Apr 1876 

8 35, 59, 186, 191, 237, 260, 266 Mai 1876 

9 15, 17, 24, 42, 212, 218, 269, 272 Jun 1876 

10 25, 27, 30, 31, 83, 146, 194 Jul 1876 

1 1 13, 55, 57, 65, 100, 156, 253 Aug 1876 

12 21, 71, 104, 170, 205, 225, 257 Sep 1876 

13 6, 12, 78, 150, 151, 157, 178 Oct 1876 

14 4, 101, 115, 121, 187, 199, 209, 210 NOV 1876 

15 40, 70, 98, 145, 109, 207, 221 Dec 1876 

16 113, 128, 153, 160, 213, 246, 291 Jan 1877 

1 7 94, 95, 226, 227, 248, 249, 279 Feb 1 877 

18 4,9,63, 112, 168, 242, 244, 245, 252 Mar 1877 

19 89, 90, 91, 136, 158, 181, 288 Apr 1877 

20 9, 56, 58, no, in, 131, 282 Mai 1877 

21 138, 147, 200, 208, 211, 216, 276, 277 Jun 1877 

22 75, 137, 154, l8 5, 201, 295, 296 Jul 1877 

23 8, 84, 152, 197, 198, 231, 265 Aug 1877 

24 84, 117, 127, 247, 240, 241, 267 Sep 1877 

25 1, 3, 16, 77, 87, i73, 176 Oct 1877 

26 28, 43, 163, 175, 189, 196, 219 Nov 1877 

27 5,7,62,107,119,124,243 Nov 1877 

28 18, 74, 135, 155, 188, 224, 297 Jan 1878 

29 68, 69, 76, 126, 148, 169, 177 Feb 1878 
3° 33, 4 1 , 7 2 , 88, 220 > 222 , 2 54, 2 ^8 Mar 1878 

3 1 3 2 , 5 2 , 79, I2 o, 259, 263, 271 Apr 1878 

32 48, 73, 93, 2 53, 2 47, 2 50, 25/, 270 25 Mai 1878 

33 37, 5°, 53, 97, "4, J 30, 166 1878 

34 144, 159, 232, 233, 234, 280, 298 1 878 

35 36, 66, 167, 184, 206, 278, 300 1878 

36 105, 123, 149, 161, 215, 229, 294 17 Dec 1878 

37 I0 3, I2 5, 2 30, 2 74, '<%>> 2 9°, 2 99 7 Mar ^79 

38 122, 132, 180, 223, 256, 261* Mai-Jun 1879 

181 



BENTLEY 



part 



dates 



39 134, 140, 141, 142, 143, 182, 283 

40 60, 284, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306 

41 97, 171, 258, 264, 281, 285, 286 

42 61, 116, 118, 113, 179, 262, 275, 292, 293 
preface, title 



24jun 1879 
3 Sep 1879 
15 Dec 1879 
19 Feb 1880 



* A revised text for plate 261 was issued with part 42. - The 306 hand-coloured plates 
were drawn and lithographed by D. Blair. — Vol. 1: [i]-xxii, pi. 1-69 with text; 2: [i], 
pi. 70-146; 3: [i], pi. 147-227; 4: [i], pi. 228-306, [i]-io ind. Copies: BR, NY. - Trimens 
British herbarium is at BM, the Ceylon plants at K. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 137; GF p. 49; Jackson p. 205; Kew 1 : 219; Langman p. 129; MW p. 41- 
42; NI 137; Plesch p. 138; SK clxxi. 

Burtt, Notes bot. Gard. Edinburgh 21: 157-162. 1953. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 38-39. 1975 (sold at £ 400). 

Berchtold, Friedrich, Graf von, Freiherr von Ungarschiitz (Uhercic) (1 781- 1876), 
Czech botanist, traveller in Europe, the Orient and Brazil (1836- 1855). (Bercht.) 

herbarium and types: PR. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 69. 

bibliography and biography: AG i : 345; Barnhart 1 : 166; BM 1 : 137; CSP 1 : 287, 

12: 70; Jackson p. 265; Kew 1: 219; Langman p. 130; LS 2286; PR 631-633, 2887, 

71 13; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 

Anon., Jb. k. boehm. Ges. Wiss. 1876: xxxvii-xxxviii. 

Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 180-181, 275. 1904. 

Nemec, Vesmir 14: 33-39. 1935- 

Futak et Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 101-102. i960. 

eponymy: Berchtoldia K. B. Presl (1830). 

432. prirozenosti Rostlin, obsahugjcj gednanj o ziwobytj rostlin pro(?) sebe a z ohledu 
ginych ziwoku, podle stawu nynegss ylo znanj, pytwu rostlin; nazwoslowj audu; 
hospodafstwj gegich; rozssjfenj po semi a zpusob rostlinaf zfjditi a zacowati. Praha 
(Krala Wiljma Endersa) 1820. Qu. (Prir. Rostlin). 

Co-author: J an Swatopluk Presl (1 791- 1849). 

Publ.: 1820 t.p., p. [i]-322, [2, errata]. Copy: L. - Status unclear. Only copy seen; not 

in Futak and Domin. - This book contains family descriptions with lists of generic 

names, mostly without author's name, date and description. 

433. prirozenosti rostlin aneb rostlinaf, obsahugjcj popsanj a wyobrazenj rostlin podle 
fadu pfirozenych zpofadan6, s zewrubnym wyznamenanjm wlastnostj, uzitecnosti a 
skodliwosti, obzwlaste wywodin a zlodin, spusobu wydobywanj, poslednjch dobroty a 
porusenosti neygistegsjho poznanj a skausenj, tez spusobu uzitecnych sazenj chowanj a 
rozmnozowanj. Ustanoweny pro lekafe, hogice, hospodafe, umelce, remeslnjky a 
wychowatcle. Praha (J. Krause) 1823- 1835, 3 vols. Qu. (Prir. rostlin). 

Co-author : Jan Swatopluk Presl (1 791-1849). 

Vol. 1 consists of 1 24 sheets and 80 plates, obviously published in parts the contents and 
precise dates of which are so far unknown (see e.g. Flora 7: 192. 28 Mar 1824: "... 
bereits einigen Jahren . . .." The families are separately paged. 



signatures 


pages 


signatures 


pages 


signatures 


pages 




[i-iv] 


54-62 


M-36 


1 1 5-1 16 


[i]-6 


i-7 


[l]-26 


63-66 


[l]-I2 


1 16-120 


[i]-i8 


7 l 3 


[l]-26 


66-69 


[l]-24 


121 


[i]-4 


14-16 


[l]-IO 


6g*-io3 


[i]-i68 


122-124 


[I]-I2 


i6*-53 


[i]-i 5 o 


104-114 


[l]-42 







182 



BERCHTOLD 

Vol. i, as above, with 80 pi. Copies: HU, NY. 

Vol. 2, p. [i], [i]-5o8, 80 pi., [1823-11825. Copy: HU. 

Vol. 3, 216 p., 36 pi., 1 830- 1 835, Copy: HU. 

Coloured plates (HU copy) : 1 : 1-2, 71-78, 2 : 4-7, 9-30, 32-80, 3 : 1-36 (missing from this 

copy: 1:3, 21, 69, 70; 3: 2). 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 219; PR 63 1 . 

434. Oekonomisch-technische Flora Bohmens nach einem ausgedehnteren Plane bearbeitet; 
oder: systematische Beschreibung der in Bohmen wildwachsenden und kultivirten Ge- 
wachse, mit genauer Angabe Ihrer Niitzlichkeit und Schadlichkeit im Allgemeinen wie 
im Besondern; dann deren Anwendung und Behandlung in Kiinsten, Gewerben, Land-, 
Forst- und Hauswirtschaft. [On second t.p. for parts:] In okonomisch-technischer 
Hinsicht von F. Grafen von Berchtold, in botanischer von [1(1) :] Wenzel Benno Seidl, 
[i(2)-3(2):] Philipp Maximilian Opiz, [2(1), 2(2):] Franz Xaver Fieber, [3(1):] 
Johannes Pfund. Prag (1 : Johann Host, 2, 3: Thomas Thabor) 1836-43, 3 vols. Oct. f 
(Oekon.-techn.fi. Bohm.) 

Publ.: Vol. 1(1) was received by the Regensburg botanical Society on 10 Feb 1836; 
parts 1 and 2 of vol. 1 were reviewed together in Lit. Ber. Flora 7: 9-1 1. 28 Jan 1837; 
2(1) was received on 1 Oct 1838 and reviewed on 7 Jan 1839; 2(2) was received be- 
tween 1 Jun and 1 Dec 1840, vol. 3(1, 2) in Mai 1844. 

vol/pars pages dates authors 

1(1) [ii]-xv, [xvi, sign.], [i]-26i, [1, err.] 

(a) ["-hi], [263>5o8, [8, ind., err.]. 

2(1) [ii-ih], [i>297, [298-299 err.] 

(2) [ii-hi], [ij-278, [2, err.] 

3(1) [ii-v], 279-512 

(2) [ii-v], [I]-LI, Die Kartoffeln: 

[i]-xvi, [i]-577, [2], errata on p. 3 cover, 2 pi. 



1(1) and (2) : title pages as given above. Copies: B, G, NY. 

2(1), second t.p. "die Potamogeta von Franz Xaver Fieber." Copies: B, G, NY. 

2(2), second t.p. "die Echia von Franz Xaver Fieber," Copies: B, G, NY. 

3(1), second t.p. "die Verbasca von Johannes Pfund." This part lacks indeed p. 1-278 
because the numbering continues from 2(2). The lowest page number mentioned in 
the index is 197, in the errata 278. Copy: HH. 

3(2), The HH copy has still the original cover and presumably the original order in 
which the material was published in 1843. Cover p. 1, title: "Oekonomisch-technische 
Flora Bohmens nach einem ausgedehnterem Plane bearbeitet," cover p. 2 : biblio- 
graphy of Opiz' works including a statement of the preprints from this flora. Page [i] 
is, as in all other parts, blank, p. [ii] is the first title page. 

p. ii: "Deutschlands Nachtschattenarten. (Solanen Linne's) Deren Niitzlichkeit und 
Schadlichkeit; mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kartoffeln oder Erdapfeln 
(Solanum tuberosum Linne.) Monographisch bearbeitet in okonomisch-technischer 
Beziehung von F. Grafen von Berchtold, in botanischer von P. M. Opiz . . . Prag 1843. 
p. [Hi] : half-title: "Fortsetzung der V. Klasse. Pentandria Funfmannige. I. Ordnung. 
Einweibige. Enthaltend die Gattungen: Dulcamara, Solanum, Papas und Lyco- 
persicum." 
p. [iv] : blank. 

p. [v]: general t.p. for part 3(2) as above, "Prag 1843." 

The set of pages following I-LI (p. LI is the end of the regular Flora) constitute the 
part on the "Kartoffeln" which was preprinted in 1842 and marketed separately. It has 
a title-page of its own [i] : "Die Kartoffeln. (Solanum tuberosum C. Bauh.). Derer Ge- 
schichte, Charakteristik, Niitzlichkeit, Schadlichkeit, Kultur, Krankheiten etc., mit 
ausfiihrlichen Angaben ihrer industriellen Anwendung. Monographisch bearbeitet 
nach Jassniiger, Pfaff, Viborg, Putsche, Bertuch &c. und eigenen Ansichten von 
Friedrich Grafen Berchtold, . . . (mit zwei Kupfertafeln.) ..." Prag 1842. (p. 574-577 
have a separate treatment of Solanum Lycopersicum L.) 

183 



Jan 1836 


B, Se 


Dec 1836 


B.O. 


Aug-Sep 1838 


B.O.F. 


1839 


B.O.F. 


1841 


B.O.P. 


1843 


B.O. 


[preprint 




Kartoffeln 1842] 





BERCHTOLD 

reprints and preprints: 

435. Berchtold, Die Kartqffeln, see above. Prag 1842. Copy included in 3(2) at HH. 

436. Berchtold und Opiz, Die Rubiaceen Bohmens. Mit Einschluss der Farberrothe 
(Rubia tinctorium Linn.). Monographisch bearbeitet in okonomisch-technischer 
Hinsicht von F. Grafen v. Berchtold, in botanischer von P. M. Opiz. Besonders abge- 
druckt aus der okonomisch-technischen Flora Bohmens. Prag 1838. Oct. (n.v.) (Lit. 
Zeit., Berlin 17 Oct 1838; ABD 26 Oct 1! 



437. Berchtold und Opiz, Die Dipsaceen Bohmens. Mit Einschluss der Karden oder 
Tuchkarden (Dipsacus fullonum Linn.). Monographisch . . . Bohmens. Prag 1838. 
Oct. (n.v.) 48 p. (Lit. Zeit., Berlin 17 Oct 1838; ABD 26 Oct 1838, just publ.) 

438. Berchtold und Fieber, Die Potamogetoneen Bohmens. Monographisch ... in 
botanischer von Franz Xaver Fieber. Besonders . . . Bohmens. Prag 1838. Oct. 2 pi. 
(n.v.) Reprinted from vol. 2(1), with the addition(?) of a title, preface and two plates. 
Received by Flora on 1 Oct 1838, by Lit. Zeit. Berlin 17 Oct 1838, ABD 26 Oct 1838. 
50 p. 

439. Berchtold und Pfund, Deutschlands Wollkrduter (Konigskerzen, Verbascum Linn.) 
Monographisch bearbeitet mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der bohmischen Arten. 
In okonomisch-technischer ... in botanischer von Johannes Pfund. Mit einem litho- 
graphirten Tafel. Prag 1840. Oct. (n.v.) Preprinted from vol. 3(2) with the addition(?) 
of a title, preface and plate, distributed (for the first time?) at the meeting of the 
German Naturforscher of 21 Sep 1841, received by Flora between 9 Mar and 28 Nov 
1 84 1. Also with the title Monographia generis Verbasci Prodromus . . . 

440. Berchtold und Fieber, Die Echien Bohmens . . . Prag 1841, 16 p. reprinted from 
2(2) with the later date 1841 (n.v., also not listed on cover of 3(2) (n.v.) 

Ref. : Barnhart 1 : 166; BM 1 : 137; Kew 1 : 219; LS 2286; PR 632, 633. 

Berdau, Felix I. (1826- 1895), Polish physician and botanist at Krakow, later at 
Warsawa. (Berdau). 

herbarium and types: KRA, KRAM, WA. 
Ref.: GRp. 723; IH 2: 69. 

bibliography and biography : AG 5(2): 1 54 ; Barnhart 1 : 1 66 ; BM 1 : 137; CSP 1 : 287 ; 
GR p. 723; Jackson p. 265; Kanitz no. 246; Kew 1: 219; LS 2287-2289; PR 634. 

441. Flora cracoviensis, sive enumeratio plantarum in magno ducati Cracoviensi et adja- 
centibus regionibus provincias Vadovicensis et Bochnensis, turn in valle quae dicitur 
Ojcow sponte crescentium. Krakow (Typis C.R. Universitalis Jagellonicae) 1859. Oct. 
(Fl. cracov.) 

Publ.: 1859, frontisp., p. [i]-viii, [3J-448. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : BM 1: 137; Jackson p. 265; Kew 1: 219; PR 634. 

442. Flora Tatr, Pienin i Beskidu zacodniego. Warsawa (J. Filipowicza) 1890. Oct. 
(FL Tatr). 

Publ.: 1890 (after 10 Aug, date imprimatur on p. [ii]), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-iv, [i]-827, [0-555 
index. Copy: G. 

Berendt, Georg Carl (Karl) (1790- 1850), German physician at Danzig, collector and 
student of amber fossils, collaborator of Goeppert. (Berendt). 

collections : Unknown. Berendt's collection of amber fossils is described by Mueller 
(1850). 

Ref. : Mueller, Neue preuss. Provinzialbl. g[43] (5): 369-374. 1850 (see Bot. Zeit. 8: 
694-696. 1850). 



bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 356-357; Andrews ed. 2 p. 237; Barnhart 1 : 166; 

BM 1: 137; CSP 7: i4i;Jackson p. 180; Quenstedt p. 33. 

Mueller, Neue preuss. Provinzialbl. g[43](5) : 369-374. 1850 (see Mueller, Bot. Zeit. 8: 

694-696. 1850). 
Anon., Flora 33: 622. 21 Oct 1852. 

Schumann, Schr. naturf. Ges. Danzig ser. 2. 8(2): 48, 62, 92. 1893. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 40 [no. 319]. 1966. 

composite works: Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste der Vorwelt, 2 vols. - for the 
palaeobotanical part see Goeppert. 

eponymy: Berendtia Goppert (1845). - Note: Berendtia A. Gray (1868) and Berendtiella 
R. Wettstein & Harms (1899) are dedicated to Carl Hermann Berendt {fl. 1867), an 
explorer of archaeology and natural history in Mexico. 

Berg, Otto Carl (18 15-1866), German botanist, professor of pharmaceutical botany 
at Berlin University. (0. Berg). 

herbarium and types : Berg's herbarium of Myrtaceae was at B and contained many 
types. Berg, however, consulted much material obtained on loan and his types may 
therefore be encountered in several herbaria. The Myrtaceae of the Sonder herbarium 
consulted by him are e.g. at MEL (Anderson 1971). Several isotypes are at C. 
Ref. : Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 19: 563. 1894, Fl. bras. 1(1): 159-160. 1906. 
Anderson, Muelleria 2(2): 119-131. (1971). 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 167; BM 1 : 139; CSP 1 : 288-289, 12: 71-72; 
Jackson p. 203, 373; Kew 1 : 220; Langman p. 130; MW p. 43; NDB 2: 76-77; NI 138- 
142; PR 643-650; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 119. 1905. 
Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 159-160. 1906. 
McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135. 1956. 

composite works: Myrtaceae in Martius, Fl. bras. 14(1): 1-468, pi. 1-35, 31a. 15 Mai 
1857, 14(1): 469-528, pi. 36-82, 41a, 47a. 1 Feb 1858; 14(1): 529-639- 15 J an l8 59 (see 
McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135. 1956). 

handwriting: Muelleria 2(2): 122. 1971. 

443. Revisio myrtacearum americae hucusque cognitarum, seu Klotzschii florae ameri- 
cae aequinoctialis exhibens Myrtaceas. Linnaea 27: 1-512, 29: 207-264, 30: 647-713. 
1855-1861. 

Linnaea part pages dates Linnaea part pages dates 

27 1 1-128 Nov 1855 29 2 207-256 Jun 1858 

2,3 129-384 Jan 1856 3 257-264 Sep 1858 

4 385-512 Feb 1856 30 6 647-713 Mar 1 86 1 

Also published as a reprint, Halle 1 855 [-1 861]. 472 p. Oct. (fide PR). For a discussion 
of the relative priority of this publication and Oersted's Myrtaceae centroamericanae 
Bestemmelser of Beskrivelser af Dr. 0. Berg, Vid. Med. Nat. For. Kjobenhavn 1855: 1-26. 
Jul 1856, see McVaugh (1956) and below. 
Ref.: PR 645; SKp. clxxi. 

Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 19: 562-681. 1894. 

McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135, 162-167. 1956. 

444. Myrtaceae centroamericanae Bestemmelser og Beskrivelser af Dr O. Berg. Vid. 
Med. nat. For. Kjoebenhaven 1855: 1-26 [summary by Oersted]. 

Publ. : Jul 1856, but see McVaugh's remarks on the connection with the previous articles. 
Ref. : McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134-135. 1956. 

185 



445* Florae brasiliensis myrtographia sive descriptio myrtacearum in Brasilia provenientium. 

Leipzig (Fried. Fleischer) 1858 [?-i85g]. Fol. (Fl. bras, myrtogr.) 

PubL: 1855-1859, [i*, separate tide page], [i]-656, pi. 1-85; reprinted from Flora 

brasiliensis vol. 14(1) : 

Fasc. 18(1): 1-468, pi. 1-35. 15 Mai 1857. 

Fasc. 18(2): 469-528, pi. 36-82. 1 Feb 1858. 

Fasc. 18(3): 529-656- r 5J an l8 59- 
The plates are numbered 1-82, 31°, 4i a , 4J a . — It is unknown to us whether this reprint 
(Copy : HH) was in fact a preprint. The title page is dated "1858" and it seems likely that 
this was correct notwithstanding the date "1855" cited by PR. McVaugh notes that 
p. 529-656 contain much information additional to that in the Revisio in Linnaea. The 85 
plates are nature prints (nos. 1-7) and lithographs. 
Ref. : Jackson p. 373; NI 142; PR 647. 

McVaugh, Taxon 5: 134. 1956. 

Bergen, Karl August von (1704- 1759), German botanist at Frankfurt. {Bergen). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 168; PR 656-661. 

eponymy: Bergenia Moench (1794, nom. cons.) 

446. Flora francofurtana methodo facili elaborato accedunt cogitata de studio botanices 
methodice et quidem pioprio marte addiscendae, terminorum technicorum nomen- 
clator, et necessarii indices. Frankfurt a. Oder (Johann Christian Kleyb) 1750. Oct. 
(Fl. francofurt. ) 

PubL: 1750, p. [i-viii], [i]-375, [376-407 ind., err.]. Copy: USDA. 
Ref.: PR 659. 

447. Dissertatio botanica de Aloide auctore Carolo Augusto de Bergen . . . Frankfurt a. 
Oder (Johann Christian Kleyb) 1753. Qu. (Diss. Aloide). 

PubL : 1753, p. [i], [i]-22,Jjfr/. Copies: G, MO. - In the absence of more precise indication 

the date of publication of this paper is to be considered pre-Linnaean. 
Ref. : PR 660. 

Berger, Alwin (1871-1931), German botanist, specialist on Cactaceae. (A. Berger). 

herbarium and types: NY; material collected or cultivated by Berger is in several 
herbaria (B, BH, BR, G, M, NY, US). 
Ref. : Britton, J. New York Bot. Gard. 33: 196. 1932. 
Britton, J. Cact. Succ. Soc. Amer. 4: 290. 1932. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 168; BL 2: 362; BM 6:81; Bossert p. 34; 

CSP 13: 464; Kew 1 : 221 ; Langman p. 130; MW p. 42; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 

Wagner, Monatschr. deut. Kakt.-Ges. 3: 151-152. 1931 (portr.) 

Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 33: 197. 1932. 

White, The Stapeliae 1: 133. 1937 (portr.) 

Pierre, The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 45. 1971 (portr.) 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 29. 1973. 

composite works: (i) EP ed. 2, Crassulaceae, 18a: 352-483. 1930. (2) Pflanzenreich, 
Heft 33, Liliaceae - Asphodeloideae - Aloineae. Leipzig 8 Mai 1908, 347 p., 1 pi., 817 figs., 
repr. Lehre 1958/60. 

eponymy: Bergeranthus Schwantes (1926) ; BergerocactusN. L. Britton & J. N. Rose (1909). 

448. Stapelien und Kleinien einschliesslich einiger anderer verwandter Sukkulenten. Be- 
schreibung und Anleitung zum Bestimmen der wichtigen Arten mit kurzer Angabe iiber 
die Kultur. Stuttgart (Eugen Ulmer) 19 10. Oct. (Stapel. & Klein.) 

186 



BERGER, E. F. 

PubL: Jan-Feb 1910 (Nat. Nov. Febr 1904), p. [i]-[vii], [i]-433, [434, err.], fig. i- 79 . 

Copy: L. - Illustrierte Handbucher sakkulenter Pflanzen. 
Ref.: Kew 1 : 221. 

449. Die Entwicklungslinien der Kakteen . . . Mit 71 Abbildungen und 16 Schemata im 
Text. Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1926. Oct. (Entwicklungslin. Kakt.) 

PubL: Feb-Mar 1926 - (p. iv: Sep 1925, Nat. Nov. Mar 1926, accession NY 27 Nov 

1926), p. [i]-iv, [i]-io5, ill. Copy: NY. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 221. 

450. Illustrierte Handbucher sukkulenter Pflanzen: Kakteen. Anleitung zur Kultur und 
Kenntnisse der wichtigsten eingefuhrten Arten . . . Mit 105 Abbildungen. Stuttgart 
(Eugen Ulmer) 1929. Oct. {Kakteen). 

PubL : Jul-Aug 1929 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1929, accession NYgJun 1930), p. [i]-viii, [i]-346. 

Copy: NY. 
Ref. : Kew 1: 221; Langman p. 131. 

Berger, Ernst Friedrich (1 814-1853), German commercial plant collector and distri- 
butor at Kitzingen am Main. (E. Berger). 

herbarium and types : For Berger's eleven catalogues of herbarium collections see his 
Offer ten-Listen and Preissverzeichnisse as mentioned by Flora (vols. 31-35, 1848-1852) on 
the following dates: 

catalogue date Flora nachtrag date Flora 

1 28 Mar 1848 6 7, i4Apri85i 
Nachtrag 7jun 1848 7 21 Sep 1851 

2 14 Aug 1848 8 21, 28 Feb 1852 

3 21 Dec 1848 9 28 Mar 1852 

4 28 Dec 1848 10 28Jun 1852 

5 24 Jul 1849 11 14 Jul, 7 Aug 1852 

Ref. : Anon., Flora 36: 709-712. 1853 (sale herbarium). 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 168; BM 1 : 140; GR p. 62; LS 2307-2308. 

Anon., Flora 36: 600, 709-712. 1853. 

Anon., Bonplandia 2: 265-266. 1854 (member "Leopoldina," cogn. Wibel). 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Berger, cf. supra, sub A. Berger and infra, 
sub H. A. C. Berger. 

451. Catalogus herbarii oder vollstandige Aufzahlung der phanerogamischen und krypto- 
gamischen Gewachse Deutschlands. Nach Kochs Synopsis und Wallroths Compendium 
Fl. Germ, crypt., Bruch et Schimper, Nees v. Esenbeck, Link und Fries, nebst Aufzahlung 
der bis jetzt bekannten auslandischen Pflanzen. Den Besitzern deutscher Herbarien zur 
Bequemlichkeit dargeboten von Ernst Berger. Wurzburg (Voigt & Mocker) 1 841- 1846. 
4 parts. Duod. {Cat. herb.) 

I. Die deutschen Phanerogamen enthaltend, 1841 (p. viii: 5 Mar 1841), p. [i]-viii, [i]-i23, 
publ. prob. Dec 1841 (Flora 24 Int. Bl. 20. Jan 1842). Copy: NY. 

II. Synonymik und Synonymenregister zum ersten Theile, 1843 (before 20 Oct), p. [i]-viii, [1], 
[i]-238. Copy: NY. 

III. Die Crypto gamen. 1846, p. [i]-igi. Copy: NY. 

IV. Synonymik und Synonymenregister zu den im dritten Theile aufgezahlten europaischen 
Cryptogamen. 1843, p. [i]-ig4. Copy: NY. - Both III and IV have a different title: 
"Catalogue . . . Gewachse [3 : Deutschlands] des Erdbodens. Nach Wallroths Compen- 
dium Fl. Germ, cryptog., Nees von Esenbecks Naturgeschichte der europaischen 
Lebermoose, Hampes Musci frondosi etc. (in Flora 1837), Bruch und Schimpers 
Bryologia europaea, Bridel Brideris Bryol. univ., Links Handbuch zur Erkennung der 
Gewachse (III. Theil), Agardhs Systema Algarum, dessen Algae maris mediterranei 

187 



BERGER, E. F. 

et adriatici, Fries Lichenographia europaea reformata, dessen Systema mycologicum, 
dessen Elenchus fungorum und dessen Epicrisis syst. mycol., Endlichers Genera plan- 
tarum, Steudels Nomenclator etc. Den Besitzern . . .." 
Re/.: BM i : 140; LS 2307; PR 663. 

452. Die Bestimmung der Gartenpflanzen auf systematischem Wege, eine Anleitung, leicht 
und sicher die unterscheidenden Merkmale der vorzuglichsten in den Garten, Gewachs- 
hausern und Anlagen vorkommenden Gewachse zu finden, nebst Angabe von Autor, 
Dauer, Cultur und Vaterland im alphabetischem Register, fur Botaniker, Gartner und 
Gartenfreunde . . . Mit einem Vorwort des Herrn Prasidenten Nees von Esenbeck, und 
Bearbeitung der Farnpflanzen von Prof. Dr. Schnizlein. Erlangen (J. J. Palm und 
Ernst Enke) [1 853-] 1855. Oct. {Bestimm. Gartenpfl.) 

Co-author (for ferns): Adalbert Carl Fiiedrich Hellwig Conrad Schnizlein (18 14- 1868). 

Introduction: Chiistian Gottfried Daniel Nees von Esenbeck (1776- 1858). 

Erste Abtheilung, den Schlussel der Gattungen enthaltend, Erlangen 22 Jul-30 Sep 1853 

(p. iii: 9 Aug 1852, p. vi: 27 Jul 1853, (Flora 36: 616. 14 Oct 1853, rev. by Fiirnrohr 

p. 646-647; Bot. Zeit. 30 Sep 1853 "soeben"), p. [i*], [i]-x, [i]-i30. 
Zweite Abtheilung, Erste bis vierte (Schluss-) Lieferung, Erlangen 1854, p. 131-682 

(Flora 37: 608. 14 Oct 1854, rev. by Fiirnrohr p. 732-733; Bot. Zeit. 12: 814-815. 

17 Nov 1854, rev. Schlechtendal). 
Issued as a whole 1855 with separate title page (see above), p. [i*], [i]-x, 1-682. Copies: 

B, G, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 140; PR 664. 

Berger, H. A. C. (fl. 1832), German physician and palaeontologist at Coburg. (H. 

Berger) . 

collections: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Andrews ed. 2 p. 237; Barnhait 1: 168; BM 1: 140; 
Quenstedt p. 33. 

eponymy: Bergeria K. B. Presl (1838). - Note: Bergera K. Koenig ex Linnaeus (1771) is 
dedicated to Chr. J. Berger (1724- 1789), Austrian born Danish physician. 

453. Die Versteinerungen der Fische und Pflanzen im Sandsteine der Coburger Gegend. Coburg 
1832. Qu. (Versteiner. Fische Pfl. Coburg.) 

PubL: 1832 (pref. 1 Mai 1832), p. [i-v], [i]-2g, pi. 1-4. Copy: MCZ. 
Ref. : Andrews p. 237; BM 1 : 140. 

Anon., Lit. Ber. Flora 3: 50-57. 28 Apr 1833 (rev.) 

Berger, Reinholdus (1824- 1850), German palaeobotanist at Breslau, pupil of Goep- 
pert. (R. Berger). 

collections: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Andrews p. 237; Jackson p. 185. 
Anon., Bot. Zeit. 8: 159-160. 22 Feb 1850. 
Anon., Flora 23: 622-623. 21 Oct 1850. 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Berger, cf. supra, sub A. Berger and sub 
H. A. C. Berger. 

454. De fructibus et seminibus ex formatione lithranthracum. Dissertatio inauguralis quam 
consensu et auctoritate amplissimi philosophorum ordinis in alma litterarum universitate 
Viadrina ad summos in philosophia honores rite capessendos die xviii m. decembris a. 
mdcccxlviii. H.L.Q.S. publice defendet auctor Reinholdus Berger, vratislaviensis . . . 
Breslau (Heinrich Richter) s.d. [1848]. Qu. (Fruct. sem. lith.) 

PubL: 18 Dec 1848 (Flora rd. Feb 1849), P- t 1 ]^ * i l > theses], 3 pi., uncol. liths by 
Kornatzki. Copies: BR, NY. 



BERGERET, J. 

Re/.: Andrews p. 237; Jackson p. 185. 

Anon., Flora 32: 112, 1 21-122. 1849 (rev.) 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 7: 286-287. 13 Apr 1849. 

Bergeret, Jean (1751-1813), Southern French botanist. (Bergeret). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 169; BL 2: 129; BM 1 : 141; Kew 1 : 221; 
PR 665. 

note: Barnhart gives the dates 1751-1813 for both J. and J. P. Bergeret; the authors 
were different but both died in 181 3 (fide Gaston Bergeret). 

455* Flore des Basses-Pyrenees, ou description de toutes les plantes qui croissent naturelle- 
ment, qui sont ou qui pourraient etre cultivees avantageusement dans le Departement 
des Basses-Pyrenees. Avec des observations sur leur utilite dans l'economie rurale et 
domestique, dans les arts et dans la medecine. Pau (P. Veronese) an xi de la Republique 
[1803], 2 vols. Oct. I (Fl. Basses-Pyrenees). 
Vol. 1: 1803, [i*-vii*]j i-clxxv, [i]-i95. Copy: HH. 
Vol. 2: 1803, [i]-4i6. Copy: HH. 

JVouvelle edition, complete, publiee avec une preface et des notes: "Flore des Basses-Pyrenees 
par Jean Bergeret (1751-1813) ... augmentee par Eugene Bergeret (1799- 1868) . . . 
par Gaston Bergeret." Pau (Garet) 1909. Oct., p. [i]-lxxxvi, [i]-g6o, with a biogra- 
phical note. (publ. Jan-Feb 1909) Copies: HH, US, NY. 
Ref.: BL 2: 129; BM 1 : 141 ; Kew 1 : 24; PR 665. 
Guerin, Bull. Soc. bot. France 56: 403. 1909. 

456. Phytonomatotechnie universelle, c'est-a-dire, l'art de donner aux plantes des noms tires 

de leurs caracteres; nouveau systeme au moyen duquel on peut de soi-meme, sans le 

secours d'aucun livre, nommer toutes les plantes qui croissent sur la surface de notre 

globe. A la publication de ce systeme, on a joint les figures, les descriptions les plus 

methodiques, l'analyse, les proprietes, les vertus, l'usage, l'etymologie & la synonymie 

de toutes les plantes de la France. Ouvrage propose par souscription. Paris (author; 

Didot le jeune, Poisson) 1 783- 1784[- 1786], 3 vols. Fol. f (Phytonom. univ.) 

Vol. 1: livraisons 1- 10, Jan 1783-middle 1784, p. [i], [iii], 1-240, pi. [1-120]. 

Vol. 2: livraisons 11-20, 1784 (Jul-Dec)-Jul 1786, p. [i], [iii], 1-252,/)/. [121-240]. 

Vol. 3: livraisons 22-28, i786(?), as follows: 

22: [i]-24,^/. 248-257. 25: 81-140, pi. 283-294. 28:153-176^1.319-328. 

23 : 25-52, pi. 258-270. 26 : 1 05- 1 28, pi. 295-304. 

24:53-80, pi. 271-282. _ 27: 129-152,/)/. 305-3/7. 

Copies: G, HU (vol. 3 in orig. covers), NY (vols 1, 2). - The Hunt copy of vol. 1 has 

121 plates (lacking/)/. 51) ; vol. 2 has 1 17 plates (lacking/)/. 83). Preface material of vol. 1 : 

[i, h.t.], [iii, t.p.], [v, second t.p.], [vii-viii, avis, premier tableau]. - Livraison 21 was 

never published; it was to have contained a complete treatment of the "Cruciformes." 

It is likely that plate numbers nos. 241-247 had been set aside for this part. With plate 

318, which was never published, this accounts for 8 plates lacking from the series 1-328; 

in all there are 320 plates (all hand coloured copper engravings by Poisson). 

A folio prospectus appeared in Paris in Jan 1783. It announced the publication of 100 

coloured and 100 plain copies. Some coloured copies were produced on "papier de 

Hollande" (the Plesch copy). 

Pritzel has a note that publication may have started as early as 1773. We have not been 

able to find further evidence supporting this statement. 

The "noms tires de leurs caracteres" ("nom generique phytonomato-technique") are 

combinations of letters indicating characteristics. These are formulae and cannot be 

considered as names under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (see also 

N. M. v. Wolf) ; the plants are anyhow regularly described under the "normal" Linnaean 

names. 

Ref. : Kew 1: 221; NI 145; Plesch p. 139; PR 666. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 42-43. 1975 (copy sold at £ 6,800). 

189 



BERGERET, J. P. 

Bergeret, Jean Pierre (1751-1813), French botanist. (J. P. 

herbarium and types: Bergeret's collections seem to be incorporated in the Fee her- 
barium at STR. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 169; Kew 1 : 221 ; Lasegue p. 321 ; PR 660; 

Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 

Desvaux, J. Bot. appl., Paris 2: 236-240. 1813. 

Berggren, Sven (1 837-191 7), Swedish botanist at Lund, travelled to and collected in 
Spitsbergen (1868), Greenland (1870), N.Zealand, California 1874-1875. (Berggr.) 

herbarium and types: LD - for details on the location of his duplicates see IH. - 
Exsiccatae: Plantae in itineribus suecorum polaribus collectae j Insulae spetsbergenses (nos. 1-199, 
Lund 1874), at B, C, FH, GB, H, K, L, LD, NY, PC, S-PA. 
Ref.: IH2: 69. 

Hellbom, Bih. Sv. Vet.-akad. Handl. 21(3, 13) 1896. 

Sayre, Mem. New Yoik Bot. Gard. 19(2): 183. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 169; BM 1 : 141 ; 6: 81 ; Bossert p. 34; CSP 

1 : 291, 7: 143, 13: 468; Jackson p. 345, 367; Kew 1 : 222; KR p. 72-74 (bibl.); PR 667- 

668; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 31, pi. y. 1903, 3(3) : 4, 206, pi. 104. 1905 (portr.) 

Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 508. 1909. 

Anon., Bot. Not. 191 7: 205-206 (portr.) 

Arnell, Rev. bryol. 47: 75. 1920 (brief bibl.) 

eponymy: Berggrenia M. C. Cooke (1879). 

457* Ndgra nj> a e ll er ofullstandigt kdnda arter af nyzeelandska fanero gamer [Lund 1878.] Qu. 

(Nya art. nyzeel.fan.) 

Publ.: 1878, after 3 Oct (Nat. Nov. Mar 1879) p. [i]-33, [34ind.] pi. 1-7 with letterpress. 
Fysiogr. Sallsk. minneskr. med anl. af des hundraarsferst den 3 Oct 1878; copy 
communicated to the Fysiogr. Sallsk. on 14 Nov 1877. Copy. NY. 

Ref.: Kew 1 : 222; KR p. 73. 

Berggren, J. Bot. ser. 2. 9: 104. 1880. 

Bergius, Peter Jonas (1730- 1790), Swedish physician and botanist, pupil of Linnaeus, 
professor of natural history and pharmacy at the Collegium medicum in Stockholm 
(1766- 1 790). (Bergius). 

herbarium and types : Bergius left his collections and library to the Swedish Academy 
of Sciences together with an ample endowment, thus providing the basis for the Bergians- 
kaTradgarden (founded in 1791) (SBT). This herbarium contains also most of his types; 
others are at S. Other material in E, LINN and UPS (Thunberg herb.) - Some of the 
most important collectors represented in the Bergius herbarium are (for a complete list 
see Wittrock 1891): A. Afzelius (Musci, Sweden), C. Alstromer (Italy, Spain), P.J. 
Bergius (Sweden), P.J. Bladh (Cape), C. M. Blom (Cape), O. Celsius (Sweden), N. 
Collin (Philadelphia), Ph. Commerson (Bougainville Voyage), C. G. Ekeberg (Cape), 
F. Ehrhart (Germany), A. Gouan (S. France), M. Grubb (Cape), F. Hasselquist (Egypt, 
Palestine), Alb. von Haller (Switzerland), G. F. Kjellmann (N. America), J. G. Konig 
(East Indies), E. Laxman (Siberia), C. Linnaeus (ex herb.), P. Lofiing (Spain), J. A. 
Murray (Germany), J. C. Mutis (Spain), F. P. Oldenburg (Cape), P. Osbeck (China), 
C. J. Ortega (Spain), P. A. Pourret (France), P. S. Pallas (Siberia), A. J. Retzius 
(Sweden), D. Rolander (Suriname), G. Rothman (Tripolitania), A. Sparrmann (New 
Zealand, Cape), O. Swartz (West Indies), J. F. Siguier (France), P. Sonnerat (France), 
J. C. D. Schreber (ex herb.), E. Sandifort (Holland), C. P. Thunberg (Japan, East Indies, 
Cape, Ceylon), A. Thoulin (France), C. P. Wrangel (N. America), C. H. Wanman 
(Cape). 
Ref.: IH 2: 69; Lasegue p. 562 [index]. 

190 



BERGIUS 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 1(1). 1-31 . 1890 (portr.) (on Bergius foundation). 

Wittrock, Bot. Not. 1891: 121- 124. 

Wittrock, Bot. Centralbl. 47: 231-233. 1891. 

Fries, Acta Horti Berg. 1 1 (1) : 1-11. 1931 (portr.) 

Fries, Sv. Linne-Sallsk. Arsskr. 18: 109-123. 1935. 

Lowegren, Naturaliekabinett i Sverige under 1700-talet 338, 401 [index]. 1952. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(2): 1 62; Barnhart i: 169; BM 1: 142, 6: 82; 

Bossert p. 35; Dawson p. 47, 592, 729, 799; GR p. 487; IF p. 681; Jackson p. 349; 

Kew 1 : 223; KR p. 75-77 (bibl.); PR ed. 1, 763-766, ed. 2, 671-674; Zander ed. 10, p. 

634. 

Anon., Lakaren & Naturf. 11: 12-14. 1794. 

T., Diet. Sci. med., Biogr. med. 2: 169. 1820. 

Wikstrom, Conspectus 29-30. 1831. 

Scheutz, Bot. Not. 1863: 67. 

MacOwan, Trans. S.Afr. philos. Soc. 4: xxxiv. 1887. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 1(1): 1-31. 1890, 3(2) : 32, pi. 1. 1903, 3(3): 5. 1905 (portr.) 

Fries, Linne 2: 78-82, 172-177. 1902 (portr.) 

Fries and Hulth, Sv. biogr. Lexikon 3: 565-573. 1922 (portr., bibl.) q.v. for further biogr. 

refs. 
Hulth, Sv. Linne-Sallsk. Arsskr. 14: 1-11. 1931 (portr.) 
Fries, Acta Horti Berg. 1 1 ( 1) : 1-11. 1931. 

Holmberg, Sv. Linne-Sallsk. Arsskr. 35: 71-85. 1952 (trip to Dalecarlia). 
Hylander, Bull. Jard. bot. £tat. Bruxelles 28: 451-453. 1958. 
Holmberg, Acta Horti Berg. 20(1): 1-55. i960 (P.J. Bergius Tradgardsjournal 1 773- 

179°)- 
Vos de, Suid-Afrikaanse biografiese woordenboek 1 : 72-73. 1968 (q.v. for the literature 

on Bergius and South Africa). 
Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 21 : 96. 1972. 

composite works : Bergius' thesis, Semina muscorum ( 1 750), must be attributed to Linnaeus 

(q.v.). 

eponymy: Bergella (A. Gray) Schnizlein (1843-1870) [sic]; Bergia Linnaeus (1771). 

458. Descriptiones plantarum ex Capite Bonae Spei, cum differentiis specificis, nominibus 
trivialibus, et synonymis auctorum justis. Secundum systema sexuale ex autopsis 
concinnavit atque sollicite digessit. Stockholm (Laur. Salvius) 1767. Oct. (Descr.pl. Cap.) 
Publ.: Sep 1767 (Larda Tidn. 24 Sep 1767), p. [i-xxxvi], [i]-36o, [361-368],/)/. 7-5. 

Copies: BR, G, L, MO, NY. - Antedating Linnaeus' Mantissa prima which was 
published Nov 1767. A Leipzig 1768 issue (n.v.) is reported by Comm. reb. sci. nat. 
med. 20(1) : 190. 1774. This may not have a different imprint; "Leipzig" in the an- 
nouncement is probably simply a reference to the German agent for Salvius; KR 
(p. 75, no. 6) does not mention this Leipzig issue either. 
Re/.: BM 1: 142; DA 1967; Jackson p. 349; Kew 1: 223; Plesch p. 139; PR 673; SO 
64gd. ; IDC 2232. 
Sprague, Kew Bull. 1929: 88-89. 
Stearn, Introduction to facsimile edition Linnaeus, Mantissa, (Weinheim) vii-viii. 

1 961. 
Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 146-147. 1971 . 
Stafleu, Taxon 21 : 96. 1971. 
Sotheby, Catal. Stiftung Botanik 44, 45. 1975 (sold at £ 300). 

459. Materia medica e regno vegetabili, sistens simplicia ofneinalia, pariter atque culina- 
ria. Secundum systema sexuale, ex autopsia & experientia, fideliter digessit Petrus Jonas 
Bergius . . . Stockholm (Petrus Hesselberg) 1778. Oct. (Mater, med.) 

1: 1778, p. [i-xiv], [i]-448, [1, err.]. Copy: HU. 

2: 1778, p. [i-ii], 449-908, [16, ind.]. Copy: HU. 

Ed. 2: 1782, 2 vols., 1: [i-xiv], [i]~47i, 2: [i], 473-972. Stockholm (id.), n.v. 

Ref. : KR p. 76 (no. 23) ; PR 674. 

191 



BERKELEY 

Berkeley, Rev. Miles Joseph (1803-1889), British clergyman and cryptogamist. 

{Berk.) 

herbarium and types: Berkeley's private herbarium and manuscripts of fungi are at K, 
correspondence and drawings of algae at BM. Further specimens at CGE, E, L, LINN, 
MICH, OXF and PC. The collections on which the Decades of fungi are based and which 
were not part of the private herbarium are also at K. - Exsiccatae: British Fungi (4 fasc, 
1 836- 1 843) sets at BM, E, FH, K, PC. 
Ref: BB p. 31; IH 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 70. 

Anon., J. Bot. 17: 32. 1879. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 131. 1964. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 59. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 171 ; BB p. 31 ; BM 1 : 144, 6: 83; Bossert 

p. 34; CSP 1: 295-297, 7: 144-145,9: 200, 12: 73-74, 13:475; DNBsuppl. 1: 183; GR 

p. 368; Jackson p. 521; Kew 1: 224-225; LS 2318-2698, 31061-31064; ME 1: 165, 3: 

537; MW p. 42; NI 146-148; Plesch p. 140; PR ed. 1, 770-773, ed. 2, 680-687; Zander 

ed. 10, p. 634. 

Krempelhuber, Gesch. Litt. Lichenologie 2: 378-379. 1869. 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888- 1890: 33. 1891. 

Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 6: 135, 141. 1889 (portr.) 

Murray, J. Bot. 27: 288, 305-308. 1889. 

Stevenson, Trans. Crypt. Soc. Scotland. 1889: 92-95. 

Edit., Ann. Bot. 3: 451-456. 1890 (bibl.) 

Hooker, Proc. Roy. Soc. 47: iii-ix. 1890. 

Anon., La Belgique horticole. 1892, front, (portr.) 

Babington, Memorials 471. 1897. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 10-11. 1898, 5:1. 1908. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 75, pi. 145. 1905 (portr.) 

Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 10. 1906. 

Massee, in Oliver, Makers of Biit. botany 225-232. 1913. 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 428-429. 1916: 7(15): 1051-1052. 1940 (bibl.) 

Druce, Fl. Northamptonshire cxvii-cxx. 1930. 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 182 7- 192 7: 106-108. 1932. 

Rickett, NAF 1(1): 153-154. 1949 (bibl.) 

Rogers, NAF ser. 2(1): 31. 1954 (bibl.) 

Taylor, DSB 2: 18-19. 1970. 

Ainsworth and Bisby, Diet, fungi ed. 6: 66-67. I 97 I - 

Bond, Country Life, Sep 1974 (2 p.) (n.v.) 

Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 324. 1974 (portr.) 

composite works: (i) United States Exploring Expedition [Wilkes], vol. 17, Botany I. Lower 
Cryptogamia, Fungi by M. A. Curtis and M.J. Berkeley on p. 193-202, publ. 1862. 

(2) Griffith and Henry, The micrographic dictionary. Berkeley assisted with ed. 3, 1875, and 
was co-editor for the fourth edition (1883). 

(3) Naves, Narrative of a Voyage to the Polar Sea, ed. 2, vol. 2, app. 14, Fungi collected 
during the 1875-1876 expedition by M.J. Berkeley (1878). 

(4) Smith, The English flora, vol. 5, Cryptogamia part 2, Fungi by M.J. Berkeley 1836 
(see J. E. Smith and also W.J. Hooker, British flora, of which this treatment is part of 
vol. 2). 

(5) Cooke, Fungi, London 1875, edited by M.J. Berkeley. 

(6) Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society, London, editor 1866- 1877. 

eponymy: Berkelella (P. A. Saccardo) P. A. Saccardo (1891); Berkeleya Greville (1827); 
Berkeleyna O. Kuntze (1898); Berkleasmium Zobel (1854, also dedicated to Thomas 
Gibson Lea (1785- 1844), American botanist). 

459- Gleanings of British algae; being an appendix to the supplement to English Botany. 
London (C. E. Sowerby) [i832-]i833. Oct. {Glean. Brit, alg.) 

192 



BERKELEY 



plates dates 



plates dates 



plates dates 



1-4 
5-8 



i Jul 1832 
1 Sep 1832 



9-12 
13-16 



1 Nov 1832 
1 Jan 1833 



17-20 



Mar 1833 



Copies: NY, US. - Pagination: [i-vi], [i]-50. The plates are coloured lithographs by 
J. de C. Sowerby (original BM). Motto on title page a quotation from Wordsworth 
"... there did he feel his faith . . . ." 

Re/.: BM 1 : 144; Jackson p. 242; Kew 1: 224; NI 146; PR 680. 
Dixon et al., Brit, phycol. Bull. 3(1): 101. 1966. 

460. Notices of British fungi London 1837- 1885, reprint Lehre (Cramer) 1967, Bibliotheca 
mycologica no. 1. {Not. Brit.fung.) 

Co-author (from 1848): Christopher Edmund Broome (181 2- 1886). 

Publ. : A reprint, in a single volume, of the series of articles published in various journals 
with a new overall index: 



no. cont. pag. journal publication 



1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 
10 
n 
12 

J 3 

14 

15 
16 

17 
18 

J 9 
20 
21 
22 

23 
24 

25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
3i 
32 
33 
34 
35 



i-37 
38-58 
59-io7 
108-137 
138-207 
208-256 
257-322 

323-379 
380-437 
438-501 
502-537 
538-614 

615-639 

640-661 

662-729 

730-784 

785-900 

9 OI -95! 

952-985 

186-1037 

1038-1062 

1063-1 103 

1 1 04- 1 1 43 

1 1 44- 1 1 8 1 

1182-1262 

1263-1334 

1 335- 1 40 1 

1 402- 1 500 

1501-1630 

1631-1730 

1731-1832 

1833-1926 

1927-1988 

1989-2027 

2028-2050 



Jardin 



Jar 
Ann 
ibid. 
Ann 
ibid, 
ibid. 
Ann 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid, 
ibid. 



dine 



e, Mag. Zool. & Bot. 1 : 42-49. 1837. 

, ibid. 1: 507-519. 1837. 
Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. 1: 198-208. 1838. 
Ser. 1. 1: 257-264. 1838. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. VI: 355-365. 1841. 
Ser. 1. VI: 430-439. 1841. 
Ser. 1. XIII: 340-360. 1844. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2. II: 259-268. 1848. 
Ser. 2. V: 365-380. 1850. 
Ser. 2. V: 455-466. 1850. 
Ser. 2. VII: 95-102. 1851. 
Ser. 2. VII: 176-189. 1851. 
Ser. 2. IX: 317-329. 1852. 
Ser. 2. IX: 377-387. 1852. 
Ser. 2. XIII: 396-407. 1854. 
Ser. 2. XIII: 458-469. 1854. 

Ill: 356-377- 1859. 

VII: 373-382. 1861. 
Ser. 3. VII: 449-456. 1861. 
Ser. 3. XV: 312-322. 1865. 
Ser. 3. XV: 400-404. 1865. 
Ser. 3. XV: 444-452. 1865. 
Ser. 3. XVIII: 51-56. 1866. 
Ser. 3. XVIII: 121-129. 1866. 
Ser. 4. VI: 461-469. 1870. 
Ser. 4. VII: 425-436. 1871. 
Ser. 4. XI: 339-349- l8 73- 
Ser. 4. XV: 28-41. 1875. 
Ser. 4. XVII: 129-145. 1876. 

I: 17-30. 1878. 

Ill: 202-212. 1879. 

VII: 129-131. 1881. 
Ser. 5. IX: 176-183. 1882. 
Ser. 5. XII: 370-374- 1883. 
Ser. 5. XV: 342-345- l8 8s. 



Ser. 3. 
Ser. 3. 



Ser. 5. 
Ser. 5. 
Ser. 5. 



461. Decades of fungi. Decas 1-62. 1 844-1 856. Reprint Amsterdam 1969. Oct. {Dec. fungi). 

Publ.: The decades of fungi were originally published in the London J. Bot. (LJB) and in 
Hooker, J. Bot. (HJB). The 1969 reprint contains all decades with the original 
pagination and a [new] continuous pagination. In addition the reprint has an index 
and an introductory note by M. A. Donk. 



193 



BERKELEY 








decas 


original publication 


pages in reprint 


date 


I 


LJB3 


185-194. i. 5-6" 


I-IO 


1844 


2 


LJB3 


329-337- 1- H-15 


11-19 


1844 


3-7 


LJB4 


42-73, 1. 1-2 


20-51 


1845 


8-10 


LJB4 


198-315. t.11-12 


52-69 


1845 


1 1 


LJB5 


1-6 


7o-75 


1846 


12-14 


LJB6 


312-326 


76-90 


1847 


i5-!9 


LJB6 


479"5 I 4-'-- f 7-20 


92-126 


1847 


20 


LJB 7 


572-580. t. 20-22 


127-135 


1848 


21-22 


HJBi 


: 97-104 


136-143 


1849 


23-24 


HJBi 


: 234-239 


144-149 


1849 


25-30 


HJB2 


: 42-51, 76-88, 1 06-1 12 


150-179 


1850 


3i 


HJB3 


: 14-21. t. 1 


180-187 


1851 


32-33 


HJB3 


39-49 


188-198 


1851 


34 


HJB3 


■ 77-84 


199-206 


1851 


35 


HJB3 


167-172 


207-212 


1851 


36 


HJB3 


200-206 


213-219 


1851 


37-38 


HJB4 


97-107 


220-230 


1852 


39-40 


HJB4 


130-142. t. 6 


231-243 


1852 


4 I "43 


HJB6 


129-143. £. 7-5 


244-258 


1854 


44-46 


HJB6 


161-174 


259-272 


1854 


47-48 


HJB6 


204-212 


273-281 


1854 


49-50 


HJB6 


225-235 


282-292 


1854 


5 J -54 


HJB8 


129-144. t.5,6, g, 10 


293-308 


1856 


55-56 


HJB8 


169-177 


309-317 


1856 


57-58 


HJB8 


193-200 


3!8-325 


1856 


59-60 


HJB8 


233-241 


326-334 


1856 


61-62 


HJB8 


272-280 


335-343 


1856 



Berkeley was the author of all decades; for some decades there were co-authors: 
J. P. F. C. Montagne (2) and M. A. Curtis (21-24). 
Ref.: PR 683. 

Donk, Introductory note [to reprint] p. [iii-v]. 1969. 

Stafleu, Taxon 18: 458. 1969. 

462. Introduction to cryptogenic botany . . . with 127 illustrations on wood, drawn by the 
author. London, New York (H. Bailliere), Paris (Bailliere et fils), Madrid (Bailly 
Bailliere) 1857. Oct. (Intr. crypt, hot.) 

Publ.: Mar-Jun 1857, P- [i]-viii, [1], [i]-6o4, 127 (126?) woodcuts in text. Copies: NY, 

Steere. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 144; Kew 1 : 224; LS 2435; PR 685. 

463. Outlines of British fungology; containing characters of above a thousand species of 
fungi, and a complete list of all that have been described as nativers of the British Isles. 
London (Lovell Reeve) i860. Oct. (Outl. Brit.fungol.) 

Publ.: Aug-Dec i860 (p. vi: Aug i860), p. [i*], i-xvii, [i]-442, pi. 1-24 with each 1 p. 

letterpress, 1 plain and 23 handcoloured lithographs by W. Fitch. Possibly issued in 

parts of which dates and contents are unknown. Copies: BR, NY. 
Supplement: by W. G. Smith, p. [i]-xii, [i]-386, London (L. Reeve & Co.) 1891. Oct. 

Copy: BR. 
Ref: BM 1 : 144; Kew 1 : 224; LS 2450; PR 686. 

464. Handbook of British mosses; comprising all that are known to be natives of the British 
Isles. London (Lovell Reeve & Co.) 1863. Oct. (Handb. Brit, mosses). 

Ed. 1: 1863, before Aug (rev. J. Bot. 1 : 250-251. Aug 1863), p. [i]-xxxvi, [i]-324, pi. 1-24 
with each 1 p. letterpress, 1 plain (front.) and 23 handcoloured lithographs by 
W. Fitch. Copy: NY. 
Ed. 2 : 1895, p. vi, 324, 1 plain and 23 handcoloured lithographs, (n.v.) 
Ref:*EM 1: 144; Jackson p. 241; Kew 1: 224; NI 147; Pleschp. 140; PR 687. 



194 



BERKENHOUT 

465. Notices of North American fungi [1872-1876]. Reprint 1971. Amsterdam (Linnaeus 

Press) 1 97 1. Oct. (ISBN 90-6105-0022) (Not. N. Amer. fungi). 

Publ. : The Notices of North America Fungi were originally published in the British journal 
Grevillea. Twenty-four parts appeared between September 1872 and June 1876, all 
with separate pagination. The 1971 reprint combines these 24 papers and provides 
a continuous pagination in addition to the original sets of page numbers. - Berkeley 
was the main author. The abbreviation "B. & C." refers to Berkeley and Moses 
Ashley Curtis, "B. & R." or "B. & Rav." to Berkeley and H. W. Ravenel. Copy: 
FAS. 



numbe 


r vol. 


pages 


pages 


dates 




Grevillea 


Grevillea 


continuous 




1 




33-39 


i-7 


Sep 1872 


2 




49-55 


8-14 


Oct 1877 


3 




65-71 


15-21 


Nov 1872 


4 




97-102 


22-27 


Jan 1873 


5 




145-150 


28-33 


Apr 1873 


6 




161-166 


34-39 


Mai 1873 


7 




177-180 


40-43 


Jun 1873 


8 


2 


3-7 


44-4° 


Jul 1873 


9 


2 


17-20 


49-52 


Aug 1873 


10 


2 


33-35 


53-55 


Sep 1873 


1 1 


2 


49-53 


56-60 


Oct 1873 


12 


2 


65-69 


61-65 


Nov 1873 


13 


2 


81-84 


66-69 


Dec 1873 


14 


2 


97-101 


70-74 


Jan 1874 


15 


2 


153-157 


75-79 


Apr 1874 


16 


2 


177-181 


80-84 


Jun 1874 


17 


3 


1-17 


85-101 


Sep 1874 


18 


3 


49-64 


102-117 


Dec 1874 


J 9 


3 


97-112 


108-133 


Mar 1875 


20 


3 


145-160 


I34-H9 


Jun 1875 


21 


4 


1-16 


150-165 


Sep 1875 


22 


4 


45-52 


166-173 


Dec 1875 


23 


4 


93-108 


174-189 


Mar 1876 


24 


4 


141-162 


190-21 1 


Jun 1876 



Ref: BM 1: 144; LS 2696. 

Stafleu, Taxon 20: 817-818. 1971. 

Berkenhout, John (1 730-1 791), British botanist. (Berkenhout) . 



herbarium and types : Unknown. 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 
Henrey 441-445; Jackson p. 521 ; Kew 1 
Anon., Gent. Mag. 1791(1): 485. 
O., Diet. Sci. med., Biogr. med. 2: 177-178. 1820. 



171; BB p. 31; BM 1: 144; DNB 4: 369; 
225; PR 688-689. 



composite works: Contributed numerous articles to The Monthly Review between 1755 
and 1767. - See Nangle, The Monthly Review . . . indexes, Oxford 1934, p. 4. 

466. Clavis anglica linguae botanicae; or, a botanical lexicon; in which the terms of botany, 
particularly those occurring in the work of Linnaeus, and other modern writers, are 
applied, derived, explained, contrasted, and exemplified. 1 kings iv. 33 . . . London 
(author) 1764 [1765]. Oct. (in fours) (Clav. angl. ling, bot.) 
Ed. 1: Apr 1764 (rev. Monthly Rev.; Crit. Rev. Aug 1764; Gent. Mag. mentioned it 

only in Nov 1765), not paged, [i-xii], dictionary part: gatherings A-Z, Aa-DD 4 of 8 p. 

each. Copies: HU, USDA. 



195 



BERKENHOUT 

Ed. 2: "to which is added, Calendarium botanicum." London (T. Cadell) 1789, Oct., 

[327] p. (Sign. (A^B-X^ 2 ). Copies: HU, U, USDA. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 144; Henrey 441-442; Jackson p. 8; Kew 1 : 225; PR 688. 

467. Outlines of the natural history of Great Britain and Ireland. London 1769- 1772. Oct., 
3 vols. (Outl. nat. hist. Gr. Brit.) 

Ed. 1: vol. 1: 1769; 2: (Botany) 1770 (Crit. Rev. Aug 1770, Monthly Rev. Jul 1770), 

P- J 6, 353, [1]; 3: 1772, publ. Nov 1771 (Monthly Rev.; Crit. Rev. and Gent. Mag. 

Dec 1 771) (n.v.) 
Ed. 2 : 2 vols. 1 789 as "Synopsis of the natural history of Great Britain and Ireland ..." London 

(T. Cadell), Oct., vol. 1 (animal and fossil kingdoms), p. [i*], [i]-xii, [I3J-334, [i,err.], 

vol. 2 (vegetable kingdom), p. [i], [iii], [i]-38o. Copies: HU, NY, US. 
Ed. 3: 2 vols. 1795, "Synopsis of the natural history of Great Britain and Ireland . . . Being a 

third edition of The outlines, etc. corrected and considerably enlarged." London 

(T. Cadell). Oct. Copies: HH, HU. 

vol. 1: 1795, p. [i]-xii, [i3]-334, front, portr. author. 

vol. 2: 1795, p. [i-iii], [i]-466 (1-450, i.e. 434, [2], [1], 452-466). 
Ref: BM 1 : 144; Henrey 443-445 ; Jackson p. 233; Kew 1 : 225; PR 689. 

Berkhout, Christine Marie (1893- 1932), Dutch mycologist and phytopathologist, 
pupil of J. Westerdijk. {Berkhout). 

herbarium and types : Miss Berkhout worked with the living cultures of fungi then at 
CBS (Baarn). 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 171 ; LS suppl. 2434. 
Lohnis, Johanna Westerdijk, Baarn 1963, p. 87. 

note: Dr. J. A. von Arx has kindly provided biographical information on Christine 
Berkhout. She was born in Malang (Indonesia) on 13 Jul 1893 and died at the Hague on 
18 Nov 1932. Her ill-health started already at the time of her work on the thesis; she is 
not known to have occupied any public position after taking her degree. Berkhout was 
the first female taxonomic mycologist coming from the Westerdijk school. 

468. De schimmelgeslachten Monilia, Oidium, Oospora en Torula. Proefschrift ter verkrijging 
van den graad van doctor in de wis- en natuurkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht, 
op gezag van den rector-magnificus J. F. Niermeyer, hoogleeraar in de faculteit der 
letteren en wijsbegeerte, volgens besluit van den senaat der universiteit, tegen de be- 
denkingen van de faculteit te verdedigen op Maandag 29 Januari 1923, des namiddags 
te 4 uur, door Christine Marie Berkhout, geboren te Malang. [Utrecht 1923]. Oct. 
{Schimmelgesl. Monilia). 

Publ. : 29 Jan 1923, p. [i-ix], [i]-7i, [72 expl. fig.], 1 sheet theses (stellingen) , 4 pi. Copies: 

NY, U. 
Ref. : LS suppl. 2434. 

Berlasidier, Jeam Louis (1805- 185 1), Belgian explorer in North America and Mexico, 
traveller for A. P. de Candolle and Moricand. (Berland.) 

herbarium and types: G; further reasonably complete sets at BM, BP, GH, G-DC, FI, 
K, KIEL and W. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 70. 

Clokie, Account herb. Oxford 131. 1964. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(1) : 80; Barnhart 1 : 171 ; BM 6: 83; CSP 1 : 297; 

Kew 1 : 225; Langman p. 131- 132; Lasegue p. 207; ME 1 : 165, 3: 537, 725; PR ed. 1, 

778, ed. 2, 692; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 

Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 336-338. 1862. 

Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 123. 1887. 

Sargent, Silva North Amer. 1: 82. 1891 (repr. 1947). 

Geiser, Southwest Rev. 18(4): 431-459. 1933 ("in defense of Jean-Louis Berlandier"). 

196 



BERLESE 

Briquet and Cavillier, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 36-39. 1940 (bibl.) 

Geiser, Naturalists of the frontier 30-54. 1948. 

Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. 

Berlandier, The Indians of Texas in 1830. Edited and introduced by John C. Ewers. 

Washington 1969 (xi, 209 p., 20 pi., map). 
Ewan, Short history botany U.S. 45. 1969. 

eponymy: Berlandiera A. P. de Candolle (1836). 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 317-318. 1972. - For a list of Berlandier manuscripts see 
Langman p. 131-132. 

composite works: Grossulariae, DC, Prodr. 3: 477-483. med. Mar 1828. 

469. Memoire sur lafamille des Grossulariees. [Geneve 1826]. Qu. (Mem. Grossular.) 
Publ: 1826, p. [43]-6o, pi. 1-3. Copy: G. - Reprinted from Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. 

Geneve 3(2): 43-60, pi. 1-3. 1826. - Abstract Bull. Sci. nat. 14: 358. (n.v.) 
Ref.: CSP 1: 297; Kew 1: 225; PR 692. 

470. Memorias de la comision de limites a las ordenes del general Manuel de Mier y Teran 
[1832]. Qu. (Mem. comis. limites). 

Publ.: Probably 1832, date of preface p. iii. This pamphlet consists of two signatures, 
quarto and half a signature of preface material: p. [i-iii], 1-16. Copies: HH, MICH, 
US. See Diario below. 

Ref. : Kew 5: 269; Langman p. 132. 

471. Diario de viaje de la Comision de limites que puso el Gobierno de la Republica baja 
el direccion del Exmo. Sr. Gral. D. Manuel Mier y Teran. Por Luis Berlandier y Rafael 
Chovel. Mexico 1850. Oct. (Diario viaje comis. limites). 

Publ. : 1850, p. [i]-2g8 (copy: NY, p. 1-2 missing, title quoted here from the handwritten 
material added to the NY copy). This Diario contains on p. 292-298 the material from 
the above 16 p. pamphlet "Memorias" (fide Langman). - This brief Berlandier text 
was also published (again fide Langman) Mos. Mex. 4. 418-422. 1840 (n.v.) and Bol. 
Soc. Mex. Geogr. Est. 5: 125-129. 1857 (n.v.) - For the validity of Beilandier's names 
see Johnston. 

Ref. : Langman p. 132. 
Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. 70: 87-90. 1924. 

Berlese, August© Napoleone (1864- 1903), Italian mycologist and plant pathologist. 
(Berl.) 

herbarium and types: PAD(?), B, MSC. - Issued Fungi lusitanici (1 fasc, 78 nos) with 
P. A. Saccardo and C. Roumeguere, set at FH. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 70. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 171 ; BM 1 : 145, 6: 83, Bossert p. 35; CSP 

12: 74, 13: 477-478; DTS 1: 19; GRp. 513-514; Kew 1: 225; LS 2703-2793C, 31066- 

31068; MW p. 42; NI 149. 

Traverso, Le Stationi sperimentali agrarie italiane 36(1) : 33-46. 1902. 

Cavara, Ann. Mycol. 1: 178-180. 1903. 

Saccardo and Traverso, Malphigia 17: 1 17-126. 1903 (bibl., portr.) 

Saccardo, Riv. R. Scuol. vit. ed. enol. Conegliano 4. ser. 9: 94. 1903 (n.v.) 

Sommier, Boll. Soc. bot. Ital. 1903 (repr. 2 p.). 

Ainsworth and Bisby, Diet, fungi ed. 6. 67. 1971. 

composite works : (1) Rivista di Patologia vegetale, Berlese co-editor, vols. 1-10, 1892- 1902. 
(2) Saccardo, Sylloge fungorum. Berlese contributed Myxomycetes (vol. 7, 1), Laboul- 
beniaceae (8), Phycomycetes (7, 1) and additamenta to vols. 1-4. 



eponymy: Berlesiella P. A. Saccardo (ii 

197 



BERLESE 



472. Fungi moricolae iconografia e descrizione dei funghi parassiti del gelso. Padova 
(Tipografia del Seminario) 1889. Oct. {Fungi moricol.) 



fasc. 



text 



plates 



species 



date (p. 2 intr.) 


dates Nat. Nov. 


22 Apr 1885 


Apr 1885 


20 Aug 1885 


Nov 1885 


20 Apr 1886 


Mai 1886 


20 Aug 1887 


Sep 1887 


20 Aug 1888 


Nov 1888 


20 Dec 1888 


Feb 1889 


20 Jul 1889 


Aug 1889 


25 Jul 1889 


Aug 1889 


30 Jul 1889 


Aug 1889 


5 Aug 1889 


Aug 1889 



1 


20 


10 


10 


2 


20 


10 


10 


3 


20 


10 


10 


4 


20 


10 


10 


^ 


20 


10 


20 


6 


20 


10 


28 


7 


22 


11 


33 


8 


1-63 


- 


- 


9 


-63 


- 


- 


10 


[i]-i3 


- 


- 



The introduction (p. 2) cites 10 fascicles. The material of fasc. 7-10 is mentioned as a 
whole by Nat. Nov., possibly the Appendice e chiave analytica, 63 p., count as fasc. 8 and 9, 
and the introductory material (Cenni generali) of 13 p. as fasc. 10. The plates are ac- 
companied by 2 p. letterpress each. Copies: FH, NY. 

The subscription to this work (leaflet in Farlow copy) stated "i fascicoli non saranno piu 
di 8, di cui ne uscira almeno uno ogni mese." 

Plate 10 of fasc. 1 {Hexagonia mori) is sometimes placed with no. 7 of fasc. 4 {Polyporus 
squamosus) in accordance with a later instruction by Berlese. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 145; LS 2705. 

473. Micromycetes tridentini contribuzione alio studio dei funghi microscopici del Trentino 
per cura del Dr. A. N. Berlese e delPAb. G. Bresadola. Trento 1889. Rovereto (Tipo- 
grafia Roveretana, ditta V. Sottochiesa) 1889. Oct. (Micromycet. trident.) 

Publ.: 1889 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1889), p. [i]-i03, 6 pi. Copy: NY. (See also Bresadola, Fungi 
tridentini, 7 fasc. 1881-1887). Originally published in Annuario della Societa degli 
Alpinisti tridentini 14 (1887/8): 299-399. t. 1-6. 1889. 

Ref.: BM 1: 145; DTS 1: 19; Kew 1: 225; LS 2776. 

474. hones fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum ad usum Sylloges Saccardianae 
adcommodatae. Avellino (for author by Eduardo Pergola) 1890- 1905, 4 vols. Oct. f 
{Icon, fung.) 



vol. 


fasc. 


pages 


plates 


date t.p. 




dates Nat. Nov. 


I 


1 


[i]-iv, [i]-66(?) 


1-42 


[pref. : Jun 


1890] 


1890 




2 


67(?)-go 


43-84 






1892, Mai 




3 


91-118 


85-123 






1 893, Jan 




4 


1 19-228 


124-162 






1 894, Jun 




5 


[i]-x 


Gen. 1-22 


1894 (ded. Mar) 


1 894, Jun 


2 


1 


1-28 


1-44, 4bis 






1895, Feb 




2,3 


29-84 


45-100 






1 896, Jun 




4(1) 


85-112 


101-143 






1897, Mar 




(2) 


1 13-216 
[i-iii] 


144-178 
Gen. 1-10 


1900 




1899, Aug 


3 


1, 2 


[i]-52 


1-61 






1900, Nov 




3,4 


53- J 04 


62-126 






1902, Sep 




5 


105-120 
[i-iii] 


127-162 


1 900- 1 905 




1905, Mai 


4 


1 


1-40 

41-44 


1-67 


Feb 1898 




1898, Feb 
1905, Mai 



Facsimile ed. : Lehre (J. Cramer), 1968, Bibliotheca mycologica 16A-D, 4 vols., collation 
as above but with an extra t.p. per vol. Copy: FAS. 
Ref.: BM 1: 145, 6: 83; Kew 1: 225; LS 2729; NI 149. 



198 



BERNHARDI 

Bernard, Charles Jean (1876- 1967), Swiss botanist and agriculturist. (C. Bernard). 

herbarium and types: BO. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 70. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 172. 
De Jonghe et al., Bergcultures 7: 661-674. 1913. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 52. 1950 (portr.) 
Chodat, Trav. Soc. bot. Geneve 9: 16-17. 1968. 

eponymy: Bernardia Playfair (191 7). 

475. Protococcacees et desmidiees d'eau douce, recoltees a Java et decrites par Ch. Bernard . . . 
Batavia (Landsdrukkerij) 1908. Oct. (Protococc. desmid.) 

Publ.: 1908 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1908), p. [i-iii], [i]-230, pi. 1-16, uncol. liths by author. 
Copies: MO, U, USDA. 

Bernard, Georges Eugene (x-1925), French mycologist, "pharmacien major de ire 
classe a l'hopital militaire d'Aufredi." (G. Bernard). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 172; BM 1 : 150; CSP 12: 74, 13: 480; 

Kew 1: 227; LS 2801-2805, suppl. 2453; NI 151. 

Balland, Les pharmaciens militaires francais 224, 259. 19 13. 

Barnhart, NAF 9(6) : 429. 191 6. 

eponymy : Bernardia Playfair ( 1 9 1 7) is dedicated to Charles Jean Bernard ( 1876- 1 967) , q.v. 

476. Champignons observes a la Rochelle et dans les environs. Paris (Germer Bailliere & Co.) 
1882. Oct. {Champ. Rochelle) 

Publ.: Oct-Nov 1882 (p. 9: i6Jan 1882, Nat. Nov. Nov 1882; J. Bot. Jan 1883), p. [1]- 
300, 56 pi. Copies: NY, Stevenson - Another issue (n.v.) La Rochelle 1882, no. 18, 
Ann. Soc. Sci. natl Charente inferieure. - Some copies have coloured plates. 

Ref.: BM 1: 150; Kew 1: 227; LS 2801; NI 151. 
Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 429. 1916. 

Bernet, Henri (1850- 1904), Swiss physician and bryologist. (Bernet). 

herbarium and types : G, duplicates at L, PC, SAM. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 70. 

bibliography and biography: AG 12(3) : 123; Barnhart 1 : 173. 

Barbey, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 4: 840. 1904. 

Guinet, Rev. bryol. 31 : 97-98. 1904. 

Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2. 5: 200. 1905. 

Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 39-41. 1940 (bibl.) 

477. Catalogue des hepatiques du sud-ouest de la Suisse et de la Haute-Savoie. Geneve (H. 
Georg), Basel, Lyon 1888. Oct. (Cat. hep. Suisse). 

Publ: 1888 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1888; Hedw. rd. Oct-Dec 1888), p. [i]- [Hi], [i]-i35,#. T "4- 
Copy: Steere. 

Bernhardt, Johann Jakob (1774- 1850), German botanist and horticulturist at Erfurt, 
editor of Allgemeines teutsches Garten-Magazin. (Bernh.) 

herbarium and types : MO (62.000) . - MO also holds part of the herbarium of a nephew 
of J. J. Bernhardi: Theodor Bernhardi (18 10-1889). 
Ref. : IH 1 (ed. 6) : 356. 

D'Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 69(1): 20-25. 1971 . 

199 



BERNHARDI 

bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 461 ; Barnhart 1 : 173; BM 1 : 151 ; CSP 1 : 303- 

305, 6: 584, 7: 147; 12: 75; DTS 1 : 19-20; GR p. 6; IF p. 681 ; Jackson p. 426; Kanitz 

no. 97; Kew 1: 229; Langman p. 133; LS 2718-2719; MW p. 42; Moebius p. 447 

[index]; PR 697-704; Zander ed. 10, p. 634. 

Anon., Flora 33: 736. 1850. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 8: 846-847. 1850. 

Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 276-277. 1884. 

eponymy: Bernhardia Willdenow ex Bernhardi (1802). 

478. Systematise hes Verzeichnis der Pflanzen, welche in der Gegend um Erfurt gefunden 
werden, entworfen von D. Johann Jakob Bernhardi. Erster Teil. Erfurt (Hoyer und 
Rudolphi) 1800. Oct. | (Syst. Verz.) 

PubL: 1800, p. [i]-xxviii, [i]-346. Extremely rare. Copies at Brit. Mus. (Bloomsbury) , 

Vetensk. Akad. Stockholm, and at B. 
Ref.: Kew 1 : 229 [microfiches]; PR 698; IDC 5509. 

Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 320. 1945. 

479. Ueber den Begriffder Pflanzenart und seine Anwendung. Erfurt (Wilhelm Otto) 1 834. 
Qu. (Begr. Pflanzenart). 

PubL: 1834 (rd after 12 Mar and before Dec 1834, Flora), p. [i]-viii, [i]-68, [1]. Copy: 

NY. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 151; Kew 1 : 229. 

Bernoulli, Carl Gustav (1834- 1878), Swiss naturalist, resident in Guatemala 1858- 

1878. (Bernouilli) . 

herbarium and types : BAS, K, duplicates see IH. 
Ref.: IH2: 71. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 171 ; CSP 9: 205. 
Mueller, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 6: 710-737. 1878 (bibl.) 
Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 37. 1882. 
Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 4: 137. 1887. 

eponymy: Bernoullia D. Oliver (1873, nom. cons.) ; Bernoullia O. Heer (1877, dedicated to 
the famous Basel family of which Carl Gustav was a member) . 

480. Die Gefasskryptogamen der Schweiz. Basel (Schweighauser) 1857. Oct. (Gefdsskrypt. 
Schweiz) . 

PubL: Jan-Jun 1857 (Flora rd before 14 Jul), p. [i]-viii, [i]-g6. Copy: PCS. 
Ref: Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 15: 621-622. 4 Sep 1857. 

Bernstein, Heinrich Agathon (1822- 1865), German botanist from Silesia. {Bernstein). 

herbarium and types : Material from Indonesia at WRSL. 
Ref: IH2: 71. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 174; BM 1 : 152; CSP 1 : 306, 6: 584, 7: 147- 

148, 9: 205; LS 2823; PR ed. 2, p. 25. 

Anon., Flora 48: 573. 29 Nov 1865; Bot. Zeit. 23: 326-327. 1865. 

Embacher, Lexikon der Reisen 37. 1882. 

Sirks, Indisch Natuuronderzoek 165. 191 5. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 52-53. 1950 (bibl.) 

481. Microstoma hiemale, eine Pilzgattung aus der Gruppe der Pezizoideen, . . . mit einer 
Steindrucktafel. Der Akademie iibergeben den 14 Oktober 1851 [Breslau 1854]. Qu. 
(Microstoma hiemale) . 

PubL: Nov-Dec 1854 ("soeben," Flora 28 Dec 1854), p. [647]-658, pi. 61 from Nova 
Acta Acad. Leop. 23(2), 1854. Copy: NY. 



BERTERO 

Ref.: CSP i: 306; LS 2823. 
Flora 37: 751. 21 Dec 1854. 

Bertero, Carlo Guiseppe (1 789-1831), Italian physician, botanist, who as a naval 
physician travelled in the West Indies (1816-1821) and settled in Chile in 1827. {Bertero). 

herbarium and types: The original Italian (mainly Piedmont) herbarium is at TO; 
the main set of the West Indian plants is also at TO, the second set at G-DC. The 
Chilean collections were sold after Bertero's death, acquired by the Esslingen Unio 
itineraria and dispersed over various institutions. For details see IH. Most of Bertero's 
manuscripts, insofar as they are extant, are also at TO. See Urban (1902) for an itiner- 
ary and for further literature. 
Ref. : IH 2: 71; Saccardo 1: 28, 2: 18. 
Anon., Flora 18(1). Int. Bl. 48. 1835 (on sale collections). 
Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 21-23. 1902. 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 19-20. 1941. 
D'Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 69(1): 24. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 175; BM 1: 152, 364 (sub Colla) ; Bossert 
p. 36; CSP 1 : 308; Kew 1 : 231 ; Lasegue p. 260-263; NI 381 ; PR 714; Saccardo 1 : 28, 
2: 18; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 
Ruschenberger, Am. J. Sci. 19: 63-66. 1830 (transl. of list of plants of Chile from 

Mercurio Chileno). 
Hooker et Arnott, Bot. Misc. 3: 303. 1833. 
Anon., Ann. Sci. Bot. ser. 2. 1 : 254-256. 1834. 
Colla, Mem. Acad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 1: 123-141. 1839 (incorrect data on itinerary 

W. Indies). 
Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 372. 1862. 
Founder, in Baillon, Diet. bot. 1 : 409. 1876. 
Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxii. 1883. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 3: 21-23. 1902. 
Vignolo-Lutati, Commemorazione del primo centenario della morte del Dott. Carlo 

Bertero. Torino 1931, 7 p. 
Mattirolo, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 67(5) : 1-21. 1932 (portr., bibl.) (q.v. for 

many biogr. refs.) (also as repr.) 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 19-20. 1941. 

Arbelaez, Rev. Acad. Colomb. 13(51): 371-373. 1969 (1970). 
Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 352. 1974 (portr.) 

composite wmdrks: Contributed to Colla, Plantae rariores in regionibus chilensibns (1834- 
1836) q.v. 

eponymy: Berteroa A. P. de Candolle (182 1) ; Berteroella O. E. Schulz (1919) ; Berteromyces 
Ciferri (1954); Terobera Steudel (1854, anagram). 

handwriting: Mem. r. Accad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 1 : 141. 1839. 

note: Bertero died shortly after 9 April 1831 when the ship which was to have brought 
him to Valparaiso from Tahiti disappeared on the high seas. 

482. Lista de plantas que han sido observadas en Chile por el Dr. Bertero en 1828, 
Mercurio chileno 12: 551-564. 1 Mar 1829. - Continuacion del catalogo de plantes obser- 
vadas en Chile por el doctor Bertero. Mercurio chileno 13 : 593-616 (15 Apr 1829), x 4 : 639- 
651 (15 Mai 1829)^15: 684-702 (isJun 1829), 16: 735-749 (15 Jul 1829). 
Reprint: by Gualterio Looser, Santiago de Chile 1933- 1936; translation: by W. S. W. 
Ruschenberger, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts 19: 63-70, 299-311 (1831), 20: 248-260 (1831); 
2 3 : 78-96, 250-269 (1833), also Linnaea 7 (Lit. Ber.) : 6-49. 1832. Kew 1 : 231 (micro- 
films) . 
Ref.: RS p. 74-75. 

Pichi-Sermolli, Webbia 8 : 123. 1951. 

201 



BERTHELOT 

Berthelot, Sabin (1794- 1880), French consul at S. Cruz de Teneriffe, explorer of the 
flora of the Canary Islands. (Berthel.) 

herbarium and types: Material at B, FI, L, LY, P. 
Re/.: IH2: 71. 

bibliography and biography : AG 2(2)13, 496 ; Barnhart i : 1 75 ; BL 1:87; BM 1 : 1 53 ; 
Bossertp. 36; CSP 1 : 314, 7: 159, 9: 221, 12: 76; GF p. 50; Jackson p. 352, 500; Kew 1 : 
232; PR 715; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 
Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 413. 1862. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 96, 166. 1905. 

eponymy: Berthelotia A. P. de Candolle (1836). 

handwriting: Monogr. biol. Canar. 4: 32. 1973 (fig. 12). 

Berthold, Gottfried Dietrich Wilhelm (1854- 193 7), German algologist. (Berthold). 

herbarium and types: GOET, KIEL, further material at BRNU, L. 
Ref.: IH2: 71. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 175; BM 1 : 153, 6: 86; Bossert p. 36; CSP 
12: 76, 13: 501 ; Jackson p. 156, 172; Kew 1: 232; LS suppl. 2523(7]; Moebius p. 448 
[index] . 

Anon., Hedwigia 77: (io8)-(iog). 1937. 

Kiister, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 54: (ioo)-(i2i). 1937 (bibl., portr.), see also 42: 309. 1924 
(note). 

eponymy: Bertholdia Lagerheim (1889); Bertholdia F. Schmitz (1897); Bertholdiella 
Klebahn (1892). 

483. Die Bangiaceen des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres-Abschnitte. Eine 
Monographie. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1882. Qu. (Bangiac. Golf. Neapel). 
Publ: Nov-Dec 1882 (p. vi: 1 Nov 1882; Nat. Nov. Jan 1883; Hedwigia, Feb 1883), 

p. [ii]-[ix], [i]-28, 1 pi. (uncol. lith.). Copies: MICH, NY. - Fauna und Flora des 
Golfes von Neapel. Monographie 8. - Reprint announced by Koeltz (1973). 
Ref. : BM 1 : 153; Kew 1 : 232. 

484. Die Cryptonemiaceen des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres-Abschnitte. 
Eine Monographie .... Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1884. Qu. (Cryptonem. Golf. 
Neapel) . 

Publ: Nov-Dec 1884 (pref.: Oct 1883; Nat. Nov. Jan 1885; Hedwigia Mar- Apr 1885), 
p. [i-v], [i]-27, pi. 1-8 (1-5 col.). Copies: MICH, NY. - Fauna und Flora des Golfes 
von Neapel. Monographie 12. 

Ref: BM 1: 153. 

Bertoloni, Antonio (1775-1869), Italian botanist, professor of botany at Bologna 1816- 
1869. (Bertol.) 

herbarium and types: BOLO (partly destroyed). 
Ref: IH 2: 71. 1954. 

Bilanconi, Boll. 1st. stor. Ital. Arte san. 1927: 284 (n.v.). 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 20-21. 1941. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1) : 142, 344, 5(1) : 4539, 5(2) : 280; Barnhart 1 : 
i77;BL2:33i;BM 1: 154; Bossertp. 36; CSP 1:324-325,6: 585,7: i6i;DTS 1: 20-21; 
GR p. 514; IF 681-682; Jackson [index]; Kew 1: 232-233; Langman p. 134; Lasegue 
p. 562 [index]; LS 2852-2859; NI 157; PR 720-740; Saccardo 1: 29, 2: 18; Saccardo 
Cron. p. xvi; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 



BERTOLONI 

Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 364. 1862. 

Gorini, Index Bertolonianus. Milano 1867, 452 p. 

Parlatore, Nuovo Giorn. bot. Ital. 1: 149-152. 1869; Bot. Zeit. 27: 417-422. 1869. 

Versari, Mem. Acad. Sci. 1st. Bologna ser. 2. 10: 157-188. 1870 (bibl.) 

Fournier, in Baillon, Diet. bot. 1 : 409-410. 1876. 

Cesati, Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. Ital. Sci. ser. 3. 4: liii-lxi. 1882 (bibl.) 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxii-cxiii. 1883. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 160, pi. 32. 1903, 3(3): 175. 1905 (portr.) 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 20-21. 1941 (bibl.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 64, 1936. 

Giacomini, Regn. veg. 71: 98. 1971 (portr.) 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 29. 1973. 

Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 23: 364. 1974. 

composite works: Annali di Storia naturale, editor, 1829- 1830; JVuovi Annali delle Scienze 
naturali, editor, ser. 1-3, 1838- 1854. 

eponymy: Bertolonia Raddi (1820, nom. cons.); Bertolonia K. P.J. Sprengel (1820). 

485. Rarioram Liguriae [Italiae] plantarum decas prima [secunda, tertia], Genua, Pisa 
(R. Prospero) 1803-1810. Oct. (Rar. Lig. [Ital.] pi.) 

1: Rar. Liguriae pi., Genova 1803 (Nuovo Giorn. lett. ann. Jan-Mar 1803). Copy: G. 

2: Rar. Italiae pi., Pisa 1806, p. [i]-47, [48 err.]. Copies: G(2), HH. 

3: Rar. Italiae pi., Pisa (Typis Raynerii Prosperi) 1810, p. [i]-i25, t 1 err -] "accedit 

specimen zoophytorum Portus Lunae." Copies: G(2), HH, HU, M. 
Decas 1 was reprinted from Mem. Soc. med. Emul. Genova 2: 123-147. 1803, it was 
republished in Collect. Rem. bot. Spect. 1809 (n.v.) 
Re/.: BM 1: 154; Kew 1: 233; PR 720; IDC 5333. 

486. Amoenitates italicae sistentes opuscula ad rem herbariam et zoologiam Italiae spec- 
tantia. Bologna (Typis Annesii de Nobilibus) 1819. Qu. (Amoen. ital.) 

Publ.: Apr 1819 (p. v. : kalend. Jan 1 8 1 7 ; reviews Apr 1819, B.H.), p. [i-vi], 1-472,/?/. 1-6 
(plain copper engravings), p.v. : kalend. Jan 181 7, p. 472: 1819. Copies: NY, US. - 
Collection of papers, some previously published [Beck, Aug 18 19]. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 154; IF p. 681; Kew 1: 233; LS 2853; PR 723; SY p. 60. 

487. Excerpta de re herbaria. Bologna (Typis Annesii de Nobilibus) 1820. Qu. (Exc. re bot.) 
Publ.: 1820, p. [i]-i6, [1, ind.], pi. 1. Copy: G. 

488. Lucubrationes de re herbaria. [Commentationes in Cupani Panphyton siculum]. 
Bologna (Typis Annesii de Nobilibus) 1822. Qu. (Lucubr. re herb.) 

Publ.: 1822 (ALZ Dec 1822), p. [i]-4o, 1 pi. Copies: G(2), NY. - The title page does not 

carry the subtitle "Commentationes . . . siculum." 
Ref.: BM 1: 154; Kew 1: 233; LS 2854; PR 725. 

489. Praelectiones rei herbariae quae et prologomena ad floram italicam. Bologna (Ex. 
officina Richardi Masii) 1827. Oct. (Prael. rei herb.) 

Publ.: Mar 1827 (imprimatur: 3 Feb 1827; Antologia Firenze 1827; Nuovo Giorn. Let. 

Mar-Apr 1827), p. [i]-viii, [i]-334, [2, err., censor]. Copies: M, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 154; PR 728. 

490. Mantissa plantarum florae alpium apuanarum. Bologna (Ex typographaeo Emygdii ab 
Ulmo et Josephi Tiocchi) 1832. Qu. (Mant. pi. fl. apuan.) 

Publ.: 1832 (Nuovo Giorn. Lett. Jul-Aug 1832; Poligrapho Verona Oct 1832; BH), 

p. [i-vi], [i]- 74 , [2]. Copy. NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 154; Kew 1: 233; LS 2855; PR 729; IDC 51 14. 

491. Flora italica sistens plantas in Italia et insulis circumstantibus sponte nascentes. 
Bologna (1-4: Richardi Masii, 5-10: Haeredum Richardi Masii) 1833- 1854, 10 vols. Oct. 
(Fl. ital.) 

203 



BERTOLONI 








vol. 


fascicle 


pages 


dates in book 


other dates 


I 


i 


[l]-I28 


1833 (t.p.) 


14 Mai 1833 (Flora: 16: 287) 




2 


129-256 


- 


3 Feb 1834 (L) 




3 


257-384 


- 


3 Feb 1 834 (L) ; 2 1 Dec 1 833 (Flora) 




4 


385-512 


- 


3 Feb 1834 (L) 




5 


513-640 


- 


20 Aug 1835 (L) 




6 


641-768 


- 


20 Aug 1835 (L) 




7 


769-882, [1] 


21 Jul 1834 


20 Aug 1835 (L) 


2 


i 


[ij-128 


1835 (t-p.) 


Mar- Apr 1835; 20 Aug 1835 (L) 




2 


129-256 


- 


Mar- Apr 1835 




3 


257-384 


- 


Mai 1835-Mar 1836 




4 


385-512 


- 


Apr 1836 (B.B.) 




5 


513-640 


- 


Aug 1836 (B.B.) 




6 


641-602, [1] 


9 Oct 1836 


Oct 1836 (B.B.) 


3 


i 


[l]-I28 


1837 (t.p.) 


Nov 1837 (B.B.) 




2 


129-256 


- 


Nov 1837 (B.B.) 




3 


257-384 


- 


Mai 1838 (B.B.); Mar 1838 (N.A.) 




4 


385-512 


- 


Oct 1838 (B.B.) 




5 


513-637, [1] 


2 Dec 1838 


Apr 1839 (B.B.) 


4 


i 


[l]-I28 


1839 (t.p.) 


Aug 1839 (B.B.) ; 7 Oct 1839 (L) 




2 


129-256 


— 


Apr 1840 (B.B.); 4jun 1840 (L); 
Jan 1840 (N.A.) 




3 


257-384 


- 


Sep 1840 (B.B.) 




4 


385-512 


- 


Sep 1840 (B.B.) 




5 


513-640 


- 


Apr 1841 (B.B.) 




6 


641-799, 

[800, err.] 


19J11I 1841 


Sep 1841 (B.B.) 


5 


i 


[l]-I28 


1842 (t.p.) 


Sep 1842 (B.B.) ; Sep 1842 (H) 




2 


129-256 


- 


Sep 1842 (B.B.) ; Sep 1843 (H) 




3 


257-384 


- 


Sep 1843 (B.B.) ; Sep 1843 (H) 




4 


385-512 


- 


Jun 1844 (H) 




5 


513-654, [2] 


27 Jul 1844 


Jan 1845 (H) 


6 


i 


1-128 


1844 (t.p.) 


Jun 1845 (H) 




2 


129-256 


- 


Jul 1845 (H) 




3 


257-384 


- 


Mai 1846 (H) 




4 


385-512 


- 


Sep 1846 (H) 




5 


513-642, [i,err.] 


30 Jan 1847 


Mai 1847 (H) 


7 


i 


[l]-I28 


1847 (t.p.) 


Jan 1848 (H) 




2 


129-256 


- 


Jun 1850 (H) 




3 


257-384 


- 


Jun 1850 (H) 




4 


385-512 


- 


Jun 1850 (H) 




5 


513-644, [3] 


27 Aug 1850 


Apr 1 85 1 (H); Mar 1852 (Flora) 


8 


i 


[l]-I28 


1850 (t.p.) 


Dec 1 85 1 (H) 




2 


129-256 


- 


Dec 1 85 1 (H) 




3 


257-384 


- 


Oct 1852 (H) 




4 


385-5 1 2 


- 


Oct 1852 (H) 




5 


512-660 


30 Jan 1853 


Jun 1853 (H) 


9 


i 


[l]-I28 


1853 


Jun 1853 




2 


129-256 


- 


1854 (Flora 14 Nov 1854) 




3 


257-384 


- 


1854 (Flora 14 Nov 1852) 




4 


385-512 


- 


1854 (Flora 14 Nov 1852) 




5 


5 1 3-669, 
[670, err.], [1] 


1 2 Jul 1854 


1854; rd Oct 1854 (Flora) 


10 


i 


[l]-I28 


1854 


Dec 1855 (H) 




2 


129-256 


- 


Dec 1855 (H) 




3 


257-384 


- 


- 




4 


385-512 


- 


- 




5 


513-639, [640] 


- 


Jan-Feb 1857 



204 



BERTOLONI 

Copies: BR, G, HU, MO, NY. - The above division is based on the list given by Giaco- 
mini, who consulted a copy in original covers. Giacomini also provides the dates on which 
some fascicles were listed by the Biblioteca Italiana (B.B.). The dates marked "(H)" 
are those on which fascicles were received at Leipzig by Hinrichs; (L) marks the date of 
receipt by the Linnean Society (N.A.) Nuovi Ann. Sci. nat. Bologna. Obviously there 
must have been a varying delay due to transportation. The dates in the book are those of 
the title-pages and of the last pages of the indexes. 

Re/.: BL 2: 331 ; BM 1 : 154; DTS p. 20-2 1 ; Jackson p. 315; Kew 1 : 233; PFC 1 :xxxv, 
3(1): vii; PR 738; IDC 5370. 

Anon., Bonpandia 1 : 66. 1853. 

Furnrohr, Flora 40: 112. 21 Feb 1857 [vol. 10 complete], rev. 40: 298-300. 21 Mai 

1857- 
Gorini, Index Bertolonianus, 452 p., Milano 1867. 
Litardiere, Prodr. fl. Corse 3(1): vii. 1938. 
Giacomini, Un monument de la litterature floristique italienne. La "Flora Italica" 

de Ant. Bertoloni (1833- 1856) in Smit and ter Laage, Regn. veg. 71 : 85-98. 197 1. 

492. Horti botanici bononiensis plantae novae vel minus cognitae. Bologna (Ex typographaeo 
Emygdii ab Ulmo et Josephi Tiocchi) 1838- 1839, 2 fasc. Qu. {Horti bonon. pi. nov.) 
Fasc. 1: 1838 (ABD 30 Nov 1838), p. [i]-io, pi. 1-5 (coloured lithographs) (rd by Flora 

6 Mai 1839). Copy: HH. 
Fasc. 2: 1839 (Linn. Soc. rd 7 Oct), p. [i]-i4, pi. 1-4 (coloured lithographs). Copy: HH. 
Re/.: PR 735. 

493. Florida guatimalensis sistens plantas nonnullas in Guatimala sponte nascentes. Bolog- 
na (Ex typographaeo Emygdii ab Ulmo) 1840. Qu. (Fl. guatimal.) 

Publ.: 1840, p. [i]-43, [2, index],/)/. 1-12, coloured lithogr. by Bettini; reprinted from 
Novi Commentarii Academiae Scientiarum Instituto Bononiensis 4: 403-443, pi. 36-47. 1840. 
Copy: HH. 

Ref.: IF p. 681; Kew 1: 233; NI 157; PR 736. 

494. Miscellanea botanica i [-xxiv] . Bologna (i-xii : Ex typographaeo Emygdii ab Ulmo ; 
xiii-xvii: id. S. Thomae Aquinates; xviii-xix: id. Archiepiscopoli; xx-xxiv: id. Gamberini 
et Parmeggiani) 1842- 1863. Qu. (Misc. hot.) 



number pages plates dates 



reprinted from 



9 
10 
11 
12 

J 3 

14 

15 
16 

17 
18 

19 
20 
21 



-22 1-3 

-24 1-3 

-21 1-6 

-13 1-2 

-18 1-5 

-34 1-6 



-46 
■34 
■17 
•37 
•21 

■49 
■21 
■20 
■23 
■30 
■24 

■23 
•22 
■16 
■18 



i-5 

1-6 
1-6 
1-4 

i-5 
1-6 

i-3 
1-2 
1-4 
i-5 
i-5 
1-4 

i-5 
i-5 
i-5 



842 
843 



846 

ante Dec) 
847, 
Jan-Jul 



851 
851 
851 
852 
853 
853 
854 
856 

857 



859 
861 



N.C.B. 5 
N.C.B. 6 
N.C.B. 6 
N.C.B. 7 
N.C.B. 8 



[4i3]-4S2, pi. 40-42. 1842. 
[2i7]-238, pi. 8-10. 1844. 
[4 1 9] -43 8 ,/^. 18-23. 1844. 
[I931-203, pi. 12-13. 1844. 
[69] -84,^/. 8-13. 1846. 



N.C.B. 8: [3631-394, ^-50-55. 1846. 

N.C.B. 9: [1851-228, /»/. 10-15. 1849. 
N.C.B. 9: [5 73] -604, ^..32-35. 1849. 
M.A.B. 2: [2651-281,/)/. 11-16. 8151. 
M.A.B. 2: [2831-319, pi. 17-20. 1 85 1. 
M.A.B. 2: [5871-607,/)/. 41-45. 1 85 1 
M.A.B. 3: [i 4 5]-i 9 i,/)/. 12-17. 1851. 
M.A.B. 4: [6i]-79,/)/. 2-4. 1853. 
M.A.B. 4: [4111-428,/)/. 16-17. 1853. 
M.A.B. 5: [4231-448,/?/. 18-21. 1854. 
M.A.B. 6: [449] -474,/)/. 23-27. 1855. 
M.A.B. 7: [341 j-366,/)/. 18-22. 1856. 
M.A.B. 8: [2251-245,/)/. 13-17. 1857. 
M.A.B. 9: [167] -1 86,/)/. 6-10. 1858. 
M.A.B. 10: [271-40, /)/. 5-q. 1859. 
M.A.B. 11: [1891-204,/)/. 11-15. 1861. 



205 



BERTOLONI 

number pages plates dates reprinted from 



I 


[l]-I28 


1858 


2 


129-256 


1858 


3 


257-384 


1859 


4 


385-512 


1861 



22 L 1 ]" 18 1-6 1862 M.A.B. 12: [223]-238,^/. 1-6. 1861. 

23 [i]-20 1-6" 1862 M.A.B. ser. 2. 1 : [2I5J-232, pi. 1-6. 1862. 

24 [i]-i8 /-£ 1863 M.A.B. ser. 2. 2: [i6i]-i 76,^/. 7-6". 1862. 

Copies: G, HH, NY. - N.G.B. = Novi Comm. Acad. Sci. Bonon.; M.A.B. = Mem. 

Accad. Bologna. Copy journal publ. : MO. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 154; IF p. 681; Kew 1 : 233; LS 2858. 

495. Flora italica cryptogama. Bologna (Ex typographaeo Josephi Cenerelli) 1858- 1862 
[-1867], 2 parts. Oct. (Fl. ital. crypt.) 

part. fasc. pages dates part fasc. pages dates 

5 513-662 1862 

2 1/2 [ J ]-256 1862 

3 257-338 1867 



Copies: G, MO, NY. - Part 1 : Pteridophyta, Bryophyta; part 2: Algae. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 154; DTS 1 : 21 ; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 316; Kew 1 : 233; LS 2859; PFC 1 : 
xxxv, 3(1): vii; PR 739. 

Bertrand, Charles Eugene (1851-1917), French palaeobotanist at Lille. (C. E. Ber- 

trand). 

collections: LILLE. Herbarium material from France at L and MANCH (not orig.) 
Ref.: IH 2: 72. 

bibliography and biography : Andrews ed. 2, p. 238-239; Barnhart 1: 177; BM 1: 154- 

155, 6: 87; CSP 7: 162, 9: 227, 12: 77, 13: 506; Jackson p. 82, 109; Kew 1: 234; 

Langman p. 134; LS 22075, 32490; MW p. 43; Quenstedt p. 35. 

Bertrand, Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de M. C. E. Bertrand, Lille 1887, 43 p. 

Barrois, L'oeuvre geologique de C. E. Bertrand. Lille 1920, 18 p. (n.v.) (fide Quenstedt). 

Morvillez, Bull. Soc. Linn. Nord France 22: 23-76. 192 1 (bibl.) 

Gravis, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 54: 147-149. 1921. 

Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France p. 382 [index]. 

Mahabale, Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. Paris ser. 2. 26: 444-448. 1954. 

composite works: Archives botaniques du Nord de la France, 1-3, 1 881-1887, editor. 

Berwald, Johann Gottfried {fl. 1778), German musician and naturalist. (Berwald). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 177. 

496. Abhandlung vom Geschlecht der Pflanzen und der Befruchtung. Zum Nutzen der Blumen- 
Liebhaber. Hamburg (Herold) 1778. Oct. (Abh. Geschl. Pfl.) 

Publ. : Jan-Feb 1778 (p. 8: 29 Nov 1777; Gothaische gel. Zeit. 18 Mar 1778), p. [i]-48. 
Copy: PCS. 

Bescherelle, Emile (1828- 1903), French administrator and bryologist. (Besch.) 

herbarium and types: BM (exotic bryophytes), MIN (European bryophytes), P 
(phanerogams), PC (bryol. types). For his Muscinees des environs de Paris (10 fasc, nos. 
1-250, 1861-1866) see Camus 1903; Mousses du Mt. Cenis, 21 specimens, at FH. 
Ref.: IH 2: 72. 

Camus, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 239. 1903. 

206 



BESSA 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i: 177; BM 1: 156, 6: 87-88; Bossert p. 36; 

CSP 1 : 341, 7: 164, 9: 229, 12: 78, 13: 513; Jackson p. 522 [index]; Kew 1 : 235; KR 

p. 81; MW p. 43. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 11-12. 1898, 5: 1. 1908. 

Camus, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 227-239. 1903 (bibl., portr.) 

Holzinger, Bryologist 6: 46. 1903 (brief bibl.) 

Poisson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 50: 225-226. 1903. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 21. 1941. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 29-30. 1973. 

eponymy: Bescherellia Duby (1873). 

Besler, Basilius (1 561- 1629), German apothecary and botanist. (Besler). 

herbarium and types : Not known to be extant. The original drawings are in the Uni- 
versity library, Eilangen (fide NI, sub 158). 

bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 555; Barnhart 1 : 177; BM 1 : 156; Bossert p. 36; 

Jackson p. xxxi; Kew 1 : 235; Langman p. 135; Moebius p. 405; NDB 2: 178; NI 158; 

Plesch p. 140- 141; PR 745-746. 

Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med. Biogr. med. 2: 216-217. 1820. 

Spiess, Abh. naturf. Ges. Nurnberg 8: 144-147. 1891. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 119. 1905. 

eponymy: Besleria Linnaeus (1753). 

497. Hortus eystettensis sive diligens et accurata omnium plantarum, riorum, stirpium ex 
variis orbis terrae partibus singulari studio collectarum, quae in celeberrimis viridiariis 
arcem episcopalem ibidem cingentibus hoc tempore conspiciuntur, delineatio et ad 
vivum repraesentatio, in quator partes divisus. Nurnberg 1613 (repr. 1640, 17 13); 
Broadsheet. (Hort. eystett.) 

Publ. : The leaves, with descriptive text on the verso, are arranged in four parts (classis 
verna, autumnalis, aestiva, hyberna), each with orders within it and the 367 plates 
numbered within each order, and indexes (Heller). The 1640 reprint {Copy: MO) 
which has 362 plates (but no text or preface), is numbered serially. The 17 13 reprint 
{Copies: HU, NY) edited by I. G. Sthenander, was reprinted in facsimile in 1964 at 
Munchen-Allach. This reprint contains also the "Katalog zum Hortus Eystettensis. In 
zwei Verzeichnissen : 1. Nach der Reihenfolge der Tafeln, 2. Nach alphabetarischer 
Reihenfolge der Namen. Herausgegeben von der Bibliothek-Commission der Kreis- 
und Stadt-Bibliothek Augsburg," Augsburg 1885 [author: M. Britzelmayr] . The 1713 
has text and plates just as the original edition, omitting only the dedications and the 
engraved titles to the sections, whilst some of the indexes occupy a less number of 
pages (BM 1: 156). The 367 plates (1084 figures) are printed from the original 
coppers. For further details see HU 430; "The printing may have been done at Nu- 
remberg, but it is probably right to say that the book was published at Eichstatt." 
Ref. : BM 1 : 1 56 ; HE p. 1 3 ; HU 430 ; Jackson p. xxi, 426 ; Kew 1 : 235 ; NI 1 58 ; Plesch 
p. 140-141 ; PR 745; SA 2: 542; TL 87. 
Widnmann, Catalogus systematicus . . . horti Eystettensis. Nurnberg 1805. 
Anon., Flora 1: 591-592. 1818. 
Britzelmayr, Katalog zum Hortus Eystettensis. Augsburg 1885 [most recent collation 

with Linnaean nomenclature]. 
Schwertschlager, Der botanische Garten der Furstbischofe von Eichstadt. Eichstatt 

1890. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 1 : 48-49. 1975 (sold at £ 16.000). 

Bessa, Pancrace (1772-1835), French botanical artist at the "Jardin des plantes." 

{Bessa) . 

original drawings : 47 in Paris, Museum Histoire Naturelle, collection des velins. 
Ref.: DU 34-41; NI sub 161. 

207 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 178; BM 1 : 156; DU 31-40 (bibl.) ; NI 159- 
161; PR 750. 

composite works: Contributed illustrations to the "Nouveau Duhamel," vols. 4-7 (see 
Duhamel du Monceau) and Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, Herbier general de l'amateur. 
See also NI 2: 242 [index]. 

Besser, Wilibald Swibert Joseph Gottlieb von (1784- 1842), Austrian- Polish bota- 
nist. (Besser). 

herbarium and types : KW. Duplicates of Besser's collections are in many herbaria. 
Re/.: IH 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 72. 

Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 277. 1884. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1): 252, 5(2): 709, 6(2): 442; Barnhart 1: 178; 
BM 1 : 157; Bossert p. 36 ; CSP 1 : 348, 7 : 1 65 ; Jackson p. 8, 1 24, 266, 331; Kew 1 : 236 ; 
Krebel p. 34; Langman p. 135; Lasegue p. 400; Lipschitz 1 : 186-188; MW p. 43; PR 
752-755; Trautvetter p. 28-32; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 

Fischer von Waldheim, Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Moscou 16: 341-360. 1843 (bibl.) 
Trautvetter, Flora 27: 122-128. 28 Feb 1844 (bibl.) 

Bourdeille de Montresor, Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Moscou ser. 2. 6: 332-337. 1893 (bibl.) 
Asmous, Nature 151: 731. 1943. 

Jancevs'ka, Nauci i Narodnomo Gospod arstvo. Kiew 317-321. 1966 (Ukranian) (n.v.). 
Oleszakowa, Stud. Mater. Dziejow Nauki Polsk. ser. B. 21 : 83-1 14. 1971 (n.v., fide Kew 
Rec.) (on S. Jundzill-Besser corr.) 

eponymy: Bessera J. A. Schultes (1809, nom. rej.) ; Bessera]. H. Schultes (1829, nom. cons.) ; 
Bessera K. P.J. Sprengel (1815). 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 319-320. 1972; Lipschitz & Vasilczenko, Central herba- 
rium of the U.S.S.R. 91. 1968. 

498. Primitiae florae Galiciae austriacae utriusque. Encheiridion ad excursiones botanicas 
concinnatum. Wien (Ant. Doll) 1809. 2 vols. Duod. (Prim.fi. Galiciae austriac.) 

PubL: 1809 (? The preface to vol. 1 is dated 13 Aug 1807 (sic), that to vol. 2: 16 Mar 
1809) pars 1, 1809, p. [i-]xviii, [ig]-399; pars 2, 1809, p. [i]-viii, [g]-423- Copies: B, M. 

Re/.: BM 1: 157; Jackson p. 266; Kew 1: 236; PR 752; TR 97; IDC 902. 
Sartori, Vaterl. Blatt. osterr. Kaiserstaat 3. II(6o/6i): 422. 1810. 

499. Catalogue des plantes du Jardin botanique du Gymnase de Volhynie a Krzemieniec. Krzemie- 
niec [Kremenets] (Imprimerie du Gymnase) 181 1. Oct. (in fours) (Cat.jard. bot. Krzemie- 
niec). 

Orig. ed.: Late 181 1, shortly after 9 Nov 181 1, date of fiat; p. i-ii, [i]-i 17. Copy: M. - 

Was preceded by an 1810 edition, Oct., 88 p. (n.v.). 
Suppl. 1: Dec 1812 (p. [ii] : 3 Dec 1812), p. [i-ii], [i]-37- Copy: M. - "Supplement au 

Catalogue . . . Krzemieniec" s.l. 1812. 
Suppl. 2: 1814 (p. [ii]: 22 Dec 1813), p. [i-ii], [i]-i8. Copy: M. - "Supplementum II. 

Ad Catalogum plantarum in horto botanico gymnasii Volhyniensis Cremeneci 

cultarum anno mdcccxiii." Krzemieniec. 1814. Oct. 
Suppl. 3: Nov-Dec 1814 (p. ii: 9 Nov 1814), p. [i-ii], [i]-32. Copy: M. - "Supplementum 

III. Ad . . . mdcccxiv." Krzemieniec 1814. Oct. 
Suppl. 4: Dec 1815 (p. [ii] : 7 Dec 1815), p. [i-ii], [i>30. Copy: M. - "Supplementum IV. 

Ad . . . mdcccxv." Krzemieniec. 1815. Oct. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 157; Jackson p. 442; Kew 1 : 236; Krebel p. 34; PR 753; IDC 1086. 

500. Catalogus plantarum in horto botanico gymnasii Volhyniensis Cremeneci cultarum. Krzemie- 
niec [Kremenets] 18 16. Oct. {Cat. hort. Cremeneci). 

PubL: late 181 6 - vii, 117 p. Shortly after 9 Nov 1816, date of fiat; preface dated 

"Kalendis Novembris . . . ." 
Ref.: Kew 1: 236; PR 753; IDC 1268. 

208 



BETTFREUND 

501. Enumeratio plantarum hucusque in Volhynia, Podolia, gub. Kiioviensi, Bessarabia 
cis-tyraica et circa Odessam collectarum, simul cum observationibus in primitias florae 
Galiciae austriacae. Wilna (Joseph Zawadzki) 1822. Oct. (in fours) (Enum. pi.) 
Preliminary issue: 1821 (imprimatur 20 Oct 1821) [Wilna], Oct. (in fours), no imprint, 

p. [i]~79, no t.p., p. 1 with the title: "Enumeratio plantarum per Volhyniam et . 

Podoliam hucusque observatarum. Pars prima . . .." Copy: G. - This is the 1821 

edition mentioned by Pritzel. The text is identical with p. [i]-79 of the definitive 1822 

ed. 
Definitive ed.: 1822 (after 25 Mai 1822, imprimatur), p. [i]-viii, [i]-79 [dated 20 Oct 

1821], [80 blank], 81-111. Copies: BR, G(2), M, NY(a). 
Re/.: BM 1 : 157; Kew 1 : 236; PR 754; RS p. 75; Trautvetter 103; IDC 5539. 

Anon., Flora 6(2): 397"39 8 - 7 J ul l82 3- 

Rickett, NAF 28(B): 2: 320. 1945. 

502. Tentamen de Abrotanis seu de sectione secunda ["iida"] Artemisiarum Linnaei. 
[Moskwa, Auguste Semen 1832]. Qu. (Tent. Abrot.) 

Publ.:]u\-Dec 1832 (or 1833?) (p. 8: 30 Apr 1832^.89: 16 Jul 1832), p. [i]-Q2, pi. 1-5.- 
Preprinted from Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. Natural. Moscou 3: 1-92, pi. 1-5. 1834. 
Reprint with dated t.p. not seen. BM and PR cite the publication as of 1832; Flora 
reports the separate publ. as presented on 16 Oct 1832. The copy at MO has a second 
t.p.: "de Abotanis" and "W.S. Besser," this is not a reprint but part of the journal 
with t.p. dated 1834. 

Ref.: BM 1: 157; PR 755. 

Betcke, Ernst Friedrich (x-1865), German physician and botanist in Pentzlin, 
Mecklenburg. (Betcke). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

Ref.: Boll, Arch. Ver. Nat. Mecklenburg 19: 310. i865[?]. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1) : 607; BM 1 : 157; CSP 1 : 348. 
Boll, Fl. Mecklenburg 147. i860. 

eponymy: Betckea A. P. de Candolle (1830). 

503. Animadversiones botanicae in Valerianellas. Dissertatio inauguralis, quam consensu et 
auctoritate gratiosi mediocorum ordinis universitatis litterariae Rostochiensis ut summos 
in medicina et chirurgia honores legitime consequatur publico eruditorum examini 
submittit Ernestus Fridericus Betcke neostadio-megapolitanus. Accedit tabula aenea. 
Rostock (Adler) 1826. (Animadv. bot. Valer.) 

Publ.: 1826, p. [i]-28, 1 pi., uncol. copper engr. by C. F. Sparrmann. Copy: MO. 
Ref.: BM 1: 157; PR 756. 

Bethel, Ellsworth (1863- 1925), American mycologist. (Bethel). 

herbarium and types : BPI, duplicates from Bethel's collections were distributed by BPU 
as Reliquiae Bethelianae. These sets were irregular and should not be regarded as published 
exsiccatae. 
Ref: IH 2: 72. 

Stevenson, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 50. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 179; Bossert p. 37; LS suppl. 2587-2588. 
Seaver, Mycologia 18: 187-188. 1926 (portr.) 
Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1052. 1940. 

Bettfreund, Karl [Carlos] (fl. 1887-1901), botanist of German origin in Argentina. 

(Bettfreund). 

herbarium and types: B, SI. 
Ref: IH 2: 72. 

209 



BETTFREUND 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i: 179; BL 1: 233; BM 6: 88; Kew 1: 237; 
NI 162. 

504. Flora argentina. Recoleccion y descripcion de plantas vivas por C. Bettfreund. Dibu- 
jadas del natural y lithografiadas por F. Burmeister [y E. Napp]. Buenos Aires (W. 
[Gmo] van Woerden & Cia.) [1898-1901], 3 vols. Oct. (Fl. argent.) 

Vol. 1: 1898 (p. 9 dated Aug 1898, Nat. Nov. Feb 1899) p. [i]-6g, [1] p., pi. 1-52. Copy: 

NY. 
Vol. 2: 1899, (p. ix dated Nov 1899), p. [i]-xiv, 69-153,^/. 53-104. Copy: NY. 
Vol. 3: 1901, [i]-xii, I53"255> t 1 P- err.], pi. 105-156. Copy: NY. 
Re/.: BM 6: 88; Kew 1: 237; NI 162. 

Anon., Bull. misc. Information, Kew 1901, app. 2: 45. 

Anon., Bull. misc. Information, Kew, add. ser. 3(2): 30. 1919. 

Beurling, Pehr Johan (1800-1866), Swedish botanist. (Beurl.) 

herbarium and types : S. 
Ref.: IH 2: 72; KR p. 81. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 180; BL 2: 522; BM 1: 158; CSP 1: 351; 
Kew 1: 237; KR p. 81-82 (bibl.); Langman p. 135; PR 758. 
Anon., Bot. Not. 1866: 184-185. 

505. Plantae vasculares seu cotyledoneae Scandinaviae, nempe Sueciae et Norvegiae, juxta 
regni vegetabilis systema naturale digestae. Stockholm (P. A. Norstedt & fil.) 1859. Oct. 
{PL vase. Scand.) 

Publ. : 1 859, p. [i-v] , [ 1 ] -69. A second edition in mss is in the library of the Royal Swedish 

Academy of Sciences. 
Ref.: BM 1: 158; Kew 1: 237; KR p. 82; PR 758. 

Beyrich, Heinrich Karl (1796- 1834), German botanist who collected in the Americas. 

(Beyrich). 

herbarium and types: Beyrich's herbarium was acquired by J. J. Roemer whose 
collections were dispersed after his death with major parts going to BM (via the Shuttle- 
worth herbarium), LZ (now destroyed) and Z. Beyrich duplicates from Brazil (1822- 
1823) an d the Eastern United States (1833- 1834) are in many herbaria. Material from 
Europe also in MO. 

Ref.: IH 2:73- 

Anon., Flora 19: 192. 28 Mar 1836. 

D'Arcy, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 59(1): 24. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1) : 87; Barnhart 1 : 181 ; Lasegue p. 466; PR ed. 2, 

p. 26. 

Anon., Flora 19(1) Int. Bl. 5. 21 Feb 1836. 

Hooker, J. Bot. 3: 11 8- 119. 1841. 

Catlin, G., Letters and notes on the north american Indians 1841 (fide Mz.S., Bot. Zeit. 

2: 222-223. 1844; on the circumstances of his death). 
Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1 : 2. i860. 
Braun, Gedachtnisrede 3 Aug. 1866. Berlin 1866, p. 18. 
Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 6-7. 1906. 

eponymy: Beyrichia Chamisso & D. F. L. Schlechtendal (1828). 

Beyschlag, Franz Heinrich August (1856-?), German palaeobiologist. (Beyschlag). 

collections: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Andrews ed. 2, p. 239; BM 1 : 159, 6: 89; CSP 9: 232, 
13: 528-529. 



BICKNELL, C. 

506. Dasjiingere Steinkohlengebirge und das Rothliegende in der Provinz Sachsen und den 
angrenzend Gebieten. Berlin 1900. {Jung. Steinkohlengeb .) 

Co-author: Karl Wilhelm Georg Fritsch (1838- 1906). 

Publ.: Oct 1900 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1900) -xxii, 263 p., 2 pi., 2 maps, published as Heft 10 

of the Neue Folge of the Abh. Konigl. Preuss. geol. Landesansta.lt. 
Ref. : BM 6 : 89. 

Biasoletto, Bartolommeo (1793- 1858), Italian apothecary and botanist at Triest. 

(Biasol.) 

herbarium and types: in various herbaria (B, BP, HBG, FI, K, M) ; original herbarium 
in Museo Civico di Trieste (fide Saccardo). 
Ref. : IH 2: 73; Saccardo 2: 19. 

bibliography and biography: AG i : 249 (err. d. 17 Jan 1859) ; Barnhart 1 : 182; BM 1 : 

160; Bossert p. 38; CSP 1: 356, 6: 588, 7: 169; 12: 80; Jackson p. 267; Kanitz 137; 

Kew 1: 242; Saccardo 1: 30, 2: 19. 

Petter, Flora 22: 55-56. 1839. 

Anon., Flora 41 : 112. 1858. 

Cesati, Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. 4(7): 13-14. 1882. 

Marchesetti, Atti Mus. Civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 135-136. 1895. 

eponymy: Biasolettia A. Bertoloni (1837); Biasolettia W. D.J. Koch (1836); Biasolettia 
K. B. Presl (1835). 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 321-322. 1972. 

507. Di alcune alghe microscopiche, saggio . . . (con 29 tavole incise in pietra). Trieste 
(Weis) 1832. Oct. {Ale. alg. microsc.) 

Publ.: 1832 (Bibl. Ital. Dec 1832; BH), p. [i]-6g, pi. 1-28, [29] (col.) Copies: BR, UC. - 
First reference in Flora (16: 199) on 7 Apr 1833. CSP 1 : 356 cites articles with the 
same title, but obviously different, from Poligrafo 14: 268-276. 1833, 2: 1 10-1 14 (n.v.) 

Ref.: BM 1 : 160; CSP 1 : 356; Kew 1 : 242; PR 763. 

508. Escursioni botaniche sullo Schneeberg (Monte nevoso) nella Carniola. Discorso tenuto 
in due tornate al Gabinetto di Minerva. Triest (J. Papsch) 1846. Oct. {Escurs. hot. 
Schneeberg) . 

Publ. : 1846 (presented to meeting of Italian natural scientists and physicians on 15 Sep 
1846, cf. Flora 30: 545. 14 Sep 1847), p. [i]-g6, 1 map. Copy: NY. 

Ref: BM 1: 160; Kew 1: 242; PR 765. 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 5: 479. 1847. 

Bicknell, Clarence (1842-1918), English born physician, after 1879 in Bordighera, 
worker on the flora of Liguria. {C. Bicknell) . 

herbarium and types: GE (main), TO, duplicates see IH. Collection of over 3000 

drawings at GE. 

Ref. : BB p. 32; IH 2: 73; Saccardo 2: 19. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 22. 1941. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 132. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 60. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1): 37, 12(2): 241; Barnhart 1: 183; BB p. 32; 
BL2: 114, 363; BM 1: i6i;CSPi3:536;DTS6(4):37;GFp. 50; NI 163; Saccardo 1: 
30, 2: 19; Saccardo, Cronologia p. xvi. 
Britten, J. Bot. 56: 303. 19 18. 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 21-22. 1941. 

509. Flowering plants and ferns of the Riviera and neighbouring mountains. London (Triib- 
ner & Co.) 1885. Qu. (Fl. pi. ferns Riviera). 

211 



BICKNELL, C. 

Publ.: 15 Sep- 1 5 Oct 1885 (p. viii: 15 Sep 1885; Nat. Nov. Oct 1885), p. [i]-viii, pi. 1-82 
(350 ills.) with 2 p. text each, [i]-iv [index]. Copies: MICH, MO, NY. - The plates are 
chromolithographs of drawings by C. Bicknell. 

Re/.: BM 1: 161; GF p. 50; Kew 1: 243; NI 163; Plesch p. 141; IDC 7161. 

510. Flora of Bordighera and San Remo or a catalogue of the wild plants growing in 
western Liguria in the area bounded by the outer watersheds of the Arma and Nervia 
torrents. Bordighera (Pietro Gibelli) 1896. Oct. (Fl. Bordighera). 

Publ.: Jul-Dec 1896 (p. viii: Jul 1896; Nat. Nov. Jan 1897), p. [i]-viii, [i]~345, [1, corr.]. 

Copy: M. 
Re/.: Plesch p. 141. 

Bicknell, Eugene Pintard (1859- 1925), American banker, botanist and ornithologist. 
(E. P. Bicknell). 

herbarium and types: NY (private botanical library also at NY), duplicates see IH. 

Ref.: 1H 2:73- 

Barnhart, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 52: 122. 1925. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 183; BL 1 : 187; CSP 13: 536; Langman p. 

136. 

Barnhart, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 52: 1 19-126. 1925 (portr., bibl.) 

Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 26: 88-89. J 9 2 5- 

Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 320. 1945. 

Rouleau, Rhodora index 1-50: 285. 1953 (bibl.) 

Rickett, Bull. Torrey bot. Club, ind. 1-75: 10-11. 1955 (bibl.) 

Rogerson, -NAF ser. 2. 5: 233. 1965. 

Lenley et al., Cat. arch. Coll. NYBG 31. 1973 (manuscripts, corr.) 

Biehler, Johann Friedrich Theodor (fl. 1807), German physician, pupil of K. P.J. 

Sprengel. (Biehler). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 184; BM 1 : 161 ; MW suppl. p. 24; PR 770. 

511. Plantarum novarum ex herbario Sprengelii centuriam, speciminis loco inauguralis . . . 
exhibet [auctor] Halle 1807. Oct. (n.v.) (PL nov. herb. Spreng.) 

Publ.: 30 Mai 1807 (Kraus: date of "promotion") (rev. Bot. Zeit., Regensburg 6: 289. 

15 Oct 1807), 46 p. - This is the same as the "centuria" added to Sprengel's Mantissa 

prima, which was published 4 Jul 1807. 
Ref: BM 1 : 161 ; MW suppl. p. 24; PR 770; IDC 5749 (sub Sprengel). 

Kraus, Der botanische Garten der Universitat Halle 2: 35. 1894. 

Fernald, Rhodora 47: 197-198. 1945. 

Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 5: 233. 1965. 

Bielefeld, Rudolf (fl. 1900), German highschool teacher and botanist at Norderney. 

(Bielefeld) . 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: BFM2 7; BM 6: 91; CSP 13: 541; Kew 1: 244; not 
in Barnhart. 

512. Flora der ostfriesischen Halbinsel und ihrer Gestade-Inseln. Zum Gebrauch in Lehr- 
anstalten und fur Pflanzenfreunde bearbeitet von Rudolf Bielefeld. Norden (Diedrich 
Soltau) s.d. [1900]. Oct. (Fl. ostfries. Halbins.) 

Publ.: Apr-Mai 1900 (pref. p. vii: 1 Apr 1900, Nat. Nov.Jun 1900), p. [i]-xi, [xii, abbr.]- 

xlvii, [i]-343- Copy: B. 
Ref.: BFM 27; BM 6:91; Kew 1 : 244. 

212 



BIGELOW, J. 

Bigelow, Jacob (1787-1879), American botanist at Harvard. (Bigel.) 

herbarium and types: Mostly GH, but specimens in many collections, see IH (erro- 
neously sub J. M. Bigelow). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 74. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(1) : 469; Barnhart i : 181 ; BM i : 162; Bossert p. 

38 ; CSP 1:361; DAB 2 : 255-256 ; Dawson p. 49 ; Jackson p. 6 ; Kew 1 : 245 ; ME 1 : 1 65, 

3 : 373, 376, 377-37 8 > 538; NI 164; Plesch p. 411; PR 772-773; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 

Ellis, G. E., Memoir of M. J. Bigelow. Cambridge 1880 (105 p.) (portr.) 

Bailey, Bot. Gaz. 8: 217-222. 1883. 

Gray, A., Am. J. Sci. ser. 3. 17: 263-266. 1879, Scientific papers 2: 413-416. 1889. 

W.M., in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 1 : 161. 1900. 

Kelly, Some American medical botanists 120-128. 19 14 (portr.) 

Kelly and Burrage, American medical biographies 100-10 1. 1920. 

Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. 

Humphrey, Makers N. Amer. bot. 30-31. 1961. 

Gifford, Harvard Med. Alumni Bull. 39: 34-39. 1965. 

Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 461 [index]. 1967. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 447. 1973 (corr.) 

eponymy: Bigelovia [sic] K. P.J. Sprengel (1820) ; Bigelovia [sic] K. P.J. Sprengel (1824) ; 
Bigelovia [sic] J. E. Smith ( 1 8 1 9) ; Bigelowia A. P. de Candolle ( 1 836, nom. cons.) ; Bigelowia 
Rafinesque (181 7, nom. rej.) 

513. Florida bostoniensis . A collection of plants of Boston and its environs, with their generic 
and specific characters, synonyms, descriptions, places of growth, and time of flowering, 
and occasional remarks. Boston (Cummings and Hilliard) 1814. Oct. (in fours) (Fl. 
boston.) 

Ed. 1: Mai (after 2i)-Jun 1814 (legal deposit 21 Mai 1814; first British rev. Jul 1814), 
p. [i]-viii, [i]-268. Copies: Ewan, U. 

Ed. 2: 1824 (legal deposit 28 Jun 1824), P- [ J ]-5> t 1 ? abbr.], [i]-422, [423, index sub- 
gen.], "... and its vicinity, . . . second edition greatly enlarged. To which is added a 
glossary of botanical terms employed in the work." Boston (Hilliard & Metcalf) Oct 
(in fours). Copy: E. G. Voss. 

Ed. 3: 1840 (p. iv: Mai 1840), p. [i]-vi, [1, abbr.], [i]-468, ". . . and its vicinity, . . . 
third edition enlarged and containing a glossary of botanical terms." Boston (Charles 
C. Little and James Brown) 1840. Duod. (in 6s). Copies: Ewan, E. G. Voss. 

Ref. : BM 1: 162; Jackson 362; Kew 1: 245; ME 3: 373; PR 772. 
Anon., Flora 1: 285-287. 20 Jun 1818. 
Rafinesque, Amer. monthly Mag. 2: 342-344. Mar 1818. 
Greene, Pittonia 2: 91-96. 1890 (ed. 2). 

514. American medical botany, being a collection of the native medicinal plants of the 
United States, containing their botanical history and chemical analysis, and properties 
and uses in medicine, diet and the arts, with coloured engravings. Boston (Cummings 
and Hilliard) 181 7-1820, 6 parts in 3 vols. (Amer. med. bot.) 

vol. part pages plates dates 



I 


1 


[v]-xi, [i7]-uo 


I-IO 


Oct-Nov 181 7 




2 


[i]-[iv], [113H198] 


11-20 


Mai 1818 


2 


1 


[i]-[xiv], [i5]-iQ4 


2I-30 


Jan-Mar 181 9 




2 


[l07]-[200] 


3I-4O 


Jan-Nov 181 9 


3 


1 


[i]-x, [u]- 9 8 


4I-5O 


1820 




2 


[ioi]-[i 9 8] 


51-60 


Jan 182 1 



Copy: USDA. - Vol. 2, p. xiv, err. "xvi." Dates fide Buchheim (1974) q.v. for details, 

collation, contemporary reviews and a list of copies. 

Ref. : BM 1: 162; Jackson 360; Kew 1: 245; ME 3: 377-378; NI 164; PR 773. 

213 



BIGELOW, J. 

Cushing, N. Amer. Rev. 13: 100-134. 1821. 
Buchheim, J. Arnold Arb. 55 : 46-50. 

Bigelow, John Milton (1804- 1878), American surgeon and botanist on the Whipple 
Expedition. {J. M. Bigelow). 

herbarium and types : Mainly at GH and MO. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 185; ME 1 : 165, 3: 538. 

Warren, Pacific Railroad Surv. 11: 76-78. 1859 (itin.). 

Sargent, Silva North America 1 : 88. 189 1. 

Dellenbaugh, Fremont and '49. New York and London 19 14, p. 507 [index]. 

Rodgers, Noble Fellow Sullivant 232, 234. 1940. 

Rodgers, John Torrey 336 [index]. 1942. 

Waller, Papers Dept. Bot., Ohio State Univ. 449: 313-331. 1942 (repr. from Ohio 

archeol. hist. Quart. 51 : 313-331. 1942) (to be used with caution). 
Geiser, Naturalists of the frontier 271. 1948. 
Howell, Marin flora 30. 1949. 
Ewan, Rocky Mountain naturalists 164. 1950. 
Ewan, A century of progress in the natural sciences 44. 1955. 
Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 149. 1961. 
Ewan, Short hist. bot. U.S. 10, 43, 148. 1969. 

eponymy: For eponyms based on the name Bigelow, cf. supra, sub Jacob Bigelow. 

515. Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. 
War Department. Route near the thirty-fifth parallel, explored by Lieutenant A. W. 
Whipple, topographical engineers, in 1853 and 1854. Report on the Botany of the 
Expedition. Washington, D.C. 1856 [Pacific Railroad reports, Senate set vol. 4, part 5]. 
(Expl. railroad Mississippi Pacific) . 

Publ: parts 1-2, by Bigelow, 1856, p. [i-vii] , part 1 : [i]-i6 (General description) , part 2 : 
[i7]-26 (description of forest trees) , part 3 : [27]-58 (description of the Cactaceae of 
George Engelmann and J. M. Bigelow. For part 4 see John Torrey, for part 5 W. S. 
Sullivant. Copies: MO, U. (Previously published, in part, in the Report of the 
Secretary of War on the Pacific Railroad Surveys vol. 2, serial no. 737, 1855, see ME 
3: 200). 

Bigsby, John Jeremiah (1 792-1881), British military physician and palaeobotanist 
who worked in Canada. {Bigsby). 

collections : Part of his Canadian collections at BM. 
Ref. : Sherborn, where is the - collection 17. 1940. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 185; BB p. 32; BM 1 : 162; CSP 1 : 363, 6: 

589, 7: i72;DNB5: 27; Jackson p. 522; Kew 1: 245; ME 1: 165, 3: 538; Merrill p. 265, 

690; Nickles p. 100- 10 1 ; Quenstedt p. 39. 

Woodward, Geol. Magaz. ser. 2. dec. 2. 8: 238. 1881. 

Anon., J. Bot. 19: 96. 1881. 

Etheridge, Quart. J. geol. Soc, London 37 (Proc.) : 39-41. 1881. 

Anon., Proc. Roy. Soc. London 33 (pref.): xvi-xvii. 1882. 

Woodward, Hist. Geol. Soc. London 326 [index]. 1907. 

Clarke, James Hall of Albany 347-348, 398, 430-438. 1923. 

516. Thesaurus devonico-carboniferus. The flora and fauna of the Devonian and Carboni- 
ferous periods. The genera and species arranged in tabular form, showing their horizons, 
recurrences, localities, and other facts. With large addenda (from recent acquisitions). 
London (John van Voorst) 1878. Qu. (in twos) (Thes. devonico-carbon.) 

Publ.: Mar 1878 (p. hi: 14 Feb 1878; inscription in copy given by author to Newberry 

dated Mar 1878, NY), p. [i]-x, [xi, err.], [i]-447, 1 table. Copies: MICH, NY. 
Ref.: BM 1: 162; Jackson p. 178; Kew 1: 245; IDC 7373. 

214 



Billberg, Gustaf Johan (1772-1844), Swedish "Hammarrattsrad" and botanist and 
zoologist. (Billb.) 

herbarium and types : at S[?] ; the herbarium of G.J. Billberg's son, Johan Immanuel B. 

[1 799-1845], is at S. 

Ref.: IH 2: 74 (G.J. Billberg). 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2) : 400; Barnhart i : 186; BM i : 163, 6: 92; CSP 
1 : 364; Jackson p. 499; Kew 1 : 245; KR p. 83; NI (sub Svensk Botanik); PR 775. 
Wikstrom, Consp. 31-33. 182 1. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 6. 1905. 
Boethius, Sv. biogr. Lex. 4: 351-352. 1924 (bibl.) 
Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 320. 1945. 

composite works: Palmstruch, Svensk Botanik, vol. 1 (ed. 2) 1815, vol. 7. 1812, vol. 8. 
1819 (see Wikstrom, Conspectus p. 32 for reviews and criticism), vol. 9. 1822. 

eponymy: Billbergia Thunberg (182 1). 

517. Botanicon Scandinaviae seu plantarum in Suecia et Norvegia sponte crescentium 

icones, plerumque ad vivum coloratae, cum descriptionibus succinctis, synonymis selectis 

et differentiis specificis, a . . . Ex opere Svensk Botanik dicto, ab ill. Olao Swartz 

elaborato. Stockholm, Uppsala, Carolstad, Arosia, Orebro (E. Bruzelius) 1822, 2 fasc. 

Oct. f (Bot. Scand.) 

Fasc. 1: pi. 1-18, each with 1 p. text. 1822. Copy: NY. 

Fasc. 2: pi. 19-36, idem. Copy: NY. - The coloured plates are the same as those in 

Palmstruch, Svensk Botanik vol. 1, ed. 3, nos. 1-36. See Krok p. 83 and 99 for further 

details. 
Ref.: KR p. 83, 99; NI (sub Svensk Botanik); PR 775. 

Billings, Elkanah (1820- 1876), Canadian geologist and paleobiologist. {Billings). 

collections : Some herbarium material at NY. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 74. 

bibliography and biography : BM 1 : 1 63 ; CSP 1 : 365-366, 7 : 1 73, g : 242, 12: 82, 13: 
557; Merrill p. 690, 718; Nickles p. 10 1- 104; Quenstedt p. 39. 
Ami, Amer. Geol. 27: 265-281. 1901 (bibl., portr.) 
Walker, Canada Rec. Sci. 8: 366-388. 1902 (bibl.) 
Merrill, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. 1904: 690, 718. 

composite works: Billings founded The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. 1 (1857) 
(see BM 3: 1398). 

Billot, Paul Gonstantin (1796- 1863), Alsatian botanist at Hagenau. {Billot). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. His exsiccatae (see below) in many herbaria. Exsicca- 
tae: Flora Galliae et Germaniae exsiccata, herbier servant de complement a celui du Dr. F. 
Schultz, 1 846- 1 86 1 (-1878) 



cent. 


dates 


cent. 


dates p.* 


cent. 


dates 


P- 


1 


1846 


9 


Feb 1852 


17 


Dec 1855 


1- 


2 


1847 


10 


Feb 1853 


18 


Dec 1855 


-38 


3 


1848 


1 1 


Feb 1853 


19 


Dec 1856 


39- 


4 


1850 


12 


1854 


20 


Dec 1856 


-100 


5 


1850 


13 


1854 


21 


Dec 1857 


IOI- 


6 


Feb 1 85 1 


14 


1854 


22 


Dec 1857 


-116 


7 


Feb 1 85 1 


15 


Feb 1855 


23 


Jun 1858 


117- 


8 


Feb 1852 


16 


Feb 1855 


24 


Jun 1858 


-140 



215 



2.5 


Feb 1859 


141- 


3i 


Feb 1 86 1 


26 


Feb 1859 


-164 


32 


Feb 1 86 1 


27 


Dec 1859 


165- 


33 


Feb 1 86 1 


28 


Dec 1859 


-210 


34 


1864 


29 


Feb i860 


211- 


35 


1864 


30 


Feb i860 


- 


36 


1866 



37 


1866 


38 


1869 


39 


1869 


40 


1869 


4i 


1878 



cent. dates cent. dates p.* cent. dates 



-297 



* pages of Annotations (see below). 

Continued after Billot's death by Vital Bavoux, Albert Guichard, Paul Guichard and 
Justin Paillot, Besancon 1864- 1878. 

Billot also published Herbarium fontanesiannm normale (100 nos., collected by Clauson). 
Ref : IH 2 : 75; DTS 1 : 21-22; Kew 1 : 246; LS 2983. 

Billot, Annotations a la flore de France et d'Allemagne. Haguenau 1855- 1862. 

Candolle, Phytographie 396. 1880. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 132. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 60. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: AG i : 61 ; Barnhart 1 : 187; BM 1 : 163; Bossert p. 39; 
CSP 1 : 366; DTS 1 : 21-22; GR p. 305-306; Jackson p. 227; Kew 1 : 246; LS 2983; PR 

777- 

Anon., Flora 46: 255. 1863. 

Duval-Jouve, Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 214-216. 1863. 

Cosson & Durieu, Expl. Sci. Algerie. Bot. 2: xxi. 1868. 

Cosson, Comp. Fl. Atl. 1: 21-22. 1881. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 96. 1905. 

Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 4. 19 10. 

eponymy: (genus): Billotia C. Ff. Schultz-Bip. (1841); (journal): Billotia ou notes de 
botanique publiees par V. Bavoux . . . Besancon. 1864- 1878. 

Note: Billotia R. Brown ex G. Don (1832) and Billottia Colla (1824) are dedicated to 
Tecofila Billotti-Colla {fl. 1830), Italian botanical artist (daughter of Luigi Aloysius 
Colla), q.v. 

518. Annotations a la flore de France et d'Allemagne. Haguenau (Bas-Rhin) (V. Edler) 1855 

[-1862]. Oct. f {Annot.fl. France Allemagne). 

Publ.: In parts 1855-1862, p. [i]-297, Notice sur P. C. Billot par F. Busnot [i]-4, table 
des matieres [i]-4, pi. i-v (lithographs). Copies: B, L. - Text accompanying sets 17-28 
of the above-mentioned exsiccatae, or issued some weeks later; p. 211-297 came out 
only in 1862. The preface (p. 4) is dated 10 Dec 1855. Followed by Billotia ou Notes de 
botanique. Besancon 1864- 1878, 148 p., Oct., published by V. Bavoux, A. Guichard, 
P. Guichard and J. Paillot (see PR 10700). 

Ref.: BM 1: 51, 163; DTS 1: 22; Jackson p. 227; Kew 1: 246; PR 777. 

Binnendijk, Simon (1821-1883), Dutch gardener at Buitenzorg (Bogor), collaborated 
with Teijsmann. (Binnend.) 

herbarium and types : BO, K. 
Ref: IK 2: 75 . 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 188; BM 1 : 164; CSP 1 : 372, 6: 589, 7: 174; 

9: JW 2: 185, 3: 342; Kew 1: 246; MW p. 493; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 

Sirks, Indisch natuuronderzoek 295 [index]. 191 5. 

Witte, Sempervirens 1884: 3-5. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 68. 1936. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. 1 : 1 : 58 (portr.) 1950. 

eponymy: Binnendijkia S. Kurz (1865). 

216 



handwriting: Fl. males, ser. i. i: cxlviii. 1950. 

Binney, Edward William (1812-1881), British palaeobotanist. (Binney). 

collections : University of Cambridge, England. 
Ref. : Sherborn, where is the - collection 17. 1940. 

bibliography and biography : Andrews ed. 1 , p. 1 9, ed. 2, p. 239 ; BB p. 33 ; Barnhart 1 : 

188; BM 1: 164; CSP 1: 372-373,6: 589, 7: 174-176; 9: 243-244, 13: 562; DNB5: 56- 

57; Jackson p. 181 ; Kew 1 : 246; Quenstedt p. 40. 

Oliver, Makers Brit. Bot. 245, 246. 

Etheridge, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. 38: 58-59. 1882. 

Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. 5: 374-375. 1885. 

Dallman and Wood, Trans. Liverpool, bot. Soc. 1 : 60. 1909. 

519. Observations on the structure of fossil plants found in the Carboniferous strata. London 
(Palaeontographical Society) 1868-1875, 4 parts. Qu. (Obs. fossil pi.) 
Publ.: In "The Palaeontographical Society" monographs as follows: 

part pages plates date 

w. text 

1 [i]-v, [i]-32 i-vi 1868 

2 [i*], [iii*], [i]-h, [33J-62 vii-xii 1871 

3 [i], [iii], [v], [63]-g6 xiii-xviii 1872 

4 [i], [iii], [v], [97]-i47 xix-xxiv 1875 

Copies: G, NY. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 164, 4: 1501 ; Jackson p. 181 ; Kew 1 : 246; IDC G174/1. 

Binz, August (1870- 1963), Swiss teacher and botanist at Basel. (Binz). 

herbarium and types: BAS. 
Ref: IB. 2:^. 

Binz, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 19(3): I37-I55- 1908. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(1) : 936, 12(3) : 230; Barnhart 1 : 188; BFM 585, 
947; BL 2: 557, 567, 568, 587; BM 6: 92; CSP 13: 563; Kew 1: 247. 
Becherer, Le monde des plantes 58 (340) : 10. 1963. 
Geiger-Huber, Basler Nachrichten 1963(103): 17. 
Becherer, Ber. Schweiz. bot. Ges. 74: 164. 1974. 

festschriften : 70th birthday: Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 51(2). 1940 (portr.) ; 90th 
birthday: Bauhinia 1(3). i960 (portr.). 

520. Flora von Basel und Umgebung. Rheinebene, Umgebung von Mulhausen und Alt- 
kirch, Jura, Schwarzwald und Vogesen. Zum Gebrauche in mittleren und hoheren 
Schulen und auf Exkursionen bearbeitet von Dr August Binz. Basel (C. F. Lendorff ) 
1 90 1. Oct. (Fl. Basel). 

Ed. 1: 1901 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1901), p. [i]-xxxviii, [1, cont.], [O-340. Copy: G. 

Ed. 2: Mar-Jun 1905 (pref. p. x: Mar 1905; Nat. Nov. Jun 1905), "Zweite, verbesserte 

Auflage," p. [i]-xliii, [O-366. Copy: B. 
Ed. 3: Jan-Feb 191 1 (Nat. Nov. Mar 191 1), "Dritte Auflage," p. [i]-xliii, [i]-320. Copy: 

BM. 
Ref: BM 6: 92 [ed. 3]; Kew 1 : 247 [ed. 2]. 

521. Schul- und Exkarsionsflora der Schweiz mit Beriicksichtigung der fur Basel in Betracht 
kommenden benachbarten Teile von Baden und Elsass. Basel (Benno Schwabe & Co.) 
1920. Oct. (Schul- & Exkursionsfl. Schiveiz). 

Ed. 1: 1920 (p. vii: Mar 1920), p. [i]-xi, [i]-40i. Copy: AMD. 

217 



Ed. s: 1927 (pref. Aug 1927), p. [i]-xi, [i]-$22, 376 jigs. Copy: U. 

Ed. 3: 1934 (pref. Jul 1933), n.v. 

Ed. 4: 1940 (pref. Apr 1940), p. [i]-xii, [i]-426, [1, ind.]. Copy: G. 

Ed. 5: Jun 1945 (pref. Apr 1945; dedic. copy G dated Hjun 1945), p. [i]-xv, [i]-435; 

1 4.- 1 7. Tausend. Copy: G. 
Ed. 6: 1949 (p. viii: Feb 1949), p. [i]-xxiii, [i]-^, 384 jigs., 18.-21. Tausend. Copy: M. 
Ed. 7: 1953, p. [i]-xx, [i]-440. Idem, 22.-26. Tausend. Copy: B. 
Ed. 8: 1957, p. [i]-xix, [i]~382. Idem, 27.-36. Tausend. Bearbeitet von Dr. Alfred 

Becherer. Copy: U. 
Ed. o: 1959, p. [i]-xxii, [i]-3go. Idem, 32.-36. Tausend, idem. Copy: L. 
Ed. 10: (n.v.). 

Ed. it: 1964, p. [i]-xxi, [i]-392. Idem, 43.-48. Tausend, idem. Copy: B. 
Ed. 12: 1966 (pref. Oct 1965), p. [i]-xxi, [i]-392. Idem, 49.-54. Tausend, idem. Copy: 

AMD. 
Ed. 13: 1968, p. [i]-xxviii, [i]-4og. Idem, 55.-60. Tausend, idem. Copy: B. 
Ed. 14: 1970 (p. ix: Jan 1970), Basel (Schwabe & Co.), p. [i]-xxviii, [i]-42i. Idem, 

6 1. -68. Tausend, idem. Copy: G. 
Ed. 15: 1973 (pref. Jul 1972; U, rd 3 Dec 1973), p. [i]-xxviii, [i]-427- Copies: FAS, U. - 

"Schul- und Exkursionsflora fur die Schweiz mit Beriicksichtigung der Grenzgebiete." 

ISBN 3-7965-0591-0. 

522. Taschenatlas der schweizer Flora mit Beriicksichtigung der auslandischen Nachbar- 
schaft. Ueber 3050 Schwarzweissfiguren mit Angabe der Bliitenfarbe. Basel 1945. 
( Taschenatl. schweiz. Fl.) 

Co-author: Eduard Thommen (1 880-1 961). 

Ed. 1: 1945; Ed. 2: 1951, p. [i]-xvi, [i]-309- Copy: FAS. 

French: 1945, p. [iii]-[xiv], 1-296. Copy: BR. - Atlas de poche de lajlore suisse comprenant 
les regions etrangeres limitrophes. Plus de 3000 dessins au trait avec indication de la 
couleur des fleurs. Lausanne (F. Rouge & Cie.). Oct. - Second ed., 1961, by A. 
Becherer. Copy: G. 

523. Flore de la Suisse y compris les parties limitrophes de l'Ain et de la Savoie. Lausanne 
(F. Rouge & Cie) 1941. Oct. (Fl. Suisse). 

Ed. 1: 1 941, p. [i]-xxxvi, errata slip, [i]-423, map. 41, 376 jigs. Copies: MICH, NY. 

Ed. 2: 1953 (printing finished 15 Jun 1953), p. [iii]-xxxvi, [i]-450, map. 41, 376 jigs 
[451, col.], loose addenda sheet [4] p. Copy: L. - "Deuxieme edition, revue et aug- 
mented. " 

Ed. 3: 1966, p. [i]-xxxiii, [i]-393, 58 and 376 jigs., map. Copies: G, MICH, NY. Troisieme 
edition, revue et augmentee par Pierre Villaret d'apres la lie edition allemande redigee 
par Alfred Becherer. (Editions du Griffon) Neuchatel, 16 mo. 

Biria, J. A. J. (jl. 181 1), French student at Montpellier. (Biria). 

herbarium and types: Unknown [any extant material perhaps at MPU or G.] 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 189; BM 1 : 165; Kew 1 : 249; PR 781. 
Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 235. 1862. 

524. Histoire naturelle et medicale des Renoncules, precedee de quelques observations sur la 
famille des Renonculacees. Tribut academique presente et publiquement soutenu a la 
Faculte de medecine de Montpellier, le 11 juin 181 1. Montpellier (Jean Martel aine) 
181 1. Qu. (Hist. nat. Renonc.) 

Publ.: 11 Jun 181 1, p. [i-ii], [i]-52, [expl. pi. 1], 2 pi., uncoloured anonymous copper 

engravings. Thesis defended under A. P. de Candolle. Copies: G, HU, NY, Teyler. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 165; Kew 1 : 249; PR 781. 

Biroli, Giovanni (1772- 1825), Italian botanist at Novara. (Biroli). 

herbarium and types: TO. 
Ref. : IH 1 : 76. 

218 



BISCHOFF 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 190; CSP 1 : 388; GR p. 514; PR 783-786; 

Saccardo 1 : 32; 2: 19, Cron. p. xvi. 

Burnatj BSBF 30: cxiii. 1883. 

Mattirolo, Cron. Orto bot. Torino lvii-lviii. 1929. 

Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 22. 1941. 

Montacchini, Allionia 12: 175-180. 1966 (unpubl. mss.) 

eponymy: Birolia Bellardi (1809). 

handwriting: Allionia 12: 176. 1966. 

525. Flora economica del dipartimento dell'Agogna del medico Gioanni Biroli di Novara. 
Vercelli (Francesco Zanotti-Bianco) 1805. Oct. (Fl. econ.) 

Publ.: 1805, p. [i]-99, 200-212, 113-114, [1, err.]. Copy: G. 

526. Flora aconiensis seu plantarum in Novariensi provincia sponte nascentium descriptio. 
Viglevani (ex Typographia Viglevanensi) 2 vols. 1808. Oct. (FL aeon.) 

Vol. 1 : Jan-Apr 1808 (BH), p. [i]-xxiv, [i]-2i8. Copies: G, HU, M. 
Vol. 2: Jan-Apr 1808 (BH), p. [i]-26o, [1, err.]. Copies: G, HU, M. 

Bisby, Guy Richard (1889- 1958), British-Canadian mycologist, plant pathologist at 
Winnipeg 191 9- 1936, mycologist at CMI 1936- 1954. (Bisby). 

herbarium and types: DAOM, CMI [= IMI], WIN. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 76. 

Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 181. 1974. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 190; BFM 3060; Kew 1: 250; LS suppl. 

2782-2801. 

Ainsworth, Nature, London, 192 (4641): 987. 1958. 

Ainsworth, Taxon 8: 2. 1959. 

Gregory, Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 42: 1 29-131. 1959. 

eponymy: Bisbyella Boedijn (1951): Bisbyopeltis Chaves Batista & Vital (1957). 

527. The fungi of Manitoba. London, New York, Toronto (Longmans, Green & Co.) 
1929. Oct. (Fung. Manitoba). 

Co-authors: Arthur Henry Reginald Buller (1874-1944) ; John Dearness (1852-x). 
Publ. : 1929 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1930), p. [i]-viii, [4, cont.], [i]-ig4, 1 map. Copy: L. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 250; LS suppl. 2795. 

Bisby et Buller, Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 8: 91 :iog. 1922. 

Bischoff, Gottlieb Wilhelm (1797- 1854), German botanist, lexicographer and 
glossographer at Heidelberg. (Bisch.) 

herbarium and types: collections at B, HEID, LZ, M. - Exsiccatae: Herbarium normale 
plantarum offcinalium et mercatorium, 2 sets, the second issued 1856 by von Schlechtendal. 
Bischoff's herbarium was sold by public auction on 21 Jul 1856. Grumman mentions 
plants at the Museum of Bad Durkheim, Bischoff's birthplace. 
Ref.: GRp. 6; IH 2: 76. 

Anon., Bot. Zeit. 14: 463-464, 496. 1856 (sale of herb.). 

Anon., Bonplandia 6: 342. 1858. 

Candolle, Phytographie 396. 1880. 

Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 59(1): 278. 1884. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 673; Barnhart 1 : 190; BFM 2462-2463; BM 1 : 
166-167, 6: 93; Bossert p. 39; CSP 1: 394, 7: 180, 12: 1184; DTS 1: 22, 6(4): 17; 
GRp. 6; Jackson p. 43, 296; Kew 1 : 250-251; Langmanp. 137; LS 2996-3001; NDB 2: 
263; NI 165-167; PR 789-801 ; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 
Anon., Flora 37: 560. 1854; Bot. Zeit. 12: 696, 816. 1854. 

219 



BISCHOFF 

Koch, Jahresber. Pollichia 16/17: 331-340. 1859. 

Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller Lex. 50-51. 1874. 

Seubert, Badische Biographien 1 : 86. 1875. 

Stabler, Gesch. med. Fak. Univ. Heidelberg 267, 274, 297. 1926. 

Moebius, Gesch. Bot. 85, 122, 135, 152. 1937. 

Steudel, DSB 2: i59- l6 °- 197° (bibl.) 

composite works: Bischoff studied for one or two years (18 19) at the Akademie der 
Kiinste at Munich before he went to Erlangen in 1821 to devote himself to botany. This 
improved his skill in botanical illustration, which he used e.g. to illustrate vol. 1 . of Mar- 
tius, Nova genera et species plantamm (1823- 1826) q.v. His early work on cryptograms (see 
below no. 529) paved the way for Hofmeister. 

eponymy: Bischqffia Decaisne (1842, orth. var.): Bischofia Blume (1827); Bischofioxylon 
C. G. K. Ramanujam (i960). 

528. Die botanische Kunstsprache in Umrissen, nebst erlauterndem Texte. Zum Gebrauch 
bei Vorlesungen und zum Selbstunterricht. Nurnberg (Johann Leonhard Schrag) 1822. 
Fol. {Bot. Kunstsprache). 

Publ.: Nov 1822 (p. iv: 21 Mar 1822; Nov 1822, see Med. Chir. Zeit. 11 Nov 1822; first 
announced by Flora 28 Jan 1823, reviewed 7 Mar 1824), P- [i*-iv*], [i]-iv, [i]-H4, 
[2, adv.] pi. 1-21 (lithographs with 505 figures). Copy. L. - A second "edition," publ. 
Apr 1830, is mentioned in Flora 13(1) Beil. 35; this is the Handbuch der botanischen 
Terminologie, see below. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 166; Kew 1 : 250; NI 166; PR 789. 

529. De plantarum, praesertim cryptogamicarum, transitu et analogia, commentatis, quam ad 
facultatem legendi rite adipiscendam ordini illustri philosophorum academiae Ruperto- 
Carolinae heidelbergensis offert Theophilus Guilielmus Bischoff . . . Heidelberg (J. C. B. 
Mohr) 1825. Oct. {PL crypt, coram.) 

Publ.: 1825, before 28 Sep (rd by Flora; rev. Flora 9: 392-399. 7 Jul 1826), p. [i-iv], 

[i]-59. Copy: L. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 166; LS 2997; PR 790. 

530. Die kryptogamischen Gewachse mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Flora Deutsch- 
lands und der Schweiz organographisch, anatomisch, physiologisch und systematisch 
bearbeitet. Nurnberg (Johann Leonhard Schrag) 1828, 2 parts. Qu. {Krypt. Gew.) 
Part 1: Chareen und Equiseteen, Jan-Feb 1828 (Flora 14 Feb 1828), p. [i]-x, [i]-6o, pi. 1-6. 

Copies: L, PCS. 

Alt. t.p. : Die Characeen und Equiseteen organographisch, anatomisch, physiologisch 

und systematisch bearbeitet. - The plates are 5 copper engr. and 1 lith. 

Part 2: Rhizokarpen und Lycopodeen, Sep-Dec 1828 (Flora 11(2). Erg. Bl. Jan(?) (1829)), 
p. [6i]-i$i, pi. 7-13 (3 copper engr., 4 liths.). Copies: L, PCS. - Alt. t.p.: Die Rhizo- 
karpen und Lycopodeen organographisch phytonomisch und systematisch bearbeitet. 

Ref.: BM 1: 166; Kew 1: 250; PR 791. 

Bischoff, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. 14: 779-798. 1829. 

531. Plantae medicinales secundum methodum Candollii naturalem in conspectum relatae, 
adjectis medicamentis, quae praebent, simplicibus. In usum auditorum typis excudi 
curavit Dr. Th. G. Bischof. Heidelberg (August Osswald) 1829. Qu. {PL med.) 
Publ.: Apr 1830 (The notes in Flora point at a publication at the Ostermesse (Apr) of 

1830; Flora received it on 7 Jun 1830 but mentions it in Apr 1830 as among the books 
published at the Messe. Review: Flora 13(2) Erg. Bl. 84-86. Jul-Dec 1830), p. [i]-24- 
Copy: NY. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 166; Jackson p. 201 ; Kew 1 : 250; PR 792. 

532. Handbuch der botanischen Terminologie und Systemkunde . . . Als zweite nach einem vollig 
veranderten und erweiterten Plane umgearbeitete Ausgabe der botanischen Kunst- 
sprache in Umrissen. Number g (Johann Leonhard Schrag) 1830- 1844, 3 vols. Qu. 
{Handb. bot. Termin.) 



BISCHOFF 

vol. pars pages pages plates dates 

plates 

i i [i]-26o, [i-xii], [i, err.] [i]-8 i-xxi Jan-Mai 1830 

[1, err.] 

2(1) 261-428 9-? xxii-xxxv 1 83 1 

2(2) [xiii]-xvi, [583]-78o, ?-45 xxxvi-xlvii 1833 

[2, err.] 

2 3 [583] -780 [45bis]-62 xlviii-lviii Jul 1838 
4 [i]" x 3 781-1047, [1, err.] [ii], 63-90 lviii{add.)-lxxvii 1842 

3 5 [1049]- 1842 

6 -1260, [i]-vi - - Jul 1843 

7 [i*], [iii*], Jun 1844 
1261-1609, [1610, err.] 

Copies: G, HU, MO, NY. - It is possible that pars 5 contained p. 1049- 1260, pars 6 
1261-1428, pars 7 1429-1610; the precise contents of the parts of vol. 3 are not yet known. 
The original t.p. [i], dated 1830 is usually absent and replaced by the t.p. for vol. 1, 
dated 1833. PL 47 was issued with vol. 1 but the expl. of the plate only with pars 3. The 
77 plates (with 39 1 1 figures) , with "Organologisches, systematisches und Arten-Register" 
were reissued separately Niirnberg 1849 and again i860 {n.v.). 

Ref.: BM 1: 167; BFM 2462; Kew 1: 250; LS 2999; NI 165; PR 798; SO 836, 849. 
B., in Guillemin, Arch, de Bot. 1 : 430. 13 Mai 1833. 

533. Lehrbuch der Botanik. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) 1834- 1840, 3 Abt. Oct. (Lehrb. 
Bot.) 

Publ. : This Lehrbuch came out as part of the Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche by Bischoff, 
v. Leonhard, Bronn, Blum, e.a., vols (Bande) 4, 5. 

Band Band [bot.] pages date 

4 ! [ii-iiiL [7]"479 1833- 1834 
2 (i) [ii*-iii*] 3 [i]-lxx, [i]- 54 8 1836 

(2) [ii-iii], [i]-8 39 1839 

5 3(0 W-viii, W-524 1840 
(2) [ii-iii], [52g]-i2g6 1840 
Anhang Worterbuch 239 p. (see below) 1839 

Copy: BR. - The book appeared in fascicles of which the contents and dates are very 
incompletely known. Some of them are noted e.g. by Flora and ABD. The book is pro- 
bably not of sufficient actual importance to warrant further research. Vol. 1 of the BR 
copy has 1834 t.p.'s [ii-iii] which is a cancellans sheet. 
Ref.: BM 1: 167; Kew 1: 250; LS 2998; NI 167; PR 795 

534. Bemerkungen iiber die Lebermoose, vorzuglich aus den Gruppen der Marchantieen und 
Riccieen, nebst Beschreibung mehrerer theils kritischer, theils neuer Arten . . . mit 5 
lithographirten Tafeln. (An die Akademie eingesendet den 23 Mai 1835.) (Acta Acad. 
Caes. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur. vol. xvii, p. ii.) [Halle 1835]. Qu. {Bern. Leberm.) 
Publ.: 1835, late, p. [i]-i8o (second pagination [909]- 1088), pi. Ixvii-lxxi. Copy: Steere. - 

Preprinted from Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. 17(2): [9og]-io88, pi. Ixvii-lxxi {publ. 
Apr-Mai 1836), also issued as a separate without reprint pagination {Copy: Steere). - 
The connection with the 40 p. De Hepaticis, Heidelberg 1835, 40 p., (n.v.) PR 796, 
is not known to us. 

535. Worterbuch der beschreibenden Botanik, oder die Kunstausdriicke, welche zum Ver- 
stehen der phytographischen Schriften nothwendig sind. Lateinisch-deutsch und deutsch- 
lateinisch bearbeitet, alphabetisch geordnet und erklart. Stuttgart 1839. Oct. {Worterb. 
beschr. Bot.) 

Ed. 1: Nov 1839 ( ABD ), p. [31-283, [284, err.]. Copy: FAS. Other issue, as "Anhang, 
enthaltend die botanische Kunstsprache in Form eines Worterbuches zu Bischoff' s 

221 



BISCHOFF 

Lehrbuch der Botanik," 1839. The two issues differ only in the title page (fide BM 1 : 

167). (Anhang issue n.v.). 
Ed. 2: 1857, "zweite verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage, mit Berucksichtigung der neue- 

ren botanischen Schriften bearbeitet von Dr. J. A. Schmidt," Stuttgart (E. Schweizer- 

bart) 1857. Oct., p. [i-vi], [i]-230, [1, err.]. Copy. NY. - Issued as "Botanik (Anhang)" 

ed. 2, in Bischoff et al., Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche. 
Re/.: BM 1: 167; Kew 1: 250 (ed. 2); PR 797. 

536. Beitrdge zur Flora Deutschlands und der Schweiz. Heidelberg 1851. Oct. (Beitr. Fl. 
Deutschl.) 

Publ.: 1851 - Only one part published, on second title page (ii*) : "Erste Lieferung. 

Enthaltend die Cichorieen der deutschen und schweizer Flora, mit Ausschluss der Gattung 
Hieracium," p. [ii*-iii*], [iii]-xx, [i]-34i, [342 err.]. Copy: HH. 
Re/.: BM 1: 167; DTS 1: 22; Kew 1: 250; PR 801. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 10: 82-84. 23 Jan 1852. 

Biswas, Kalipada P. (1899-x), Indian botanist. (Biswas). 

herbarium and types : CAL ; collections of algae lost. 
Re/.: IH2: 76. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 549. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: GR p. 746; IF suppl. 4: 314; Kew 1 : 252-254; MW p. 

44; Roon p. 18. 

Gosh, Bull. bot. Soc. Bengal 24(1-2): 3-4. 1970 (portr.) 

537. The 150th Anniversary volume 0/ the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. [Alipore, Bengal, 
s.d.] 2 parts. 1942. Fol. (Anniv. vol. bot. gard. Calcutta). 

Publ. : Distribution in India took place in Jul- Aug 1942. It was only in August 1944 that 
the first copy was sent to England, p. [i-xii], front., [i]-30i, loose err. slip. (183-188). 
Copy: L. 

Bitter, Friedrich August Georg (1873- 1927), German botanist at Munster, Bremen 
and Gottingen. (Bitter). 

herbarium and types : BREM, W. 

Re/. : Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 181. 1974. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 192; BFM 11 78; BL 1: no; BM 6: 94; 
Bossertp. 40;CSP 13: 574; IF p. 682; Kew 1: 254-255; Langman p. 137^83009-3014, 
31 199; MW p. 44; Moebius p. 135; Zander ed. 10, p. 635. 
Ulbrich, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 70: 37-43. 1928. 
Weber, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 46: (148X156). 1929 (bibl., portr.) 
Rickett, NAF 28B(2) : 320. 1945; ser. 2. 2: 151. 1955. 

composite works: EP ed. 1, Marattiaceae in 1(4): 422-449. 1900, publ.: p. 422-432, 
17 Apr 1900, p. 433-449, Aug 1900; Ophioglossaceae in 1(4): 449-472, 799-800, 1900, 
publ.: 449-472, Aug 1900, 799-800, 4 Jan 1902. (see Taxon 21: 509-510. 1972). 

(2) Hegi, Illustr. Flora von Mitteleuropa, Solanum, in vol. 5(4). 1928 (inch other genera of 
Solanaceae) . 

(3) Buchenau, Flora von Bremen und Oldenburg, 9. Auflage, Bremen (G. Winter) 1927; 
together with B. Schiitt. 

eponymy: Bitteria Borner (19 13). 

538. Die Gattung Acaena. Vorstudien zu einer Monographic . . . Mit 37 Tafeln und 98 

Textfiguren. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) [igio-Jigu. Qu. (Acaena). 

Publ.: in four parts as Bibliotheca botanica Heft 74(i-iv) as follows (Copy: MO). 

This study is dedicated to Franz Ernst Schiitte (d. 191 1), the founder of the Bremer 

Botanical Garden. 



BIVONA-BERNARDI 



Lief. pages plates dates 



I 


[i], [i]-8o 


pl. 1-7, fig. 1-14 


Jul- Aug 19 10 


2 


81-168 


pi. 8-17,^.15-35 


Oct-Nov 1 9 10 


3 


169-248 


pi. 18-27, fig. 36-66 


Jun-Feb 1910 ("1910") 


4 


[i-iv], 249-336 


pi. 28-37, fig. 67-98 


Jun-Jul 191 1 



Ref.: IDC 8027/1. 

Bivona-Bernardi, Antonino de (1774- 1837), Sicilian botanist. (Biv.-Bern.) 

herbarium and types : BASSA, FI, LIV. 
Ref.: GR D514; IH 2: 76; Saccardo 2: 19. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1) : 391, 6(2) : 495, 12(2) : 245; Barnhart 1 : 192; 
BM 1: 168; Bossert p. 40; CSP 1: 397; GR p. 514; Jackson p. 145, 321; Kew 1: 255; 
LS 3015-3016; PR 805-808; Saccardo 1 : 31, 2: 19; Cronologia p. xvi; Zander (ed. 10) 
p. 635. 
Parlatore, Bieve cenno sulla vita e opere del Barone Antonio Bivona-Bernardi, Palermo 

1837. (Oct., 19 p., n.v., fide PR). 
Granatelli in Linares, Biografie e retratti d'illustri siciliani morti nel colera del 1837, 

Palermo 1838, p. 51 (n.v., fide Saccardo) (porti.) 
Pritzel, Linnaea 19: 450. 1847. 
Cesati, Saggio 15. 1882. 

note: Saccardo 2: 19 corrects the first name from Antonio to Antonino. 

eponymy: Bivonaea A. P. de Candolle (1821, nom. cons.); Bivonella (P. A. Saccardo) 
P. A. Saccardo (1891). 

539. Sicularum plantarum centuria prima [secunda]. Palermo (Philippus Barravechia) 1806 
[-1807]. Qu. (Sicul.pl.) 

Cent. 1: 1806 (p. 13: 18 Sep 1806), p. [O-84, pi. 1-6. Copies: G, M, L. 

Cent. 2: Dec 1807 or early 1808 (p. 73: 2 Dec 1807), p. [i], [iii], 1-73, [74, err.], pi. 1-7. 

Copies: G, L, M. 
Ref.: BM 1: 168; Jackson p. 321; Kew 1 : 255; LS 3015; PR 805. 

540. Monografia delle Tolpidi. Palermo (Stampe di Sanfilippo) 1809. Fol. (Monogr. 
Tolpidi). 

Pabl.: 1809, p. [i]-xviii, pi. 1-5. Copies: G, NY. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 168; Jackson p. 145; Kew 1 : 255; PR 807. 

541. Stirpium rariorum minusque cognitarum in Sicilia sponte provenientium descriptiones 
nonnullis iconibus auctae. Manipulus i[-4J. Palermo (Typis Regiis) i8i3[-i8i6]. Qu. 
(Stirp. rar. Sicilia). 

1: [1-18], pi. 1-2. 1813. Copies: G, HU, USDA. 

2: [1-16], pi. 1-2. 1814. Copies: G, HU, USDA. - Typis Laurentti Dato. 

3- \. l ~\-?> > pl- T ~4- 1 & l 5- Copies: G, HU. - Typis Vincentii Lipomi. 

4'- l l \-?>9> P l - t-6- "1816" but publ. 1818 (see Isis Oken 7 Litt. Anz. 850. 1820; reviews 

in Italian journals 1819). Copies: G, HU. - Typis Laurentii Dato. 
Ref: BM 1: 168; Jackson p. 321; Kew 1 : 255; LS 3016; PR 807; IDC 5470. 

Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1052. 1940. 

542. Scinaia algarum marinarum novum genus. [Palermo (Solli) 1822]. Oct. (Scinaia). 
Publ. : 15 Mar 1822, p. [1-3], 1 pl. Copies: BM, G. - Reprinted from LTride, giornale de 

scienze, lettere, ed arti per la Sicilia 5, Palermo 15 Marzo 1822, p. [23i]-233, 1 pl. 
(journal cover present with copy G). Scinaia, "In honorem celeberrimi Dominici 
Scina Phyces, Historiae naturalis literariaeque patriae optime meriti 

Dedicated to: Domenico Scina (1765- 1837), Sicilian naturalist. 

Ref: BM 1: 168; PR 808. 

223 



BIZZOZERO 

Bizzozero, Giacomo (1852- 1885), Italian botanist at the botanical garden of Padua 

University. (Bizz.) 

herbarium and types: PAD. 
Ref. : IH 2: 76; Saccardo 2: 20. 

Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 181. 1974. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 192; BL 2: 416, 417; BM 1: 168; Bossert 
p. 40; GSP9: 251, 12: 84, 13: 578; DTS 1: 22; GRP527; Kew 1: 255; LS 3022-3023, 
41016-41017; Saccardo 1: 31, 2: 19-20; Saccardo, Cronologia p. xvi. 
Penzig, Bot. Centralbl. 22: 315-318. 1885. 

composite works: Saccardo, P. A. et Bizzozero, G., Flora briologica dalla Venezia. 1883. 

eponymy: Bizozzeria [sic] Spegazzini (1889); Bizozzeriella [sic] Spegazzini (1888); 
Bizzozeria P. A. Saccardo & Berlese (1885). 

543. Flora veneta crittogamica. Padova (Tipografia del Seminaiio) 1885, 2 parts. Oct. 
(Fl. ven. critt.) 

Part 1, Funghi: Jan-Mar 1885 (Hedwigia Mar-Apr 1885; Nat. Nov. Mai 1885), p. [i]- 

viii, [i]-572. Copies: NY, Stevenson, USDA. 
Part 2, Licheni etc., Mar-Sep 1885 (Nat. Nov. Oct 1885), p. [i], [i]-225- Copies: NY, 

Stevenson, USDA. 
Supplemento micologico alia "Flora veneta Crittogamica" parte I. - i funghi di Giacome 

Bizzozero, author D. Saccardo, Padova (Tipografia del Seminario) 1899 (p. 5: Aug 

1899, Nat. Nov. Feb 1900), p. [i]-iio. Copy: B. 
Ref.: BM 1: 168; LS 3022. 

Black, John McConnell (1 855-1 951), South Australian botanist. (J. M. Black). 

herbarium and types : AD, duplicates B, K, MEL, NSW, P. 
Ref.-.m 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2:77- 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 194; BL 1 : 67, 70, 73; Bossert p. 40; Kew 1 : 

256. 

Eardley, Taxon 1: 62-63. 1952. 

Eardley, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 76: i-xii. 1953. 

544. Handbooks of the Flora and Fauna of South Australia, issued by the British Science 
Guild (South Australian Branch) and published by favor of the Honorable the Premier. 
Flora of South Australia. By J. M. Black (Orchidaceae by R. S. Rogers, M.D.). With 
illustrations by the author. [Adelaide 1922-1929]. Oct. (Fl. S. Austral.) 

Ed. 1: 1: [i]-i54- Aug 1922; 2: [i], 155-358. Jun 1924; 3: [i-iii], 359-5!4- De c 1926; 
4: [i-iii], 515-746. Jun 1929. Copies: BR, L. 

Additions: Black, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia vols. 33, 35-37, 39-62. 1909- 
1938. 
Ed. 2: 1: [i]-253- 1 Mai 1943; repr. (minor alt. in t.p. and on cover) 1948; facsimile ed. 
i960. Copy: U. 
2: [i]> [ 2 55] _ 5 21 - J an 1948; facsimile ed. 1963. Copy: U. 
3: [i-ii], I-III, [523]683. Sep 1952; facsimile ed. 1964. Copy: U. 
4: [i-iv, t.p., pref.], 685-1000. Mar 1957; facsimile ed. 1965. 
Revised by Enid L. Robertson. Copy: U. 
Supplement to Black's Flora of South Australia by Hansjoerg Eichler (1916-x) June 1965, 

p. [i]-385, plus [4] p., loose, add. 20 Jan 1966. Copies: FAS, U. 
Ref. : BL 1 : 70; Kew 1 : 256; NI suppl. 167ns IDC 6523 (ed. 2). 

Blackwell, Elizabeth (c. 1700- 1758), Scottish botanist. (Blackw.) 

herbarium and types: Not known to have existed. Elizabeth Blackwell "relieved her 
husband when in embarassed circumstances [i.e. in prison because of debts] by publish- 
ing "A curious herbal" 1737 ..." (DNB, concise ed. p. 109). 

224 



BLACKWELL 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i: 195, BB p. 35; BM 1: 169; DNB 5: 144: 

Henrey 450-455; Jackson p. 31; Kew 1 : 259; LS 3037a; NI 168-169; Plesch p. 142-143; 

PR811-812. 

Hirsching, Hist.-Lit. Handb. 1: 305-308. 1794. 

Spiess, Abh. naturhist. Ges. Niirnberg 6: 165-166. 1877. 

Pulteney, Sketches 2: 251. 1790. 

Jackson, J. Bot. 48: 193-195. 19 10 (on Alexander Blackwell). 

Lowndes, A. E., A curious herbal. 

Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 136-137. 1950. 

Lisney, Bibl. Brit. Lepidoptera 1608-1799, 1 14-120. i960. 

eponymy: Blackwellia J. F. Gmelin (1791, orth. var.); Blakwellia Commerson ex A. L. 
Jussieu (1789). 

545. A curious herbal, containing five hundred cuts, of the most useful plants, which are 
now used in the practice of physick. Engraved on folio copper plates, after drawings, 
taken from the life. By Elizabeth Blackwell. To which is added a short description of 
ye plants; and their common uses in physick. London (Samuel Harding) 1737, 2 vols. 
Fol. (Cur. herbal). 

Vol. 1: t.p., pief. 3 lvs, lvs 1-63, pi. 1-252, index 2 lvs, 1737, dedication 14 Jul 1737. 

Vol. 2: t.p., pref. 3 lvs, lvs 64-125, index 2 lvs, pi. 253-500. 1737. For a complete descrip- 
tion and collations see Henrey, Lisney and HU 510. Actual publication took place in 
parts between 1737 and 1739. "Each leaf was issued with the four plates described on 
it, at the rate of one a week for 125 weeks." (HU 510). Copy: NY. 

Other issues: Vol. 1: second issue: London ( John Nourse) 1739 (Copies: BR, G, HU, MO); 
third issue: London (John Nourse) 1751 (Copy: NY) ; fourth issue: London (C. Nourse) 
1782. See Lisney for details. 

Vol. 2: second issue: London (John Nourse) 1739 (Copies: BR, G, HU, MO); third 
issue: London (John Nourse) 1751 (Copy: NY); fourth issue: London (John Nourse) 
1782. 

Ref : BM 1 : 169; DU 42; GF p. 50; Henrey 450-455; HU 510; Jackson p. 31; Kew 1 : 
259; NI 168; Plesch p. 142; P 811. 
Lisney, A bibliography of Brit. Lepidoptera 1 960, nos. 1 72- 1 80 (q. v. for bibliographical 

details) . 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 50. 1975 (sold at £ 1 100). 

546. Herbarium blackwellianum emendatum et auctum id est Elizabethae Blackwell 
collectio stirpium quae in pharmacopoliis ad medicum usum asservantur quarum 
descriptio et vires ex anglico idiomate in latinum conversae sistuntur . . . [other t.p. : 
Vermehrtes und verbessertes Blackwellisches Krauterbuch . . .] Niirnberg 1747- 1773, 
6 vols. Fol. (Herb, blackwell.) 

Pub I. : The text of this greatly superior Niirnberg version is mostly in German and Latin. 
The five hundred Blackwell plants are reproduced in five centuries in their original 
order, and there is an extra century. Altogether there are 616 coloured copper en- 
gravings of plants used in pharmacy, but including some poisonous and ornamental 
plants in the sixth century. Except for the last few plates the engraving is by N. F. 
Eisenberger and the numbering is 1 to 600. There is one unnumbered plate represent- 
ing Viscum Mancanillae, and forming the additional coloured title page of the sixth 
century. Two plates (a, b) were issued for Nos. 269, 322, 341, 497, 498, 522, 523, 536, 
539, 547, 573 and 600, and three (a, b, c) for no. 574. No. 75 was re-issued in a correct- 
ed version, and both may occur in subscribers' copies (e.g., at K.) 
Publication was started in 1747 by the painter Eisenberger on a subscription basis, 
the work being issued in instalments. It was inspired and controlled until his death by 
C. J. Trew, who wrote the lengthy text for the first ninety plates, a text provided in 
addition to a translation of the brief notes in Blackwell. Thereafter the text was super- 
vised by the botanist C. G. Ludwig of Leipzig, but others, mainly G. R. Bohmer of 
Wittenberg, and E. G. Bose of Leipzig, actually wrote it. Ludwig was assisted by 
F. A. G. Knolle in producing the last century. 

The text was published simultaneously with the plates until 1 749, but thereafter was 
always in arrears, Trew being mainly responsible for the delay. The dates of the 

225 



BLACKWELL 

prefaces in the first three centuries, and of the title-pages in the last three, therefore 
only indicate the date of publication of the last pages of the relevant text. The dates of 
the title-pages are 1750, 1754, 1757, 1760, 1765 and 1773, and of the prefaces 1 Jun 
1 752, 3 Mar 1 755, 2 Jan 1 758, 6 Dec 1 759, 3 1 Jan 1 765 and Nov 1772. Trew delayed 
the first preface against Eisenberger's expectation, in order to include lengthy cata- 
logues of his books with the first century. A reprint dated 1757 of the title-page for 
this century, by the printer of centuries two to five, is found in the publisher's complete 
copies (e.g. at British Museum, Bloomsbury ; and BMNH) as distinct from subscription 
copies. The size of the first seven instalments of plates and text is known, but not of the 
remaining thirty-one instalments for the 500 plates of the Blackwell Herbal paper, nor 
of the fewer instalments of text. For further details see Tjaden (1972) upon whose 
article this paragraph is based and the reviews in the Tubingische Ber. gel. Sachen 
which provide even more detail (BH) - Copies: HU, NY. 

plates (nos.) dates plates (nos.) dates 



1-15 


summer 1747 


181-300 pi, 


us 1 752-1 754 


16-30 


spring 1748 


300PI.-45L 


> 1754-1757 


3 I -45 


summer 1748 


45^475 


Mar 1758 






476-486 


Jul 1759 






487-500 


Dec 1759 


4.6-60 


winter 1748/49 


501-505 


early 1760 


6i-75 


summer 1749 


506-571 


1760-Dec 1766 


76-90 


winter 1749 


572-59ob 


1 767-1771 


gi-100 


summer 1750 


5goc-6oo 


1773 


101-180 


1750-1752 






text pp. 


dates 


text pp. 


dates 


1-90 


as of plates 


201-270 


1755-late 1757 


91-100 


summer '50-Jun '52 


270C-300 


Jun 1758 


54 pp. catal. 


Jun 1752 


301-400 


1 758-1 759 


101-200 


Jun '52-late '54 


401-500 


?i76o-Jan 1765 


22 pp. catal. 


Mar 1755 


501-600 


?i765-Jan 1763 



Dandy (1967) discusses the "inadmissible" status of Trew's "generic" names. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 169; DA 1967; GF p. 50; Kew 1 : 259; Jackson p. 31 ; NT 169; Pleschp. 142- 
143; PR 812. 
Groening, Nomenclator Linnaeanus in Elizabeth Blackwell herbarium. Leipzig 

(Graeff) 1794, p. [i]-xvi, [i]-i20, Oct. (Copy: UC). 
Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med. 2: 275-276. 1820. 
Tjaden, Taxon 21: 147-152. 1972. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 50. 1975 (sold at £ 2000). 

Bladh, Peter Johan (1 746-1 816), Finnish employee of the Swedish East India Com- 
pany who collected in the East, mainly around Hongkong, Macao and Canton. 

(Bladh.) 

herbarium and types: BM, LINN, UPS (Thunberg and gen. herb.), S, SBT. Bladh 
corresponded with Back, Bergius, Retzius and Thunberg. 
Re/.: IH 2: 77. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 195; Bretschneider p. 1 1 1-1 12; CSP 1 : 405. 
Saelan, Acta Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 43: 28. 1916 (bibliogr.) 
Lunelund, Sv. Litteratursalsk. hist, lit.-hist. Stud. 16: 298-341. 1940. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 5(4): cclix-xxlx. 1958. 

eponymy: Bladhia Thunberg (1 781). 

note : Bladh's six publications deal mainly with economic botany. 

226 



BLAKE, S. F. 

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de (1777- 1850), French paleobiologist. (Blainville) . 
collections: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: BM i : 169-170, 6: 96; CSP 1 : 406-408, 7: 185; Kew 1 : 

259- 

Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. ser. 3. 12: 375-381. Dec 1849. 

Flourens, Recueil eloges hist. 1: 285-389, 1856 (bibl.) 

Nordenskjold, Hist, of biol. 359-361. 1935. 

eponymy: Blainvillea Cassini (1823). 

547. Manuel a" actinologie ou de zoophytologie, contenant i.° Une histoire abregee de 
cette partie de la zoologie, avec des considerations generales sur l'anatomie, la physio- 
logic, les moeurs, les habitudes et les usages des Actinozoaires; 2° Un systeme general 
d'Actinologie, tire a la fois des animaux et de leurs parties solides ou polypiers; 3. Un 
catalogue des principaux auteurs qui ont ecrit sur ce sujet. Avec un atlas de 100 planches 
representant une espece de chaque genre et sous-genre. Paris, Strasbourg (F. G. 
Levrault) [i830-]i834. Oct. (Man. actinol.) 

Publ.: 1 830- 1 834, probably in parts. References in contemporary literature before 1834 
suggest that parts were available earlier than the title page date. An "avis" in the 
book mentions that it was produced during the years 1830- 1834, p. viii is dated 1 Jun 
1834. The errata sheet is of 1836. 

Text: [i]-viii, [i]-6g4, [1, err.] 

Atlas: 103 copper engravings by Pretre ("pinxit"), Turpin ("direxit") and Massard 
("sculpsit"). Copies: Koninklijke Bibliotheek, the Hague, PCS. 

Ref : BM 1 : 169, 6: 96; Kew 1 : 259. 

Blake, Sidney Fay (1892- 1959), American botanist and bibliographer. (S. F. Blake). 

herbarium and types : REN (personal herbarium) ; duplicates at A, BM, GH, K, MT, 
US (p.p. orig.) 
Ref: IB. 2:77. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 196; BFM 1398- 1399; BL 1: 286 [index]; 

Bossert p. 40; GR p. 205; Kew 1 : 259-260; Langman p. 137-139; MW suppl. p. 24; 

Roon p. 18. 

Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 1945; ser. 2. 2: 151-152. 1955 (bibl.) 

Blake, D. H., Taxon 9: 133- 141. i960 (portr., bibl.) 

Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 5: 233. 1965. 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Gard. 33. 1973 (corr.) 

composite works: Polygalaceae, NAF 25(4): 305-326. 10 Mar 1924, 327-379. 20 Mar 
1924. 

eponymy: Blakeanthus R. M. King & H. E. Robinson (1972) ; Neoblakea Standley (1930). 

548. Geographical guide to floras of the world. An annotated list with special reference to 
useful plants and common plant names. Part I Africa, Australia, North America, South 
America, and Islands of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans. Washington (United 
States Government Printing Office) 1942. Oct. (Geogr. guide fl. world). 

Co-author: Alice Cary Atwood (1876- 1947). 

Orig. ed.: dated Jun 1942 but first copies received at USDA on 31 Jul 1942. - United 

States Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous Publication no. 401, p. [i], 1-336. 

Copies: FAS, U. 
Facsimile eds.: New York (Hafner) 1963, Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz) 1974 (ISBN 3- 

87429-068-9), p. [i-iii], [i]-336. Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : Stafleu, Taxon 24: 148-149. 1975. 

549. Geographical guide to floras of the world [.] An annotated list with special reference to 

227 



BLAKE, S. F. 

useful plants and common plant names [.] Part II Western Europe Finland, Sweden, 
Norway, Iceland, Great Britain with Ireland, Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, 
France, Spain, Portugal, Andorra, Monaco, Italy, San Marino, and Switzerland. 
Washington (United States Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous publication no. 
797) l 9^ 1 - Oct. {Geogr. guide fl. world). 
Orig. ed. : Feb 1961, p. [i], 1-742. Copies: FAS, U. - Edited by Bernice G. Schubert. Blake 

was assisted in the compilation by Alice C. Atwood until her death in 1947. 
Facsimile ed. : Koenigstein (Otto Koeltz) 1973, ISBN 3-87429-060-3, p. [i-ii], 1-742. Copy: 

FAS. 
Ref.: BFM 1398. 

Schubert, Rhodora 62: 325"33 8 - I 9 6r - 

Stafleu, Taxon 9: 87. i960, 24: 148-149. 1975. 

Blakeslee, Albert Francis (1874- 1954), American botanist. (Blakeslee). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 197; BM 6: 96; Kew 1 : 263-264; Langman 

p. 140; LS 3041-3046, 31214-31220, suppl. 2845-2859; Moebius p. 101. 

Maheswari, J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 34(4): 49 x -493- x 955 (portr.) 

Smith, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 82: 305-308. 1955 (portr.) 

Sinnott, Nat. Acad. Sci., Biogr. Mem. 33: 1-38. 1959 (portr., bibl.) 

Demerec, Genetics 44: 1-4. 1959 (portr.) 

Verdoorn, Chron. bot. vol. 20, frontispiece portrait. 

Humphrey, Makers of North American botany 31-34. 1961. 

Lenley et al., Cat. arch. Coll. NYBG 33. 1973 (corr.) 

Fouzdar, Botanica, Delhi 22: 20-23. 1975 (portr.) 

eponymy: Blakeslea Thaxter (1914). 

Blanchet, Jacques Samuel (1807-1875), Swiss plant collector in Bahia, Brazil, 1828- 
1856 {Blanchet). 

herbarium and types: G. - duplicates ("Plantae brasiliae") in many herbaria. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 78. 

Anon., Flora 30: 414. 1847; Bonplandia 6: 342. 1858. 

Candolle, Phytographie 396. 1880. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 133. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 60. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 198; Bossert p. 41. 
Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21, Beibl. 52: 1-5. 1895 (portr.) 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg 3(2) : 149, 181, 1903, 3(3) : 203. 1905. 
Urban, Fl. bras. 1(1): 7. 1906 (itin.) 

eponymy: Blanchetia A. P. de Candolle (1836); Blanchetiastrum Hassler (19 10). 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 325-326. 1972. 

Blanck, A. {fl. 1884), German physician and naturalist at Schwerin. {Blanch). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: BM i : 172; CSP 12: 86. 

550. Uebersicht der Phanerogamenflora von Schwerin nebst einem die Gefass-Kryptogamen 
enthaltenden Anhang. Schwerin i/M. (Alexander Schmiedekampf) 1884. Oct. {Uebers. 
phan. Schwerin). 
Publ: Apr-Mai 1884 (pref. Apr 1884; Nat. Nov. Mai 1884), p. [i-iv], [O-89. 



228 



Blanco, Francisco Manuel (i 778-1845), Spanish clergyman, explorer and botanist. 

(Blanco) . 

herbarium and types: According to Merrill (see under Flora de Filipinas) nothing is 
known about a Blanco herbarium. A set of 400 plants said (by Colmeiro) to have been 
collected by Blanco and Llanos is at MA, some duplicates are probably at G. Merrill 
distributed newly collected representative specimens as Species Blancoanae. IH lists Blanco 
specimens in FI. 
Ref: IH 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2: 78. 

Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. 



198; BL 1 : 122; BM 1 : 172, 6: 97; Bossert 



bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 

p. 41 ; IF p. 681 ; Kew 1 : 265; MW p. 44. 

Ivan, Rev. bot. Duchartre 2: 281-286. 1847, Bot. Zeit. 6: 72. 1848. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 70. 1936. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 60-61. 1951 (portr.) 

eponymy: Blancoa Blume (1843); Blancoa Blume (1849). 

handwriting: Flora de Filipinas, Gran edicion, vol. 1, plate between p. [iii] and [v]. 

551. Flora de Filipinas, Segun el sistema sexual de Linneo. Manila (En la imprenta de 
Sto. Thomas por D. Candido Lopez) 1837. Qu. (Fl. Filip.) 

Publ.: 1837, p. [i]-lxxviii, [O-887. Copies: CAS, HH, U, US. - The HH copy has an 

inscription dated 13 Dec 1837. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 172; CO 407; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 397; Kew 1 : 265; MW p. 44; PR 828; 
SO 845C-C 
Merrill, Govt. Lab. Publ. Philip 27: 1-132. 1905; Philip. J. Sci. 2 (Bot) : 429-439. 907, 

12 (Bot.): 113-116. 1917. 
Merrill, Species Blancoanae, Bur. Sci. -Publ. 12: 1-423. 1918. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Flora males, ser. 1. 1: 60-61, 599. 1950. 

552. Flora de Filipinas, segun el sistema sexual de Linneo : . . . segunda impresion, corre- 
gida y aumentada por el mismo autor. Manila (D. Miguel Sanchez) 1845. Qu. (Fl. 
Filip., ed. 2). 

Publ: 1845, p. [i*], [iii*], [i]-lix, [O-619. Copies: HH, U, US. 

Ref.: BM 1: 172; CO 407; Jackson 397; Kew 1 : 182; MW p. 44; PR 828; SO 8450-6; 
IDC 36. 

Klotzsch, Bot. Zeit. 5: 551, -555. 30 Jul 1847. 

Hasskarl, Flora 47: 17-29, 49-59. 1861. 

553. Flora de Filipinas por el P. Fr. Manuel Blanco agustino calzado adicionada con el 
manuscrito inedito del P. Fr. Ignacio Mercado las obras de P. Fr. Antonio Llanos y de 
un apendice con todas las nuevas investigaciones botanicas referentes al archipielago 
Filipino. Gran Edicion hecha a expensas de la provincia de agustinos calzados de Filipi- 
nas bajo la direccion cientifica del P. Fr. Andres Naves. Manila (Plana y C.a), 4 vols. 
1877-1883. Fol. (FL Filip., ed. 3). 



vol. fascicle pagination 



date 



vol. fascicle pagination 



date 



[i], [iii], [v] vi-xvi 1877 
xvii-xxix [xxx], 1877 
[I] 2 



3-18 
19-34 

35-50 
51-66 
[67] 68-82 
83-98 
99-H4 



1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 



10 


II5-13O 


1 1 


I3I-I46 


12 


147-162 


13 


163-178 


I4/I5 


179-210 


16 


21 1-226 


17 


227-242 


18 


243-258 


19/20 


259-290 


21 


291-306 



1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 
1877 



229 



BLANCO 












vol. fascicle 


pagination date 


vol. fascicle 


pagination 


date 


22 


307-322 


877 


12 


177-192 


1879 


23 


323-338 


877 


13 


193-208 


1879 


24 


339-350, ^ ) 


877 


14/15 


209-240 


1879 




[i*] ii*-vii* 




16 


241-256 


1879 


2 I 


[1], [3], [5] 6-16 


878 


17 


[257] 258-271, 


1879 


2 


17-32 


878 




i-vi (Index) 




3/4 


33-60 


878 


4 iA 


PL pii] s [v-vii] 


1880 


5 


[61] 62-80 


878 




viii-xvi 




9/ 10 


81-160 


878 


2A 


[xvii] xviii, 


1880 


n 


161-176 


[878 




[1] 2-14 




12/13 


177-208 


878 


3A 


I5-30 


1880 


14 


209-224 


878 


4A/5A 


31-62 


1880 


15/16 


[225] 226-256 


878 


6A 


63-78 


1880 


17 


257-272 


878 


7 A 


79-94 


1880 


18/19 


273-3 4 


878 


8A 


95-108 


1880 


20 


305-320 


879 


9A 


*[i-iii] iv-vi, 


1880 


21/22 


[321] 322-352 


879 




[1] 2-10 




23 


353-368 


879 


10A/11A 


l 11-42 


1880 


24/25 


369-400 


879 


12A 


43-58 


1880 


26/27 


[401] 402-418, 


879 


i3A(p.p 


) 59-63 


1880 




[4 I 9]> W u - viii 




13A 


**[i], [in], [v] 


1880 


3 1 


[1], [3], [5] 6-16 


879 


(P-P.)- 


vi-ix (p. ix, 12 




2/3 


[17] 18-48 


879 


21A 


Dec 1880), 




4 


[49] 50-64 J 


879 




[1] 2-272 




5/6 


[65] 66-96 


879 


22A-23^> 


^273-336 


1882 


7 


[97] 98-112 


879 


24A 


337-375 


i5J un 


8/9 


[113] 1 14-144 


879 


("Entrega 


1883 


10 


145-160 


879 


ultima") 






1 1 


161-176 ] 


879 









* Mercado, I., Libro de medicinas de esta tierra, declaraciones de las virtudes de los 
arboles y plantas que estan en estas islas filipinas. 

** Naves, A. and Fernandez-Villar, C, Novissima appendix ad floram philippinarum 
R. P. Fr. Emmanuelis Blanco seu enumeratio contracta plantarum philippensium 
hucusque cognitarum cum synonymiis PP. Blanco, Llanos, Mercado et aliorum aucto- 
rum. (Fernandez-Villar is responsible for text p. 1-2 1 2 and from Fimbristylis subbispicata 
on p. 307 to 375; Naves is the author p. 213-307, ending with Fimbristylis nutans). Covers 
are missing in the MO copy from fascicle 14A onwards; data on later fascicles from 
Merrill, Philip. J. Sci. 12: 13-16. 1917.). 

Only text of the deluxe edition (500 copies printed on better paper) have been seen, even 
though two copies of the volumes of plates from the economy edition have been reviewed 
(HU, US). The collation of the text above is from the MO copy which has most of the 
original fascicle covers bound in place, the only such copy we have seen. Comparison of 
this copy with the one described by Merrill, which also had covers, reveals two inexpli- 
cable differences. In volume two, Merrill reports a double fascicle numbered "6-7" but 
the MO copy omits fascicles six to eight altogether, without any break in pagination. 
Similarly, in the fourth volume, Merrill records a double fascicle "9A-10A" but the MO 
copy has fascicles "10A-1 iA" issued together in one cover. 

PLATES PRESENT 

mo: ("edicion de lujo," "Gran edicion") 1, 3-15, 17-43, *43 _ 6i, 63-64, 66, 68-73, 73"76, 
78-86, 86-91, 93-94, 94-100, 100, 102, 104-106, 108-13 1, 1 31-138, 138-167, 167-168, 
170-176, 176-185, 187-210, 210-226, 226-255, 257-326, 328-403, 403-414, 414-415, 
415-426, 426-427, 427-428, 428-429, 429-468. Plates 257 and 382 are represented by 
two copies each; 426 is used for three plates of three species. Plates bound separately. 

ny: ("Gran edicion") 1, 3-15, 17-43, *43"6o, 62-64, 66, 67-73, 73-76, 78-86, 86-91, 



230 



BLANDOW 

93-94, 94-IOObis, IOO, IOO, I02, IO4-I06, I08-I22, 124, I24-I3I, I3I-I38, 138-167, 
167-168, 170-175, 175-185, 187-2IO, 2IO-226, 226-324, 326-368, 368-402, 402-404, 

404-405, 405-414, 414-415, 4!5-425> 425-426, 426-427, 427-428, 428-429, 429-468. 
Plates bound separately. 

us: ("Gran edicion") 1-15, 17-25, 27-43, *43"6o, 62-64, 66, 68-76, 78-86, 86-91, 93-94, 
94-100, 100-102, 104-106, 108-124, 124-167, 167-168, 170-175, 175-185, 187-199, 201- 
210, 210-226, 226-243, 245-272, 272-309, 309-402, 402-404, 404-407, 409-415, 415- 
425, 425-426, 426-427, 427-428, 428-429, 429-468. Plates bound separately. 
("Edicion economica") i-ccxxv, ccxxvii-cdlix. Plates bound separately in numerical 
order; numbers printed on plates. 

hu: ("Edicion economica") i-vii, ix-xiii, xvi-xliii, *xliii-lxxiii, Ixxiii-lxxvi, lxxviii-lxxxvi, 
lxxxvi-xciv, xciv-c, c-cxxiii, cxxiii-cxxxviii, cxxxviii-cli, cliii-clxvii, clxvii-clxxv, clxxv- 
clxxxviii, cxc-ccviii, ccviii-ccx, ccx-ccxxvi, ccxxvi-cclii, ccliv-cclxxxix, cclxxxix- 
cccxxxvi, cccxxxviii-ccclix, ccclix-ccclx, ccclxii-cccxciv, cccxcvi-cdxxix, cdxxxi- 
cdlxiii, cdlxv-cdlxviii. Plates bound with text in non-numerical order. 

merr.: ("Gran edicion") 1, 3-15, 17-43, *43-6o, 62-64, 66, 68-73, 73"86, 86-91, 93-94, 
94-100, 100, 102, 104-106, 108-122, 124, 124-131, 131-138, 138-167, 167-168, 170-175, 
175-185, 187-210, 210-226, 226-257, 257-261, 261-324, 326-341, 343-368, 368-382, 
382-402, 402-404, 404-405, 405-414, 414-415, 4 I 5-425> 425-427 5 427-428, 428-429, 
429-442, 442-468. See Merrill, E. D. Philip J. Sci. 12: 113-116. 1917, for analysis of 
this copy (destroyed during World War II?). 

* Duplicated numbers indicate two plates, depicting two different species, with same 
plate-number. 

The plates cause special problems because each of the sets we have seen differs in the 
plates present. The non-color printing was all done in Manila and the printed illustra- 
tions for the deluxe edition shipped to Barcelona for the application of color, or perhaps 
the plates themselves were sent there so that the color illustrations in the deluxe edition 
were done entirely in Spain. Besides lacking color, the plates of the economy edition have 
the plate numbers printed on each plate; the color plates in the deluxe edition are not 
numbered, although each of the copies we have seen has plate numbers added in pencil 
from a list in volume four of the species arranged by families. Some errors may have 
occurred in this number-transfer, but confusion is profound even if every number was 
faithfully copied onto its plate. The plates in the economy edition for the most part 
(random checking only) duplicate the colored ones but even this is not uniform, and in 
at least one instance the two versions differ by some obvious but unimportant details in 
the parts depicted. The US set of plates is the most complete one seen. 
Re/.: BM 1: 172; GF p. 50; Kew 1: 182; MW p. 44; NI 170; PR 828; SK p. clxxi; 
SO 845c-e; IDC 5850. 

Hasskarl, Flora 47: 16-29, 49"59- 1864. 

Merrill, A review of the identifications of the species described in Blanco's Flora de 
Filipinas. 1905. (Bur. Interior publ. 27: 1-94). 

Merrill, Philip. J. Sci. 12 (Bot.) : 11 3- 116. 1917. 

Merrill, Species blancoanae 19 18. (Dept. Agr. Publ. 12: 1-423). 

Merrill, An enumeration of Philippine flowering plants 4: 165. 1926. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1.1: 60-61. 1950. 

Blandow, Otto Christian (1778- 18 10). German pharmacist, notary and bryologist in 
Mecklenburg. {Bland.) 

herbarium and types: The location of Blandow's original herbarium is unknown. Dr. E. 
Kiihner of Rostock informs me that Blandow's original collections are not in ROST, at 
least not recognizably. Some material is at B, BERN, BM and W. Authentic material 
was included in his Musci frondosi exsiccati (fasc. 1-6, nos. 1-300 Neustrelitz 1804- 18 10). 
For information on these exsiccata see Sayre [published: fasc. 1,19 Mai 1804, 2, 28 Apr 
1805, 3, 20 Jun 1807, 4, 20 Jul 1807, 5, 16 Apr 1808, 6, 20 Jun 1810, n.v.]. Blandow 
himself, in the preface to his Mecklenburgische Moose (1809) states that a major part of the 

231 



BLANDOW 

mosses treated in this pamphlet have been deposited "in schonen und instruktiven 
Exemplaren" in Detharding: Herbarium Rostochiense Florae Megapolitanae. A volume "Sys- 
tematisch-tabellarische Sammlung" von Laubmoosen is at BM. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 78. 

Blandow, Bot. Zeit. Regensburg 3: 234-239. 1804. 

Sayre, Dates of publications describing Musci 18, 23, 30, 35. 1959. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 184. 1971. 

bibliography and biography : ADB 2 : 555 ; Barnhart 1 : 1 98 ; BM 1: 173; CSP7: 190; 

Kew 1: 265; NDB 2: 178; PR829. 

Boll, Fl. Mecklenburg 148. i860. 

Brockmann, Laubmoose Mecklenburgs 8-10. 

Oltmanns, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg 47 : 125. 1894. 

composite works: Sturm, Deutschlands Flora, Cryptogamie, Abt. 2, Hefte 9-1 1, 1809-18 10. 

eponymy: Blandowia Willdenow (1809). 

554. Uebersicht der Mecklenburgischen Moose nach alphabetischer Ordnung entworfen. 
[Neustrelitz] 1809. Oct. (Uebers. Mecklenb. Moose). 

Publ. : Apr-Mai 1809 (preface Apr 1809), p. [i]-i6. Copy: L (Persoon library). - Already 

announced, apparently incorrectly, as published at Easter Messe 1808. 
Ref.: BM 1: 173; PR 829; SY p. 35. 

Blatter, Ethelbert (1877- 1934), Indian botanist. (Blatt.) 

herbarium and types : BLAT, other material at B, BM, K. 
Ref.: IH 2:79. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 199; BFM 1544; IF suppl. 3: 202; Kew 1 : 

266-267; LS 3074; MW p. 44. 

Fischer, Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1934: 338-339. 

Anon., J. Ind. bot. Soc. 13: 243-245. 1934. 

Fischer, Proc. Linn. Soc. 147: 159-161. 1935. 

555. Flora of Aden. Calcutta (Superintendent Government Printing, India) 1 914- 19 16, 
3 parts. Oct. (Fl. Aden). 

1: 1914, p. [i*-v*], [i]-ii, map, [I]-II, 1-79, 5 pi. Records of the Botanical Survey of 

India 7(1). Copies: L, U. 
2: 1915, p. [77]-336. Records 7(2). Copies: L, U. 
3: 1916, p. [i-ii], 337-418, [i]-xix, map, 2 pi. [i**, t.p. 1914-1916]. Records 7 (3). Copies: 

L, U. 
Ref : Kew 1 : 266. 

556. Flora arabica. [1-4:] Calcutta (Superintendent Government Printing, India) [5-6:] 
Delhi (Manager of Publication). (Fl. arab.) 

Publ.: In six parts, as Records Bot. Survey of India, vol. 8 (nos. 1-6). Copy: L: 

fasc. pages dates 

1 [i*-ii*], [i]-ii, H-123 Aug-Dec 1919 

2 [i-h], 123-282, map Aug-Dec 192 1 

3 [i-ii], [283]-365 "1921", printers mark 10 Jan 1922 

4 [i-ii], 365-450 Apr-Dec 1923 

5 [i-ii], 45 I -5i9, [i]-xlix Feb-Dec 1936 
[6] [i-iv], [45 0-50 1 Aug-Dec 1933 

Fasc. 6: was in fact a separate publ., Records 8(5), on the botanical exploration of 

Arabia. Fasc. 5 was Records 8(6). 
Ref : Kew 1 : 266. 

232 



557* The palms of British India and Ceylon. (Humphrey Mitford, Oxford University Press), 

London, New York, Bombay, Calcutta, Madras 1926. Qu. {Palms Brit. Ind.) 

Publ.: 1926, frontisp., p. [i*-x*], [i]-xxviii, 1-600, pi. 1-106, maps A, B, 49 text figs. 

Copy: U. - Based on a series of publications in the J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 1910- 

1918. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 267. 

Bleicher, Joseph {fl. 1899), German highschool teacher and botanist at Ingolstadt. 

{J. Bleicher). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

558. Schulflora von Ingolstadt und Umgebung. Anleitung zur Bestimmung dei meisten wild 
wachsenden Samenpflanzen von Joseph Bleicher, ... I. Teil. Programm des kgl. hu- 
manistischen Gymnasiums Ingolstadt fur das Schuljahr 1898/99. Ingolstadt (A. Gang- 
hofer) s.d. [1899]. Oct. f {Schulfl. Ingolstadt). 

Publ.: Theil I: 1899, before Aug (Nat. Nov.), p. [i*], [i]-xii, [i]-87. Copy: B - A second 
part is not known to us. 

Bleicher, Marie Gustave (1838-1901), French geologist and pharmacist, director of 
the Ecole de Pharmacie at Nancy. (M. G. Bleicher). 

collections: At the Universite de Nancy. 

Ref.: Sherborn, Where is the - collection 19. 1940. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 200; BM 1 : 176; CSP 12: 87, 13: 604-605; 

Quenstedt p. 43. 

Mieg, Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Colmar 6: 161-197. 1902 (portr., bibl.) 

Fliche, Bull. Soc. geol. France 1902: 231-239, 421. 

Bluff, Mathias Joseph (1805-1837), German botanist at Aachen (Aix-la-Chapelle) . 
{Bluff). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 204; BM 1 : 178; CSP 1 : 435-436; DTS 1 : 

22-23; Jackson P- 2 93! Kew 1 : 270; PR 837, 2903, 2904, 10346; Zander ed 10, p. 636. 

Nees, Flora 20(2): 416. 1837. 

Anon., Brit, foreign Med. Rev. 7: 298-299. Jan 1839. 

Fingerhuth, Jahresber. bot. Ver. Mittel-Niederrheins 2: 142-144. 1839. 

note: For Bluff, Entwicklungs-Combinationen organischer Wesen, Koln 1827 {n.v.) see Flora 
12(1) Erg. Bl. 78-80. Jun 1829. 

eponymy: Bluffia C. G. D. Nees (1834). 

559. Compendium florae Germaniae. Ntirnberg (J. L. Schrag) 1821-1823, 4 vols. Duod. 

{Comp.fl. German.) 

Sectio 1 . Plantae phanerogamicae sen vasculosae 

Tomus 1: Mai 1825, P- [i]-xxiv, [i]-755, [756, err.], 1 pi. (Flora 8(2), Beil. 1: 9-10 

gives 28 Mai 1825 as the date of "completion," a review followed on 7 Dec 1825). 
Tomus 2: 1825, late, or, more probably, early 1826, p. [i]-xviii, [i]-788, [1, err.], 

1 pi. (announced by Flora 28 Oct 1826, reviewed 21 Nov 1826). 
Authors of sectio 1 : M.J. Bluff and Carl Anton Fingerhuth. 
Issues: on 'writing paper" and on "printing paper". 
Sectio 2. Plantae cryptogamicae s. cellulosae 

Tomus 3 : 1 83 1 (pref. 1 3 Mar 1 83 1 ) , alternative title page : 

Flora cryptogamica germaniae auctore Fred. Guil. Wallrothio . . . pars prior continens 

Alices, lichenastra, muscos et lichenes. Ntirnberg 1831, p. [i]-xxvi, [1], [i]-654- 

233 



Tomus 4: Jan-Mar 1833, alternative title page: Flora . . . pars posterior continens algas 
et fungos. Nurnberg 1833, p. [i]-lvi, [i]-923, p. viii dated Dec 1832, announced by 
Flora 28 Mar 1833. 
Author of sectio 2: Carl Friedrich Wilhelm Wallroth (1792- 1857). 
Copies: HH, L. 
Editio altera, aucta et amplificata, curantibus M.J. Bluff . . . , C.-G. Nees ab Esenbeck, 

... et J. C. Schauer. Sectio 1, Plantae phanerogamicae seu vasculosae [only] 2 vols., 

Nurnberg (J. L. Schrag) 1836- 1839. Duod. 
Tomus 1, pars 1: Jan 1836, p. [i]-xviii,' [i]-648, [2, err.], (p. x. id. Nov 1835, announce- 
ment of proof sheet Flora 28 Nov 1835, Allg. Bibliogr. Deutschl. says publ. 15 Jan 

1835; rd. at Regensburg 10 Feb 1836, rev. Flora 7 Mai 1836, Hinrichs 17-23 Jan 

1836). 
Tomus 1, pars 2: 1837, p. [i], [i]-448, [1, err.], (rev. Flora 7 Mar 1838). 
Tomus 2: 1838, p. [i-iii], [i]-7 6 4, [1, err.] (Hinrichs 3-9 Mar 1839). 
Index generalis 1839: p. [i], [i]-i59 (Flora 4 Mar 1839). 
Copy: HH. - This second edition was superseded by W. D. J. Koch, Synopsis florae ger- 

manicae et helveticae of 1837, possibly in part because of Koch's use of the Candollean 

system (see Sprague 1920). 
Re/.: BM 1 : 178; DTS 1 : 22-23; Jackson p. 293; Kew 1 : 270; LS 3109; PR 837. 

Nees von Esenbeck, Flora 1825 (Beil. 1) : 90-93, 2: 714-718. Sprague, Bull. misc. inf. 
Kew 1920: 72-74 (modern equivalents of names publ. in ed. 2). 

Rickett, NAF 1(1): 154. 1949. 

Blum, John Leo (1917-x), American algologist. (Blum). 

exsiccatae: Vaucheriae exsiccatae (22 nos., Buffalo, N.Y., 16 Jun i960). Set at NY. 
Ref. : Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1) : 62-63. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 204; Bossert p. 42; Roon p. 18. 
Blum, NAF ser. 2.8: 45. 1972 (bibl.) 

composite works: Vaucheriaceae, NAF ser. 2. 8: 1-53, 57, 59, 61. 5 Dec 1972. 

Blume, Carl (Karl) Ludwig (1796- 1862), German born Dutch botanist, travelled 
and worked in Java, long-time director of the Leiden Rijksherbarium. (Blume). 

herbarium and types: Original collections at L, second set at BO. Types mainly at L, 
but also at BO and P. - For the story of the transportation of his and the Rijksherba- 
rium's collections from Brussels to Leiden see Flora 14: 27-28. 1831. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 80. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 64-66. 1950. 

bibliography and biography: Aa Suppl. p. 1 1 1 ; ADB 2 : 746; Barnhait 1 : 204; BM 1 : 
178-179; Bossert p. 42; Bretschneider p. 308; CSP 1: 437-438; Frank p. 1 1 ; JW 1: 
439, 2: 185; 3: 343, 4: 376, 5: 234; Kew 1 : 271 ; Langman p. 141 ; LS 3108-31 10; MW 
p. 45; NI 174-178; NNBW 8: 132; Plesch p. 142-143; PR 839-848. 
Junghuhn en de Vriese, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 1 : 261. 1848, 2: 16. 1851 (also as separate 

pamphlets). 
Blume, Opheldering van de inlichtingen van den Heer Fr. Junghuhn, Leiden 1850, 

i, 19 P- 
Blume, Antwoord aan den Heer W. H. de Vriese, Leiden 1850, 38 p. (partly repr. from 

Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 2(2): 276-278 and 2(3): 139-142). 
Blume, Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1850(2): 99-109, 114-223, 258-261, 274-279. 
Junghuhn, Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1850(2) : 232-240. 
Anon., Leidsch Dagblad 598, 5 Feb 1862, 3 p. (repr. at L.) 
Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 150, 383, 412. 1862. 
Seemann, J. Bot. 1: 64. 1863. 

Treub, Korte geschiedenis van 's Lands Plantentuin te Buitenzorg. 7-9. 1892 (poitr.) 
Milner, Cat. Portr. Kew 12. 1906. 
Sirks, Indisch Natuuronderzoek 109-112. 1915 (portr.) 

234 



Goddijn, Meded. Rijksherb. Leiden 62a: 1-3. 1931 (portr.) 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 70. 1936. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1 : 64-66. 1950 (portr.; extensive info.) 

Stafleu, Wentia 16: 28-31. 1966. 

Stafleu, Regn. veg. 71: 306-308, 415. 1970. 

Van der Hoek freres, Oeuvres de feu Mr. C. L. Blume. [Advertisement, 1842, printed 

on the back of 'planches inedites' of the Flora Javae; list of left-over stock of Blume's 

publications with bibliographical details.] 

eponymy (genera): Blumea H. G. L. Reichenbach (1828); Blumea A. P. de Candolle 
(1833, nom. cons.) ; Blumella Van Tieghem (1895) ; Blumeodendron Kurz (1873) ; Blumeopsis 
Gagnepain (1920); Blumia C. G. D. Nees (1825, nom - re j-)', Blumia K. P.J. Sprengel 
(1826); (journal): Blumea tijdschrift voor de systematiek en de geografie der planten. 
(A journal of plant-taxonomy and plant-geography). Uitgegeven door het Rijksherba- 
rium te Leiden. Leiden. Vol. i-x, 1934-x. 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 327-328. 1972 — 

note: Blume planned, with Philipp Franz von Siebold (1796- 1866), the foundation of 
the "Koninklijke Nederlandsche Maatschappij tot aanmoediging van den Tuinbouw", 
which took place in 1842. 

560. Catalogus van eenige der merkwaardigste zoo in- als uitheemse gewassen, te vinden 
in 's Lands Plantentuin te Buitenzorg opgemaakt door C. L. Blume, M.D., Directeur 
van voorz. tuin. s.l. n.d. [Batavia 1823]. Oct. {Catalogus) . 

Orig. ed. : Feb-Sep 1823 (Preface 3 Feb 1823), P- P]> t 1 ] -1 J 2, [1 p., caption], 1 pi. Copies: 
BR, U. - Blume sent a copy of the Catalogus to C. G. Nees von Esenbeck on 15 Sep 
1823 (letter at G) and it therefore antedates Blume's "Beschrijving van eenige gewas- 
sen . . .," in Verh. Bat. Genootschap 9: 129-202 (1823) which volume contains a 
report of a meeting held on 7 Oct 1823. - The descriptions were reprinted in Flora 8: 
97-160. 1825. ~~ Several of the names validly published in this catalogue were orig- 
inally overlooked by the compilers of the Index kewensis. 

Facsimile ed. : Jamaica Plain 1946 (Arnold Arboretum), pagination as above. Copy: FAS. 

Re/.: BM.i: 178; Kew 1: 271; MW p. 45; PR 839; RS p. 75. 
Anon., Flora 8: 97-1 12, 113-125, 129-144, 145-149. 1825. 
Lawrence, Baileya 8: 52-53. i960 (lists 40 names not prev. listed by I.K.) 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 27: 2190. 1974. 

561. Tabellen en platen voor de Javaansche Orchideeen. Batavia (Lands Drukkerij) 1825. 
Fol. {Tab. pi. Jav. Orchid.) 

Publ. : 1-7 Dec 1825, issued with Bijdr. part. 6. Copies: G, K, L, U. - The Berlin Botanical 
Museum had a copy with 16 instead of the usual 15 plates. Photocopies of this plate 
are in most other copies. Blume himself mentions 17 plates in his letter to Nees of 
3 Dec 1826(G). Text 1 fol with p. [i] as t.p., 5 fol. tables, text on p. [ii] and [iii] of 
each sheet. 

Facsimile ed.: announced by Asher (1974). 

Ref.: BM 1 : 178; Jackson p. 396; PR 841; RS p. 75; SK p. clxxi; IDC 5459. 
Mansfeld, Rep. Sp. nov. 39: 318. 1936. 
Wit, de, Fl. males. Bull. 1 : 96. 1948. 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 11: 432. 1955, 15: 731. i960. 

562. Bijdragen tot de flora van Nederlandsch Indie. Batavia (Lands Drukkerij) 1825- 1826. 
Oct. (in fours) {Bijdr. or Bijdr. fl. Ned. Ind.) 

Publ. : The dates of publication of several of the earlier Hefte can be established from 
the correspondence (at G) between Blume and C. G. Nees von Esenbeck, then at 
Bonn. Blume often sent several copies to Nees for further distribution in Europe. In 
addition copies were sent to other botanists accompanied by pre-printed letters in 
which the number of the livraison and the date were filled in by hand. Livr. 1 was 
sent to A. P. de Candolle with such a letter on 1 June 1825 which fits de Wit's estimate 
that it came out between 15 Mar and 31 Mai 1825. 

235 



parts pages 

(stukken) 



i 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 
io 
1 1 

12 

13 

14 

15 
16 

17 



i-x], [i]- 4 2 

43> I0 9 
[in 
[161 

[213 
[261 

[285 
[355 
[435 
[485 
[529 
[578 
[637 
[73i 
[851 
[943 
1067]-! 169 



111 
l-iii 
-iii 
l-iii 
iii 
l-iii 
-iii 
-iii 
-iii 



dates 



15 Mar-31 Mai 1825 
12 Jun-2 Jul 1825 
■160 20 Aug 1825 

■212 20 Sep 1825 

•260 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 

•284 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 

■354 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 

■434 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 

■484 20 Sep-7 Dec 1825 

■528 7 Dec-24 Jan J 826 

■577 24 Jan 1826 

■636 24 Jan 1826 

•730 24 Jan 1826 

•850 Jul-Dec 1826 

■941 Jul-Dec 1826 

■1066 Oct 1926-Nov 1827 
Oct 1926-Nov 1827 



Copies: BR, U. - Part 4 was reprinted in 1950 (n.v.). A facsimile reprint of the complete 
work was announced by Asher (1974). 

Ref.: BM 1: 178; Jackson p. 394; Kew 1: 271; MW p. 45; PR 842; RS p. 75; SK p. 
clxxi; IDC 5080. 

Wit, de, Fl. males. Bull. 4: 96-97. 1948. 

Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 7: 193. 1950. 

563. Flora Javae nee non insularum adjacentium, auctore Carolo Ludovico Blume, . . . 

adjutore Joanne Baptista Fischer, . . . cum tabulis lapide aerique incisis. Bruxelles (J. 

Frank) 1828 [-1851]. Fol. f (Fl. Javae). 

Co-author: Johannes Baptistus Fischer (x-1832). 

Preface material: p. [i*-viii*], [i]-x (p.x: id. Mai 1828), frontispiece portr. Blume. 



families 



part 



pages 



plates 



dates 



Rhizantheae 
Filices 

Dipterocarpeae 

Chlorantheae 

Filices 

Cupuliferae 

Filices 

Myriceae 

Balsamifluae 

Juglandeae 

Magnoliaceae 

Anonaceae 

Filices 
Anonaceae 

Schizandreae 
236 



1-2 
1-2 
3-4 
5-6 

7-8 

7-8 
9-10 
11-12 
13-14 
15-16 
17-18 
17-18 
17-18 
19-20 

21-22 
23-24 
25-27 
28-29 
30-31 
32-33 
32-33 



[i,] [!]"24 
25-26 

M-36 

37-56 

[i]-24 

[i]-i4 

57-84 

[l]-24 

25-46 

85-112 
[i]-8 

[I]-I2 

[i]-i6 
[i]-40 

M-36 

37-56 

H3- I 52 

57-8o 

81-100 

100-108 

[i]-i8 



1-6 

1-12 

13-22 

18 doubl. 

1-6 

1-4 double 

1-2 

23-36 

1-12 

13-24 
37-47 
1 
1-2 

i-5 

1-12 

q and 10 double 

1-14 

15-27 

48-65 

28-39 
40-50 

51-53 
i-5 



5 Aug 1828 
3 Jan 1829 
17 Jan 1829 
17 Mar 1829 

2 Mai 1829 



Mai 



1829 
12 Mai 1829 

1829 
24juli 1829 



31 Aug 1829 
17 Oct 1829 
17 Oct 1829 

17 Oct 1829 
25 Nov 1829 

25 Jan 1830 

18 Mar 1830 
14 Apr 1830 
30 Apr 1830 
29 Mai 1830 
25JU11 1830 
25 Jun 1830 



Loranthae 


34-35 


[l]-24 


1-16 


Filices 


36-39 


153-184 


66-88 




40 


185-196 


89-94 


Lorantheae 


41-42 


25-40 


17-28 



families part pages plates dates 

16 Aug 1830 
31 Aug 1847 
31 Mar 1 85 1 
31 Mar 1 85 1 

Copies: BR, L, U. 

Issues: large paper (54 x 35 cm) and regular size. 

Plates: 238, of which 224 (GF; 225 NI) are coloured in all copies of the large paper issue 

and part of the regular one. Planches inedites, offered for sale between 1862 and 1897 

(some of them again distr. by van Steenis in 1947) are found in various copies. A 

complete set may exist in the former Plesch copy; 

Rhododendron i-vii, vii B, viiC; Amphicalyx ix; 

Gaultheria xiii-xi; Vaccinium xix-xx, xxiii-xxiv; 

Loranthus xxix-xxxii; Olferia xcv-vi (see also NI 174). 
Prospectus: A prospectus in French and another in Latin, dated Bruxelles Mai 1828, 

announces that Blume, assisted by J. B. Fischer, intends to follow the style of the 

Plantes equinocitiales and the Nova genera plantarum of Humboldt and Bonpland. 

The plan was to issue 100 parts, one or two per month, each of six plates (or three 

double ones). Coloured copies were sold at D.fl. 5. — , plain ones at D.fi. 4. — per part. 
Re/.: BM 1 : 178; GF p. 50; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 396; Kew 1 : 271, NI 174-175; Plesch 

p. 143-144; PR 845; RS p. 75; SK p. clxxii; IDG 5212. 

Blume, Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1828(1): 369 (subscription) 

W. H. de Vriese, Tuinbouwfl. 3: 357-365. 1856. 

H. C. van Hall, Tuinbouwfl. 3: 365-366. 1856. 

Danser, Blumea 3: 203-211. 1939. 

Steenis, Fl. males. Bull. 2: 49. 1947, Blumea 6: 263. 1948. 

Wit, Fl. males. Bull. 5: 138-141. 1949. 

Tournay, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 90: 343-346. 1958. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 14: 642. 1959; 15: 731-733- i960; 16: 821. 
1961 ; 18: 101 1. 1963. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 53. 1975. 

564. Enumeratio plantarum Javae et insularum adjacentium minus cognitarum vel no- 
varum ex herbariis Reinwardtii, Kuhlii, Hasseltii et Blumii. Leiden (J. W. van Leeu- 
wen) 1827-1828, 2 fascicles. Oct. (Enum. pi. Javae). 

Fasc. 1: Oct-Dec 1827 (pref. kal. Oct 1827; Ned. Staats-Courant 18 Feb 1828), p. [i]-vi, 

[i]-g8. Copies: BR, U. 
Fasc. 2: 1828 (pref. kal. Nov 1827; Ned. Staats-Courant 15 Dec 1828), p. [i]-x, [ggj-274, 

[3, add., 1, corr.] Copies: BR, U. - Half title and gen. t.p. [i], [hi]. 
Reissue: Sep-Oct 1830 (Flora 13(2), Beil. 24. 1830), unchanged except for t.p. (n.v.) 

('s-Gravenhage) . 
Facsimile ed. : Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1968, with extra t.p. dated 1968. Copy: FAS. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 178; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 396; Kew 1 : 271 ; PR 843; SK p. clxxi; IDC 
5234, 5290. 

Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1: cxxiv. 1891. 

Stafleu, Taxon 17: 437. 1968. 

565. De novis quibusdam plantarum familiis expositio et olim jam expositarum enumeratio. 
s.l.n.d. [1834]. Oct. {Nov. pi. expos.) 

Publ.: Aug-Dec 1833, p. [i], [i]-32. Copy: BR. - Preprint from Tijdschrift voor natuurlijke 
Geschiedenis en Physiologie 1 : 131-162. 1834. Pritzel (844) cites 1833 as the date of this 
preprint with independent pagination, perhaps because of the date "calendis Augusti 
1833" on p. 32. The note "paru a Leyde vers la fin d'aout 1833" in Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. 
ser. 2.2: 89-106. Aug. 1834 (reprint of the article) may well be based only on the date 
in the preprint. This preprint is mentioned as "vorgelegt" at the meeting of the 
Regensburger botanische Gesellschaft of 1 Mar 1834, see Flora 17: 236. 21 Apr 1834. 
The reprints in the "Tijdschrift" and "Annales" came out almost at the same time: 
the independently paged issue may therefore be regarded as a preprint. A copy at L 

237 



presented by Blume to Korthals carries no inscribed date, but in the absence of indi- 
cations to the contrary the date 1833, appearing in the preprint, must be taken as 
correct. 
Ref.: CSP 1: 437; PR 844. 

566. Rumphia, sive commentationes botanicae imprimis de plantis Indiae orientalis, turn 
penitus incognitis turn quae in libris Rheedii, Rumphii, Roxburghii, Wallichii, aliorum, 
recensentur. Scripsit C. L. Blume Cognomine Rumphius. Leiden, Amsterdam (C. G. 
Sulpke), Brussel (H. Remy), Dusseldorf (Arnz), Paris (C. Roret). 1835- 1848 (-1849), 
4 vols. Fol. (Rumphia) . 
Publ. : The full details of the contents of the fascicles are not yet available. There are also 

still some mysteries surrounding the dates of publication of some of the parts (see 

notes in TL- 1 ) . 

vol. part pages plates dates 



I 


i-3 


[I]-VI, [ 7 ]- 4 o 


I-I7 






Jan-Mai 1836 




4-6 


41- 


18- 






Jul- Aug 1836 




7-9 


-124 


-52 






Nov 1836 




10-12 


125-164 


57-70 






Apr-Jun 1837 




13-15 


165-204 


7I-8 5 






Dec 1837 




pref. 


[i-iv], [v-viii] 


frontisp. 






1837 [?] 


2 


16-21 


[I]-VIII, [9]- 


86- 






Dec 1838 




22-24 


-92 


- 






Oct 1839 




25-30 


93-176 


-137 






Jan- Aug 1843 




pref. 


[i-iv], [v-viii] 


frontisp. 






1843 [?] 


3 


31-36 


[i-iv], [I]-II, 


138-157, 


117B, 


158-163, 


(p. II: Kaljun 1847) 






[l]-224 


163B, 164-167, 


178B, 










-172, 172B, 172C, 173 










frontisp. 


Blume 




4 


37-4° 


[i-iv], [1-75] 


174-176, 
177, 178, 
179, 200, 


176B, 
178B, 
200B 


176C, 
178C, 


late Oct 1849 



Copies: U (2). - The first Utrecht copy has plates 71-85 bound with volume 2 in accor- 
dance with the contents of the text of that volume. A final single page of errata reported 
by some bibliographies for the fourth volume is not present in the Utrecht copies. The 
second folio sheet with dedication [v-viii] in vol. 2 (identical with that of vol. 1) is 
absent from the second Utrecht copy. 

The 210 plates are lithographs of drawings by a number of artists (listed by Nissen) and 
numbered 1-200, 157b, 163c, 167b, 172b, 172c, 176b, 176c, 178b, 178c, 200b. 
A prospectus announced the first fascicles (see Flora 28 Nov 1835); the text of this 
prospectus is reproduced in Flora 19(1) Int. Bl. 5-11. 21 Feb 1836. A new announce- 
ment appeared in Flora 20(1) Int. Bl. 23-27. 14 Jun 1837 (dated Jan 1837); it men- 
tioned the completion of 12 fascicles scheduled for Apr 1837. Hefte 13-15 were an- 
nounced by Flora (21 : 255) on 28 Apr 1838. 

"Die Rumphia ist jetzt endlich vollendet. Am 25. d.M. [i.e. Oct 1849] erhielt ich den 
letzten Band, mit der Jahreszahl 1848" (Miquel to Schlechtendal in letter of 28 Oct 1849 
at Halle. This is not the only instance of Blume's practice of antedating his publications. 
(see Stafleu 1967). 

Ref.:¥>M 1: 178; GF p. 50; Jackson p. 117; MW p. 45; NI i78;Pleschp. 144; PR 846; 
SKclxxii; IDC 5851. 

Guillemin, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. 1836: 370-374. Jun 1836 [rev. fasc. 1-3, Dutch trans- 
lation Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1 : 8g-gi, 105-107. 1837]. 

De Vriese, Tijdschr. nat. Gesch. Physiol. 3 (Boekbesch.) : 27-40. Jun 1836 [rev. fasc. 

1-3]- 
Miquel, Bull. Sci. phys. nat. Need. 1838: 183-190. 15 & 31 Dec 1838 [rev. fasc. 1-12, 

extensive commentary]. 
G.K., Bot. Zeit. 1 : 660-663. 22 Sep 1843 [rev. fasc. 25-30]. 
Adr. Jussieu, Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 3. 14: 366-379. 1850. 

238 



Junghuhn, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 2(1): 261. 1850. 

Miquel, Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1850(1): 281-288. 3 Mai 1850 [vol. 4]. 

Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1 : cxxiv. 1 89 1 . 

Sirks, Indisch natuuronderzoek 107-108. 191 5. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 14: 641-642. 1959; 15: 731-732. i960; 16: 821. 

1961; 18: ion. 1963. 
Stafleu, The Miquel-Schlechtendal correspondence, in Smit & Ter Laage, Essays in 

Biohistory 1967. 

567. Museum botanicum Lugduno-Batavum sive stirpium exoticarum, novarum vel minus 

cognitarum ex vivis aut siccis brevis expositio et descriptio. Leiden (E.J. Bril) 1 849-1 851 

[-1857], 2 vols. Oct. {Mus. hot.) 

Publ. : The details of publication are not yet quite clear. The book is divided in dated 
(monthly) parts. It is not likely that distribution took place per part but rather in 
sets of parts. The Leiden University Library received parts 1-20 together in Jan. 1850. 
This was perhaps a prepublication set. Miquel reports in the Algemeene Konst- en 
Letterbode that nos. 1-4 were received in November 1949, 5-9 in April 1850, 9-14 
in Oct 1850 (with Mai on the date of the cover!). Beumee has already shown that 
for volume two the dates given in the volume cannot be accepted. The Nieuwsblad 
van den Boekhandel lists vol. 1 as a whole only for the period 5-12 Mar 1852, vol. 2 
part 1-8 for Feb (confirmed by the receipt of these issues by the Dutch Academy of 
Sciences in Jan 1856), 9-12 for Mai 1856 (idem Dutch Acad. Sci.) and 13-16 were 
issued together on 19 Feb. 1857. 

The 56 lithographs are of drawings by Blume, Decaisne, Latour and A.J. Wendel. - 
Blume sometimes withheld his publications from his colleagues. In other instances the 
possibility of antedating should not be excluded. Miquel states in a letter to Schlechten- 
dal (cf. Stafleu 1967) that some parts of the Museum botanicum are antedated by 
half a year "um der Ehrsucht alle Prioritat zu retten und die Bearbeitung von 
Pflanzen des off. Herbars durch andere so gut wie unmoglich zu machen . . . ". 



vol. 


part 


pages 


figures 
(one plate 
per part) 


dates 

on 

parts 


dates 


I 


1 


[i]-i6 


i-3 


kat. Jan 1 849 


Nov 1849 




2 


[I7]-I2 


4-6 


kat. Mar 1849 


Nov 1849 




3 


[33>48 


7-8 


kat. Apr 1849 


Nov 1849 




4 


[49] -64 


g-11 


15 Apr 1849 


Nov 1 849 




5 


[6 5 ]-8o 


12-14 


1 Mai 1849 


Apr 1850 




6 


[8i]- 9 6 


I5-I7 


1 Jun 1949 


Apr 1850 




7 


[97]-ii2 


18-20 


kat. Aug 1849 


Apr 1850 




8 


[1 i3]-i28 


21-23 


kat. Oct 1849 


Apr 1850 




9 


[129J-144 


24-26 


kat. Dec 1849 


Oct 1850 




10 


[i45]-i6o 


27-29 


kat. Jan 1850 


Oct 1850 




1 1 


[i6i]-i76 


30-31 


kat. Feb 1849 


Apr 1850 




12 


[1771-192 


32-33 


kat. Mar 1850 


Oct 1850 




13 


[i93]-2o8 


34-36 


kat. Apr 1850 


Oct 1850 




14 


[209J-224 


37-38 


kat. Mai 1850 


Oct 1850 




15 


[225J-24O 


39-40 


Jun 1850 


late 1850, 
early 1851 




16 


[24O-256 


41-42 


Jul 1850 


early 1851 




17 


[257]-272 


43 


Sep 1850 


early 1851 




18 


[2731-288 


44 


Oct 1850 


early 1851 




19 


[2891-304 


45-47 


Nov 1850 


early 1851 




20 


[3051-320 


48 


Dec 1850 


early 1851 




21 


[3211-336 


49S 1 


1851 


1 85 1? 




22 


[3371-352 


52-53 


1851 


1851? 




27 


[353J-368 


54-56 


1851 


1851? 




24 


[369I-384 


57-6o 


1851 


1851? 




25 


[3851-396 


- 


- 


1852 



239 



BLUME 




vol. part 


pages 


2 pref. 




i 


[i]-i6 


2 


[173-32 


3 


[331-48 


4 


[49J-64 


5 


[6 5 ]-8o 


6 


[8i]- 9 6 


7 


[97]-ii2 


8 


[ii 3 ]-ii8 


9 


[I29J-I44 


IO 


[i45]-i6o 


1 1 


[i6i]-i76 


12 


[i77]-ig2 


!3 


[1933-208 


14 


[209]-224 


15 


[225]-240 


16 


[24l]-256 



figs. 



dates on parts 


probable dates 


6 Jan 1852 


Feb 1856 


1852 


Feb 1856 


- 


Feb 1856 


- 


Feb 1856 


- 


Feb 1856 


- 


Feb 1856 


- 


Feb 1856 


- 


Feb 1856 


- 


Feb 1856 


- 


Apr 1856 


- 


Apr 1856 


- 


Apr 1856 


- 


Apr 1856 


- 


19 Feb 1857 


- 


19 Feb 1857 


- 


19 Feb 1857 


- 


19 Feb 1857 



-58 

Copy. BR. - Facsimile reprint announced by Asher (1974). 

Ref. : BM 1: 178; Jackson p. 441; Langman p. 141; MW p. 45; NI 177; PR 848; 
RS p. 75; SK p. clxxii; IDC 5852. 

Miquel, Alg. Konst- en Letterbode 1 850 ( 1 ) : 3 1 3-3 1 4. 17 Mai 1 850 ( 1 -4, 5-9) ; 1 85 1 ( 1 ) : 
21-28, 127, 129. Feb 1851 (9-14); Bot. Zeitung 14: 185-188, 540-541. 1856 (2 (1-8), 
2(9-12)). 
Anon., Flora 35: 419-425. 21 Jul 1852 (rev. vol. 1). 
Anon., Flora 39: 252. 28 Apr 1856 (parts 10-12 rd.) 
Beumee, Fl. males. Bull. 3: 69-70. 1948. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 15: 732. i960; 18: ion, 1963. 
Stafleu, The Miquel-Schlechtendal correspondence, in Smit & Ter Laage, Essays in 
Biohistory 1967. 

568. Flora Javae et insularum adjacentium nova series. Scripsit Carolus Ludovicus Blume. 
Cum imaginibus majori ex parte naturae coloribus expressis. -[Tomus 1 (Orchideae)]. 
Leiden (author), Amsterdam (C. G. Sulpke) 1858 [-1859]. Fol. (FL Javae nov. ser.) 
PubL: 1858-1859, p. [i*-viii*], frontispiece, [i]-vi, [i]-i62,/>/. orchid, i-g, gb, gc, 10-12, 

12b, 13-66. Copies: MICH, U. - 56 of the plates are coloured, t. 261s double (2 p.); 
artists : T. Bik, Blume, Gordon, Latour, van Raalten, A. J. Wendel. - Also issued as 
Collection des Orchidees (cf. below, no. 569). It is possible, that the parts of the two 
editions were issued almost simultaneously. This edition has 162, the Collection has 
190 pages. 
Ref.: Jackson p. 397; MW p. 45; NI 175; PR 847 [see also sub 569]; IDC 5853. 

569. Collection des Orchidees les plus remarquables de PArchipel Indien et du Japon. 
Amsterdam (C. G. Sulpke) i858[-i85g]. Fol. (Coll. Orchid.) 

PubL : The main part of the book is identical with that of no. 568 ; the half-title, fronti- 
spiece, title and dedication are different ; the preface is a French translation of the 
Latin preface to no. 568. 

part pages plates dates 

Jan-Oct 1858 
late 1858 or early 1859 
late 1858 or early 1859 
1859, before Dec 
1859, before Dec 
1859, before Dec 

70 plates, of which 56 coloured, t. 26 is double, for numbering see above. - Jackson 

240 



1-2 


[i]-vi, [I]- 


•30 


/-//, gb, gc, gd 


3-4 


31-58 




12-22, 12b 


5-6 


59-74 




23- 


7-8 


75-"4 




-42 


9-10 


1 15-150 




43-54 


1 1-12 


151-190 




55-66 



BLYTT, A. G. 

(Guide p. 395) mentions a Paris 1864 edition. This is almost certainly identical (except 
for the imprint) with the original Amsterdam issue. The MO-copy has an engraved t.p. 
(s.d., s.l.) : [i*, h.t.], engr. t.p., [iii*-vi*, dedic], [i]-vi, pref. (p. vi: 15 Dec 1857), [1]- 
190 with the plates as in the Flora Javae issue. - The UC copy has no h.t. but a printed 
t.p. [i*] : p. [i*-vi*] 3 engr. t.p., [i]-vi, [i]-igo, plates idem. 
Ref.: BM 1: 179; Kew 1: 271 ; MW p. 45; NI 175; PR 847; IDC 5853. 

Danser, Blumea 3: 203-211. 1939. 

Tournay, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 90: 343-346. 1958. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 14: 642. 1959; 15: 732-733. i960. 

570. Melanges botaniques. Not published. 

For the story of Blume's Melanges botaniques see van Steenis. The book must be considered 
as unpublished. No copies are known to exist. The new names attributed to Blume's 
Melanges date from their publication by C. Mueller (of Berlin) in Walpers, Ann. Bot. 4 : 
642-644. 1857, and (anon, in) Flora 41: 254-256. 1858. The copies mentioned as 
received by Flora (38: 752. 21 Dec 1855) seem to have been loose sheets, possibly proofs. 
They have never been traced. 
Ref. : SK p. clxxii-clxxiii (Steenis). 

Miquel, Bot. Zeit. 14: 176. 7 Mar 1856. 

Blytt, Axel Gudbrand (1843- 1898), Norwegian botanist and palaeobiologist, pro- 
fessor of botany at Oslo, son of Matthias Numsen Blytt. (A. Blytt). 

herbarium and types: O; for duplicates see IH. 
Ref.: IH 2: 80. 

Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford. 134. 1964. 

bibliography and biography : AG 5(1): 613, 12(1): 153; Barnhart i : 205 ; BL 2 : 631; 

BM 1: i8o;6:g9-ioo;GRp.7i6;CSP7:202,9: [n.v.], 12: 91, 13; Jacksonp. 334-335; 

Kew 1: 292; KR p. 91; LS 31 16-3120, 3 1254-3 1256; Quenstedt p. 478; PR 849-850. 

Anon., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 40: civ-cv. 1898. 

Hagen, Rev. biol. 25: 103. 1898. 

Noltermann, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 17: (225) -(230). 1899 (bibl.) 

Blytt, Handbog i Norges Flora, Oslo 1906. (frontisp. portr.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3 (2): 168./)/. 16, 1903; 3(3): 183. 1905. 

Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 2: 514, 556. 1926. 

Nordhagen, Axel Blytt, Oslo 1943, 67 p. (portr., bibl., itineraries, also in Blyttia 1 : 2 1-83. 

1943)- 
Kleppa, Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1814-1864, p. 319. 1973. 

composite works: Axel Blytt completed Norges flora of which his father wrote vol. 1. 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 329-330. 1972. 

eponomy (genus): Blyttiomyces A. F. Bartsch (1939); (journal): Blyttia Norsk Botanisk 
Forenings Tidsskrift. Oslo. Vol. i-x, 1943-x. (Also dedicated to his father, Matthias 
Numsen Blytt (1789-1862), q.v.) 

571. Haandbog i Norges flora. Beskrivelse af all i Norge vildvoksende Planter med angi- 
velse af deres udbredelse. Oslo (Kristiania) (Alb. Cammermeyer) [1902]- 1906. Oct. 
(Haandb. Norges fl.) 



part 


pages 


date 


Nat. Nov. 


part 


pages 


date 


Nat. Nov. 


1 


[i]-96 


1902 


Nov 1902 


5 


369-464 


1904 


Jul 1904 


2 


97-192 


1903 


Mai 1903 


6 


465-560 


r 9°5 


Jan 1905 


3 


193-288 


1903 


Aug 1903 


7 


561-656 


1905 


Mai 1905 


4 


289-368 


1904 


Mai 1904 


8 


659-780, 

[i]-xi 


1906 


Jun 1906 



241 



BLYTT, A. G. 

There are 66 1 illustrations. The work was left in manuscript at Blytt's death. It was 

posthumously published and concluded ("afsluttet") by O. Dahl with an obituary of 

Blytt on p. v-vii. - Final title page: "Haandbog i N or ges flora af Axel Blytt/Efter for- 

fatterens dod afsluttet od udgivet ved Ove Dahl/med 66 1 illustrationer [. . .] "Kris- 

tiania (Alb. Gammermeyer) 1906. Frontisp. portr. Blytt. 

Copies: HH, U. 

Re/.: BM 6: 180; Kew 1: 272. 

Blytt, Mattias Numsen (1789- 1862), Norwegian botanist professor of botany at Oslo, 
father of Axel Gudbrand Blytt. (Af. N Blytt). 

herbarium and types: O, for duplicates see IH. Issued Plantae norvegiae, praesertium 
alpium, rariores (ca. 1856). 
Ref. : IH 2 : 80. 

Anon., Bot. Zeit. 14: 1 19-120. 1956. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2 (i): 159; Barnhart i: 205; BL 2: 631 [index]; 
BM 1 : 180; CSP 1 : 443; GR p. 716: Jackson p. 334; Kew 1 : 273; KR p. 91; PR 851- 
854. 

Wilson and Geikie, Memoir of Edward Forbes 209. 1861. 
Parlatore, Parole in morte di Matteo Blytt. Firenze 1863, 8 p. 
Anon., Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Lefnadsteckn. 1 (1869-1873): 329-336. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 168. 1903, 3(3): 183, pi. 115. 1905. 
Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 103, 314, 220. 1924; 2: 564. 1926. 
Holmboe, Blyttia 1: 2-15. 1943 (biogr., portr.) 
Blytt, Blyttia 1: 16-18. 1943 (autobiogr. fragm.) 
Christophersen, Blyttia 1: 19-20. 1963 (bibl.) 

Kleppa, Norsk botanisk bibliografi 18 14- 1964, p. 319. 1973 [index referring to 19 en- 
tries; biographical notes on p. 3]. 

eponymy (genera): Blytia Endlicher (1840); Blyttia E. M. Fries (1839); (journal): 
Blyttia Norsk Botanisk Forenings Tidsskrift. Vol. i-x, 1943-x. (Also dedicated to his son, 
Axel Gudbrand Blytt (1843- 1898), q.v.) 

handwriting: Candollea 27: 329-330. 1972. 

572. Norsk flora. Indeholdende beskrivelser over de i Kongeriget Norge fundne vildt- 
voxende phanerogame Planter, ordnede efter det Einneiske system. Tilligemed angivelse 
af planternes geographiske forholde, deres egenskaber og anvendelse. Forste Hefte. Oslo 
(Christiania) (Johan Dahl) 1847. Oct. (Norsk fl.) 

Publ.: 1847, p. [i]-i6o. Copies: G, NY. - Errata on p. 3 of cover. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 180; Kew 1 : 278. 

573. Nor ges flora eller Beskrivelser over de i Norge vildtvoxende Karplanter tilligemed 
Angivelser af de geographiske Forholde, under hvilke de forekomme. Oslo (Christiania) 
1: (Brogger & Christie); 2, 3: (A. W. Brogger) 1861-1877. Oct. (Norges fl.) 

vol pages dates author 



I 


[i-iv], [1]- 386 


1861 




M. N. Blytt 


2 


[i-iv], [387]- 610, 


Jan-Mai 


1874 


A. Blytt 




611-855, [2] 


Oct-Dec 


1874 


A. Blytt 


3 


[i], [857]- 1228 


Jan-Jun 


1876 


A. Blytt 


Tillaeg 


[1929]- 1348 


Jan-Jun 


1877 


A. Blytt 



Copies: BR, M, US. - Vols. 3 and suppl. : "Norges Flora eller Beskrivelser af de i Norge 
vildtvoxende Karplanter tilligemed angivelse af deres udbredelse. Tredie del. Paa det 
Kongelige Norske Videnskabers Selskabe Bekostning. Med Bistand af Prof. M. N. 
Blytts efterladte optegnelser og samlingar af Axel Blytt." 
Ref. : BM 1 : 180; Jackson p. 394; Kew 1 : 273; PR 854. 

242 



Boccone, Paolo (later Silvio) (1633- 1704), Italian botanist of the grand-duke of 
Tuscany, professor of Botany at Padua, who collected in Italy, Sicily, Corsica (1677), 
Malta and travelled in western Europe. {Boccone). 

herbarium and types: The following herbaria are known to exist: 

1. Two volumes in the Imperial Library of Vienna (letter from Moretti to Carlo Vit- 
tadini, publ. in Minerva Ticinese of 1830 (cited by Penzig 1889). Dedicated to the 
Austrian emperor Leopold I (1640- 1705). 

2. Reliquiae horti sicci ligustici, plants from Genova, collected 1676, now at BOLO, cf. 
Beitoloni (1856). 

3. Three Boccone herbaria at Paris (P) of which one (1677) contains the types of the 
Icones et descriptiones variorum plantarum Siciliae, Melitae, Juliae et Italiae 1674 ( l 684), 
cf. E. Bonnet (1883). The second herbarium (1677) is also from Italy, the third, 
dedicated to the Prince of Conde (Louis II) (1621-1686), contains plants from Chan- 
tilly. The dedication suggests that the herbarium was made after 1675, the date of 
retirement of Conde to Chantilly, but it is dated 1671. The Conde natural history 
cabinet, with the Boccone herbaria was confiscated by the Convention in 1793 and 
transferred to the new Museum. 

4. Studio de piante rare, e curiose per scuola e modello perpetuo dedicated to queen Christina of 
Sweden, dated 1678, now at GE, cf. O. Penzig (1889). 

5. The so-called Gaston d'Orleans herbarium at P (1 13 plants) was also made by Boc- 
cone (in the years 1675- 1700), cf. E. Bonnet (1889) [Gaston d'Orleans, 1608- 1660, 
was the third son of Henri IV]. One volume, 38 J X 24 cm., 1 16 p., 113 plants (orig. 
1 14). The plants are from Italy and Sicily and were collected around 1660. 

6. Other sets of Boccone plants are at L, LY and OXF (in the Shei ard herbarium) . 
Ref : IH 2: 80; Saccardo 2: 20. 

Rosetti, Sopra alcune erbari del padre Boccone nella bibl. di Vienna. Pavia 1830 

(n.v.j fide Saccardo). 
Bertoloni, Miscellanea botanica 17. 1856. 
Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. 

Bonnet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: 213-221. 1883; 36: cxxx-cxxxv. 1889. 
Penzig, Malpighia 2: 439-463. 1889 (on the herbarium at GE). 
Bonnet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 36: ccxxx. 1889. 
Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 134. 1964. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1) : 686; Barnhart 1 : 205; BM 1 : 181 ; GR p. 528; 

HU 329-330; Jackson p. 321; Kew 1: 274; LS 3131-3135; Lasegue p. 314, 316, 332; 

NI p. 304[index]; PR (ed. 1) 963-975, (ed. 2) 859-863; Saccardo 1: 31, 32, 2: 20; 

Saccardo, Cronologia p. xvii. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist.-nat. Banks 5: 165 [index]. 1800. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 175. 1905. 

Lutjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 69, 93, 132, 223. 1936. 

Raven, John Ray, naturalist 488 [index]. 1950. 

eponymy: Bocconia Linnaeus (1753). 

Bock, Hieronymus (Tragus) (1498- 1554), German physician, botanist, teacher, and 
prefect of the Zweibrucken gardens. (Bock). 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1): 681; Barnhart 1: 206; BM 1: 1 81-182; 

Bossert p. 42; DTS 1 : 23-24; GR p. 63; Jackson p. xxxiv, 25; Kew 1 : 274; Langman 

p. 142; Moebius p. 448 [index]; NI 182-184; Plesch p. 145; PR 864-868; SA 2: 543. 

Sprengel, Gesch. Bot. 1: 269-272. 1817. 

Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 303-309. 1857. 

Roth, Bot. Centralbl. 4: 265-271, 313-318, 344-347. 1898. 

Roth, Mitt. hist. Ver. Pfalz 23: 25-74. l8 99- 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 120. 1903; 3(3): 1 19-120, pi. 7. 1905. 

Greene, Landmarks bot. hist. 220-262. 1909 (!). 

Masson, Aesculape, ser. 2. 24: 301-310. 1934. 

Ritter, Repert. bibl. livr. impr. Alsace 16 siecle, Strasbourg 1934. 

243 



Liitjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 64. 126. 1938. 

Arber, Herbals ed. 2, 55-63. 1938. 

Marzell, Sudhoff 's Arch. 38: 97-103. 1954. 

Schade, Nova Acta Leop. ser. 2. 20(137): 1-81. 1958. 

Hoppe, Das Krauterbuch des Hieronymus Bock, Stuttgart, 1969.VIU, 421 p. (extensive 

secondary bibl., portr., major study). 
Stannard, DSB 2: 218-220. 1970 (bibl.) 
Lange, Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 60(1): 4-7. 1972 (portr.) 
Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 309 [index]. 1973. 

eponymy: Bockia Scopoli (1777) ; Tragia Linnaeus (1753) ; Tragiella Pax & K. Hoffmann 
(19 1 9); Tragiopsis H. Karsten (1859); Tragus Hallei (1768). 

574. New Kreiitter Buch von underscheydt/wtirckung und namen der kreiitter so in 
Teiitschen lande wachsen. Auch der selbigen eygentlichem und wohlgegmndtem ge- 
biauch in der Arznei/zu behalten und zu furdern leibsgesuntheyt fast nutz und trost- 
lichen vorab gemeynem verstand. Wie das auss dreien Registern hienach verzeychnet 
o:denlich zufinden. Besch:iben durch Hieronymus Bock aus langwiriger unnd gewisser 
erfarung/unnd gedruckt zu Strassburg/durch Wendel Rihel. Im jar MD xxxix. Strass- 
burg 1537. Fol. {New Kreiitter Buuch). 

Ed.i: 1 539. Copies :BM, MICH, NY. -No ills. (BM 1: 181 ; Ritter 211, PR 864). A copy 
was offered for sale by Asher (1974, list 14) at Dfl. 4800. — . Copy MICH: leaves 
[i-xxii], [i]-clxxiiii, Ander theyl [ij-lxxxviii, [lxxxix-xci] . - Subsequent editions and 
literature see below. 

575. Kreuter Buch. Darin Unterscheid/ Wiirckung und Namen der Kreuter so in Deut- 
schen Landen wachsen/ Auch derselbigen eigentlicher und wolgegriindeter gebrauch 
inn der Artznei fleissig dargeben/ Leibs gesundheit zu behalten und zu furderen seer 
nutzlich und trostlich/ Vorab dem gemeinen einfaltigen man. Durch H. Hieronymum 
Bock aus langwiriger und gewisser erfarung beschriben/ Und jetzund Von newen 
fleissig iibersehen/ gebessert und gemehret/ Dazu mit hiipschen artigen Figuren allent- 
halben gezieret. Dariiber findest u Drei volkomene nutzliche Register/ under welchen/ 
Das erst die gemeine Latinische und Giiechische Namen der Kreuter hat/ Dar ander 
die Deutsche/ Das dritt die anzeig der Artznei und rhat fiir allerlei Kranckheiten und 
leibsgepresten. Mit Keiserlicher Freiheit auff Siben Jar, M.D. xlvj [1546, Strassburg, 
printed by Wendel Rihel J.] Fol. {Kreiiter Buch). 

Ed. 2: 1 Apr 1546, lvs [i-xxxviii], 1-353, [354] > 477 woodcuts in text. Copies: MO, NY, 
(Plesch p. 146; Ritter 213; TR 865). 

Further editions, all Strassburg {n.v. except if noted) : 

1 55 1 (PR 866; Ritter 215); 1553; 1556, copy: U (BM 1 : 182); 1560, copies: MO, U 
(HU 81; see also Dryander 3: 53); 1565; 1572 (BM 1: 182; Dryander 3: 53), copy: 
G; 1574; 1577, reprinted infacsimile Miinchen 1964, 1966, copies: FAS, US, p. [i]-lx, 
1 -45 1, [1-46, ind.] (see Dryander 3: 53, and Smit, History life sciences 881. 1974); 
1580; 1586; 1587 (BM 1 : 157), copy: NY; 1595, copy.M; 1670, last edition "Krautter- 
buch ..." Strassburg (Wilhelm Christian Blaser), Fol., copy: MO. 

Ref.: BM 1: 181-182; DTS 1: 23; Kew 1: 274; Langman p. 142; MU 81; NI 182-183; 
Plesch p. 145; PR 864, 865, 866; SA 2: 543. 
Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 53. 1797. 
Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 4: 303-309. 1857. 
Masson, Aesculape 24: 301-309. 1934 (portr.) 
Marzell, Sudhoff 's Arch. 38: 97-103. 1954. 

Hoppe, Das Kreuterbuch der Hieronymus Bock, Stuttgart 1968, viii, 431 p. (q.v. for 
all details except bibliography of the various editions) . 

576. Hieronymi Tragi, de stripium, maxime earum, quae in Germania nostra nascuntur, usitatis 
nomenclaturis, propriisque differentiis, neque non temperaturis ac facultatibus, com- 
mentariorum libri tres, germanica primum lingua conscripti, nunc in Latinum conversi, 
interprete Davide Kybero Argentinensi. His accesserunt a fronte praefationes duae alter 
D. Conradi Gesneri Figurini, medici clarissimi, rei herbariae scriptorum, qui un hunc 
usque [usq :] diem scripserunt, catalogum complectens : altera ipsius authoris, herbariae 

244 



BOCQUILLON-LIMOUSIN 

cognitionis laudes, & alta nonnula scitu turn necessaria, turn jucundissima, continens. 
Praetera, corollarii vice ad calcem operis, adjectus est Benedicti Textoris Segusiani de 
stirpium differentiis, ex Dioscoride secundum locas communes, libellus, omnibus plan- 
tariae cognitionis studiosis utilissimus. Ad haec indices sex : quibus non tantum nomen- 
clature graecae, latinae, germanicae, arabicae, hebraicaeque sed & morborum cura- 
tiones Optimo ordine indicantur, subjunximus. Cautum est privilegio Carolo V. impera- 
toris, ne quis intra septennium typographus se impressum aedat: aut aliunde empta 
vendat. [Strassburg 1552, exudebat Vendelinus Rihelius]. Qu. {Strip. Germ.) 
Publ.: 1552, [lxviii], 1200, [64] p., p. 686 wrongly numbered 696. Woodcut portrait of 

Bock, 568 woodcuts in text. Copy: HU; full collation HU 66. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 182; HU 66; NI 183; Plesch p. 146; PR 867. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 53. 1797. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 56. 1975 (sold at £ 1300). 

Bocquillon, Henri Theophile (1834- 1883), French botanist, professor of natural 
history at the Faculte de Medecine, Paris. (Bocquillon). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1 : 206 ; BM 1 : 282 (only first three items) ; 

CSP 6: 594, 7: 204; GR p. 306-307; Jackson p. 523 [index]; Kew 1: 275; Langman 

p. 142; LS 3140; PR 870. 

Bureau, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30 (1): 193. 1883, 30(2): 48. 1883. 

Anon., Rev. de Bot. 2: 110-11. 1883/84. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. 

eponymy: Bocquillonia Baillon (1862). 

577. Revue du groupe des Verbenacees . . . Recherches des types. Organogenic Organo- 
graphie. Affinites. Classification. Description des genres. Avec 20 planches gravees sur 
cuivre. Paris (Germer Bailliere), London (Hippolyte Bailliere), New York (Bailliere 
brothers) 1 861-1863. Oct. (Rev. Verben.) 

Publ.: 1861-1863 (Flora 24 Jan 1864), p. [i-viii], [1]- 187, pi. 1-20, uncol. liths. by 
author. Copy: BR. Originally published in Adansonia 2: 81-165, pi. 3-6. 1861 and 3: 
177-264, 1863. 

Ref.: BM 1 : 182; GR 870; Kew 1 : 275; Langman p. 142. 

Bocquillon, Description d'un genre nouveau de la famille des Verbenacees, Baillonia. 
Adansonia 2: 249-252. 1862. 

Bocquillon-Limousin, Henri (fl. 1891-1914), French pharmacist at Paris. (Bocq.- 
Lim.) 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 206; BL 1: 260; BM 1: 182 (fourth and 
fifth item); CSP 13: 626; Kew 1 : 273; Langman p. 143. 
Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. 

578. Matiere medicale. Etude des plantes des colonies frangaises. Premiere partie : plantes 
alexiteres des colonies francaises de l'Amerique. Paris (A. Hennuyer) Paris 1891. Oct. 
(Et. pi. col. frang.) 

Publ: 1891 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1891), p. [i-iii], [1]- 67, [1, cont.], text ill. Copy: USDA. - 
Nat. Nov. Aug 1891 mentions also "Les plantes alexiteres de l'Amerique," 108 p. 

Ref.: BM 1: 182. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. 

579. Manuel des plantes medicinales coloniales et exotiques . . . introduction par M. Em. 
Perrot . . . Paris (J.-B. Bailliere et fils) 1905. i8mo. (Man. pi. mid.) 

Publ.: Jan 1905 (Nat. Nov. Feb. (1) 1905), p. [i]-vii, [i]-3i4. Copy: MICH. 
Ref. : Plesch p. 147. 

245 



BODENBENDER 

Bodenbender, Wilhelm (Guillermo) (1857-1941) German born Argentine geologist; 
in Argentina 1 885-1 941. (Bodenbender). 

collections: BAF, CORD, NY. 
Re/.: IH 2: 81. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 206; BM 6: 100; CSP 13: 627; Kew 1 : 275. 
Molfino, Anal. Soc. Ci. Argent. 132: 226-232. 1941 (portr., bibl.) 

Boeckeler, Johann Otto (1803- 1899); German apothecary at Varel in Oldenburg. 

(Boeck.) 

herbarium and types : B. 
Ref.: IH2: 81. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 207; BM 1 : 183; CSP 1 : 446-447, 7: 203, 
12: 93; 13: 629-630; DTS 1: 24; Jackson p. 346; Kew 1: 277; Langman p. 142; MW 

P- 45- 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 13. 1898. 

Miiller, Allg. bot. Z. 4: 53. 1899. (also as repr. 1 p.) 

Miiller, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 17: (2ii)-(2i8). 1899 (bibl.) 

Miiller, Abh. naturf. Ver. Bremen 16: 463-466. 1966. 

Bay, Flora Gesamt-Register 26-100: 4. 1910 (bibl. articles in Flora). 

composite works: Cyperaceae, in Decken, C. C. von der, Reisen in Ost-Afrika in 1859- 
1861, vol. 3(3): 1879 (Nat. Nov. Sep 1879). 

eponymy: Bisboeckelera O. Kuntze (1891); Boeckeleria T. Durand (1888). 

580. Die Cyperaceen des koniglichen Herbariums zu Berlin, s.d. [1868- 1877], s.L, 2 vols. Oct. 
(Cyper. Herb. Berlin). 

Publ. : Reprint with independent pagination s.d., s.L, Originally published in Linnaea 
(in all 1672 p.) : 

Linnaea pars vol. repr. pages pages dates 

reprint 

35 5 1 397-5 J 2 1- 1 16 Mar 1868 
6 513-612 1 17-216 Nov 1868 

36 3 271-384 217-330 Jan 1870 
4 V 3 8 5-5i2 33 ^o A P r l8 70 
6 691-768 459-536 Dec 1870 

37 1 1-128 537-664 Feb 1871 

2 129-142 665-678 Apr 1872 
4/5 2 520-544 679-704 Oct 1872 
6 545-647 705-807 Sep 1873 

38 2 223-256 809-842 Jan 1874 

3 257-384 843-970 Mai 1874 

4 3 8 5-5 I 2 97 I - I og8 Jul 1874 

5 5 J 3-544 1099-1130 Aug 1874 

39 1 1-128 1131-1258 Feb 1875 

2 129-152 1219-1282 Jun 1875 

40 5 327-384 1283-1340 Aug 1876 

6 385-452 1341-1408 Dec 1876 

41 2 145-192 1409-1456 Feb 1877 

3 193-288 1457-1552 Apr 1877 

4 289-356 1553-1620 Oct 1877 
Verzeichniss 1 621 -1672 1879 



(Nat. Nov. 
Apr 1879 



246 



BOEHMER 

Copies: U, US. - Both copies lack the continuous pagination in vol. 2 except for the 
index (1621-1672), the reprint pagination is written in by hand. (688-1620). The index 
refers to the pagination of the reprint. 
Re/.: BM 1: 183; DTS 1: 24; Kew 1: 277; MW p. 45. 
Svenson, Rhodora 41 : 313. 1939. 

581. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Cyperaceen. 2 Hefte, Varel a.d. Jade (Breitschadel & Vogt) 
1 888- 1 890. Oct. (Beitr. Cyper.) 

Heft 1 : 1888, p. [i-iv], [i]- 53 . 
Heft 2: 1890, p. [i-iii], [iJ-43. 

Title on covers: "Cyperaceae novae". Copies: G, U. 
Ref: BM 1: 183. 

Boeckeler, Bot. Centralbl. 39: 73. 1889. 

Boedijn, Karel Bernard (1893- 1964), Dutch mycologist who worked in Indonesia 
from 1 926- 1 958. {Boedijn). 

herbarium and types: Mainly BO, also at L, personal herbarium at W. The collections 
by van Overeem, de Haas and Boedijn (the "Mycologisch Museum te Weesp") are also 
at BO (dried specimens) ; the collections in liquid are at AMS. 
Ref: IH 2: 81. 

Donk, Persoonia 3(3): 325. 1965. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1: 207; BFM 2288; Kew 1: 277; LS suppl. 

3 35-3048; JW 1 : 439, 2: 158; Roon p. 19. 

Anon., Wie is dat ed. 3. 1935. 

Rickett, NAF 1(1): 154. 1949. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1.1: 67. 1950. 

Anon., Prof. Dr. K. Boedijn, 1893- 1894, Amsterdam [1965]. 

Stomps, Vakblad Biol. 44(10): 191. 1964. 

Donk, Persoonia 3(3): 325-330. 1965 (portr., bibl.) 

Rogerson, NAF ser. 2-5: 232. 1965. 

eponymy: Boedijnopeziza S. Ito & S. Imai (1937). 

Boehmer, Georg Rudolph (1723- 1803), German botanist at the University of 
Wittenberg. (Boehmer). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 3: 74, 75; AG 2(1) : 147; Barnhart 1 : 208; BM 1 : 
184-185, 6: 101; HA 2: 384-385, 703-704; Jackson p. 524 [index]; Kew 1: 277; Lang- 
man p. 145; LS 3175; PR 891-916. 

Hamberger, Das gelehrte Deutschland 1: 352-355; 9: 113; 11: 86; 13: 139. 
Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 166 (index) 1800. 
Zachariae, K. S. Memoria G. R. Boehmeri. Wittenberg 1805 (n.v., fide PR). 
Lutjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 127, 149, 152, 176, 1936. 

eponymy: Boehmeria N. J. Jacquin (1760); Boehmeriopsis Komarov (1901). 

582. Flora Lipsiae indigena. Leipzig (Joh. Gottfried Dyck) 1750. Oct. (Fl. Lips, indig.) 
Publ.: 1750 (pref. Oct 1750), p. [i-xxiv], [1]- 340, [20, index]. Copies: BR, USDA. 
Ref: BM 1 : 184; Jackson p. 306; PR 891. 

583. D. Christiani Gottlieb Ludwig . . . Definitiones generum plantarum olim in usum audi- 
torum collectas nunc auctas et emendatas edidit D. Georgius Rudolphus Boehmer . . . 
Leipzig (Joh. Friedr. Gleditsch) 1760. Oct. (Defin. gen.pl.) 

Publ.: 1760 (rev. Ned. Letter-Courant 27 Feb 1761; GGA 7 Aug 1762), p. [i]-xlviii, 
[i]~5i6, [44, index]. Copy: L. - Third edition of C. G. Ludwig, Definitiones generum 
plantarum. For earlier editions see Ludwig. 

247 



BOEHMER 

584. Bibliotheca scriptorum historiae naturalis, oeconomiae aliarumque artium ac scientiarum 
ad illam pertinentium realis systematica [other t.p. :] Systematisch- literarisches Hand- 
buch der Naturgeschichte Oeconomie und anderer damit verwandten Wissenschaften 
und Kunste. Leipzig (Johann Friedrich Junius) 1785- 1789, 5 vols. Oct. (Bibl. hist, nat.) 

1. Scriptores generales 1785, [ii*], [i]-xviii, [i]-778. 

2. Zoologi 1786, [ii-iii], [i]~772. 

3. Phytologi 1787, vol. 1, [2J-808, 2, [ii], [i]-647. 

4. Mineralogi (n.v.) 

5. Hydrologi, Ind. univ. 1789, [ii*-iii*], [i]-x, [i]-740. 

Copy: Teyler. - According to Pritzel this work was industriously compiled but is not 
always trustworthy because the author did not always see the books himself. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 184; Jackson p. 2; PR 892. 

585. Dissertatio inauguralis de plantis monadelphiis praesertim a Cavanilles dispositis 
quam praeside D. Georgio Rudolpho Boehmero . . . pro summis in medicina honoribus 
rite obtinendis die xxii mens, decbr. a.r.s. mdcclxxxxvii. h.l.q.c. defendet auctor Carolus 
Wilhelmus Schmidt. Wittenberg (Tzschiedrich) 1797. Qu. (PL monadelph.) 

PubL: 22 Dec 1797, p. [i-vi], [i]-i8. Copy: USDA. - The title page attributes the text 

to the "auctor": C. W. Schmidt. 
Ref.: PR 907. 

Boenninghausen, Clemens Maria Friedrich von (1785- 1864), German physician 
and botanist at Miinster. (Boenn.) 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(2) : 78; Barnhart i : 208; BM 1 : 185; CSP 1 : 485; 

Jackson p. 307; Kew 1 : 278; LS 3178; PR 927-928. 

Anon., Flora 16: 349. 

note: Pritzel writes "Boeninghausen." This is obviously an error. 

eponymy: Boenninghausenia H. G. L. Reichenbach ex C. F. Meisner (1837, nom. cons.); 
Boenninghausia K.P.J. Sprengel (1826, nom. rej.) 

586. Prodromus florae monasteriensis westphalorum . . . Phanerogamia. Miinster (Friedrich 
Regensberg) 1824. Oct. (Prodr.fl. monast. westphal.) 

PubL: 14 Mar-20 Mai 1824 (preface p. xiv, doc. BH), p. [i]-xiv, [i]-332, [1, err.] 

Copy: HH. 
Ref. : BM 1: 185; Jackson p. 307; Kew 1: 278; PR 928. 

Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 147. 1877. 

Boergesen (Borgesen), Frederik Christian Emil (1866- 1956), Danish cryptogamist 
who collected in the Danish West Indies. (Boerg.) 

herbarium and types: C. - Specimens distributed as Algae marinae canarienses, Algae 
marinae faeroensis, Algae marinae ex insidis danic. Indiae occidentalis. 
Ref: IH 2: 86 (also itineraries). 

Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 295. 1975. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 209; BL 2: 52; BM 6: no; Bossert p. 46; 

GR p. 681 ; Kew 1 : 279-280; LS 3181, 3386-3387; Plesch p. 46. 

Urban, Symb. ant. 1 : 14, 1898: 3: 2, 26. 1902. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 86, pi. 118. 1905 (portr.) 

Christensen, Dansk Bot. Lit. 1880-1911: 141. 1913 (portr.) 

Petersen, Bot. Tidsskr. 53: 116-117. 1956 (portr.) 

Dickinson, Kew Bull. 1956(3): 400. 

Feldmann, Rev. algol. ser. 2. 3: 1-15. 1957 (portr.) 

Presscott et al., NAF ser. 2. 6: 57. 1971. 

Hansen, Bot. Tidsskr. 69(2/3): 207. 1974. 

248 



BOERGESEN 

eponymy: Boergesenia J . Feldmann (1938); Boergeseniella Kylin (1956). 

587. Marine algae of the Faeroes. Reprint (Linnaeus Press) Amsterdam 1970. Oct. (Mar. 
alg. Faeroes) . 

Publ. : A. facsimile reprint of three articles originally published in 
E. Warming's Botany of the Faeroes : 

a. Marine algae, Bot. Faeroes 2: 339-532. 15 Nov 1902. 

b. The algae vegetation . . . ibid. 3: 683-684. 1 Nov 1905. 

c. [with H. Jonsson] The distribution of the marine algae . . . ibid. 3 : i-xxviii. 28 Aug 

I9°5- 
Ref: Dixon, Brit, phycol. Bull. 3: 103. 1966. 
Stafleu, Taxon ig: 641. 1970. 

588. The marine algae of the Danish West Indies vol. 1 . Chlorophyceae and Phaeophyceae with a 
chart. Copenhagen (Bianco Luno) 1913-1914. Oct. (Mar. alg. Danish W. Ind., Chloroph.). 
Vol. 1, part 1 (a, b): publ.Jun-Jul 1913; (c) Oct 19 14: 

a. gen. t.p. [i] ; introductions [i]-4 [publ. with part 2]. 

b. fasc. 1, p. [i], [i]-i58, [2, ind.], map. 

c. fasc. 2, p. [i-iv], 159-222, [2, index], [223]-226. Index. 

part 2, publ. Oct 1914, p. [i]-66, [2, ind.]. Copenhagen (H. Hagerup). Reprinted 
from Dansk bot. Ark. 1 (4) and 2(2). - "Part 3" was issued as vol. 2, Rhodophyceae, 
see next entry. Copies: G, NY. 

589. The marine algae of the Danish West Indies vol. 2 Rhodophyceae with addenda to the 
Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae and Rhodophyceae. Copenhagen (Bianco Luno) 191 5- 
1920. Oct. (Mar. alg. Danish W. Ind., Rhodophyc.) 

1 : 1-80. 12 Nov 1915 4: 241-304. 4 Nov 1918 

2: 81-144. 5 Oct 1916 5: 305-368. 19 Nov 1919 

3: 145-240. 17 Oct 1917 6: 369-504. 23 Oct 1920 

Reprinted from Dansk Bot. Ark. 3(1). - The volume on Cyanophyceae (1939) was 

published by P. Fremy. 

590. Contributions to the knowledge of the vegetation of the Canary Islands (Teneriffe and Gran 
Canaria) by F. Borgesen. With an appendix Lichenes teneriffenses scripsit Edv. A. 
Wainio. D.kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, Naturvidensk. og Mathem. Afd., 8 
Raekke, VI. 3. Kobenhavn (Andr. Fred. Host & Son) 1924. Qu. (Contr. knowl. veg. 
Canary Isl.) 

Co-author (for lichenes): Edvard August Wainio (ne Lang) (1853- 1929). 

Publ.: 1924 (probably after Jun 1924, date in accompanying pages of journal), p. [283, 

t-P-]- 398, [1 P-, cont.] Copy: U. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 280. 

591. Marine algae from the Canary Islands especially from Teneriffe and Gran Canaria. 
Reprint Amsterdam (Linnaeus Press) 1972. Oct. (Mar. alg. Canary Is.) 

Publ. : A facsimile reprint of four articles originally published in Biologiske Meddedelser, 
Det Kerl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab : 



part 


Medd. 


pages 


dates 


contents 


Nat. Nov. 


1 


5(3) 


[l]"I23 


"1925" publ. 1926 


Chlorophyceae 


Feb 1927 


2 


6(2) 


[l]-II2 


1926, Oct-Dec 


Phaeophyceae 


Feb 1927 


3(0 


6(6) 


[!]-97 


1927, Mai-Dec 


Rhodophyceae I 






8(1) 


[i]-97 


1929, Tun-Dec 


Rhodophyceae II 






9(i) 


[i]-i59 


i930>Jul-Dec 


Rhodophyceae III 




4 


12(5) 


[i]-43 


1936, Mai-Dec 


Cyanophyceae 
(by P. Fremy) 





Copies: orig. : PCS; facsimile: FAS. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 280. 

Stafleu, Taxon 22: 150. 1973. 



249 



BOERHAAVE 

Boerhaave, Herman (1668- 1739), Dutch physician and botanist, "communis 
Europae praeceptor." (Boerh.) 

herbarium and types : Boerhaave does not seem to have kept a large formal herbarium. 
Four volumes of excellently preserved specimens from the Leiden and other Dutch 
gardens (1685- 1693) are in the Sloane herbarium. Nearly all specimens are carefully 
labelled by Boerhaave. Other plants in these volumes were contributed by Commelin, 
Hermann and Ruys, whereas quite a few came from the gardens owned by Beaumont, 
Beverninck, Dix, Fagel, Flines, and Heemskerck. Boerhaave also sent plants to Sherard 
(OXF). Other specimens from the Leiden garden are at L. - For a note on a possible 
Boerhaave herbarium at Moscow see Jansen en Wachter. 
Ref.: IH2: 81. 

Jansen en Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 53: 235. 1943. 

Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 75, 92-93. 1958. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 290, 5(1) : 373; Barnhart i : 208; BM 1 : 185; 

Bossertp. 43; GR p. 705; Henrey 462-463; HU vol. 2: 589 [ind.]; Jackson p. 289 ;JW 1: 

439, 2: 185, 3: 343, 4: 376, 5: 235; LS 3182-3185; Moebius p. 448 [index]; NI 186; 

NNBW6; PR 930-932. 

Hulth, Bref och Skr. Linne' ser. 2: 1 : 313-315. 19 16. 

Lutjeharms, Gesch. Mykologie 254 [ind.]. 1936. 

Lindeboom, Janus 46: 264-274. 1957. (Boerhaave and Linnaeus). 

Lindeboom, Bibliographia Boerhaaviana. Leiden 1959 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 1) 
(viii, 105, 2 p.) q.v. for earlier biogr. references. 

Lindeboom, Boerhaave's correspondence, part 1. Leiden 1962 (Analecta Boerhaaviana 
vol. 3), ix, 241 p. 

Lindeboom, Iconographia Boerhaavii. Leiden 1963 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 4 (all 
portraits) . 

Lindeboom, Correspondence part 2. Leiden 1964 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 5), 417 p. 

Lindeboom, Herman Boerhaave, The man and his work. London 1968 (The main bio- 
graphy). 

Lindeboom, ed., Boerhaave and his time. Leiden 1970. 174 p. (Analecta Boerhaaviana 
vol. 6), (contains e.g. Stearn, Boerhaave as a botanist, p. 1 14-120). 

Edwards, J. S. Afr. Bot. 30: 103-105. 1964 (on mss. in Sherard coll.) 

Vos, S. Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1 : 88. 1968. 

Lindeboom, DSB 1 : 224-228. 1970 (sec. bibl.) 

Heniger, Janus 58 : 1-78. 1971 (portr.) 

Stafleu, Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 367 [index.] 1971. 

Lindeboom, Boerhaave and Great Britain. Leiden 1974 (Analecta Boerhaaviana vol. 7), 

75 P- 
Smit, History of the life sciences 882-883, 1041. 1974. 

eponymy: Boerhaavea Cothenius (1790, orth. var.); Boerhaavia P. Miller (1754, orth. var.); 
Boerhavia Linnaeus (1753). 

postage stamps: Netherlands 5 + 3 c. (1928) yv. 216; 12J + 3% c. (1938) yv. 308. 

592. Index plantarum, quae in horto academico Lugduno Batavo reperiuntur. [Leiden] (Cornelius 
Boutestein) 17 10. Oct. {Ind. pi. hort. Lugd. Bat.) 

Publ.: 1 7 10, p. [i-xvi], 1-278, [12 p., index], engraved frontispiece on [i]. The 1728 re- 
print differs only in the title page. Copy: U. 

Ref.: BM 1: 185; Jackson p. 441; Langman p. 145; PR 930; SA 2: 544; IDC 6193. 
Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 234. 1877. 
Lindeboom, Bibl. Boerh. no. 431. 1958. 

593. Index alter plantarum quae in horto academico Lugduno-Batavo aluntur. Leiden (Petrus 
van der Aa) 1720, 2 vols. Qu. {Ind. alter hort. Lugd.-Bat.) 

Pars prima: [(i)]-(34), [(36)-(4o)], 1-320; pars secunda: [i], 1-270, [18 p., index], in all 
40 copper engravings. Copies: HU, U. - Lindeboom cites also the Janssonios van der 

250 



BOERLAGE 

Aa imprint of 1720 (see Oudemans). The reprint of 1727, Leiden (Janssonios van der 
Aa), copy: HU, differs only in the title page. - For a study of the bryophytes listed by 
Boerhaave see Jansen & Wachter (1939). The importance of the Index alter as a 
document of plant introduction ("Die Capzeit") is discussed by Kraus (1894). The 
authorship is uncertain; Boerhaave's actual part in the compilation was probably 
small. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 185; Colmeiro 1 : clxiv; HE p. 14; Jackson p. 441 ; Kew 1 : 280; Langman 
145; Lindeboom; PR 931; SA 2: 544. 
Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 234. 1877. 
Kraus, Der botanische Garten der Universitat Halle 2: 109-122. 1894. 
Uittien, Ned. Tijdschr. Geneesk. 82: 4841 -4851. 1938. 
Sprague, Ned. Tijdschr. Geneesk. 82: 4891-4894. 1938. 
Jansen & Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 49: 246-251. 1939. 

Ooststroom, in Karsten, The old Company's Garden at the Cape. 1951, p. 158-164. 
Lindeboom, Bibl. Boerh. 434-436. 1959. 
Tyrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 6-7. 1963. 
Stearn, Early Leyden Botany 23-26. 1961. 

Boerlage, Jacob Gijsbert (1849- 1900), Dutch botanist at Leiden and Bogor. (BoerL) 

herbarium and types: BO, L. 
Ref.: IH 2: 81. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 209; BL 2: 435; BM 1 : 185, 6: 102; Bossert 

p. 43; CSP 13: 636; Jackson p. 55, 90: JW 1:439, 2: 185; Kew 1: 28i;NNBW8: 137; 

NI 2340. 

Treub, Verslag 's Lands Plantentuin 1900: 17-24. 

Vuyck, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 3.2: 404-424. 1901. 

Treub, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned.-Indie 60: 396-412. 1901. 

Sirks, Indisch natuurond. 296 [index]. 19 15. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 72. 1936. 

Steenis, Flora males, ser. 1.4(2). lxxix. 1949 (portr.) 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males, ser. 1. 1: 68. 1950 (portr.) . 

handwriting: Fl. males ser. 1.1: cxlviii. 1950. 

eponymy: Boerlagea Cogniaux (1890) ; Boerlagella Cogniaux (1891) ; Boerlagella Penzig & 
P. A. Saccardo (1897); Boerlagia Pierre (1890); Boerlagiodendron Harms (1894). 

594. Handleiding tot de kennis der flora van Nederlandsch Indie. Beschrijving van de families 
en geslachten der Nederl. Indische Phanerogamen. Leiden (E. J. Brill) 1890- 1900, 
3 vols. Oct. f {Ha7idl.fi. Ned. Ind.) 

vol. pars pages (1) pages (2) dates 

1 1 [i]-xliv [i]-3i2 2 Jan 1890 
2 [i*-iv*], xlv-lii 3 I 3 _ 7°3 2 Aug 1890 

2 1 [i]-viii 1-322 1 Oct 1891 
2 [i*-ii*], [viiibis], ix-xiii 323-753 Jan 1899 

3 1 [i]-xxxi [i]-4i8 1 Sep 1900 

Copy: U. - Melastomaceae in collaboration with Cogniaux. 
Ref.: BM 1: 185; Kew 1: 281. 

595. Icones bogorienses. [head line:] Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. [Redigees a Jacob 
Gijsbert Boerlage]. Leiden (E.J. Brill), [1897-] 1901-1914. 4 vols. Oct. (Icon, bogor.) 
Main collaborators: Cornelis Andries Backer (1874- 1963) ; Benedict Pierre Georges Hoch- 

reutiner (1873- 1959) ; Sijfert Hendrik Koorders (1863-19 19) ; Joannes Jacobus Smith 
(1867-1947); Theodoric Valeton (1855-1929). Occasional contributions by Charles 
Jean Bernard (1876- 1967) and August Loher (x-1930). 

25 1 



BOERLAGE 












vol 


part 


part 




pages 


plates 


dates 




(text) 


(plates) 








I 


i 


i 




[5]-78 


1-25 


2 Dec 1897 (7) Dec 1897 




2 


[79]- 


156 


[79]-i56 


26-50 


20 Sep 1899 




3 


3 




[i 5 7]-2o8 


51-75 


12 Dec 1899 




4 


4 




[i]-7i, [ip-err.] 

[i-xiii] 


76-100 


Jul 1 90 1 t.p. 1 90 1 


2 


i 


5 




W-I32 


101-125 


16 Sep 1903 




2 


6 




[I331-I96 


126-150 


24 Sep 1904 




3 


7 




[i97]-26o 


I5I-I75 


24 Dec 1904 




4 


8 




[26i]-328, [i]-xv 


176-210 


1 Feb 1906 t.p. 1906 


3 


i 


9 




[i]-6 4 


201-225 


1 9 Jul 1906 




2 


IO 




[65]-I22 


216-250 


24 Oct 1907 




3 


1 1 




[1231-198 


251-275 


28 Oct 1908 




4 


12 




[ I 99]-279> [i]- xiv 


276-300 


i6Jun 1909 t.p. 1909 


4 


i 


13 




[l]-82 


3 OI -325 


17 Nov 1 910 




2 


14 




[8 3 ]-i6 7 


326-350 


25 Apr 191 2 




3 


15 




[1691-237 


351-375 


i7jun 1913 




4 


16 




[2391-286, /i/-xiv 


376-400 


23 Apr 1914 t.p.n.d. 



Plate 370 double: 370A and B. Copy: U. - The main editor was Boerlage, the texts of the 
plates are by various authors. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 900; NI 2340. 

596. Catalogus plantarum phanerogamarum quae in horto botanico bogoriensi coluntur her- 
baceis exceptis. Batavia (Typis officinae publicae [Lands Drukkerijl) 1 899-1 901, 2 fasc. 
Oct. {Cat. pi. phan.) 

Fasc. 1: Feb-Jun 1899 (p. ii: 15 Feb 1899; Nat. Nov. Aug 1899), p. [i]-vi, [i]-59, index: 

[i]-xii. Copy: U. 
Fasc. 2: 1901 (Nat. Nov. Jul 1901), p. [i-iii], 61-118, index: [ix]-xxv (p. xiii-xi blank). 

Copy: U. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 281. 

Boerner [Borner], Carl [Karl] Julius Bernard (1880-x), German botanist and 

entomologist. (Boerner). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 209; BM 6: 102. 
Rickett, NAF 28 B(2) : 320. 1945. 

597. Eine Flora fur das deutsche Volk mit Unterstutzung von L. Lange und P. Dobe be- 
arbeitet von Carl Borner. Ein Hilfsbuch zum Bestimmen der heimischen Pflanzen ohne 
botanische Vorkenntnisse. Mit 6 farbigen und 6 Silhouetten-Tafeln von P. Dobe und 
812 Textfiguren von C. Borner. Leipzig (Voigtlander) [19 12]. Oct. (Fl. deut. Volk). 
Publ.: Jul-Aug 1912 (p. vii: Mai 1912; Nat. Nov. Aug 1912), p. [i]-[viii], [i]-864, 

fig. 1-812, pi. 1-12 (6 col.) 
Ref: Rickett, NAF 28B(2): 320. 1945. 

Bogenhard, Carl (181 1-1853?), German botanist and pharmacist who settled in 
North America in 1852. (Bogenh.) 

herbarium and types: Some material at W. 
Ref: IH 2: 82. 

bibliography and biography: AG(i) : 677 [provides original information, "... wan- 
dertedann [1852] nach America aus und ist verschollen"] ; BM 1 : 186; Barnhart 1 : 210; 
CSP 1:453; PR 936. 
Hallier, Deut. bot. Monatschr. 3: 116-119, 168-172, 188-190. 1885 (corr.) 

252 



BOHNSTEDT 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Ind. corr. Torrey 448. 1973 (letters addressed to Torrey 
between 6 Aug 1852 and 6 Jun 1853). 

598. Taschenbuch der Flora von Jena oder systematische Aufzahlung und Beschreibung 
aller in Ostthuringen wildwachsenden und kultivirten Phanerogamen und hoheren 
Cryptogamen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihres Vorkommens. Nebst einer Dar- 
stellung der Vegetationsverhaltnisse der bunten Sandstein-, Muschelkalk- und Keuper- 
formation im mittleren Saal- und Ilmgebiete . . . Eingeleitet von M.J. Schleiden, Dr. 
Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1850. Oct. (Taschenb. Fl. Jena). 
Introduction: Matthias Jacob Schleiden (1 804-1881). 
PubL: 1850 (pref. p. vii: Mai 1850; rev. Flora 21 Oct 1852), p. [i]-xvii, [xviii, cont.], 

[i*-ii* subtitle and motto], [11-483. Motto: "Wenn auch das Ziel den Kraften un- 

erreichbar blieb, An Fleiss und Miihe hat es nicht gefehlt." - Early phytosociological 

treatise. Copy. B. 
Ref.: AG 6(1) : 677 ["vortrefnich"] ; BM 1 : 186; PR 936. 

Frey, Flora 35: 615-625. 21 Oct 1852 (rev.) 

Bohler, John (1797- 1872), British lichenologist. {Bohler). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. - Exsiccatae: Lichenes britannici (fasc. 1-16, nos. 1-128, 
Sheffield 1835-1837) at BM, FH, K, M, NJ. "with description and occasional remarks". 
See GR p. 390, PR 937 and Sayre (1969). 
Ref.: BM 1: 188; IH 2: 82; 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 115-116. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 210; BB p. 37; BL 2: 262; BM 1: 188; 

DNB5: 304; GRp. 390; Jackson p. 243; Kew 1 : 283; LS 3191 ; PR 937. 

Trimen, J. Bot. 10: 384. 1872. 

Spalding, Sorby Record 2(2): 32. 1966 {n.v.). 

eponymy: Bohleria Trevisan (i860). 

Bohlin, Knut Harald (1869-x), Swedish highschool teacher and algologist. (Bohlin). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 210; BM 1: 188, 6: 104; Kew 1: 283; 

KR p. 92-93. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 3a. 1903; 3(3) : 7, pi. 106. 1905 (portr.) 

eponymy: Bohlinia Lemmermann (1899). 

599. Utkast till de grbne algernas och arkegoniaternas fylogeni. Akademisk afhandling som 
med tillstand af vidtberomda filosofiska fakultetens i Upsala matematisk-naturveten- 
skapliga sektion for vinnande af filosofisk doktorsgrad till offentlig granskning frams- 
talles af Knut Bohlin ... A larosalen n:o xi lordagen den 11 Maj 1901 kl 10 f.m. 
Uppsala (Almqvist & Wiksell) 1901. Oct. {Utkast grbne alg.fylog.) 
PubL: 11 Mai 1901 as thesis. Two issues: with and without the title of the academic 

dissertation, p. [i], [i]-43, tabl., summary: [i]-iv. Copy (of thesis) : BR. 
Ref. : BM 6: 104; Kew 1: 283; KR p. 92. 

Blum, NAF ser. 2. 8: 45. 1972. 

Bohnstedt, Alexander Reinhold (1839-1903), German highschool teacher and bota- 
nist at Luckau. {Bohnstedt). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 210; BFM 218; BM 1 : 188. 
Volkens, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 51 : (86). 19 10. 
Illig, Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 106: 7-21. 1969. 

253 



BOHNSTEDT 

600. Flora luccaviensis . . . Beilage zum Programm des Gymnasiums zu Luckau. No. 75. 
1882. Luckau (J. Entleutner & Sohn) 1882. Oct. (FL luccav.) 

Ed. 1: 1882 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1882), p. [i], [i]-86. Copy: B. 

Ed. 2: 1889 (pref. p. iii : Apr 1889; not in Nat. Nov.). 

Flora luccaviensis. Anleitung zur Bestimmung der in der nordlichen Niederlausitz wild- 
wachsenden, verwilderten und haufig kultivierten Pflanzen . . . Zweite umgearbeitete 
und vermehrte Auflage. Luckau. N.-L. 1889. Oct., p. [i-iv], [I]-XVI, [i]-i38, [1 p., 
err.]. Copy: B, originally owned by the Landesgeschichtliche Vereinigung fur die 
Mark Brandenburg. 

Ref.: BFM 218 (ed. 2); BM 1: 188 (ed. 1). 

Bois, Desire Georges Jean Marie (1856- 1946), French horticulturist at the Museum 
d'Histoire naturelle. (D. Bois). 

herbarium and types: P (main collections), duplicates A, AMES. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(2): 738; Barnhart i: 211; BFM 2909; BL 1: 

5, 35, 2: 7, 138, 178; BM 1: 188, 6: 104; Kew 1: 284; Langman p. 145; MW p. 46; 

MW suppl. p. 26; NI 187; Plesch p. 147. 

Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prel, 35. 1944. 

Guillaumin, Bull. Soc. bot. France 93: 11 5- 118. 1946 (portr.) 

Vilmorin, Bull. Soc. nat. Acclim., Paris 92: 124-125. 1945. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1 : 69-60. 1950 (portr.) 

Lenley et al., Cat. manuscr. coll. New York Bot. Garden 34. 1973 (corr.) 

601. Atlas de plantes de jar dins et d' appartements exotiques et europeennes 320 planches 
coloriees inedites, dessinees d'apres nature representant 370 plantes. Accompagnees d'un 
texte explicatif donnant la description, l'origine, le mode de culture, de multiplication 
et les usages des fleurs les plus generalement cultivees. Paris (Paul Klincksieck) [1891-] 
1896, 3 vols. (Atl.pl. jard.) 

Publ.: In 40 parts between 1891 and 1896. The parts contained eight plates each, ac- 
companied by a provisional text. After completion the definitive text (440 p.) was 
published in Mar- Apr 1896. Parts 1-9 have covers dated 1891, 10 and 11 1893, nos. 
1-6 were available by Jul 1892 (publ. late 1891-Jul 1892), parts 7-15 by Jul 1893 
(Nat. Nov.). The 320 plates are chromo-lithographs by B. Hering. Some of these 
plates are included in Step, Favourite flowers for garden and greenhouse (1896- 1897). 
Texte: Mar-Apr 1896 (p. vii: Jan 1896; Nat. Nov. Apr 1896), p. [i]-vi, [2, note, 

table], [i]-432. Copies: BR, G. 
Plates [1]: 1891-1893/4, p. [i]-8, pi. 1-160. Copies: G, MO. 
Plates [2]: 1893/4-1896, p. [i]-8, pi. 161-320. Copies: BR, G. 

Ref.: GFp. 50; NI 187. 

602. Dictionnaire d' horticulture illustre de 959 figures dans le texte, dont 403 en couleurs 
et de 6 plans colories hors texte par D. Bois . . . preface de Maxime Cornu . . . avec la 
collaboration de MM. Ed. Andre, Ch. Baltet, F. Cayeux, H. Correvon, J. Daveau, 
Dr Delacroix, A. Finet, J. Gerome, A. Ch. Girard, A. Godefroy, C. Grosdemange, A. 
Guion, T. Hariot, L. Henry, Em. Laurent, P. Mouillefert, J. Nanot, A. Pavard, E. 
Pynaert, E. Roze, P. Tertrin, Dr Trouessart, Dr Weber, etc. Dessins par H. Gillet, A. 
Jobin et L. Planet, Paris (Paul Klincksieck) 1893-1899, 2 parts. (Diet, hort.) 

Publ. : In 40 fascicles, the contents and precise parts of which are unknown to us. Con- 
tains a number of first descriptions of Cactaceae by Weber. 
Partie 1: 1893-1899 (t.p.; p. 8: Feb 1893; livr. 1-5 Nat. Nov. Jul 1893), p. [i-iii], 

[ 1 ]-640, fig. 1-455. Copy: BR. 
Partie 2: 1893-1899 (t.p.), p. [i-iii], 641-1227, [1228, err.], 6 pi., fig. 456-959. Copy: BR. 

Ref.: BM 1: 188; MW p. 46. 

Boisduval, Jean Baptiste Alphonse Dechauffour(e) de (1801 [i799?]-i879), 
French naturalist and physician at Paris. (Boisduval) . 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 
254 



BOISSIER 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 211; BM 1 : 188-189, 6: 104; CSP 1 : 460- 

461, 7: 208, 9: 282-283, 12: 98; GR p. 307; Jackson p. 294; ME 3: 540; NI 188; PR 

941; Quenstedt p. 45. 

Faurel, Ann. Ent. 1880: 11 8- 119. 

Girard, J. Soc. horde. France ser. 3. 2: 422-426. 1880. 

Oberthur, Ann. Soc. entomol. France ser. 5. 10: 129-138. 1880. 

Lecoeur, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie ser. 3. 5: 379-383. 1881. 

Brebisson, Fl. Norm. ed. 1. viii. 

Scudder, Psyche 1897: 153-154 (dates of publ. of lepidopt. works). 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3 (3): 96. 1905. 

Horn-Schenkling, Lit. entom. 1928-1929: 98-100 (bibl.) 

Essig, Hist, entomol. 559-662. 1931. 

Carpenter, Amer. Midland Natural. 33(1): 10-11. 1945 (q.v. for several biogr. refs. in 

the entomological literature). 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 53 [nos. 448-453]. 1970. 

eponymy: Boisduvalia Spach (1835). 

603. Flore frangaise, ou description synoptique de toutes les plantes phanerogames et 
cryptogames qui croissent naturellement sur le sol francais, avec les caracteres des genres 
des agames, et l'indication des principales especes. [headline:] Manuel complet de 
botanique, deuxieme partie. Paris (Roret) 1828, 3 vols. Duod. (in sixes) (Fl.frang.) 
Vol. 1: Jul 1828 (BF), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xxiii, [xxiv, err.], [O-347. Copies: BR, G, NY. 
Vol. 2: Jul 1828, p. [i-ii], [i]-370. Copies: BR, G, NY. 
Vol. 3: Jul 1828, p. [i-ii], [O-396. Copies: BR, G, NY. 
Atlas (n.v.) : 120 pi., publ. by Sep 1829 (fide Rev. encycl. ser. 2. 39: 691-692. 1828 and 

other reviews (BH)). 
Re/.: BM 1 : 188; NI 188; PR 941. 

Boissier, Pierre Edmond (1810-1885), Swiss botanist and traveller. (Boiss.) 

herbarium and types : G. - Duplicates of Boissier's collections are in many herbaria, 

see IH. 

Re/.: IH 2: 82. 

Hochreutiner, Arch. Sci. phys. nat. ser. 5. 20. 1939, Boissiera 3. 1939. 

Baehni, Taxon 9: 61-63. J 96o. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. 

Bocquet et Mermoud, Arch. & Sci., Geneve, 18(2) : 388-397. 1965; Musees de Geneve 
52: 2-4. 1965. 

Stafleu, Boissiera 11: xix-xxi. 1965. 

Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 61. 1970. 

bibliography and biography : AG 2(1): 535, 6(1): 533, 11(2): 152; Barnhart 1: 211; 

BL 2: 484; BM 1: 189, 6: 104; Bossert p. 43; Colmeiro 1: clxiv; CSP 1: 461-462, 6: 

595, 7 : 208, 1 3 : 654 ; GR p. 638 ; IF 682 ; Jackson p. 524 [index] ; Kew 1 : 285 ; Langman 

p. 146; LS 320; MW p. 47; NI 189-190; Plesch p. 130, 147; PR 942-949; Saccardo 1 : 

32, 2: 20. 

Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 302, 303, 331, 346, 469, 1862. 

Cosson, Comp. fl. atl. 1 : 22. 1881. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxiii. 1883 ["Le savant auteur du Flora orientalis 
(1867- 1 884) est probablement le botaniste de notre siecle qui a accompli en phyto- 
graphie l'oeuvre personelle la plus considerable et l'une des plus parfaites"]. 

Candolle, Bibl. Univ., Arch. Sci. phys. nat. ser. 3. 14: 368-385. 1885 (repr. 18 p.) 

Anon., Leopoldina 21 : 212. 1885. 

Bescherelle, Bull. Soc. bot. France 32(1): 325-327. 1885 (bibl.) 

Candolle et Vautier, Edmond Boissier, Geneve 1885, 31 p. (bibl., portr.), Copy: BR. 

Kanitz, Mag. Noven. Lap. 9: 93-96. 1885. 

Ascherson, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 4: xiii-xvi. 1886. 

Candolle, Verh. Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 68: 128-139. 1886. 

255 



BOISSIER 

Christ, Bull. Soc. vaud. Sci. nat. 22: [9 p.]. 1886, repr. 9 p. (B, NY). 

Dickson, Trans, bot. Soc. Edinburgh 16: 308-309. 1886. 

Drude, Isis, Abh. 5: [7 p.]. 1886 (repr. B) 

Roumeguere, Revue encycl. 29: 30-43. 1886. 

Stein, Gartenflora 34: 3-12. 1886 (portr.) 

Wunschmann, Bentham und Boissier, Berlin 1887. (Wiss. Beilage Programm Charlot- 

tenschule Berlin, Ostern 1887). 
Christ, Notice sur la vie et les travaux d'Edmond Boissier. Geneve 1888, 33 p. (copy: 

B, BR). 
Christ in Boissier, Fl. orient., suppl. i-xxxiii. 1888. 
Gray, Am. J. Sci. 31 : 20-21.1886, Sci. papers 2: 479-481. 1889. 
Haynald, Denkrede auf Edmond Boissier, Budapest 1889, 22 p. (copy: NY) (see also 

Mag. noven. Lap. 13: 5-22. 1889). 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 149. 1903, 3(3) : 159. pi. 67. 1905 (portr.) 
Yung, Apercu historique sur l'activite des savants genevois au xixme siecle 67-69. 1914. 
Chodat, Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve 28: 1-4. 1936 (centenaire voyage Sierra Nevada). 
Beauverd et al., Edmond Boissier, botaniste genevois 18 10-1885, Geneve 1937, 76 p. 

(portr.), repr. from Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 28. 1937. 
Hochreutiner, Boissiera 3: 1939 (herb. Boissier). 
Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50 a: 45-58. 1940 (bibl.) 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 23. 1941. 

Baehni, Musees de Geneve no. 2. Feb 1956 (on archives), no. 4 Apr 1958 (on portr.) 
Tamamshian, Bot. Zhurn. 117(1). 1962. 
Bocquet et Mermoud, Arch. Sci., Geneve, 18(2) : 388-397. 1965 (portr.), Musee Geneve 

52: 2-4. 1965 (portr.) 
Stafleu, Boissiera 11: xix-xxi. 1965 (portr.) 
Stafleu, The great Prodromus 20. 1966. 
Burdet, Saussurea 6: 28. 1975 (portr.) 
Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 24(1): 52. 1975 (portr.) 

composite works: Contributed to DC, Prodr.: (a) Euphorbiaceae, subordo Euphorbieae, 
15(2): 3-188. Jan (late) 1862; add. et corr. 1261-1269. Aug (late) 1866; (b) Plumbagina- 
ceae 12: 617-696. 5 Nov. 1848. 

eponymy (genera) : Boissiera Hochstetter ex Steudel (1854) ; Edmondia Cogniaux (1881) ; 
(journal) : Boissiera memoires du conservatoire de botanique et de l'institut de botanique 
systematique de l'Universite de Geneve. (Supplement de Candollea) . Geneve. Vol. i-x, 
1936-x. 

604. Elenchns plantarum novarum minusque cognitarum quas in itinere hispanico legit 
[auctor]. Geneve (Lador et Ramboz) 1838. Oct. (Elench.pl. nov.) 

PubL: Jun 1838 (t.p.), p. [i]-iv, [s]-94. Copies: BR, G, MO, NY. - Title on cover: 
Elenchus . . . cognitarum in Hispania australi collectarum. - An unauthorized reprint (n.v.) 
with different pagination (iv, 66) was published in Erfurt in 1840 (Hinrichs 12-18 Jul 
1840), cf. also Schlechtendal (1840) and Flora 23: 765. 28 Dec. 1840. 

Re/.: BM 1: 189; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 116; Kew 1: 285; PR 942, IDC 5039. 
Schlechtendal, Linnaea 14 (Lit.): no. 1840. 

605. Voyage botanique dans le midi de VEspagne pendant l'annee 1837. Paris 1839- 1845, 
2 vols. Qu. (Voy. bot. Espagne). 

vol. fasc. pages plates date 

1 1 [i]-4° h 4, 10, 11, 12, 25, 33, 41, 65, 95 17 Jun 1839 

21 41-96 1 Mai 1844 

22 97-248, [i]-x, tableau synoptique hauteurs 1 Nov 1845 
[i*-iii*] 

2 [i]-32 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 18, 37, 44, 45, 49 5 Sep 1839 

3 33-64 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 48, 54, 58 9 Oct 1839 

4 65-96 2, 3, 34, 35, 57, 59, 73, 77, 80, 114 20 Nov 1839 

256 



5 


97-H4 


6 


145-192 


7 


193-224 


8 


225-256 


9 


257-288 


IO 


189-320 


1 1 


321-352 


12 


352-3 8 4 


13 


385-416 


14 


417-448 


15 


449-480 


16 


481-512 


17 


513-544 


18 


545-576 


19 


577-608 


20 


609-640 


21 


64I-71O 


22 


7II-757* 




[i-iii] 



BOISSIER 

vol. fasc. pages plates date 

6«, 7, 9, 9 a , 5°, 9 2 , 9&, IW , IIT , J/ # I0 Feb 1840 

23, 24, 26, 26a, 42, 52, 67, 69, 70, 112 20 Mar 1840 

27, 29, 30, 3 1 , 5h 7 1 , 103, 105, 107, 115 26 Mai 1840 

28, 32, 38, 39, 43, 66, 93, 108, 109, 113 20 Jun 1840 

46, 47, 61, 63, J9, 80a, 92, 98, 101, 102, 104, 117 18 Sep 1840 

ia, 14a, 14b, 36, 40, 40a, 76, 81, 82, 106 23 Sep 1840 

53, 55, 56, 61, 62, 64, 72, 74, 83 1 Nov 1840 

6 1 a, 75, 85, 86, 87, 88, 99, 102a, 144, 148 1 Jan 1841 

68, 84, 89, 90, 94, 94a, 98a, 122, 127, 136 Mar 1841 

84a, 91, 92a, 96, 97, 100, 108a, 113a, 1 16, 121 1 Mar 1841 

119, 120, 123, 124, 125, 130, 131, 132, 134, 135 1 Mai 1 84 1 

115, 118a, 122a, 123a, 126, 128, 129, 132a, 133, 137 1 Jul 1 84 1 

*3&> J 39, *4°> Hh I 4*, 143, 145, 146, 147, 149 r Au S l8 4 J 

125a, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158 1 Feb 1842 
159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169 1 Feb 1842 
126a, 170, 171, 172, 1733, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178 1 Mar 1842 
179, 180, 181 1 Mai 1844 

4a, 185a 1 Nov 1845 

Copies: BR, L, MO, NY, Teyler, R. Barneby. - This list was appended to the Jerusalem 
copy of the Voyage (see Baum 1968) by Jacques Gay. Even though this is only a single 
set, and though there are perhaps still minor discrepancies, the authenticity seems 
sufficiently probable for it to be accepted for practical purposes. The number of copies 
printed was 120-130. Copies were available until 1964, but not in their original covers. 
The 208 plates are copper engravings after drawings by Heyland and Riocreux; they 
are numbered 1-181, ia, 4a, 6a, ga, i4a-b, 26a, 40a, 64a, 80a, 84a, 85a, 92a, 94a, 98a, 102a, 
108a, 113a, 118a, 122a, 123a, 125a, 126a, 132a; double: 115. A series of articles comme- 
morating Boissier's trip to Spain was published in Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 28 : 1-76. 
1937. - A facsimile reprint of the voyage was announced by Akad. Dr. Verlagsges. Graz, 
Sep 1972 (noy yet published). 

Ref. : BL 2: 484; BM 1 : 189; GF p. 51 ; Jackson 339; LS 3201 ; NI 190; Plesch p. 147; 
PR 944; IDC5181. 

Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 54 (footnote no. 5). 1940. 

Baum, Taxon 17: 720-724. 1968. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 58. 1975 (sold at £ 1,300). 

606. Diagnoses plantarum novarum hispanicarum, praesertim in Castella nova lectarum. 
Geneve (Fernand Ramboz) 1842. Oct. {Diagn.pl. nov. hisp.) 

Co-author: Georges Francois Reuter (1805- 1872). 

Publ.: Mar 1842 (t.p.) - Separately paged ([i]-28) reprint from Bibl. univ. Geneve ser. 

2. 38: 195-220. Mar 1842. Copies: MO, US. 
Ref. : Jackson p. 378; PR 943; IDC 5540. 

607. Diagnoses plantarum orientalium novarum. Geneve, Leipzig, Paris, Como, 1842- 1859, 
3 vols. Oct. (Diagn. pi. orient.) 

Publ. : The title of the "series secunda" is "Diagnoses plantarum novarum praesertim 
orientalium nonnullis Europaeis boreali-africanisque additis." - The "diagnoses" 
contain many contributions also by G. F. Reuter. 

The information on the dates of publication is taken from the correspondence 
between Boissier and Bentham (letters at K) and from a great number of references in 
contemporary reviewing journals. - The Diagnoses were privately published by the 
author and later marketed by commercial publishers (see below : imprints) . 
Citation of the volume is unnecessary; it is advisable to cite only "ser. 1" or "ser. 2" 
followed by the part number because each part has an independent pagination. The 
second series has an Index specierum ad diagnoses plantarum novarum no. i-vi seriem 
primam. The last word is erroneous and should be "secundam." The word "sisteus" 
on the early title pages of vols. 1 and 2 should read "sistens". Copies: G, MO, NY. 

257 



BOISSIER 










series vol. 


part 


pages 




dates 


i i 


i 


[i]- 7 6 




Jan-Feb 1843 




2 


[i]-U5 




Mar 1843 




3 


[i]-6o 




Nov 1843 




4 


[i]-86 




Jun 1844 




5 


[i]-9i 




Oct-Nov 1844 




6 


jYj-136 




Jul 1846 ("1845") 




7 


[i]-i30, [i* 


: , iii*] 


Jul-Oct 1846 


2 


8 


Ih "i]» [1]- 


128 


Jan-Feb 1849 




9 


[i, "i] } [1]- 


131 


Jan-Feb 1849 




10 


[i 5 "iL [1]- 


122 


Mar- Apr 1849 




1 1 


[i, iii], [1]- 


136 


Mar- Apr 1849 




12 


[l]-I20 




1853 




13 


[i]-ii4, [i] 


-iii praem., 


Mai 1854 






[i* t.p. vol. 


] 


Mai 1854 


2 3 


I 


[l]-I20 




Mai-Aug 1854 




2 


[l]-!25 




Nov-Dec 1856 




3 


[i]-i77 




Nov-Dec 1856 




4 


[i]-i 4 6 




1859 [sic] 




5 


[i]-ii8 




Sep-Oct 1856 




6 


[i]-i 4 8, [i] 




Jul-Dec 1859 



Imprints: Vol. 1, parts 1-3: Geneve, 4-7: Leipzig; t.p. vol. 1 Leipzig 1842-1846; later 
t.p. (reissue) : Volumen primum . . . Leipzig (B. Herrmann) 1842- 1854 (even though 
vol. 1 was publ. 1 843- 1 846, and part 1 was originally dated 1843). 

Vol. 2, parts 8-1 1 : Paris, 12-13: Como ("Neocomi") ; t.p. vol. 2, Leipzig 1849-1854, 
later t.p. (reissue) : Leipzig (B. Herrmann) 1842- 1854, even though publ. 1849-1854. 

Vol. 3, part 1 : Como, parts 2-3 : Leipzig, part 4: Leipzig, Paris, part 5 : Leipzig, part 6: 
Leipzig, Paris; t.p. vol. 3 Leipzig, Paris 1854- 1859; other issues: parts 2, 3 and 5: 
Leipzig (B. Herrmann), 4, 6 Leipzig (B. Herrmann), Paris (J.-B. Bailliere). 

Facsimile ed.\ Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1969, also Graz (Akademische Druck und 
Verlagsanstalt), 3 vols., as above but vol. 1 with xxv p. new preface material contai- 
ning an introduction by K. H. Rechinger, portraits and references. Copy : FAS 

Re/.: BM 1 : 189; Jackson p. 378; Kew 1 : 285; PR 945, SK p. clxxiii; IDC 5407. 

Schlechtendal et al., Bot. Zeitung 1: 236-239. 7 Apr 1843 (part 1), 745-747. 27 Oct 
1843(2); 3: 786-788. 21 Nov 1845 (3, 4, 5); 6: 32-34. I4jan 1848 (6, 7, '1846'); 
. 8: 30-31. 4 Jan 1850 (8-1 1, '1849'). 
Cosson, Bull. Soc. bot. France 1: 317. 1854 (on part 13). 

Seemann, Bonplandia 2: 202. 1 Sep 1854 (12, 13); 3: 75. 15 Mar 1855 (3(1)). 
Kuntze, Rev. gen. 1 : cxxiv. 1 89 1 . 
Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 55. 1940 (states that part 5 of ser. 2 appeared in 

1859). 
Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males. Bull. 15: 733. i960, 16: 821. 1961. 
Rechinger, Praefatio nova, in facsimile edition 1 969, p. i-xxv. 
Stafleu, Taxon 19: 803-805. 1969. 
Greuter, Candollea 25(1): 172-173. 1970. 

608. Pugillus plantarum novarum Africae borealis Hispaniaeque australis. Geneve (Ferd. 
Ramboz et Socii) 1852. Oct. (in fours). {Pugill. pi. Afr. bot. Hispan.) 

Co-author: Georges Francois Reuter (1805- 1872). 

Publ.: Jan 1852 (p. 2), p. [i]-i34- Copies: BR, U. - Half-title on p. 3: Pugillus specierum 
novarum. The book has a cancelled title-page on p. 2 of which it is stated that publi- 
cation took place in Jan 1852. - Simultaneously published in Bibl. univers. Geneve, 
Jan 1852. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 189; Kew 1 : 285; PR 946; IDC 5854. 

Reichenbach fil., Bot. Zeit. 10: 565-568, 589-592, 606-610. 1852. 

609. Centuria Euphorbiarum . . . Aprili i860. Leipzig (B. Hermann), Paris (J. B. Bail- 
liere) i860. Small Qu. (Cent. Euphorb.) 

258 



BOISSIEU 

PubL: Apr i860 (t.p.), p. [i]-4o. Copies: BR, U. 

Ref.: BM 1 : 189; Jackson p. 131 ; Kew 1 : 285; Langman p. 146; MW p. 47; IDC 426. 

610. Icones Euphorbiarum ou figures de cent vingt-deux especes du genre Euphorbia 
dessinees et gravees par Heyland avec des considerations sur la classification et la 
distribution geographique des plantes de ce genre. Paris (Victor Masson et fils) 1866. 
Fol. {Icon. Euphorb.) 

PubL : early 1866 - p. [i]-24, pi. 1-120, 3ibis, ^.obis (uncoloured lithographs by Heyland). 
The first plates were produced by Masson in Paris, but the stock was acquired by 
Georg in Geneve. The book is cited well in advance of publication in the Prodromus 
of de Candolle because Heyland's plates were prepared over a number of years. 
Copy: U. 

Ref.: BM 1: 189; GF p. 51; Kew 1: 285; MW p. 47; NI 189; PR 948; IDG 5440. 
Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 57. 1940. 
Candolle, Prodromus 15: 3. 188. 

611. Flora orientalis sive enumeratio plantarum in Oriente a Graecia et Aegypto ad 
Indiae fines hucusque observatarum. Basel, Geneve (H. Georg) 1867- 1888, 6 vols. Oct. 
(Fl. orient.) 

PubL: The supplement contains a statement by Christ on the dates of publication 
(p. xxvi-xxvii). 



vol. part 


pages 


dates 


1 


[i*-iii*], [i]-xxxiv, [i]-ioi7 


Apr-Jun 1867 


2 


[i-iii], [i]-H59 


Dec 1872 or Jan 1873 


3 


[i-iii], [i]-i033 


Sep-Oct 1875 


4 1 


[i]-28o 


Sep-Oct 1875 


2 


[i-iii], 281-1276 


Apr-Mai 1879 


5 1 


[O-428 


Jul 1882 


2 


[i-iii], [ 4 2 9 ]-868 


Apr 1884 


Suppl. 


[i*-iii*], [i]-xxxiii, [i]-466 






7 pi. (portr.) 


Oct 1888 



Imprints: vol. 1 : Basel, Geneve (all: H. Georg); vols 2, 3, 4, 5, suppl.: Geneve, Basel, 

Lyon (all: H. Georg) 
Supplement published by R. Buser (Christ's account of Rosa p. 201-230, was publ. 

Feb. fide Crepin, Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 27: 97. 1888). Copies: BR, U. 
Facsimile editions: 1963/4 Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.), 1975 Amsterdam (A. Asher & 

Co.), ISBN 90-61 23-203-1. Copy: FAS. 
Ref.: BFM 1544; BM 1: 189; Jackson p. 378; Kew 1: 285; PR 949; TR 148; IDC 2250. 

Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 26: 223-231. 1868. 

Drude, Isis, Dresden 1886(5): [7 p.] 

Chodat, Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 28: 24-38. 1937. 

Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 57. 1940. 

Davis, Kew Bull. 1949: 426. 

Stafleu, Taxon 12: 355. 1963, 24: 526. 1975. 

612. Plantarum orientalium novarum decas prima [secunda'] ex Florae Orientalis volumine 

tertio mox edituro excerpta. Geneve (H. Georg) 1875. Oct. (PL orient, nov.) 

Decas prima: 8 Feb 1875 (t.p.; copies sent to Kew 9 Feb), p. [i]-8. Copies: BR, NY, 

USDA. 
Decas secunda: 20 Feb 1875 (t.p.), p. [i]-g. Copies: NY, USDA. 
Ref. : Jackson p. 378; Kew 1 : 285. 

Briquet, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 58. 1940. 

Boissieu, Claude Victor de (1784- 1868), French painter, engraver, and botanist. 

(Boissieu) . 

herbarium and types : Unknown (the herbarium at STR is that of Henri de Boissieu) . 

259 



BOISSIEU 



bibliography and biography: Barnhart i : 21 1, 381 : il 

NI 191; Plesch p. 147; PR 951. 

Magnin, Ann. Soc. bot. Lyon 31 : 57-58. 1906. 



); Jackson p. 226; Kew 1 : 285; 



613. Flore a" 'Europe, contenant les details de la floraison et de la fructification des genres 
europeens, et une ou plusieurs especes de chacun de ces genres, dessines et graves 
d'apres nature; par C. V. de Boissieu. On y a joint l'indication de la classe, de l'ordre, 
et le caractere essentiel du genre d'apres Linne; sa classification d'apres la methode 
naturelle de Jussieu ; des observations sur les analogies de quelques genres et les irre- 
gularites de quelques especes; un sommaire exact des connoissances acquises sur toutes 
les plantes qui forment ce recueil, etc. Lyon (Bruyset aine et Buynand) 1805- 1807, 
3 vols., Oct. and Qu. f (Fl. Europe). 

Publ. : A quarto copy in original covers at NY shows the following division (dates based 
onJTandJGLF): 



vol. livr. pages 



plates 



dates 



1 1 [i*], [i]-xvi 263, 279, 313, 314, 349, 354, 357, 386, 389, 393, 30 Jan 1805 

404, 409, 412, 413, 418, 419, 448, 474, 478. 

2 284, 318, 321, 322, 337, 351, 369, 377, 383, 417, Mar 1 805 

439, 440, 472, 473, 477, 493, 494, 508, 537, 553- 

3 136, 142, 143, 145, 201, 254, 281, 283, 333, 368, Mai 1805 
372, 375, 4 01 , 406, 496, 566, 569, 570, 602, 643. 

4 122, 144, 153, 155, 159, 182, 217, 228, 238, 239, Jul 1805 
249, 252, 257, 356, 376, 416, 421, 486, 546, 571. 

5 108, 118, 121, 236, 262, 271, 290, 309, 310, 319, Jul 1805 
380, 423, 441, 447, 449, 455, 471, 484, 551, 630. 

p. 4 cover: ind. 132, 185, 216, 221, 247, 251, 276, 287, 298, 328, 29 Nov 1805 

2 6 [i] 355,360,422,429,433,445,456,616,613,660. 

7 I2 9, J 34, 137, H9, 235, 237, 273, 278, 282, 289, 7 Feb 1806 
305, 317, 320, 323, 325, 326, 327, 460, 505, 585. (cover : 1 805) 

8 58, 75, 76, 93, 193, 253, 256, 335, 342, 385, 39°, 8 Mar 1 806 
403, 464, 469, 499, 502, 592, 600, 618, 641. (cover: 1805) 

9 3, 70, 135, 138, I4 1 , 265, 315, 358, 392, 432, 1 6 Jul 1 806 
475, 489, 509, 525, 54i, 5%, 567, 572, 622, 625. (cover : 1 805) 

10 90, 103, 128, 133, 206, 210, 222, 226, 285, 430, Dec 1806 

512, 534, 535, 542, 550, 601, 613, 629, 632, 650. (cover : 1 805) 

3 11 [i] 12, 23, 25, 30, 32, 33, 74, 104, 105, no, 112, 24 Jan 1807 

116, 177, 223, 225, 331, 352, 394, 397, 559. (cover : 1 806) 

12 2,5, 69, 77, 78, 79, 100, i29{?) , 148, 181, 203, 1 3 Jul 1 807 

204, 231, 244, 348, 353, 391, 446, 658. (cover : 1 807) 

Copies: B, G, L, NY. 

Issues: (1) "grand raisin fin" octavo; copies: B, L. 

(2) "grand raisin superfin" octavo. 

(3) "papier velin," quarto; copy: NY. 

The plates are usually arranged in numerical order. There are three engraved t.p.'s 
(by J. J. de Boissieu). The original plan was to issue 600-700 plates in volumes of 100 
plates. The plates are uncoloured copper engravings. 

The title given above is that of the engraved title pages. The covers had in addition: 
"Ouvrage destine a servir de supplement a tous des livres el^mentaires de botanique, a 
toutes les descriptions, a toutes les flores particulieres de tous les pays de 1' Europe, et 
a l'aide duquel on peut facilement acquerir la connaissance d'un grand nombre de 
plantes et une parfaite intelligence du language botanique." - PR reports the presence of 
all 660 plates in the Delessert library (now Institut de France) . Each plate is accom- 
panied by 1 or 2 pages of text. - Magnin states that, although the Flore a" Europe carries 
Boissieu's name, it was the work of several collaborators: Auger, Dujat d'Amberieu, 
Hubert de Saint-Didier, and Dumarche. 

Ref.: BM 1: 189; Jackson p. 226; Kew 1: 285; NI 191; Plesch p. 147-148; PR 951; 
SO add. 785c; IDG 5855. 

260 > 



BOJER 

Magnin, Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 31 : 57. 1906. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 60. 1975 (sold at £ 260). 

Boissieu, Henri de (1871-1912), French botanist. (H. Boissieu). 

herbarium and types : STR. 
Ref.-.IH 1 (ed. 6): 356, 2:83. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1: 211; CSP 13: 654 ; Kew 1 : 285 ; MW p. 47. 
Zeiller and Hua, Bull. Soc. bot. France 59: 465, 673-680. 1922 (bibl.) 
Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prel. 35. 1944. 
Reed, Bibl. Fl. S. E. Asia 16. 1969. 

composite works: Lecomte, Fl. Indochine, Violaceae 1(2): 206-208. Oct 1908, 1(3): 209- 
218. Mai 1909. 

Boivin, Louis Hyacinthe (1808- 1852), French botanist and plant collector, especially 
active on the islands in the Indian Ocean {Boivin). 

herbarium and types: major part of the collections in P and PC, duplicates in many 
herbaria. Boivin offered plants for sale, e.g. "Boivin, pi. ins. Borboniae" see Bonplandia 
6: 342. 1858. 
Re/.: IH2: 83. 

Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. 

Hedge and Lamond, Ind. coll. Edinburgh 61. 1970. 

Hepper and Neate, PL coll. W. Africa 11. 1971. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3) : 293. 1975. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(2): 282 ; Barnhart i: 212; CSP 7: 208. 

Duchartre, Rev. bot. 1: 478-479. 1846. 

Anon., Flora 36: 600. 7 Oct 1853. 

Jaubert, Bull. Soc. bot. France 1: 225-239. 1854. 

eponymy: Bivinia [sic] Jaubert ex L. R. Tulasne (1857); Boivinella (Pierre ex Baillon) 
Aubreville & Pellegrin (1958); Boivinella A. Camus (1925); Neoboivinella AubreVille & 
Pellegrin (1959). 

handwriting: Monogr. biol. Canar. 4: 32. 1973 {fig. 16). 

Bojer, Wenceslas (Wenzel) (1797- 1856), Czeck born naturalist and explorer who 
settled on Mauiitius; director of the botanical garden at Port Louis. {Bojer). 

herbarium and types: P and W; duplicates e.g. at BM, G, K (see IH). 
Ref.: IH2: 83. 

Candolle, Phytographie 397. 1880. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index coll. Edinburgh 61. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 212; BB p. 37; BM 1 : 189; CSP 1 : 463, 9: 

284; Kew 1 : 287; PR 940. 

Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 3: 446-447. 1856; Flora 39: 767. 1856, 40: 768. 1857. 

J. M. ex Hooker, Bull. Soc. bot. France 3: 446. 1856. 

Hooker, Kew J. Bot. 8: 312-317. 1856. 

Seemann, Bonplandia 4: 381-382. 1856. 

Anon., Bonplandia 6: 333. 1858. 

Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 116-117. 1904. 

Poisson, Bull. Acad. Malgache, Tananarive ser. 2. 29: 113-118. 1949/50 (bibl.) 

Vaughan, Proc. Roy. Soc. Art. Sci. Mauritius 2(1): 73-98. 1958 (bibl.) 

eponymy: Bojeria A. P. de Candolle (1836); Bojeria Rafinesque (1838). 

261 



BOJER 

614. Hortus mauritianus ou Enumeration des plantes, exotiques et indigenes, qui croissent 
a l'ile Maurice, disposees d'apres la methode naturelle. Mauritius (Aime - Mamarot et 
Compagnie) 1837. Oct. {Hortus maurit.) 

PubL: 1837, p. [i]-vi, [i]-456. - Most new names are nomina nuda. Copy at Biohistorical 

Institute, Utrecht. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 189; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 353, 448. 

Poisson, Bull. trim. Acad. Malgache ser. 2. 29: 113-118. 1949/50. 

Bolander, Henry Nicholas (1832- 1897), German born American botanist, "State 
botanist for California" for many yeais. (Boland.) 

herbarium and types: GH, duplicates in many herbaria e.g. DS, FH (lichens) and UC, 
see IH. Bolander specimens are included in Sullivant and Lesquereux, Musci boreali 
Americana. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 83. 

Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 270, 285, 294. 1916. 

Sayre, Mem. New York bot. Gard. 19(3) : 293-294. 1975. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 212; CSP 9: 284; GR p. 64. 

Jepson, Erythea 6: 100-107. 1898. 

Purdy, Madrono 2: 33-34. 1931. 

Rodgers, John Torrey 336. 1942. 

Rodgers, Amer. Botany 1873- 1892 p. 324. 1944. 

Howell, Marin flora 31. 1949. 

Thomas, Contr. Dudley Herb. 5(6): 149. 1961. 

Ewan, in A century of progress in the natural sciences 44. 1955. 

eponymy: Bolandra [sic] A. Gray (1868). 

615. A catalogue of the plants growing in the vicinity of San Francisco. San Francisco (A. 
Roman & Co.) 1870. Qu. (Cat.pl. San Francisco) . 

PubL: 1870, p. [i]-43- Copy: NY. 

Ref. : Ascherson, Bot. Zeit. 29: 393-394. 9 Jun 1871. 

Boldingh, Isaac (1879- 1938), Dutch botanist who worked on the flora of the Nether- 
lands West Indies. (Boldingh). 

herbarium and types: Original West Indian collections: U. 
Ref: IH2: 83. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 213; BL 1 : 228; BM 6: 105; Kew 1 : 288; 

Langman p. 146. 

Sirks, Ind. Natuurond. 296 [index]. 191 5. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 646. 1936. 

Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. males ser. 1. 1: 69-70. 1950 (portr.) 

616. The flora of the Dutch West Indian Islands St. Eustatius, Saba and St. Martin. Proef- 
schrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de plant- en dierkunde aan de 
Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht, op gezag van den Rector Magnificus Dr. Jan de Vries . . . 
te verdedigen op Donderdag 1 juli 1 909, des namiddags te 4 uren door Isaac Boldingh, 
geboren te Purmerend. Leiden (E.J. Brill) igog[-i9i2]. Oct. (Fl. Dutch W. Ind. Is.) 
Vol. 1 : came out as the author's thesis with the above title page, on 1 Jul 1909, p. [i]-xiii 

[dutch part of dissertation], [i]-xii, [1, p. half title], [i]-32i, 3 maps. Oct. Copy: U. 
The xiii pages of the dutch preface were followed by the title pages of the English 
text: 

[ii] : The Flora of the Dutch West Indian Islands. First volume St. Eustatius, Saba and 
St. Martin. Leiden 1909. 

[iii] : The Flora of St. Eustatius, Saba and St. Martin. Leiden 1 909. 
Vol. 2: Feb-Mar 1914 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1914), p. [i-ii blank], [iii]-xiv, [1 p. half title], 
[i]-ig7, pi. i-g, map; Oct.: preface p. xi '1931.' Copy: U. 

262 



There were 2 title pages : 

[iv] : The flora of the Dutch West Indian Islands. Second volume Curagao, Aruba and 
Bonaire. Leiden 19 14. 

[v]: The flora of Curagao, Aruba and Bonaire. Published by the aid of "Het Provinciaal 
Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen." Leiden 1914. 
Ref: BL 1 : 228; BM 6: 105; Kew 1 : 288; Langman p. 146; Plesch p. 148. 

617. Flora voor de Nederlandsch West-Indische eilanden. Amsterdam (J. H. de Bussy) 191 3. 
Oct. (Fl. Med. W. Ind. eil.) 

Publ.: Nov 1913 (date on original cover), "Koloniaal Instituut Amsterdam, Derde uit- 
gave van het Van Eedenfonds," p. [i]-xx, [i]~449, [450]. Copy: U. 

Ref.: BL 1: 228; BM 6: 105; Kew 1: 288. 
Rogerson, NAF ser. 2. 4: 41. 1965. 

618. Catalogus herbarii plantarum in horto bogoriensi cultarum. Editio 19 14. [head line:] 
Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. Batavia [Djakarta] (G. Kolff & Co.) 1914. Oct. {Cat. 
herb, bogor.) 

Publ.: Aug-Dec 1914 (preface p. 4: Aug 1914), p. [i], [i]-i79, [(OK 11 )* [i]-lxvi, map. 

Copy: U. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 288. 

619. ^akflora voor de landbouwstreken op Java . . . Uitgegeven door het Nederlandsch- 
Indisch Landbouw Syndicaat bij gelegenheid van het Algemeen Nederlandsch-Indisch 
Bodemcongres, gehouden te Djokjakarta October 191 6. Batavia [Djakarta] 1916. Oct. 
{Z a hfl- Java) . 

Publ.: Oct 1916 (t.p.), p. [i]-xvii, 1-204. Copy: U. 
Ref : Kew 1 : 288. 

Boll, Ernst Friedrich August (181 7-1868) (sic, not 1867), German botanist at 

Neubrandenburg (Mecklenburg). {Boll). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography : ADB 3 : 108; Barnhart 1 : 2 1 3 ; BFM 97 : BM 1 : 1 90- 191; 

CSP 1: 465-466, 6: 595-596, 7: 209-210, 12: 90; GR p. 64; Kew 1: 289; LS 3251; 

PR 958; Quenstedt p. 46. 

Ascherson, Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1 : 2. i860. 

Boll, Fl. Meklenburg 149. i860 (bibl.) 

Boll, F. C., Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Meklenburg 22: 1-34. 1869. 

Fischer-Benzon in Prahl, Krit. Fl. Prov. Schleswig-Holstein 2:11. 1890. 

620. Flora von Meklenburg in geographischer, geschichtlicher, systematischer, statistischer 
u.s.w. Hinsicht geschildert. Neubrandenburg (C. Briinslow) i860. Oct. {Fl. Meklenb.) 
Publ.: Jan-Jun i860, [i-iv], [^-404, [2, ind.]. Copies: B, BR, NY. - Reprinted from 

Archiv Freunde der Naturgesch. Meklenburg 14, i860. A 'Nachtrag' followed in vol. 
J 8: 95 -I 38- The book was preceded by Flora von Meklenburg-Strelitz, nebst Beitragen 
zur gesammten Meklenburgischen Flora, 146 p., [Neubrandenburg 1849], in the 
same Archiv, vol. 3, 1849. 3. Nachtrag, Neubrandenburg i865(?) (Flora 48: 158. 
29 Mar 1865). 
to/.: BFM p. 97; BM 1: 190-191 ; LS 3251 ; PR 958. 
Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 18: 280. 3 Aug i860. 

Bolle, Carl [Karl] August (1 821- 1909), German dendrologist and ornithologist at 
Berlin, industrious plant collector. {Bolle). 

herbarium and types: B. - For duplicates see IH (in part as Herbarium atlanticum). 
Ref: AG 5(1): 419; IH 2: 83; Saccardo 2: 20. 

Parlatore, Coll. bot. Florence 17-18. 1874. 

Candolle, Phytographie 398. 1880. 

Urban, Gesch. Berlin-Dahlem 295, 331. 1916. 

263 



bibliography and biography: AG i : 393 [bibl.], 4: 195, 5(1) : 419; Barnhart 1 : 213; 

BL 1 : 87; BM 1 : 191, 6: 106; Bossertp. 44; CSP 1 : 466-467, 6: 591, 7: 209-210; DTS 1 : 

24, 6(4): 45, 116; IF p. 682; Kew 1: 289; Langman p. 146; LS 3256-3257; PR 960; 

Saccardo 1 : 32, 2 : 32. 

Bolle, De vegetatione alpina in Germania extra Alpes obvia. Diss, inaug. 1846 (vita). 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 120, pi. 132. 1905 (portr.) 

Anon., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 50: cxxxvi. 1909. 

Schwerin, Mitt. deut. dendrol. Ges. 1909: 341-343. 1917: 271 (portr.) 

eponymy: Bollaea Parlatore (1858). 

handwriting: Mon. biol. Canar. 4: 32, 35, figs. 15, ij. 1973. 

621. De vegetatione alpina in Germania extra Alpes obvia. Dissertatio inauguralis botanica 
quam consensu et auctoritate gratiosi medicorum ordinis in alma litterarum universitate 
Friderica Guilelma ut summi in medicina et chirurgia honores rite sibi concedantur die 
xi m. Julii a. mdcccxlvi h.l.q.s. publice defendet auctor Carolus Bolle berolinensis. 
Opponentibus E. Angern . . . H. Epenstein . . . L. Tichy. Berlin (Gustav Schade) s.d. 
[1846] Oct. (Veg. alp. German.) 

Publ: 11 Jul 1846 (t.p.), p. [i]-50, [1, theses]. Copies: B, NY (Otto Kuntze). 
Ref. : PR 960. 

Schlechtendal, Bot. Zeit. 6: 204. 10 Mar 1848. 

Bolton, James (x- 1 799) , British botanist at Halifax. (Bolton) . 

herbarium and types: No herbarium specimens known. Original drawings of ferns and 
fungi at BM; manuscript of icones fungorum at USDA. Eighteen water-colours on 
vellum at HU (see HU 742). A set of 50 watercolours is at BM: "Fifty flowers drawn 
from nature, at Halifax ..." 1785- 1787. Fol. (with mss title and preface). 
Ref.: BB p. 37; BM 1: 192; HU 742. 

Shear, Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 17: 302-307. 1933. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 214; BB p. 37; BM 1: 192; DNB 5: 327; 

IF p. 682; Jackson p. 239, 253, 344; Kew 1 : 290; LS 3294-3295; NI 194-196; PR 961- 

962. 

Crump, The Halifax naturalist 6: xlviii-liv. 1902. 

Turner, Halifax books and authors 60-61. 1906 (n.v., fide Barnhart). 

Crossland, An eighteenth century naturalist. Halifax 19 10. 

Barnhart NAF 9(6): 430. 19 16. 

Shear, Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 17: 302-307. 1932 (on the USDA mss of B's Icones 

fungorum) . 
Moorhouse, J. Bot. 79: 156-158. 1941 (on James and Thomas B.) 
Rickett, NAF 1(1): 155. 1949- 

Nissen, Illustr. Vogelbiicher 93. 1953 (Harmonia ruralis). 
Stafleu, in L'Heritier, Sertum angl. facs. ed. 1963, p. xxvii. 

eponymy: Boltonia L'Heritier de Brutelle (1789). 

622. Filices britannicae; an history of the British proper ferns. With plain and accurate 
descriptions, and new figures of all the species and varieties, taken from an immediate 
and careful inspection of the plants in their natural state, and engraved on thirty-one 
copper-plates : with the particular places noted where each species was lately gathered, 
and are at this time growing in the North of England, or on the Mountains of Wales. 
Leeds (J. Binns) [1785]. Qu. (Fil. brit.) 

Part 1: After 16 Aug 1785, (date on p. xvi; Crit. Rev. Jan 1786), p. [i]-xvi, [i]-59, 
[60-63, ind.], pi. 1-31, hand-coloured copper engravings by the author. Copy: HH. 

Part 2 : Filices . . . ferns. Part the second. With . . . species, taken . . . state, drawn of their 
natural size, and accurately enengraved. Including an appendix to the former part of 
this work, by which the whole is completed. Huddersfield (for the author by J. Brook) 
I 79°» Qu., p. [i*], [xvii]-xxii, [59*]-8i, [82, ind.]. pi. 32-46, hand-coloured copper 

264 



BOLTON" 

engravings by the author, published after 16 Oct 1790, date on p. xxii. Copy: HH. - 
Original drawings for the plates at BM. 
Ref.: BM 1: 192; Henrey 464; IF p. 682; NI 194; PR 961. 
Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 3: 220, 5: 73. 
Anon., Monthly Rev. London 76: 129-132. Feb 1787. 

623. An history of fungusses, growing about Halifax. With forty-four copper-plates; on 
which are engraved fifty-one species of agarics : Wherein their varieties, and various 
appearances in the different stages of growth, are faithfully exhibited in more than two 
hundred figures, copied with great care from the plants, when newly gathered and in a 
state of perfection. With a particular description of each species in all its stages, from 
the first appearance to the utter decay of the plant ; with the time they were gathered ; 
the soil and situation in which they grew; their duration; and the particular places 
mentioned, where all the new and rare species were found. The whole being a plain 
recital of facts, the results of more than twenty years observation. Halifax (author, sold 
by J. Milner) [vol. 1]; Huddersfield (printed for the author by J. Brook and sold by 
B. White and Son) [2, 3, app.] ; 1 788-1 791, 4 vols. Qu. {Hist.fung. Halifax). 

vol. pages plates date 

1 [i]-xvi, [i]-44, 1-43 [44] Mai 1788 
(Halifax) [2, ind.], errata slip engr. t.p. 

2 [i*], [xvii]-xxv, 45~9 2 Nov 1788 
(Huddersfield) [45J-92, [1, ind.] 

3 [i*], [xxvii]-xxxii, 93-138 179° 

(Huddersfield) 93-138, [4, ind.] (p. xxxii: 12 Dec 1789, p. 182 

'1790'; t.p. 1789) 
Appendix [i*], [xxxiii]-xlii, 139-181 Jun 1792 

(Huddersfield) 139- 181, [12, ind.] (t.p. 1791 ; p. xliii: 31 Dec 1791) 

The above analysis is based on a copy with hand coloured plates in the Stevenson 
library. There were two issues : plates coloured and plates plain (copper engravings by 
the author). Other copies: NY (plain), MICH (col.), L (vol. 3). 
Vol. 1. The additional t.p. to vol. 1, engraved and coloured, reads: "Historia fungorum 

circa Halifax sponte nascentium." 
Vol. 2, title: "... forty-eight copper plates . . . fifty-four species of fungusses, viz. the 

remainder of the Agarics, with the three succeeding genera, Boletus, Hydrum and 

Phallus : wherein their various appearances . . . ." 
Vol. 3, title: "... forty-six copper plates . . . sixty-four species of fungusses, including 

the seven following genera, viz. Clathrus, Helvella, Peziza, Clavaria, Lypoperdon, 

Sphaeria and Mucor. Wherein ... in about three hundred figures, copied . . . ." 
App. : title : "An appendix or supplement to the History . . . Halifax : by which the 

work is compleated in four volumes. Containing one hundred and eighty-two copper 

plates; on which are engraved two hundred and thirty-one species of fungusses, 

exhibited in about nine hundred figures: all drawn, engraved and coloured by the 

author. With a particular. . .." 
For the German translation see next entry. 
Ref. : BM 1: 192; Henrey p. 465; Jackson p. 253; Kew 1: 290; NI 195; PR 962. 

Rickett, NAF 1(1): 155. 1949. 

Shear, Trans, brit. mycol. Soc. 17: 302-207. 1931. 

Laplanche, Diet, iconogr. champignons 1894 (correlation with Friesian names). 

Anon., Monthly Review 1 : 460-461. Nov 1788, 8: 179-185. 1792. 

624. Jacob Boltons Geschichte der merckwilrdigsten Pilze mit 44 [48, 46, 44] illuminierten 
Kupfern Iter [-IV] Theil. Aus dem Englischen mit Anmerkungen von D. Carl Ludw. 
Willdenow. Berlin (1-3: Pauli, 4: G. Reimer) i795[-i82o], 4 vols. Oct. (Gesch. merckw. 
Pilze). 

Editor and author of notes vols. 1-3: Carl Ludwig Willdenow (1 765-1842). Idem vol. 4.: 
Christian Gottfried Daniel Nees von Esenbeck (1 776-1858) and Theodor Friedrich 
Ludwig Nees von Esenbeck (1 787-1837). 

265 



BOLTON 






vol. pages 


plates 


date 


i [i]-xii, [i]-68 


1-44 


Aug 1795 




engr. t.p. 


p. xii: 14 Mar 1795 


2 W-xvi, [i]-72 


45-92 


Jun 1797 

p. vi: 14 Dec 1796 


3 [i]-xiv, [i]-8o 


93-138 


Aug 1799 

p. iv: 8 Feb 1799 


4 [i*]» [i]-clxxx, 


139-182 


Dec 1820 


[i], [i]-8o, [38, 






ind.], [1, corr.] 







The above analysis is based on a copy with hand coloured plates in the Stevenson library. 
Copies vary in binding. Other copies: B, BR, NY. - Data based on documentation BH. 
Vol. 1, engraved t.p., as above 
Vol. 2, printed t.p. "... mit 48 ..." 
Vol. 3, printed t.p. "... mit 46 ..." 
Vol. 4, has three t.p.'s: 
a: printed. "Jacob ... Willdenow. IV Theil, Anhange und Nachtrage. Mit 44 il- 
luminierten Kupfern. Fortgesetzt und mit einer Einleitung und einer erklarenden 
Ubersicht sammtlicher Tafeln versehen von Dr. Ch. G. Nees von Esenbeck und 
Dr. Th. Fr. Ludw. Nees von Esenbeck. Berlin Bey G. Reimer 1820." 
b: printed, new t.p. for entire work, issued 1820, bound in various places: "Beschrei- 
bung der um Halifax wachsende Pilze, enthaltend 241 Pilzarten in 900 Figuren auf 
1 82 Kupfertafeln, alle von dem Verfasser . . . gegrundet von James Bolton . . . Aus 
dem Englischen mit Anmerkungen von Carl Ludwig Willdenow. Fortgesetzt . . . 
von . . . Esenbeck. Berlin . . . 1820." 
c: engraved, "Historia fungorum circa Halifax sponte nascentium tomi iv, A. Agaricus 
. . . L. Mucor." 
Ref.: BM 1 : 192; LS 3294; NI 196; PR 962. 
Barnhart, NAF 9(6) : 430. 1916. 

Bolus, Harry ( 1834-19 1 1), British born South African banker and botanist. (H. Bolus). 

herbarium and types: BOL. Other coll. e.g. BUL, GRA, NH, NU, PRE, SAM, STE 
and outside S. Africa. Exsiccatae: Herbarium austro-africanum, with Mac Owan, q v. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 84. 

Tolken, Index herb, austro-afr. 58. 197 1. 

bibliography and biography: AG 5(1) : 394; Barnhart i : 214; BB p. 37; BL 1 : 28, 54; 

BM 1 : 192-193, 6: 106; Bossert p. 44; CSP 9: 288, 12: 174, 13: 665; Kew 1 : 291. 

Pearson, S. Afr. J. Science 8: 59-79. 191 1 (portr., bibl., itineraries) 

Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 191 1: 275-277, 319-322. 

Pearson, Rep. S. Afr. Ass. Adv. Sci. 8: 59-79. 191 2 (bibl., portr.) 

Stapf, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1911/12: 42-44. 

Harloth, Fl. S. Afr. 1 : x. 191 3 (portr.) 

Verduyn de Boer, Botanists at the Cape. 1929 (portr.) 

Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 270-272. 1932 (portr.) 

White, Stapeliae 1: 105. 1937. 

Hutchinson, A botanist in Southern Africa 645. 1946. 

Lutjeharms, The life and work of Harry Bolus, Cape Town. 1965 (mimeogr.) 

Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7-8. 1968. 

Jessop, S. Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1 : 92-95. 1968. 

eponymy: Bolusafra O. Kuntze (1891); Bolusanthus Harms (1906); Bolusia Bentham 
(1873); Bolusiella Schlechter (1918); Neobolusia Schlechter (1895). 

Note: Bolusanthemnm Schwantes (1928) is dedicated to his daughter-in-law Harriet 
Margaret Louisa Bolus nee Kensit (q.v.) 

625. Icones orchidearum austro-africanarum extra-tropicarum ; or, figures with descriptions, of 

266 



BOLUS, H. M. L. 

extra-tropical South African Orchids. London (William Wesley) 1893-19 13, 3 vols. 
Oct. {Icon, orchid, austro-afric.) 



vol. part plates dates 



pages 



1 1 1-50 15 Aug 1893 [i]-yi, [1, note], l.p., [2 p. ind.] 

2 §1-100 20 Aug 1896 [i-iii]> 1-P-j [3 P- ind.], app. [2]p., preface and 

t.p. to vol. 1 [viii]p. 

2 1 1-100 Apr-Jun 191 1 [i-vi], 1-P- [3 P- ind.]; page iv: Apr 191 1, Nat. 

Nov. Nov 191 1, BR inscr. 15 Jun 191 1. 

3 1 1-100 191 3 [i-v], l.p.; page v: 12 Feb 1913, Nat. Nov. 

Dec 1913. 

The plates are accompanied by one or two pages letterpress. Copies: BR, HH. - 36 plates 
of vol. 3 were first published by H. Bolus in his "Orchids of the Cape Peninsula," Trans. 
South Afr. Philosoph. Soc. 5(1) : 75-200. 1888. The 300 (partly) coloured plates are by 
H. Bolus and F. Bolus. F. Bolus edited the third volume; preface by H. M. L. Bolus. - 
Portrait as frontispiece to vol. 2. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 193, 6: 106; Kew 1 : 291; NI 197. 
Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7. 1968. 

Bolus, Harriet Margaret Louisa (nee Kensit) (1877- 1970), South African botanist, 
daughter-in-law of Harry Bolus. {L. Bolus) . 

herbarium and types : BOL, other material BM, GRA, NBG, PRE, SAM. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 82. 

Tolken, Index herb, austro-afr. 1971. 

bibliography and biography : Barnhart 1:214; BL 1 : 28, 54 ; BM 6 : 1 06 ; Bossert p. 44 ; 

Kew 1 : 291 ; Langman p. 391. 

Anon., Flowering plants South Africa 23. 1943 (portr.) 

Herre, Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 12(1): 1-3. 1961 (portr.) 

E.G.H.O., Forum botanicum 8: 68-69. I 97° (Died at Cape Town on 5 Apr 1970. Harry 

Bolus was her uncle and father-in-law). 
Levyns andjessop, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 319-330. 1970 (bibl.) 
Herre, Kakt. Sukk. 21 : 139, 170, also in The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 46- 

47. 1 97 1 (poitr.) 
Glen, Aloe 13(3): 84, 87. 1975 (portr.) 



eponymy: Bolusanthemum Schwantes (1928). 
name Bolus, cf. supra, sub Harry Bolus. 



Note: For other eponyms based on the 



626. Notes on Mesembryanthemum and allied genera. Cape Town 1928- 1958. Oct. {Notes 
Mesembryanthemum) . 

Part I: 1 Jul 1928 (reprinted from articles appearing in S. A. Garden & Country Life 
August-December, 1927), reprint 1928 (156 pp.) 



Part II: 



pages 



dates 



pages 



dates 



pages 



dates 



1-16 


9 Nov 1928 


147-160 


22 Nov 1929 


309-336 


29 Jan 1932 


17-32 


21 Dec 1928 


161-176 


20 Feb 1930 


337-356 


24 Jun 1932 


33-48 


24jan 1929 


177-192 


9 Mai 1930 


357-376 


6 Dec 1932 


49-64 


12 Apr 1929 


193-208 


15 Aug 1930 


377-396 


19 Mai 1933 


65-80 


3 Mai 1929 


209-224 


12 Nov 1930 


397-4i6 


16 Oct 1933 


81-94 


6 Jun 1929 


225-244 


12 Feb 1 93 1 


417-436 


26 Jan 1934 


95-110 


4Jul 1929 


245-268 


1 Mai 1 93 1 


437-452 


23 Mai 1934 


1 11-129 


16 Aug 1929 


269-292 


3>1 1931 


453-472 


17 Aug 1934 


131-146 


4 Nov 1929 


293-308 


24 Sep 1 93 1 


473-508 


11 Feb 1935 



267 



BOLUS, H. M. L. 

Part HI: 



pages 



dates pages dates pages dates 



1-20 5 Feb 1936 79" XI 4 12 Aug 1937 189-236 25 Aug 1950 

21-44 31 Jul 1936 115-138 24Mari938 237-288 30 Aug 1954 

45-78 i4Jan 1937 I39" l8 8 20 Jul 1939 289-417 30 Apr 1958 

Copy: U. 

Ref. : Kew 1: 291. 

Jessop, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 327-329- I 97°- 

O'Connor Fenton, Taxon 22: 323. 1973. 

Bommer, [Mme] Elisa Caroline, nee Destree (x-1910), Belgian botanist, wife of 
J. E. Bommer. (E. Bommer). 

herbarium and types: BR. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: GR p. 689. 

Rousseau, Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. Belg. 47: 256-261. 1910 (portr.) 

eponymy: Bommerella Marchal (1885). 

Note: Bommeria Fournier (1877) is probably dedicated to her husband Joseph Edouard 

Bommer (1829- 1895), ( l- v - 

627. Catalogue des champignons observes aux environs de Bruxelles. Gent (C. Annoot Braeck- 
man) 1879. Oct. {Cat. champ. Bruxelles). 

Co-author: Mariette Rousseau. 

Buhl.: 1879 (Nat. Nov. Nov 1879), p. [i-iii], [6i]-2ig. Copy: Stevenson. - Reprinted 
with special h.t. and t.p. from Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. Belg. 18(1) : 61-219. 1879. 

628. Flore mycologique des environs de Bruxelles. Gent (G. Annoot-Braeckman, Ad. Hoste) 
1884. Oct. (Fl. mycol. Bruxelles). 

Co-author: Mariette Rousseau. 

Publ.: early 1885 (Hedwigia Mai-Jun 1885, Nat. Nov. Aug 1885), p. [i]-353, [i, err.]. 

Copies: MICH, Stevenson. T.p. 1884 but some sheets dated 1885. - Originally 

published M6m. Soc. roy. Bot. Belg. 23(1). 1884 (p. 13-365). 

629. Expedition antarctique Beige. Resultats du voyage du S.T. Belgica en 1897- 1898- 1899 
sous le commandement de A. de Gerlache de Gomery. Rapports scientifiques publies aux 
frais du gouvernement beige, sous la direction de la commission de la Belgica. Botanique 
champignons par Mmes. E. Bommer et M. Rousseau. Antwerpen (J. E. Buschmann) 1905. 
Qu. {Result, voy. Belgica, champ.) 

Co-author: Mariette Rousseau. 

Publ: 1905, after 1 Apr (p. [2]; Nat. Nov. Dec 1905), p. [i~\-i^,pl. 1-5. Copy: Stevenson. 

Bommer, Joseph (Jean) Edouard (1829- 1895), Belgian pteridologist at Bruxelles. {J. 

Bommer) . 

herbarium and types: BR, dupl. K, L. An unpublished manuscript on Adiantum is at 
US. Copy: BR. 
Ref.: IH2: 84. 

Morton, Amer. Fern. J. 61(2): 70-71. 1971. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1:215 (Joseph Edouard) ; BM 1 : 193; CSP 1 : 

470, 7 : 2 1 4, 1 2 : 99, 1 3 : 668 ; IF p. 682 ; Jackson p. 1 50, 4 1 7, 502 ; Kew 1:292; Langman 

p. 147. 

Cre^pin, Manuel lxv, lxix. i860. 

Cr^pin, Guide 431. 1878. 

De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. Beige Microscop. 21 : 68-69. 1894. 

268 



Errera, Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. Beige 34: 7-21. 1895 (portr., bibl., as Jean-Edouard) . 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 87. 1903 (Jean Edouard), 3(3): 73. 1905. 
Morton, Amer. Fern J. 61(2): 70-71. 1971. 

eponymy: Bommeria Fournier (1877) is probably dedicated to Joseph Edouard; Bom- 
merella Marchal (1885) is dedicated to his wife Elisa Caroline Bommer nee Destine. 

630. Monographic de la classe des fougeres, . . . classification. (Accompagnee de six plan- 
ches). Bruxelles (Mayolez), Paris (P. Savy) 1867. Oct. (Monogr. foug.) 

PubL: 1867 (ante Nov), p. [i]-I07, pi. 1-6. Copy: BR. - Originally published Bull. Soc. 
roy. Bot. Belg. 5: 273-364. 6 pi. 1866 (seance du 2 Decembre 1866, obviously pub- 
lished 1867), reprint dated 1867, with independent pagination, reviewed by Milde in 
Hedwigia Nov 1867. 

Ref : BM 1: 193; Jackson p. 150; Kew 1: 292; PR 963; IDC 7164. 
Milde, Hedwigia 6(11) : 161-163. 1867. 
Kuhn, Bot. Zeit. 25: 415-416. 1867. 

631. Sclerotes et cordons myceliens. Bruxelles (F. Hayez) 1894. Qu. {Sclerotes cordons mycel.) 
PubL: 1894 (cover), cover p. 1 with imprint, p. [i]-ii6, pi. 1-4. Copy: Stevenson. - 

Originally published as Mem. Cour. Sav. etrangers no. 54, presented 15 Dec 1893. 

Bonati, Gustave Henri (1873-1927), French botanist and pharmacist. {Bonati). 

herbarium and types: LA (fide GR) ; material at BM, BO, G, L, LAU, NSW, P, US, 
W. The New Caledonian plants distributed by Bonati were collected by Isadore Franc. 
Ref.: GRp. 307; IH 2: 84. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 294. 1975. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 215; BL 2: 156; GR p. 307; Kew 1 : 292; 

Langman p. 147; LS 31356; MW p. 48. 

Beauverd, Bull. Soc. bot. Geneve ser. 2. 19: 366-368. 1927 (bibl.) 

Fron, Bull. Soc. bot. France 74: 140. 1927. 

Gagnepain, Fl. Indochine, tome prel. 36. 1944. 

Reed, Bibl. Fl. S.E. Asia 16. 1969. 

composite works : Lecomte, Fl. Indochine, Primulaceae 3 (6) : 753-764, ,/z£. 85. Feb 1930; 
Solanaceae 4(3) : 3 1 3-336, fig. 38-39. Sep 1915, 4(4): 337-341. Jan 1927; Scrophularia- 
ceae 4(4): 341-461,^. 40-50. Jan 1927. 

eponymy: Bonatia Schlechter & K. Krause (1908). 

Bonato, Giuseppe Antonio (1753- 1836). Italian botanist, professor of botany at 
Padua. [Bonato). 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 215; BM 1: 195; Bossert p. 411; CSP 1: 
476; Kew 1: 292; LS 3320-3321; PR 968-970; Saccardo 1: 33, 2: 21 (B. died 22 Jun 
1836 at Padova of the cholera; gives also further references to biographies), Saccardo, 
Cronologia p. xvii. 
Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 14. 1906. 

eponymy: Bonatea [sic] Willdenow (1805). 

632. Pisaura automorpha e Coreopsis formosa piante nuove publicate da Giuseppe Antonio 
Bonato. Padova (Giovambattista Penada, e figli) 1793- Oct. {Pisaura automorpha e 
Coreopsis formosa) . 

PubL: Sep-Oct 1793 (BH), p. [i]-xxvii, pi. 1-2. Copy: G. 
Ref. : Kew 1 : 292 ; PR 968. 

Roemer, Neues Mag. Bot. 1: 285-287. Apr-Sep 1794. 

269 



BONDAM 

Bondam, Rutger (18 17-1896), Dutch botanist at Kampen. {Bondam). 

herbarium and types : L, NBV. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 216; BL 2: 430, 438; BM 1: 195; Bossert 
p.44;CSP 1:479,7:214, i3:669;JW 1:439. 
Suringar, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 3. 1: 151. 1896. 

633. Flora campensis. Naamlijst der zigtbaar bloeijende planten, welke in de omstreken 
van Kampen, in het wild groeijende, gevonden worden (volgens de natuurlijke rang- 
schikking). Kampen (G. C.J. Fels) 1845. Oct. (Fl. camp.) 

Ed. /: Jul-Dec 1845 (p. iii: Mai 1845), p. [i-vi], [i]-39- Copy: L. 

Ed. 2: with W. G. Top Jz., Kampen (Gebroeders Fels). Qu., Sep-Dec 1849 (p. [4] : Sep 

1849), p. [i]-54, [1, err.]. Copies: L, U. 
Re/.: BL 2: 438; BM 1: 195. 

Molkenboer, Alg. Konst- Letterbode 1846(1), Jan 1846, 3 p. 

Bondam, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 1: 159-162. 1847 (additions). 

Oudemans, Ned. kruidk. Arch. ser. 2. 2: 252-254. 1857. 

Bonelli, Giorgio (1724-1782), Italian botanist. (Bonelli). 

herbarium and types: in the Liberato Sabbati herbaria. The Hortus Romanus was 
mainly Sabbati's work, but in which of his six different herbaria (in various libraries at 
Rome, see Saccardo) the Hortus romanus plants are preserved, if at all, is unknown to 
us. - Correspondence with Allioni at Torino. 
Ref. : Saccardo 1 : 34, 2:21. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 216; BM 1 : 195; Jackson 320, 437; Kew 1 : 

295; Langman p. 148; Saccardo 1: 34, 2: 21. 

Du Petit Thouars, Biogr. univ. 4: 439. 

Blunt, The art of botanical illustration 168. 1950. 

eponymy: Bonellia Bertero ex Colla (1824). 

634. Hortus romanus juxta systema Tournefortianum paulo strictius distributus a Georgio 
Bonelli . . . specierum nomina suppeditante, praestantiorum, quas ipse selegit, adum- 
brationem dirigente Liberato Sabbati. Roma (Bouchard et Gravier) 1 772-1 793, 8 vols. 
Broadsheet. (Hort. rom.) 

Publ. : 800 hand-coloured plates. Bonelli contributed only a short text to volume 1 . The 
remaining volumes were edited by N. Martelli, but the book was actually the work of 
Liberato and Constantino Sabbati. NI saw the original prospectus (at Heidelberg) : 
300 copies were to be printed, of which only some were to be coloured. It is not likely 
that this number was actually reached, certainly not for the later volumes (vols. 6-8 
are very scarce). Copies: HU (1-5), MO (1-8), NY (2-4). - 100, invariably poor and 
crude, plates per volumes; vol. 1 has an extra plate depicting the garden, vols 1, 2, 3, 
4, 6 have each a portrait. See HU for further details. 

Ref. : BM 1: 196; DU 45; GF p. 51; HU 629; Jackson p. 320, 437; Kew 1: 295; Lang- 
man p. 148; NI 200; Plesch p. 148; PR 976; Saccardo 1 : 34, 2:21, 94. 
O., Diet. Sci. m6d., Biogr. med. 2: 363. 1820. 
Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 62-63. 1975 (sold at £ 7500). 

Bongard, August Gustav Heinrich (1786- 1839), German botanist who travelled in 
Russia and Siberia and settled in St. Petersburg. (Bong.) 

herbarium and types: LE, duplicates in various herbaria. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 85. 

Candolle, Phytographie 398. 1880. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 217; BL 1 : 290; BM 1 : 196; CSP 1 : 480- 
481, 7: 214; Kew 1 : 295; MW 1 : 48-49; PR 977"978. 

270 



BONNER 

Anon., Flora 23: 208. 1840. 

Lindemann, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou. 59(1): 279. 1884. 

note: Most papers are signed H. G. Bongard, some others G. H. Bongard. 

eponymy: Bongardia C. A. Meyer (1831). 

handwriting: Lipschitz and Vasilczenko, Central herb. U.S.S.R. 92, 93. 1968. 

635. Verzeichniss der im Jahre 1838 am Saisang-nor und am Irtysch gesammelten Pflanzen. Ein 
zweites Supplement zur Flora altaica. Angefangen von Dr. G. H. Bongard, beendigt von 
Dr. C. A. Meyer. Mit 16 lithographirten Tafeln. St. Petersburg (Akad. Wissenschaften) 
1 84 1. Qu. (Verz. Saisang-nor PJt.) 

Co-author: Carl Anton [Andreevich von] Meyer (1795- 1855). 

Publ.: 1841, p. [i], [i]-90, pi. 1-16. Copy: G. - Preprinted from Mem. Acad. Sci. St. 

Petersbourg ser. 6. 4: 157-246. 1845. 
Zfc/-.:PR 9 78;TR 150. 

Bonnemaison, Theophile (1773- 1829), French pharmacist and naturalist. (Bonnem.) 

herbarium and types: Bibliotheque municipale, Quimper, France; duplicates at L 

and PC. 

Ref. : IH 2 : 85. 

Dixon, Brit, phycol. Bull. 1(7): 35-42. 1959, 3(2): 216-217. 1967. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 217; CSP 1 : 483. 
Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France 201. 1954. 
Dixon, Brit, phycol. Bull. 3(2): 216-217. 1967. 

eponymy: Bonnemaisonia C. A. Agardh (1822). 

636. Essai d'une classification des hydrophytes loculees, ou plantes marines articulees qui 
croissent en France, in J. Phys. Chimie Hist. Nat. Arts 94(3) : 138-148, 94(4) : 174-203. 
1822. (Essai class, hydroph.) 

Publ.: 94(3): 138-148. Mar 1828, 94(4): 174-203. Apr 1828. Copy: UC. 

637. Essai sur les hydrophytes loculees (ou articulees) de la famille des Epidermees et des 
Ceramiees, in M£m. Mus. Hist, nat., Paris, 16: 4.9-14.8. pi. 3-8. 1828. (Essai hydroph.) 
Publ.: Apr-Jun 1828. 

Bonner, Charles Edmond Bradlaugh (1915-x), English cryptogamist. (Bonner). 

herbarium and types: mainly at G; the plants from Vaud collected before 1940 at 
LAU; holotypes of the "Bryoflora of the Atolls of micronesia" in the private herbarium 
of Harvey A. Miller. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 85. 

bibliography and biography: BFM 964; Bossert p. 45; MW p. 27; Kew 1 : 296. 

eponymy: Bonneria M. Fulford & J. Taylor (1961). 

638. Index hepaticarum. Weinheim/Lehre (J. Cramer) 1962-x. Oct. (Index hepat.) 
Publ. : Six parts have so far been published : 

1. Plagiochila 1962 (Taxon 11 : 205. 3 Aug 1962). 

2. Achiton-Balantiopsis 1962, Nov. (Taxon 12: 171. 7 Jun 1963). 

3. Barbilophozia-Ceranthus 1963, Feb (Taxon 12: 171. 7 Jun 1963). 

4. Ceratolejeunia-Cystolejeunia 1963. 

5. Delavayella-Geothallus 1965 (Taxon 15: 152-153. 1966). 

6. Goebeliella-Jubula 1966, Sep (Taxon 16: 59 Feb 1967). 

271 



Fascicles 2, 3 and 4 constitute volume 1 (926 pp.), fasc. 5 and 6 belong to vol. 2, | 
(739 pp.) ; fasc. 1 will be part of a later volume. 
Ref : Stafleu, Taxon 15: 152-153. 1966. 

Bonnet, Edmond (1848-1922), French botanist and biohistorian, curator at the Paris 
Museum d'histoire naturelle. (Bonnet). 

herbarium and types : Unknown, some material at P and PC. 
Ref : IH 2 : 85. 

bibliography and biography: AG 7: 41 1 ; Barnhart 1 : 218; BFM 1531, BL 1 : 10, 19, 

38, 43, 44, 60, 2: 188; BM 1: 197, 6: 108; CSP 9: 290, 12: 100, 13: 673-674; DTS 1: 

25; Kew 1 : 296-197; NI 203; PFC 1 : xxxv-xxxvi, 2(2) : xv, 3(2) : ix. 

Doumet-Adanson, in Cosson and Baratte, Cat. rais. pi. vase. Tunisie xviii-xx. 1896. 

Bonnet, Titres et travaux scientifiques de M. Ed. Bonnet. Paris, Nov 1904. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(3) : 205. 1905. 

JLecomte, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 28: 455-457. 1922. 

Baudot, M6m. Acad. Sci. Dyon 1925/26: 97-112. 1926 (portr., bibl.) 

Davy de Virville, Hist. bot. France 381 [index]. 1954. 

639. Petite flore parisienne contenant la description des families, genres, especes et varietes 
de toutes les plantes spontanees ou cultivees en grand dans la region parisienne avec des 
clefs dichotomiques conduisant rapidement aux noms des plantes augmentee d'un 
vocabulaire des termes de botanique et d'un memento des herborisations parisiennes. 
Paris (F. Savy) 1883. 18-mo. (Petite fl. paris.) 

JPubl: Apr-Mai 1883 (p. xii: 15 Apr 1883; Nat. Nov. Mai 1883; J. Bot. Jun 1883), 

p. [i]-xii, [i]-527, [528, err.]. Copy: BR. 
Ref.: BL 2: 188; BFM 1531; BM 1: 197; Kew 1: 297. 

Rickett, NAF ser. 2(2): 152. 1955. 

640. Exploration scientifiqae de la Tunisie. Illustrations de la partie botanique. Champignons, 
especes nouvelles, rares ou critiques par N. Patouillard. Phanerogames, especes nouvel- 
Jes, rares ou critiques par Ed. Bonnet et G. Barratte. Planches i-xx dessinees d'apres 
nature par Mme. B. Herincq, MM. Ch. Cuisin et N. Patouillard. Paris (Imprimerie 
nationale) 1892- 1895. Fol. (Explor. sci. Tunisie, III. bot.) 

Co-authors: Jean Francois Gustave Barratte (1857- 1920) ; Narcisse Theophile Patouillard 
(1854- 1 926). 

Rarti:pl. 1-2, Jan- Apr 1892 (Nat. Nov. Mai 1892) (for text see under Patouillard, 
Enumeration des champignons observes en Tunisie. Paris) - Accompanied by 
special t.p. "Illustrations des especes nouvelles de Champignons de la Tunisie recueil- 
lies en 1891 par Narcisse Patouillard . . . planches i et ii dessinees d'apres nature par 
M. N. Patouillard." Paris (imprimerie nationale) 1892. 

Part 2: pi. 3-5. 1895 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1896) accompanied by new t.p. "Illustrations .... 
Champignons de la Tunisie par N. Patouillard. Planches i-v dessinees d'apres nature 
par M. N. Patouillard," Paris (Imprimerie nationale) 1892-1895. 

Part 3: pi. 6-20, accompanied by t.p. as in heading, 1895 (Nat. Nov. Mar 1896), all 
phanerogams. Text see next entry. 

Copy: MO, p. [i-vii], pi. 1-20 with text. 

'641. Exploration scientifique de la Tunisie. Catalogue raisonne des plantes vasculaires de la 
Tunisie par Ed. Bonnet et G. Barratte . . . preface par Doumet-Adamson . . . Paris 
(Imprimerie nationale) 1896. (Expl. sci. Tunisie, Cat. pi.) 
Co-author: Jean Francois Gustave Barratte (1857- 1920). 
Preface: Paul Napoleon Doumet-Adanson (1834- 1897). 

Publ.: 1896 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1896), p. [i*-iii*] 5 [i]-xlix, [i]- 5 ig. Copies: HH, L. 
Ref. : BM 2 : 606. 

Bonnier, Gaston Eugene Marie (1 851-1922), French botanist. (Bonnier). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

•272 



BONNIER 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart i: 218; BM 1: 198, 6: 108; CSP 9: 292, 12: 

100-101, 13: 677-679; DBF 6: 1039-1040; DTS 1: 25; GR p. 307; LS 333 8 "3352; NI 

205-206; Plesch p. 151-152. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2) : 109, pi. 33. 1903, 3(3) : 96, pi. gg. 1905. 

Molliard, Bull. Soc. mycol. France 39: 93-95. 1923, Bull. Soc. bot. France 70: 3-6. 1923, 

Rev. gen. Bot. 35: 1-5. 1923. 
Jumelle, Rev. gen. Bot. 36: 289-307. 1924. 
Virville, Regn. veg. 71: 1-13. 1970 (portr.) 

composite works : Tableaux synoptiques des plantes vasculaires de la Flore de France, 1 894, 
with Georges de Layens, q.v. 

eponymy: Bonnier a Cordemoy (1899). 

642. La vegetation de la France ouvrage publie sous les auspices du Ministere de 
1' Instruction publique. I. Tableaux synoptiques des plantes vasculaires de la Flore de la France 
. . . 5289 figures representant les caracteres de toutes les especes qui sont decrites sans 
mots techniques et un carte des regions de la France. Paris (Paul Dupont) s.d. [1894]. 
Oct. (Tabl. syn. pi. vase. France). Co-author: Georges de Layens. 

Publ. : Mai-Jun 1894 (Nat. Nov.), p. [i]-xxvii, [i]-4i2, map, [2], [1]. Copy: U. 

643. La vegetation de la France, Suisse et Belgique, 1 re partie. Flore complete portative de 
la France et de la Suisse (comprenant aussi toutes les especes de Belgique, d'Alsace et de 
Lorraine) pour trouver facilement les noms des plantes sans mots techniques . . . 5338 
figures representant les caracteres de toutes les especes avec une carte des regions de la 
France et une carte des regions de la Suisse. Nouvelle edition revue et corrigee . . . 
Paris (Librairie generale de l'Enseignement) s.d. [1909]. Oct. (Fl. port. France). 
Co-author: Georges de Layens. 

Publ. : 1909 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1909, as of '1908'), p. [i-ii], [ibis]-ii bis, iii-xxvi (== xxvii and 
1], 2-425, [426, table]. Copy: U. - New edition of the Tableaux synoptiques. A popular 
flora which went through many issues which are not enumerated here; last issue 
possibly 1 96 1. 

Ref. : BL 2 : 98. 

644. Flore complete illustree en couleurs de France, Suisse et Belgique (comprenant la plupart 
des especes d'Europe) vols. 1-8, 1911-1926, Paris, Neuchatel, Bruxelles; vol. 9, 1927, 
Paris, Bruxelles; vols. 10-13, 1929- 1935. Paris. Qu. (Fl. ill. France). 

Co-author: Robert Charles Victor Douin (1892-x) (vols. 7-13). 

date of last part 
volume parts plates of each volume 

1 1-10 [1-3], [1, corr.], [5]-i20 1-60 Jul 1912 

2 11-20 [i]-i34, [1, table], [1, ad.] 61-120 Jul 1913 

3 21-30 [i]-i24, [1, table] 121-180 Jul 1914 

4 31-40 [i]-i34, [1, table] 181-240 Jan 192 1 

5 41-50 [i]-i 15, [116, table] 241-300 Jan 1922 

6 51-60 [i]-io2, [1, table] 301-360 Feb 1923 

7 61-70 [i]-i57, [158, table] 361-420 Sep 1924 

8 71-80 [i]-i34, [1, table] 421-480 Mar 1926 

9 81-90 [ij-123, [124, table] 4 8l S4° Jul 1927 

10 91-100 [i]-i 18, [1, table] 341-600 Apr 1929 

11 101-110 [i]-i59, [160, table], [1, corr.] 601-660 Dec 1931 

12 11 1-120 [i]-i32, [1, table] 661-J21 Oct 1934 

13 Table gen. [ 1 ]-7 1, corr. text - Apr 1935 

[i]-8, [i,corr.], 

[1, 24 Dec 1934], [i-x] 

Imprints: 1-8: Paris (E. Orlhac), Neuchatel (Delachaux et Niestle), Bruxelles (J. 
Lebegue et Cie.). 

273 



BONNIER 

9: Paris (E. Orlhac), Bruxelles (J. Lebegue et Gie.). 

10-13: Paris (E. Orlhac). 
T.p. additions: vols 1-12: "Toutes les especes representees en couleurs, ainsi qu'un 

grand nombre de sous-especes et varietes, sont reproduites par la photogravure a la 

moitie de leur grandeur naturelle d'apres des photographies mises en couleurs. 

Vols. 1-6: Gaston Bonnier, sole author. 

Vols, J-g: La direction de la publication a 6te confine a M. Robert Douin ..." 

Vols. 10-12: "par Robert Douin ..." 

Table gen. "achevee par Robert Douin ..." 
For the contents of the parts and for further details see Stearn (1950). Copy: U. 
Re/.: BL 2: 98; NI 205; Plesch p. 150. 

Bibl. Schweiz. naturw. Lit. 12: 165-166. 1938. 

Stearn, J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 2: 212-215. 1950. 

Sotheby, Cat. Stiftung Botanik 64. 1975 (sold at £ 260). 

Bonorden, Hermann Friedrich (1 801 -1884), German physician and mycologist, 
"Regimentsarzt in Koln a. Rh." (Bonord.) 

herbarium and types : Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: Bamhart 1: 218; BM 1: 198; CSP 1: 486, 7: 216, 9: 
293; Frank p. 12; GR p. 7; Jackson p. 225; Kew 1 : 298; LS 3353-337°; PR 9 8 5"9 8 7- 
Kanitz, Mag. Noven. Lap. 8: 63-64. 1884. 
Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1052. 1940. 

eponymy: Bonordenia Schulzer (1866); Bonordeniella Penzig & P. A. Saccardo (1901). 

645. Handbuch der allgemeinen Mykologie als Anleitung zum Studium derselben, nebst 
speciellen Beitragen zur Vervollkommnung dieses Zweiges der Naturkunde. . . . Mit 
12 Tafeln Abbildungen. Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart) 1851. Oct. (Handb. Mykol.) 
Publ.ilate 185 1 (p. viii: Sep 185 1; Bot. Zeit. 9 Jan 1852; Flora rd. Mai 1852; announced 

at Ostermesse), p. [i]-xii, [i]-336, pi. 1-12, partly col. liths. Copy: BR. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 198; Kew 1 : 248; LS 3354; PR 985; IDC 5037. 
Anon., Flora 35: 320, 435-44 1 - l8 52- 

646. Z ur Kenntniss einiger der wichtigsten Gattungen der Coniomyceten und Cryptomyceten. . . . 
Mit drei colorirten Tafeln. Halle (H. W. Schmidt) i860. Qu. (Kenntn. Coniomyc. Cryp- 
tomyc.) 

Publ.: i860 (Flora rd. 7 Mai-28Jun 1861), p. [i]-6%, pi. 1-3, hand col. liths. Copy: L. - 
Originally publ. Abh. naturf. Ges. Halle 5: 167-229. pi. 1-3. i860. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 198; Kew 1 : 298; PR 986. 
Barnhart, NAF 7(15): 1052. 1940. 

647. Abhandlungen auf dem Gebiete der Mykologie. Halle (H. W. Schmidt) 1864, 1870, 
2 parts. (Abh. Mykol.) 

Parti: Jan-Feb 1864 (Bot. Zeit. rev. written 20 Feb 1864), p. [i]-v, [vi, cont.], [i]-96, 
[change of paper:] 97-167, [168, index],/)/. 1-2, col. liths. Copy: L. - Reprinted from 
Abh. naturf. Ges. Halle vol. 8: 1-168. pi. 1-2. 1864. 

Part 2: Dec 1869 (t.p. 1870, Bot. Zeit. 24 Dec 1896), p. [i-iii], [i]-55- Copy: L. 

Ref.: BM 1 : 198; Kew 1 : 298; PR 987. 
Barnhart NAF 7(15): 1052. 1940. 

Bonpland, Aime Jacques Alexandre (Goujaud) (1773- 1858), French explorer and 

botanist. (Bonpl.) 

herbarium and types : for the American collections see under Humboldt et Bonpland 
(at P and B). The Description desplantes rares cultivees a Malmaison et a, Navarre was based on 
living plants. Some herbarium specimens of plants grown at Malmaison have been 
traced by Jovet in the Paris herbarium (P); but so far none of the types of Bonpland's 
book. 

274 



BONPLAND 

Re/.: IH 2: 85; Plesch 151-152. 

Anon., Flora 52: 415. 1869 (disappearance of his herbarium). 

McVaugh, Taxon 4: 78-86. 1955. 

Wurdack, Taxon 20: 591-593. 197 1. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 294-295. 1975. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 218; BM 1: 198; Bossert p. 45; CSP 1: 
486, 9: 293; Dawson p. 120; Frank p. 12; GR p. 266; Jackson p. 484; Kew 1: 298; 
Langman p. 148; Lasegue p. 452-453; MW p. 49; NI 207; Plesch p. 151-152; PR 988, 

4209, 4327-4333» 4930- 

Anon., Flora 29: 528 ['428']. 1846 [erroneous announcement of death], 41 : 440. 1858 

(death notice]. 
Anon., Bonplandia 2: 259-263. 1854, 6: 334. 1858. 
Anon., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. 4: xlv-xlvii. i860. 
Candolle, Memoires et souvenirs 139, 152, 159. 1862. 
Brunei, Biographie d'Aimee Bonpland ed. 1. Paris 1859, ed. 2. Toulouse 1864, ed. 3. 

Paris 1 87 1 (portr.) 
Canstatt, Ausland. Stuttgart 49: 675-677. 1876. 
Embacher, Lexikon Reisen 43-44. 1882. 
Hemsley, Biol. Centrali-Amer. 4: 122-188(7). 
Urban, Symb. ant. 1: 67. 1898, 3: 24-25. 1900. 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 79, 109, 173, 181, 182, 3(3): 64, 96, 186, 203, 204. 

pi. 41. 1905. 
Hamy, Aime Bonpland, Paris 1906, xcvi, 300 p. (portr.) 
Cordier, C. R. Acad. Inscr. Belles-Lettres, Paris 19 10 (p. 455). 
Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 44: 136-137. 1910. 
Anon., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 27: 1. 191 1 (portr.) 

Cordier, Trab. Inst. Bot. Farmacol., Buenos Aires 30: 1-24. 1914 (mss at Buenos Aires). 
[Archives inedites], Trabajos Inst. Bot. Farmacol., Fac. Cien. Med. Buenos Aires no. 31. 

1 9 14 [letters from Humboldt], 42 19 14 (bot. diary). 
Dominguez, Anal. Soc. Ci. Arg. 108: 407-435, 497-523. 1929. 
Sarton, Isis 34: 385"399- J 943- 
Bouvier et Maynal, Aime Bonpland, Explorateur de l'Amazonie, Paris 1950, 193 p. 

(portr., bibl.), see p. 191 for note on mss. and documents. 
Stearn, Taxon 5: 153-156. 1956. 
Magdefrau, Naturw. Rundschau 9: 367. 1958. 

Schulz, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Lit., Mathem.-naturw. Kl. 1960(9): 583-633. 
Castellanos, Rev. Acad. Colomb Cien. 12(45): 57-86. 1963. 
Alvarez Lopez, Anal. Inst. Bot. Cavanilles 22: 9-60. 1964 (1965). 
Leandii, Adansonia ser. 2. 5(2): 141-151. 1965. 
Stearn, Humboldt, Bonpland, Kunth and tropical American botany. Lehre 1 968 [inch 

e.g. the Sarton biography of 1943]. 
Coats, The plant hunters 386 [index]. 1969. 
Schechaj, Misc. Univ. nac. Tucuman 29 bis. 1969. 
Duprat, Mon Jardin et ma Maison 149: 86-87. J 97° (portr.) 
Krapovickas, Bol. Soc. Argentina Bot., 11 Suppl.: 229-276. 1970. (mss, bibl.) 
Glotin, Jardins de France 6: 11-13. 1971 (portr.) 
Wurdack, Taxon 20: 591-593. 1971. 
Magdefrau, Gesch. Bot. 309 [index]. 1973. 
Smit, History life sciences 884. 1974. 

composite works : See under Humboldt et Bonpland and under Humboldt, Bonpland 
et Kunth. 

eponymy (genera): Bonplandia Willdenow (1802); Bonplandia Cavanilles (1800); 
(journal) : Bonplandia Zeitschrift fur die gesammte Botanik. Officielles Organ der 
K.L.-C. Akademie der Naturforscher. Herausgegeben von Wilhelm E. G. Seemann [&] 
Berthold Seemann. Hannover, London, Paris. Vol. 1-10, 1853- 1862. (Note: This is an 
indirect eponym : members of the Akademie were given the name of a famous scientist 
as a cognomen; B. Seemann's cognomen was Bonpland!) 

275 



BONPLAND 

handwriting: Anal. Soc. Ci. Arg. 108: 428-430, 433-434. 1929. 

648. Description des plantes rares cultivees a Malmaison et a Navarre. Paris (P. Didot l'aine) 
[18 1 2-] 1813II-1817]. Fol. (Descr.pl. Malmaison.) 

part pages plates dates part pages plates dates 

1 [i]-i6, [i-v] 1-6 Dec 1812 7 89-100 37-42 Jul 1816 

2 17-32 7-12 Sep 1813 8 101-120 43-48 Sep 1816 

3 33-48 13-18 Jan 1814 g 121-144 49-54 Oct 1816 

4 49-60 19-24 Dec 1 8 14 10 145-152 55-60 Dec 181 6 

5 61-76 25-30 Mai 1815 11 153-257, 61-64 Apr 1817 

[158, err.], 



77-88 31-36 Jul 181 5 



[159, table] 



Copies: BR, HU, NY, Teyler. - For sources of dates see TL-i. The book was published 
in 325 copies (on "jesus velin" {copies: BR, Teyler) 48 frs. per part, on large paper 
"colombier velin" {copies: HU, NY) 72 frs.); it contains 64 coloured plates (stipple 
engravings, colour-printed and finished by hand) of which 54 are by P. J. Redoute and 9 
by P. Bessa. 

Re/.: BM 1: 198; DU 240, GF p. 51; Kew 1: 298; MW p. 49; NI 207; Plesch p. 151; 
PR 988; IDC 5856. 

Steam, J. Arnold Arb. 23: 110-11. 1942. 

McPhail, Cat. Redout. 47-48. 1963. 

Stafleu, Redoute and his circle, in Buckman ed., Bibliography and natural history 
46-65. 1966. 

Bonstedt, Carl (1866-x), German gardener. (Bonstedt). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 2: 555; Barnhart 1 : 219; BL 2:11; MW Suppl. 
p. 27. 

649. Pareys Blumengdrtnerei Beschreibung, Kultur und Verwendung der gesammten 
gartnerischen Schmuckpflanzen. Berlin (Paul Parey) 1930 193 1- 1932, 2 vols. Oct. 
(Pareys Blumengdrtn.) 

vol. part pages dates vol. part pages dates 

1 1 [i]- 9 6 



2 


97-192 


3 


193-288 


4 


289-384 


5 


385-480 


6 


481-576 


7 


577-672 


8 


673-768 


9 


769-864 



Apr-Jun 1930 2 


11 


1-96 


Jul 1 93 1 


1930 


12 


97-192 


Sep 1 93 1 


1930 


13 


193-288 


Dec 1 93 1 


I930 


14 


289-384 


Feb 1932 


Oct 1930 


15 


385-480 


Mar 1932 


Nov 1930 


16 


481-576 


Jun 1932 


Dec 1930 


17 


577-671 


Sep 1932 


Feb 1 93 1 


18 


672-792, 


Nov 1932 


Mar 1 93 1 




[i]-[viii] 





10 865-940 [i]-[x] Mai 1 93 1 

Copies: G (orig. covers), MO. 

Second edition: 1958- 1960, 2 vols, Berlin (P. Parey). Copy: NY. 

Ref. : Stearn in Lawrence, Taxonomy of vascular plants 321. 1951. 

Boos, Joseph (1794- 1879), Austrian assistant gardener at Schonbrunn. (Boos) 

herbarium and types : W. 
Ref.: IH 2: 85. 

276 



bibliography and biography: AG 6(1): 849; Barnhart 1: 220; BM 1: 199; Kew 1: 

299; P R 993- 

Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 29: 134. 1879. 

650. Schdnbrunris Flora, oder systematisch geordnetes Verzeichniss der im Kais. konigl. 
hollandisch-botanischen Hofgarten zu Schonbrunn cultivirten Gewachse. Wien, Triest 
(Geistinger) 1816. Oct. (Schonbrunn' s Fl.) 

PubL: 1816 (preface p. x: 20 Apr 1816; ALZ Dec 816), p. [i]-x, [i]~393, [394-396 

Zusatze], [2 p. err.]. Copy: HH. 
Ref.: BM 1 : 199; Kew 1 : 299; PR 993. 

Booth, William Beattie (c. 1804- 1874), British gardener. (Booth). 

herbarium and types : No herbarium specimens are known to have existed. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 220; CSP 1 : 492, 12 : 101 ; BB p. 38; BM 1 : 

199; Kew 1 : 300; MW p. 49. 

T. M., Gard. Chron. 1874(1): 838. 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1874/75: xxxvii-xxxviii. 1875. 

651. Illustrations and descriptions of the plants which compose the natural order ofCamellieae, and 
of the varieties of Camellia japonica, cultivated in the gardens of Great Britain. The 
drawings by Alfred Chandler. The descriptions by William Beattie Booth, A.L.S. 
London (John and Arthur Arch) [i830-]i83i. Fol. (///. descr. Camell.) 

PubL: in parts of 4 plates each, parts 1-2 (pi. 1-8) Jan-Mai 1830, 3-6 (pi. 9-24) Jun-Dec 
1830, 7-10 (pi. 25-40) 1 83 1 (preface, issued with part 6, dated 1 Nov 183 1). A second 
volume was in preparation (GF p. 50 ; announcement of vol. 2, part 1 in Loudon, 
Gard. Mag. 13(86) : 222-223. Mai 1837), but never appeared. Four plates in a cover, 
numbered 41-44 with text p. [1-8], entitled "Illustrations and descriptions . . . vol. 2, 
part 1," dated 1837, are at HU; they are described by Quinby (1952) as "possibly a 
trial issue"; Loudon's Gard. Mag. of Mai 1837, however, reviews this part. The 
40 plates (36 copper engravings, 4 lithographs) are by Alfred Chandler. Three states 
are known, with uncoloured, coloured and highly finished coloured plates ("pul- 
cherrimae!" PR). Copy: HU. 

Ref.: BM 1: 199; DU 77; GF p. 51; Kew 1: 300; MW p. 49; NI 209; PR 1662; IDC 

5857- 
Stearn, Camellias and Magnolias, Report of the conference (Roy. Hort. Soc.) 127. 

I950- 
Quinby, Botanical books, prints and drawings from the collection of Mrs. Roy Arthur 
Hunt 10-1 1. 1952. 

Boott, Francis M. B. (1 792-1863), American born physician and botanist who settled 
in England. (Boott). 

herbarium, types and drawings: K(incl. Carex herbarium and manuscripts) ; material 
from North America also at BUF, CGE, E and PH (via Lambert and Tacherman), 
Carex also at BR. 
Ref: IH2: 86. 

Candolle, Phytographie 398. 1880. 

Seemann, J. Bot. 3: 191. 1865. 

Miller, Taxon 19: 515. 1970. 

bibliography and biography: AG 1 : 34; Barnhart 1 : 220; BB p. 38-39; BM 1 : 200; 

Bossert p. 45; CSP 1 : 492; Dawson p. 120; DNB 5: 393; DTS 1 : 25, 6(4) : 47; Jackson 

p. 524; Kew 1 : 300; ME 1 : 166, 3: 541 ; MW p. 49; PR 994"995- 

Anon., Flora 47: 222-223. J 864. 

Gray, Am. J. Sci. ser. 2. 37: 288-292. 1864; Scientific Papers 2: 315-320. 1889. 

Anon., Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 6: 305-308. 1865. 

Anon., Proc. Linn. Soc. 1888/90: 33. 1891. 

Seemann, J. Bot. 2: 61-62. 1864. 

277 



Milner, Cat. portr. Kew 15. 1906. 

Graustein, Thomas Nuttall 461 [index]. 1967. 

Martin, in Lenley et al., Index corr. Torrey 448. 1973 (corresp.) 

composite works : A. Gray, Account of the botanical specimens. In : Narrative of the 
expedition . . . China seas and Japan . . . M. C. Perry, vol. 2: 305-332. 1856: Carex by 
Boott, p. 322-329. 

eponymy: Bootia [sic] Bigelow (1824); Boottia Wallich (1830). 

652. Illustrations of the genus Carex. London (William Pamplin) 1858- 1867, 4 parts. Fol. 
Part 1 : p. [i]-xii, [i]-7 4, plates 1-200, 146*, 146**, 1858, Feb-Mar (Boott sent a dedication 

copy to Asa Gray, signed "London March 10, 1858"; preface dated 1 Feb 1858). 
Part 2: p. [i]-iv, 75-103, plates 201-310, i860. 
Part 3: p. [i]-iv, 105-126, plates 311-411, 1862. 
Part 4: p. [i-iv], 127-233, plates 412-600, 1867, after 5 Oct, date of preface by J. D. 

Hooker (who published this part after the death of the author) . 
Plates by Maubert and Miss Rees. Copy: HH. - Motto on title pages "The men who 

labour and digest things most, will be apter to despair than boast" [Roscommon]. 
Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1968, Historiae naturalis classica vol. 62, p. [i*-iv*] 

followed by material as above. Copy: FAS. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 200 ; DTS 1:25; Jackson p. 127; Kew 1 : 300 ; Langman p. 800 ; MW p. 49 ; 
NI 210; PR 995. 

Seemann, J. Bot. 2: 61. 

Stafleu, Taxon 17: 727-728. 1968. 

Bor, Norman Loftus (1893-1972), Irish born British botanist who worked in India. 
(JV. L. Bor). 

herbarium and types : K. 
Ref.: IH2: 86. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 220; Kew 1 : 301-303; Roon p. 20. 

Jain, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 13: 169-172. 1971 (1973) (portr., bibl.) 

Anon., The Times, 1 Jan 1973. 

Anon., Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 5(4): 391. 1973. 

Anon., Taxon 22: 523. 1973. 

Clayton, J. Kew Guild 9(77): 151. 1973. 

Oxa, J. Ind. Bot. Soc. 52: 342-344. 1973. 

S., K.C., Ind. Forester 99(3): 185-186. 1973 (portr.) 

Smith, Commonw. Forest Rev. 52(2): 116-117. 1973. 

Panigrahi, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 70: 532-533. 1973 (1974). 

Hubbard and Pope, Kew Bull. 30(1): 1-10. 1975. 

Borfoas, Vincent [Vince] von (1844- 1905), Hungarian botanist at Budapest andCluj. 
(Borbds). 

herbarium and types : BP, BPU ; duplicates in many herbaria. 
Ref: GRp. 656; IH 2: 86. 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. 

Tuzson, Bot. Kozl. 11: 205-206, 218-219. 1912. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1): 396, 3: 112, 4: 750; Barnhart 1: 220; BFM 

922; BM 1 : 200, 6: 109; Bossert p. 45; CSP 9: 293; 12: 101-103, 13: 682-685; DTS 1 : 

125-29, 6(4): 57, 117-118; GR p. 656; IF suppl. 4: 314; Jackson p. 265; Kew 1: 303; 

LS 3375-3378; MW p. 49; Plesch p. 152; Saccardo 1: 34, 2: 21. 

Knapp, Oest. bot. Z. 31: 209-213. 1881 (portr.) 

Marchesetti, Atti Museo civico Storia nat. Trieste 9: 137-140. 1895. 

Degen, Mag. bot. Lap. 4: 165-224, 235-244. 1905 (bibl.) 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 156. 1903, 3(3): 170. 1905. 

278 



Mehes, A biol. magyar uttoroi 189-200. 1925. 

Anon., Borbasia 1(1): pi. 1. 1938 (portr.) 

Soo, Bot. Kozl. 41 : 91-95. 1945. 

Futak and Domin, Bibl. fl. CSR 112-118 (bibl.), 685 (refs. to biographies) i960. 

eponymy (journal): Borbasia [Official periodical of the Hungarian Botanical Society]. 
Budapest. Vol. 1-9, 1938- 1949. 

653. A magyar birodalom vadon termo rozsai monographiajanak kiserlette. Primitiae 
monographiae rosarum imperii hungarici. Budapest (A.M. Tud. Akademia Konyvkiado- 
Hivatala) 1880. Oct. {Prim, monogr. ros. hung.) 

Publ.: Jan 1881 (vide Borbas 1882; Nat. Nov Feb 1881) - Originally published in 
Math, naturwiss. Mitt, ungar. Akad. Wiss. [Math, termesz. kozlemenyck rnagy. 
tudom. akad.] 16(4) p. [305] -560. - Hungarian introduction; main text Latin. - 
Borbas himself dates his publication early 1881 ; the cover of the fourth part of vol. 16 
of the serial is dated 1880 and so is p. 305. 

Ref. : Plesch p. 152. 

Borbas, Bot. Centralbl. 9(4): 111-113. Jan 1882 [Autoreferat] . 

Boreau, Alexandre (1801-1875), French botanist, director of the botanical garden 
of Angers. (Boreau). 

herbarium and types : ANG, duplicates AUT, CN, MANCH. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 86. 

Boreau, Notice sur les herbiers . . . d' Angers, Angers (n.v. fide Candolle). 

Candolle, Phytographie 398. 1880. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2.(1) : 596, 12(3) : 446; Barnhart 1 : 221 ; BM 1 : 201 ; 
CSP 1: 495, 6: 598, 7: 218, 12: 113; Frank p. 12-13; Jackson p. 524 [index]; Kew 1: 
304; Langman p. 148-149; MW p. 49; PFC 1 : xxxvi; PR 1001-1005; Saccardo 1 : 35. 
Bouvet, Bull. Soc. fit. Sci. Angers 4/5: 211-213. 1874/75. 
Anon., Oest. bot. Z. 25 -.305. 1875; J. Bot. 13: 352. 1875. 

Bouvet, Bull. Soc. fit. Sci. Angers ser. 2. 25: 31-84. 1896 (bibl., portr., autobiogr.) 
Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. Deux-Sevres 1905:/*/. 1. (portr.) 
Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 109. 1903, 3(3): 96. 1905. 

eponymy: Boreava Jaubert & Spach (1841). 

654. Programme de la flore du centre de la France, suivi du catalogue des plantes observees 
dans le rayon de cette flore, et d' observations relatives a quelques plantes critiques. 
Nevers (N. Duclos) 1835. Oct (in fours) (Progr.fl. centre France). 

Publ.: Mai-Dec 1835 (p. 6: 25 Apr 1835), p. [i-iii], [i]-42. Copies: G, NY. Motto: 

"Copia rerum et Veritas." 
Ref.: PR 1002. 

655. Flore du centre de la France, ou description des plantes qui croissent spontanement 
dans la region centrale de la France, et de celles qui y sont cultiv^es en grand, avec 
l'analyse des genres et des especes. Paris (Roret) 1840, 2 vols. Oct. (Fl. centre France). 
Ed. 1: vol. 1: Mar-Mai 1840 (p. ix: Mar 1840; rev. Bull. Soc. industr. Angers 11: 173- 

177. 4 Jun 1840), p. [i*-v*], [i]-ix, [i]-330. 

Vol. 2: 1840, p. [i-iii], [O-589. 
Ed. 2: tres augmented. Angers 1849. 

Vol. 1: 1849 (p. xvi: 30 Mar 1849), p. [i]-xvi, [i]-328. 

Vol. 2: 1849, p. [i-iii], [i]-643. 
Ed. 3: tres augmentee. Angers 1857. 

Vol. 1: 1857 (p. xvi: 2 Mar 1857), p. [i]-xvi, [i]-356. 

Vol. 2: 1857, p. [i-iii], [i]-77i, [772, err.]. 
Title of eds. 2 and 3 : "Flore . . . France et du Bassin de la Loire, ou description des 
plantes qui croissent spontanement, ou qui sont cultivdes en grand, dans les d^parte- 
ments arros6s par la Loire et par ses affluents, avec l'analyse des genres et des especes." 

279 



Copies of all three editions : HH. 

Re/.: BM i : 201 ; Jackson p. 277; Kew 1 : 204, 304; PR 1004. 

Boreau, Programme de la Flore du centre de la France. Nevers 1835. 

656. Notes sur quelques especes de plantes frangaises . . . (Extrait du Bulletin de la Societe 
industrielle d' Angers, no ier, 15c annee). Angers 1844 (Cosnier et Lachese). Oct (form.) 
(Motes pi. frang.) 

[No. 1 :] 1844 (p. 24: 7 Jan 1844), p. [i]-24- Copy: NY. Reprinted from Bull. Soc. 

industr. Angers 15(1). 1844. 
[No. 2 :] Notes . . . frangaises . . . (Extrait . . . d' Angers et du Departement de Maine et 

Loire nos. 3 et 4, 17c annee), publ. Jul-Dec 1846 (p. 31 : 1 Jul 1846), p. [i]-3i, Oct. 

Copy: NY. 
[No. 3:] Notes . . . frangaises . . . Continuation, no t.p., p. [i]-i6, Oct. [Angers 1847]. 

Repr. id. 18 (5, 6): 1 19-147. 1847. Copy reprint: NY. 
[No. 4:] Notes et observations sur quelques plantes de France, no t.p., p. [i]-30, Oct. [Angers 

1853]. Repr. id. 24(6). 1853. Copy reprint: NY. 

Borg, John (1873-x), Superintendent of agriculture and professor of natural history, 
Malta. (Borg). 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

657. Descriptive flora of the Maltese islands including the ferns and flowering plants. Malta 
Government printing office 1927. Oct. (form.) (Descr.fl. Malt, isl.) 

Publ.: 1927 (Nat. Nov. Dec 1927), p. [i-iii], [i]-846. Copy: U. - Reprint announced by 
Koeltz (1974), publ. 1976. 

Borkhausen, Moriz Balthasar (1760- 1806), German naturalist. (Borkh.) 

herbarium and types: Unknown. 

bibliography and biography: ADB 3: 160-163; Barnhart 1 : 222; BM 1 : 202; CSP 1 : 

497, 6: 598; IF p. 682; Jackson p. 16; Kew 1 : 305; MW p. 49; NI 764, 1373; PR 1009- 

1013. 

Dryander, Cat. bibl. hist. nat. Banks 5: 169. 1800. 

Anon., Bot. Zeit., Regensburg 6: 31-32. 1807. 

Roehling, Borkhausen's Ringen nach dem schonsten Ziele des Mannes. Frankfurt a.M. 

1808 (xiv, 162 p., 1 pi.) (n.v.). 
Strieder, Grundlage zu einer Hessischen Gelehrten- und Schriftstellergeschichte 18: 62. 

1819. 
Jourdan, Diet. Sci. med., Biogr. med. 2: 409-410. 1820. 
Ratzeburg, Forstwiss. Schriftsteller-Lexikon 68-70. 1874. 

note on name: Spelled Moriz Balthasar Borkhausen in Versuch (1790) and Handbuch 
1800; M. B. Borckhausen in Tentamen (1792). 

eponymy: Borckhausenia P. G. Gaertner, B. Meyer & J. Scherbius (1801); Borckhausenia 
A. W. Roth (1800); Borkhausenia H. G. L. Reichenbach (1841, orth. var.) 

658. Versuch einer forstbotanischen Beschreibung der in den Hessen-Darmstadtschen Landen, 
besonders in der Obergrafschaft Catzenellenbogen im Freien wachsenden Holzarten; 
fur Forstbediente zur Selbstbelehrung von Moriz Balthasar Borkhausen. Turpe est in 
patria vivere, et patrium ignorare. Frankfurt am Main (Barrentrapp und Wenner) 1 790. 
Oct. (Vers, for stbot. Beschr.) 

Publ.: 1790, p. [i]-xl, [i]-397. Copy: USDA. 

659. Tentamen dispositionis plantarum Germaniae seminiferarum secundum novam metho- 
dum a staminum situ & proportione, cum characteribus generum essentialibus ; 
auctore M. B. Borckhausen. Darmstadt (sumtibus militum invalidorum bibliopoli) 
1792. Oct. (Tent, disp.pl. German.) 

280 



PubL: Apr 1792 (p. xii: sub fine anni 1791; see ST p. 56), p. [i]-xii, 4 tabl., [i]-i58, 

[6, index]. Copy: M. 
Reissue: 1809: t.p. : "Opus posthumum" and "Darmstadt 1809," dedication omitted, 

rest same but with a newly printed index. Copy: BM. 
Re/.: BM 1: 202; PR 10 10; RS p. 76; ST p. 56. 

Anon., Neues Mag. Arzte 14(1): 16. 1792. 

Anon., Med.-Chir. Zeit. (Salzburg) 1792 (2, 47): 353-363. 11 Jun 1792. 

660. Theoretisches-praktisches Handbuch der Forstbotanik und Forsttechnologie. Giessen und 
Darmstadt (Georg Friedrich Heyer) 2 Theile, 1800-1803. Oct. (Theor. prakt. Handb. 
Forstbot.) 

[Erster Theil]: Apr-Mai 1800 (Ostermesse, p. xviii), p. [i]-xviii, [1, h.t.], [i]-866, [1, 

err.]. Copy: BR. 
Zweiter Theil: ("Welcher nebst der fortgesetzten Holzbeschreibung zugleich den 

Nomenclator terminologicus und ein vollstandiges Register iiber das Ganze enthalt.") 

1803, p. [i]-x, [6, ant., bibl.], 867-2070, [71, index]. Copy: BR. 
The BM-NH copy is in 3 volumes of which the first is of a different edition to the others 
(smaller type, 648 pages instead of 866) . 
Ref.: BM 1: 202; PR 1013. 

Kf., Neue allg. deut. Biblioth. 66(2). 6: 389-390. 1801. 

Bornemann, Felix (fl. 1887), German phycologist. (F. Bornemann) . 
herbarium and types: Unknown. 
bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 223. 

661. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Lemaneaceen. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der 
Doctorwiirde der philosophischen Facultat der Albert-Ludwigs Universiteit zu Freiburg 
vorgelegt von Felix Bornemann aus Eisenach, Berlin (A. W. Schade) 1887. Oct. (Beitr. 
Lemaneac.) 

PubL: 1887 (Nat. Nov. Aug 1887), p. [i], [i]-49,/>/. 1-3. Copy: UC. 

Bornemann, Johann Georg (1 831-1896), German geologist and palaeobotanist at 
Eisenach, Thuringen. (J. Bornemann) . 

herbarium and types: JE (especially rich in collections from Sardinia used for e.g. 
Barbey's Florae Sardoae compendium) . 
Ref.: AG 3: 693; IH 2: 86. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 693 (original inf.); Barnhart 1: 223; BM 1: 
203; CSP 1:498, 6: 598, 7: 219, 9: 297, 12: 105, 13: 695 ; Jackson p. 186; Kew 1: 305- 
306; NI 211 ; Quenstedt p. 48. 
Anon., Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. 15: 431. 1896. 
Anon., Leopoldina 32: 134-135. 1896. 
Potoni6, Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 15: (29) -(34). 1897 (bibl.) 

Barthel, Hallesches Jahrb. Mitteldeut. Erdgesch. 7: 7-10. 1966 (on Bornemann's 
histological research on fossil leaves) . 

662. Vber organische Reste der Lettenkohlengruppe Thuringens. Ein Beitrag zur Fauna und 
Flora dieser Formation besonders fiber fossile Cycadeen, nebst vergleichenden Unter- 
suchungen iiber die Blattstruktur der jetztweltlichen Cycadeengattungen . . . Mit xii 
Tafeln. Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1856. Qu. (Organ. Reste Lettenkohlengr. Thur.) 
PubL: 1856 (p. viii, Aug 1855), p. [i]-viii, [1, cont.], [i]-85, pi. 1-12, (of which 11:) col. 

liths. by author. Copies: B, MICH, NY. 
Ref. : BM 1: 203; NI 21 in. 

Bornet, Jean-Baptiste Edouard (1828-1911), French botanist. (Born.) 

herbarium and types: PC, further material at C, DIN, G, K, L, W. - Bornet was not 



only an outstanding algologist but contributed also general floristic information to 
Ardoino for his Flore des Alpes maritimes and to Ascherson for his Synopsis. His herbarium 
of the Alpes maritimes is at G. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 86-87. 

Burnat, in Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 24-25. 1945. 

Koster, Taxon 5: 53. 1957; 18: 550. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: AG 3: 559, 12(3) : 136; Barnhart i : 223; BM 1 : 203; 

Bossertp. 46; BW p. 50; CSP 1: 498-499, 7: 219, 12: 105, 13: 696; GR p. 267; Kew 1: 

306; KR p. 98; LS 3395-3402, 36996; MW p. 50; NI 212; PR 1014-1015. 

Burnat, Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxiii-cxiv. 1883. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 109. 1903 (portr.), 3(3): 97. 1905 (portr.) 

Reynolds Green, Hist. Bot. 113, 227-228. 1909. 

Cotton, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1911/12: 44-45. 19 12. 

Bonnier, Rev. gen. Bot. 24: 353-354. 191 2. 

Guignard, Bull. Soc. bot. France 59: 257-301. 191 2 (bibl.) 

Guignard, C. R. Seances Acad. Sci. 154: 461. 19 12. 

Guignard, Notice sur la vie et les travaux de E.B., Paris 191 2, 62 p. (portr., bibl.). 

Copy: UC. 
Hariot, J. Soc. nat. Hort. France ser. 4. 13: 635-639. 1912. 
Mangin, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. ser. 5. 7. 1912. 
De Toni, Nova Notarisia 23: 25-42. 191 2 (portr., bibl.) 
Anon., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 29: 1. 191 3 (portr.) 
De Wildeman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 52: 95-110. 1913 (bibl.) 
Flahault, Rev. algol. 1: 4-23. 1924 (portr., bibl.) 
Cavillier, Boissiera 5: 24-25. 1941. 
Bourelly, in Bornet et Flahault, Revis. Nostoc. h6t., facsimile ed. 1959, p. [5*-8* ; 

i3*-i6*] (portr., bibl.). 
Stafleu, in Daniels and Stafleu, Taxon 24: 34. 1975 (portr.) 
Gagnepain, Un nivernais celebre, fidouard Bornet, Paris s.d. 9 p. (repr.? at B). 

eponymy: Bornetella Munier-Chalmas (1877) ; Bornetia Thuret (1855) ; Bornetina Mangin 
& Viala (1903). 

663. Notes algologiques [.] Recueil d'observations sur les algues. Paris (G. Masson) 1876, 
1880, 2 fasc. Qu. (Notes alg.) 

Co-author: Gustave Adolphe Thuret (181 7-1875). 

Fasc. 1: p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xx, [i]-7o, [2, index],/)/. 1-23. Aug-Sep 1876 (Bot. Zeit. 20 Oct 

1876; C. R. 11 Sep 1876). Copy: UG 
Fasc. 2: p. [i-iii], [73>i96, pi. 26-50. late 1880 (Nat. Nov. Feb 1881). Copy: PCS. 
Lithographs by Riocreux and Bornet. - Each article is signed either by B. (Bornet) or 
T. (Thuret) and the taxa should be ascribed only to the signing author. - Types: 
Thuret left his collections to Bornet. Algae at PC. 
Facsimile ed.: Lehre (J. Cramer) 1969, Bibliotheca phycologica vol. 9. Copy: FAS, p. 

[i**], rest same. 
Ref.: BM 1: 203; NI 212. 

Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 15. 1882. 

Flahault, Rev. algol. 1(77): 14-15. 1924. 

664. Revision des Nostocacees hiterocystees contenues dans les principaux herbiers de France 
par MM. Ed. Bornet et Ch. Flahault extraits des Annales des Sciences naturelles. viie 
s6rie, botanique, tomes iii, iv, v et vii. Paris 1886- 1888. Qu. (Revis. Nostoc. hit.) 
Co-author: Charles Henri Marie Flahault (1852- 1935). 

Publ,: Starting-point book for the nomenclature of the Nostocaceae heterocysteae 
(ICBN, Art. 13, item g). Originally published in Annales des Sciences naturelles, s6rie 7, 
volumes 3-7, 1886-1888. The Xllth International Botanical Congress, held at Lenin- 
grad 1966, accepted a proposal by Compere (Taxon 23: 663. 1974) to treat the four 
parts as having been published simultaneously on 1 Jan 1886 (see also Leussink, 
Taxon 24: 196. 1975; Stafleu and Voss, Taxon 24: 207. 1975 and Voss, Taxon 25: 
170. 1976). The following dates are therefore only of historical importance: 

282 



BORNMULLER 



serie vol. 


pages 


dates 


7 3 
4 
5 

7 


[323]-38i 

[3431-373 

[5O-129 

[1771-192 

193-256 

257-262 


Jun 1886 

Dec 1886 

Feb 1887 [p. 129, Mar 1887] 

Mar 1888 

Apr 1888 

Mai 1888 



The 1888 reprint (t.p. as above), copy. PCS, consists of the above texts preceded by 
[i-ii], [i]-23, ind., err. The dates are those of the months for which the cahiers of the 
Annales were issued. Actual publication may have been somewhat later; such discre- 
pancies, however, do not affect the status of the names of the Revision, because these 
have priority over all other names of Nostocaceae heterocysteae published after Jan 1 886. 
The Cramer reprint of 1959 is a facsimile of the above-mentioned papers preceded by 
p. [i*-i6*] pref. and introduction. 
Facsimile ed.: 1959. Weinheim (J. Cramer), "avec une introduction biographique et 

bibliographique par P. Bourrelly," p. [i*-i6*], followed by facs. as above. Copy: 

FAS. 
Ref.: DTS 1 : 29; MW p. 50. 

665. Les algues de P.-K.-A. Schousboe, recoltees au Maroc & dans la Mediterranee de 1815 
a 1829, et determinees par M. Edouard Bornet. (Extrait des Memoires de la Society 
nationale des Sciences naturelles et mathematiques de Cherbourg t. xxviii, 1892). 
Paris (G. Masson) 1892. Oct. (Alg. Schousboe). 

Publ.: 1892 (Nat. Nov. Jan 1893), p. [i]-2i6, pi. 1-3, double pagination, [51-165, 216- 
376, (pagination in Mem. 28: 165-376. 1892). Copies reprint: BR, PCS. 

Bornmiiller, Joseph Friedrich Nicolaus (1862- 1948), German botanical explorer 
of the Orient, curator of the Haussknecht herbarium at Weimar. (Bornm.) 

herbarium and types : JE - Many duplicates in numerous herbaria. For his Plantae exs. 
Canarienses and Plantae exs. Maderenses see GR p. 65. 
Ref.: IH2: 87. 

Wagenitz, Willdenowia 2: 343-360. i960 (bibl., portr., itineraries, herbarium). 

Clokie, Account herbaria Oxford 135. 1964. 

Hedge and Lamond, Index Coll. Edinburgh 62. 1970. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3) : 295. 1975. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(1) : 750, 12(3) : 51 ; Barnhart 1 : 223; BFM p. 417- 

418; BL 1: 240; Bossert p. 46; CSP 13: 696-697; DTS 1: 29, 6(4): 65, 71, 118; GR 

p. 65; Kew 1: 306-309; LS 3404, 31377, 41045; MW p. 50; Saccardo 1: 35, 2: 22. 

Schwarz, in Fedde, Rep. Spec. nov. 100: 1-10. 1938 (portr.) 

Wisniewski, in Fedde, Rep. Spec. nov. 100: 11-27. 1938 (bibl.) 

Ungewitter, Neue Berliner Garten-Borse 3(5) : 29. 1949. 

Rechingei, Taxon 4: 97-99. 1955. 

Wagenitz, Willdenowia 2: 343-360. i960 (portr., bibl.) 

Ainsworth and Bisby, Diet, fungi ed. 6. 77. 197 1. 

handwriting: Willdenowia 2: 346. i960. 

festschriften : (75 yr.) Fedde, Repert. Spec. nov. Beih. ioo (1938); (80 yr.), Branco, 
Mitt. Thiir. bot. Ver. ser. 2. 50. 1943. 

botanical exploration: 1 886: Dalmatia, Herzegowina, Montenegro, Bosnia, Bul- 
garia, Brussa, Greece; 1887- 1889: Serbia; 1889- 1890: Asia minor; 1891 : Thasos, 
Athos, Thessalonian Olympus; 1 891- 1893 and 1902: Iran; 1897: Syria, Palestina; 1900: 
Madeira, Canary Is.; 1899: Bithynia, Phrygia; 1901: Canary Is.; 1904: Norway; 
1906: Lydia, Caria; 1908: Egypt; 1909: Riviera; 1910: Libanon, Anti-Libanon ; 191 1: 
Dalmatia; 191 2: Transsylvania, Tatra; 1913 : Turkestan, Bokkara; 1917-1918: Mace- 

283 



BORNMULLER 



donia; 1924: Abbruzzi; 1926: Ionic Is., Peleponesos, Parnassus; 1929: Bithynia, 
Galatia, Paphlagonia. - For full details, including list of the publications which resulted 
from these trips, see Willdenowia 2: 354-357. i960. 

Bory de Saint- Vincent, Jean Baptiste Genevieve Marcellin, Baron de ( 1 778- 1 846) , 
French geographer, naturalist and explorer. (Bory). 

herbarium and types: P, PC; some algae in herb. Kuetzing (L), some fungi in FI. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 87. 

Anon., Bot. Zeit. 5: 215-216, 496. 1847. 

Montagne, London J. Bot. 6: 262-264. 1847. 

Biers, Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. 1924: 417-422 (on his cryptog. herb.) 

Koster, Taxon 6: 50. 1957, 19: 550. 1969. 

Hawksworth, Mycologist's handb. 181. 1974. 

Sayre, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 295-296. 1975. 

bibliography and biography: AG 2(1): 468, 3: 137, 12(3): 690; Barnhart 1: 224; 

BM 1: 204, 6: 112; Bossert p. 46; Colmeiro 1: clxv; GSP 1: 500-511, 6: 599; DBF 6: 

1 1 22-1 123; Frank p. 13; GR p. 267-268; IF p. 683; Jackson p. 525 [index]; Kew 1: 

310-31 1 ; Langman p. 149; Lasegue p. 562 [index]; LS 341 3-341 7; Moebius p. 274; 

NI 213-214; PR 586, 1023-1027, 10724. 

Anon., Flora 30: 115. 29 Feb 1847. 

Hooker, Lond. J. Bot. 6: 262-264. 1847 (herb.) 

Pritzel, Bot. Zeit. 5: 77-80. 1847. 

Baillon, Diet. bot. 1 : 456. 1876. 

Jacob de Cordemoy, Flore de l'lle de la Reunion xx-xxi. 1895. 

Bonnet, Bull. Soc. roy. Geogr. Anvers 25: 523-550. 1901 (letters). 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 109-110. 1903, 3(3): 97. 1905. 

Bonnet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 56: ciii-ci. 1906 (corr.). 

Lauzun, Correspondance de Bory de St. Vincent. Agen 1908, 357 p., Supplement 19 12, 

106 p. (repr. from Revue de PAgenais). 
Sauvageau, J. de Bot. 21: 198-222. 1908 (extr. corr.) 
Bonnet, Bull. Soc. bot. France 56: xciii-ci. 1909 (two letters on work Commission 

Algerie) . 
Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 44: 133-134, 140, 142. 1910. 
Lacroix, Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France ser. 2. 54: i-lxxv. 1916 (portr., bibl., and earlier 

biographical references) . 
Lacroix, Rev. Sci. 55: 225-236. 1917. 
Lacroix, Figures de savants 1 : 273-322. 1932. 

Romieux, Les carnets de Bory de Saint- Vincent 18 13-18 15. Paris 1934. 
Schaik, Natuurhist. Maandblad 35: 67-68. 1946 (portr.) 
Davy de Virville, Hist. Bot. France p. 382 [index] 1954. 
Nissen, Zool. Buchill. 56 [nos. 474-475]. 1966. 
George, DSB 1 : 320-321. 1970 ("Here is no biography" sic). 
Lawalr^e, Zoo, Oct 1970 (repr.) 

Lawalr^e, Pares Nation. Ardenne Saume 26(2): 58-62. 1971. 
Martin, in Lenley et al., Index Corresp. Torrey 448. 1973 (1 letter). 

correspondence: Philippe Lauzun, Correspondance de Bory de Saint- Vincent, Agen 
1908, 357 p. (portr., biogr. note), Supplement, Agen 1912, viii, 106 p. - For further 
references to published as well as unpublished letters see Lacroix, I.e. 191 6, p. lvi. 
See also Bonnet (1901, 1906) and Sauvageau (1908). 

eponymy: Borya Labillardiere (1805); Borya Willdenow (1806); Boryna Grateloup ex 
Bory de Saint- Vincent (1822); Vincentia Gaudichaud-Beaupre (1829). 

666. Memoire sur les genres Conferva et Byssas, da chevalier 0. Linne. Bordeaux (Louis 

Cavazza) an V [1797]. {Mem. Conferva Byssus). 

Orig. ed.\ 1797, 58 p. 

Reprint: in Ann. Bot. Usteri 24: 95-116. 1900. 

284 



667* Essais sur les Isles Fortunees et V antique Atlantide, ou precis de l'histoire generale de 
l'Archipel des Canaries. Paris (Baudoin) Germinal An XI [1803]. Qu. (Ess. Isl. 
Fortunees) . 
Publ.: Mar-Apr 1803 [Germinal an XI, on title-page], p. [i-viii], [i]-522, [2 p. err.], 

7 pi. Copies: G, HH, IDC. 

Re/.: BM 1 : 204; Kew 1 : 210; SY p. 14; IDC 5858. 
Anon., Phys. okon. Bibl. Beckmann 23(1): 15-21. 1805. 

668. Voyage dans les quatre principales ties des mers d'Afrique, fait par ordre du gouvernement, 
pendant les annees neuf et dix de la Republique (1801 et 1802), avec l'histoire de la 
traversee du Capitaine Baudin jusqu'au Port Louis de l'lle Maurice . . . Avec une 
collection de 58 planches, grand in 4. , dessinees sur les lieux par l'auteur, et gravies en 
taille-douce. Paris (F. Buisson) An xiii. (1804), 3 vols. Oct., atlas Qu. (Voy. lies Afrique). 
Publ.: Sep 1804 (2 copies deposited at the Bibliotheque nationale on 23 Aug 1804). 
Vol. 1: p. [i]-xv, [xvi, err.], [i>4o8. Copy: NY. 

Vol. 2: p. [i-iv], [i]-43i. Copy. NY. 

Vol. 3: p. [i-iv], [i]-473- Copy: NY. 

Atlas: pi. 1-56, i^bis, 23US, copper engravings of drawings by Bory. 

Issues: (1) on "carre superfin d'Auvergne," (2) on "papier velin" (seeJT 8: 105. 26 Nov 

1804). 
Re/.: BM 1 : 204; IF p. 683; Jackson p. 352; Kew 1 : 310; LS 3414; PR 1024; SY p. 18; 
IDC 5370. 

Metherie, J. Phys. 59: 219-227. Sep 1804. 

669. Dictionnaire classique d'histoire naturelle, par Messieurs Audouin, Isid. Bourdon, Ad. 
Brongniart, De Candolle, Daudebard de Ferusac, A. Desmoulins, Drapiez, Edwards, 
Flourens, Geoffroy de Saint-Hilaire, A. De Jussieu, Kunth, G. de Lafosse, Lamouroux, 
Latreille, Lucas fils, Presle-Duplessis, C. Prevost, A. Richard, Thiebaut de Berneaud, et 
Bory de Saint- Vincent. Ouvrage dirige par ce dernier collaborateur, et dans lequel on a 
ajoute, pour le porter au niveau de la science, un grand nombre de mots qui n'avaient 
pu faire partie de la plupart des Dictionnaires anterieurs. Paris (Rey et Gravier; 
Baudoin freres) 1822-1831, 17 vols. Oct. (Diet, class, hist, nat.) 

Publ.: The text-volumes were published as a whole. The plates were published in 
sixteen parts of 1 o, sometimes together with the relevant volume, sometimes together 
with the next text volume or at any rate later (plates for vol. 1 on 8 Jun 1822, for 

8 on 14 Dec 1825, f° r ll on J 8 Aug 1827, f° r 12 on 1 Mar 1828). The 160 plates by 
C. Vauthier were available plain or colour-printed (finished by hand) . The dates of 
publication listed here are based on the announcements in the Bibliographic de la 
France, in the Revue bibliographique des Pays Bas and on the dates of receipt by the 
Academic The following analysis is based on a copy at NY : 

alphabet vol. pages dates t.p. 





1 


[i]-xvi, [i]-6o4, tabl. 


27 Mai 1822 


1822 




2 


[i-iii], [l]-62I 


31 Dec 1822 


1822 


CAD-CHI 


3 


[i-iii], [i]-592 


6 Sep 1823 


1823 


CHI-COZ 


4 


[i-iii], [i]-628 


27 Dec 1823 


1823 


CRA-D 


5 


[i-iii], [ij-653, [654, err.] 


15 Mai 1824 


Apr 1824 


E-FOUQ 


6 


[i-iii], [i]-593, [1, err.] _ 
[i]-4, pamphlet Am. Sci. nat. 


9 Oct 1824 


Sep 1824 


FOUR-G 


7 


[i-iii], [i]-626, [1, err.] 


5 Mar 1825 


Feb 1825 


H-INV 


8 


[i*-iii*], [i]-viii, [i]-6og, 
[i,err.] 


10 Sep 1825 


Sep 1825 


IO-MACIS 


9 


[i-iii], [i]-596 


25 Feb 1825 


Feb 1825 


MACL-MN 


10 


[i-iii], [i]-642, [1, err.], tabl. 


5 Jul 1826 


Jun 1826 


MO-NSO 


1 1 


[i-iii], [i]-6i5, [616, err.] 


10 Feb 1827 


Jan 1827 


NUA-PAM 


12 


[i-iii], [i]-634, [1, err.] 


18 Aug 1827 


Aug 1827 


PAN-PIV 


13 


[i-iii], [i]-6 4 8 


1 Mar 1828 


Jan 1828 


PLA-ROY 


14 


[i-iii], [i]-7io 


11 Oct 1828 


Sep 1828 


RUA-S 


15 


[i-iii], [i]-754> tabl. 


27 Jun 1829 


Mai 1829 



285 



BORY 










alphabet 


vol. 


pages 


dates 


t.p. 


T-Z 
Atl., ill. 


16 
17 


[i-iii], [(i)K 4 ), [i]-748 
[i-vii], [1 ]- 1 4 1, pi. [i-clx] 


30 Oct 1830 
29 Oct 1 83 1 


Oct 1830 
1831 


Italian transl. 


: Dizionario classico di storia naturale. 


Venetia 1831-1843, 


16 vols, (n.v.) 



Ref.: BM 1: 204; IF p. 683; Kew 1: 341; NI 2235; PR 10724. 

670. Encyclopedie methodique. Histoire naturelle des zoophytes, ou animaux rayonnes, 
faisant suite a l'histoire naturelle des vers de Bruguiere, par MM. Lamouroux, . . . Bory 
de Saint- Vincent, . . . et Eud. Deslongchamps . . . tome second. Paris (Mme veuve 
Agasse) 1824. Qu. (Hist. nat. zoophyt.) 

Co-authors : Jean Vincent Lamouroux (1779- 1825) and Jacques Armand Eudes Deslong- 
champs (1794- 1 867). 

Publ. : In parts, the contents and precise dates of which are as yet unknown to us, 
p. [i*-iii*], [i]-viii, [i]-86g. Copy: UC. 

671. Histoire des hydrophytes, ou plantes agames des eaux, recoltees par MM d'Urville et 
Lesson, dans leur voyage autour du monde, sur la Corvette de Sa Majesty, La Coquille, 
execute pendant les annees 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825, sous le commandement du 
capitaine Duperry; par le colonel Bory de Saint- Vincent, . . . ornee de 25 planches 
coloriees et gravees d'apres les dessins de l'auteur. Paris (Arthus Bertrand) 1829. Fol. 
(Hist, hydroph.) 

Publ.: 1829, p. [i-vi], [i]-240, pi. 1-13, 13DIS, 14-24, signed by author Jan-Sep 1827. 
Copy: NY, with a double set of plates: coloured and uncoloured. Plates 1-24 appear also 
in the Cryptogamie, 1828, by Bory, of the Voyage . . . Coquille (see under Duperry ) . 

672. Expedition scientifique de Moree. Section des sciences physiques. Tome III. - 2e partie. 
Botanique. Par MM. Fauche, Inspecteur general du service de sante, pour les Graminees; 
Adolphe Brongniart, pour les Orchidees ; Chaubard et Bory de Saint-Vincent, pour le 
reste de la Phanerogamie ; ce dernier collaborateur s'est reserve la Cryptogamie. Paris, 
Strasbourg (F. G. Levrault) 1832 [-1833]. Ou., atlas Fol. (Exp. sci. Moree, Bot.) 
Co-authors: M. Fauche (fl. 1832); Adolphe Theodore Brongniart (1801-1876); Louis 

Anastase Chaubard (1785- 1865). 

Publ. : p. [i]-336: Sep 1832 [Acad. 24 Sep], pp. 337-367 [368, err.]: 1833 [Acad. 
19 Oct]. - Atlas (planches ser. iv, botanique) 38 pi. (1-37, 37bis) of which 5 coloured: 
1835-1836. Copy: BR. - For a revised edition see no. [1090]. The entire work was 
published in 39 parts of which the parts containing the plates for the atlas were among 
the last. The last part of the atlas, livr. 38, was presented to the Academie des Sciences 
on 28 Mar 1836, livr. 37 (containing Anadiomena) on 25 Jan 1836. - Types at P, PC. 

Ref.: BM 1: 204; IF p. 683; Jackson p. 313; Kew 2: 238 [under Fauche]; LS 3415; 
PR 1026; SK clxxxii; IDC 5860. 
Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 7. 8: 335-336. 1901. 

Borza, Alexandru ( 1887- 1 971), Romanian botanist, director botanical garden Cluj 
(Klausenburg). (Borza). 

herbarium and types : CL, for duplicates see IH. 
Ref. : IH 2 : 87. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1 : 224; BFM 1483; Bossert p. 46; GR p. 779; 

Kew 1 : 311; MW 277; PFC 3(2) : xiii; Roon p. 20. 

Ghisa, Contr. Bot., Cluj 1967: 9-28 (portr., bibl.) 

Ghisa, Natura, Biol., Bucuresti 19(3): 84-88. 1967 (portr.) 

Stefureac, T.I. Contr. Bot., Cluj 1967: 413-423. 

Pop, Vegetatio 25: 273-277. 1972 (portr.) 

Pop, Contr. Bot., Cluj 1972: 7-34 (poitr.) 

Stefureac, Studii Cere. Biol., Bot. 24: 65-68. 1972 (portr.) 

festschrift: Contr. Bot. Cluj 1967. 

286 



Borzi, Antonino (1852-192 1), Italian botanist at Messina and Palermo. (Borzi). 

herbarium and types: PAL (algae reported missing); duplicates: B, FI, K, LY. 
Ref : IH 2 : 87. 

Koster, Taxon 18: 550. 1969. 

bibliography and biography: BL 2: 332; BM 1 : 204; Bossert p. 46; CSP 9: 299, 13; 

701-702; DTS 1 : 29; GR p. 514; Jackson 497; Kew 1:311; KR p. 98; Langmanp. 149; 

LS 3418-3429; LS Suppl. 3291; Saccardo 1 : 35. 

Cesati, Mem. Soc. ital. Sci. 4(7): 15-16. 1882. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 160. 1903 (porti.), 3(3): 175. 1905. 

Cavara, Agric. Colon., Ital. 16: 1-5. 1922 (portr.) 

eponymy: Borzia F. Cohn ex M. Gomont (1893); Borzinema G. De Toni (1936); Bor- 
zicactus Riccobono (1909). 

673. Studi algologici. Saggio di richerche sulla biologia delle Alghe. Fasc. 1. Messina 
(Gaetano Capra e Co.) 1883, fasc. 2. Palermo (Alberto Reber) 1895. Qu. (Stud, algol.) 
Fasc. 1. : Jan-Jun 1883 (p. vi: 3 Sep 1882; Nat. Nov. Jul 1883), p. [i]-vi, [1, h.t.],. 

[i]-ii7, [1, cont.], errata slip,/?/, i-g, uncol. liths. by author. Copies: BR, UC. 
Fasc. 2: Jan-Feb 1885 (p. [viii] : Jan 1885; Nat. Nov. Mar 1895; Hedwigia 8 Apr 1895), 

p. [i-viii], 119-378,^/. 10-31. Copy: BR. 
Fasc. 3: "in corso di stampa," Nat. Nov. Mar 1895, Dut apparently never published. 
Ref. : BM 1 : 204. 

674. Rhizomyxa, nuovo Ficomicete. Messina 1884. Oct. (n.v.) (Rhizomyxa) . 

Publ.: Jan-Mar 1884 (Hedwigia Apr 1884; Nat. Nov. Apr 1884), p. [i]-53- 2 pi. 
Ref.: LS 3423. 

Bosc, Louis Auguste Guillaume (in his youth Bosc d' Antic) (1759- 1828), French 
consul in Carolina (1798- 1800), later horticulturist and botanist in the Paris region. 
(Bosc). 

herbarium and types: mainly at P, P-JU, P-LA and G but material also in other 

herbaria. 

Ref: IH2: 88. 

Candolle, Phytographie 398. 1880. 

bibliography and biography: AG 6(2): 20; Barnhart 1: 225; BM 1: 205; Bossert 

p. 46; Colmeiro 1 : clxv; CSP 1 : 502-503; Dawson p. 121; DBF; GR p. 308; Lasegue 

p. 201-202; LS 3430-3432; PR 1 030- 1 03 1, ed. 1: 11 45-1 157; Quenstedt p. 49. 

Poiret, in Lamarck, Enc. meth. 8: 716-718. 1808. 

Querard, La France litteraire 1 : 423-424. 1827 (bibl.) 

Virey, Discours prononce aux Funerailles de L. A. Bosc. Paris 1828 (n.v., fide PR). 

Cuvier, Mem. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 18: 69-92. 1829 (bibl.) 

Silvestre, Mem. Soc. roy. centr. Agric. 1 : lxxxi-cvii. 1829. 

Cuvier, Diet. Sci. nat. 61 : 74-76. 1845. 

Rey, Rev. Hist. Versailles Seine-et-Oise. 1900: 241, 277, 1901: 17-42. 

Wittrock, Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): no. 1903, 3(3): 97. 1905. 

Perroud, Rev. dix-huitieme siecle 1916(1): 57-75 (portr.) 

Hellmayr, Alauda 2: 122-132. 1930. 

Backer, Verklarend woordenboek 76. 1936. 

Harper, Amer. Midi. Natural. 23(3): 692-723. 1940. 

Anon., Grand Larousse encycl. 2: 250. i960. 

Nissen, Zool. Buchill. nos. 476-480. 1966. 

Leroy, DSB 2: 321-323. 1970 (bibl.) 

eponymy: Boscia Lamarck (1793, nom. cons.); Boscia Thunberg (1794). 

Note: Bosca Vellozo (1825) 1S named "In memoriam Principis Catholici del Bosco, qui 

liberalitate summa botanicum Hortum construxit." 

287 



handwriting: Candollea 27: 331-332. 1973. 

manuscripts: see DSB 2: 323. 1970. 

Bosch, Roelof Benjamin van den (1810-1862), Dutch botanist at Goes. {Bosch). 

herbarium and types : L, also LBV. 

bibliography and biography: Barnhart 1: 225; BL 2: 439; BM 1: 205; 6: 112; 

Bossert p. 46; CSP 1 : 503, 7: 221; DTS 1 : 30; GR p. 704; Jackson p. 181, 396; JW 1 : 

440, 2: 186,3: 345,4: 377-378,5: 235; Kew 1: 312; LS3433;NI 2is;NNBW2: 227; 

PR 1 033- 1 034, ed. 1: 1158. 

Anon., Flora 45: 95-96. 1862. 

Anon., Goessche Courant 49(7). 23 Jan 1862 (arch. NBV). 

Anon., Jaarb. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet. 1862: 11. 

Sande Lacoste, Bot. Zeit. 20: 47-48. 1862. 

Seemann, Bonplandia 10: 67. 1862. 

Seemann, J. Bot. 1: 64. 1863. 

Babington, Memorials 471. 1897. 

Dozy, G. J., De familie Dozy 296-312. 191 1. 

Verdoorn, Arch. Zeeuws Gen. Wetensch. 1927: 73-75. 

Backer, Verkl. woordenb. 76. 1936. 

Merrill, Contr. U.S. nat. Herb. 30(1): 70. 1947 (bibl.) 

composite works: Contributed to Miquel, Plantae junghuhnianae. 

eponymy: Boschia Montagne (1856). - Note: Boschia Korthals (1844) is dedicated to 
J. van den Bosch (1780- 1844), Dutch government officer in the Netherlands East Indies. 

675. Enumeratio plantarum, J^eelandiae belgicae indigenarum. s.l. [Amsterdam, C. G. Sulpke], 
s.d. [1841]. Oct. {Enum.pl. £eeland.) 

Publ.: early 1841, p. [i]-55- Copy: U. - Reprinted from van der Hoeven en de Vriese, 

Tijdschr. Nat. Gesch. Physiol. 8(1): 1-55. 1841. 
Continuation: Enumeratio . . . altera s.l. [Amsterdam, C. G. Sulpke], s.d. [1842]. Oct., 

p. [i]-2i. Copy: U. - Reprinted from id. 9: 245-265. 1842. 
Enumeratio . . . tertia s.l. [Amsterdam, C. G. Sulpke], s.d. [Mai 1845]. Oct., p. [i]-22. - 

Reprinted from id. 12: 1-22. 1845. 
Enumeratio . . . quarta s.l. [Leiden, S. en J. Luchtmans], s.d. [1846], p. [84]-! 15. Copy: U. 

- Reprinted from Ned. kruidk. Arch. 4: [84]-! 15. 1846. 

676. Synopsis Hymenophyllacearum, monographiae hujus ordinis prodromus. Excerptum 
ex vol. iii. Nederl. kruidk. Archief, pag. 341-419 m. Dec 1858. Leiden (Jacob Hazenberg 
Corn, fil.) [i858]-i86i. Oct. {Syn. Hymenophyll.) 

Part 1: Dec 1858 (rd by Acad. Amsterdam; t.p. 1859), p. [i], [i]-79- Copy: HH. - Also 
in Ned. kruidk. Arch. 4: 341-419. 1859. The reprint is erroneously stated to be from 
vol. 3 (on t.p.). 

Part 2: 1 86 1, in Ned. kruidk. Arch. 5: 135-185. 1861. 

Revision: Goddijn, W. A., Synopsis Hymenophyllaceaium, monographiae hujus oi'dinis 
prodromus, auctore R. B. van den Bosch, M.D. mit zahlreichen Zusatzen und 
Abbildungen aus dem Nachlass des Verfassers neu herausgegeben, Meded. Rijks- 
herbarium Leiden 17: 1-36,^. 1-23. 1913, 38: 1-4.1, jig. 24-45. 1919. 

Ref.: BM 6: 112; DTS 1: 30; IF p. 683; Jackson p. 151; Kew 1: 312; MW p. 50, 138; 
NI 215; PR 1033. 
Bosch, J. Bot. neerl. 1: 147-192. 1861. 

Bosch, Versl. Meded. Akad. Wetensch., afd. Natuurk., Amsterdam 1 1 : 300-330. 1861. 
Bosch, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 5: 135-185. 1861, 135-217. 1863, repr. p. 1-133. 1863. 

678. Hymenophyllaceae javanicae ; sive descriptio Hymenophyllacearum archipelagi indici, 
iconibus illustrata . . . Cum tabulis Hi. Amsterdam (C. G. van der Post) 1861. Qu. 

{Hymenophyll. javan.) 

288 



BOTTLER 

PubL: 1 86 1, p. [i*], 1-67, pi. 1-52, as Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van 
Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, vol. 9, 1861. The 52 plates are lithographs by A. J. 
Kouwels. Copies: HH, U. 

Ref. : BM 1 : 205; Kew 1 : 312; NI 215; PR 1034. 
Anon., J. Bot. neerl. 1: 288-291. 1862. 

679. Prodromus florae batavae. In sociorum imprimis usum edendum curavit Societatis 
promovendo florae batavae studio, s.l. (Sumtibus Societatis) 1850- 1866, 2 vols. Oct. 
[Prodr.fl. bat.) 

vol. pars pages dates 

1 - [i]-xiv, [O-382 1850, after 14 Oct (p. xiv). 

2 1 [i]-viii, [i]-ii6 1851 

2 [i]-viii, 1 17-301 1853, Mai-Sep (Akad. 24 Sep) 

3 303-393 1858 

4 1-191 1866 

Collective authorship; R. v. d. Bosch was the moving spirit behind the enterprise and 
signed the preface to the first volume. Copies: G, L. 
Publisher: Nederlandsche botanische Vereeniging. 

vol. subject authorship (author signing pref.) 

1 Plantae vasculares R. B. van den Bosch 

2(1) Musci frond., Hepat. F. Dozy et J. H. Molkenboer 

(2) Lich., Byssac, Alg. R. B. van den Bosch 

(3) Fungi 

(4) Fungi C. A. J. A. Oudemans, Werkendorp. 

Editio altera. Nieuwe lijst der Nederlandsche phanerogamen en vaatkryptogamen. Uit- 
gegeven door de Nederlandsche Botanische Vereeniging. Nijmegen 1893-19 16, 2 vols. 
Oct. Copies: FAS, L, U. 

dates 

1 90 1 Apr (pref.) -Sep (Nat. Nov.) 

1902 (Nat. Nov. Jun 1903) 
1904 Apr (pref.) -Dec (Nat. Nov.) 
1916 Nov (pref.)